:;fc.:V\': .; At j!LL^._d.BAvwti4. J kx/vi/'a-o-vt/ /&lU HANDBOOK FOR INDIA; BEING AN ACCOUNT OP THE THREE PRESIDENCIES, THE OVERLAND ROUTE; INTENDED AS A GUIDE FOR TRAVELLERS, OFFICERS, AND CIVILIANS; "WITH VOCABULARIES AND DIALOGUES OF THE SPOKEN LANGUAGES OF INDIA. WITH TRAVELLING MAP AND PLANS OF TOWNS. PART IL— BOMBAY. LONDON: JOHN MURRAY, ALBEMARLE STREET. in 18 59. EJsf&gsq STEPHEN ATTSTI3T, PRINTER, HERTFORD, CONTENTS. BOMBAY.— PRELIMINARY INFORMATION. PAGE Territorial Divisions 241 Population and Revenue of ColleetorateB 242 Revenue of the Presidency 243 Population, Area, and Resources of Native States 244 Climate, Monsoons, etc 254 Government a. Tables of Civil Pay 4b. Army (European and Native) 260 Indian Navy a. Objects of Interest to the Traveller 261 Architectural and Picturesque Tours 262 SECTION I.— BOMBAY. Bombay Island — Preliminary Information 264 Routes 270 Punah Division — Preliminary Information 294 Routes ....; 304 SECTION IL— BOMBAY. Southern Division — Preliminary Information 385 Routes 394 Northern Division — Preliminary Information 423 Routes 434 Sindh Division— Preliminary Information 468 Routes 474 Vocabularies and Dialogues 493 Index 577 BOMBAY. Preliminary Information. 1. Territorial Divisions — Collectorates — Population —Revenue. — 2. Monsoons — Climate. — 3. Government — Civil Officers — Army. — Indian Navy. — 4. Objects of Interest to the Traveller — Natural Products. — 5. Architectural and Picturesque Tours. 1. territorial divisions— collectorates — POPULATION — revenue. The Bombay Presidency contains, according to the present distribution of the army, besides the separate military command of Bombay Island, the forces in which are under the direct control of the Governor, who holds a special com mission for the purpose, four divisions. These are : — 1. Punah (Poona) Divi sion, comprehending the Collectorates of Thanah (Tanna), also called Northern Konkan, Satara, Ahmadnagar, including the sub-collectorate of Nasik, and Khandesh. 2. The N. Division, including the Collectorates of Surat or Surat, Bharuch (Broach), Ahmadabad, Kheda (Kaira), and the provinces of Gujarat and Kathiawad (Kattywar). 3. The Sindh Division, in which are the Collectorates of Karachi (Karrachee), Haidarabad (Hydrabad) and Shikarpur, the province of Kachh (Cutch), and the territory of Khairpur belonging to Mir 'Ali Murad. 4. The S. Division, comprising the Collectorates of Ratnagadi or Eatnagiri (Rutnagherry), also called S. Konkan, Belganw (Belgaum), Sholapur or Solapur (Sholapore) and Dharwad (Dharwar), and the province of Kolhapur (Kolapore) . The total area of this Presidency is, according to Thornton's Gazetteer, 180,715 sq. m., with a population of 15,578,992, but a slight difference will be found in the later returns of the following table, in which the Collectorates and Native States are arranged according to their position from N.W. and N. to S. and S.E. :— 11 242 COLLECTOHAIES. NO. NAME. AKEA IN SQ. M. ;popt7i.ation. DIVI SIONS. NET BEV. for the cur rent year only.* CHARGES ON COLLEC TION. 1234 56789 1011 12 1314151617 Shikarpur (including Frontier District, 2,147 square miles, 42,955 population). Khairpur (Khyrpore) 13,679 5,000 26,760 23,160 6,7644,402 19,850 1,3751,3511,482 4,399 16,61712,078 10,078 5,250 5,400 20 11,000 4,500 3,775 8,5656,515 800 3,445 3,790 693,259 105,000 703,296372,182500,536 653,730 1,468,900 580,631290,984493,934 325,526 1,030,938 785,744 1,002,723 698,587 874,570 & o 11 ao '>s Is i 03 s02 11,27,641 2,95,500t 9,96,0365,34,375 7,38,423 5,93,3371 45,01,723 1,26,609§ 24,52,11420,77,599||66,87,440 5,58,381 20,71,412 22,70,058 11,89,02517,74,363 - 86,576 13,25,872 7,60,513 13,90,57211,99,780 23,29,738 2,00,000 15,04,196 28,92,058 2,40,6132,14,693 2,09,709 1,02,076 1,24,7361,05,175 1,42,5752,28,577 2,42,710 1,68,451 3,01,815 32,527 1,19,626 1,72,736 1,74,176 1,70,993 Karachi (including Thar and Parkar, 3,920 square miles, 51,073 population) Kdthiaivdd (Katty- Bharuch (Broach) ... Surat Gdilewdd' s(Guieowar) Fetty States in Gujarat Ahmadnagar, with sub-coll, of Nashik Thanah (Tanna) or Sub-coll, of Kolaba, under Thanah Bombay Island 520,758 1,219,673 665,238419,025 685,587 1,035,728 120,000 500,000 757,849 Ratnagadi (Eutna- gherry) or S. Konkan Mardtha Jdglrddrs... Belganw (Belgaum) . . Dharwad (Dharwar). ¦ * Outstanding balances from former years not included. t This amount is simply approximate, there being no returns published, X The Subsidy, or Gaikwad's Cession, is 12,58,980 rupees. $ The Subsidy, or Gaikwad's Cession, is no less than 22,72,939 rupees; hence the heavy charges on collection, || The Gaikwad's Cession is 87,532 rupees. POPULATION OF THE COLLECTOKATES. 243 DISTRICT. Hindus. Wild Tribes and Low Castes. Jains and Lingayat Muslims. Parsis. Jews. Chris tians. Total. Ahmada- Kheda (Khaira) Bharuch (Broach) 363,980 180,765 35,970 69,275 156 — 77 650,223 289,060 122,528 230,944 104,999 7,0103,607 53,54152,272 5 2,552 ^_ 7126 580,631 290,984 256,535 166,045 10,687 46,608 12,663 — 146 492,684 Thanah ... 640,821 153,512 3,822 39,624 2,213 2,440 32,138 874,570 Khandesh . Bombay Island . . . 566,562 152,347 8,232 50,879 25 4 63 778,112 296,931 8,007 1,902 124,155 114,698 1,132 19,294 566,119 Ahmadna gar 514,596722,818 114,817 198,969 11,65121,906 24,60451,520 107 65 3 228307 666,006995,585 Sholapftr... 427,501 98,318 88,060 61,202 18 — 16 675,115 Ratnagiri.. 649,960 61,183 6,056 46,023 19 29 1,968 665,238 Belganw . . . 543,762 135,006 271,706 72,322 35 — 3,051 1,025,882 Dharwad . . 357,055 91,067 223,636 82,239 7 " 381 754,385 9,015,534 An analysis of the Revenue of the Bombay Presidency for the year 1855-56 supplies the following particulars : — LandLand £2,845,723 j Deduct charges on ) £,488 461 Sair Tax on Personal Property, £115,630 \ coUection, £472,892 j * *> ' Stamps, £68,496 (less charges, £3,418) 65,078 Customs, £348,255 (less. charges, £31,614) 316,641 Salt, £275,402 (less charges, £31,264) 244,138 Mint, 58,493 (less charges, £20,375) 38,118 Opium, £1,024,258 (less charges, 13,895) 1,010,363 Post Office, £22,129 (less charges, £79,653) 57,524* Miscellaneous Civil Receipts 194,786 Total Net Revenue £4,888,001 The Total Disbursements were 5,123,425 Shewing a deficiency on the entire year of 170,253 * The sum so marked is a disbursement, not a receipt. 244 NATIVE STATES IN THE An Analysis of the Eesources of the Native States gives the following results : — NATIVE STATES IN THE Locality. Area in square miles. Population. Revenue. * Annual Amount of Subsidy, Tribute, or otber pay ment. BOMBAY. Balasinheshwar (Balasinore). Bansda Baroda (Domi nions of the Gaikwad.) Gujarat, Ditto , Ditto , 258 325 4,399 Khambayat (Cam- bay), Gujarat., 500 19,092 24,050 326,526 37,000 Rupees. 41,548 47,000 66,87,440 3,00,000 Rupees. 10,000 7,800 60,000 PRESIDENCY OP BOMBAY. 245 PRESIDENCY OF BOMBAY. Nature of Connec tion with British Government. MILITARY RESOURCES. Artil. Caval. Inf. Protected and tri butary. Ditto. *Subsidiary Alli ance. 63 5,942f 50 77 3,054 This force is not superintended or con trolled, as to discipline, by British officers. It is kept up at the Nii- wab's cost, and employed indis criminately in revenue and police duties. Ditto ditto. fThis force includes a contingent of 3,000 cavalry, which acts with the British subsidiary force, but is sup ported at the Gaikwad's expense, and paid and equipped agreeably to the suggestions of the British Go vernment. There is also another body of troops (the Gujarat Irregular Horse), consisting of 756 men, paid by the Gaikwad, but commanded by British officers, and stationed in the British district of Ahmadabad. In addition to the foregoing there is a police force, consisting of 4,000 men. The military force in Gujarat is thus composed of 1st. British subsidiary force, 4,000 in fantry, 2 regts. cavalry, and 1 compy. artillery. 2nd. Gaikwad's Regular troops, 6,059 3rd. Gaikwad's Contingent ... 3,000 cavalry. 4th. Gujarat Irregular Horse... 756 5th. Police Corps 4,000 In addition to the tribute of 60,000 rupees, as rated in the schedule to the treaty of Bassein, the Niiwab pays to the British Government half the customs duties of the port of Khambayat. The military force of the Nuwab is employed in revenue and police duties. * Bv the treaties of 1805 and 1817, the subsidiary force to be furnished by the British Government is to consist of 4,000 infantry, with two regiments of cavalry, and one company of European artillery. Protected and tri butary. 200 1,500 246 NATIVE STATES IN THE Locality. Area in square miles. Population. Annual Amount of Subsidy, Tribute, or other pay ment. BonBAY-continued Kolhapur (Cola- Southern pore), including Maratha its dependencies, country Bhauda Inchalkanji Khagal Vishalgarh 113 Sarinjams, orminordepend-encies. Kachh (Cutch)... Dangf Raja. Dharampur . Gujarat (Gaik wad's dominions) vide Baroda. Gujarat Petty States — J Chaurar 3,445 500,000 ¦< Western India Gujarat . Ditto (col- lectorate of Surat.) 6,764 950 225 500,536 70,300 16,650 Gujarat . 225 2,500 Rupees. 5,50,000 51,66275,00072,760 1,23,1466,31,628 7,38,423 91,000 ',000 Rupees. 2,00,000* 9,000 * This amount of tribute is Bubject to reduction in the event of a reduction of the British subsidiary force. t There are several petty chiefs in the Dang district acknowledging the supremacy of the Raja of Dang. I Quotas of horse and foot are furnished by chiefs in the Petty States of Gujarat to their feudal superiors which have not been included in the military resources of each State. They amount in the aggregate to 1,490 horse and 16,951 foot. PRESIDENCY OP BOMBAY. 247 Nature of Connec tion with British Government. MILITARY RESOURCES. Artil. Caval, Inf. REMARKS. Protected ; now under the ma nagement of the British Go vernment. 27 450 165025 5 3,848 468 1,051 672 164 Subsidiary alli ance. Protected, but not tributary. Protected and tri butary. Protected, but nat tributary. 105 25 The Kolhapur force here specified, consists of native troops uncontrolled as to discipline, and are assembled under the orders of the political Superintendent whenever required. There is, however, an efficient force (the Kolhapur local corps), com manded by British officers, and con sisting of — Cavalry 303 Infantry 604 907 The military force of the four Feudal Chiefs is shown under "Military Resources." They are bound to furnish a contingent for their feudal superior, consisting of — Cavalry 246 Infantry 580 826 Besides the above there is a regular police corps of 674 men, and a body termed extra fighting men, available for police duties, amounting to 3,113 men. The Rao of Kachh maintains a body of irregular horse for the protection of his own country, in no way subject to the control of the British Government. The petty State of Chaurar is divided among a number of chieftains. 248 NATIVE STATES IN THE Locality. square miles. Population. Annual Amount of Subsidy, Tribute, or other pay ment. JioMBA.Y-continued. Gujarat Petty States — continued. Pahlanpur ... Gujarat.. Radhanpur., Baubier ... Charkat ... Deodar . . . Kankrej ... MerwaraSantalpurSoeganw Therwada Tharra . . . Tharrad... Wari Waw Ditto , Ditto . Ditto , Ditto . Ditto , Ditto . Ditto , Ditto , Ditto . Ditto . Ditto , Ditto . Ditto . 1,850 850 120 8080 Inclu. in Tharrad. "64 48 600299 364 130,000 45,000 500 2,5002,000 Included in Tharrad. '4,500 800 23J0O020,000 10,000 Rupees. 2,98,838 1,65,000 1,2062,524 3,650 12,896 4,230 11,346 5,404 2,363 6,460 11,33516,770 7,360 Rupees. 50,000 Kathiawad * Petty Chiefs ... Ditto . 19,850 1,468,900 45,01,723 10,47,396 * The province of Kathiawad is divided among a considerable number of Hindu chiefs. Some of them are under the direct authority of the British Government ; the remainder, though subject to the Gaikwad, have also been placed under the control and management of the British Government, which collects the tribute and accounts for it to the Gaikwad. The following table exhibits the division of the province into taluks or districts, with tlie num ber of chiefs, the amount of revenue and tribute, and the military resources of each. Talues. Number of Chiefs in each Taluk. Revenue. Tribute. Remaindr. Sibandi Force. Artillery. Cavalry. Infantry. 3 26 2 32235127 47 1 4 Rupees. 6,28,0009,73,100 1,51,000 30,200 ' 32,923 8,31,9007,25,3008,55,8002,00,000 73,500 Rupees. 99,959 3,22,461 66,358 8,127 10,307 2,38,143 1,46,4921,21,113 34,436 Rupees. 5,28,0416,50,639 84,64222,073 22,616 5,93,757 5,78,8087,34,687 1,65,564 73,500 302520 "7 20 903827 102 40 2 472915480 100 47 1,9301,702 175 65 5 717 1,720. 895 400 513 Machhuk&nta..Babriawad.'....Kathiawad Okamandel,etc. Total 216 45,01,723 10,47,396 34,54,327 102 3,888 8,122 PRESIDENCY OF BOMBAY. 249 Nature of Connec tion with British Government. MILITARY RESOURCES. REMARKS. Artil. Caval. Inf. Tributary to the Gaikwid, but protected by the British Go vernment. Protected, but not tributary. Ditto 1020 102 110 285 6 2420 15 3,888 429 197 i "818 "8 8,122 In addition to the native force here specified, the Raja is bound to main tain a contingent, consisting of 150 cavalry and 100 infantry. There is also a police of 13 horse and foot. The tribute is paid over to the Gaikwad by the British Government. There is also a police force in Rad- hanpur of 193 men. The whole of the force here specified must be regarded rather as police than as available for military duties. But a portion of the Gaikwad's con tingent, amounting to 900 cavalry, is employed in the province ; and a company of Arabs, consisting of 111 men, is attached to the establishment of the British agent. Ditto Ditto Ditto Ditto Ditto Ditto Ditto Ditto Ditto Ditto Ditto Tributary to the British and to the Gaikwad, but protected by the British. 250 NATIVE STATES IN THE Annual Amount of Area in Subsidy, NAME. Locality. square miles. Population. Revenue. Tribute, or other pay ment. Rowzh.Y-eontmued Rupees. Rupees. Sindh 5,000 105,000 m 150,000 Mahi Kanta* is 3,400 5,00,000f 1,38,400 distributed into six districts — 1st. Nani Marwad, comprising I'dar, Ahmadnagar, Morassa, Harsul, Byer, Tintiie, Danta, Malpur, Pol, Pal, Posana, Gadwada, "Walasan, and Harol. 2nd. Rehwar, comprising Gorwada, Eanasam, Mo- hanpur, Sardae, Rupal, Boriidra, Warragairw, and Dhadalea. 3rd. Sabar Kanta, composed of Kuli possessions on the eastern bank of the Sabar Mati, with tbe Rajput districts of Warsora, Mansa, and Pitha- pur, on the western bank of that river. 4th. Kattosan, composed exclusively of Kuli posses sions. 5th. Byal, or Bawisi, comprising Wasna and Sadra. 6th. "Watrak, comprising Amleyara, Mandwah, Kharal, Bar Muarah, and Satumba. Penth and Harsul Collectorateof Ahmad nagar. 750 55,000 29,724 3,360 Eewa Kanta, % _ comprising — 1st. Baria or Deo- 870 64,380 57,651} 12,000 garh Baria. 2nd. Lunawada ... Ditto , 500 37,000 40,000 19,200 ¦ * The province of Mahf Kanta is divided among several petty chiefs, tributary to the Gaikwad. The whole province has been placed under the control and management of the British Government, which collects the Gaikwad's dues, and pays over the amount to that prince. t Revenue of Idar and Ahmadnagar , 2,34,000 rupees. Ditto remaining States 2,66,000 „ Total revenue of Mahl Kauta 5,00,000 „ J The province of the Eewa Kanta, though tributary to the Gaikwad and to Sindhia, has been placed under the management and control of the British Government. $ The Raja derives a tribute from the Panch Mahals of 4,750 rupees per annum. PRESIDENCY OP BOMBAY. 251 Nature of Connec tion with British Government. MILITARY RRSOURCES. Artil. Caval. REMARKS. Protected in the hereditary pos sessions allot ted to him (Mir 'Ali Murad) by his father. Tributary to the Gaikwad, but under the con trol and ma nagement of the BritishGovern- ment. Protected and tributary. Ditto Protected bj 'the British, but tributary to Sindhia, the Gaikwad, and the Raja of Balasinheshwar 47 727 291 105 630 4350 100 168 100 This force was maintained by 'All Murad before he was degraded and deprived of the territory, which he had obtained by forgery and fraud. No advice has been received of its subsequent diminution. The military force here specified was maintained by the two States of I'dar and Ahmadnagar, now merged into one principality, that of I'dar. The force maintained by the other chiefs of the Mahi Kanta is stated to con sist of about 6,000 men. But, for the purpose of assisting the British agency in securing the tranquillity of the country, a portion of the Gaik wad's contingent, amounting to 1,000 cavalry, is stationed at Sadra, from which place detachments are distributed over the province. There is also a feudal force available to the Raja of 15 cavalry and 190 infantry. The State is entitled also to the ser vice of a feudal force of 50 cavalry. 252 NATITE STATES IN THE NAME. Locality. Area in square miles. Population. Revenue. Annual Amount of Subsidy, Tribute, or other pay ment. Bombay- continued Rewa Kanta — continued. 3rd. MewasiChiefs residing on the banks of the Nar- badaandtheMahi 4th. Ddaipur (Chhota)or Mohan 6th. South Ditto Ditto Ditto Ditto Ditto Ditto South Kon kan. 1 1 Southern > Marathacountry. Ditto (south ern bound ary of Raj - pipla). 375 1,059 1,650 425 27,75078,366 122,100 31.450 Rupees. 74,000 2,03,966 20,000 2,00,000 f 10,024 2,70,246 1,67,392 2,75,343 ~) 94,64551,609 4,68,044 29,670 1,23,599 89,000 186,70,820 Rupees. 67,613 10,600 60,000 7,000 ? 61,720 - 18,62,990 Satara Jagirs — 1. Akalkot 2. Bhor ") The area and po- i pulation of these I States cannot be [ given separately { from the princi- J pality of S'atkrb. 3. Jath 4. Aunde 6. Wahi Sawant Wadf Sindh {vide Khair- pur). SouthernMaratha Jagirs — Habli 800 3,700 300 450 57,375 120,000 410,700 22,200 33,300 4,393,400 JhamkandiKunwar The two chiefs Mudhol Nargund Shedbal Suchin Wasravi (Bhil) Chiefs. Abstract — PRESIDENCY OF BOMBAY. 253 Nature of Connec tion with British Government. MILITARY RESOURCES. Artil. Caval. Protected by the British, but tributary to the Gaikwad. Ditto Ditto Protected by the British, but tributary to Sindhia. Protected, and bound to fur nish contin gents, amount ing in the ag gregate to 235 cavalry. Protected ; now under the ma nagement of the British Govern ment. Protected and tributary. Protected, but not tributary. Protected by Bri tish Govern ment. r... 7098 40 122 20 1025 15 379 368 286 100 493 908202 255 175 611 14 102 43 8735 103 575 2568 13,632 75 785682 1,053 420643 3,900 431 212 18 27,872 A feudal force of 50 horse is also avail able to the Raja. A proposal has been made to the Raja of Akalkot and the other Sa.ta.ra Jagirdars, who supply contingents of horse, to commute the obligation of military service for a pecuniary payment, at the rate of twenty-four rupees per month per man. The military force of Sawant "Wadi consists solely of the local corps, under the control of European offi cers, and in subordination to the political superintendent. The Chiefs of Kunwar, Miraj, Shed- bal, Jhamkandi, and Mudhol, were bound to furnish contingents of cavalry, amounting in the aggregate to 231 horse. They have now com muted the obligation by a money pay ment of 61,720 rupees per annum. The Ntiwab recently maintained a body of Arabs, but he is now prohibited fromentertainingforeignmercenaries. 254 GOVERNMENT CIVIL OFFICERS ARMY. 2. MONSOONS — CLIMATE. The Presidency of Bombay reaches from N. lat. 28° 32', the N. point of Sindh, to lat. 14° 16', the S. extremity of the Collectorate of Dharwad ; and from long. 66° 43', the most W. part of Sindh, to 76° 20', the E. extremity of Khandesh; and the climate varies considerably more than even this statement would induce one to expect. In Upper Sindh, the extreme dryness and heat, combined with the aridity of a sandy soil, make up a climate resembling that of the sultry deserts of Africa. The mean maximum temperature at Haidarabad, in Lower Sindh, during the six hottest months of the year, has been given at 98° 5' in the shade, and the water of the Indus reaches blood heat ; but in Upper Sindh it is even hotter, and the thermometer has been known to register 130° in the shade. In Kachh and Gujarat, the heat, though less, is also very great. The Konkan is hot and moist, the fall of rain during the monsoon sometimes nearly approaching 300 inches. The table land of the Dakhan, above the Ghats, on the contrary, has a very agreeable climate, as has also the S. Maratha country; and in the hills of Mahabaleshwar, Sinhgarh, and other detached heights, Europeans may go out at all hours with impunity. Bombay Island itself, though in general cooled by the refreshing sea breeze, is oppressively hot during May and October. The S.W. monsoon generally sets in about the first week in June, and pours a pro digious quantity of rain along the coast. From June till October, therefore, travelling is difficult and unpleasant, except in Sindh, where the monsoon exerts no influence. The season for travelling is the same as at Madras, from November till March. 3. GOVERNMENT CIVIL OFFICERS ARMY. The Government of Bombay, like that of Madras, is vested in a Governor and three members of Council, of whom the Commander-in-Chief is one, and the other two are civilians. There have been 46 Governors since the time of Cook in 1661. Of these the most remarkable have been — Jonathan Duncan, appointed 1795; the Hon. Mountstuart Elphinstone, 1815; Sir J. Malcolm, 1827; and Sir T. S. Beckwith, 1830. Sir AV. Macnaghten, appointed in 1841, never entered upon office, having been murdered at Kabul before he could reach Bombay. The Secretariat is constituted as at Madras. There are 148 Civilians at pre sent, of whom nine hold offices in the Council, Secretariat, Sindh Commissioner- ship, and Educational Inspection Commission ; while, on an average, about 25 are employed in exclusively judicial duties ; 68 are collectors of revenue and magistrates ; 15 absent or unemployed ; 23 studying at tbe Presidency, and 8 engaged in the Accountant-General's and other offices. The scale of allowance is shown in the following table : — m Bombay Civil Establishment, office and salary of Servants in the receipt of 100 rupees and upwards per month. GENERAL DEPARTMENT. Bs, At p. Europeans. Hs. a. p. 1 Surgeon attending Go- 1 Governor 10,666 10 8 vernor 600 0 0 2 Members of Council ... 5,333 5 4 1 Chief Secretary to Go- 1 Secretary to Governor. 1,500 0 0 vernment — Revenue 1 Assistant ditto 350 0 0 and Financial 3,633 5 4 TABLE OP CIVIL PAY. 255 1 Chief Secretary to Go vernment — General and Ecclesiastical De partment 2,916 10 8 1 Ditto — Political and Secret 2,916 10 8 1 Ditto— Military and Naval 2,256 8 0 2 Assistants, Secretariat Department 600 0 0 1 Ditto 450 0 0 1 Ditto 400 0 0 Natives. 1 Assistant. 323 11 22 1 32235 1 Oriental Translator ACCOUNTANT GENERAL AND MILITARY OFFICE. 400 0 0 300 0 0 250 0 0 200 0 0 185 0 0 175 0 0 160 0 0 150 0 0 140 0 0 130 0 0 125 0 0 124 0 0 110 0 0 100 0 0 750 0 0 1 Accountant General ... 3,333 5 4 1 Assistant ditto 1,250 0 0 1 Ditto 850 0 0 1 Auditor 2,000 0 0 1 Assistant ditto 700 0 0 1 Sub-Treasurer 1,500 0 1 1 Actuary 250 0 0 Natives. 1 Clerk 450 0 0 3 , 300 0 0 1 225 0 0 3 „ 200 0 0 3 150 0 0 I 140 0 0 1 125 0 0 I " 123 0 0 2 " 110 0 0 1 100 0 0 i- „ ' MINT. Europeans. 1 Mint Master 1,860 o' 6 1 Assay Master 1,500 0 0 1 Deputy „ 750 0 0 1 Clerk 507 13 3 1 „ 420 13 10 1 „ 350 0 0 2 , 340 13 10 2 „ 300 0 0 1 „ 175 0 0 Natives. 1 Clerk 150 0 0 1 „ 120 0 0 7 „ 100 0 0 LUNATIC ASYLUM. Europeans. 1 Surgeon 325 12 0 1 , 300 0 0 Natives. 1 Apothecary 110 7 0 GRANT MEDICAL COLLEGE. Europeans. 1 Professor 400 0 0 4 „ 300 0 0 1 „ 200 0 0 4 „ 150 0 0 6 Sub-Surgeons 100 0 0 STATIONERY. Europeans. 1 Superintendent 200 0 0 Natives. 1 Clerk 100 0 0 RAILWAY DEPARTMENT. Europeans. 1 Engineer 1,657 6 0 2 „ 550 0 0 1 Registrar of Seamen... 600 0 0 1 „ ... 200 0 0 1 Administrator 850 0 0 1 Photographic Artist ... 815 6 0 Natives. 2 Clerks 100 0 0 GOVERNMENT SAVINGS* BANK. Europeans. 1 Superintendent 325 9 0 256 TABLE OP CIVIL TAY. EDUCATIONAL DEPARTMENT. Europeans. us. a. p, 1 Director 2,500 0 0 1 Professor 300 0 0 1 „ 150 0 0 1 „ 100 0, 0 1 Schoolmaster 350 0 0 1 „ 300 0 0 2 Inspectors 700 0 0 1 Visitor 300 0 0 1 Principal 600 0 0 2 Lecturers 425 0 0 Natives. 1 Clerk 150 0 0 4 Visitors of Schools 150 0 0 2 Superintendents 150 0 0 3 „ 100 0 0 POST OFFICE ESTABLISHMENT. Europeans. 1 Postmaster- General ... 1,500 0 0 1 Deputy , 950 0 0 I Inspector 350 0 0 1 „ 300 0 0 1 „ 250 0 0 2 „ 200 0 0 1 „ 150 0 0 1 , 100 0 0 Natives. 2 Clerks 200 0 0 2 „ 150 0 0 7 „ 100 0 0 DISPENSARY. Europeans. 1 Surgeon 560 10 10 2 „ 360 10 10 3 „ 100 0 0 1 Apothecary 200 0 0 Natives. 4 Sub- Assistant Surgeons 100 0 0 DAK ESTABLISHMENT. Europeans. 1 Surgeon 515 4 0 1 „ 412 3 3 5 , 360 10 10 4, „ 100 0 0 TRIGONOMETRICAL SURVEY. Europeans. 1 Engineer 678 14 0 1 309 12 3 1 „ 295 10 6 ES: A. P. 1 Surveyor 260 0 0 1 „ 140 0 0 1 „ 107 0 0 BOTANICAL DEPARTMENT. Europeans. 1 Superintendent 1,517 1 4 1 Assistant ditto 200 0 0 1 „ 360 10 10 UNPASSED CIVIL SERVANTS. Europeans. 2 Unpassed Civil Servants 270 0 0 POLITICAL DEPARTMENT. Europeans. Resident andCommandant at Adan (Aden) 3,000 0 0 Resident in the Persian Gulf 2,400 0 0 Political Agent in Kathia wad .' 2,000 0 0 Superintendent of Sawant "Wadi and Commandant of the local corps there ; Superintendent of Kol- h&pur and Commandant of local corps ; Political Agent in Mahi Kanta, including 200 rupees travelling allowance ; Political Agent in Rewa Kanta, including ditto ; PoliticalAgentin Kachh (exclusive of 200 rupees travelling allowance) ; Settlement Officer in Gujarat 1,400 0 0 Superintendents of Re venue Survey 1,076 0 0 Commandant of Gujarat Irregular Horse 1,000 0 0 Bhfl Agent and Com mandant of Khandesh Bhil Corps ; British Agent at Maskat ; Set tlement Officer at Rat- nagirf ; Superintendent of Police in Thanah Collectorate 800 0 0 Bhil Agentand Command ant of Ahmadnagar Police 716 0 I) TABLE OP CIVIL PAY. 257 Assistant Political Agent ES- ¦»• *• in Kachh; Assistant Re sident in Persian Gulf; Interpreter to Envoy to Persia ; 1st Assistant in Kathiawad ; Assistant Political Agent in S. Maratha country 700 0 0 Commandant of Punah Police Corps 604 1 0 2nd in command of S a want Wadi local corps ; Bhil Agent at Kanhar and 2nd in command of Khandesh Bhil corps ; Agent for Bhils in W. district of Khandesh ; 2nd in command of Kolhapur locals ; As sistant Resident at Adan ; Assistant Super intendent of Thanah Police 600 0 0 Commandant of Ratna- giri Rangers 523 10 0 2nd in command of Guja rat Irregular Horse ; Superintendent at Pah- lanpur ; 1st Assistant Superintendent of Re venue Survey ; 2nd As sistant Political Agent in Kathiawad 500 0 0 3rd Assistant Political Agent in Kathiawad... 450 0 0 Adjutant of Sawant "Wadi Locals 422 8 0 Adjutant of Kolhapur Locals 418 10 0 Superintendent of Gaik-~| wad's Contingent in | Kolhapur I 4Q0 0 0 Superintendent of Gaik- \ wad's Contingent in Malif Kanta J 2nd Assistant Superin tendent of Revenue Survey 375 0 0 E I. Company's Agent at Jaddah 350 0 0 3rd Assistant Superin tendent of Revenue Survey 250 0 0 Adjutant of Gujarat Irregular Horse 200 14 0 0 0 RS. A. Y. Deputy Opium Agent in Malwah 200 0 0 Natives. 4 Clerks 150 0 0 1 „ 140 0 0 1 „ 125 0 0 1 , 110 0 0 4 „ 100 0 0 REVENUE DEPARTMENT. Europeans. 2 Commissioners and 1 Commissioner of Salt and Opium 3,500 12 Collectors and Magis trates 2,333 1 Collector of Solapur.. 1,916 2 Collectors and Magis trates 1,500 2 Commissioners 1,322 1 Sub-Collector of Ko- labah, Joint Magis trate of Thanah 1,400 1 „ 1,050 1 „ 1,000 10 1st Assistant Collectors and Magistrates 800 3 „ „ 700 2 Assistant Commissioners 661 1 „ „ ...... 611 15 2ndAssistantCollectors and Magistrates 550 1 „ „ 500 2 „ „ 450 22 3rd Assistant Collectors and Magistrates 400 13 „ „ 350 7 „ „ 300 2 „ „ 250 1 „ „ 200 1 Accountant 200 1 Clerk 225 1 „ 160 2 „ 150 2 „ 100 1 Superintendent Pre ventive Service 550 2 Apothecaries 200 1 Civil Servant on special duty 700 1 Superintendent of Cot ton Experiments 250 1 „ „ 200 5 4 10 8 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 5 6 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 258 TABLE OF CIVIL PAY. Natives. 1 Surveyor 5 „ 1 .., 1 Assistant to Collector and Magistrate 2 ,, ,, 14 Deputy Inspectors, etc. 1 „ „ 8 Clerks 1 „ 1 ,, 3 „ 3 „ 10 „ 1 ,, 2 „ 1 „ 14 „ 2 Inspectors 1 Overseer 1 Officer 1 „ 1 „ 9 „ 1 Deputy Superintendent Preventive Service... 1 Inspector 1 „ 2 „ 2 „ 1 „ 5 Mamlatdars 23 „ 22 „ 43 „ 3 „ 23 „ 1 Daftardar Europeans. 4 Superintendents J Settlement Officer..,,. RS. A. p. 500 0 0 180 0 0 100 0 0 500 0 0 350 0 0 300 0 0 250 0 0 225 0 0 200 0 0 198 0 0 191 8 0 188 s 0 ISO 0 0 150 0 0 144 0 0 120 0 0 111 12 0 100 0 0 125 0 0 100 0 0 400 0 0 140 0 0 125 0 0 100 0 0 225 0 0 215 0 0 200 0 0 175 0 0 150 0 0 140 0 0 200 0 0 175 0 0 150 0 0 125 0 0 115 0 0 100 0 0 500 0 0 4S0 0 0 385 0 0 3.33 5 4 300 0 0 290 0 0 250 0 0 150 0 0 144 0 0 PARI ,075 0 , 6 „ 150125 120100 300 300150 120100100125120118 116109100500350 336330326200192 188 186150144143 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 00 0 0 0 0 00 00 0 00 o 0 o 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 4 0 8 0 0 o 0 o 8 0 1 Munsif 141 8 0 5 „ 140 0 0 8 „ 100 0 0 1 Police Officer 523 10 0 1 „ 160 0 0 2 „ 100 0 0 1 Kotwal 188 8 0 4Risaldars 150 0 0 1 „ 105 0 0 1 Sheristadar 131 8 0 1 Faujdar 200 0 0 1 Apothecary 200 0 0 1 Senapati 576 0 0 1 Bakhshi 192 0 0 1 Sena Sarkhail 168 0 0 ECCLESIASTICAL DEPARTMENT. Europeans. Lord Bishop of Bombay* 2,133 5 4 Senior Chaplain 1,200 0 0 Archdeacon (extra allow ance over the pay of his rank) 266 10 0 Garrison Chaplain at the Presidency 980 0 0 7 Chaplains, each 1. 700 0 0 19 Assistant ditto ...... j T 500 0 0 Assistant ditto at Adan, with 75 rupees rentage 705 0 0 st. Andrew's church. Senior Minister 980 0 0 Junior ditto 700 0 0 PUBLIC WORKS. Europeans. Chief Engineer 2,250 0 0 Assistant ditto 785 12 0 Civil Architect 668 4 6 Assistant ditto 185 7 0 1st class Executive En--"1 gineer j 550 0 0 2nd ditto >J 450 0 0 3rd ditto j 300 0 0 Assistant ditto J 200 0 0 * Visitation allowance when on a tour, 1,000 rupees a month. , , J t Travelling allowance when on duty, 8 anuas per mile. . t With military payand allowances of their rank. 260 ARMY AND NAVY. Established strength of the Army at Bombay Presidency, European and Native, including Irregular Corps, to the ZOth April, 1856. Royal Troops — Cavalry, officers and men 723 Infantry 4,424 Total Royal troops 5,147 Company's Troops — Engineers, officers and men 685 Artillery, Horse (European) officers and men 582 „ European Infantry „ 1,348 „ Native „ „ 1,468 Total Artillery 3,398 Cavalry, Native Regular, officers and men 1,566 „ Irregular „ 2,362 Total Cavalry 3,928 Infantry, European, officers and men 2,904 Native Regular „ 28,014 „ Irregular ,, 2,766 Total Infantry 33,684 Veteran officers and men 933 Medical establishment, Europeans and natives, and warrant officers .' 336 1,269 Total Company's troops 42,964 Total Royal and Company's troops 48,111 Total European officers and men 10,633 „ Native „ 37,478 48,111 There are, besides, a Gujarat provincial battalion, Gujarat Irregular Horse, Khandesh Bhil corps, Kolhapur local corps, Rajpiitana field force, Sawant Wadi local corps, Kachh Irregular corps, S. Maratha Irregular Horse, Eatnagiri Hangers, and two police corps, making in all, according to Thornton's Gazetteer, 18,000 Irregulars. INDIAN NAVY. The Bombay Marine was organized shortly after the cession of the island in 1661. In 1670 there were three men of war, of which the Revenge carried 22 guns ; and this vessel, in 1669, commanded by Captain Keigwin, beat off 40 vessels of Sivaji's fleet. In 1749 Commodore James can-ied Lord Clive to the capture of Suwarndurg (Severndroog), and thence to Bengal. In 1810 the vessels of the Indian Navy assisted in the capture of the Isle of France ; and Sir John Hayes, the Commodore, was eminently useful in the expedition against OBJECTS OP INTEREST TO THE TRAVELLER. 261 Java. In the Chinese war, in 1842, the steam frigates of this Navy were at least as effective as those of Her Majesty. In the late war with Burmah, and in the expedition to Persia, the officers of the Indian Navy have taken the first place. There are now 24 steamers, of which three are of 1440 tons burden, carrying seven 68-pounders and two 32-pounders. There are also nine sailing vessels, of which the largest is 556 tons. The total number of officers is 229, of which the Commodore receives 2,500 rupees a month, and eight captains 900 rupees and 800 rupees a month, according to the size of their vessels. There are also 16 commanders, with pay ranging from 700 rupees to 500 rupees a month. 4. OBJECTS OF INTEREST TO THE TRAVELLER. The most remarkable objects to be visited by the traveller in the Bombay Presidency are the Oaves of Elephanta, Salsette, Kdrli, Ndsilc, and Bdgh. Next to these come the ruined city of Bijapur or Vijyapur (Beejapore), and that of Goa, the ¦7am Temples on Mount Abu, and the ruins at Pdlitdna and Dwdrka. For scenery, the Ghdts at Khanddla and Mdhdbaleshwar are not inferior to the Nilgiri Hills on the Madras side, and though less lofty, are equally rich in woods, and surpass them in the picturesque remains of ruined Forts, such as Pratdpgarh, the scene of Sivaji's famous exploit, the slaughter of the Bijapur General, Afzal Khan. The Falls of Gokdk, in the S. Maratha country, are grand, and the traveller who goes to Goa may visit them by an inconsiderable extension of his tour. In general, the specimens of Hindu and Muhammadan architecture on this side of India are inferior to those of the Madras Presidency, such as the Pagodas of Tanjiir, Shrfrangam, etc., and the tombs of Golkonda. But the Abu Temples, for minute and delicate carving, are unique ; and their romantic situation, on the crest of a lofty mountain, adds inexpressibly to the pleasure of visiting them. The Mosques, too, at Ahmaddbdd, and the mausoleums of the 'Adil Shdhi princes of Vijyapur, are fine specimens of Muslim taste. In Sindh, the tombs of the Kaloras and Talpurs at Haidarabad, and the ruined city of Brahmanabad, well merit a visit. Scattered through Gujarat and Kathiawad are many beautiful ruins of Rajput fortresses. But perhaps the most peculiar structures in this part of India are the vast wells, with many flights of steps arched over to descend to them, forming great piles of building underground. The Sill Forts of Pratdpgarh, Purandhar, Sinhgarh, Sdtdrd, and Eaigarh, in the Dakhan, and of Jimagarh in Kathiawad, may be taken as specimens of native fortresses. The best specimens of English Cantonments are those at Punah and Karachi, and Haidarabad in Sindh, where are the magnificent barracks erected by Sir C. Napier, built entirely of burnt brick, at a cost of £100,000, but so ill adapted to the climate that they are almost uninhabitable. The cotton fields of Gujarat and the S. Maratha country, the agates, the blood-stones, lapis lazuli, ehrystals, and carneliam of Khambayat, the litngis and enameled work of Thattha (Tatta) and Haidarabad in Sindh, and the pearl fishery of Karachi, with the fine wool which passes through that port from 262 ARCHITECTURAL AND PICTURESQUE TOURS. Makran, deserve the attention of those who desire information on the resources and natural products of this part of India. The Chief Public Worlcs are the Great Indian Peninsular Railway, of which 88J miles are open from Bombay to Wassind and from Kalyan (Callian) to Kampuli, and 687 miles under construction. This Railway will be carried S.E. to Solapur (Sholapore) and N.E. to Amrawatf (Oomrawuttee), the principal cotton dep6t of Berar, and thence by a branch line to Nagpur and by the main line to Jabalpur (Jubbulpore), and so passing Rewah to a junction with the East India Railway at Mirzapur. The works at the Bhor Ghat, where is the ascent from the Konkan to the table land of the Dakhan, are on a gigantic scale, and are especially worthy of inspection. The Bombay, Baroda, and Central Indian Railway, to be carried in the direction indicated by the name, and the Sindh Railway from Karachi to Multan, are only commencing operations. The Great Water Worlcs for the supply of Bombay at Vehar, in the island of Salsette, deserve notice, and may be visited when the traveller goes to view the Salsette caves, which are in the immediate vicinity of the Valley of Vehar. 5. architectural and picturesque tours. bombay to the caves of salsette, the khandala ghats, karli caves, cities of ptjnah, saswar, jijtjri, and satar-i, and ruined city op vfjyapur (beejapore), returning by solapur, ahmadnagar, and nasik. 720 m. IJf. 32 days. DAYS. PRINCIPAL PLACES. M. F. Arr. Dep. Bombay to Thanah (by rail) 20 SSM <*»"){ ::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::: n Khandala 76 Karli (Caves) 83 Warganw 94 7f Punah 119 Saswar (Palace) 136 Jijuri (famous Temple) 146 Nfra Bridge 160 SatarS. (3 days' visit to Mahabaleshwar Hills) 193 0 Pusasauli 219 Phulshai (boundary of Satara territory) 247 Jatt 277 Bijapur 307 Solapur 379 Parinda (fine Fort) 435 Ahmadnagar (Fort and Tanks) 511 Sindiir 590 Nasik (Caves and Temples) 607 Thanah (Tanna) 697 Bombay 720 4 1 3 2 3 4 0 4 4 U 4 6 6J 6 7 n 7 7 3 7 9 4 9 10 2 10 11 4 11 11 0 11 15 2 15 16 2 16 17 2 17 18 2 18 20 2 21 22 0 23 24 7 24 26 i\ 27 28 6 28 30 «* 31 32 If 32 ARCHITECTURAL AND PICTURESQUE TOURS. 263 BOMBAY TO GOA, DHARWAD, AND THE FALLS OF GOKAK, AND THENCE TO BELGANW AND VINGORLA, GOING TO GOA, AND RETURNING FROM VINGORLA BY WATER. 727 m. 7|F. 27 DAYS. DATS. PRINCIPAL PLACES. M. X. Arr. Dep. Bombay to Goa (touching at Eatnagiri and Vingorla; excellent snipe shooting) 233 0 5 8 Punda 253 0 8 9 Khandapur river 263 5 9 9 Chandawadi (shooting and hunting to be had here) 278 6 10 11 Dandilli (excellent sport) 309 4 12 14 Dharwad 343 4J 14 15 Padshahpur 391 0J 15 16 Gokak 403 7J 16 17 Belganw 439 4J 17 19 Vingorla 512 1\ 21 22 Bombay 727 1\ 27 BOMBAY TO THF. TEMPLES OF ABU BY SURAT, BHARUCH (BROACH), BARODA, AHMADABAD, AND DfsA (DEESA), RETURNING BY PATAN (PUTTUN), KARr£ (kurree), ahmadabad, kheda (kaira), and khambayat (cambay). 886 m. 6|f. 30 days. DAYS. PRINCIPAL PLACES. M. E. Arr. Dep. Bombay to Surat (by steamer) 150 0 2 5 Bharuch (Broach), (cotton port) 190 0 5 7 Baroda (Court of a Maratha Prince) 240 0| 7 9 Ahmadabad (Mosques and picturesque ruins) 309 5| 10 12 Maisana (excellent shooting) 353 6J 12 13 Disa (tiger and lion shooting and hog-hunting) 403 6J 14 15 Abu 453 0£ 15 17 Disa 502 0J 17 18 Patau 530 7£ 18 19 Karri (Palace of Malhar Rao Holkar) 570 1\ 20 21 Ahmadabad 599 \\ 21 22 Kheda 621 6J 22 22 Khambayat (Cambay), (Jain Temples) 656 6£ 23 25 Bombay (by boat) 886 6| 30 264 Sect. I SECTION I. BOMBAY ISLAND. HISTORICAL SKETCH. The first European traveller who gives an account of the districts near Bombay is Odoricus, an Italian friar of the order of Minorites, who passed 28 days at Tanna or Thanah, as he rightly spells it, where four of his Christian brethren suffered martyrdom. His narrative was published in Latin in 1330 a.d. by William de Solanga. Thomas Stephens, of New College, Oxford, was the first Englishman who visited the Western coast of India. He reached Goa in October, 1579, and in 1608 Pyrard de Laval mentions him as then Rector of a College in Salsette. A letter he wrote is printed in Hakluyt's collection of voyages. In May, 1609, Captain Hawkins of the Sector reached Agra with a letter from King James to the Great Mughul. He returned to Europe via Khambayat (Cambay), where he embarked in an English ship on the 26th of January, 1612. On the 26th of September, 1611, Sir Henry Middleton, with four ships, arrived at Surat, where his crews had many skirmishes with the Portuguese. He was at last com pelled to leave the place by the Governor of Khambayat. On the 28th of October, 1812, the first founder of English commerce in this part of India, Capt. Best, commanding the Dragon and Sosiander, fought his way through the Portuguese armaments to Silrat, where he established a factory under Canning, Aldworth, Wittington, and Kerridge. Next season, Captain Nicholas Downton, with four ships, defeated the Viceroy of Goa with a fleet of six large vessels and sixty smaller ones, and left a lasting impression of English valour on the minds of the natives. A regular factory, presided over by Kerridge, was now established at Surat, called "the English House." On the 24th of September, 1615, Sir Thos. Roe, Ambassador to the Emperor of Delhi, reached Surat, and having passed some time at the Court of Jahangir, obtained leave to establish a factory at Bharuch (Broach), which, in 1688, was so flourishing that 55,000 pieces of cloth were sent to it in a single year from England. In 1623, Surat was visited by Pietro della Valle, surnamed II Pellegrino, and in 1626 by Sir Thomas Herbert. In 1632 the Portuguese took possession of the island of Bombay. In 1636, the chief and factors of Surat sent Gabriel Boughton, surgeon of the Company's ship Sopewell, to Shah Jahan, at Delhi, and having cured the Emperor's daughter, he obtained permission to trade throughout India. Proceeding to Bengal, he cured a favorite mistress of the Nilwab, from whom he secured im portant commercial privileges for his countrymen in that province. Thus far the circumstances that prepared the way for the successful occupation of Bombay by the English have been explained. They had sent an expedition from Surat to wrest the island from the Portuguese so early as 1627, an expedition which failed from the death of the Dutch commander, Van Spenlt. In 1653, the President and Council of Surat drew the attention of the Directors to the desirablenesi of acquiring the island, and the next year the Directors represented the matter to Cromwell. Bombay. historical sketch. 265 It was a subject of rejoicing then to the Company when, in 1661, the island of Bombay was ceded by the Portuguese to England as part of the dower of the Infanta Catherina on her marriage with Charles II. On the 18th of September the Earl of Marlborough, with five ships, arrived in Bombay harbor to see the cession carried out. The Portuguese, however, refused to surrender the island, and the Earl, after landing Sir Abraham Shipman and 400 men on the small island of Anjideva, 12 leagues to the S. of Goa, where most of them perished, sailed back to England. After Shipman's death, Cook, the senior officer, suc ceeded to the command, and the Portuguese ceded Bombay to him on his re nouncing all claim to the neighbouring islands, and promising that the Portuguese should be exempt from all customs, that all deserters from the Portuguese terri tory should be sent back, and that there should be no interference with the rites of the Roman Catholic religion. The English Government were displeased with these terms, and deposed Cook, who was succeeded by .a Royalist, Sir Gervase Lucas, who landed at Bombay on the 5th of November, 1666. Sir Gervase died on the 21st of May, 1667, and Capt. Cary was then appointed Deputy-Governor. On the 1st of September, 1668, the ship Constantinople arrived at Silrat with a copy of a royal charter bestowing Bombay on the Company, "in free and com mon soccage, as of the manor of E. Greenwich, on payment of the annual rent of £10 in gold, on the 30th of September in each year." On the 23rd of the same month tbe Royal Deputy-Governor Cary transferred the island to Captain Young, a Deputy-Governor nominated by Sir George Oxenden, President of Surat. The garrison at this time consisted of 93 Englishmen and 192 French, Portuguese, or natives, divided into companies, of which the first was the nucleus of the Hon. Company's first European regiment. On the 20th of February, 1673, a Dutch fleet, with 6000 troops on board, threatened to capture the island, but Aungier, the Governor, drew out his men, consisting of 300 English, " 400 topazes," and 300 natives, armed with clubs, and so intimidated the enemy that they sailed off. A large chalice and cover, which this Gerald Aungier presented to the St. Thomas' Church in Bombay, are still preserved. They bear the following inscription ; — HTTNC CALICEM EUCHABIST-ffi SACRUM ESSE VOLUIT HONORABILIS GERALDU8 ATJNGIERUS, INSULiE 'BOMBALffi GUBERNATOR, AC PRO REBUS HONOEABILIS ANGLORUM SOCIETATIS INDUS ORIENTALIBUS MERCATORUM AGENTIUM PRASES, ILLUSTRII MUM CHRISTIANS ANNO 1675. In 1681 a Mr Smith was sent from England to establish a Mint on a salary of £60 per annum. Two Courts of Judicature had been established in 1670 ; the higher, a Court of Appeal, presided over by the Deputy-Governor and Council. At this time the climate of Bombay was so hostile to the English constitution, that, between October, 1675, and February, 1676, Mr. Gyfford, the Deputy-Governor, Bake, the Surveyor-General, and 100 English soldiers, perished. The commerce of the Port, however, went on rapidly increasing, and in 1684 the Company sent out the first cotton screw. Three years before this Captain Keigwin had confined the Governor, and proclaimed the Company's rule at an end. This revolt con tinued till the 19th Nov., 1684, when Keigwin surrendered the island to Sir Thomas Grantham, sent out by the King, and by him it was made over to Com missioners sent by the Company's President at Surat. With 1687 commenced a new epoch in the history of the Bombay Govern- 12 266 historical sketch. Sect. I. ment. In that year the settlement was made superior to all the other Com pany's settlements in the East, and the Government was styled a Regency, and a body guard of 50 grenadiers assigned to the Governor, Sir John Child, brother to Sir Josiah Child, Chairman of the Court of Directors. Child left Srh-at with his Council on the 2nd of May, 1687, and fixed his residence at Bombay, leaving an Agent at Surat. But his rule was of short duration, for, having committed many aggressions upon the natives at Surat, and in particular having made himself obnoxious to Yakut Khan, the Sidi, or African Admiral of Aurangzib, that officer, on the 14th of February, 1689, landed in Bombay with an army of 25,000 men, and soon got possession of the whole island, with the exception of the Fort, or Castle, as it was then styled. Establishing bis head quarters at Mazagaon, the Sidi erected batteries on Dongari Hill, and one within 200 yards of the Fort. After a short resistance, Sir J. Child was obliged to submit to hard conditions, one of which was that he should leave India within nine months. On the 22nd of June, 1690, the Sidi departed from Bombay, having first burned the fort at Mazagaon. On the same day William and Mary were proclaimed in Bombay King and Queen of England. The sequel to this war was a pestilence, by which in four months the English garrison was reduced to only 35 soldiers, and the Company lost £416,000 by the contest. Sir J. Child died on the 4th of February, while the negotiations with Aurangzib were pending. From this time to the end of that century the Company's affairs continued in a very depressed state, and in 1696 received a further blow from the French, who in that year captured four East Indiamen. In April, 1699, the Shrewsbury galley arrived at Siirat with the intelligence that a new Company had been established by Act of Parliament, and on the 11th of January, 1700, Sir Nicholas Waite, President for the new Company, landed in Bombay. From this time ensued a series of undignified squabbles and mis chievous intrigues between the chiefs of the two Companies, who were played off by the native authorities one against another. Nor were these contests dimin ished, but rather increased, by the presence of an ambassador from England to the court of the Emperor. As ambassador, Sir William Norris was superior in rank both to Sir N. Waite, and to Sir John Gayer, the Governor for the old Company ; but he was unable to effect much against their influence. At last Sir J. Gayer was seized by the Governor of Surat at the instigation of Sir N. Waite, and confined with a number of others, in all 109 persons, in the Factory, where they remained in duresse for three years. On the 28th of April, 1701, Sir W. Norris had an interview with Aurangzib, at Panala, was graciously received, and obtained the grants he applied for ; but, refusing to guarantee the safety of the coast from the Malabar pirates, and having imprudently offended Ghazidi Khan, the Minister, he finally failed in his negotiations, and died on his way home. His embassy was a magnificent one, and tbe presents he carried were very costly ; but he was thwarted by the intrigues of Sir N. Waite and his own ignorance of the native character. In the meantime, the English Company of which Waite was the representative disapproved of his violent proceedings, and soon afterwards made overtures to the London, or old, Company for an union, which was agreed upon on the 27th of April, 1702. At this time the affiliated Factories of Surat, Bharuch, Ahmadabad, Agra, and Lakhnau (Lucknow), and, in Malabar, the Forts and Factories of Karwar, Tellicheri, Anjutenga (Anjengo), and Kolikad (Calicut), and the Factories of Gombrun, Shiraz, and Isfahan, were under Bombay. This union, however, was for some years little more than nominal, and it was not till the publication of Lord Godolphin's famous award on the 29th of September, 1708, that the two companies were thoroughly amalgamated under the name of tbe " United Company of Merchants of England trading to the East Indies." From this time Bombay became a distinct Presidency, with a Governor, at first called General, and a Council of its own. At the same time an important Bombay. castes — employments op the natives. 267 change took place in the shipping. The trade was now carried on in hired or chartered vessels, not, as formerly, in ships of the Company's own build and ownership, and a steady increase of revenue set in. It was not, however, till the accession of Mr. Richard Bourehier as Governor, on the 17th of November, 1750, that any very material extension of political power took place. But from that time a more intimate intercourse commenced between the Maratha Government and that of Bombay. A league was formed to destroy the power of Tulaji Angria, a pirate chief who was in possession of Suwarndurg, Vijyadurg (Vizia- droog), and other strong forts. On the 2nd of April, 1755, Commodore James, with a small fleet belonging to the Company, attacked Suwarndurg, and by noon of the fourth day was in possession of the four distinct forts of which it consisted. Shortly after Lieut. -Colonel Clive arrived from England at Bombay with a large force of soldiers, and he and Admiral Watson, in conjunction with the Peshwa Balaji Baji Rao's troops, but with very slight aid from them, on the 13th of February, 1756, captured Vijyadurg, or Gheriah, as it was also called, and made Angria and his whole family prisoners. Angria was given over to the Marathas, and confined by them in the fort of Wandan, near Satara, and afterwards in that of Sholapur, where he died. On the 12th of October, 1756, by a treaty concluded with Balaji Baji Rao Peshwa, the sovereignty of the Bankot (Bancoot) river, with ten villages, was ceded to the Bombay Government. In 1759, the troops of that Presidency took possession of Siirat Castle. By the famous battle of Panipat, on the 7th of January, 1761, the Maratha power was much broken, and the English were not slow to avail themselves of the fact to push their fortunes on the W. coast. In that year they entered into negotiations with Raghunath Rao, the Maratha Regent, to obtain the cession of Salsette, but in the end failed. They gained, however, some commercial advantages. On tbe 1st of April, 1772, the Court of Directors appointed Mr. Thomas Mostyn the first resident envoy at the Peshwa's Court at Punah; and on the 18th of November, in the following year, the Bombay troops captured Bhartlch (Broach) on the very day that the Peshwa Mahadeo Rao died. The year 1774 was marked by the conquest of Thanah and the whole island of Salsette, which was attacked by the Bombay troops on the 20th of December, and entirely reduced before New Year's day, 1775. On March the 6th of that year a treaty was entered into between the Bombay Government and Raghunath, by which the latter ceded in perpetuity to the Company Bassein with its dependencies, the island of Salsette and other islands adjacent, the dis tricts of Jambhusir and other valuable districts in Gujarat. This treaty was afterwards disallowed by the Bengal Government, but the substantive power of that of Bombay must be dated from it. Some account of the subsequent opera tions of their forces will be found in the Preliminary Information of the different Divisions, and here the historical sketch of Bombay Island itself may fitly close. Castes — Employments of the Natives. The two castes which peculiarly deserve mentibn under the head of Bombay Island are the Pdrsis and the Bhuras or Bohrahs (Borahs), both remarkable for their extraordinary commercial activity and intelligence at present, and for a singular and romantic history in former ages. According to the Kissah-i Sanjdn, as translated by Lieut. E. B. Eastwick in the Journal of the Bombay Asiatic Society fox April, 1842, the ancient books of the Fire-Worshippers were destroyed by Alexander the Great, and, for 300 years after his time, their sect was grievously oppressed. Ardeshir Babegan, who flourished in a.d. 229-243, restored Fire-Worship. After this reign the Fire- Worshippers were again persecuted until the accession of Shahpur, of which name there were three kings, the 2nd, 9th, and 11th of the Sassanides. It does not appear to which of these three reference is made ; but one of the three greatly upheld the fol lowers of Zartasht. After the defeat of Yezdajird the Fire- Worshippers migrated 268 CASTES — EMPLOYMENTS OP THE NATIVES. Sect. I. to Hurmaz (the island of Ormuz), where they remained 15 years, and, being warned by their ancient prophecies, then fled thence to Hindustan. They anchored at Dib or Diva, an island a little to the S.W. of the peninsula of Kathiawad. There they disembarked, and resided 19 years, and then migrated to Sanjan, 24 miles S. of Daman, and flve miles inland. Daman is 101 miles N. of Bombay and about 30 miles S. from Surat. The neighbouring chief was Italia Jadi or Jayadeva, a feudatory of the Rajput King of Champanir, who granted an asylum to the fugitives on condition that they explained their faith, adopted the language of Hind in place of that of Persia, assimilated the dress of their women to that of India, laid aside their arms and armour, and agreed that their marriage processions should be at night. They told the Raja that they . worshipped Yazdan, and revered the moon and sun, the cow, and water and fire ; that they wore as a sacred cincture a belt of 72 threads (called the Kusti) ; that their women at. certain periods forbore to look on the sun, the moon, and water, and kept at a distance from water and fire ; and that they had various other observances, which will be found in Dr. Wilson's " The Doctrine of Jehovah addressed to the Pdrsis." They then took up their abode in the Raja's terri tory, and called their place of residence Sanjan. Three hundred years passed away, and though the Fire- Worshippers held their bead-quarters at Sanjan, many of them were dispersed throughout Gujarat. Some went to Nausari, some to Bankanfr, some to Bharuch, others to Baryao, others to Anklisar, and others again to Khambayat. Five hundred years after the settlement at Sanjan had been founded the Muslims conquered Champanir, and Mahmud Shah Begada began to reign there, and sent Alif Khan to conquer Sanjan. This leader was defeated by the Hindu Raja, chiefly through the aid of the Fire- Worshippers, under their chief Ardashir. In a second action, Mahmud Shah's army was victorious, and Ardashir and the Raja were slain. For twelve years after this the settlement of Sanjan lay waste, and the Fire-Worshippers then moved to Bansda or Bansadah, and not many years afterwards- to Nausari, whence they migrated to Bombay and other places. The Kissah-i Sanjan was written iu 1599 a d. Those who wish to have a complete insight into the faith of the Parsis may consult Dr. Wilson's work, The Pdrsi Religion, published at Bombay in 1843, which contains also a translation, by E. B. Eastwick. of the Zartasht Ndmah, or Sistory of Zoroaster. The Parsis acknowledge one Omnipresent, All-creative, Omniscient, and In visible God, but affirm that beholding his works is equivalent to beholding him self. The corollary of this is that they worship the sun and the elements as the index of Deity. A traveller on arriving in Bombay will soon remark the strings of Parsis standing on the sea-shore at dawn worshipping the rising sun. There they range themselves, supported sometimes on one leg, aud rapidly reciting prayers, of the meaning of which they are entirely ignorant. They believe in two principles, the good Hormazd and the evil Ahriman, who are the cause of man's good and evil actions, and of all other good and evil things. They arc demon- ologists, and entertain absurd notions about the possession of men's bodies by devils and the mode of expelling them. Thus "the cursed devil Nasush, who comes from the North, and is frightened away by the white dog with four white eyes and yellow ears," is to be expelled by ablutions, which drive him in the shape of .a fly from the crown of the head, the eye-brows, the back of the head, the ears, nose, mouth, chin, right and left feet in succession. In point of fact the things worshipped by the Parsis will be found to differ but little from the deities enumerated in the Vedas. The five elements — the wind, the sun and moon and stars, the ocean and rivers, the mountains, the Som and its juice Perahom, are all revered and adored. Amongst the most singular of their notions are those they entertain about the dead. A human corpse, or that of a dog, is unclean beyond all other things. He Bombay. castes — employments of the natives. 269 who eats of either can never be purified, and is condemned to hell. The rules about the escape of marrow from the bones of such a corpse are incredibly absurd, and are more like the ravings of insanity than the doctrines of intelligent men. " He that suffers the escape of marrow of the size of a whole body of a dead dog or man must undergo 1,000 stripes." In the following precept we have the origin of the temples of silence :— " Dead bodies are to be carried on a. bier of iron, stone,^ or lead to a high place, where they may be devoured by dogs or birds. If it be impossible to find a place where they may be so devoured, they are to be exposed on a bed to the sun on a high situation." In the 16th Fargard of the Vandidad there are some monstrous absurdities about the offender who strikes a water-dog. He is to suffer 10,000 stripes ; to carry 20,000 bundles of wood to the sacred fire; to kill 10,000 creeping reptiles and 10,000 that resemble a dog in form ; 10,000 turtles, frogs, ants and flies. Yet, notwithstanding the idiotic folly of their sacred books and rites, the Parsis are an eminently practical and sensible people. Like the Quakers, they support their poor by subscriptions among themselves, and- no Parsi is ever seen begging. An amusing description of a visit to one of their temples of silence, extracted from the Autobiography of Lutfullah, will be found under the head of Surat. The Bohrahs. — According to a paper by that illustrious scholar, H. T. Cole- brooke, published in vol. vii. of the Asiatic Researches, the Bohrahs are natives of Gujarat converted to Islam about 5£ centuries ago. The said high authority affirms that the Bohrahs are distinct from the Isma'iliyahs, so called from Isma'il, eldest son and nominated successor of Imam Jafar Sadik, which Isma'il was put aside by his younger brother, Miisa. The Isma'iliyahs, therefore, deny the legality of the succession of the last six Imams, and herein are said to differ from the Bohrahs, who are orthodox as regards the Imams. Nuru'llah of Shustar states that the Bohrahs reside chiefly near Ahmadabad and its environs, and that they were first converted by Mulla 'Ali, "whose tomb is still seen at the city of Khambayat." Bohrah signifies "mercbant" in the dialect of Gujarat, and this sect transmit a fifth of their gains to the Saiyads of Madfnah, and pay eleemosy nary contributions to the chief of their learned men, who distributes the alms among the poor. More recent inquiries seem to show that the Bohrahs are really of the sect of Isma'iliyahs, as they at the present day do undoubtedly reverence Saiyad Muhammad Husain, or, as he is more usually called, 'Agha Khan Muhulati, who is a lineal descendant of Hasan Sabah, tbe Prince of the Assassins, or Old Man of the Mountains, so well known to us by the records of the Crusades. This Hasan Sabah was chief of Persian 'Irak, a mountainous country, and hence his name of Old Man of the Mountains. He got possession of the Fort of Almaut in 1090 a.d., and died 1124 a.d. Afterwards his sect were much destroyed by the Kings of Persia, and, according to some accounts, annihilated ; but even in the present day, 'Agha Khan has been powerful enough to contend with the Shah of Persia, and imperil his throne. The Bohrahs apparently adore him, and when they come into his presence creep on the ground before him in the most abject posture. The tribe are remarkably given to commerce. 270 ROUTE 1. LONDON TO BOMBAY. Sect. I. EOUTES. ROUTE 1. LONDON TO BOMBAY. London to Bombay.— The journey from England to Bombay occupies about 30 days. — See Introduction. BOMB A T.—Sotels— Principal Sights —The Fort— The Town Sail— The Mint — The Cathedral — The Docks — Government Souse at Malabar Point — The Great Bazars — Government Souse at Parell — Botanical Garden — The Elphinstone Institution — The Grant College. Bombay, written by the natives Mambi, and sometimes Bambi, has its name, no doubt, from a temple to the goddess Mamba; or, according to Anderson, Mumba, which word Tod thinks a cor ruption of mdmd or amma and amba, " mother."* In the Madras territory, very many names of places are traceable to this word, and an old temple dedi cated to this particular goddess, Mamba Devi, stood about a century ago on what is now called the esplanade at Bombay. It was pulled down at that period, and rebuilt near the Bhcudi Bazar, on the right hand side as you enter from the Fort, having the temple of Bholeshwar (" Lord of the Simple," a title of Shiva), also of some antiquity, opposite on the left. Some have supposed that " Bom bay" is a corruption of the Portuguese words Buon Bahia, " good haven;" but the name dates from a time anterior to the arrival of the Portuguese in India. That people first occupied the island of Bombay in 1532, and it is scarcely likely that, as they had then held for 22 years the harbor of Goa, which * The Maratha name of Bombay is Mwmbai. This, according to the best Maratha linguists, is from Mahimd, "Great Mother," a title of Devi, still traceable In the name of llfahi/n, a town lying on the N. of Bombay, and on the same island with it. Tavernier calls "one of the finest of the world,"* and which was at least equal to the requirements of the small vessels which then formed their navy, and as, too, they had made it the capital of their dominions, they should have distinguished a new acquisition by the title of " Buon Bahia." It must be acknowledged, however, that whether the Portuguese so designated Bombay or not, it well deserves the title of " Fair haven." A somewhat narrow entrance renders it more difficult of ap proach to an enemy; the harbor is capacious enough to shelter any number of vessels, and the island of Bombay subtends it in such a manner as to lessen the fury of the sea in that direc tion. The scenery, too, is amongst the | most beautiful in tbe world. To the E. i arise the Ghats, and intermediate hills of nearly equal height, their sides belted with rich jungle, their summits broken into fantastic shapes, often wreathed with clouds, and here and there crowned with ancient fortresses, which were strong before the European invader set foot in the land. Writers have justly been unanimous in eulogising the many natural advantages of the great port of W. India. It must not, however, be overlooked that Bombay is at present weak against invasion. The Fort is, in parts, so crowded with dwel ling-houses, that it is impossible it could make a long defence ; and, even if it could, an enemy would not be called upon to waste time over it. There are seasons when steamers could lie off shore in great safety, without entering the harbor at all, and debark troops on the N. part of the island. The narrow ness of the entrance to the port has also its disadvantages. Many fearful ship- * A bar is now accumulating at the mouth and large vessels cannot enter. Bombay. ROUTE 1. BOMBAY THE HARBOR. 271 wrecks have occurred off the Light-house Prong, when ships have tried to enter in stormy weather. Back Bay, which a modern writer regards with satisfaction as "in war a tempting and dangerous lure to threatening invaders," causes during the far longer intervals of peace, much loss of life and cargo. The island of Bombay itself is deficient in water (though in some places, especially Girgaon, and also Mahim, the wells never fail, and, according to one autho rity, the esplanade has been called a covered tank, and every well yet dug in it has been rapidly filled), and is quite dependent on the main land for supplies.* Forbes, speaking of his time (1770) says, "so circumscribed, so rocky, and so unequal is the surface of Bombay itself, that it only produces a sufficiency of grain in one year, to supply its popu lation for six weeks." The vast in crease of population since his time must now limit the supply to a still shorter period ; nor in a military point of view does the railroad communication, which could so easily be cut off, altogether remove the danger of famine, if the command of the sea were, through any cause, transferred to the enemy. Lastly, Bombay harbor is subject to occasional hurricanes, as in 1837, and again in October, 1854, which do unutterable mischief, and often cast large vessels high and dry on the shore. In a mili tary point of view Karachi, could the bar be removed and the harbor deepened, would outweigh Bombay in importance ; .and if natural advantages alone are * Whenever the fall of rain during the mon soon is less than 80 inches — and the average fall lor 83 years has been only 76'82 inches, Bombay is compelled in April and May to draw largely upon the mainland. Kolaba is generally dependent on the wells of the espla nade ; and the villages on the E. coast sutler much from drought. But the construction of magnificent water-works at Vehar in the island of Salsette, Hi miles from the Fort of Bombay, will in a great measure remove all these evils. In the hills round Vehar, a rivulet has its source, which drains is square miles of country, By damming this stream a lake is formed, which has beeD computed to contain 157,100,000 cubic feet of water. The basin of Vehar is inclosed on all sides by hills, of which those on the N. and W. are very lofty, precipitous, and well wooded. The neighbourhood affords excellent shooting, and the vicinity of the caves renders it a most interesting spot for the traveller to, halt at. considered, Goa, with the neighbouring port of Mamagaon, perhaps claims the first place amongst the ports of W. India. For it must be particularly noted, that from Karachi to Cape Ko- morin all the inlets, with the exception of Gheriah, Mamag&on, and Bombay, are inaccessible during the S.W. mon soon, as the entrance to all of them faces the N. ; and at Bombay, though the direction of the entrance is favor able, there is danger of the swell, during the monsoon, forcing vessels on the rocks off the Light-house Prong. Bombay is situate in lat. 18° 57', long. 72° 52'. It is one of. a group of islands (perhaps that called Septanesia by Arrian) of which the following are the principal, proceeding from N. to S. : 1. Bassin; 2. Dravi; 3. Versova; 4. Salsette ; 5. Trombay, in which the hill called the Neat's Tongue, 900 feet high, is a conspicuous mark ; 6. Bom bay; 7. Old Woman's Island; 8. Ko laba; 9. Elephanta; 10. Butcher's Island; 11. Gibbet Island; 12. Ka- ranja. The island is in shape a trape zoid, with a side six miles long towards the sea, and a longer side of eleven miles parallel to the mainland. Its area is about 16 square miles according to P. Anderson, 18 according to Thornton, and 21 according to Buist {Transactions Bombay Geographical Society, vol. x., art. 4). It has not a striking appear ance on approaching it from the sea, as its highest point, Malabar Hill, is but 190 feet above the level of the ocean. The sides are formed by two ridges of trappean rock, i.e., from Malabar Point to Worli (Wadale or Wadali, "the village of the wad, i.e., Indian fig) on the W. side, and from the Fort to Sion {Shivagad) Hill on the E., between which is a level plain, about two miles wide, part of which is called the Flats, and which is all of lagune formation, with a few patches of littoral concrete. The greatest breadth of the island does not exceed three (five aocording to Buist) miles. The broadest part is from Maza- gaon to the temple of M aha Lakshmi, at Breach Candy. There can be no doubt that Bombay, within the last few cen turies, formed a group of small islets. 272 ROUTE 1.— BOMBAY — HOTELS. Sect. I. Freyer, in 1680, speaks of Mahim as a separate island. He says, "in the middle, between Parell aud Mayem (Mahim), Seeam (Sion) and Bombaim, is a hollow, wherein is received a branch of the sea, running out at three several places, which drowns 40,000 acres of good land ; athwart which from Parell to Mayem, are the ruins of a stone causeway made by Pennances." The places where the sea entered are, — 1. Between Riva Fort and Mahim ; 2. Between Worli and Mahim Woods ; 3. Between Breach Candy and Lovegrove. Between Belvedere* and Nauroji Hill, the sea, which entered at the three places just mentioned, most probably passed out. At its N. extremity, Bom bay island is joined to that of Salsette by Sion causeway, and tbe Railway parallel to it, and by Lady Jamshidjis causeway to Bandora, A causeway from Mahim Fort at the N.W. extremity, is continued eastward past Riva Fort to Sion. Proceeding S., Mahim Woods extend about two miles on the W., and very large and productive Salt Pans run parallel, and to the same distance on the E. coast, stretching from Sion to Sewrf {Shivadi, " the Little Fort of Shiva," opposed to Shivagad, above-men tioned, "the Large Fort of Shiva") Fort. In the space between are the villages of Matunga, formerly the head-quarters of the Bombay Artillery, Vadala (" grove of the vad, or Indian fig"), and sonic others. In the next parallel, proceeding S . , is Worli Hill, a ridge about two miles in length, with Worli Fort on the N. extremity, a very sharp projecting pro montory. This ridge occupies the W. coast, and on the E. is Parell Hill and village with Government House, Lowji {lavaji, from Lava, a Hindu name : some Parsis having Hindu names) Castle, and the Botanical Gardens. Be tween is the low tract called the Flats, which may be described as bounded on theN. by Worli sluices, Phipps' Ortf to theE., and Bycullah Club to the S. In * Formerly the residence of the Hon. Daniel Draper, Member of Council, the husband of Sterne's " Eliza." t This word Ort is probably a corruption of horlus, *' garden." the next parallel, we have Breach Candy Hill to the W., and Mazagaon to the E., with the Flats, the Race-course, and Bycullah between them. The ridge called Malabar Hill, about two and a half miles in length, with Government House and Valukeshwar at its S. ex tremity, now occupies the W. Back Bay indents on the S. into the island to about half-way along the eastern foot of this ridge ; and parallel with the N. half of the ridge is the native town of Bombay, the principal divisions of which are Komatipura to the N. ; Girgaum (perhaps Girdgaon, " environs," or more probably Gidhganw, "village of the vultures") to the S. ; and Bhendi Bazar to the E. The Marine Lines and the Esplanade follow, and S.E. of these, the Fort, crowded with buildings, and with a dense population of Parsis in the N. quarter. The Mint, the Town Hall, Barracks, Cathedral (St. Thomas'), and Custom House are in the Fort to the E., near the Castle; and S. of the Castle, and also on the E. side of the Fort, are the Courts of Justice aud Docks, and the Jetty, called (perhaps from its being to the E.) the Apollo Ban dar. * Two small islands form a sort of tail to the S. The nearest of these is Old Woman's Island, joined by a road at low water, and by a ferry at high tide. S. of all is the island of Kolaba (Colaba), now joined to the main island by a causeway, with bar racks for a Queen's Regiment on the N. part of it, a road passing through the centre, and at the S. extremity, on the W. a Lunatic Asylum and a Burial Ground, and on the E. an Observatory and a Lighthouse. Sotels. — There are five hotels at Bombay. Hope Hall, in the pleasant district of Mazagaon (perhaps Mahesh- gaon, "the village of the demon Ma- hesh," or simply "buffalo village," or more probably Mdsdydmc, corrupted to Majagdhw, " fish-village ") may be well recommended. The daily expense for one person, dining at the Table * According to some, the name is a corrup tion of Palwdr, from an old native village so called. It is intended to re-name this Jetty aud call it " Wellington Pier." ' 1. Town, Sail 2. Bombay Green, 3. Iiltlli:ll\l) 4. SecretariaZ~- -_:__ 5 . Mint _-.-_ ? =>:- 6. MumbaJ)e&i TcaUe 7. BahuLouTarJ^^ 8 . Grant MecUcal CoJL. 9. Jamsludfi HospT TOWN aito FORT OF if® MB AT Scale of half a. Mil..- , Bombay. ROUTE 1. — BOMBAY — THE PORT. 273 d'H6te, may be reckoned at five rupees a day (including rooms). Separate banglas are also to be had. The dis tance from the landing-place at the Apollo Bandar is about three miles. The other hotels are the British Hotel, Apollo-street ; Barnes' English Hotel, Military-square ; Prince Albert's Hotel, Esplanade ; Wellesley Hotel, Chinch Bandar, and the Adelphi, recently established at Bycullah, in the house which used to be called Clair Hall. Three of these are in the Fort, and close to the landing-place. This is, so far, a convenience ; but, on the other hand, the air is more confined, and it is far hotter in the Fort, and when cholera or other epidemics are prevalent, de cidedly less healthy and safe. By a recent order, it is not allowed to erect temporary banglas on the Esplanade, or to pitch tents there. To those who can obtain election at the Club, or who have friends willing to receive them, there will be no troubles to encounter. The Railway Terminus is close to the Bazar, or N. Gate of the Fort, and the fare to Bycullah, where the Glub is, is only six anas for a first class ticket, The Club is conducted on much the same terms as that at Madras (See Madras Club). It is, perhaps, rather more expensive. The charge for land ing is from one to two rupees. Palan quins, with four bearers, are hired for 1J rupee per day. Officers in the army have to report themselves immediately at the Town Major's office ; and every traveller, after locating himself, will do well to notify his place of residence at the Post-office. Principal Sights. — The sights of Bombay, if the traveller confines him self to the island itself, are soon ex hausted. They may be enumerated as follows :— 1. The Fort, including the Town Hall, where is also the library of the Asiatic Society, the Mint, the Cathedral, and the Custom-house. 2. The Docks, Cotton Screws, and manu factory of Bombay Inlaid Work. 3 . The Governor's House at Malabar Point, the Tank of Valukeshwar, the Parsi Towers of Silence, and the Temple of Maha Lakshmi at Breach Candy. 4. The houses and gardens of the Lowji family and of Sir Jamshidji Jijibhai, Government House at Parell, and the adjoining Botanical Gardens. 5. The Elphinstone Institution and Grant Medical . College, with the Jamshidji Hospital to the E., and the Jamshidji Obstetric Hospital to the N. The Mis sionary Institutions, all of which have neat and commodious buildings, may also be visited. There is also for those who are curious in such matters the Brute Hospital, now the largest of the kind in India. The places may be con veniently visited as here grouped. 1. The Fort.— The Fort of Bombay is about one mile long, and not more than one-third of a mile in width, where broadest. Its length is from N.N.E. to S.S.W., and Fort George, so called in honor of George III., is at the N. extremity. The old Castle stands about the centre of the fortifications, and on the sea-side. On the land side a long semicircular line of fortification extends from Fort George, to a point about as far S. of the Castle as Fort George is distant from the Castle to the N. The unusual straightness of this line of fortification is, of course, a disadvantage ; but the line is, to a considerable extent, commanded by a plunging fire from the guns of Fort George. The ditch is deep at Fort George, and would there be a formidable obstacle to an enemy. The oldest part of tbe fortifications is tbe Castle, which was probably com menced by the Portuguese not long after the cession of the island to that nation in 1530, by Raja Bhfm, or, ac cording to Hamilton, " a chief residing at Thanah." The marks of the cannon balls fired at this fortress by the Sidi, or Miighul admiral, when he besieged it in 1690, may still be seen. Fryer, who travelled from 1672-1681, says that when Cooke landed in Bombay, in 1664, "he found a pretty well seated, but ill-fortified house; four brass guns being the whole defence of the island, unless a few chambers, housed in small towers, convenient places to scour the Malabars, who were accustomed to seize cattle, and depopulate whole villages by their outrages. About the house was a 274 ROUTE 1. — BOMBAY — THE TOWN HALL. Sect. I. delicate garden, voiced to be the plea- santest in India ; intended rather for wanton dalliance, love's artillery, than to make resistance against an invading foe." Fryer adds, that on his arrival, " bowers dedicated to ease were turned into bold ramparts. Within the fort were mounted 120 pieces of ordnance, and in other convenient stands 20 more." This account would lead us to suppose that the Portuguese had doue little or nothing to fortify the place. The English proceeded more vigorously to work, and by 1683 the Company had expended no less a sum than £ 300,000 on fortifications and improvements ! The ditch dates from 1739, when the prin cipal merchants subscribed 30,000 ru pees towards the expense of that work, induced, probably, by their apprehen sion of an attack from the Marathas. The works of Fort George itself, and the whole plan as now completed, are not older than 1760, when Sir Archibald Campbell, Chief Engineer in Bengal, was sent round to Bombay to make the place as strong as possible. Fort George is provided with bomb proofs, covered ways, magazines, etc., and is entirely free from all private domiciles ; but there is an extensive range of barracks, and great part of the ground within, the Old Fort is built over, which, of course, is highly objectionable in a military point of view. So early as 1739, the Government issued an order that a space, to the extent of 400 yards, in front of the walls should be kept clear of buildings and plantations ; and this space was afterwards extended to 600 yards, and again to 800 yards in 1803, after the great fire; and, by a late order, not even temporary buildings may be orected on this open space, now called the Esplanade. Hamilton represents the Fort in his time, as "towards the sea extremely strong, but on the land side not offering the same resistance ; and, to an enemy landed, and capable of making regular approaches, it must soon sur render." This description may be now directly reversed, as the Fort is strong landwards, and weak, nay comparatively defenceless, towards the sea. It is true that the whole of the sea-face would be formidable, provided the works were properly constructed. But, at present, there is a space of about 100 yards be tween the Redan near Fort St. George and the cremailliere works adjoining the Castle, where there is no rampart or battery whatever, but simply a sea-wall. Further, in the Castle itself there is no rampart or parapet of the adequate thickness. Adjoining the Castle to the S. is the Hornby battery, mounting upwards of 20 guns. Next to this is the Mandavi or Custom House Bandar battery, and, with a small interval, the three batteries on the Dock Pier Heads, surmounted on the right by the Dock yard Bastion. But in all these batteries the revetment is constructed of such small stones, that the concussion of the heavy guns now used in defence would of itself be sufficient to crack, and per haps throw down, the works. And were the ramparts of brick or earth, the enemy's shot would bury themselves, or were they of large blocks of stone, would bound off, as they did at the siege of Gheriah, in 1756, from the vast blocks of laterite which form the facing of that fortress. But the splinters alone, which would be caused by the enemy's fire on the defences of Bombay Fort, facing the sea, would soon render them untenable. This weakness, however, of the Fort towards the sea might be remedied by refacing the works, and by a heavy bat tery on the Middle Ground" Shoal, distant from the Fort three-quarters of a mile, which would completely command the anchorage. The sand of this shoal has beneath it, at no great depth, a solid substratum of basaltic rock, which would afford a secure foundation for the said work. The fortifications of Bombay re quire a garrison of 8,000 men to man them sufficiently. There are in all upon the works about 1,000 guns, some of which are of the largest calibre. Per haps, however, the most secure defences against foreign invasion would be bat teries at the mouth of the harbor. The Town Sail stands in front of the Castle, and occupies part of the E. side of the well-known square in the Fort called the Green, which contains about 15 acres, is partly shaded with tamarind Bombay. ROUTE 1. BOMBAY THE TOWN HALL. 275 trees, and is as dear to the natives of Bombay as the parks to the inhabitants of London. Just to the N. of it, on the same side of the Green, is the Mint, and beyond that the Barracks, the Offices of the Fire Department, and of the Great Peninsular Railway. On the opposite side of the square is the most eminent mercantile house in Bombay, that of Messrs. Forbes and Co., and the Cathe dral. At the S.W. angle is the old Go vernment House, now the Secretariat. All the principal military offices, includ ing those of the Adjutant-General and Town Major, are also on the Green, or close to it. The Town Hall is a hand some building, with a fine colonnade in front, and does credit to the taste of its designer, Colonel Thomas Cowper, of the Bombay Engineers, afterwards Chief Engineer. It was commenced in 1820, took 15 years in building, and cost about £60,000, an expense of which by far the larger portion was defrayed by the E. I. Company, and the remainder cleared off by subscription, and a fortunate lottery ticket, taken by the committee for the erection of the building, which came up a prize of £10,000. The building is 200 ft. long by 100 ft. deep. The pil lars in front, and the external character of the edifice, are Doric; the character of the interior is Corinthian. It iB a curious circumstance respecting the pillars, that it was Colonel Cowper's intention to have them in pairs, a de sign which was opposed on the ground that the crowded appearance would mar the effect. The pillars were prepared in England, at the expense of the Com pany, and were further delivered free of charge for freight. On being landed they turned out so much more massive than Colonel Cowper intended, that the plan of having them in pairs was, by what all must now admit to have been a fortunate contretemps, necessarily aban doned. The supernumerary columns were, by command of the then Go vernor, Lord Clare, made over to By cullah Church, then in course of erec tion. The building consists of a ground floor, in which the rooms are rather low, and a story above with lofty apartments. On the ground floor are various public offices : the Medical Board, in which are four very handsome Ionic pillars, copied from those of an admired temple on the banks of the Ilyssus, and set up by Col. Waddington, the present chief engineer ; the office of tbe Military Auditor General; the meeting room of H. M. Justices of the Peace for Bombay; the Geogra phical Society's Room ; and some of the weightier curiosities of the Asiatic Society. In the upper story is the grand Assembly Room, 100 ft. square, in which public meetings and balls are held. Leading from this on the N. are the Library, Museum, and Assembly Room of the Bombay Asiatic Society. The Library, which was founded by Sir James Mackintosh, is well selected, and contains about 100,000 volumes. A stranger can have gratuitous access to the rooms for a month, by an order from one of tbe members of the Society. On this side, also, is a room used by the authorities of the Educational Depart ment. On the S., from the Grand Assembly Boom, are the Levee Rooms of the Governor and the Commander- in-Chief; the Council Room, and pri vate rooms for each Member of Council. In the S. vestibule, near the Council Room, is a statue of Mr. Noras, for many years a distinguished Secretary and Member of Council, whose labors in the Judicial Department were most useful to Government. There are, or shortly will be, five other statues in the edifice, of men whose memory is held in high esteem by the inhabitants of Bom bay. Of these, the statue of Mount- stuart Elphinstone occupies par excel lence the place of honor in the Grand Assembly Room. The statue of Sir J. Malcolm is on a pedestal at the head of the staircase in the grand vestibule, and that of Sir C. Forbes in a corner near it; that of Sir Jamshidji Jijibhai, when it is finished, will probably be placed on the opposite side ; and that of Lord Cornwallis, by Bacon, at present on the Green, is to be put up on a high pedestal in the W. vestibule to the Grand Room. The statues of Elphinstone, Malcolm, and Sir C. Forbes, are all by Chantrey, and in his best style. That of Lord 276 ROUTE 1. — BOMBAY — THE MINT. Sect. I. Cornwallis * is now on the Green, under a cupola ; but the Town Hall Committee have recommended its removal to tbe Town Hall. It deserves especial notice that, owing to the cupola, which pro tected it from the weather, the statue of Lord Cornwallis is quite uninjured, and almost as fresh as when it left the sculp tor's hands, while the far finer statue of Lord Wellesley, on the Esplanade, which has no defence against rain and storm, is greatly disfigured — the features being almost obliterated. This ought to be a warning against placing marble statues in future at the mercy of the weather in India. The Council Room contains pictures of Baji Rao Peshwa, whose adopted son, Nana Dhundu Pant, will be ever infamous as the author of the massacre at Kanhpur (Cawnpore) ; of Baji Rao's celebrated minister, Nana Farnavis ; and of Mahadaji Sindhia. All three paintings are by Mr. Wales, whose * The following is the inscription on the pedestal of this statue :— This memorial is consecrated By the British inhabitants of the Presidency of Bombay, To the Name and Character of CHARLES, MARQUIS CORNWALLIS, K.Q., Governor-General of India; Who resigned in Gliazepoor, in the Province of Benares, On the 5th of October, 1805, A life dedicated to the service of his King and Country: But more especially devoted, In its regretted close, To the restoration of peace in India, And to the promotion of the best interests Of the East India Company. Inflexible and steady courage, A sacred fidelity in Political trust, Purity and singleness of heart, A temper the mirror of that purity, A reflective and well disciplined judgment In fclie most arduous conflicts. A dignified simplicity of manners, And the most elevated sense of honor. Every public Virtue and Spirit, Every genile and graceful aliection, Made him universally Admired, Revered, And beloved; The ornament of bis country and of the age, A model to postcritj . John Bacon, Junior, F.A S„ Sculptor, London. MDCOCXI. This inscription was probably written by Sir J. Mackintosh, who took an active part in the arrangements for the erection of tlie statue. A letter from him to Flaxman on the subject will be found in his life, vol. 1., p. 265. Sir James wrote tho sermon which was preaohod by the Senior Chaplain on the occasion of Lord Corn wallis' death. daughter married Sir C. Malet, 6ome time Resident at Punah. In the Asiatic Society's Library are busts of Sir James Carnac and Sir J. Mackintosh, that of Sir James Carnac by Chantrey. The Geographical Society's Room contains pictures of Sir A. Burnes, and Sir C. Malcolm and Captain Ross, the two first Presidents of the Society ; as also a very fine collection ol maps. Among details, that part of the Town Hall which deserves the greatest praise is the elliptical stair case on the N. side, with the tesselated floor in the vestibule adjoining. The execution of these is admirable, and re flects great credit on Capt., now Major- General, Waddington, the officer of en gineers, under whose directions they were executed. There is another name which must not be passed over in noticing the Town Hall. Augustino, of Portuguese descent, showed extraordinary talent in the plans he submitted ; and played an important though a subordinate role in the erection of the edifice. The Mint is contiguous to the Town Hall, but stands further back, having a tank in front of it. The foundation stone was laid on the 1st of January, 1825, and it was in working order in December, 1827. It is a plain build ing, with an Ionic portico. It has been erected, however, on a spot which was for many years the place where all the refuse of the Fort was cast. It was then called Muddi Bay, and the object in casting the rubbish there was to recover the ground from the sea. But when it was decided that the Mint should be built upon it, it became re quisite to clear away masses which had been for years accumulating, in order to lay the foundations. The sum expended in this work was large, and the cost of the Mint fell but little short of the more splendid building adjoining, the Town Hall. The architect was Major Hawkins, a Bombay officer, who, with Colonel Forbes, of the Bengal Engineers, was sent to England by Government to study in the office of Boulton and Watt. At this Mint, 150,000 rupees can be coined in one day. We read that authority was granted to the Company by the Crown to establish a mint so Bombay. ROUTE 1. BOMBAY THE CATHEDRAL. 277 early as 1676; but it does not appear when first, or to what extent, the Com pany availed themselves of this privilege. The Cathedral church of St. Thomas stands in the Fort, close to the Green. It was built as a garrison church in 1720, aud made a cathedral on the establishment of the See of Bombay, in 1833, on which occasion the only change in the structure was the con version of the low belfry into a high tower, which was done at the expense of the Court. The plan is simple ; the columns approach the Tuscan, the roof is vaulted, and the whole building is of stone. The body of the church is roomy, but there is no gallery. There are some monuments here which deserve attention. Of these the one of greatest interest is by Bacon to Governor Jona than Duncan,* who held his office for the unprecedented period of 16 years. The monument was raised by public subscription, and represents Mr. Duncan receiving the blessings of young Hindus. * The following is the inscription on the hand some and tasteful monument to Mr. Duncan in the Bombay Cathedral : In memory of THE HON'BLE JONATHAN DUNCAN, Governor of Bombay, from 1795 to 1811. Recommended to that high office by his talents and integrity, In the discharge of various important duties in Bengal and Benares, His purity and zeal for the public good were equally conspicuous During hiB long and upright administration at this Presidency. With a generous disregard of personal interest, His private life was adorned By tho most munificent acts of charity and friendship To all classes of the community. To the natives in particular he was a friend and protector, To whom they looked with unbounded confidence And never appealed in vain. He was born at Wardhouse, in the county of Forfar in Scotland, On the 1st of May, 1756, Oame to India at the age of 15 : and, after 89 years of uninterrupted service. Died at this place on l lth August, 1811. Infanticide abolished in Benares and Kattywar. Several of the British inhabitants of Bombay, Justly appreciating his distinguished meritB In public and privato life, Have raised this monument As a tribute of respect and esteem, MDCCCXVII. This has reference to his glorious and successful efforts in suppressing infanti cide in certain districts near Benares, and afterwards in Kathiawad, through the zealous and able agency of Colonel Walker. Mr. Duncan was a warm friend of the natives of India, and a true philanthropist; but his services were but inadequately appreciated by Government. Next in interest is the monument, also by Bacon, of Captain Hardinge, R.N., younger brother of Lord Hardinge, who fell in capturing the Piedmontese, a ship of far superior size. The Pied montese had been eminently successful in taking English merchant ships, and on one occasion, when she made a prize of the Warren Hastings, com manded by Captain Larkins, the French first lieutenant, M. Moreau, rendered himself infamously notorious by stab bing the captain and several of the officers of the English ship. This man, when the Piedmontese struck her colors, blew out his brains, anticipating, pro bably, no very gentle usage from the captors. Captain Hardinge's ship, the St. Fiorenzo, a frigate of 38 guns, miserably undermanned, sailed from Point de Galle on Friday, the 4th of March, 1805, and sighted on that day the Piedmontese, Captain Epher, of 50 guns, and 566 men, of whom, however, 200 were Lascars. He gave chase, and exchanged the first broadside about half- past eleven at night. The French ship then got away, but next day the action was renewed, and the English frigate being terribly crippled in her rigging, the Frenchman, though a worse sailer, got away again. Next day, the Fiorenzo came up with her, when, after a contest of one hour and 40 minutes, the Pied montese struck her colors. The French had 48 killed and 112 wounded; and the English but 13 killed and 25 wounded. The merchants and principal inhabi tants of Bombay presented a vase, worth 300 guineas, to the father of Captain Hardinge, a sword worth 100 guineas to the 1st Lieutenant, Dawson, 500^. to the crew of the Fiorenzo, and erected this monument in the Cathedral, at a cost of 2,0002. 278 ROUTE 1. BOMBAY THE DOCKS. Sect. I. Opposite Governor Duncan's monu ment is one to Stephen Babington, of the Bombay C.S., who was chosen by Mr. Elphinstone to revise the Judicial Code, having as colleagues Mr. Erskine, the translator of " Baber's Memoirs," and Mr. Norris. The figure is by Chantrey, in his best style. Mr. Babington is represented in a sitting posture, holding in his hands a book, the " Judicial Code," which he revised. The inscrip tion on this monument is by Sir J. Mackintosh, and is justly reckoned one of the most classical pieces of English composition. On the left, going up to the chancel, are two monuments erected by the E. I. Company, — one to Colonel Dow, killed by a rocket at the capture of Thanah, and the other to Colonel Campbell, who, in 1783, with less than 700 Europeans, and with only 2,300 native soldiers, defended Mangaliir for many months against Tipii, who had with him an army of 30,000 regular infantry, an immense body of horse, said to have been 60,000, 100 guns, and upwards of 1,000 French. Mangalur was in the end surrendered, but not till the garrison had fed on rats, jackals, and every sort of loathsome and un wholesome food, and till Tipii had sacri ficed half his army (Mill, vol. iv., p. 246). In the chancel, on the left-hand side, is the tomb of General Carnac, who was Clive's second in command at the battle of Plassey, and who won independent laurels in many other fields. He died at a very advanced age, at Mangalur, having retired from the service, and this monument was erected to his memory by his nephew, Mr. Rivett, Member of Council, to whom he bequeathed his fortune, and who was the father of the late Sir James Rivett Carnac, Governor of Bombay. There are also monuments to General Bellasis, Captain Warden, Mr. Seton, Chief of Surat, Admiral Maitland, to whom Na poleon surrendered, and others. To General Bellasis, Bombay is indebted for the Apollo Bandar and the road through the Flats, called after his name, which useful works were executed under his orders by a multitude of the people of Surat, driven from that city during u. famine. 2. The Docks.— So early as 1673, the East India Company had been com pelled to build ships of war to protect their merchantmen from the attacks of the Maratha and Malabar pirates. Surat, however, was the chief station for build ing vessels, and up to 1735 there were no docks in existence at Bombay. In that year a vessel was built at Surat for the Company, and an officer being des patched from Bombay to inspect it, he was much pleased with the skill and intelligence of the Parsi foreman, Lowji Naushirwanji ; and, knowing that the Government was desirous of establishing a building-yard at Bombay, endeavoured to persuade him to leave Surat and take charge of it. The Parsi, however, had too much honesty to accept this advan tageous offer without permission from his master to whom he was engaged. On its being granted, he proceeded to Bombay, with a few artificers, and se lected a site for the Docks. Next year, Lowji was sent to the N. to procure timber, and on his return he brought bis family with him. From that day to this, the superintendence of the Docks has been wholly in Lowji's family, or, as it is well expressed by a well-known writer, " The history of the Dock-yard is that of the rise of a respectable, honest, and hard-working Parsi family." Up to this time the King's ships had been hove down for repairs at Hog Island; but now they were so frequently brought for that purpose to the Docks that it became necessary to enlarge the yard. This was done about 1767. In the year 1771, two grandsons of Lowji — Framji Manikjf and Jamshidji Bahmanji — en tered the Dockyard ; but were com pelled by their grandfather to learn their profession practically, working as common carpenters at 1 2 rupees a month. In 1774, Lowji died, leaving only a house and a sum of money under £ 3,000. He bequeathed, however, to his family, a more precious legacy, — the remem brance and prestige of his character for spotless integrity. Manikji succeeded him as master-builder, aud Bahmanji was appointed his assistant, and the two managed the Docks with increased suc cess. They built two fine ships of 900 Bombay. ROUTE 1. BOMBAY THE DOCKS. 279 tons, and the men of war crippled in the severe actions between Sir Edward Hughes and Admiral Suffrein were all docked at Bombay. Bahmanji died in 1790, in debt, and Manikjf two years afterwards, leaving but a scanty sum to his family. Their sons of the same names — Framji Manikji, and Jamshidji Bahmanji — succeeded them. Jamshidji, in 1802, built the Cornwallis frigate for the East India Company, and his suc cess determined the home government to order the construction of ships for the royal navy at Bombay. At first it was proposed to send out a European builder ; tut Jamshidji' s talents being properly represented, he was permitted to have the sole supervision as master builder. In 1805 the Dockyard was enlarged; and the thoroughfare, which till then had been open through it, was closed. On the 23rd of June, 1810, the Minden, 74, built entirely by Parsis, was launched, and not long after the Cornwallis, 74, of 1767 tons, at an expense, including lower masts and bowsprit, of £ 60,762 ; and in 1812, the Wellesley, 74, of 1,745 tons, at a cost of £56,003. In 1818, the Malabar, 74, and the Seringapatam, a frigate of 38 guns, were built, and subsequently very many other ships of war, among which the Ganges, 84, the Calcutta, 86, and the Miani, of 86 guns, may be particularly noticed. All these vessels were made of teak, and have sufficiently proved the lasting quality of that wood. It has been pronounced by persons intimately acquainted with the subject, that a teak ship will last from four to five times as long as one of English oak. The worm will not eat it, and the oil it contains protects the iron clamps and bolts from rusting. Thus we are told that, while ships in the British navy are replaced every 12 years, teak ships last 50 years and upwards. Indeed, the old Lowji Castle, a mer chantman of about 1,000 tons, is known to have made voyages for nearly three- quarters of a century. The dockyard has been of late years much enlarged. It now extends from the Apollo Gate to the Custom House, with a sea face of nearly 700 yards. The enclosure con tains about 200 acres. There are two Graving Docks, the Bombay Dock, 618 ft. long, 57 ft. broad at top, and 34 at bottom, and with 21 ft. perpendicular depth; the Duncan Dock, built by Colonel Cowper, in 1816, at a cost of £140,000, 550 ft. long, 68 ft. broad at top and 46 at bottom, and with 26 ft. perpendicular depth. There are also four noble building slips opposite the Apollo Pier, and on the S.E. side of the enclosure. The work is greatly facili tated by a steam engine, which pumps out the water in a few hours. At Bombay alone, two ships of the line, or one ship and two frigates, can be finished for the English navy every 18 months. Bombay is also the only principal settle ment in India where the rise of the tide is sufficient to permit docks on a large scale. At Bombay, the highest spring tides reach to 17 ft. ; but the usual height is 14 ft. The Docks be long to the Company, and a high monthly rent is paid for the repairs of royal vessels. The original Cotton Screws are worked by West's patent. West came to India in 1798, to set up the hydrostatic presses of which Mr. Henshaw was pro prietor. Through the bigoted opposi tion of the merchants these presses failed, and were broken up and sold for ballast, though they cost upwards of £20,000. After this, the iron screw was gradually improved till 1806, which is the time Hamilton speaks of when he says, "at Bombay, l,5001bs. of cotton are screwed into 50 ft. or one ton ; but, at Calcutta, 7 per cent, more are put." He adds, " The cotton screw is worked by a capstan, to each bar of which there are 30 men, amounting, in the whole, to about 240 to each screw. Hemp is packed in the same manner; but it requires to be carefully laid in the press, for the fibres are liable to be broken if they are bent." In 1819, Mr. West brought his geometrical press into work. The machine, in appear ance, resembles in some measure a pile engine. Like it, the rammer slides in a mortise up and down two strong up rights, which are laid hold of by two strong iron rods attached to the capstan, which is easily worked by a man to each 280 ROUTE 1. BOMBAY THE GOVERNMENT HOUSE. Sect. I. bar. The process of packing is com pleted at once, and when the cotton is pressed down to the proper size, the machine, by an ingenious contrivance, stops, the doors fly open, and the lash ing of the bale commences. The bale is taken out completely finished, and the press being relieved without the tedious process attendant on a screw, the rammer flies up, and the press is ready to receive cotton for another bale. West's press effected a diminution of labor and expense, in comparison with the old screw, in tbe ratio of 20 to 50. For a history of cotton packing in Bom bay, see the Asiatic Journal of 1819. West's press was, till lately, close to the Apollo Bandar in the Fort, and is now at Kolaba. It screws bales at the rate of 7| minutes per bale from the time of putting in cotton until the men stop turning, and half a minute more for lashing the bale, averaging about 7 bales per hour. There are now new screws erected by a company at Kolaba, on ground recovered from the sea. There is at Kolaba also a new Wharf, the only one in India, where a ship of moderate size can lie alongside to re ceive cargo. Between the Apollo Cot ton Screws and the Post Office, stands the office of the Hydraulic Press Cotton Packing Company. It is a handsome building and contains a Brahma press, with eight presses, each worked by three force pumps, the whole moved by a steam engine of 60-horse power. The Barnbay Inlaid Work. — Wc learn from a letter in Miss Edgeworth's life of her father, vol. ii., p. 274, that in 1808 there was but one family in Bom bay that practised the trade of Bombay inlaying. This family was a Mtierhul one from Lkhor, and has thrown out several branches; but the Bombay in- layers are even now far from numerous. The art is said to be of Sindhian origin ; if so, it can only be said that the dis ciple has far outstripped his master, for the Haidarabad veneering is very in ferior to the mosaics of Bombay. The method of operation is as follows: — A frame is constructed, on which is placed two planes of ivory, silver, or whatever is required to form the extreme edges of the bordering. Then small rods of ivory, stained with various colors, and which have been first dipped in strong colorless glue, are placed horizontally be tween the planes, the arrangement being according to the pattern required. The whole is then pressed with heavy weights till perfectly dry. When a border is required for any article, the ivory cutter saws from either end of the planes thus prepared, a segment, about a quarter of an inch thick. By this method, (wo six-inch ivory planes will supply borders for a number of articles at one-third of the price which would be required, were each strip of Mosaic arranged expressly for the purpose. A handsome desk or work-box of Bombay inlaid work costs about six guineas, but a watch-stand or card-case may be obtained for ten shillings. 3. The Government Souse at Malabar Point. — Supposing the traveller to make his visit from the Apollo Gate of the Fort, close to which, inside the Fort, on the W. side of the road, is St. Andrew's, the principal place of worship of the Church of Scotland in Bombay,* he will pass along a broad open drive cut through the rampart and outworks, which, however convenient to the public, has not improved the defensive charac ter of the Fort. At a point where the Kolaba road fronts him, and that, to the Apollo Pier, is on his left, he will turn to the right along the Esplanade. Here was to have been the column com memorative of Napier, formed of the guns taken at Miani. As no one in India would undertake the work, the cannons were put on board the ship Stalkart, and lost in her in descending the Hugh', in 1847. About half a mile from the Apollo Gate the Church Gate is passed, and here is Chantrey's statue of the Marquis Wellesley in white marble. For years after its arrival, it lay neglected in the warehouse of Messrs. Forbes and Co., and, but for the exer tions and liberal contributions of Sir C. Forbes, would, perhaps, have not been erected to this date. In the same way, * It is proposed now to erect the Wellington column on this spot. The Apollo Gate and Apollo Bandar are to be called Wellington Gate and Wellington Pier. Bombay. route 1. — Bombay — temple op valukeshwah. 281 the bust of Sir J. Carnac lay three years forgotten in a packing box under the Town Hall stairs, and was only dis covered by accident — so transient is the feeling of enthusiasm for defunct public characters. Proceeding on, the tra veller will observe to the left a large stone cross, marking the site of a Por tuguese Church, removed when the Esplanade was cleared. On the right he will remark the Scotch Free Church, first used in 1 847, and near it the Elphin stone Institution. Next to these is the Court of Small Causes, presided over by three Judges. Before entering the Gir- gaon road, a large tank is passed, which bears the name of Framji Eausji, and a Doric building, usually called Cow Castle, erected in 1852, by the rich Hindu banker, Ram Lai, as a shed for cattle employed in lifting water. On one side of the portals of the native town is the "Robert Money School," and on the other the Depository of the Bombay Tract and Book Society ; and half-way up the Girgaon-road is the mansion of Jagannath Shankarseth, a wealthy mer chant of the Goldsmith caste, and Pre sident of the Bombay Association. Thence to Malabar Point the road calls for little particular remark. The residence of Ram Lai, said to be the richest inhabitant of Bombay, a small Muhammadan masjid, the grand Medical College, and the Bycullah Schools, will, however, attract the attention of the stranger as he passes along. A few words may be said as to the Governor's residence at the Point. Dp to the time of Sir Evan Nepean, the Governor had resided either at the Fort or at Parell, At Malabar Point there were only Serjeant's quarters near the Flagstaff. In 1813, Sir Evan, feeling the cool sea breeze to be indispensable to his health, built an additional room to tbe Serjeant's quarters. He also some what improved the access by the back road, then in existence. In 1819-20, Mr. Elphinstone added a public break fast-room, and a detached sleeping bangla on a small scale. At that time there was not a single house on the Malabar Hill and Breach Candy, now so covered with villas, except that caEed The Retreat, and one other. But the presence of the Governor soon attracted various individuals to settle in villas near the spot, and the colonization of this part of the island of Bombay may be said to date from 1820. In 1828, Sir John Malcolm gave up, for public offices, the Government House in the Fort, the present Secretary's office in Apollo- street, and considerably enlarging the residence at Malabar Point, regularly constituted it a Government House. He also converted a footpath, so steep and rugged as to be almost impracticable, into a carriage road. The Governor's residence at the Point is elevated about 70 ft. above the sea, and stands close to the edge of the steep cliff in which Mala bar Hill, on this side, terminates. The drive to Malabar Point, and thence along the sea by Breach Candy, is one of the most beautiful in the island, and is weU thronged with carriages and equestrians. A recent traveller (Graul) says that he was reminded of Naples by this pro menade. The temple of Vdlukeshwar, " Sand- Lord," is on ' the W. side of Malabar Hill, and close to Malabar Point. Throngs of Hindiis will be met coming from it, their foreheads newly colored with the sectarial mark. The legend says that Rama, on his way from Ayodhya (Oude) to Lanka (Ceylon), to recover his bride Sfta, carried off by Ravana, halted here for the night. Lakshman provided his brother, Rama, with a new Lingam direct from Benares every night. This night he failed to arrive at the expected time, and the impatient Rama made for himself a Lingam of the sand at the spot. When the one from Benares arrived it was set up in the temple, while the one which Rama had made, in after ages, on the arrival of the Portuguese, sprang into the sea from horror of the barbarians. There is also a very fine, but small tank here, adorned with noble flights of steps, which, too, is not without its legend. Rama thirsted, and there being no water near, he shot an arrow into the earth, and forthwith appeared the tank, hence called the Vdnaiirtha, "Arrow-tank." The tank is shaded by fine trees, and 282 ROUTE 1. BOMBAY THE GREAT BAZARS. Sect. I. encircled by snow-white pagodas, and neat houses of brahmans. The Dokhmas or Towers of Silence, as the burial places of the Parsis are called, are three in number, the third having lately been erected at a cost of £4,000, by Framji Kausji, on the oc casion of a domestic affliction ; these tombs being usually built by some rich Parsi, on losing a wife, or some other near and dear relation. In the same way, Sir Jamshidji has lately erected one at Piinah. As the bodies of the dead are exposed nude on an iron grating, an attempt to approach the building itself would, for obvious reasons, be highly resented.* At times, however, when there are no bodies exposed, and the gates are unlocked for any purpose, Were would be no opposition to a stranger's entering. Fitzclarence says Of the towers, " I did not go very close to the burial place, but I have been assured by those who have ascertained the fact, that the body is not permitted to be destroyed by vultures, as is gene rally supposed. On the contrary, it has an iron grating over it to preserve it from their voracious appetites." Cer tain it is, that vultures are generally seen perched on these towers, and it must be owned not with a look of ex pectancy, but in that foul gorged stupor that tells of a full banquet. The grat ing slopes downwards, so that the re mains fall at length through a pipe into a receptacle at the bottom. An inferior Fire Temple may be seen on the road to Malabar Point, about half-way between it and the Fort. There is no objection whatever made to a stranger visiting it. The building is about 8 ft. long and 5 ft. broad, with a pent roof, small iron-grated windows, and a door strongly padlocked. The smoke has no means of escaping but through the windows. The fire, which is never suffered to die out, is fed with the sweetest kinds of wood, and it is a crime to throw any impure substances into it. Perfumes, as is well known, hold an important place in the worship prescribed by Zartasht. There are also two very sacred fire-temples in the * See Ovington, on the Dokhmas at Stirat. Fort, but it is not permitted to strangers to enter them. They are described as merely spacious halls, with a central arch over the sacred fire. The temple of Mahd Lakshmi at Breach Candy is a fine pagoda, much frequented and venerated by the Hindus, who do not like it to be profaned by the steps of unbelievers. Near it is a large temple sacred to Shiva, which is more accessible. Breach Candy (per haps a corruption of Burj Ehind, "the pass of the tower"), where these pagodas are situated, was, within the last 50 years, overflowed by the sea, as the name imports. Candy may, however, be a corruption of Khdrl, " saltwater creek." The Causeway, a little farther on, is a fine stone embankment, about half a mile in length, built in Governor Hornby's time, between 1776 — 1780. 4. Lowji Castle, the seat of the Lowji family, and Sir Jamshidji Jijibhafs house may be visited en route to Parell. The road from the Fort leads through the Bhendi Bazar thronged with Mara- thas, Parsis, Milghuls, English sailors, Arabs, Portuguese, and tbe natives of many other countries in their costumes of various kinds and colors. It is a strange sight to see, as soon as night falls, aE the upper rooms of the houses along this bazar lit up, while every window is crowded with females in gaudy dresses, a scene, to the traveEer, strangely contradictory of woman's se clusion in the East. The fact is, the upper rooms in most of these houses are inhabited by women of tbe Nach girl caste, but of the very lowest descrip tion ; and the police apparently care for none of these things. But it is right to give here a general description of the bazars in Bombay, of which there are several. The Great Bazars. — Basil Hall has weE described the bazars of Bombay, but we extract the following account from an equally lively writer (Mrs. Postans, Western India) : — " Offensive to every sense, as the dust and noise of these crowded ways must be, steaming under the noontide influence of a tropic sun, 'tis worth the cost, to stop a mo ment at the entrance of a great bazar, Bombay. ROUTE 1. BOMBAY — LOWJI CASTLE. 283 and looking along the wide and busy way, watch the full tide of human be ings, jostling, and vociferating against each other, as the throng presses on wards, eacb individual animated with the object of labor or of profit. More strange and interesting is it still, to move among the groups, and, passing, mark the varied characters which form the living mass. To a stranger's eye, the chintz bazar wiE afford the most curious scene ; the road skirts that par ticular portion of the bay occupied by native shipping, and is wholly devoted to the purposes of commerce. Here, indeed, is a ' mart of nations,' where the genius of traffic reigns triumphant, and the merchandize and produce of aU nations of the East seem garnered in one common store, awaiting an escort to the lands where the arts and manu factures of civilized life wiU increase the value of nature's gifts. Piles of rich gums and aromatic spices, carboys of oil and rose water, pure ivory from the forests of Ceylon, rhinoceros hides from the burning coast of Zanzibar, the richest produce of Africa, India, Persia, and Arabia, is here cast in large heaps, ming ling with Coir cables, huge blocks, and ponderous anchors, the requisite mate riel of island exportation. On the high way, porters bending beneath square bales of tightly compressed cotton, stag ger to and fro, as if overpowered with their loads ; Arabs with ponderous turbans of finely checked cloth, and Aabas loosely flowing, lounge lazily along ; Persians in silken vests, with black lamb skin caps, the softest pro duce of Bokhara, tower above the crowd ; Banians, dirty and bustling, wearing red turbans bristling with pens and memo randa, jostle roughly to the right and left ; Bangies with suspended bales, or well-filled water vessels ; Fakirs from every part of India ; Jains in their snowy vests, with staff and brush, like palmers of the olden time ; Padres with round black hats and sable cloaks ; Jews of the tribe of Beni Israel, all mingle in the throng ; while ever and again, a buUock hackerie struggles against the mass, or a Parsee, dashing onwards in his gaily painted buggy, forces an avenue for an instant, when the eager crowd, rapidly closing in its rear, sweeps on a resistless torrent as before. The Arab stables, which occupy a considerable space in the great bazar, form a powerful attrac tion to the gentlemen of the Presidency. Military men, of whatever rank, in India, consider it necessary to possess at least a couple of horses. Colts being usually preferred for a new purchase, the stables are eagerly resorted to whenever a fresh importation arrives from the gulf." After passing the Bhendi bazar, the next object of interest is BycuEah Church on the left, built by Augus- tino, of whom mention has been made above (see Town Sail), and the Orphan Schools. Lowji Castle stands, about half way up, on Chichpugli ("little tamarind grove") HiE, the railway passing close to the W. of it. A spacious hall and a flight of broad and handsome stairs lead to a magnifi cent drawing-room, decorated with the utmost richness. The European visitor is struck, perhaps, more with the over crowding of the beautiful chandeUers and the furniture generaUy than with the richness of the articles themselves. The walls are covered with paintings, among which are full length portraits of Lord Nelson and Sir C. Forbes. Indeed Sir C. Forbes deserves to appear among the Lares of this family, fior- muzdji, the father of the present owners, was engaged with the house of Forbes and Co. in mercantile transactions, and was highly esteemed by Sir Charles. Just before his death, by an unfor tunate speculation, he lost £200,000, so that the property was about to be sold, and a family, which had so long held the highest position in Bombay, would have been ruined. Sir C. Forbes came forward in this urgent need, ad vanced money so as to admit of the property being retained, protected and promoted the interests of the orphan sons, and enabled them to clear them selves of their embarrassments. It de serves also to be recorded of Sir C. Forbes, that, objecting to the opium trade on conscientious motives, he re stricted his house from trading in that pernicious drug. It may be said, with- 284 ROUTE 1. BOMBAY — ELPHINSTONE INSTITUTION. Sect. I. out exaggeration, that he had magna nimity enough to reject miUions rather than sacrifice his principles. Lowji Castle may be taken as a specimen of the other great Parsi houses. Government Souse at Parell was a Portuguese place of worship and monas tery, confiscated by tbe English Govern ment, on account of the traitorous con duct of the Jesuits in 1720. Governor Hornby was the first who took up his residence there, between 1771-1780. It remained in statu quo tiE the expiration of Sir Evan Nepean's government. When that Governor quitted Bombay in 1819, he left a minute regretting that he had been compelled by the necessities of Government to neglect the house at Parell. To supply the required accommodation, Mr. Elphinstone built the right and left wings. In the right wing are the apartments belonging to the Governor and his family, in the left are those appropriated to the aides- de-camp and staff. The public rooms are in tbe centre facing the W. The dining room below, where also the Governor holds his public breakfasts, is 86 ft. long by 30 broad, with a fine verandah on three sides, about 10 ft. broad. Above the dining room is a drawing room, or ball room, of corres ponding dimensions, with a similar verandah. The verandah below is open, and that above is closed. These rooms occupy the place of the old Portuguese chapel. The altar was where the bilhard table is now, in the recess at the end of the hall. In the ball room is a full length portraitof the Marquess Wellesley, by Home, an artist of Calcutta. The likeness is good and the painting excel lent. On the landing place of the very handsome stone staircase is a valuable marble bust of the Great Duke. For these memorials of two such eminent statesmen, under the latter of whom Mr. Elphinstone served as Political Assistant throughout the brilliant campaign of 1803-4, it has been assorted his suc cessors are indebted to the private liberality of Mr. Elphinstone. The garden of Parell is pretty, and has at its E. extremity a tank, and on its margin a noble terrace, which rises about 10 ft. above the water and the grounds. It is here that native visitors of distinction are entertained on royal birthdays and other festivals, and from this spot they witness the display of fireworks. The Botanical Garden was opened in 1830, under the auspices and munificent patronage of Mr. Farish, long a distin guished member of the Government of Bombay, supported by Mr. Vaupell, Dr. Heddle, Captains Pringle and Dick inson, Mr. Graham (see Khandala), and other gentlemen. The person, however, possessed of the greatest botanical know ledge, and to whom reference has been generally made in aU matters of doubt and difficulty, is Mr. Nimmo, late trans lator to the Supreme Court. The garden is in a sheltered spot under Flag-staff Hill. It is on a Emited scale in point of extent. 5. The Elphinstone Institution stands next to the Racket Court, at the entrance of the native town beyond the Esplanade. It is a plain building with two stories. It was founded at a meeting of the rich inhabitants of Bombay, held in the Theatre, to do honor to Mr. Elphinstone at the close of his government in 1826, when the largest subscription ever col lected for one purpose in India was raised, amounting to £26,000, which defrayed the cost of a fine service of plate presented to Mr. Elphinstone, and the remainder, with a corresponding sum from the Company, endowed this Insti tution. A considerable time elapsed, however, before the Court were induced to grant the said money. The exhibi tions of the College are held in a room adjoining the Library of the Asiatic Society in the Town Hall. The Native Education Society's schools have for the present merged into the Elphinstone Institution. There are 18 scholarships, ondowed by subscriptions in honor of Messrs, Farish, Reid, Anderson, and others who have filled important offices at Bombay. The successful candidates receive 10 rupees u month for three years. Pupils from the out-stations of Dharwad and Piinah are eligible for scholarships. There are belonging to the N.E. Society's schools full length Bombay. ROUTE 1. BOMBAY THE GRANT COLLEGE. 285 portraits of Sir J. Malcolm, Mr. Elphin stone, and Colonel G. Jervis, the great benefactors of the Institution. The picture of Sir J. Malcolm is little to be commended, but that of Mr. Elphinstone is by Sir T. Lawrence, and in his best style. Mr. Elphinstone is represented seated in his chair, with his countenance lighted up with that benevolence which was his characteristic. The Grant College stands next to the Sadr 'Adalat, the Company's Supreme Court of Judicature, formerly the resi dence of Sir J. Mackintosh, close to the Babula Tank on the way to Bycullah. It was founded in the memory of Sir Robert Grant, by subscription, at a meeting held on tbe occasion of his lamented death in 1837. Government gave an equal sum. The foundation stone was laid on the 30th of March, 1843. The building is of one story, with a castellated front. In the centre is a fine archway, the top of the arch, about 25 ft. high, rising to a level with the top windows in the story. Over the arch are three windows. This col lege has been admitted by the Royal CoEege of Surgeons among the colonial hospitals recognised by that body. Medical instruction is here given gra tuitously to natives. The Principal lec tures on the theory and practice of medicine, and there are separate Pro fessors for Chemistry, Anatomy, and Physiology, Surgery and Clinical Sur gery, Midwifery, Materia Medica, and Medical Jurisprudence. Close by is the Jamshidji Hospital, founded by the Parsi gentleman whose name it bears, at a cost of £17,000. It can accommo date 300 patients. The Population of Bombay, according to the census of 1849, is as follows : — Jains, Lingayats, or Buddhists 1,902 Brahmans 6,936 Hindus of other castes 289,995 Muhammadans 124,155 Parsis (over-rated) 114,698 Jews 1,132 Native Christians (this head is, no doubt, considerably un der-rated) 7,456 Indo-Britons 1,333 Indo-Portuguese 5,417 Pure European (including sol diers) 5,088 Sidi, Negro, African 889 Other castes 7,118 566,119 For a description of the peculiarities of some of these castes, see Preliminary Information, Bombay. Places of Worship. — Besides the Cathedral, there is also in the Fort the Presbyterian St. Andrew's Church. Other Churches are Christ's Church, at Bycullah ; the Kabul Memorial Church, at Kolaba ; Trinity Church, at Sona- piir ; the Free Church of Scotland, on the Esplanade ; the Free Church Mis sion House, at Ambroli ; and the Ame rican Mission Chapel. The principal Roman Catholic places of worship are the Cathedral at Mazagaon ; St. Sal- va<;ao, in the Mahim Woods (in the front is a fine tank and the ruins of the college begun, but not finished, by Sir Minguel de Souza) ; and Mahim Church. The Roman Catholic Bishop of Bombay's residence is in Medows- street, and next to it is the Armenian Chapel. Service in the ProteBtant churches, on Sundays, is at 11 a.m. and 6 p.m. The principal Daily Papers are the Bombay Times (which dates from 1838), edited for 18 years by the talented Dr. Buist, who has just been removed by a native clique ; Dr. Buist's Bombay Times, a new paper; the Bombay Gazette (which, with intermissions, dates from 1789) ; the Telegraph, formerly the Couritr (1792). The Bombay Calendar and Almanac will supply the traveller with all the information he can possibly need respecting the island. Places of Amusement. — Among the places of amusement, the Racket Court must not be omitted. It stands next the Elphinstone Institution, and was built by subscription, and finished in 1825. The Theatre originaEy stood, adjoining what is still the Fire Engine Office, in the Fort. It was built as early as 1770. Government, however, resumed the land, making compensation for the same, and the Theatre was, in 286 ROUTE 1. — BOMBAY ELEPHANTA. Sect. I. 1845, removed to Komatipura, near the Grant-road. Of sights within the immediate vicinity of Bombay, the most curious is certainly that of Elephanta, to which the traveller must allot one day. Elephanta, caEed by the natives Ghd- rapuri ("the town of the rock," or " of purification," according to Dr. Wil son) — according to the Rev. J. Steven son, Journal of the Bombay Asiatic Society, for July, 1852, Art. iv., Gdra- puri, "the town of excavations," — is a small island, distant about six miles from the Fort of Bombay. The caves are caEed Lenen (Laina) by the na tives, a word used throughout India and Ceylon for these excavations, most probably on account of the first of them being intended for hermitages of Buddhist ascetics. The traveller will take a bandar boat at the Apollo Pier, which is most accessible at low water, and, next to the Mazag-ion bandar, most convenient for embark ing. At the other piers, passengers must be carried on board at low tides. For a bandar boat with thirteen men, the hire to Elephanta is five rupees ; for a boat with eleven men, four rupees ; and for one with seven men, three rupees. With a favorable wind and tide, the run is made in three-quarters of an hour. Butcher's Island, where quarantine is performed, is passed on the way. The island of Elephanta is, according to Forbes, three miles ; ac cording to Erskine, six miles in circum ference. This difference in measure ment arises from the islet being twice the size at low water that it is at high. In low tides, passengers are carried ashore through a swamp. The island is covered with low eorinda bushes. It consists of two long hills, with a narrow valley between them. The usual land ing-place was formerly towards the S.W., where the valley is broadest. About 250 yards to the right of the landing-place, on the rise of one of the hills, and not far from the ruins of the Portuguese building, is a now shapeless mass of rock, which was cut into the shape of an elephant of the following dimensions, which we give as a specimen of native knowledge of proportion at the remote age when the figure was sculptured: — ft. in. Length from the forehead to the root of the tail 13 2 Height at head 7 4 Whole circumference at shoul ders 35 5 Ditto round four legs 32 0 Breadth of back across rump... 8 0 Girth of body about the middle 20 2 Height of left hind foot 5 6 Circumference of right fore foot 6 7J : hind foot 6 3 Circumference of left hind foot 7 7 : fore foot 7 3 Height of stone support to sustain belly 2 2 Length of tail 7 9 Circumference of taE 2 10 From top of brow to curve of trunk 5 3 Length of trunk from between tusks 7 10 Right tusk 0 11 Left ditto 0 6 Pyke in 1712, and AnqnetU in 1760, represented the elephant as having another smaller one on its back. In 1764, Niebuhr reported that there were the remains of something on the back, but that it was impossible to distinguish what it was. Basil Hall, however, conjectured, and no doubt correctly, that the smaller animal was a tiger. Mr. Erskine {Transactions of tlie Bombay Literary Society, vol. i.) gives the following dimensions : length, 4 ft. 7 in. ; distance of two hind paws, 3 ft. 6 in. ; breadth of body, 1 ft. 2 in. In September, 1814, the head and neck of the elephant dropped off, and the body, which had a huge crack down the back, sank down, and threatened to fall. Advancing up the valley, which grows more and more narrow, at a place where the two hills approach so close as to leave only a steep gulley between them, is the spot where Fryer, in 1673, found a stone horse, which had sunk into the earth up to tbe belly. It still remained in 1712, but disappeared in 1784. There is, however, now a staircase leading directly to the excavations from the W. The following description is extracted Bombay. ROUTE 1. BOMBAY — ELEPHANTA. 287 chiefly from Mr. Erskine's paper in the Transactions of the Bombay Literary Society above aEuded to : — "Ascending the narrow path where the two hiEs are knit together, we at length come to a beautiful and rich prospect of the northern part of the island, of the sea, and the opposite shores of Salsette. Advancing forward, and keeping to the left along the bend of the hill, we gra- duaUy mount to an open space, and come suddenly on the grand entrance of a magnificent temple, whose huge massy columns seem to give support to the whole mountain which rises above it. The time when these caves were ex cavated can only yet be guessed at, but it is supposed that it must have been some time between the eighth and twelfth centuries of the Christian era. The main reason for this supposition is, that from inscriptions and tablets found in various parts of Southern India, and architectural structures whose age is known, it seems that the religious system to which the carved images and architec tural embellishments belong, had not gained much currency before the first mentioned of those eras ; and, owing to their conflicts with the Muhammadans, the Hindti Rajas, it is surmised, would not be able to give attention to such works after the last mentioned period. The rock, also, out of which the caves are excavated, being full of rents, the water penetrates through it, and de taches piece after piece from the figures, so as to threaten to destroy them one day altogether. This process, then, it is conjectured, if the caves had been of very ancient date, would by this time have occasioned a greater degree of damage than we find has actually taken place. This damage, since the caves were first described by Niebuhr, has been very considerable, and several Europeans in Bombay can testify that even during the last quarter of a cen tury it has been by no means imma terial. The entrance into the temple, which is entirely hewn out of a stone resembling porphyry, is by a spacious front sup ported by two massy pillars and two pilasters forming three openings, under a thick and steep rock overhung by brushwood and wild shrubs. The whole excavation consists of three principal parts : the great temple itself, which is in the centre, and two smaEer chapels, one on each side of the great temple. These two chapels do not come forward into a straight line with the front of the chief temple, are not perceived on ap proaching the temple, and are consider ably in recess, being approached by two narrow passes in the hill, one on each side of the grand entrance, but at some distance from it. After advancing to some distance up these confined passes, we find each of them conduct to another front of the grand excavation, exactly like the principal front which is first seen, aE the three fronts being hoUowed out of the solid rock, and each consist ing of two huge pillars with two pilas ters. The two side fronts are precisely opposite to each other on the east and west, the grand entrance facing the nortb. The two wings of the temple are at the upper end of these passages, and are close by the grand excavation, but have no covered passage to connect them with it. The left side of the cave, that is the side on which the square temple is situated, is 130 ft. 8 in. in length, while the right side is only 128 ft. 4 in. Varieties of this kind are observable in every other part; — some of the pillars are situated from each other at a dis tance only of 12 ft. 10 in., others are separated to 16 ft. 4 J in. ; some of them at 15 ft. 3 in., others at 13 ft. 2 in., others at 14 ft. 3 in., and so on ; nor is the size of the pillars themselves less various ; the side of the pedestals being some of them 3 ft. 3 in., others 3 ft. 4 in., others 3 ft. 5 in., and others 3 ft. 6 in. The great temple is about 130| feet long, measuring from the chief entrance to the furthest end of the cave, and 130 feet broad from the eastern to the western entrance. It rests on 26 pillars (eight of them now broken) and 16 pilasters ; and neither the floor nor the roof being in one plane, it varies in height from 17 \ to 16" feet. -T^e plan is regular, there being eight pillars anil' 288 ROUTE 1. BOMBAY — THE LINGA CHAPEL. Sect. I. pilasters in a line from the northern entrance to the southern extreme of the temple, and the same number from the eastern to the western entrances. The only striking deviation from this regu larity in the chief temple, is the small square excavation that is seen as we go up the temple on the right : it occupies the place of four pillars and of the in termediate space inclosed between them, as if a veil had been drawn around them, and the spot so inclosed divided from the rest of the temple. At the furthest extremity there are two small excavations facing each other, the one on the right the other on the left ; their use is not weE ascertained : they were probably employed for keeping the holy utensils and offerings. The excavation presents to the eye the appearance of perfect regularity, which it is not found to possess when accurately examined. The pillars, which all appear to run in straight lines parallel to each other, and at equal distances, are crossed by other ranges running at right angles in the opposite direction ; they are strong and massy, of an order remarkably well adapted to their situation and the pur pose which they are to serve, and have an appearance of very considerable ele gance, They are not aE of the same form, but differ both in their size and ornaments, though this difference also does not at first strike the eye. They rise to upwards of half their height from a square pedestal, generally about three feet five inches each way, crowned on the top by a broad bandage of the same shape : above this, but divided from it by a circular astragal and two polygonic fillets, rises a short round fluted shaft, forming about a fourth of the column and diminishing with a curve towards the top, where a circular cincture of beads binds round it a fillet composed of an ornament resembling leaves, or rather cusps, the lower ex tremity of which appears below the cincture, while the superior extremity rises above, projecting and terminating gracefuEy in a circle of over-hanging leaves or cusps. A narrow band divides this ornament "from ""the" round fluted compressed cushion, which may be re garded as the capital of tbe column, and as giving it its character : its fluted form coalesces beautifully with the fluted shaft below. This cushion has its cir cumference bound by a thin flat band or fillet, as if to retain it; and above supports a square plinth, on which rests the architrave that slopes away on each side in scrolls connected by a band or riband, tiE it meets the large trans verse beam of rock which connects the range of pillars. The Linga Chapel. — The great cave at Elephanta is what the Hindus caE a Shiva Linga (Sheewa Ling) Temple, a class of sacred buildings very common in Southern and Central India. Many of the brabmans in Bombay will not acknowledge its claim to this honour, and the place is now nearly deserted. They, with other natives, maintain that this and aE the rest of the excavations around are the works of the sons of Pandu, who constructed them while wandering about tbe country in banish ment from their native land. They imagine these excavations works far too mighty for the degenerate mortals of our day. The reason why this temple has been deserted may have been the un- healthiness of the island, which, during certain seasons of the year, is very pro lific of ague ; or perhaps the first Euro peans may have desecrated the images, and led the Hindus to abandon them. Although the current tradition that the Portuguese fired into the cave from the offing, and hauled guns up the hill to its mouth to destroy the idols, is absurd, and could never, even if true, account for the actual damage done, as every visitor may easily satisfy himself; still it is not improbable that they dese crated the place, and that hence arose those popular stories. The great cave is nevertheless stiU visited by Hindus, especially of the Banyan caste, on the freat festivals of Shiva, and the great ing is worshipped on these occasions by crowds of devotees. After entering the great cave from the usual entrance on the north, the popular object of worship, which more particularly attracts the devotees above mentioned, is seen about half-way up Bombay. ROUTE 1. BOMBAY THE LINGA CHAPEL. 289 on the right hand, or towards the west of the cave. It is a conical stone called the Ling, and is enclosed in a square chapel with four doors, facing the four principal directions. The Ling is intended to represent Shiva in his cha racter of the prolific power of nature. Around this chapel on the outside are a number of large figures, representing door-keepers, who are supposed to be high caste Hindus. They lean on dwarfs, intended for low caste men, but called by the Hindus pishach (peesha- chas), or demons. This Ling, then, is the principal object of popular worship. All the other figures in this excavated tem ple are to be considered merely as sub sidiary to this, and might rather be compared to our historical frescoes in Europe than to anything else. At most they can but be considered analogous to the pictures in churches in Southern Europe, additional to the altar-piece, which receive a degree of homage far inferior to that reserved for the patron saint. Three-faced Bust, or Trimurti. — The chief of the mural figures is the immense three-faced bust, 19 ft. in height, which faces the northern entrance. It is the representation of Shiva in his three fold character of Brahma, Vishnu, and Rudra. The Hindi! notion of the deity is, that God is essentially one, but that, when the time for the renewal of the world arrives, he causes to emanate from his essence three impersonations of the divinity, one who creates, a second who preserves, and a third who destroys. The three-faced figure, then, called by the Hindus a Trimurti (Treemoortee), is intended to represent these three gods, who emanate from the one divinity, and still continue united in him. According to the system of Hinduism followed in these sculptures, the eternal divinity is Shiva, in another system it is Vishnu, and in a third the principal goddess of the Hindtis. Shiva is sometimes represented with five faces, and it has been surmised that this three-faced bust is intended to represent him in that form, one of the heads being hid behind, and another above ; but in those figures part of all the five faces are visible, four arranged round the head, and one peeping out from the crown before the knot of twisted hair. In the other figures, especially that of Brahma, as carved in these caves, a portion of all the faces any being is supposed to have are always represented. We do not, then, need to go to the Greek and Roman representations of the three-faced Hecate, as preserved in an cient sculptures, for an illustration of the theory for which we contend, when we find it universally adopted by Hindu artists, and even in these very caves. The bust, then, represents a three-faced god. The central face — the one that im mediately fronts the spectator in this triple bust — is intended for Shiva in the character of •Brahma, the Creator. Brahma, again, is, perhaps, the im personation of the brahman caste, — the originator of aE the sacred rites and ceremonies of the Hindus. He is represented as an ascetic brahman, with his characteristic gourd in one hand, to serve for a drinking vessel. The face to the spectator's right, and to the left of the bust, is Shiva in the form of Vishnu the Preserver ; he has here his unfailing mark, a full-blown lotus, in his right hand. To the right of the bust, again, or to the spectator's left, Shiva appears as Rudra, i.e. the Destroyer, which is gene- raUy considered to be his proper cha racter. He is smiling on a cobra capella, which is twisted round his arm, and with expanded hood looking him full in the face. A swelling on his forehead is his third eye, from which is to burst the flame that will consume at last the world. Among, the ornaments of his cap are a death's skull, a leaf of the nirgudi, and a branch of the bilva tree, all peculiar characteristics of this god. The large figures at the portals are Hindu door-keepers, and they lean, as before, on dwarfs, called by the natives pishach, or demons, probably carica tures of the rude aborigines or hill tribes of tbe country. Ardhandrishwar, or Salf Male Salf Female Divinity. — In the first compart ment to the right 'of the central figure, or to the spectator's left, there is an ex hibition of Shiva in his character of 13 290 ROUTE 1 . BOMBAY THE LINGA CHAPEL. Sect. I. Ardhanarishwar. The right half of the figure is intended to be that of a male, and the left that of a female, and thus to represent Shiva as uniting the two sexes in his one person. The first European visitors supposed this figure to be in tended for an Amazon, transferring the traditions of Greece to India. No such being is known, however, to Indian mythology, while such a manifestation of Shiva as we have mentioned is de scribed in the Puranas. The bull on which two of the hands of the figure lean, and on which it is supposed to ride, is called Nandi, a constant attendant on Shiva. Brahma, on his lotus throne, supported by five swans, and with his four faces, is exhibited on the right of the figure. He has a portion of all these faces visible. On the left, Vishnu is seen riding on what is now a head less Garuda, a fabulous creature, half man half eagle. Above and in the back-ground are found a number of inferior gods and sages of the Hindus. Indra, king of the old gods — those wor shipped in ancient times — appears there mounted on an elephant. Shiva and Pdrvati. — In the compart ment next on the left of the Trimurti are two gigantic figures of Shiva and Parvati, the former 16 ft. high, the latter 12 ft. 4 in. Shiva has a very curious cap, on which the crescent and other ornaments are sculptured,- and from the top of which issues something which looks like a foam-crested wave, from which arise three female heads, to represent the Ganga Proper, the Ya muna, and Saraswati, which three streams unite at Prayagah, or Allaha bad, and form the Ganges. According to a well-known Hindu legend, the Ganges flowed from the head of Shiva. The god is standing, and has four arms, of which the outer left rests on npishd- chah, who seems to bend under the weight. Niebuhr mistook the twisted hair of this dwarf for a turban, whereas, as is worthy of remark, there is no such head-dress on any figure at Elephanta, and it is altogether ignored in ancient Hindu, books. In the dwarf's right hand is a cobra, in his left a chauri; from his neck hangs a necklace, the ornament of which is a tortoise. On Shiva's right are several attendants, and above them Brahma, sculptured much as in the compartment on the right of- the Trimurti. Between BrahmS. and Shiva is Indra on his elephant Airava- tah, which appears to be kneeling. Par vati leans slightly from left to right, towards Shiva, and is represented with very full breasts. Her left hand rests on a female pishdehah, above whom is Vishnu on Garuda, with the sectarial mark and a snake tied like a neckcloth. Above is a group of six figures, two of which are females. Marriage of Shiva and Pdrvati. — Proceeding still to the left of the Tri murti, and in a westerly direction, the visitor comes to the compartment repre senting Shiva's marriage, as Pyke and Moor were the first to discover. Mr. Erskine, however, in mentioning their conjecture, adds, " though, from the most careful inspection of the sculpture, I can perceive nothing to favor the sup position." This remark from so learned an Orientalist, is the more singular, as the position of Parvati on the right of Shiva would alone go far to prove it to be the dehneation of her bridal ; it being well known that to stand on the right of her husband, and to eat with him are privileges vouchsafed to a Hindu wife only on her wedding-day. In the cor ner, at the right of Parvati, is Brahma, known by his four faces, sitting and reading the sacred texts suited to the occasion. Above, on Shiva's left, is Vishnu. Among the attendants on the right of Parvati is one bearing a vessel, supposed to be fiEed with sugar-plums, as is the custom still in Bombay on such occasions. Behind the goddess is a priest, who is pushing her forward to overcome her bashfulness. Birth of Ganeshah, Shiva's eldest son. — In the corresponding compartment, to the east and right of the Trimurti, Shiva and Parvati are seated together, with groups of male and female inferior divinities showering down flowers from above, the rock being cut into various shapes to represent the clouds of Kailas, Shiva's heaven. At Shiva's feet is the skeleton figure of Bhringi, one of his Bombay. ROUTE 1. BOMBAY THE LINGA CHAPEL. 291 favorites ; and behind Parvati is a female with a child a-straddle on her left hip. This child, according to Stevenson, is Vinayaka, or Ganesh, though Erskine supposes it to be Kartikeyab. Beneath is Nandi and the tiger on which Par vati rides, with a pishdehah lifting up its leg. Two skeleton Rishis, the one on the left holding a basket, may be remarked in the clouds. Rdvanah attempting to remove Kailds. — The visitor must now face completely round, and look to the north instead of the south, and, advancing a few paces, he will come in front of the sixth com partment, which is to' the right of the eastern entrance. Here Ravan, the demon king of Lanka, or Ceylon, is attempting to remove Kailas, the heavenly hill of Shiva, to his own king dom, in order that he may have his tutelary deity always with him, for Ravan was ever a worshipper of Shiva. Ravan has ten heads and arms, and is with his back to the spectator. Shiva is seen in Kailas, with Parvati on his right, and votaries and Rishis in the background. On the left of Shiva, who is represented with eight arms, his third eye, and the crescent on his cap, is Vishnu on Garuda, Ganesh, and Bhringi, and in the recess is the Vdhana, or vehicle of Parvati, a tiger crouched on its paws. Two of Shiva's attendants, on opposite sides of the compartment, have the eye on the forehead, and one has a death's head on his cap, " for," says the Shiv-Gita, "he who worships me disinterestedly, by knowing me gains my form." The legend runs that Ravan shook Kailas so much, that Parvati was alarmed, whereupon Shiva pressed down the hill with one of his toes on the head of Ravan, who remained immovable for 10,000 years, tiE his grandfather, Pu- lasti, the son of Brahma, taught him how to propitiate Shiva, and thus effected his release. Ravan afterwards ever re mained a worshipper of Shiva. In this tale is depicted the devotion of the abori ginal races to the worship of the destroy ing god. Daksha's sacrifice destroyed. — The visitor must now cross over to the oppo site side, passing the Linga chapel, in order to arrive at the corresponding compartment on the west to that just described on the east. Here is repre sented the sacrifice of Daksha, a legend very famous in Hindu mythology, which is twice depicted at EEora, and more than once at the Amboli caves in Sal sette. Daksha, a son of Brahma, born from tbe thumb of his right hand for the purpose of peopling the world, had 60 daughters, of whom 27 are the nymphs of the lunar asterisms. Another of them, named Sati or Durga, married Shiva, and 17 were married to Kasyapa, and were the mothers of all created beings. On one occasion, Daksha be gan a sacrifice according to the ancient Vaidik ritual, and as the gods of the Vedas alone were invited, Shiva and his wife were not asked to attend. Sati went, nevertheless, unhid, and being badly received, threw herself into the fire, whereupon Shiva made his ap pearance in his most terrific form as Vira Bhadra, which manifestation of the god here forms the principal figure of the tableau. He dispersed the gods and other attendants of the sacrifice, and seizing Daksha with one hand, decapitated him with another, while in a third he held a cup, into which spouted the blood. The head was hacked to pieces ; but when Shiva's wrath was appeased, he put the head of a ram on Daksha's body, thus keeping him ever in mind of the power of his decapitator. Vira Bhadra has here eight arms, three of which are occu pied in slaughtering Daksha, two are stretched up, and three are broken off. The face of the god is distorted with rage, long tusks project on either side of his mouth, and a necklace of human heads passes over his left shoulder and thigh, and returns by his right thigh. On the right of Vira Bhadra is an elephant, around are the gods in atti tudes expressive of fear, and above are ten figures, two of which are children. They are seated in devotion round a curious bottle-shaped figure, which is the Lingam, or Phallus, and is exactly over tbe head of Vira Bhadra. On it is a curious character, which Erskine and Stevenson suppose to be the mystic 292 ROUTE 1. BOMBAY THE LINGA CHAPEL. Sect. I. Om, a monosyEable which" contains let ters from the names of Mahadeo, Vishnu, and Brahma. The whole group refers to the contest between the followers of the ancient Hindu ritual and the worshippers of Shiva, which latter pre vailed. Bhairava. — Advancing to the en trance of the cave, and still on the same side, the visitor comes to another compartment. Here Shiva appears in his terrific form of Bhairava, which he assumed to outdo the incarnation of Vishnu as Narsinha, the man-lion. Above is a very perfect Ganesh with elephant head. Bhairava has eight arms, which are aE broken but one. Beneath is Bhringi with his skeleton form, and on the right is an attendant with the crescent on his cap, and a skull, from the right eye of which a cobra issues. The appearance of con flict is avoided, perhaps in deference to the numerous worshippers of Vishnu. Shiva as an Ascetic. — If the visitor now turns and advances a little, he wiU come in front of the last group, which is to the left of the grand entrance. Here Shiva appears as a Yogi, and the figure so much resembles Buddha, that many describers of the cave before Erskine thought it to be that personage. The figure has the remains of two arms, which appear to have rested on his lap. It is seated on a lotus, the stalk of which is supported by two figures below. The Brahmans detest Buddhism, so it is hardly possible that this can be a figure 01 the genuine Buddh ; but per haps it is Shiva under the form of Buddh, for there appears to have been some attempt to reconcile tbe two reli gions. At the two wings of the Ellora Caves are Buddhistic excavations, a fact which favors the supposition of an at tempt to, unite the creeds. So, too, Vishnu is said to have be come incarnate in Buddh, to deceive mankind. Brahma is seen on the right of the principal figure, and Vishnu, on Garuda, on the left. There is also a figure riding on an animal, which Erskine conjectures to be a horse. It has lost the head, but has a saddle, saddle cloth, and girth, like those used in Europe. If it be a horse, it is unique in these sculptures. Supplementary Excavations. — Oppo site the Ling chapel first described in the face of the hiU to the west, is a small excavation dedicated to Ganesh, who is seated at the southern extremity with a company of Shiva's attendants. At the eastern opening is a stair with a few steps, on either side of which is a sculptured lion, leading to a small Ling chapel, in which are no figures. Round the bill, a little to the south, are two other excavations fronting the east. These are also Ling chapels, with Dwdrpdls sculptured outside. On a hiE opposite to the Great Cave, an ex cavation has been commenced, but without much progress having been made. Diogo de Couto, the Portuguese annahst, in his 8th Decade, Book iii., chap, xi., mentions that " a famous stone over the gate (of the Pagoda, as he caEs the cave of Elephanta), which had an inscription of large and well- written characters, was sent to the King D. John III," and that it was lost in Portugal. He also asserts that, in another hill towards the east of the great Pagoda, there was another Pagoda, which had " a marble porch very curi ously executed," as also another in the same hill as the great Pagoda, "about two stone throws to the east," " the most stupendous work of its size." He adds, that these Pagodas were constructed by a King of Kanada, named B&uasur, and that the Portuguese soldiers did all in their power to destroy them. Dr. Wilson traces a resemblance be- f tween some of the compartments at ', Elephanta and those at Ellora, particu- j larly in that which represents the marriage of Shiva and Parvati, and ; considors the Elephanta cave as of later / construction than that at EEora. He adds that the image of Devi, in the form of a tiger, on the hill above the caves, which is called Umd- Wdgeshwari, is mentioned in the 29th chap, of the 1st sec. of the Sahyddri Khand of the Skanda Purdna. In 1851, a subscrip tion of 2,000 Rs. having been raised at Bombay, tbe earth was cleared from the front of the north aisle, when two Bombay. ROUTE 1. BOMBAY THE LINGA CHAPEL. 293 remarkably weE-executed leogriffs of porphyritic basalt were discovered. Their counterpart may be seen in the " Dhfimar Lena," at EEora, and the reddish basalt of which they are formed is not found at Elephanta, but is of the same material as that of which the temple of Ahilya Bai, at the village of EEora, has been built. K. Graul, in the 3rd volume of his travels, p. 124, et seq., gives a brief account of his visit to the Kanhari temples, on the 9th of January, 1850. He drove from Bombay to Vihar, whence it took him one and a half hours to reach the temples. He found a few of the ceEs strewn with hay, showing that they had recently been slept in by native pilgrims. In one, resided a Brahman, who employed him self in decking one of the idols with fresh flowers, and was himself an object of veneration to the neighbouring vil lagers. He says that the temple proper, i or Chaitya, measures 88 ft. long, and ' 39 ft. broad, and that, though neither the figures nor the pillars can be called tasteful, the general effect is very im posing. The Portuguese name of Sal sette, he informs us, is derived from the salt that was prepared during the occu pation of the island by that people. It was made not far from the causeway that unites Salsette to Bombay, The notice of these caves may be concluded with Goethe's lines : — " Auch diese will ich nicht verschonen, Die toilen H6hlexcavationen, Das dustere Troglodytengewuhl, Mit Schnauz' und Russel ein albern Spiel; Verruckte Zierath brauerei, Es ist eine saubere Bauerei. Nehme sie Niemand zum Exempel, Die Elephanten— und Pratzen— Tempel ! Mit heiiigen Grillen trieben sie Spott, Man fiihlt weder Natur noch Qott— In Indien mficht 'ich selber leben, Hiitt' es nur keine Steinhauer gegeben." 294 Sect, I. Bombay. PUNAH (POONA) DIVISION. Preliminary Information. 1. Boundaries and General Aspect or the Division — Sub-Divisions and Chief Towns. — 2. Historical Sketch — Castes — Employments of the Natives. 1. boundaries and general aspect of the division — sub-divisions and chief towns. This Division lying between N. lat. 17° 53' and 19° 26', and long. 73° 20' and 75° 10', has an area of 43,816 square miles. Fromits most N. to its S. extremity it is nearly 300 miles long, but its breadth is very irregular. It is bounded on the N. by that part of the Satpura (Sautpoora) mountains, which runs from the Bhil (Bheel) town of Akrani to Asirgarh (Asseergarh), beyond which, to the N., lie Holkar's territories. On the E., the boundary of this Division is the Nizam's dominions, and on the W., the sea. Towards the S. it is conterminous with the Maratha State of Kolhapur and the Belgaon Collectorate. The general aspect of the division above the Western Ghats (which cut it into two unequal parts, a narrow slip of 40 miles in breadth towards tbe sea, called the Konkan, and a broader half to the East), is that of a fertile country, inter sected by rocky ridges, which decline gradually towards the Eastern boundary. Here and there magnificent isolated peaks shoot up to the height of between 1,000 and 2,000 feet, many of them crowned with forts, whose crumbling walls were once deemed impregnable. The centre part of the Division is far more dry than Satara to the South. On the North, • Khandesh is a great basin, traversed by the Tapti from east to west ; and shut in by the Satpura range of mountains on the north ; by the Ghats on the west ; and on the south, by the hills, in which is the fort of Chandur. The climate of Khandesh and of the Konkan, are more unhealthy than that of the other provinces, fevers in the former Collectorate being very malignant, and the Konkan being intensely hot, and but too subject to the ravages of cholera. The Sub-Divisions and Chief Towns of the five Collectorates comprised in this Division are as follows : — PUNAH. Taluks or Sub-Divisions from N. to S. Chief Towns. from Bombay, from'tunah. 1 Shiwner (Sewnere) Junfr (Jooneer) 142 50 N. 2 Khed(Kheir) Khed (Kheir) 116 24 N. 3 Pabal Pabal 116 24 N.E. 4 Mawal Khadkale (Khurkaleh) 116 26 W. 5 Haweli Puiiah (Poona) 92 ,, 6 Purandar (Poorundhar) Saswad (Sasoor) 110 18 S.E. 7 Bbimathadi (Beiinthurree) Pimpalganw (Pimpulgaon) 120 28 E. 8 Indapur ' Baramatf 145 53 S.E. Punah Biv. sub-divisions and chief towns. 295 THANAH (TANNA.) Taluks or Sub-Divisions from N.W. Chief Towns. Distance Distance to S.E. from Bombay . from Thanah. 1 Mahim Mahim 50 32 N.W. 2 Bassein Wasai (Wussyee) 35 1 15 N.W. 3 Bhiwadi (Bhewndee) Bhiwadi m 9 N.E. 4 Sashthi (Salsette) Thanah (Tanna) (by ". Kalyan (by Rail) Rail) 20| 11 5 Kalyan (CaEian) 331 10 E. 6 Murbad (Morbar) Murbad 49 25 E. 7 Taloje Dahisar 28 8 S.E. 8 Panwel Panwel 22 17 S.E. 9 Nasrapur Dahiwelf SATARA. 40 33 S.E. Taluks or Sub-Divisions from N.N.W. Chief Towns. Distance Distance to S.S.E. from Bombay . from Satara. 1 Wai (Wye) Wai 110 23 N.N.W. 2 Jawali Medhe 121 12 N.W. 3 Satara Satara (by Nagotna ; and Mhar) 133 »J 4 Koreganw Koreganw 143 10 E. 5 Khataw Dahiwadi 168 35 E. 6 Pahdharptir Pandharpdr 217 84 E. 7 Taraganw Masur (Mussoora) 155 22 S.S.E. 8 Karhad (Kurar) Karhad 163 30 S.S.E. 9 Khanapur (Khanpoor) Wite 177 44 S.E. 10 Walwe (Walwa) Ashte 189 56 S.S.E. 11 Vijapur, or Bijapur (Beej a- pore) Vijapur AHMADNAGAR. 245 124 E.S.E. Taluks or Sub-Divisions from N.W, Chief Towns. Distance Distance from to S.E. from Bombay . Ahmadnagar. 1 Wandindori Wandindori 109 96 N.W. 2 Nashik (Nassuck) Nashik (by Thanah and Bhiwadi) 112f 87 N.W. 3 Kawnai (Kownaee) Kawnai 100 87 N.W. 4 Chandwad (Cbandore) Niphad 78 N.W. 5 Shinar (Sinnur) Shinar 85 70 N.W. 6 Patode Yewle 69 X. 7 Ankole (Ankola) Ankole (Ankola) 219 58 N.W. 8 Saiigamner Saiigamner 208 47 N.W. 9 Shewganw Shewganw 196 35 N.E. 10 Newase Newase 194 33 N.E. 11 Rahuri Rahuri 181 20 N. 12 Nagar Ahmadnagar 161 1) 13 Parner Parner 1S3 22 S.W. 14 Karde Karde 198 37 S.W. 15 Korti Korti 214 53 S. 16 Jamkhed Jamkhed KHANDESH. 204 43 S.E. Table I. — Tdluks as they at present stand. Taluks or Sub-Divisions from N.E. to S.W. Chief Towns. Distance from Bombay Distance . . from Dhulen. 1 Sawadeh (Sowda) Sawaden (Sowda) 285 76 N E.' 2 Yawal Yawal 273 64 N.E,, 296 HISTORICAL SKETCH. Sect. I. Bombay. 10 n 12 13141516 Nasirabad (Nusseerabad) Chopaden (Chopra) Erandol (Erundole) Thalner (Talneir) Amalner (Amulneir) Sultanpur NandurbSrPimpalner (Pimpulneir) Dbuleh (Dhoolia) JamnerChalisganw Nasirabad (Nusseerabad) Chopaden (Chopra) Erandol (Erundole) Thalner (Talneir) Amalner (Amulneir) Shahaden (Shada) NandurbarPimpalner (Pimpulneir) Dbulen (Dhoolia) Jamner Chalisganw Malegauw (Malligaum) Baglana ganw Malegahw (Malligaum) Satane KHANDESH. 268 59 N.E. 251 42 N.E. 245 36 E. 241 32 N.E. 233 24 N.N.E. 264 55 N.N.W 261 52 N.W. 257 48 W. 209 277 6S S.E. 243 34 S.S.E. 242 33 S.E. 241 32 S.S.W. 259 50 S.W. Table II. — Tdluks according to a proposed arrangement. Chief Towns. Sawaden (Sowda) Nasirabad (Nusseerabad) Thalner (Talneir) Chopaden (Chopra) Dharangaiiw (Dburunganm) Amalner (Amulneir) Sultanpur Nandurbar Chimathan Pimpalner (Pimpulneir) Dbulen (Dhoolia) Jamner LoharChalis-ganwBhadgahw Baglana Malegahw (Malligaum) Sawaden (Sowda) Nasirabad ShirpurChopaden (Chopra) Dharangahw Amalner (Amulneir) Shahaden (Shahda) NandurbarChimathan Pimpalner (Pimpulneir) Dhuleh (DhooEa) Jamner Lohar Chalis-ganw Bhadgahw Satane Malegahw (Malligaum) Distance from Bombay. 285268261251 243 233 264 261239 257 209 277 262 243242 259241 Distance from Dhulen (Dhoolia) 76 N.E. 59 N.E. 52 N.N.E. 42 N.E. 34 N.E. 24 N.N.E. 55 N.N.W 52 N.W. 30 N.N.W 48 W. 68S.E. 53 S.E. 34 S.S.E. 33 S.E. 50 S.W. 32 S.S.W. 2. HISTORICAL SKETCH — CASTES — EMPLOYMENTS OF THE NATrVES. The part of India comprehended in this division has been known to the western world from very ancient times. But it was known in those remote ages iu so indistinct a manner, that it is now utterly impossible to settle the locality of the few places named, with the sole exception of Kalyan, which was undoubtedly a great city long before the Christian era. Tagara, generally * acknowledged to be the present Daulatabad, lay on the eastern frontier of this division, and the author of the Periplus reckons it among the largest cities of India, even in his time, "a circumstance which would lead us to infer a long period of antecedent splendour." t Another great emporium was Pluthana, 20 days' journey S. of Barygaza or Bharuch, and which Heeren therefore concludes to have been some where in the Ghats of this division. It is said that it was the mart for onyx stones, and that goods were transported from it over bad roads to Barygaza. But, if it were 20 days' journey S. of that place, it cannot have been very far » Elphinstone, p. 221, note, Ed. 1867, says that Tagara cannot possibly be Danlatabad, and takes Pluthana or Plithanato be Paitan (Pattan); but he is perhaps inclined to measure distances too exactly for such a book as the Periplus. t Heeren, iii, p, E76. Punah Biv. castes — employments op the natives. 297 from Kalyan, and its exports would rather have been taken to this latter port, unless, indeed, we are to believe what is said of a raja of Larikah, forbidding the Greeks to trade at Kalyan, and limiting them to Barygaza. Wilford* makes Pluthana to be " Pultanah," on the Godavari, a name which is not to be found in the maps or gazetteers ; but probably represents Phultamba, in lat. 19° 48', long. 74° 40'. Whatever its exact locality, Pluthana certainly lay within this division, as perhaps also Nelkynda, which, however, Heeren and others take to be Neliceram, a little N. of Kalikod (Calicut). The difficulties that beset these questions are confessedly insuperable ; but so much is certain, that a trade existed between the provinces which compose this division and Europe, not long after the time of Alexander, if not before. Schlegel and others have proved the extreme antiquity of this trade from the Sanskrit names of various articles which have found their way into the Hebrew and classical languages. Of these it is sufficient to mention carbasus, from the Sanskrit kdrpdsam, "cotton," which occurs in Greek and Hebrew as well as in Latin ; saccharum, " sugar," from the Sanskrit sharkard ; piper, "pepper," from the Sanskrit pippali; zingiber, "ginger," from the Sanskrit shringaveram, " antler-shaped." f Without then attempting to settle what is hopelessly uncertain, we may assume that there was a considerable trade with this part of India before the Christian era, and that the present Kalyan was one of the great ports at which this trade was carried on. It is furtber shown by ancient inscriptions on copper dug up at Thanah in 1787, and translated by Ramalochan Pandit, j at the request of General Carnac, that, at ii remote period, there was a king of Tagara named Jimutavahana, " cloud-borne," |] of a race of " Rajputs, caEed Silar, and that from him descended princes, who, in 1018, a.d., ruled over the Konkan, and had their capital some where near Sashthi, probably at Kalyan. A similar inscription found at Satara, § proves that there was in 1192, a.d., a raja at Panala similarly descended, who built fifteen of the principal forts round Satara, including that of Satara itself. The Punah division forms the principal part of the country caEed by Hindus Maharashtra, or "great country," which is bounded on the N. by the Narmada River; on the E. by the Wain Ganga River to its junction with the Varada and by the E. bank of the latter stream to Manikdurg ; on the S. by a line drawn from Manikdurg to Mahur, and thence to Goa"; and on the W. by the ocean. That part of this region, however, which lies to the E. of the territories of Bombay, and is under the Nizam, though originally included in Maharashtra, can no longer be said to belong to it.** The Marathas are the inhabitants of this country ; but the word Maratha is especially applied to the Kunbis, or Shudra cultivators, in con tradistinction to the Brahmans and raj is on the one hand, the latter of whom claim a Rajput origin, and the Parwaris, or low castes. These latter again, who are viEage watchmen, porters, guides, etc., are no doubt the aborigines of the country. They are also called Mahars and, when contempt is intended, Dhers. The Marathas rose to notice and power under Sivaji (see Chronological Tables), and the most valiant and distinguished among them came from the Konkan Ghat Matha, or Table -land at the top of the Ghats, which is in some places 30, according to Grant Duff (the Maratha Dictionary makes the Mavval alone 50), miles broad. It is divided into three regions, of which tbe most westerly is called Murhehft; the tract which adjoins to the E. is the MawalJJ ; and the glens are •" Asiatic Researches," vol. i. p. 371. t Ritter, vol. v. p. 436, derives Sindon, " fine linen," from Sindh, the name of the province so-called, but this is highly improbable. J " Asiatic Researches," vol. i. p. 357. II A common epithet of Indra. j "Transactions of the Bombay Literary Society," vol. in. ** Por the history of the Marathas and of the progress of the English power in this part of I ndia, seo Chronological Tables in the Introduction, pp. lxix. to lxxx. tt " Mist," because during the rains, this tract is en reloped in mist. tt " West," because this tract is the VV. boundary of the Desb or upper Maratha country. 298 castes — employments of the natives. Sect. I. Bombay. called Khoras. The tract to the S. of the Sawitri River, is called Het, or "lower." The Mawalis and the Hetkaris, or inhabitants of the Mawal and the Het, were long the best Maratha soldiers. The Maratha Brahmans are divided into eight classes : 1, Karara ; 2, Yajurvedi ; 3, Kannu ; 4, Deoruke ; 5, Kirwant ; 6, Shenwi; 7, Tirgul; 8, Suwasse. Of these the most renowned is the Karara, of which sprang the famous Chanakya, the Peshwas, NanS. Farnavis, and Nana Sahib. The Brahmans also call themselves Deshists, if they Eve above • the Ghats ; and Konkanis, if below. The most remarkable tribes in this division are the forest tribes of the N. Konkan and the Ramusis. Of the former, the Wiralis and Katodis may be taken as specimens. The Wdratis. — The following is the account of this tribe given by Dr. Wilson in the 7th vol. of the "Trans, of tbe Roy. As. Soc." p. 14 : — " When Dr. Smyttan and I went out to view the village of TJmargaum, we found three or four Waralis, who had come down from the jungles with the view of disposing of bamboos which they had cut. Their hair was black and lank ; their bodies were oiled ; and altogether they had a very wild appearance. They spoke Marathi, and seemed to be highly amused at having a European to speak with them. On questioning them, we found that they have no connection either with the Brahman or the Hindu religion, that they have priests of their own, and very few religious rites of any kind, and that these rites principally refer to marriages and deaths-. They move about in the jungles according to their wants, many of their villages being merely temporary. Their condition is well worthy of being inquired into. In an old book of travels, I find their tribe repre sented as much addicted to thieving. In the Puranas, they are spoken of as the Kalapraja, in contradistinction to the common Hindus, who are denominated the Subhrapraja. There are other tribes in the jungles whose state is similar to theirs, and should be investigated. The wildness of their country and the diffi culties and dangers of moving in it are obstacles in the way of research. " They were the most ignorant persons I have ever met with. They answered all my questions with the exclamation, ' How is it possible for us to know such matters ? ' and laughed most immoderately at my inquiries, both as to their novelty and the idea of my expecting them to know anything about them. Two days afterwards, at a neighbouring vElage, I sat down beside a small company with the view of examining them at length respecting their tenets and habits. Amongst other questions, I asked them if they expected to go to God after death. ' How can we get to God after death,' said they ; ' men even banish us from their abodes ; how will God allow us to approach him ? ' "After leaving Rakholi, two marches from Daman, we visited a considerable number of other hutteries belonging to the Waralis, and situated in the Company's territories. The principal of them were those of Kudad, Parji, Dhabari, Phal- suni, Kinhauli, Thalasari, and Pimpuri. The boundaries of the country of the Waralis it is difficult to specify. Their principal locations are Nehar, Sanjan Udwach, Baharach, Ashari, Thalasari, and Gambirgad. They are also found near the coast, but less frequently the farther south. Their total number may be about 10,000. •' The Waralis are more slender in their form than the common agriculturists iu the Maratha country, and they are somewhat darker in their complexion. They seldom cut either the hair on their heads or beards ; and on ordinary occa sions they arc but slightly clothed. Their huts are sometimes quadrangular and sometimes circular, and on the whole are very convenient, being formed by bamboos and bramble twisted into a framework of wood, and so thickly covered with dried grass as to be impervious both to heat and rain, They do not rear many cattle ; but they have a superfluity of domestic fowls. The wood which they fell near the banks of some of the principal streams brings them some profit ; Phnah Biv. castes — employments op the natives. 299 and altogether they appear to be in comfortable circumstances. It is probable, from their consciousness of this fact and their desire to preserve themselves from the intrusion of other tribes, that many of them are not unwiEing to be esteemed sorcerers. They are immoderately addicted to the use of tobacco, which they purchase on the coast ; and almost every man amongst them carries the materials tor striking a light for smoking, in a hollow cocoa nut. They are,- unfortunately, fond of ardent spirits, and the Parsis have many shops in the wilderness, placed under Hindu servants, for their accommodation. The scarcity of money is no obstacle to their indulgence, as liquor can be procured for grain, grass, wood, or any other article which may be at their disposal. " There are many kuls, or family divisions amongst the Waralis, such as the Ravatia, Bhangara (that of the chief), Bhavar, Sankar, Pileyana, Meria, Wangad, Thakaria, Jhadava, Karbat, Bhandar, Kondaria, etc. The clans indeed are so numerous, that we are forced to come to the conclusion that they must at one time have been a very powerful people. The population appears to be at present nearly stationary. On account of the unhealthiness of the jungles, many of the children are cut off at a very early age. No person marries in his own clan. " The Warali villages have not the common officers found in similar places among the Marathas. They have, generally speaking, a head man, who is in some degree responsible to the government for their behaviour. The Waralis are not particularly noted for crime. Unless when calamities overtake them, they are not frequent in their visits to the images of Wagbia, their deity, which, at the best, are only rude forms of a tiger. They have an annual service for the dead, when their bhagats, or elders, repeat incantations, kindle lights, and strew flowers at the place where the ashes of the dead have been scattered. They partially observe the two festivals of the Shimgd and Divdli, which are connected with the vernal and autumnal equinoxes, and which, though celebrated by the. Hindus in general, are often supposed to be ante-Brahmanical." The Kdtodis. — TheKatodis receive their name from the occupation on which they are principally dependant for support, the manufacture of the Kdt, or terra japonica from the Kbair tree, or Acacia catechu. They principally inhabit the part of the northern Konkan, which lies along the base of the Sahyadri range, and is inter mediate between the Nashik and Punah roads. A few of them maybe occasionally found on the E. face of tbe Ghats, in the same latitude as the district above mentioned. Major Mackintosh, who has written an interesting notice of the manner in which they prepare the catechu, and of some of their peculiar habits, speaks of them as also inhabiting the jungles of the Ativisi between the Daman Ganga and Tapti Rivers. "They may be considered as nomades to a certain extent," he says, " for, notwithstanding they always reside in the same country, they frequently change their place of residence. If we are to believe their own account, they have been settled in the Ativisi from time immemorial. They have the tradition among them that they are descendants of the demon Ravana, the tyrant monarch of Lanka, and the same whom the god Rama vanquished, and whose exploits are related by the distinguished poet Valmiki." They have not settlements of their own, like the Waralis, but they live as outcasts near viEages inhabited by other classes of the community. They are held in great abhorrence by the common agriculturists, and particularly by the Brahmans, and their residences are wretched beyond beUef. Among other things, they eat rats, lizards, squirrels, blood-suckers, the black-faced monkey, swine, and serpents. They wiE not touch the brown-faced monkey, which they say has a human soul. They wiU pawn the last rags on their bodies for a dram. The natives have a great dread of their-magical powers. Their names, like those of the Waralis, are entirely different from those of the Hindus. Of a future state they know notbing. When a death takes place, they give food to crows, and caU out kuv a ! kdva ! 300 castes — employments of the natives. Sect. I. Bombay. erow ! crow ! They say it is an old custom, but do not know the reason. The cost of a wife is fixed at 2 rs. Marriage is performed by placing a chaplet of leaves on the bride's bead, and then on the bridegroom's ; after which both are smeared with turmeric. When they go to the jungle to prepare Kdt, they hold their encampments sacred, and wiE suffer no one of another caste to approach without giving warning. The Kdt is prepared from the inner portion of the khair tree, by boiling and then inspissating the juice. Before feEing a tree, they select one, which they worship by offering to it a cocoa-nut,, burning frankincense, and applying a red pigment. They then pray to it, to bless their undertaking. The Rdmosis. — Capt. Alexander Mackintosh of the 27th Madras N. I. pub lished at Bombay in 1833, an account of this remarkable tribe. His memoir also appears in the Journal of the Madras Literary Society, vols. i. ii. and iii. The following account is condensed from it. Tbe race of people known by the name of Ramosis (Ramoossies) reside chiefly in the outskirts of the towns and viEages in the vaEeys of the Man, Nira ,Bhima, and Pera Rivers, and in the adjoining plains and highlands. The tract of country over which they are dispersed is nearly 200 miles in length ; and throughout the Satara territory and the southern portion of the Punah district, it varies from 80 to about 120 miles in breadth, becoming much narrower as we approach the N. limits in the vicinity of Nashik on the banks of the Godavari, so that the part of the country in which they reside lies within the 17° and 20' of N. lat. and 73° 40" and 75° 40" E. long. The Ramosi ranks very low among the Warna Shankar, or mixed classes, and far beneath the Pulkash, or Dongri Kole, but before the Holar, Mahar, Mang, Dhaur, etc. These last, the Ramosi scrupulously keeps at a distance. The tribe of Ramosis appears to be divided into two main branches, — tbe Chowan and the Jadu. It is very probable that this tribe originally migrated from some part of the ancient kingdom of Telingana, probably E. or S. E. of Haidarabad ; because, in the scanty remains they have of a distinct language, many of the words evidently belong to the Telugu. While their funeral rites and ceremonies of purification bear a great analogy to those of the Lingayats of whom the Jangams are priests, and in the part of the country in which the Ramosis at present reside few of the Lingayat persuasion are to be found. These are more to the E. and S. E. They appear to have been very cautious in preventing their language from becoming known to any other persons than those of their tribe ; for aU that the inhabitants know is, that the Ramosis have a language peculiar to themselves, and with which the other members of the community are unacquainted. The total population of the Ramosis was estimated, in 1833, at 13,000. They are chiefly employed as village watchmen. No uniform system prevails as to the pay, fees, and emoluments to which a Ramosi watchman is entitled from long- established usage. The watchmen, in a great many villages, hold portions of ront-free land, and have stipulated allowances in cash, besides the Baluten perqui sites, while in other places they receive only the cash payment and Baluten. The Ramosi, in his character of watchman, is not included among the 12 members of the village Balute ; but among the Alute, or those who receive the charitable aEowance. The inhabitants of some villages grant the Baluten dues of their own free will, but do not acknowledge it as a perquisite, or right. Besides these emoluments the Ramosi receives a perquisite, which is termed the Talchd paisd, or fees for theTialting place. Travellers passing through the country with cattle loaded with goods, and occupying the Tal " halting-place" near a viEage, with bullocks conveying merchandise, pay this fee to the Ramosi for protecting their property during then- stay. In some few towns, the Patils and Mahars get a trifling allowance from these travellers ; but the Ramosi always receives his fee, averaging from 2 to 4 annas per 100 bullocks. Piinah Bw. castes — employments of the natives. 301 The Ramosis have ever been renowned thieves and bandits, and the stories of their exploits are innumerable. When Sivaji commenced his career, they flocked to his standard and did him great service. They led the storming party at the unsuccessful attempt made by that chief to escalade Purandar. Many of them were dashed to pieces, the ropes having been cut by the garrison. The next attempt succeeded, and the Sahu Raj a granted lands in the vicinity to the Ramosis, as a reward. In 1730 they became extremely troublesome, and rendered aU the roads around Purandar and Punah unsafe by their robberies. Dhumaji, a plun derer, had seized the Peshwa Balaji, and the chief of Purandar, and cruelly tortured the latter, and one Pillaji Jadu having rescued them, he was made chief or Sir Naik of the Ramosis, and restored order among them, putting many to death. Soon after they were appointed watchmen of Punah, and retained this office tiE lately. Pillaji's descendant was living in 1833 near Sasur, enjoying a pension from the English of 5,000 Rs. a year. From Purandar, the Ramosis made their way N. up to the districts of Smnur and Sangamner, and as far as Nashik. About 1780, one of their chiefs, named Dadji, became notorious for his robberies near Punah. He was at last put to death, owing to the Peshwa's wife vowing not to touch food till he was executed. The ministers, finding that the Bai was inexorable and determined on fulfilling her resolution, swore solemnly by her feet that they would have Dadji put to death, and she was then satisfied. A confidential messenger was then dispatched to direct Dadji to proceed forthwith to the Purandar Fort, as he was required for the performance of some special service. He repaired to Purandar with a number of his followers, and, after having received some presents, he was told a confidential communication would be made to him in the afternoon. When he returned for his instructions, accom panied by a few friends, he was seized. A Brahman official questioned Dadji about tbe property he had secured by plunder, and the number of gang robberies he had committed. Dadji said he had perpetrated 1,110 robberies, and that he secured the greatest riches in a banker's house at Chamargonda, between one and two lakhs of rupees. He and a number of his foEowers were immediately executed. The natives persist in saying that a charm in the possession of this Ramosi rendered him invulnerable, and that the executioner found it quite impossible to make any impression on bis neck with his sword. An order was consequently given to bring a saw to have his feet and hands sawed off, upon which it is said Dadji entreated them to have some patience, and to let him have a knife, and he would remove the invisible difficulty. When he got the knife he made an incision in his left arm, and extracted a valuable gem that had been placed there by himself ; he then told one of the three executioners (who were all greatly alarmed) to strike and sever his head at one blow, otherwise he would fly at his throat and tear him to pieces. In 1803 the Ramosis, forming at that time the principal part of the garrison of Purandar, attempted to make themselves inde pendent, and defended the fort for 7 months against Baji Rao Peshwa ; but, when he obtained the co-operation of the EngEsh, they evacuated the place. He then seized all their lands, and compelled them to emigrate, whereupon their chiefs swore before their idols never to rest till they had recovered their lost rights. Omiah, one of their chiefs, afterwards gave great trouble to the EngEsh Govern ment. Before noticing the exploits of this Rob Roy of the Dakhan, it must be pre mised that when the English absorbed the territories of the Peshwa, they found the Ramosis busily plundering, and that, in July, 1S18, they made a most suc cessful seizure of treasure near Jijuri. Shortly after this, the Rimosis at Punah became extremely troublesome, committing robberies constantly in the houses of the European gentlemen residing there. It was therefore deemed advisable to employ Ramosis to watch during the night. Almost every officer in the place had one of these men in his service, receiving 7 Rs. monthly. Having thus succeeded in levying black mail from their European masters, the Naiks in charge 302 castes — employments op the natives. Sect. I. Bombay. of the Ramosi police, found it advantageous to engage persons of other castes to act as watchmen. By this arrangement, many of the Ramosis could follow their accustomed avocation of pillaging in Ptinah and the surrounding country. It is common now to see Mings, Dhers and Kunbis, etc., performing the duties of watchmen, and who consequently style themselves Ramosis. This is also the case at Bombay. Omiah, or Umaji, as he was frequently caEed, was born in the year a.d. 1791, at the small village of Bhiwadi, two mEes N.E. of the Purandar Hill, and about sixteen S.E. of Punah. His father, Dadji Niik, died at an advanced age on the bill fort of Purandar, during the rains of 1802, a few weeks before the arrival of Holkar's army at Punah. Umaji was the third child by the second wife. He was a sEght made man, about five feet four inches in height, with large dark searching and expressive eyes, a large nose deeply set under the brow, His features, upon the whole, were mild and rather pleasing ; he had a very fine throat, and his skin was of an unburnished copper color. Umaji lived with his mother after the Ramosis were expelled from Purandar, as above related. The first adventures of Umaji as a brigand were not encouraging. In his first action with 21 comrades against 100 of the Nizim's horse and 150 foot, he was made prisoner, ten of his party being kiEed, and eight desperately wounded. After three months, he was set at liberty, and, shortly after the English took possession of Punah, he committed a robbery 18 miles from Panwel, and, being apprehended, was imprisoned for a year. During his confinement, he learned to read, u most rare accomplishment amongst Ramosis, and an indication of the energy of the man. Some time before this, having received a violent blow when intoxicated, he gave up drinking entirely, another proof of his remarkable character. From the moment of his release from the English prison, he commenced a career of the most astonishingly bold and successful robberies, in which he often attacked and slew parties of police and sepoys, was wounded, admitted into the service of Govern ment, again became a plunderer, and was again captured and finaEy executed. The singular adventures of this man, who, but for tbe English, might have become a second Sivaji, deserve to be perused in Captain Mackintosh's papers, but the foEowing may serve as a specimen. Umaji had just made prisoners of a Havaldars party, near the viEage of Wasunda : — " The members of the gang now sat down to determine how they should dis pose of their prisoners. During this trying period, the Sipihis, who had every reason to suppose that the Ramosis intended to murder them, or to torture them in some horrid manner, begged them most earnestly to spare their lives, and to set them at liberty. With tbe view of exciting the sympathy of tbe gang, and making a greater impression on their feeHugs, aE the prisoners laid hold of the different Niiks' shoes with their teeth, and put grass into their mouth, indicating that they were on a footing with the beasts of the field, and devoid of the power of making any exertions to save themselves. The Havaldir and a Sipibi con trived to reach Omiah ; they threw their arms round him, and clinging to him, prayed of him, in the name of everything dear to him in this world, to have mercy on them, and not to put them to death. These men most fortunately, by attaching themselves in such a determined manner to Omiah, at last succeeded in prevaiEng on him to preserve their lives, while the others were doomed to suffer death. Two of these were handed over to two men of the Ming caste, from the Nizim's territories, who had been some time with the band. These men cut the Sipihis down, and afterwards beheaded them. Some of the Ramosis did not scruple to lend an assisting hand on the occasion. During this interval, the third Sipahi endeavoured to excite the pity of the Niiks ; but they forced him from them. When the Mings were approachino- to take him away for execution, the Sipahi observed the Niiks faE back to avoid his clinging to them. This be considered a favourable opportunity to make his Punah Biv. castes — employments op the natives. 303 escape to the jungle, which he attempted to accomplish. Ten or twelve Rimosis foEowed him. AE eyes were now directed to the Sipihi and his pursuers ; but Bhojaji Niik, uttering some abusive language, remarked that they were not gaining on him, and he consequently sprang on his legs and followed them. By the time they had reached the distance of five hundred yards, Bhojaji had headed the Rimosis, and in a short time came up with the Sipihi, whom he out down, and the Mings were sent to cut his head off. The Rimosis having thus, with the ferocity of a tiger, glutted their revenge, Omiah sent for a Brahman, and ordered him to address a letter to the Governor, in which it was stated that he had fallen in with some Sipihis, who had afterwards been killed (in action) and that he had cut off their heads, and forwarded them, knowing that heads would be acceptable, and that he, tberefore, meant to send him more. He added a postscript to his letter, addressed to the different villages on the route to Sassur, cautioning the inhabitants to be particular in transmitting the baskets to their destination, and that he would burn the viUage where they should be detained, and punish the inhabitants. The note was dated the 20th of December, 1827." The Kolis are a tribe similar to the Rimosis. They are fishermen, watermen, porters, and hunters, and are, or were, thieves and plunderers to a man. In the Balule, or village officers, the Kolj comes last. There are several divisions of them. Those inhabiting the Sahyadri range from the foot of Trimbak to Bhima Shankar, both above ana below the Ghits, are cultivators, but, at the same time, most enterprising and determined robbers. They are of a more pure race than the Kolis in the Atavisi and more to the N. Those settled round the Purandar Hills, are of the class employed as the viEage Koli, who supplies the inhabitants and travellers with water, and belong to the Balute. The boatmen and fisher men on the coast round Bombay are Kolis, and many of them are common laborers. Captain Mackintosh, in his note, p. 43, is mistaken in supposing that the term Cooly " porter," originated among the first English settlers in Bombay. It is a genuine Tatar word, and should be written Kuli, and was used in the Persian and other languages, before an English face was ever seen in Bombay, 304 ROUTE 2. BOMBAY TO KAMPULI. Sect. I. ROUTE 2. BOMBAY TO KAMPtJLf (CAMPOOLEE) BY THE LINE OF THE GREAT INDIAN PENINSULAR RAILWAY, via THANAH AND THE CAVES OF SALSETTE. 71 miles. Military Authority — Officer Com manding at Bombay — Bombay, as far as tbe causeway between Bombay and Sal sette. Thence to Kampuli : Officer Commanding Punah Division — Punah. Civil Authority — Governor of Bombay — Parell, to limit of Bombay Island. Thence to Kampuli : CoEector of Thinah — Thdnah. distance stations. from bombay. M. F. Bombay 0 0 BycuEah 2 2 Mihim rd. 5 6 Kurla (Coorla) 9 2 Bhandvip 16 6 {a) Thinah (Tanna) (Halt here to visit Oaves of Salsette) ... 20 4 Parsek (Parseek) 24 4 (J) Kalyin (Callian) 33 2 Titwili 40 0 Badlapur (Budlapoor) 41 6 Wasind 49 4 Narel 53 4 (c) Kampuli 71 0 Total 71 0 The direction of the Great Indian Peninsular Railway, and the principal points which it is intended to connect, may be indicated as follows : — Com mencing to the north of the Fort of Bombay, and on the eastern side of the promontory which connects it with the native town, the line traverses the island of Bombay, and, after crossing the Sion Causeway, proceeds along the eastern side of the Island of Salsette to Thanah. It thence crosses an arm of the sea by a viaduct surmounted by an iron girder bridge ; then passing round the promontory of Parsek Point, reaches the town of Kalyin (Callian). Here an important bifurcation takes place, one branch going off to the south east to Pfinah and Sholipur by the Bhor Ghat, the other to the north-east to Jalgion, Nigpur, and the districts of the Tapti and Narbadi rivers. By the former of them it is anticipated that a junction will ultimately be effected with the Railways of the Madras Presidency, and by the latter with those of Bengal. Between Bhosiwal, a small town in Khandesh, and Jalgion, a second im portant bifurcation of the line wiE take place. One branch will proceed nearly. Sue west to Amriwati and Nigpur, passing through the rich cotton district of Berar, while the other, proceeding to the north-east, wiE cross the valleys of the Tapti and the Narbadi, wiE pass through the district of Hoshangibid, abounding in rich mines of coal and iron ore, and will then proceed on to Jabalpur, where the junction with the line of the East Indian RaEway Com pany from Calcutta will, it is expected, take place. {a) Thdnah. — At Thdnah, the traveEer may halt for two days to see the cele brated caves of Salsette, called by the natives Sishthi, an island 18 mUes long and 13 broad, densely wooded, and with hills more lofty than those of Bombay, with which it is connected by an arched stone bridge, by tbe Bindra and Mihim Causeway, and that of the railway now under notice. The water works of Vihir are also worth inspec tion. If the traveEer be a sportsman, he may fiE his bag with quail and hares, and perhaps obtain a shot at a tiger ; and in any case he should make provision for a chance encounter with such an animal, for they are often found in the caves. The town of Thinah itself pre sents no attraction to the tourist. Its population is about 12,000. The rail way to it was first opened on the 16th of April, 1853. In 1320 a.d., four Christian companions of the ItaUan friar, Odoricus, here suffered martyr dom. In April, 1737, it was taken from the Portuguese by the Marathas, under the first Baji Rio Peshwi, after a gaEant defence. At this time the country round Thinah was highly cultivated, and the traveEer' s eye* rested at every half mile on elegant * Auderson's Western India, p. 116. Bombay. ROUTE 2. BOMBAY TO KAMPULI THANAH. 305 mansions, two of which deserve special mention. One, the property of John de Melos, was three miles from Thinah ; it stood on a sloping eminence, decorated with terraced walks and gardens, and terminating at the water side with a banqueting-house, which was approached by a flight of stone steps. A mile further was Grebondel, the property of Martin Alphonso, said to be " the richest Don on this side Goa." Above rose his fortified mansion, and a church of stately architecture. This prosperity was ruined by the Maratha irruption and occupation of the island of Sashthi, of which they retained possession tiE 1774. In that year,* the Portuguese sent a formidable arma ment from Europe, for the avowed pur pose of recovering their lost possessions. This circumstance becoming known to the Government of Bombay, Mr. WUliani Hornby the Governor, de termined to anticipate their enterprise, and seize upon the island for the English. In the beginning of Decem ber, a force of 620 Europeans, 1,000 sipihis, and 200 gun laskars, was pre pared under General Robert Gordon, for the reduction of Thinah. The batteries opened on the 26th of Decem ber, and on the night of the 27th an attempt to storm was repulsed with the loss of one hundred Europeans killed and wounded ; but next evening a second assault was more successful, when almost all the garrison were put to the sword. The third day of the siege was marked by the loss of Com modore J. Watson, the manner of whose death was most singular. A cannon shot struck the sand close to him, and drove the particles into his body. On March the 6th, the Peshwi Raghubi, by the treaty of Wasai (Bassein), ceded the island of Sashthi (Salsette) in perpetuity. By the convention of Wargion, concluded in January, 1779, this acquisition, with all others, was to be restored to the Marathas, but Mr. Hornby disavowed the treaty, and determined at all hazards to resist the cessions. Whether Thinah was ever * Grant Duff's History qf the Marathas, vol. 3, p. 876. reaEy given up does not appear ; but, if so, it was recovered the next year, when General Goddard captured Bassein. In 1816, Trimbakji DingEa, tbe cele brated Minister of Biji Rio, the last Peshwi, effected his escape from the fort of Thinah, though guarded by a strong body of European soldiers. The difficulties of this escape were greatly exaggerated aU over the Maritha country, and it was compared to that of Sivaji from the power of Aurangzib. The principal agent in the exploit was the Maritha horsekeeper in the service of one of the EngEsh officers of the garrison, who, passing and repassing under the window of Trimbakji's cell, as if to exercise his master's horse, sang the information he wished to convey in a careless manner, which disarmed suspicion. Heber, who had seen Trim bakji imprisoned in the fort of Chunir, was much interested in this escape, and speaks of it thus :*— " The groom's sing ing was made up of verses like the following : — ' Behind the bush the bowmen hide, The horse beneath the tree ; Where shah I find a knight will ride The jungle paths with me r There are nve-and-flfty coursers there, And four-and-flfty men ; , . ^ ^ When tbe fifty-fifth shaU mount his steed, The Deckan thrives again.' This might have been a stratagem of tbe Scottish border, so complete a simi larity of character and incident does a resemblance of habit and circumstance produce among mankind." The same writer comments on the " neglected and uncivilised state of Salsette," after it had been so long in the hands of the English. He adds that Thanah is chiefly inhabited by Roman CathoHc Christians, either converted Hindus, or Portuguese, who have become as black as tbe natives, and assume all their habits ; he also describes tbe town as a neat and flourishing place, and famous for its breed of hogs and the manner in which its Portuguese inhabitants cure bacon. The church, which he describes as smaE, but extremely elegant and convenient, was being built when he arrived, and on July the 10th, 1825, it was consecrated by him. The neigh- * Heber, vol. 2. p. 8, Ed. 18M. 306 ROUTE 2. — CAVE TEMPLES OF KANHARI. Sect. I. bourhood was, from the time of the Bishop's visit till 1844, notorious for its robberies, but rigorous measures being then taken, these disorders were sup pressed. Shortly before that date the English judge having incautiously en tered with too few attendants among the large number of prisoners confined in the jaU there, was seized, and was within a hair's breadth of being exe cuted by them. The rope was already round his neck, when help arrived. The Cave- Temples of Kdnhari {Kan- nari or Kenery). These caves are all excavated in the face of a single hill in the centre of the island, and about five miles from the traveEer"s bangli at Thinah, which is situate to the north of the town. Thinah is on the E. coast of the island, opposite the main land, and the caveslie due W. of it. There are nearly a hundred of them ; but though more numerous, they are pronounced by Mr. Fergusson* to be much less interesting than those at Ajayanti (Ajun- ta), Elur (Ellora), or Karli. The same authority considers this series of caves to be " one of the most modern of the Bud dhist series in India, and that the greater part of them were executed by a colony of Buddhists, who may have taken refuge here after being expeEed from tbe continent, and who tried to reproduce the lost Karli in their insular retreat." He ranks them as follows : — " Those in the ravine, in the 4th and 5th century a.d. ; those on the south side, under the brow of the hill, with those on each side of the great cave, a century later ; then the great cave ; aud lastly, the unfinished one, which is the first the traveller approaches by the usual route, and which dates about the 9th or 10th century a.d., or is even still more recent." Heber conjectures that the Kanhari caves are older than those of Elephanta, to which he is " not disposed to assign any great de gree of antiquity ;" but Caunter f speaks of " sixteen or eighteen hundred years, the latest probable date assigned even by Bishop Heber himself to these exca vations." However this may be, it is * Rock-cut Temples of India, p. 84. t Oriental Annual, p. 273. at least certain, to use Heber" s words, " the beautiful situation of these caves, their elaborate carving, and their marked connection with Buddh and his reli gion, render them every way remark able." Tbe best account of the Kinhari caves is that given by Salt, p. 47, vol. i. Transactions of the Literary Society of Bombay, which will be here mainly followed. This writer speaks of there being no regular road to them, and of its being requisite to clear a way to them through the jungle, the whole of the part of the island where they lie being covered with a thick and almost impenetrable jungle. But though the path is narrow, and winds along the sides of rocks, it is quite possible to proceed along it in pilkis or on horse back. If the traveEer possess a tent, he may send it on to the little viEage of Tulsi, a lovely spot in the centre of mountains of considerable height, abounding with game, but intensely hot. Most of tbe surrounding hills are covered with jungle, but tbe one in which are the caves is nearly bare, its summit being formed by one large rounded mass of compact rock, under which a softer stratum has been washed out by the rains, forming natural caves, which, slightly improved by art, were appropriated as cells. The road which ascends the hill from Tulsi leads to a platform in front of tbe great arched cave, where are several mounds of masonry. Tbe largest of them was opened by Dr. Bird, and many relics and inscriptions on copper were found. This is the first stage of ascent to the caves, which consist of six stories, on tbe ledges of the mountains, connected with each other by footsteps cut in the rock. The ascent is gradual until with in a few hundred yards of the southern most, when the path becomes steep and rugged, and so closely shaded with shrubs and lofty trees as to conceal every appearance of the caves until actuaEy in front of them, This gives a striking effect to the first which comes in view. Two massive columns, of tbe same order as those at Ele phanta, support a plain solid entabla- Bombay. ROUTE 2. CAVE TEMPLES OF KANHARI. 307 ture, above which an oblong square is hoUowed out. Within are two ante rooms, each about 35 ft. broad and 12ft. deep ; and beyond, an unfinished cham ber 26ft. deep. The front screen has three doors, and three windows over them, and the partition between the second ante-room and the inner cham ber has likewise three doors, and over the centre one a large open arch, rising nearly to the roof. Salt thinks that the workmen began this cave from the top, and worked downwards. There are here no figures or carvings, and the details are of little interest. Fergusson supposes it to be the latest excavation in the hiE, and to date in the 9th or 10th century a.d., or even later. From this a vihdra, consisting of a long irregular verandah with cells at the back, extends in a direction from south-west to north-east to the great cave, from which it is divided by a partition, so thin that it has been broken through by some accident. It contains, and this is the chief point of interest, two sanctuaries, in which are daghopas, or solid masses of stone or earth, in the form of a cupola. The most southern of these stands in a recess, the three sides of which are divided into panels, on which are carved one, two, or more figures of Buddha and of Bodhisatwas in various attitudes. Behind the northern daghopa Buddha is represented on a lion-throne, which rests on a lotus, whose stalk is sup ported by two boys with hoods like that of the cobra. From the main stem spring two others, on which are two youths with the fans caEed chauri, and one with a lotus-head in his hand. Above are two flying figures, and two of priests below, and a group is thus formed, the fac-simile of which is seen at Kirli and Ajayanti (Ajunta). One of the daghopas was opened by Dr. Bird, but no relics were found. In digging round the foundation, however, a small earthern pot was discovered, in which was a brass serpent and au image of Buddha of baked earth, in scribed with very minute characters. The Great Cave. — Joining this veran dah, in the manner just mentioned, is the Great Cave, which resembles in almost every respect the great cave at Kirli; but it is here even stiE more evident that the centre at least must have been roofed, though the roof could not have extended to tbe ends, for then it would have cut across the figures of Buddh, 23 ft. high, which occupy both extremities. The dimen sions of the interior are somewhat less than those of Karli, the length being 88ft. 6in., breadth 39ft. loin; the length and breadth of the nave, 74ft. 2 in. and 39 ft. 10 in. ; but in front of the cave itself is a portal, and after that a vestibule. In going from the veran dah to the Great Cave, you pass a small tank. An ascent of five steps leads to the portal, which was once arched or much higher than at present, as is proved by the broken figures on either side. The portal opens into a court, in which are two lofty columns, that on the right surmounted by three lions couchant. Its pedestal is cut into panels and supports an image of Buddha, whose head is canopied by five heads of the hooded snake. The left column has dwarf figures on the top, The whole space at the further end of the portico is occupied by tbe front face of the cave, which is divided by plain columns into three square portals be neath and five open windows above, beyond which is the vestibule. On the right and left of the vestibule, in re cesses, are gigantic statues of Buddha, 23 ft. high. On the leg of the left- hand image are a cross and an inscrip tion in Roman letters, which, according to Dr. Bird, is shown to be more ancient than the times of the Portu guese by tbe iEthiopic or Arabic term, Abuk, "the father," and which, accom panied by the date 78, with a resem blance of the cross, and the letters for Kal Buddha, Buddha Sakya, may indi cate its connection with primitive Chris tianity, whose spurious doctrines, intro duced into India, are supposed by Wilford to have given rise to the sera of Shilivibana, which dates 78 years after Christ. The court is parted by a screen, over which was once a music gaEery, from a vestibule. The interior 308 ROUTE 2. — CAVE TEMPLES OF KANHARI. Sect. I. temple again is parted from the vesti bule by a second screen, the figures of which are only remarkable for their miserable execution. Indeed, aE the carving and the general execution of this cave are declared by Fergusson to be most slovenly. The pElars that sur round the nave are of the same order as those at Kirli, but much inferior in execution. Six on one side and eleven on the other have capitals orna mented with figures of elephants pour ing water from jars on the sacred bo- tree or on daghopas, and boys with snake heads are also introduced. The remaining fifteen columns are finished as plain octagons. These columns stand at about 5 ft. distance from the sides of the cave, and thus form a narrow aisle on each side of the nave, which terminates in a semicircle; and at this end is a daghopa 49 ft. in circumference. Mr. Fergusson is of opinion that this great Chaitya Cave was excavated after the vihira, and that the three daghopas existing at its threshold are more an cient than the cave itself. As the spot had been regarded as sacred, owing to them, some devotee, he thinks, deter mined on excavating a great temple behind and between them. There being, however, but thirty feet between them, the court in front of the great cave could only be made of that width, while the great cave itself, in the rear of them, swells to 40 ft. This way of accounting for dimensions that are con trary to all rules of architecture, seems preferable to Mr. Salt's supposition, that the form of the hiE occasioned such a jdan of construction. The Darbdr Cave. — Proceeding a little to the north from the caves just described, and turning to the right, round an angle of the rock, is a long winding ascent by steps cut in the rock, leading to many smaller caves in a ravine, through which a strong moun tain torrent pours in the rainy season. There are ranges of caves at different heights on both sides the ravine, communicating by steps with one another, and above are the remains of a dam erected across the ravine, by which a capacious reser voir was once formed. The first cave on the right hand is the so-caEed Darbdr Cave, or " Cave of Audience," the finest vihira of the series, and the only one that can compete in size with those at Ajayanti. It is 96 ft. 6 in. long, and 42 ft. 3 in. deep, exclusive of the cells. The colonnade goes round only three sides, and the sanctuary occupies one intercolumniation of the inner range. It is scarce 9 ft. high, and therefore too low for its other dimen sions. The pillars and plan are simEar to those of the Viswakarma at EUora. The verandah has a range of eight plain octagon pillars, with pilasters. Below is another cave, which gives to the Darbir Cave the appearance of having two stories. Immediately opposite is a vast excavation, in which are a few fragments of columns hanging to the roof. Upper Caves. — Ascending stiE higher from the platform of the Great Cave, the traveEer comes to 20 or 30 excava tions, containing nothing of note. Above these again is another series of vihdras, of which three are very in teresting, their walls being entirely covered with figures, finely executed. The general design is Buddha seated on a lotus. Remains of plaster and paint ing are seen here and there. Mr. Fergusson remarks on tbe peculiar head-dress of the principal figure in some of the groups, which he had not noticed elsewhere, and observes, also, that this figure is attended by two female figures, whereas the true Buddha is always attended by men. On the east side of the hill is a broad, long, and level terrace, commanding a very fine view of tbe surrounding country. The inscriptions at Kinhari have been translated and explained to some extent, and with much learning, by the Rev. Dr. J. Stevenson in the "Journal of the Bombay Asiatic Society," vol. v., No. XVIII., Art. I., for July, 1853. In Bird's " Caves of Western India," also will be found some translations fur nished to the author by persons ac quainted with Sanskrit; but the most valuable part of the work last named is Bombay. ROUTE 2. CAVE TEMPLES OP KANHARI. 309 the notice of discoveries made on open ing the daghopas, etc. The following passage refers to a discovery of great importance made by Dr. Bird : — ''The tope at Kinhari (Kanari) which was opened by me in 1839, ap peared to have been originally twelve or sixteen feet in height, and of a pyra midal shape ; but being much dilapi dated, formed exteriorly a heap of stones and rubbish. The largest of several, being selected for examination, was penetrated from above to the base, which was built of cut stone. After digging to a level with the ground and clearing away the loose materials, the workmen came to a circular stone, hol low in the centre and covered at the top by a piece of gypsum. This con tained two smaE .copper urns, in one of which were a ruby, a pearl, and small piece of gold mixed with ashes. In this urn there was also a small gold box, containing a piece of cloth, and in the other, ashes and a silver box were found. Outside the circular stone there were two copper plates, on which were legible inscriptions in the Lath or Cave character. The smaller of the plates had two lines of writing in a character similar to that met with at the entrance of the Ajanta caves; the larger one was inscribed with letters of an earlier date. The last part of the first-men tioned inscription contained the Bud dhist creed, as found on the base of the Bauddha image from Tirhut, and on the stone taken from the tope of Sar- ndth, near Benares ; an exceEent com mentary on which will be found in Mr. Prinsep's journal for March and April, 1835. The original of the Kin hari (Kanari) inscription reads, '"Ye dharma hetu prabhava, tesham hetu Tathagata suvacha teshencha yo nirodha evam vadi Maha Suvana.' " And may be translated, " ' Whatever meritorious acts proceed from cause, of these the source Tatha gata (Buddha) has declared; the op posing principle of these, the great one of golden origin has also demon strated.' "This discovery at Kinhari of the Buddhist confessio fidei establishes the Bauddha origin of the cave temples of Western India." The most curious fact of all connected ! with Kinhari is the existence there in ancient times of a tooth of Buddha. The cave over which inscription VII. of those mentioned by Stevenson is en graved, is called Sika-datya-lena, the "Buddha-tooth Cave," probably be cause the relic was there temporarily de posited, while the tope, there compared to the pole of the heavens, in which it was finally lodged, was being prepared. The final lodgment (says Dr. Steven son) of the tooth was doubtless in the tope opened by Dr. Bird, opposite the great temple cave, as appears from the important copper-plate inscription, of which there is a fac-simile in his work. At the foot of this inscription, in very large letters, is written Didhi, " Canine tooth." Tbere was no tooth among the valuables brought to light by Dr. Bird ; but Dr. Stevenson thinks there was a secret door or passage to the adytum in which it was contained, for a plate, in a character more modern than that above referred to by five or six centuries, was found with it in the same mound. The same authority therefore supposes that when Bud dhists began to be persecuted in India, their priests conveyed the tooth to a place of safety, and he is even of opinion, "that it is not beyond the bounds of probability that the Ceylonese tooth, said to have been brought from tbe other side of India, a.d. 310, may be the identical Kinhari relic." Besides tbe name of Chinakya, the Kinhari inscriptions record that of Buddaghosha, who is claimed by the inhabitants of Siam and Burmah as their apostle, and who, the Ceylonese affirm, translated into Pili or compiled the Atthakathi or commentary on the sayings of Buddha. There are also the names of Gautami-putra and Yadnya Shri-Sit-Karni, two famous sovereigns of the Andhra dynasty mentioned by Pliny, and perhaps that of a third, Balin, first sovereign of the race. Lastly, there has been the name, now obliterated, of one of the Mahiksha- trapas, kings, who in the beginning of 310 ROUTE 2. CAVES OP MONTPEZIR GHORA BANDAR. Sect. I. the Christian era reigned over the country on the Indus and Gujirat, at first as satraps of the Bactrian or Par thian monarchs, but afterwards as independent princes. Dr. Stevenson thinks that in Dhanuka-Kata, who is mentioned in No. 7 inscription as an artist, and in No. 11 of Bird's Kirlen inscriptions as a Yavan or Greek, we have the name of the principal archi tect of the excavations, whose Greek name was Xenocrates. The whole sub ject is worthy the study of orientalists and the continued research of travellers. The Caves of Montpezir. — Nine miles west-north-west of the Kinhari Caves, are those of Montpezir, where are the ruins of a Catholic Monastery, built by the Jesuits in the 16th century. Below these ruins, on the east side of the hiE, is a cave, which the Portuguese covered with a thick coat of plaster. This has been removed on the right hand wall as you enter, and a fine piece of sculpture is visible, which Mr. Salt regards as the marriage of Shiva and Pirvati. The god is of gigantic size, and has six arms, and Pirvati is advancing towards him between two female attendants. Above are Brahmi, Vishnu on Garuda, and other gods. The pillars resemble those at Elephanta. Fronting Shiva is a painting of a Portuguese saint, and Mr. Salt remarks that "there is, perhaps, no spot in the world where the catholic and heathen imagery come so closely in contact as here." Magatani Caves. — Two miles south by east from Montpezir are the caves of Magatani, which are in a most decayed state, and the entrance over grown with thick bushes. It seems doubtful whether it would be worth any traveller's while to explore them, a task from which Mr. Salt excused himself. Jageshwar Caves. — Six miles to the south of Magatanie Caves are those of Jageshwar, which are two miles N. E. of the village of Jageshwar, and this again is eight miles to the N. of Mihim, the town at the N. W. point of the island of Bombay. The west entrance to these caves is that now used ; but the decorations on the east side are more carefully executed, and the principal entrance was probably there. Over the sloping path that leads to the western entrance, a natural arch is formed by the branches of a banyan tree, which, shooting across, have taken root on the other side, and render the approach singularly pic turesque. Eight steps lead down to a small ante -room, in which the figures are greatly decayed. A door leads into the great cave, and above this are two figures in the attitudes in which Rimah and Siti are often represented. The great cave is 120 feet square, and 18 feet from the door are 20 pillars of the same order as at Elephanta, forming an inner square. Within, there is a chamber 24 feet square, with doors corresponding to each other on tbe four sides. This is a temple sacred to Mahideo. On the walls are the vestiges of many figures. Over the door at the east entrance is a curious design of a monster, with the mouth of a hippopotamus, trunk of an elephant, and a dragon's tail, which appears to vomit forth a sculptured group, repre senting Rimah and Siti, supported by Rivan. From this entrance two vesti bules lead to three doorways, which again open into the great cave. Over the doorways are some curious designs, as, e.g., over the centre one a figure resembling Buddha, and on one side a hero leaning on a dwarf, who grasps in his hands two enormous snakes that are closely twined round his body. Adjoining the principal cave are several vihdras. The whole locality is much infested by tigers, and Mr. Salt saw the footprints of many of these animals. Vihdr, or Vehar. — The traveEer who has leisure and is fond of shooting, wiR do well to send a tent to Vehar, which is 14J miles from the Fort of Bombay, and on the road to the caves. Here the magnificent waterworks for supplying the city of Bombay are weE worth in spection; and snipe and quail are to be found in abundance. The City of Wasai {Bassein) and Ghord Bandar. — While at Thinah, a visit may be conveniently paid to Ghori Bandar, the Montpellier of Bombay, Bombay. ROUTE 2. WASAI, OR BASSEIN. 311 whither invalids betake themselves for a short change of air when unable to go to Mahibaleshwar. " The Ghori Bandar river flows between lofty hills, beauti fully wooded, and studded here and there with antique ruins and huge masses of dark rock, fringed with luxuriant creepers."* It enters the sea about 8 miles to the N. W. of Thinah, and the same distance S. E. of the city of Bas sein, which is on the S. coast of an island that lies to the N. of the island of Salsette, aijd separated from it by a frith about 3 miles wide. Visitors from Bombay generally take boat there, and for the moderate sum of a pound are landed at Ghori Bandar. Above the landing-place, amid lofty and luxuriant trees, is a many-turreted Portuguese monastery, which has besides a dome similar to that of a mosque. It contains several excellent apartments, lighted by large windows, commanding magni ficent views of the surrounding scenery. "On the one side are seen the pic turesque windings of the beautiful and placid river, its rocks, and trees, and mountain scenery ; whUe on the other, a wide plain, covered with fine planta tions of rice and sugar-cane, stretches away to a considerable distance, where the river, forming a natural boundary to Salsette on one side, on the other, washes the extensive waEs of the city of Bassein. A Pirsi tower and the ruins of cloisters are scattered about the ground on which the monastery stands, while the rich and tangled underwood affords shelter to many a snake and beast of prey. The Ghori Bandar river abounds with aEigators and otters, and the sportsman will find good em ployment for his rifle along its banks. From Ghori Bandar, an hour's sail takes the traveller to Bassein. Wasai, or Bassein. — More than half a century has passed since the city of Bassein ceased to be inhabited. A few wild huntsmen and fishermen now alone occupy a spot which was once the seat of luxury and power. The market place, cloisters, and churches are in a state of ruin and desolation, overgrown with grass, and garlanded with para- » " Western India in 1S3S," p. 174. sitical plants, which hasten their des truction. Silence reigns throughout, and the traveller's step startles the owl and the Ezard, or makes the cobra dart forth with inflated hood. The city contains eight churches of considerable size, and, according to tbe authoress of " AVestern India," * " great architec tural beauty;" though Heber remarks of them that they " are all in a paltry style enough of Grecian mixed with Gothic." The most perfect are those of St. Paul and St. Francis, both which have square towers, with cloisters and priestly residences attached. They have tower-steeples without spires, whEe the churches in Salsette have small arched pediments to hang the bell, which is usual in Wales. The roofs of the Bassein churches are very steep and covered with tiles ; and one which appears to have belonged to a house of Jesuits, has the remains of a handsome coned ceiling of teak, carved and gEded. Among the ruins many richly chiseled tombs wiE be discovered by the traveEer, as that of Don Lorenco, who encountered the Turkish armada near Diu, and that of Alphonso Albu querque, who first took Goa. Heber also notices the monument of Donna Maria de Souza, dated 1606. A good description of Bassein, with an account of the inscriptions to be there found, is stUl a desideratum. The first notice we have of Bassein is in 1532, when the Portuguese ravaged the neighbourhood and burned aU the towns between it and Chikli Tiripur.* In 1534 they took Diman, and obliged Sultan Bahidur of Gujarit, then hard pressed by the Emperor Humiyun, to cede Bassein in perpetuity, on the 17th of February, 1765. Chimnaji Appa, brother of the Peshwi Baji Rio I., invested Bassein, and the town sur rendered on the 16th of May, after a most desperate resistance, in which the commandant, Silveira de Mineyes, was kiEed, and 800 of the garrison kiEed and wounded, while the Maritha loss was upwards of 5,000. The capitula- * P. 180. t Grant Duff's " History of the Marathas," vol. i., pp. 75, 76. 312 ROUTE 2. — WASAI KALYAN. Sect. I. tion was made by Captain de Souza Pereira, and the historian of the Mara thas declares that it was the most vigorous siege ever prosecuted by that people, whUe another authority* says that " no contest had been so glorious for the Indo-Portuguese." By the terms of capitulation, " all the garrison, as well regulars as auxiliaries," were allowed free passage out of the town, "with their arms in order, drums beat ing and colours flying, also with four pieces of cannon and two mortars." The seventh article declared, "that the Christians, who remain voluntarily in the place shaU enjoy the liberty of worshipping God in the faith they pro fess." The English, who might easEy have saved the place, but, out of a miserable jealousy, had refused all aid, except 15,000 Rs., for which they took the security of the church plate and some brass guns, which were for the purpose removed from the defences, now made some amends for their gross indifference to the interests of an allied nation. They sent boats with a strong escort to bring off the garrison, per mitted them, 800 in number, to remain in Bombay during the monsoon, and advanced 4,000 rupees monthly for their support. But the disasters of the gal lant Portuguese were not over. On the 29th of September they left Bombay, but, taking the overland route from Chiwal (Choul) to Goa, were attacked by Kbem Siwant, with 300 horse and 5,000 foot, and, after a furious contest of two hours, routed, with the loss of 200 of their best men.f The remnant escaped to Goa, where the English com modore saw them arrive "with care i and grief in their faces." The Portu guese neverrecovered this blow, and soon after ceded the forts of Chiwal and Maira to the Marathas. On the 13th of November, 1780, General Goddard arrived before Bassein, and on the 28th his first battery opened against it. He had a very powerful artillery, and one battery of 20 mortars, which was shortly after opened at the distance of 500 * "Bombay Quarterly Review" for July, 1866, No. vii., p. 84. , „ _„ t Bombay Quarterly Review," No. vii., p. 87. yards, did great execution. The place surrendered on the 11th of December, on which day Colonel Hartley, with a covering army of 2,000 men defeated the Maritha reEeving army of upwards of 24,000 men, and kiEed its distinguished General, Rimchandar Ganesh. (b) Kalyan. — This is a very ancient j town, and in early times was no doubt j the capital of an extensive province. \ There is good reason to think that a j Christian Bishop resided at Kalyan in l the beginning of the 6th century, A. D. ; Thus, when Cosmas lndicopleustes ' sailed down the western coast of India, he found at " Male, where the pepper ; grows, a regularly ordained clergy, and i at Kalliana a Persian bishop." When the Muhammadan power extended itself over the Dakhan, the province of Kalyini fell to Ahmadnagar, but was ceded by that state to Bijapur in 1636, and being divided into two, the N. part extending from Bhiwadi to Nigathi- nah, was placed under a new governor, who resided at Kalyin. In 1648 Ab- baji Sondeo, a Brihman general, under Sivaji's orders, surprised Kalyin, and was appointed by Sivaji, Sdbahdar of the province. In 1780 the Marathas having cut off the suppEes from Bom bay and Salsette, which were usually brought to those places from the main land, and were so necessary to the in habitants of Bombay especially, the government of that place determined to occupy the Konkan opposite Thinah as far as the Ghits. Accordingly, several posts were seized, and Kalyin among them, and here Captain Richard Campbell was placed with a garrison. Nini Farnavis forthwith assembled a large force to recover Kalyin, on which he set a high value, and his first opera tions were very successful. He attacked the English advanced post at the Ghits, consisting of four European officers, two companies of sipihis, and some European artiEerymen with three guns, captured the guns and kUled or made prisoners the whole detachment. He then compelled Ensign Fyfe, the only surviving officer, to write to Captain Campbell, that, unless he surrendered, he would put all his prisoners, 26 in Bombay. route 2. — Bombay to kampuli — kampuli. 313 number, to death, storm Kalyin, and put all the garrison to the sword. To this, Campbell replied* that " the Nini was welcome to the town if he could take it," and, after a spirited defence, was relieved by Colonel Hartley on the 24th of May, just as the Mari- thas were about to storm. The re- remains of buildings round Kalyin are very extensive, and Fryer, who visited the place in 1673, " gazed with astonishment on ruins of stately fabrics, and many traces of departed magnificence." It is especiaEy deserving of notice that the inscriptions at Kinhari, which are marked XIV. and XV. by Dr. Stevenson in his paper in the Bombay Asiatic So ciety's journal for July, 1853, establish the fact that Chinakya, the famous 5 receptor and prime minister of Chan- ra-gupta or Sandrocottus, was a native of Kalyin. He is caEed in the inscrip tions Damila, which signifies Malaba- rian. The XV. inscription runs thus : —"To the Perfect One. To Dimila, inhabitant of Kalyin, famed through out the world, and purified, the religious assignation of a cave and cistern in the Karma Hill." It is shown by Wilford in " Asiatic Researches," vol. ix., that Chinakya finished his life as a penitent or religious recluse, and, being a native of Kalyin, he probably retired to the neighbourhood of the Kinhari caves. It may be fairly conjectured that one of his descendants, becoming a convert to Buddhism, devoted his property to the excavation of a monument to his great progenitor, and hence the inscriptions. Several other inscriptions wiE be found in Dr. Stevenson's paper, commemorat ing tbe names of natives of Kalyin. Thus the first Prakrit inscription is by Samidibha, a goldsmith of Kalyin, and the fifth is by Rishi-hala of the same city. Dr. Stevenson infers from the appear ance of the letters, that the fifteenth in scription was engraved shortly after the commencement of the Christian era. Further testimony to the ancient splendor of Kalyin is found in the * Grant Duff's Marathas, vol. i. pp. 1S9, HI ; vol, ii.. p. 414. Ratan Mili, or " Garland of Jewels," in which the Bribman Krishnaji cele brates the glories of the Solankhi princes. The scene is Kalyin, where Riji Bhuwar, the Solankhi, reigns, and the time is the year of Vikram 752, a.d. 696.* " The capital city, Kalyin, is filled with the spoEs of conquered foes, with camels, horses, cars, elephants. Jewellers, cloth-makers, chariot buflders, makers of ornamental vessels, reside there, and the walls of the houses are covered with colored pictures. Phy sicians and professors of the mechanical arts abound, as well as those of music, and schools are provided for public edu cation. It is for the sole purpose of com paring the capital city of Ceylon with Kalyin, that the sun remains half the year in the north, and half in tbe south." The traveEer who would thoroughly examine and describe the ruins of this ancient city, and collect such local legends as may exist, would be doing good service to the cause of Indian archaeological research. After leaving Kalyin, the line of rail bends in a complete semicircle to the S. E. and S. until it reaches the village of Kampuli, at the foot of the Ghits. {e) Kampuli. — This is a large and very pretty viEage, with a fine tank and temple to Mahideo, built by the cele brated Maritha minister, Nini Far- navis, whose real name was Balaji Janardhan Bhinu, and who was a Kohkani Brihman of the Chitpiwan tribe, a tribe which gave rulers to the Maritha empire in the Peshwis, and not improbably produced the celebrated Chinakya mentioned above. Kampuli is 23 miles 3J fur. from Panwel. The scenery is beautiful. At the back of Nina's pagoda, the Ghat rises perpen dicularly, and seems to overhang it. Over the lake spreads a magnificent banyan tree, and near it is a grove of mango trees. Titwili and Wisind are stations on the N.E, branch of this line, for which see Route 6. They are given here to complete the view of the works finished on the line. * Ras Mala, vol. i.,p. 26. 14 314 ROUTE 3. BOMBAY TO PUNAH. Sect. I. ROUTE 3. Bombay to Punah (119 m. 4p.), and the Mahabaleshwar Hills (190m. 2 f.), visiting the Caves of Sal sette and Karli, passing through WAl, AND RETURNING BY PrATAP- GARH AND NiGATHANAH. 294 M. If F. For particulars of this Route as far as Nirel, 53m. 4f., see the preceding Route. Military Authority. — Officer Com manding Punah ^Division — Punah, to Sewgangi r. Thence Officer Command ing at Sitiri — Sdtdrd. Civil Authority. ¦ — Collector at Punah — Punah, to the Sewgangi river, between Kikwi and Khandili. Thence to the foot of the HiEs : Commissioner at Sitiri — Sdtdrd. Thence to foot of HiEs towards Chikli : Superintendent of Malcolm Penth — Mahabaleshwar. Thence to Polidpvir : Commissioner of Sitiri- — Sdtdrd. Thence to Niga- thinah : Collector of Thinah — Thdnah. PLACES. STAGES. M. F. M. F. Bombay to (a) Nirel (hence visit Mitheran) {See Route 2) 53 4 53 4 Kampuli 17 4 17 4 (b) KHANDALA at summit of {aa) Bhor or Bor (Bhore) Ghit, b. 5 2J 5 2£ Wilwan 3 0 Vichira 1 0 (e) KARLI', b 3 6J 7 5J Pass several small ham lets to Indrawani r ... 8 3 {d) WARGANW, b 2 6 111 Taliginw Khihd 3 4 Rd. by Bhojipur 0 If NIGRr AKURIDI, b 7 0 10 5f (c) x Dipuri (Dapooree) bridge (hence visit (/) Chinchwad) 7 0 {g) Khirki (Kirkee) can tonment 1 1£ t. 1. at Pfmah 4 3f {h) PUNAH CHURCH 1 o| 13 5J Bibiwidi 3 1 Kitruj 2 0| Kitrujwidi 1 2J Kitruj Ghit 1 Of Summit of Ghit 2 4 Descend Ghit 0 5 M. F. YELLU, dh 1 2 x Niri r. to Sewri 3 3J Kiprul 7 0 KIKWI', dh 3 0 Pinda 3 0 x Niri r. to Sirwal b ... 14 KHANDALA, dh 6 7 Ascend Kimiksbi Ghit 3 0 Descend to bottom of ditto 1 0 YeEa 1 3 Kinjil 2 4 Sindurjan 3 1 (i) Pass WAI' and x Krishni r. 140 yards wide, to b 2 6 Yeskarwini 3 6 CHIKLr 4 7 Ascend Tii Ghit 0 4| Summit of ditto 1 4§ {k) MALCOLM PENTH CANTONMENTCHURCH 9 3£ Descend Rartunda or Rartohdya Ghit 2 2J Bottom of Ghat 1 6 x Koini r 1 0 PAR 0 6 {I) Descend Pir Ghit. (Hence visit (tt) Pra- tipgarh) 1 4 Kineshwar at bottom of Ghit 3 0 Kipra 3 4| POLADPUR 3 2 x Siwitri r 8 4 fm) MAHAR, b 2 1 x Gandarfj- 0 3 Kamburli 1 1 Ovirr 1 6 Disgion 1 2 KurdpaEa 4 4 LONARA 0 7 Usarker 1 2 Taliga'oh 2 0 Garel .". 0 7 X Kilj- 1 6 Kindir 0 2 x Gund r 0 7 Tilura 2 0 Kusambla 0 5 Kasina 1 4 INDRAPUR 0 6 x Gudne r 0 4 STAGES. M. F. 12 0 13 3k 11 3 13 6 8 5 11 4i 5 6i 11 2J 10 5 9 7 11 Bombay. ROUTE 3. BOMBAY TO PUNAH — NAREL. 315 PLACES. STAGES. M. P. M. P. Budhaulf 0 7 Patnal 0 2 Vivu 0 7J Ratwin 1 ii Bhtin 1 2 Kaloli 0 5 x Kolirr 0 7 PUGA'ON 2 7 9 3 NAGATHANAH (NA- GOTNA) 9 1 9 1 BOMBAY, by water ... 36 0 36 0 294 If {a) Ndrel and Mdtheran. — Before leaving Kampuli the traveEer may pay a visit to Mitheran, a deEghtful hiE station, first visited by Europeans, for the purpose of residence at least, by Mr. Hugh^Malet and his family in 1850; but, since the railway was opened in April, 1855, from Kalyin to Kampuli, the resort of the Governor and principal inhabitants of Bombay. To reach the place he must return to Nirel, or halt there for the day, and next morning pass on to KampUli, which has been already described. (See Route 2.) If the traveEer look across the harbor of Bombay he wiE observe an enormous mass of flat -topped mountain, about 2,250 ft. high, facinghim like a waE. The name of this is Pirbiil. Over the right hand, or south-eastern, extremity wiE be observed a curious broad-shouldered hiE, terminating in two low conical peaks, — this is Jano Machbi, a portion of the Bhor Ghit mass, by the base of which runs the steepest part of the Railway Incline. Over the other ex tremity of Pirbvil, where the mountain terminates in two singular peaks, the summits of Mitheran may be observed. The mass fills up the whole interval be twixt the railway and the old Panwel and Khandali roads. From Chauk, whence the original bridle path to Mitheran used to ascend, to the Nirel railway station, from which visitors now take their departure, the distance in a straight horizontal line exceeds 12 miles; it is nearly 16 by the path across the hiE. Mitheran is a vast mass of trap of vari ous kinds, much of it highly crystalUzed and of great hardness. It presents on the north a nearly straight and even waE of 2,000 ft. ; above this are num berless peaks, glens, ravines, and hil locks ; the uppermost part for 40 or 50 ft. consists of laterite, boulders of which of five or six cubic feet are to be found some way down the hiE. The thickness of the laterite cap has been very well made out, numbers of weEs having been dug through it, and so down to the trap, which is com monly reached in from 20 to 30 ft, water always making its appearance at the line of junction. Until 1854 Mithe ran was accessible only from the Panwel side by a bridle path leading from Chauk on the Punah road, in the valley of the little River Pen, up to the top of the hill. When the railway was opened, a very skilfuEy designed and well executed road was cut, under the supervision of tbe late Mr. West, from the Nirel Sta tion to the top of the hiE. If the traveller leave Bombay with the Satur day half-past three o'clock train, after a magnificent view of the beautiful range of hiEs along the base of which the raUway passes, he wiE reach Nirel by half-past six o'clock, but, unless it be full moon, the ascent had better be de ferred till next morning. Dinner can be had from a Pirsi mess-man close by, but it is weE to be provided with a basket of eatables, which makes a very small addition to the luggage. All the station-houses are furnished with abund ance of tables and chairs, a good lamp, and comfortable couches. The neatness and cleanness of everything strike those who remember the filth and untidiness of the majority of traveEers' banglas. Nothing can surpass the civEity of the attendants, and for aE this there is no thing whatever to pay, as the raUway servants accept no fees. The traveEer on reaching Nirel should order a pony to take him up the Ghit next morning, with kuhs to carry his luggage. The distance from the station to the further end of the hill, where a bakery presents tbe only public place of refreshment of which Mitheran at present boasts, is eight miles, and it takes two good hours to accomplish it. A pony costs 1J ru- 316 ROUTE 3. BOMBAY TO PUNAH — NAREL. Sect. I. pees a day, and tbe ascent counts as a day's work. A kuli receives a j rupee and though there is the usual clamor for cherrimeri, gratuities should be made as moderate as possible, or prices will soon become extravagant. The road is excellent, and, considering the height to be ascended, not at aE too steep for a good pedestrian to enjoy the walk. The succession of views presented by tbe ascent are endlessly varied, and many of them of surpassing beauty. About half up the hill there is a long easy slope, where a carriage might drive, the ground on both sides presenting the most tempting facilities for landscape gardening — Nature having left matters here just as if soEciting a trifling help from the hand of man. The road to wards the top becomes a steep zig-zag, the turns of which exhibit in succession the scries of staircases and gaEeries tbe traveller has been traversing. On ap proaching the summit of the hiE the roads become so spacious, are so per fectly constructed and admirably kept, that it seems next to impossible to sup pose that this exquisite and fashionable sanatarium, with a gentleman's seat and grounds at every hundred yards, had, within these eight years, never been trodden by a white man's foot, and was tenanted only by the tiger and leopard and wild boar. Passing along an almost level ridge for about a mile, a little Portuguese church, the only place of worship on the hiE, is reached. A hundred yards further on is the bakery forming the hotel — an uninviting place enough certainly ; but Mitheran has so many attractions of its own, that the visitor is not very particular as to matters of domestic accommodation. After making his toilette and breakfast ing, the traveEer may pass the greater part of the day in visiting the different view-points on the hill. The most striking of these is that caEed Panorama Point, at its western extremity, where it seems to attain its greatest elevation. Immediately in front, in the middle distance, is the majestic Bhio MaEin,* * Bhao Mallin has its name from aMuham- madan PIr or Saint, who is said to have chosen this mountain for his residence. There are presenting the reverse face to that passed near Thinah, and affording the most superb background to the long chain of castellated peaks along the base of which the railway passes, now viewed from the rear, fore-shortened and nearly end on. The last of these is connected by a picturesque ridge with Mitheran itself, from which it looks like a gigan tic spur. In the extreme distance be yond Bhio MaEin, are Thinah Water and Creek, with ¦ tbe estuary which divides Bombay from Salsette, stretch ing away down towards the harbor like a silver band. The harbor itself is one sheet of beauty. "With aU its fairy crowds Of Islands, which together he. As quietly as sea and sky, Amidst the evening clouds." Kinhari seems a mere spot on the hori zon, but it is difficult to make out the line where the sea and sky unite. Up the hollow is a long level vaEey inter sected by winding streams, and deco rated by viEages, corn-fields, and clumps of trees. Every here and there a little castellated peak rises 500 or 600 ft. above the plain, a miniature copy of the gigantic pinnacles, from 1500 to 2000ft. high, springing up in the most majestic forms everywhere around. Turning to the north and east, the Railway and Nirel station are immediately beneath the gazer. The superb ridges, stretch ing towards the Tal Ghit, close up the line of an enormous sweep of the Northern Konkan. The needle-shaped peaks of Jano Maoli, as majestic as those around Mitheran itself, shut the background, and stand out clear and firm against the sky. On the other side of Panorama Point the flat-topped Pirbul with its gigantic peaks and Dut- periodical pilgrimages to his tomb, and great crowds flock to the holy place. On the summit of the mountain are the remains of a fort, to which the only means of access was a flight of narrow steps cut, orrather notched, in the rock, with a miserable shaky wooden banister, quite insecure. This frightful as cent of 200 ft. perpendicular at the top of a mountain, where a tremendous gust migbt sweep the climber in a moment from Iris hold, was destroyed by Captain, now General Dickinson, about 40 years ago, by order of Government. The middle fort Is below the scarp, and is now deserted. Amongst the first operations of the Bombay army was the siege of this fort, and considerable loss was experienced in assaulting it. Bombay, route 3.— Bombay to punah — the bhor ghat. 317 tresses, and the great projecting spur of Mitheran itself, shut in the view. Re turning to the bakery the traveEer may next proceed to Louisa Point, which overlooks a majestic cliff, whence, in the rainy season, faEs a cataract 100 ft. in width, and which bounds into the valley below by a single leap of 1000 feet. So strong and gusty is the wind here at times that the cataract seems to struggle against it in dubious conflict, the water with some difficulty forcing its way through the troubled air. Re turning once more to the original start ing-point, the visitor should now make his way through the picturesque hollow, where a series of ponds are being con structed up to the crest of the waterfall itself, whence another scene of surpass ing grandeur presents itself. The tra veller is now in the very midst of those majestic mountains that make the Ghit scenery of Bombay harbor the most pic turesque and beautiful in the world. The vast flat-topped mass of Pirbul, which seen from Mazagi'oh, seems right over Panwel, stands close in front, separated from Mitheran by a vaEey half-a-mile across, and nearly 2,000 feet in depth, through which winds a beautiful silver stream. To the southward are the valley of the river Pen and the mountains skirting the old Punah road. Funnel Hill stands up quite alone, yet at some dis tance are many similar hills, close copies of the original, about one-fourth of its size. These seen from below, where they form the fore-ground, seem very respectable eminences. Looking down upon them from an altitude of 2000ft. where they occupy the middle distance, they seem mere hillocks. There is still one more view to be visited before retiring for tbe evening meal. A short cut across the hill, by the elegant mansion of Mr. Chapman, leads to the edge of a tremendous ravine, which here cleaves the hiE nearly in two. There are traces of numberless waterfalls down both its sides, with a river channel which is singularly picturesque when full. The o-len widens and opens out in the di rection of Khandili ; the Duke/sJNose and other well-known mountains being conspicuously in view. And here, be fore taking leave of the scenery of Mitheran, it may be remarked how frequently the hills seem to repeat the form of the Duke's Nose. Scimitar- formed promontories resembling that at Khandili, which monopolises the name to which a dozen rivals might equally lay claim, present themselves almost whichever way we turn. Next to the beautiful scenery of Mi theran, the grand attraction for the Anglo-Indian is the cool slumber the elevation insures him. To require a blanket in the end of May, and find the thermometer from dark to dawn below 70, is such unspeakable luxury, that it would requite the trouble of the jour ney were this the only enjoyment held out. If returning to Bombay, the traveller must start before dawn, so as to be in time for tbe 7 o'clock train at Nirel. If a good pedestrian, he will find it pleasanter to walk down than to ride. He should, however, attend to the precaution observed in Switzerland, of strapping a strong leather thong round his shoe at the mstep so that the pressure may faE on the crown of the arch of the foot. Without this, or with a slack shoe, he is sure to bruise his toes, so as to lame him for a week. The accommodation for casual visitors at Mitheran is at present imperfect. By next season it will probably present a hotel or a clubhouse. {aa) The Bhor or Bor* Ghat. — Kam puli is not 200 ft. above the sea, while the Government bangld, at Khandili, tbe lowest point on tbe table-land reached by the railway, is 1,800. At Lanauli, the Ghit is 2,037 feet above the sea, and is naturally an abrupt and volcanic scarp, which is the general character of the Sahyidri Range. The heights of the Kas'ur, the Milsej, and the Tal Ghits, are 2,149 feet, 2,062 feet, and 1,912 feet respectively. The importance * This name is, perhaps, from Bor, a Maritha word for the Jujube tree— Zizyphus Jujub'a. Drummond, however {Illustrations of Gram.), derives it from the Bhor river, but does not explain whence the river has its name. It would probably be from Bhowad, " whirl." 318 ROUTE 3. — BOMBAY TO PUNAH THE BHOR GHAT. Sect. I. of the Bhor and the Tal Ghit, may be understood from the fact that, along a range of 220 miles of the Sahyidri Mountains, there are no passes for. wheel traffic from Bombay to the in terior of the country, but these two. The many so-called Ghits are merely precipitous footpaths for natives, or steep, winding, rugged tracks for pack- buEocks. The Pflnah and Calcutta road crosses the Bhor Ghit, and the Agra road the Tal Ghit. The present road over the Bhor Ghit was constructed 25 years ago, is three miles long, has in that distance about 40 well defined turns, besides curvatures, and leads to a point 150 feet higher than the Railway arrives at. The first incEne for the G. I. Peninsular Railway over this Ghit was laid in 1852, and at its base crossed some low ground on the left of the Ulasa valley, near the viEage of Pidasdarf, and proceeded along the N. flank of the spur, which projects from the main escarpment near Khandili. It ascended this mountain side, crossing several spurs of the Songiri Hill, above the village of Newalf, and rose along the upper edge of a basaltic dyke, above the village of Bhfr to the Khind, or Pass, called Mhau ki Mali. It then curved through the Khamni HiE, and reached a natural terrace near the hamlet of Thiktirwida. Thence it ran for two miles to Gambhirnitb, where it crossed two ravines, and ascended to a height caEed Nath ki Doiigar, and, passing a deep chasm, entered upon a long level depression in the crest of tbe ridge. From this an inclined plane of 1 in 20, and 1 mile and f long for stationary engines was laid along the east of the Shibi HiE, passing under tbe mail road below the old temple, and up the mural precipice of the main Ghit to its crest on the rice ground, to the N. of Sir Jamshidji's bangld. Thence the line passed by a tunnel under the said ground to the rice fields on the S. of the Khandili Tank, whence it turned into its proper direction, and crossing the mail road about half a mile above Khandili, ran to the summit of the incline near the viEage of Tungarli. Its total length was 13J miles ; its rise was 1,796 feet; and its estimated cost £483,900. The difficulties in this plan induced Lord Dalhousie, in 1853, to call for further investigation, and this led to the examination by Mr. Berkley, the Chief>Engineer, of the Kasur, Saoli, Kuraunda, Siwa, Wigi, Sawasni, Kauri, Bhurup, Girdolet, Pimpri, Kumbha, and Tiptiti Ghits, none of which were found so eligible as the Bhor Ghit. It was proved, for example, that the Kastir Ghit, on the River Andhru, with 1,728 feet to be ascended, would require a gradient of 1 in 33 instead of 1 in 40, as at the Bhor Ghit, and be, in other respects, greatly more difficult. A new incEne up the Bhor Ghit was now adopted, and as the works in pro gress along it are the most stupendous of the kind in the world, they deserve a somewhat detaEed notice here. For the first four miles from Pidasdari to Mhau ki Mali, the route was entirely changed. It now skirted the foot of the spur, and turned its S.W. angle below Songiri HiE to its S. flank, up which it ascends to Mhau ki Mali. By this the gradient was reduced from 1 in 35 to 1 in 50 and 1 in 40. From Khamni Hill to the Khihd, the course was very slightly altered, but from that point it was entirely changed. This was accomplished by adhering to the side of the great ravine below Khandili, by sweeping round the W. slope of Shibi HiE, and by perforating by a long tunnel the lofty projection on which Mr. Adamson's house now stands. Emerging from this tunnel, the altered incline ascends the precipitous escarp ment on the left margin of the great Khandili Ravine. It rises to a new summit near the viEage and beautiful wood of Lanauli. Thus the stationary engine plane was dispensed with, but the works in the upper portion were much increased. In 1854-5, improve ments were introduced. A reversing station was then carried down across the mail road to the Hill opposite to Toll House, and thence ascended along the Battery Hill, recrossed the mail road a second time, traversed the head of the large ravine under the mountain called "the Duke's Nose," entered the ROUTE 3. BOMBAY TO PUNAH THE BHOR GHAT. 319 tunnel, through the same hill as before, swept round the side of a lateral ravine through Khandili village, and bisecting the Tank, struck nearly into the original line. The incEne, as it is now being constructed, is 15 mUes 68 chains long ; the level of its base is 196 feet above high water mark in Bombay, and of its summit 2,027 feet, so that the total elevation surmounted in one lift is 1,831 feet. Its average gradient is 1 in 48. The total length of tunneling is 2,535 yards. Short additional tunnels wiE probably be substituted for the deepest parts of some of the cuttings. There are eight viaducts, of which the dimensions are given in the following list : — Viaduct Yds, long. Ft. high. No. 1, eight 50 ft. arches. ..168 127 95 74 94 139 85 45 56 The total quantity of cuttings amounts 2, six 50 ...128 3, four 50 ... 85 4, four 50 ... 85 5, eight 50 ...168 6, six 40 ...101 7, four 30 ... 52 8 ....101 to 1,623,102 cubic yards. The largest cuttings contain respectively : — 113,000 cubic yards. 72,000 96,000 „ 77,000 75,000 „ The greatest depth of cutting is 80 feet. The embankments amount to 1,849,934 cubic yards. Tbe heaviest embankments contain, respectively, — 169,000 cubic yards. 128,000 „ 139,000 „ 263,000 „ 125,000 „ 209,000 „ Their maximum height is 74 feet. There will be 18 bridges of various spans, from 7 to 30 feet, and 58 culverts from 2 to 6 feet span. The estimated cost of this incline is £597,222, or £41,188 a mile, and its completion has been con tracted for in five years from the date of commencement, which will expire in February, 1861. A comparison between the Bhor Ghat and the two most remarkable mountain inclines in Europe is given below : — Name of Incline. i a Kl - ( radius. ; Miles. 2.55 2.66 1.44 SEMMERING INCLINE Ascent from Payerback to Descent from Semmering BHOR GHAT INCLINE The Giovi incline is upon the Turin and Genoa Railway, and commences 7f nules from Genoa, at a point 295 feet above the level of the ^Mediterra- nean, and ascends the Apennines. The Semmering incline is upon the Vienna and Trieste Railway, and crosses the Noric Alps at the Pass of that name. It is replete with extensive and extraordinary works. The preliminary operations and study of this incline occupied from 1842 to 1848, a period of six years ; it was opened in May, 1854, its construction having taken five and a 320 ROUTE 3. BOMBAY TO PUNAH KHANDALA. Sect. I. half years. Upon the Bhor Ghit, about four years have been spent in pre liminaries, and the works wEl be com pleted in five years from the date of their commencement. The beautiful scenery of the moun tains, aud the remarkable character of the incline, make the passage of tbe Bhor Ghit one of the most remarkable stages in Indian travel. In consequence of the reversing station, one portion of the incline wiE be nearly parallel to and much above the other, both being, as it were, terraced 1,400 feet directly over the Konkan. In some parts the line is one half on rock benching, while the other half consists of a very lofty em bankment, sometimes retained by a wall of masonry. In other places, on account of the enormous height, em bankment is impossible, and while half the width of the railway is on rock benching, tbe other half rests on vaulted arches. The viaduct that crosses the Mhau ki Mali Khihd is 163 ft. high above tbe footing, and consists of eight semi-circular arches of 50 ft. span. On the whole the traveller wiE here find much to astonish and delight him. (4) Khanddld. — This beautiful vE- lage has for more than 20 years been a favourite retreat for the wealthy inhabi tants of Bombay from the distressing heat of the summer months. It pre sents so many attractions to tbe tourist and the sportsman that as many days as can be spared may weE be given to it. The village itself is large, and, now that the raEway is open, must extend rapidly. The second bangli reached is one on the left of the road, built by General Dicken son, of the Bombay Engineers, who did much to make the place known, and to improve the roads. The site of this bangli is well chosen. It overlooks a tremendous ravine, the sheer depth of which is in great part concealed by luxuriant trees. At tbe bottom winds a small silvery stream. This ravine harbors many wild beasts, and at night tigers, leopards, and bears ascend the steep sides, and are often seen even under the windows of the banglis. The natives, when they get sight of them, raise wild shouts to scare them away; and these cries, echoing among the hiEs, and a knowledge of the purpose for which they are raised, have a not very encouraging effect On the lonely way farer. About a quarter of a mile from this stands the traveller's bangli, also on the edge of tbe ravine ; and on the right is a large tank, adjoining which is the bangli of Sir Jamshidji Jijibhii. Lead ing past this, to the East, is a road to a magnificent bill called the Duke's Nose, whence is a fine view over the Konkan, similarto those at Mitheran, already described. Beyond the tank is the vElage of Khandili; and stiE further on the Kirli road is the beautiful wood of Lanauli, where wild boar and other game may be found. A gentleman riding in this direction some years ago came upon a party of seven large wolves, who, however, did not attack or pursue him. The Waterfall. — Distant from the traveller's bangli, about half a mile on the opposite side of the ravine, is a much admired waterfall. To reach it it is necessary to go about a mile and a half in order to get round the head of a water course. In doing this tbe site of a bangli is passed, once the residence of Mount- stuart Elphinstone, Governor of Bombay. The foundation alone remains. In the monsoon the distant view of the FaE from the top of the Ghit is very fine. There are then two cataracts, divided into upper and lower by a short interval. The upper cataract has a sheer fall of 300 ft. The European burial ground is beside the tank, and is rather thickly tenanted. Here is buried Mr. Graham, who was the principal founder of the Botanical Garden at Bombay, and whose researches in the neighbourhood of the Khandili Ghit were marked with much success. {c) Kdrli. — Tbe traveller's next halt ing place must be Kirli, where is a traveEer' s bangli and a barrack for 200 men, with a smaE village to the right, hid among trees. The celebrated caves are on a hill about two mEes to the N. of the bangli. The following is Mr. Fergusson's de- Bombay. ROUTE 3. BOMBAY TO PUNAH — KARLf. 321 scription of the Kirli cave :* — " The great cave of Kirli is, without excep tion, the largest and finest chaitya cave in India, and is fortunately the best preserved. Its interior dimensions are 102 ft. 3 in. in total length, 81 ft. 3 in. length of nave. Its breadth from wall to waE is 45 ft. 7 in., while the width of the nave is 25 ft. 7 in. The nave is separated from the side aisles by 15 columns on each side, of good design and workmanship. On the abacus which crowns the capital of each of these are two kneeling elephants, and on each elephant are two seated figures, generally a male and female, with their arms over each other's shoulders; but sometimes two female figures in the same attitude. The sculpture of these is very good, and the effect particularly rich and pleasing. Behind the chaitya are 7 plain octagonal piers without sculpture, making thus 37 pillars alto gether. The chaitya is plain and very similar to that in the large cave at Ajayanti (Ajunta), but here, fortunately, a part of the wooden umbreEa which surmounted it remains. The wooden ribs of the roof, too, remain nearly entire ; and the framed screen, filling up a portion of the great arch in front, like the centering of the arch of a bridge (which it much resem bles), stiE retains the place in which it was originally placed. At some distance in advance of the arched front of this cave is placed a second screen, which exists only here and at the great cave at Salsette, though it might have existed in front of the oldest chaityacaves at Ajayanti (Ajunta). It consists of two plain octagonal columns with pilasters. Over these is a deep plain mass of wall, occupying the place of an entablature, and over this again a superstructure of four dwarf pillars. Except the lower piers, the whole of this has been covered with wooden ornaments ; and, by a careful examination and measurement of tbe various mortices and footings, it might still be possible to make out the greater part of tbe design. It appears, how ever, to have consisted of a broad bal- * Boclo-cut Temples of India, page 27. cony in front of the plain wall, sup ported by bold wooden brackets from the two piers, and either roofed or having a second balcony above it. No part of the wood, however, exists now, either here or at Salsette. It is more than probable, however, that this was the music gallery or Nagara Khinah, which we still find existing in front of almost all Jain temples, down even to the present day. Whether the space between this outer and the inner screen was roofed over or not is extremely difficult to decide. To judge from the mortices at Salsette, the space there would seem to have had a roof; but here the evidence is by no means so dis tinct, though there is certainly nothing to contradict the supposition. There are no traces of painting in this cave, though the inner waE has been plastered, and may have been painted ; but the cave is inhabited, and the continued smoke of cooking fires has so blackened its walls that it is impossible to decide the question. Its inhabitants are Shi- vites, and the cave is considered a temple dedicated to Shiva, the Daghopa per forming the part of a gigantic lingam, which it resembles a good deal. All the flat spots of the rock are, during festivals, occupied by tents and the booths of the various dealers in sweet meats and trinkets who frequent these places. "It would be of great importance if the age of this cave could be positively fixed ; but though that cannot quite be done, it is probably antecedent to the Christian era ; and at the same time it | cannot possibly have been excavated more than two hundred years before that era. From the Silasthamba (pE- lar) on the left of the entrance, Colonel Sykes copied an inscription, which Mr. Prinsep deciphered in the sixth volume of the Journal of the Asiatic Society. It merely says, ' This lion pElar is the gift of Ajmitra Ukas, the son of Saha Ravisabhoti ;' the character Prinsep thinks that of the first or second cen tury, B.C. From its position and im port, the inscription appears to be integral, and the column is certainly a part of the original design." 322 ROUTE 3. — BOMBAY TO PUNAH KARLI. Sect. I. According to a letter from Dr. Bird to Mr. Fergusson, one inscription at Kirli, is " of the 20th year of Dattha- ma Hara, otherwise caEed Dattagamini, king of Ceylon, b.c 163." Mr. Fer gusson did not see this inscription ; and could not tell therefore whether it is integral or not, nor in what character it is written; but thinks that unless other circumstances confirm the iden tity, dependence ought not to be placed upon the nominal similarity of a king at so great a distance. In his work on " The Caves of Western India," Dr. Bird makes no mention of this inscrip tion. Dr. Stevenson {Bombay Asiatic Society's Journal, vol. 5) gives 70 B.C. as the date of the great cave temple at Kirleh,* executed according to this writer by the Emperor Devabhuti, under the care of Xenocrates (Dhanukikati or Dhenukakati). The same authority says that in 326 a.d, the viEage of Karanja on the Ghits was made over to the monks at Kirleh by the two great military commanders, who in the struggles between the regal Satraps and Magadh emperors, had most Ekely wrested the adjacent territory from the former, and resigned it to the latter. About the same time the Buddha on the left of the entrance, where these in scriptions are found, was probably exe cuted. Dr. Stevenson adds that in a.d. 342 the monastery cave at Kirleh was excavated by a mendicant devotee. But Mr. Thomas {Prinsep Papers, vol. ii. p. 254) doubts the accuracy of these dates. " In disposition and size, and also in detail as far as similarity can be traced between a cave entirely covered with stucco and painted, and one which either never had, or has lost both these orna ments, this cave," says Mr. Fergusson, •'is so similar to the two at Ajunta, which I had before placed about this age, and on the front of it there is also the reeded ornament, which is so com mon at Khandagiri, and only exists there, and in the oldest caves at Ajunta; that from all these circumstances I am inclined to think the above date, 163 B.C. * This is the form of spelling Karli adopted always by Dr. Stevenson. is at least extremely probable, though by no means as a date to be impEcitly reEed upon." " It is to this cave more especiaEy," says the same writer, " that the remark applies that I made (p. 6) that the chaitya caves seem at once to have sprung to perfection; for whether we adopt the Mahawanso for our guide, or Asoka's inscriptions, it is evident that this country, under the name of Maha- ratthan in the former, and Pitenika in the other, is one of the unconverted countries to which missionaries were sent in the tenth year of Asoka's reign ; and if, therefore, we assume the above date to be at all near the truth, a century had scarcely elapsed between the conversion of the country and the execution of this splendid monument. There is nothing in the Vihiras here or elsewhere, which I have placed about the same date, that might not have been elaborated from a natural cavern in that period ; but there is a complication of design in this that quite forbids the supposition; and it must either be brought down to a much more modern epoch, or it must be admitted to be a copy of a structural buEding ; and even then but half the difficulty is got over. Was that structural buEding a temple of the Brihmans or Buddhists ? was it designed or invented since the death of Sakya Sinha ? or did it belong to a former religion? and lastly, if we are correct in supposing cave-digging to have commenced only subsequent to Asoka's reign, why, while the vihiras were stEl so small and so insignificant, was so great a work undertaken in the rock ? " It would be a subject of curious in quiry to know whether the wood work now existing in this cave is that origi nally put up or not. Accustomed as I bad long been to the rapid destruction of everything wooden in India, I was half-inclined to be angry when the idea first suggested itself to me ; but a calmer survey of the matter has convinced me that it is. Certain it is that it is the original design, for we find it repeated in stone in all the niches of the front, and there is no appearance of change Bombay. ROUTE 3. BOMBAY TO PUNAH WARGa'on. 323 or alteration in any part of the roof. Every part of it is the same as is seen so often repeated in stone in other and more modern caves, and it must, there fore, have been put up by the Buddhists before they were expeEed; and if we allow that it has existed 800 or 1000 years, which it certainly has, there is not much greater improbability in its having existed near 2000 years, as I be lieve to be the case. As far as I could ascertain the wood is teak. Though exposed to the atmosphere, it is pro tected from the rain, and has no strain upon it but its own weight, as it does not support the roof, though it appears tp do so ; and the rock seems to have defied the industry of the white ants." Mr. Fergusson appends to his notice of this "decidedly the finest chaitya cave in India," a general description of the arrangement of such caves. He observes that the disposition of parts is exactly the same as those of the choir of a Gothic round, or polygonal apse cathedral. Across the front there is always a screen with a gallery over it, occupying the place of the rood-loft, on which we now place our organs. In this there are three doors; one, the largest, opening to the nave, and one to each of the side aisles. Over the screen the whole front of the cave is open to the air, being one vast window, stEted so as to be more than a semi circle in height, or, generally, of a horse -shoe form. The whole light falls on the daghopa, which is exactly oppo site, in the place of the altar, while the colonnade around and behind is less perfectly Ut,the piEars being very close together. To a person standing near the door there appeared nothing behind the daghopa but "illimitable gloom." The writer above-mentioned thinks that a votary was never admitted be yond the colonnade under the front, the rest of the temple being devoted to the priests and the ceremonies, as in China, and in Catholic churches, and he therefore never could see whence the light came, and stood in comparative shade himself, so that the effect was greatly heightened. To the description above given it is only requisite to add that the hiU in which the caves are is very steep, and about 600 ft. high from the plain. A huge round cHff Eke a tower shuts in the view in one direction. The guides call the male and female figures in the portico, bairdgis, or devo tees. The figure on the daghopa they caE Dharma Riji, the Hindri Minos. Besides the great cave at Kirli, there are a number of vihiras, but smaE and very insignificant compared with it; and this, Mr. Fergusson thinks, is a proof of their antiquity. For at first the vihiras were mere cells, where, as Fa-hian says, " the Arhans sat to medi tate," and as the religion was corrupted, became magnificent haEs and temples. Such are the vihiras at Ajayanti. The principal vihira at Kirli is three tiers in height. They are plain halls with ceEs, but without any internal colon nades, and the upper one alone possesses a verandah. The lower fronts have been swept away by great masses of rock which have roEed from above. Near this is a small temple to Bhanivi, with the figure of a tortoise in front of the murti, or "image," which is that of a moon-faced female with huge eyes. There is a small viEage at the foot of the bill, in which the caves are, caEed Ekvira, and from this the great cave is sometimes called the Cave of Ekvira. Besides the caves, the traveller, whUe at Kirli, may also visit the hill forts of Logarh and 'Isipur,* which are at an elevation of 1,200 ft. above the plain, with a sheer scarp of 200 ft. Logarh was taken by Malik Ahmad from tbe Marathas in 1485 a.d., and by Sivaji in 1648, and again by the same chief in 1670. It was here that the widow of Nini Farnavis took refuge from the time of Amrit Rio's coming to Punah on the 12th November, 1802, to March 15th, 1804, when General Wellesley, according to the proposal of Dhondtt Balil Kil'adir, of Logarh, guaranteed to her her safety, and an annual pension of 12,000 rupees. Logarh was twice taken by the English with Ettle difficulty. {d) Warganw or Wargd'on. — • This is a very large and flourishing vil lage, and celebrated for the defeat » Grant Buffs Mardthas, pp. 7S, 110. 324 ROUTE 3. — BOMBAY TO PUNAH — WARGa'on. Sect. I. of a considerable British force under Lieut. -Col. Cockburn, on tbe 12th and 13th of January, 1779, and for a disgraceful convention concluded there by Mr. Carnac with the Marithas. Tbe history of the affair is briefly this. The Governor of Bombay, Mr. Hornby, had agreed with the ex-Peshwi Raghunith Rio to place him at Punah* as regent, and sent a force of 3,900 men, of whom 591 were Europeans, to execute the agreement. With this little army went a triumvirate of two civU officers and Colonel Egerton to direct operations. One of the civilians, Mr. Mostyn, was sent back sick, and died on the 1st of Jan. at Bombay, without ever attending the Committee. Mr. Carnac, as President, with the casting vote, had now the fuE power. The force advanced from Panwel to Khandili, when Lieut.-Col. Cay was kiEed by a rocket, the enemy's advanced guard having commenced an attack as soon as the troops surmounted the Ghit. At Kirli Captain Stewart, a most gal lant officer, who, by his conspicuous courage on many occasions, had won from the Marithas the soubriquet of Stewart Phikre, or " Stewart the Hero," was kiEed by a cannon baE. The Ma ritha main army, which was commanded by Nini Farnavis, and Mihidaji Sindhia, Hari Pant Pharke, and Tukaji Holkar, advanced to Taliga'oh, but re tired on tbe advance of the British, having first destroyed the viEage. Col. Egerton now resigned the command to Lieut.-Col. Cockburn, and shortly after, Mr. Carnac becoming alarmed, proposed to retreat. On the night of tbe 11th of January the heavy guns were thrown into a tank, a quantity of stores were burned, and the retreat commenced. At 2 a.m. the Marithas began an attack, plundered part of the baggage, and shortly after completely surrounded the army. The fiercest onset was made upon the rear guard, which, but for the heroism of its commander, Captain James Hartley, would have been cut to pieces. Animated by his harangues, the sipihis repulsed the enemy till 10 a.m., when Colonel Cockburn sent peremptory or ders to retreat, — orders which would * Grant Duff's Mardthas, Vol. II., p. S6S. have been fatal had they been obeyed. But they were disregarded, and the troops maintained the contest untE a favorable opportunity presented itself of faEing back on Wargi'oh. The total loss on this day was 352, among whom were 15 European officers, kiEed and wounded. Colonel Cockburn now de clared that further retreat was imprac ticable, and that the army was at the mercy of the Marithas ; and this pusE- lanimous opinion was vainly combated by the gallant Hartley. Mr. Carnac sent Mr. Holmes to make terms with the enemy, and was not ashamed after wards to declare that he granted the powers to that gentleman, under a mental reservation that they were of no validity. The terms agreed upon were that everything should be restored to the Marithas as held by them in 1773 ; that the committee should send an order to the Bengal column, advancing to their support, to halt ; that the English share of Bharuch should be given to Sindhia, and 41,000 rupees to his servants. However, as soou as the committee were safe down the Ghits they broke faith, by countermanding the order to the Bengal troops, though the Marithas held two hostages, Mr. Farmer and Lt. Stewart, for the due performance of the treaty. For this disgraceful convention and retreat, Colonel Egerton, Colonel Cockburn, and Mr. Camac were dis missed the service. Caves of Birsa and Bujah. — While at Wargi'oh, the traveEer may pay a visit to some caves a few mEes off, and about 3 miles from Kirli. In the Journal of the Bombay As. Soc. for May, 1844, Art. vi., some ac count is given of these caves by Mr. Westergaard, who writes to Dr. Bird as follows: "I have just returned from a visit to the caves in the neighbourhood of Kirli, and I am led to suppose that the minor caves at Birsa and Bijah might possibly have escaped your notice. I take the liberty to send you a short description with copies of the few inscriptions there ; hoping that you will not refuse this small contribution to your most important and interesting work on the Caves of Western India. Bombay. ROUTE 3. BOMBAY TO PUNAH DAPURI. 325 The caves at Birsa are situated about six miles S.W. from Wargi'on. The plan of the temple resembles Kirli, but is neither of so great extent, nor so weE executed, and appears more modern. It contains a dehgop ; and its roof, which is ribbed and supported by 26 octagonal pillars about 10 ft. high, seems to have been covered with paint ings, which are now, however, so in distinct that nothing can be made out of them. There are 4 pElars about 25 ft. high in front, surmounted by a froup of horses, bulls, and elephants. 'he first pillar supports a horse and a bull, with a male and female rider ; the next, three elephants and one horse, two of the elephants having a male and female rider ; the third, three horses and one elephant, a male and female rider being placed on two of the horses ; and the fourth pillar is surmounted by two horses bearing a male and female rider. The hall of instruction, which is of an oval shape, has a vaulted roof, and is situated close to the temple. It con tains 11 small cells, and over the door of one of them there is an indistinct and partly defaced inscription, which wiE be immediately noticed. " The caves of Bijah are situated 3 m. S.E. from the viEage of Kirli. The principal temple contains a dehgop, but no sculptures, and has its roof supported by 27 plain pillars. Outside there is a group executed in bas relief, now much defaced. On both sides of the chapel the hiE has been excavated into two stories, corresponding with the height of the temple, and containing the usual halls of instruction, with ceEs. But the most curious of the sculptures is a collection of 14 dehgops, 5 of which are inside and the others outside the cave. On the first of the latter there is an in scription. The group of horses, bulls, and elephants, on the 4 piEars in front of the arched cave at Beira (Birsa) re sembles what we find on the Indo- Mithraic coins of the N., and is evi dence, were no other proofs procurable, that such belongs to the worship of the sun. " The first inscription from the Beira cave, described as executed over the door of a small cell, may be translated — ' By an ascetic of Nasika, resembling the purified Saint (Buddha), the pri meval heavenly great one.' "The second inscription from the same caves, said to be over a well, may be translated — ' A righteous gift of a smaE offering to the moving power (body), the intellectual principle, the cherishing material body, the offspring of Manu, the precious jewel, the supreme heavenly one here.' "The inscription on the first of the nine dehgopas outside the cave, may be translated — 'The resting-places of the preserver dwelEng in the elements.' The next inscription from the Bijah caves is said to be over a weE, and may be translated — ' The righteous gift of a symbol and vehicle of the purified Saka Saka, the resting-place of the giver.' The last inscription which is given is not quite so distinct as the others. It may be translated — ' A gift to the ve hicle of Raddha (tbe perfect one), the Sugata (Buddha) eternaEy gone.' " It was at Wargihw that Captain Vaughan, of the 15th Madras N.I., and his brother, a cadet, were inter cepted by the Marithas after the battle of Khirki, and, having been "driven forward in the most insulting manner"* to Taligioh, were there cruelly hanged on a tree on tbe Piinah side of the town. {e) Ddpiiri (Dapoorie). — The name of this place is perhaps a corruption of Indripur, "city of Indra," and may be connected with the worship of the god at Chinchwad. It was here that on the banks of the little river Pi- wani, "pure stream," a tributary of the Muli, Captain, afterwards Colonel Ford, C.B., built a handsome residence, and expended on it, and on the beauti ful gardens surrounding it, no less a sumthanll0,000rupees. This officer had long been the assistant of Sir Barry Close, and was by his interest appointed to raise and command a brigade of troops, disciplined after the English fashion, for the Peshwi Biji Rio. This was in 1812, and the new levies were cantoned at Dipuri till 1817, when they marched to the aid of Col. * Slacker's Mardtlm War, p. 71, ed. 1821. 326 ROUTE 3. BOMBAY TO PUNAH — CHINCHWAD. Sect. I. Burr's army at the battle of Khirki, and took a prominent part in the engage ment {vide Khirki). During his resi dence at Dipiiri, Major Ford was conspicuous for his hospitality ; his house being open to aE strangers, and his table maintained in princely style. He was also the liberal supporter of all charities, and was beloved and respected by the natives, as much as any European who ever visited India. It was the declared intention of the Peshwi to spare Major Ford alone of all the Europeans, had he succeeded at the battle of Khirki. Some time after that victory, Major Ford, having attained his Lt.-Colonelcy, was attacked with fever, and died at Bombay. His beau tiful residence at Dipiiri was purchased by Sir J. Malcolm for Government for the paltry sum of 10,000 rupees. Near it are now the Botanical Gardens, The principal bangli contains some fine reception rooms ; and one, in which the Government balls, so amusingly described by Lady Falkland,* are held, is upwards of 80 ft. long and well proportioned. There are besides several detached (/) Chinchwad {Ghinchoie). FromDi- puri the traveEer may visit Chinchwad, the residence of a brahman, who is wor shipped as an incarnate god. The vil lage is about 5 miles N. of Dipviri, and has a picturesque appearance from the river side.f Above the handsome flight of stone steps which leads to the river Mtili, are many fine trees, but tbe temple is low and devoid of ornament. Lord Valentia has given an account of his visit to this place in 1804, and Mrs. Graham of hers on December the 19th, 1809,{ when she saw the boy who was then the Deo or god, " not anyway distin guished from other children, but by an anxious wEdness of the eyes, said to be occasioned by the quantity of opium which he is daEy made to swaEow." Lady Falkland, in 1848, visited the place, but did not see the god, who was out on a tour. An account of the origin of this " extraordinary imposture" is given by * Chow-chow, vol. i.p. 228. t Ibid, p. 292 . X Journal of Residence in India, p. 70. Colonel Sykes in vol. iii. Trans. Lit. Soe. of Bombay, art. iv. p. 64. About two centuries and a half ago a poor couple obtained the promise of a son to soothe their declining years, from Gan- pati, the Hindu god of wisdom, Tbe boy was named Morobi, in honor of the god, this being one of his titles. Shortly after his birth the parents moved to Pippalgihw, about 4 miles from Chinchwad, where they died ; and Morobi then came to Titur close to Chinchwad, and spent 22 years in prayer and pilgrimage. At the end of this time he restored a blind girl to sight, and Sivaji, whose career was then com mencing, was induced by the fame of this miracle to seek a cure for a disorder of his eyes from the new saint. The cure was effected, and Morobi's name became widely celebrated. He then quitted Titiir, and took up his residence in a jungle which then covered the site of Chinchwad. Here Ganpati ap peared to him, and promised him as a reward for his piety to be incarnate in him and his descendants for seven generations. Various miraculous cir cumstances foEowed, such as the emerg ing of a sacred conical stone from the earth close to Morobi, and ended in his being revered as a god. After a long career he buried himself alive in a sitting posture, with a holy book in bis hand, and with a strict command that his resting place should never be disturbed. Morobi was succeeded by his son Chintiman Deo, in attestation of whose divinity a second conical stone emerged from the earth. He bad eight wives and eight sons, and was succeeded by Nirayan Deo, whose fame having reached Delhi, the Emperor 'Alamgir, to test his godship, sent him as an offering a piece of cow's flesh wrapped up in many cloths. On being opened, after Nirayan had sprinkled it with holy water, it was found changed to a bouquet of jessamine flowers ; and' Alam gir was so pleased with the miracle, that he presented eight villages in perpetuity to the god for his support. To Nira yan succeeded Chintiman Deo IL, to him Dharmadhar, and to him Chinti man Deo III., who was foEowed by Bombay. ROUTE 3. BOMBAY TO PUNAH KHIRKI. 327 Niriyan II. This last brought down i a curse upon the famUy by opening the grave of Morobi, who imprecated child lessness upon the intruder ; and, in con sequence, Dharmadhar, the son of Ni riyan IL, died without issue. The brihmans, however, were determined to keep alive the deceit, and adopted for the god a distant relative named Sakhiri; and as long as the contribu tions of votaries supply the means of giving monthly dinners to select parties, and annual entertainments to unlimited numbers, as is now the case, the im posture wEl flourish. {g) Khirki. — After Dipviri, the next place worth seeing is Khirki, which may either be visited en route to Punah or from Punah. It is the station of a Eu ropean cavalry regiment, but the spot is chiefly interesting as being the scene of a splendid victory over Biji Rio, the last Peshwi. On the 1st of November, 1817, the dispositions of that prince had become so threatening, that Mr. Elphin stone, then Resident at Punah, deter mined to remove the troops from the cantonment of that place to Khirki, where, on the 5th, they took up a good position to the east of an eminence, on which stands the vElage of Khirki, and where the stores and ammunition were stationed, under the protection of the battalion companies of the 2nd battalion of the 6th Regiment. In the rear of the troops was the river Muia, and from the S. and W. advanced the masses of the Peshwa's army, amounting to 8,000 foot, 18,000 horse, and 14 guns,* besides a reserve of 5,000 horse and 2,000 foot with the Peshwi at the sacred hill of Parbati. The cantonments at Pvinah and the Residency at the Sangam, on the site of which now stands the Judicial Commissioner's office, had been plun dered and burnt on the 1st, as soon as the EngEsh troops quitted them. One regiment of Major Ford's brigade was at Dipuri, and the total strength of the English, even when that joined, was, according to Grant Duff, but 2,800 rank and file, of which 800 were Europeans. Colonel Burr, a good and gallant officer, but almost disabled by paralysis, com- « Grant Duff, vol. iii., p. 427. manded this Httle army, and formed them, with the Bombay European regi ment, a detachment of H. M. 65th, the Resident's escort, and part of the 2nd battalion of the 6th N.I., in the centre ; on the right flank, the 2nd bat talion of the 1st N.I. ; and on the left the 1st battalion of the 7th N.I. Gokli commanded the Peshwi' s army, and its advance is compared by Grant Duff, who was an eye-witness, to the rushing tide called the Bhor in the Gulf of Khambiyat. It swept all before it, trampling down the hedges, and fields of standing corn which then covered the plain. Colonel Burr was now informed that Major Ford was advancing with his regiment, the Peshwa's own, from Dipviri on the W., to join him ; and in order to facilitate the junction, he moved the main force to a position about a mile in advance, and to the S.W. of the viEage of Khirki. The Maritha leaders had been tampering for some time with the regiment that was moving from Dipiiri, and they fully expected it would come over, as it was paid by the Peshwi. A strong body of horse, therefore, under Moro Dikshat, the prime minister of the Peshwi, advanced about 4 p.m. upon the Dipiiri battalion, but Major Ford, throwing back his right wing, opened a heavy fire upon the Marithas, both of musketry and from three small guns commanded by Captain Thew. A good many Marithas feU, and among them Moro Dikshat, who was struck by a cannon shot in the mouth. It is re markable that this chief, who was an exceEent man and a faithful servant of his prince, had several times en deavoured to persuade Major Ford of the hopeless nature of the contest for the British; and, finding that officer determined to side with his countrymen, had asked for and obtained a promise of protection to his family in case he should fall, engaging to do the same for Major Ford's family in case the Peshwi triumphed. It need scarcely be added that Major Ford faithfuEy performed his agreement to the children of the gallant Marithi leader. In the mean time, Gokli had organised an attack on the left flank of the English 328 ROUTE 3. BOMBAY TO PUNAH — PUNAH. Sect. I. main force, and this was led by a regular battalion commanded by a Portuguese named De Pento; and, after his discomfiture, a select body of 6000 horse, with the Jari Patki, or golden pennon, flying at their head, charged the 7th N.I. as they were pursuing De Pento's men. Gokli's horse was wounded in this charge, and his advance was stopped; but there were other gaEant leaders, such as Niru Pant Apte and Mahideo Rio Ristia ; and it was weE for tbe Sipihis that a swamp in their front checked the charge of the Marithas, whose horsemen roEed headlong over one another in the deep slough. As it was, some cut their way through the Sipihi battalion ; but, in stead of turning back, when tbey might have destroyed the regiment, tbey rode off to plunder tbe village of Khirki, whence they were repulsed by a fire of grape. After this charge, the Marithas drew off with a total loss of about 500 men, while that of the English was but 86. On the 13th, General Smith's army arrived from Server, and the Peshwi, after a slight resistance, put his army in full retreat. The most re markable point in the battle of Khirki is, perhaps, the extraordinary steadiness of Major Ford's regiment under great temptation. In it were upwards of 70 Marithas, yet not a man deserted on the day of battle, though promised vast sums to join their countrymen. After the action, the Marithas, but only the Marithas, joined the enemy, and many of them being subsequently captured, their culpability, such as it was, was very properly ignored, and tbey were set free. A further proof of the fidelity of this corps to its officers must not be overlooked. On crossing the river from Dip'iri it was found impossible to get the guns to move, as the bullocks would not draw them out of the bed of the stream. Captain Thew, commanding the guns, announced this to Captain Lodwick, the brigade major, who im mediately ordered tbe light battalion to take the drag ropes and extricate the guns. The Sipihis, though men of the highest caste, obeyed this order with the utmost alacrity, much to the surprise of the artillery officer, who fuEy ex pected them to mutiny. Upon the whole, it must be admitted that the Dipuri regiment decided the fate of the day. The officers with it were Major Ford, commanding; Capt. now General Lodwick, brigade major ; Lieut, now Colonel Sykes, adjutant ; and Captain Thew, commanding the guns. {h) Punah, or Puna (Poona). — The first mention we have of Punah is in the Maritha annals of 1599 a.d., when the parganahs of Punah and Supa were made over to Malaji Bhohsle (grand father of Sivaji), by the Nizim Shihi government. In 1750 it became the Maritha capital, under Bilaji Baji Rio. In 1763 it was plundered and destroyed by Nizim 'Ali, with the Mughul army of Haidaribid in the Dakhan. Here, on the 25th of October, 1802, Jeswant Rio Holkar defeated the combined armies of the Peshwi and Sindhia, and cap tured all the guns, baggage, and stores of the latter. The city stands in a somewhat treeless plain, on the right of the Miiti river, a little before it joins the Muli. At its extreme eastern limit is the hEl of Pirbati, so called from a celebrated temple to the goddess Durgi, or Pirvati. Beyond is the English cantonment, where there are always one or more European regiments, and several native corps. A few miles to the E. and N.E. are the hills, which lead up to a stiE higher tableland in the direction of Sitiri. The station is the principal one under the British Government in the Dakhan, and is justly a favorite for its salubrity and pleasant cEmate ; but there is not much to be seen. In the church is the tomb of Sir Robert Grant, who died Governor of Bom bay on July the 9th, 1838. There is an aqueduct built by one of the Ristias, a family of great distinction amongst the Marithas. There are also extensive water-works constructed by Sir Jamshidji Jijibhii, which cost upwards of £20,000. Of this sum, the Parsi baronet contributed £17,500. Lady Falkland* pronounces the view of Pilnah from the Sahgam, or junction of the rivers Muli and Muti, to be * Chow-chow, vol. i., p. 265. Bombay. ROUTE 3. BOMBAY TO PUNAH — PUNAH. 329 "perfectly enchanting." The bridge at the Sahgam, caEed "WeEesley Bridge," was buEt by Major Nutt, of the Bombay Engineers in the governor ship of Sir J. Malcolm. It is of stone, and cost £4,700. At the Sahgam, Hindu widows formerly underwent cremation with the corpses of their husbands. On the left are several temples in a garden, and among them a tall white one, be longing to the Gosiins, followers of Mani Deo. When the water is low at the Sahgam, flat stones are visible with two feet engraven on them. These have been placed there in remembrance of Satis. There are also some exca vations near the same spot, but of little interest to those who have seen Kirli. On the right is the city, and rising above it is Pirbati, and high above that, and the adjacent bills, towers the famous Sinh garh, or "Lion's Den," of which hereafter. In this direction the banks of the river are thickly wooded, and there is a long, low, native bridge. The city of Piinah contains about 80,000 inhabitants. During the flourishing times of the Peshwis it properly contained, inclusive of troops, twice that number. For a native town the streets are wide, and there is Httle to remind the traveEer of Europe. A European carriage is seldom seen. The city is divided into seven quarters, named after the days of the week. The prin cipal street is long and wide, and has "trottoirs" on each side. As Piinah is a stronghold of brihmans, and under the Peshwis was the capital of a brah man dynasty, tokens of the prevalence of Hinduism abound. Emaciated de votees, clothed in the skins of wEd animals, and fat, lazy, and mischievous brihmani buEs parade the streets, and are an insufferable nuisance to civilized folk. Many rams kept for fighting, are led about, their combats being a favorite spectacle of the Marithas. Temples of aE shapes, painted with gods of aE forms and colors, are seen everywhere. In many places are the former residences of the old Maritha chiefs, some in ruins, some turned into Government offices. The huts of the poorer people are squaHd enough ; but in the general mass there are many picturesque spots. In the principal bizir are the remains of the Peshwa's castle, which in Mrs. Graham's time, 1809, was surrounded by "high, thick walls, with four large towers,"* there being but one entrance through a high pointed arch, on each side of which is a tower. The doors are very large, and covered with iron spikes. Above the gateway is a smaU balcony supported on pElars. Here is the terrace from which, on the morning of the 25th October, 1795, f the young Peshwi, Mahideo Rio, threw himself, and died two days afterwards of the injuries he received in the faE. On the 22nd he had shown himself to bis troops, who passed before him in thousands, a sea of horsemen. It was the festival of the Dasahri, and on this occasion that national fete of the Marithas was conducted with unusual splendor. In the even ing the young Peshwi received his great chiefs, and the ambassadors of foreign courts, in his accustomed man ner ; but the restraints imposed upon him by his minister, Nini Farnavis, had stung him to tbe quick, and he was then meditating the act of self-destruc tion, which, three days after, he accom plished. Here, too, on the 30th of August, 1773, Niriyan Rio, at the age of eighteen, after he had been but nine months Peshwi, was savagely murdered, by Somar Singh and Traliyi Powar, two of his guard. The unfor tunate youth had confined his uncle, Raghunath Rio, in an apartment of the palace, and Raghunith had commis sioned these two assassins to seize the ¦ young Peshwi, and thus bring about his own release. But the vindictive Anandi Bii, the wife of Raghunith, secretly altered the word "seize" to "kill," and, in obedience to the mandate, Somar Singh forced his victim even from his uncle's arms, to which he had fled for refuge, and stabbed him, killing with the same blow a faithful servant who bad cast himself on his body. Not far from this castle is a street in which, under the Peshwis, offenders * Journal, p. 78. t Grant Duff, vol. iii., p. J2S. 330 ROUTE 3. BOMBAY TO PUNAH THE PAEBATI HILL. Sect. I. were executed by being trampled to death by elephants. One of the most memorable of these executions, on ac count of the princely rank of the suf ferer, was that of Wittoji Holkar, bro ther of that Jeswant Rio Holkar who, the same year, won the battle of Piinah. The last of the Peshwis, Biji Rio, be held the agonies of the victim from a window of his palace, where, on the morning of the 1st of April, 1800, he took his seat with his favorite Balaji Kunjar, in order to glut his eyes with the revolting sight. In the " Wednes day" quarter of tbe city is another palace caEed the Budhwir, or " Wed nesday." Here are now pubEc offices and an EngEsh school for the natives. This school has been amalgamated with the Sanskrit CoEege, which was, in 1821, established for the study of the ancient literature of the country. In the same quarter is the quondam resi dence of Nini Farnavis, a shabby man sion with a smaE court-yard and foun tain, and many small dark rooms and dingy passages. On the outskirts of the town is a very large Jain temple with Chinese-looking ornaments. " In a small room,* with a ceEing, walls, and piEars painted red and green, and all the quaint ornaments carved and painted the same color, there is a smaH square cage with bars in which are two marble elephants, and on each side a little white marble goat." The Pdrbati Sill. — But the most beautiful spot in the neighbourhood of Punah is the Hira Bigh, " Diamond Garden," and the hill of Pirbati. The drive to the foot of the hiE is very pretty, leading past the Hira Bigh, where is a fine tank, in the centre of which is an island with trees. Near tbe tank is a pavilion of the Peshwis, in which are several rooms with colored ceilings that have a good effect. A narrow staircase leads to a platform with two verandahs, mentioned by Lord Valentia in his notice of a visit to the Peshwi in 1804. Near the tank is also a handsome mosque and many temples buflt by Gosiihs. On leaving the tank, Pirbati * Lady Falkland's Chow-chow, vol. i., p. 276. Hill, crowned with temples, is directly in front. The ascent is by a long flight of handsome steps. The largest temple is dedicated to Shiva, and in it is a sEver image of the god, with two images, said to be of gold, representing Pirvati and Ganesh, seated on Shiva's knees. This temple cost £100,000, and was erected by Balaji Baji Rio in 1749, by whom most of the other six temples also were built. During the Diwili this temple is lit up in a beautiful manner. Lamps are placed up the sides of the structure, and the effect is most strikingly pic turesque. Here is also the ruin of a pa lace built by the last Peshwi Biji Rio. Singularly enough, it was struck by lightning in the year 1817, the year of his overthrow by the British, and totaEy destroyed. To tbe N.W. is a picturesque Moorish-looking window, whence, it is said, the last Peshwi watched the defeat of his troops at Khirki. The views from this spot are most beautiful, particularly that on tbe W. which overlooks the city, its bridges, rivers, meadows and groves. At the foot of the hill is a square field, which, in the time of the Peshwis, was enclosed by high brick walls. Here, at the end of the rains, about the time of the Dasahri, alms in money were pre sented to aE brihman comers. In order to prevent the holy men from receiving more than their share, they were passed into this enclosure, at the gate of which stood a vast cauldron, fiEed with a red pigment. Each man, as he entered, was marked with this, and nothing was given till aE had gone in. They were then let out one by one, and three, four, or five rupees were given to each. On one occasion the Peshwi is said to have lavished away £60,000 in this manner. The Cantonment. — After leaving the Sahgam, the road passes the traveEers' bangli, which is on the left, and throws off a branch road to the left, which leads to the river side, and the dam constructed by Sir J. Jijibhii. The main road passes, on the left, the Col lector's Kacheri, and treasury. The next buEding is the Lunatic Asylum and Hospital; next to which is the Bombay. ROUTE 3. BOMBAY TO PUNAH SINHGARH. 331 hotel. Shortly after this is passed, on the left, Sir J. Jijibhai's house, sur rounded by a beautiful garden and high wall, and close to this, on the right, the Pirsi Fire-temple. Here two roads diverge, of which that to the left leads to the Gymnasium or Jim Khdnah, as it is styled by the natives. Here a large building is annuaEy erected, in which cricket dinners, etc. are given. The bangli adjoining is that in which Lord F. Fitzclarence Hved. The other road goes straight on to the Magazine, and then diverges right and left. That to the^ right leads to the church, close to which are the reading room and Hbrary, and then passes close to the fine new European barracks, and then on to the band-stand, where all the fashionables congregate in the evening. Close to the band-stand is the old race-course, and, to the right of it, the artiEery barracks. On the opposite side of the old race-course, about a mEe off, is the place where one of H.M. regiments is located, called Gorpira. The new race course Hes between these two places. Bambura. — Before leaving Punah it will be well to visit the little vElage of Bambvira, where, in former times, an enormous gun was fired every evening as a Maritha curfew to warn honest folk to keep within their houses. On one occasion several Brihmans, disre garding this warning, remained out tEl late, and were locked up by the police, at which the people were so enraged that they insisted on the superintendent of police being given up to them, and stoned him to death, though he had not even been informed of the circumstance that his sateEites bad arrested the holy men. The traveller may also, if he has time to halt at Piinah for a few days, visit the forts of Chikan and Sinhgarh, which are within an easy ride or drive. Chdkan. — There is a good cleared road to Chikan, which is thus described by Grant Duff, vol. i. p. 61 : "Chikan is a small fort 18 m. N. of Pvinah. It is nearly square, with towers at the angles and centres of the faces. It has a good ditch about 30 ft. wide, and 15 deep, but wet on the N. side only. The walls are high, the parapet and rampart narrow, and the towers confined. There is but one entrance into the body of the place, through five or six gateways ; and there is a mud outwork, which also has a ditch. I mention it particularly on account of its reputed antiquity ; for, although it probably is the first built by MaHku' t-tui j ir, y et, according to concur ring Hindi legends, it was constructed by an Abyssinian Pilegir in a.d. 1295. As to how he got there they do not pretend to account." This fort was given to Malaji Bhohsle, grandfather of Sivaji, in 1604, by the Nizim Shihi king of Ahmadnagar. In 1662 it surrendered after a siege of two months, in which Shaistah Khan, Aurangzib's general, lost 900 men; but it was restored to Sivaji a few years afterwards. In 1671 it was taken again by Diler Khan, with less difficulty. In 1818 it was easily captured by the British. Over the gates are three inscriptions, announcing the successes of the Mughuls. There are also two guns inscribed with Maritha characters. Sirihgarh. — This is a place very famous in Maritha annals, and very interesting on account of scenery as well as historic recoEections. It is distant from Pvinah 11 mEes S.W., and is thus described by Grant Duff, where he speaks of its astonishing capture by the re nowned Tanajf Malusre, in February, 1670 : — " Sinhgarh is situated on the E. side of the great Sahyadri range, near the point at which the Pvirandhar hiEs branch off into the Dakhan. With these hills it only communicates, on the E. and W., by very high narrow ridges, while, on the S. and N., it presents a huge rugged mountain, with an ascent of half a mile, in many parts nearly perpendicular. After arriving at this height, there is an immense craggy precipice of black rock, upwards of 40ft. high, and surmounting the whole there is a strong stone waE with towers. The fort is of a triangular shape, its interior upwards of two miles in circumference, and the exterior presents, on aE sides, the stupendous barrier already men tioned; so that, except by the gates, 332 ROUTE 3. BOMBAY TO PUNAH SINHGARH. Sect. I. entrance seems impossible. From the summit, when the atmosphere is clear, is seen to the E. the narrow and beau tiful vaEey of the Niri ; to the N. a f'eat plain, in the forepart of which, unah, where Sivaji passed his youth, is a conspicuous object. To the S. and W. appear boundless masses of moun tains, lost in the blue clouds, or mingled by distance with the sky. In that quarter Ees Raigarh, from which place, directed by Tinaji Milusre, the thou sand Miwalis, prepared for the attempt on Sihhgarb, set out by different paths, known only to themselves, which led them to unite near the fortress, accord ing to the words of the Maritha M.S., ' on tbe 9th night of tbe dark half of the moon, in the month Migb.' Tinaji divided his men ; one half remained at a little distance, with orders to advance if necessary, and the other half lodged themselves undiscovered at the foot of the rock. Choosing a part most diffi cult of access, as being the least liable to discovery, one of their number mounted the rock, and made fast a ladder of ropes, by which they ascended, one by one, and lay down as they gained the inside. Scarce 300 had entered the fort, when something occasioned an alarm among the garrison that attracted their attention to the quarter by which the Miwalis were ascending. A man ad vanced to ascertain what was the matter. A deadly arrow from a bowman silently answered his inquiries ; but a noise of voices and a running to arms induced Tinaji to push forward in hopes of still surprising them. The bowmen plied their arrows in the direction of the voices, tiE a blaze of blue lights, and a number of torches kindled by the garri son, shewed the Rajputs armed or arm ing, and discovered their assailants. A desperate confliot ensued ; the Miwalis, though thus prematurely discovered, and opposed by very superior numbers, were gaining ground, when Tinaji Milusre feE. They then lost confidence, and were running to the place where they had escaladed, but by that time the re serve, led by Tinaji's brother, Suryaji, had entered. On learning what had happened, Suryaji rallied the fugitives, asked ' who amongst them would leave their father's (commander's) remains to be tossed into a pit by Mahirs ?' told them the ropes were destroyed, and now was the time to prove tbemselves Sivaji's Miwalis. This address, the loss of Tinaji, the arrival of their com panions, and the presence of a leader, made them turn with a resolution which nothing could withstand. 'HarJHar! Mahi Deo ! ' their usual cry on des perate onsets, resounded, as they closed, and they soon found themselves in pos session of the fort. Their total loss was estimated at one-third their number, or upwards of 300 kiEed or disabled. In the morning 600 gallant Rajputs, to gether with their commander, were found dead or wounded ; a few had con cealed themselves, and submitted ; but several hundreds had chosen the des perate alternative of venturing over the rock, and many were dashed to pieces in the attempt. The preconcerted signal of success was setting on fire a thatched house in the fort, a joyful intimation to Sivaji; but when he heard that Tinaji Milusre was kEled, he was deeply con cerned, and afterwards, on being con gratulated, mournfully repHed, in allu sion to the name he had given the fort,* ' The den is taken, but the Hon is slain ; we have gained a fort, but, alas ! I have lost Tinaji Milusre ! ' Sivaji, though he seldom bestowed pecuniary gifts on the Miwalis, on this occasion gave every private soldier a silver bracelet, or bangle, and proportionate rewards to the officers." The surprising character of the night escalade above recorded wiE be appreciated by those who now ascend peacefully in their pilkis, and in the daytime. The ascent is in part almost perpendicular ; and one is aston ished that the pilki bearers never slip back and roll down into the plain. In 1665 Sivaji had surrendered Sinhgarh to Aurangzib, but retook it, as described, in 1670. In 1701 Aurangzib recovered it ; but Sbankirji Niriyan Sachiva again captured it in 1705. On the 1st of March, 1818, it was taken by the * It was originally called Kondanah, but Sivaji himself changed its name to Sinhgarh. See Grant Duff, vol. i., p. 131. Bombay. ROUTE 3. — BOMBAY TO PUNAH — WAI. 333 English, without loss. The garrisoD, 1,100 men, of whom 400 were Arabs, capitulated, after being shelled for three days, in which time 1,400 shells and upwards of 2,000 shot were fired into the place. Lady Falkland* notices the splendid balsam trees which completely cover the sides of the path that leads up to the fort, and are many of them nearly 10 ft. high. In the old ruined gateways hang festoons of leaves and flowers almost touching the traveEer' s head as he enters. Being 4,162 ft. above the sea, Sinhgarh is a deHghtful retreat for Europeans from the heat of the plains. The air is cool, and the views beautiful. Here, for some time, was confined, in a wooden cage, the brahman Babji Pant Gokli, the murderer of the Vaughans. The road from Punah to Sfrwal has been lately cleared, an operation of which it stood greatly in need ; for, even in a pilki, the fatigue of travelling over it was considerable. The viEage of Sirwal is prettily situated on the Niri river, and the bangli is a very good one. This place formerly belonged to the Pant Sachiva, a Maritha chief of high rank. The Kimikshi Ghit is steep and slippery, and paved in some places. The natives have a superstition against crossing it at night ; and, in fact, wEd beasts are not unfrequent intruders upon it. (i) Wdi (Wye). — This is one of the most beautiful rustic towns in the Dakhan. Lady Falkland says of it, with justice :f " I know nowhere a more lovely spot than Wii, and, although I often visited it during my stay in India, I saw new beauties every time. Here there is grand scenery, as weE as pleasing, quiet spots, and charming bits. The view from the traveller's bangli is perfectly beautiful. Behind the city rise hiEs of all the shapes which are pecuEar to the mountains in the Dakhan. There are round, peaked, flat-topped bills; some covered with rocks, looking, at a dis tance, like forts and castles. One hiE, near the city, rises very abruptly, and has a hill-fort on the top. It is called Pindugarh." Wii is situated on the * Chow-chow, vol. i., p, 803. t JWd,p.l88. left bank of the Krishni, which is lined with beautiful pippal and mango trees, and with handsome flights of stone steps, ornamented with graceful figures of lovely brahman women, for which this place is renowned. The traveEer's bangli is on the opposite side of the river, on that nearest to the Maha baleshwar HiEs. The nearest temple to it, and the river is lined with beau tiful temples, is dedicated to Ganpati ; the next to Mabideo ; and one at some distance, to Lakshmi. These were built about 80 years ago, by tbe father of Bili Sahib Rastia, of whom Lady Falkland speaks.* They are exceed ingly elegant, and form the great beauty of this most picturesque spot. The mandap or canopy in front of Mahideo's temple is very light, and a fine specimen of carving in stone. The roof, as also that of Ganpati's temple, is Uke a pave ment reversed. Stones cut into three cubes are joined at the corners, and are then so locked that each locks into six others. When the roof is finished, the support, which is generaHy of earth, is dug out from the inside of the temple, and from below only the flat under- surface of the lowest cube is seen. The fortune of the Rastias was much im paired by the expenses incurred in erect ing these temples, and by their munifi cence to the brahmans. To avoid the imputation of abandoning a generosity which they are no longer able to sustain, they have discontinued their custom of visiting Wii, except at very great inter vals. They have an excellent mansion at no great distance from the town, caEed the Motf Bigh, or "Pearl gar den." The road thither is beautifully shaded by splendid bambfis, mangos, and tamarinds. The house was built nearly a century ago, and is a good specimen of the Muhammadan style. It is open on one side from top to bottom, and shaded by huge curtains. The decorations are stiE fresh, but one of the mirrors has been broken by a monkey which got in, " and imagined he beheld an opponent in the reflection of himself." In the garden are foun tains with curious primitive worlds, * Chow-chow, p. 209. 334 ROUTE 3. — THE MAHABALESHWAR HILLS. Sect. I. which are now seldom used. Bala Sahib commanded tbe Peshwa's horse at the siege of Shrf Rang Patanam (Seringapatam). At Wii is also the villa of the widow of Nini Famavis. Lady Falkland* describes her as very old, but possessing the traces of great beauty. When Lord Valentia saw her in 1804, at Panwel, she was "a very pretty girl — fair, round-faced, with beautiful eyes, and apparently seven teen years of age."f She possesses a portrait of Mahideo Rio Peshwi, and of his famous minister Nini Famavis, and several letters from fhe Duke of Wel lington, who, in 1804, obtained for her leave to settle where she chose in the Peshwi' s dominions, with an annual pension of 14,000 rupees. A life of the Nini, written by himself, and fuH of ex traordinary incidents, was, at the request of Colonel Lodwick, given by this lady to an official at Sitiri, and is now in the hands of General Briggs. Dom. — About 5 m. from Wii is the viEage of Dom, where is a very hand some temple, in the middle of the court of which is a gigantic basin of white marble, the edges carved with lotus leaves. There is also a pillar about 5 ft. high, on the top of which are the five heads of Shiva, with cobras twisting round them, aE in white marble. The Banyan-tree of Wairdtgarh. — But the most curious thing to be seen near Wii is a gigantic tree, at the foot of a mountain, called Wairitgarh, about 8 m. from Wii. The exact area shaded by it is three-quarters of an acre. The space covered is a very symmetrical oval. There is no brushwood underneath, nor aught to impede the view save the stems of the shoots from the parent tree. Lady Falkland says, " The shade was so com plete, I could sit in the middle of the day without any covering on my head. The tree was of such a size, that sepa rate picnic parties might take place under it, and not interfere with each other. There were countless avenues or rather aisles, like those of a church, the pale grey stems being the columns, which, as the sun feE on them, glistened » Vol. 1., p. 203. t Voyages and Travels, p. 173. in parts like silver ; and here and there were little recesses Eke chapels, where the roots from tbe boughs formed them selves into deHcate clustering piEars, up and down which Httle squirrels were chasing each other, while large monkeys were jumping from bough to bough, the branches cracking and creaking as if both they and the monkeys would fall on my head." Wii is a spot much famed in Hindd legend. Here, accord ing to old tradition, the Pahdus spent part of their banishment, and performed many wonderful works. On this ac count, as because of its proximity to the Krishni river so near its source, Wii is viewed as a place of great sanctity ; and there is a coEege of brahmans estabHshed at it, once in much repute. The road from Wii to Mahibaleshwar has lately been cleared and improved. The Til Ghit, so far from being, as before, so rough and sHp- pery as to be perfectly dangerous, may now be driven down or up the whole way. The distance from the top of the Ghit to Malcolm Penth is nearly ten mEes. {k) Mahibaleshwar Sills. — Sotels. — On reaching the HiEs, the traveEer may either proceed to the house of a friend, or to the Sanatarium, where he can engage rooms beforehand. There is also a fair hotel near the church and Ebrary that can be recommended to Europeans. Some officers live in tents, which can be hired on the spot, and, thatched over, are very comfortable ; but this, to the mere pleasure tourist, would involve greater expense, and be less convenient than a house. Having located himself he may study the foEowing description of the HiEs, with a view to his guidance during his residence there. The table land on which stands the vElage of Mahibaleshwar is a very elevated por tion of the great western range of Ghits, forming some of the highest ground, it is believed, between the Nilgiris and the Himilayah mountains. The viEage lies in lat. 17° 59' N. and long. 73° 30' E., and is about 40 mEes distant from the western sea coast. Mahibaleshwar is placed in rather a remote corner of the tableland, at a distance of more Bombay. ROUTE 3. THE MAHABALESHWAR HILLS. 335 than 3 miles from the station to which it originally gave name, and from Mal colm Penth, the flourishing village which has now with more propriety succeeded to the distinction of head quarters. Immediately on the E. of the station rises a rocky plateau to the height of about 200 ft ; and this, which is the highest point of the range, has been found by careful and repeated measurements to be upwards of 4,700 ft. above the level of the sea. The table land, though in most parts of no great breadth, is yet of very considerable ex tent. Taking Malcolm Pehth as a cen tre, it stretches with little apparent declination about 15 mEes E. towards Wii ; another branch extends about 7 miles S. E., in the direction of Sitiri ; westward, to the top of the Ghit, lead ing to the Konkan, is a distance of 2 miles, and to the N.N.W. the level is prolonged for nearly 6 miles by the magnificent promontory of Elphinstone point. Such are the wide-spread out lines of this elevated tract of country : its lesser features wEl be better traced when we come to speak of the numerous roads which are rapidly branching in all directions over its whole extent. The soil of this tract is generaUy rather scanty, and composed of red iron clay and sand, with a smaE proportion of vegetable matter ; but in many parts a more productive brown mould is met with, of very considerable depth, and every way adapted to agricultural purposes. A large extent of surface, however, is occupied by tabular and detached masses of black rock, the in durated iron clay, or laterite of some geologists, which here overlies the ba salt and other members of the secondary trap famEy, that prevail throughout the adjacent country. This rock is ex tremely ceEular, and before exposure to the action of the atmosphere, of a soft consistence, and of a yeEowish red tint. Under exposure, it graduaEy darkens in color, hardens and proves a very durable material for build ing, a purpose for which the ease with which the stone is wrought, in its original soft state, renders it pecuEarly well fitted. In some situations it is found nearly white, a clay stone without perceptible admixture of iron, while in others the metal is so preponderant as to constitute an ore sufficiently rich to be smelted by the rude process of the natives, and yields a considerable return. The geographical position of the Western Range secures to it a redundant supply of moisture during the S.W. monsoon, and has rendered it a fruitful parent of the rivers that fertilize the peninsula. To the site of the temple of Mahi Deo, at Mahiba leshwar, brihmans assign the honor of giving birth to the Krishni* and four other streams of less note, besides a fabulous periodical visitant. Of this numerous progeny, the five that come within the sphere of profane eyes are the Krishni, the Koini, and the Yeni, which take their course to the Dakhan, and the Sawitri and Giwitri, which, faEing down the western face of the Ghit, unite with other neighbouring streams to form the river, at the mouth of which stands Bankot, or Fort Vic toria. Of the two minor rivers run ning to the Dakhan, one is lost in the Krishni at Maoli, near Sitiri, and the other at Karir, 60 miles to the S. The real sources and feeders of these rivers are of course to be sought in the numerous ravines and rocky dells that intersect the tableland in various direc tions, and in most of which are found, at all seasons, a streamlet of the purest water, pursuing its devious way through the huge rugged blocks that obstruct its passage. In this way a supply of excel lent water is everywhere procurable, within an easy distance, though none meets the eye m the landscape, out that of the Yeni, which, in its gentle wind ing course towards its final faE into the Dakhan, forms many picturesque Httle cascades and pools, skirted by their na tive wiUows. Although the axe of the charcoal burner has in some places bared the hiEs of wood, Mahibaleshwar is weE covered with trees. By far the most common tree is the Jdmbul, the * The Krishna is considered as the Deity Krishnah in a female form, and is often spoken of as Krishna Baf, " the Lady Krishna." 336 ROUTE 3. THE MAHABALESHWAR HILLS. Sect. I. Eugenia Jambos of botanists. Its lux uriant foliage is of a dazzling green, and in its form and distribution it is equally picturesque. Tbe wiEow is identical with that of Europe and abounds by the side of the numerous rivulets. Among flowering shrubs, of which there is a great profusion, the most remarkable is the Anjuni, or iron- wood, the Memecylon tinctorium, with beautiful purple flowers clustering round the smaller branches. There are also several species of jasmin. The fern and arrow-root plants cover the face of the ground during the greater part of the year. Several individuals of the fern tribe grow here with great luxuri ance ; but are rivaled in vigor of growth by a flag-leafed plant, a species of Cur cuma, from the root of which an ex- ceEent arrow-root is prepared. During the rains the broad green leaves of this plant, interspersed with its tall flowering stems, bearing white, pink, or yeEow blossoms, completely overspread the surface of the earth. The ferns next predominate, and soon after a crotolaria resembling the yellow broom, but ex celling it in the size and beauty of its flowers, becomes conspicuous. After their decline, various parasitical plants begin to develop their delicate blossoms in singular profusion, and at the same time a multitude of bullous -rooted flowers spring up and prolong the series. The annual mean temperature of the station is 65|° Fahrenheit, than which no temperature is more suited to the development and preservation of the human frame, or its restoration to health. For nine months, from June to February inclusive, so equable is the climate, that the mean heat of any month does not differ 4°, and for more than half the time not 2° from the annual mean; whilst the mean of the hottest montb only exceeds it by 7j°. The average daily range of the ther mometer, in the open air, throughout the year, is only 8° ; and in a house but 4" or 5°. The extreme Emits of the thermometrical range in the open air are 87° and 45°. The season for visiting the HEls opens in the beginning of October ; the period at which, of aE others, the transition from the low country can be made with the greatest advantage to tbe convalescent. The atmosphere is at this time stEl very moist, but clear and fair in general during the day, with frequent gentle showers falling in the evenings. By these, and the prevaEing light E. winds, the air is delightfuEy cooled, the mean temperature ranging below 66°, with a daily variation of only 7° in the open air. Yet the difference of temperature which the new-comer experiences be tween the hEl and low country, though equal to 20° at noon-day, is even less striking than the change from the sultry closeness below to the in vigorating elastic freshness of the moun tain air. November brings a drier and colder climate, a more uniformly clear sky, and stronger E. winds, and the cold season extends from the middle of this month to the end of February. During this period, the weather is almost always clear, serene and fair, with gentle winds, chiefly from the E. ; but, as the season advances, increasingly from the W. and N.W., constituting a faint sea breeze. The mean temperature averages 62J°, and the greatest cold in the open air is about 45°. Throughout the day the temperature is mEd and genial, with somewhat of an autum nal sharpness in the nights and mornings. Hoar frost may occasion ally be seen in situations favorable to its production. But the stiEness of the weather, and the nights especiaEy, of this season is very favorable to the preservation of a comfortable tempera ture within doors, even without fires, the thermometer so placed ranging be tween 58° and 66°. A fire-place wiE always be found, however, a desirable adjunct to houses at the hEls. The warm season commences with March, and lasts tiE the beginning of June. Its mean temperature may be taken at 71°, with a daUy range of 9°. The mean of the hottest month is less than 73°, and at the hottest time of day but 76°. Any transient feeling of heat is soon reheved by the strong sea breeze, which now sets in daily, and blows fresh, cool and moist, from the N.W., Bombay. ROUTE 3. THE MAHABALESHWAR HILLS. 337 increasing in strength with the heat of the season. From the end of April squalls and thunder-storms are not un usual ; and in May the atmosphere be comes moister, and clouds and mist hang over the hills in the nights and morn ings. In the beginning of June the mon soon sets steadily in, and to this period visitors may, in general, prolong their stay. While the S.W. monsoon pre vails, fog and heavy rain envelope this exposed face of tbe mountains ; but to the E. the table-land enjoys a less trying climate. The winds are high and stormy in the early part of the sea son, but gradually abate as tbe rains cease ; and in September the sky begins to clear, and calms and variable winds, with passing showers, usher in again the desirable weather of October. The range of the thermometer during the rains does not exceed 2J° in the open air, day and night ; and the mean tempera ture is about 63|°. The total faE of rain is from 200 to220in. The elevation and geographical position of this table-land, which bestow on it so delightful a cli mate, place it also beyond the sphere of malaria. The station, accordingly, is entirely free from endemical disease, even during the excessive and continued moisture of the rainy season, nor are fevers known on its cessation, or at any other period. No case of cholera has ever occurred. Tbe discoverer and first visitor of tbe Mahibaleshwar Hills, for change of cH- mate, was Lt.-Col., now General, P. Lodwick, who, being stationed with his regiment at Sitiri during the hot sea son of 1824, determined on exploring these mountains. He was the very first European who ever set foot on the now celebrated promontory of Sidney Point, and after him it should, in justice, have been named. He made his way, with a walking-stick in his hand, through the dense and tigerish jungle, to the edge of that grand precipice, without any en counter with the wild beasts that then infested the place in numbers ; but a day or two after his dog, when close to him, was carried off by a tiger. To him also belongs the merit of first bringing the subject before the public through tbe medium of tbe newspapers. He was followed by Colonel, now General, Briggs, Resident of Sitiri, who in 1826 built a cottage, and prevailed on the Riji to construct an excellent car riage road from his capital to the present station. Little further was done, till Sir J. Malcolm, Governor of Bombay, zealously took up the matter, estabHshed an experimental convalescent hospital for European soldiers, and by bis personal residence at the Hills in the hot season of 1828, attracted a crowd of visitors. In the same season, Colonel Robertson, the successor of Colonel Briggs, built a house at the station. In November, 1828, Sir J. Malcolm returned to the Hills, bringing with him Dr. Williamson, specially appointed to the duty of reporting on the climate, and the fitness of the locality for a sanatarium, who died not long after wards. Sites were now selected for some public buildings; the Governor's residence on Mount Charlotte, called after Lady Malcolm, was commenced ; and a proclamation was soon afterwards issued by the Riji of Sitiri, inviting settlers to his newly-founded village of Malcolm Penth, or " Malcolm-ville." His Highness also undertook to con tinue the high road onward over the hill and down the Rartohdya* or Ro tunda Ghit to the boundary of the Bri tish territory in the Konkan, from which point the English Government agreed to construct a similar road down the Parf Ghit, through Mahir to Das- gioh, the most convenient harbor on the Bankot river. These works were completed in 1830. Next season Parsi shopkeepers made their appearance, and Government employed a number of Chinese convicts in cultivating an ex tensive garden, whence suppEes of the finest vegetables, especially potatoes, were speedily drawn. These convicts, about 12 in number, came from tbe * The orthography of this word is uncertain . It may, perhaps, be an English word, but no dependence whatever can he placed on An glican spelling of Indian words. If a Maratha word, it may be used with reference to the steepueBS of the ascent, as we might say in English, " Whimper hill." t Pdr signifies "limit ;" also " beyond." 15 338 ROUTE 3. — MAHABALESHWAR HILLS PRINCIPAL GHATS. Sect. I. English settlements to the E., and after working out their time in chains, re mained at tbe place, married and im proved their condition, with the pro verbial frugality and industry of their race. A public subscription was now raised to make bridle roads to the most picturesque points, and in a few years the station reached the flourishing con dition which is now to be described. Principal Ghats. — The roads from the low country are three — 1st, that from Wii, already in part described, leading up the Tii Ghit, and entering the Hills from the E. ; 2nd, that in the directly opposite quarter leading from Bombay up the Pir Ghit on the W. ; and 3rd, the Sitiri road from the S.E., which ascends the Kurulshi Ghit. The road from Wii, after surmounting the Tii Ghit, enters a valley formed by heights of very varied form, among which the most remarkable are tbe striking, crowned summit of Mount Olympia on the right hand, and the bold rocky promontory of Kate's Point, with its natural tunnel, on the left. Both these heights are named from Sir J. Malcolm's daughters. Kate's Point commands a magnificent view of the valley of Wii, and is about 8 mEes from Malcolm Pehth. Thetraveller now comes to a high ridge, and crossing that, enters a hollow, tbe scenery of which is very attractive. His road passes for some distance by the side of the Yeni, and, crossing that river, enters Amelia Vale, called from another daugh ter of Sir J. Malcolm. The FaEs of the Yeni are situate in the vaEey of that name, on the left of the road from the Tii Ghit, and are reached by a by path from a point on the Sitiri road into the station. The stream is here precipitated over the face of a steep cUff with a sheer descent of 600 ft., un broken when the torrent is swollen by rain, but ordinarily divided by projecting rocks about one-third of the way down, and scattered below into thin white streaks and spray, which are often circled by rainbows from the oblique rays of the sun. The headlong rush and roar of the falling river ; the many other streams Ening with silver the steep dark sides of the chasm, as they hasten to join tbe foaming torrent. which far below is dashing on through masses of rock ; the grandeur of the scenery, now wreathed in floating mists, now bright in sunshine — com bine to form a scene of the most absorb ing beauty. From this point the road winds along the top of the cliff, crosses the river (now flowing through over hanging woods and rocks) above the waterfaE, ascends to a sweetly-situated village on the opposite bank, where the dog-rose is found growing wEd, and enters a closely-wooded avenue, skirted by a most picturesque forest dingle. Thence it opens on smooth green meadows and luxuriant willows, through which the Yeni is again seen sluggishly winding. The whole distance from the top of the Tii Ghit to Malcolm Pehth is about 9 miles. On tbe right of the road, and on the way to Elphinstone Point, is the ancient vElage of Mahi baleshwar. It is a small place, but of great sanctity in tbe eyes of the Hindus as being the spot where the Krishni and four other rivers have their source. There are several temples, one very old, of black stone, said to have been buEt by a Gawli Riji.* Another, built by the same chief, and caEed Koteshwar, commands a grand view over the Wii vaEey. The principal temple, however, is caEed Mahibaleshwar. This stands close under a hill, where there is the stone image of a cow, from whose mouth the five rivers are said to spring. These rivers fill a tank, round which is a raised walk, and near it are several recesses, where various saints, famous in Hindu legends, are supposed to have their retreat. No European is aEowed to enter this holy place. At the temple they show a bed, which the priests assert is visited by the god Krishnah every night. At a certain hour they ring a bell, and then the deity, though in visible to mortal eye, enters the bed and rests tiE morning. The wretched garni ture and stifling atmosphere of the room, however, dispel aE classic recoEections, and prevent any comparisons with the * The Gawlls are herdsmen, and are thought by some to be an aboriginal race. An account of them will be found in Lady Falkland's Cliow-chow, vol. i., p. 154. Bombay. ROUTE 3. ELPHINSTONE POINT THE STATION. 339 superstitions of old Babylon recorded by Herodotus. The Hindu legend about the place is related by Lady Falkland,* and is simply that two demons, named Antebali and Mahibali, were destroyed here by Mahideo, and the younger, Mahibali, obtained, as his dying request, that rivers should spring from the bodies of the slain. Three of these temples were rebuilt, about a century ago, by Parshurim Niriyan Angal, a wealthy banker of Sitiri. Tbe sixth temple, caEed Kudreshwar, was buEt about 75 years ago by Ahilyi Bii, Rani of Indtir. Elphinstone Point. — Another of the sights of the Hills, situated to the E., is Elphinstone Point, the grandest of aE the precipitous scarps which front the low country. This is about 6 m. to the E. of the Wii road. There is a sheer descent of above 2000 ft., though not so steep at the summit but that wild bison have been seen to gallop down some part. A rock rolled from the top thunders down and crashes into the forests below with a noise and commotion which is really grand to witness, and it is a common amusement of visitors to throw over huge masses. The view extends to the mountains, among which is the bill-fort of Torna, over an apparently uninhabited jungle. To the right of the Point is " Arthur's Seat," another fine view" which must by no means be omitted. The distance from Malcolm Pehth is about 10 miles. The Station. — Tbe Sitiri road leads from S.E. to N.W. directly through the Station. From tbe top of the Kurdish! Ghit there is a fine view as far as Sitiri, the hiE-fort of which closes the vista at the distance of some 20 miles. Hence the road commands successively the valleys of the Koini and of the Yeni, and, crosses the central ridge under a remarkable flat-topped height, named by Sir J. Malcolm, Mount Minny, which looks like a great battery placed to obstruct the passage. As the station is entered, Mount Charlotte, the highest point, lies to the left ; and also Bohemia, where Mr. W. Newnham was the first to buEd a residence. Below Bohemia, in a. deE, is the Chinese garden; and, more to the left, a pro- * Chow-chow, vol, i., p. 162. found and precipitous valley, overlooked by what is caEed Babington'sPoint. Pro ceeding along the central road of the station, the monument to Sir Sidney Beckwith, who died here Commander- in-Chief in 1830, is passed on the left. It is a plain obelisk, and was erected by the public subscription of about 3,000 rupees. The subscribers put up an in scription, which not thoroughly satis fying Lady Beckwith, she sent out another on a marble tablet. Such, however, is the action of the weather on marble in India that this latter in scription was completely defaced and illegible so soon as 1843, while the original inscription remains uninjured to this date. It was from this hero that Sidney Point has its name. He was among the most renowned leaders of the Peninsular war, and has a prouder epitaph in the splendid narrative of his deeds in Napier's History. Eastward and onward from the obelisk, at a little distance, is the church, which Lady Falkland compares to "a small, fancy dairy with verandahs." Beyond this is the library, and close by the hotel. About a quarter of a mile beyond this are the new barracks, and half a mile further the old sanatarium, to the right of which a road leads to a magnificent tank, formed by damming up a valley. This admirable work was projected by Col. P. Lodwick, and afterwards carried out by his successor. A fine tigress was shot here by Lieut. Hughes, of the 4th Rifles, on the 7th of February, 1842, after she had killed two cows. Another quarter of a mile and a road turns off to the right or N.E. to Elphinstone Point, to reach which the viEage of Mahibaleshwar is passed. A second branch-road to the right leads to Sidney Point, and passes a pretty bangli with a fine view, called " The Eagle's Nest," at present belonging to Mr. Lestock Reid, of the Civil Service, while one on the left leads to Scandal Point, other wise called Bombay Point, the fashion able drive, whence, in the far distance, is seen the hill and fort of Makrangarh. Before reaching this turning is the burial ground on the left hand. It is a quiet secluded spot, weE fitted for the 340 ROUTE 3. MAHABALESHWAR HILLS — PRATAPGARH. Sect. I. last resting place. Here, among others, is buried Lieut. Hinds, of the 4th Dragoons, who was killed near these hills by a bison. He was a fine athletic man, upwards of 6 ft. high, but was borne some distance on the horn of the infuriated beast, who dashed on with him as though he were a feather. Here is also buried Dr. Hennel, some time Master of the Mint at Bombay, and a truly scientific man. The Bombay Geo graphical Society was founded mainly through his influence, and owed much to his exertions. He died on the 6th of March, 1842. Major Miller's tomb may also be remarked. It is an urn on a pillar of grey stone, rather neatly executed. Beyond the cemetery, on the left of the road, is Sir Jamshidji Jiji- bhii's house, and on the right a circular walk round a hilly rise, called " Murray's Folly." The main road continues on ward to the Par Ghit, whence magnifi cent views are obtainable of Pratipgarb, which towers aloft in solitary grandeur, and which is seen from many other points, as from Sidney and Elphinstone. (kk) Pratdpgarh. — Some of the most picturesque scenes near the HiEs have been already indicated, but there is not one which, for historic recollections or natural beauty, is so deserving of a visit as Pratipgarh. The distance from Mal colm Pehth is caEed by the natives three kos or six miles, and the direct distance may indeed be that, but by the Pir Ghit it is over thirteen. The road, however, presents magnificent views at every turn. The traveEer may ride the whole way into the fort, but the en trance is very rugged aud steep. From the walls are seen to the S.E. Sidney Point and Elphinstone Point and the Marrf Mahal, as the Mahibaleshwar Hills are called by the natives. Beyond Elphinstone Point towers Raieshwar, a cluster of black and abrupt precipices which no human foot has ever trod. To the N. rise the majestic Torna and Rijgarh, and in the far distance Rai- garh. On the S. is Makrangarh or Dhibar, to use the native name. On the W. the creek of Mahir and Polid- pvir, are distinctly visible. In the fort are two temples to Bhavini and Mahi- deo, and several tanks for rain water. The old tower under which Sivaji, in Oct. 1659, buried the head of Afzal Khan, the Bijapiir general, is crumbling to decay, and is overgrown with weeds. This celebrated exploit, the murder of Afzal Khan, laid the foundation of Sivaji's greatness and is thus admirably described by Grant Duff*: — " Sivaji provided ac commodation for the envoy and his suite, but assigned a place for the brihman at some distance from the rest. In the middle of the night Sivaji secretly in troduced himself to Pahtoji Gopinith. He addressed him as a brihman, his superior. He represented that ' all he had done was for the sake of Hindus and the Hindu faith ; that he was called on by Bhawini herself, to protect brah mans and kine, to punish the violators of their temples and their gods, and to resist the enemies of their religion ; that it became him as a brihman to assist in what was already declared by the deity ; and that here amongst his caste and coun trymen he should hereafter live in com fort and affluence.' Sivaji seconded his arguments with presents, and a solemn promise of bestowing the viEage of Hewra in In'im on him and his pos^ terity for ever. No brihman could resist such an appeal, seconded by such temptation ; the envoy swore fidehty to Sivaji, declared he was his for ever, and caEed on the god to punish him if he swerved from any task he might im pose. They accordingly consulted on the fittest means for averting the present danger. The brihman, fuEy acquainted with Afzal Khin's character, suggested the practicability of seducing him to a conference, and Sivaji at once deter mined on his scheme. He sent for a confidential brihman, already men tioned, Krishnaji Bhiskar, informed him of wbat had just passed, and of the resolution which he had, in con sequence, adopted. After fuEy con sulting on the subject, they separated as secretly as tbey had met. " Someinterviews and discussions hav ing taken place, merely for the purpose of masking their design, Krishnaji Bhiskar, as Sivaji's vakil, was despatched with * Vol. i. page 169, Bombay. route 3. — mahabaleshwar hills — pratapgarh. 341 Pahtoji Gopinith, to the camp of Afzal Khin. The latter represented Sivaji as in great alarm ; but if his fears could he overcome by the personal assurances of the Khin, he was convinced that he might easEy be prevailed upon to give himself up. With a bEnd confidence, Afzal Khin trusted himself to Pahtoji' s guidance. An interview was agreed upon, and the Bijaphr troops with great labor moved to Jioli. Sivaji prepared a place for tbe meeting, below the fort of Pratipgarh ; he cut down the jungle and cleared a road for the Khin's ap proach ; but every other avenue to the place was carefully closed. He ordered up Moro Pant and Netaji Pilkar from the Konkan, with many thousands of the Miwali infantry. He communicated his whole plan to these two, and to Tinaji Malusre. Netaji was stationed iu the thickets a little to the E. of the fort, where it was expected that a part of the Khin's retinue would advance, and Moro Trimmal, with the old and tried men, was sent to conceal himself in the neighbourhood of the main body of the Bijapur troops, which remained, as had been agreed upon, in the neigh bourhood of Jioli. The preconcerted signal for Netaji was the blast of a horn, and the distant attack, by Moro Trim mal, was to commence on hearing the fire of 5 guns from Pratipgarh, which were also to announce Sivaji's safety. 1,500 of Afzal Khin's troops accompa nied him to within a few hundred yards of Pratipgarh, where, for fear of alarm ing Sivaji, they were, at Pahtoji Gopf- nith's suggestion, desired to halt. Afzal Khin, dressed in a thin muslin garment, armed only with his sword, and at tended, as had been agreed, by a single armed follower, advanced in bis pilki to an open bangli prepared for the occasion. " Sivaji had made preparations for his purpose, not as if conscious that he meditated a criminal and treacherous deed, but as if resolved on some meri torious, though desperate, action. Hav ing performed his ablutions with much earnestness, he laid his head at his mother's feet and besought her blessing. He then arose, put on a steel chain cap and chain armour under his turban and cotton gown, concealed a crooked dagger, or bichwd, in his right sleeve, and on the fingers of his left hand he fixed a wdghnakh, a treacherous weapon, well known among Marithas. Thus ac coutred, he slowly descended the fort. The Khin had arrived at the place of meeting before him, and was expressing his impatience at the delay, when Sivaji was seen advancing, apparently un armed ; and, like the Khin, attended by only one armed foEower, his tried friend Tinaji Milusre. Sivaji, in view of Afzal Khin, frequently stopped, which was represented as the effects of alarm, a supposition more likely to be admitted from his diminutive size. Under pretence of assuring Sivaji, the armed attendant, by tbe contrivance of the brihman, stood at a few paces dis tant. Afzal Khin made no objection to Sivaji's foEower, although he carried two swords in his waistband, — a cir cumstance which might pass unnoticed, being common amongst Marithas ; he advanced two or three paces to meet Sivaji ; they were introduced, and, in the midst of the customary embrace, the treacherous Maritha struck tbe wdghnakh into the bowels of Afzal Khin, who quickly disengaged himself, clapped his band on his sword, exclaim ing, ' Treachery and murder !' But Sivaji instantly foEowed up the blow with his dagger. The Khin had drawn his sword, and made a cut at Sivaji, but the concealed armour was proof against the blow ; the whole was the work of a moment, and Sivaji was wresting the weapon from the hand of his victim before their attendants could run towards them. Saiyid Bandu, the follower of the Khin, whose name deserves to be recorded, refused his life on condition of surrender ; and, against two such swordsmen as Sivaji and his companion, maintained an unequal combat for some time before he fell. The bearers had lifted the Khin into his pilki during the scuffle ; but, by the time if was over, Khandu Malle, and some other followers of Sivaji, had come up, when they cut off the head of the dying man, and carried it to Pratipgarh. The signals agreed on were now made; the Mi. 342 ROUTE 3. MAHABALESHWAR HILLS MAKRANGARH. Sect. I, walls rushed from their concealment, and beset the nearest part of the Bi- japtir troops on all sides, few of whom had time to mount their horses, or stand to their arms. Netaji Pilkar gave no quarter ; but orders were sent to Moro Pant to spare all who submitted; and Sivaji's humanity to his prisoners was conspicuous on this as well as on most occasions. This success among a people who cared little for the means by which it was attained, greatly raised the repu tation of Sivaji ; and the immediate fruits of it were 4,000 horses, several elephants, a number of camels, a con siderable treasure, and tbe whole train of equipment which had been sent against him." Darra, — The sportsman will find ex cellent shikaris or native huntsmen at the HiEs waiting to be employed, and many places all round where he may ply his rifle and gun. Jungle fowl and spur fowl are to be had in most directions, and there is always a chance of coming upon a panther, a chitd, a bear, or a tiger. Bison, once numerous on the hEls, are now only to be found at considerable distances, and are excessively shy. For a first attempt, the visitor in search of game may descend between Sidney and Elphinstone Points to the village of Darra, which is situated about 2,000 ft. down. The descent is rather fatiguing on account of the long grass, low jun gle, and broken masses of rocks, where snakes are plentiful. Besides tbe cobra and rock snake, there are great numbers of a most deadly little snake, called by the natives phursen, the Kaju Tati of Russell. It is requisite, therefore, to be careful, though no European has yet been killed by the bite of these reptiles. Instances, however, of deaths among the natives owing to the bites of snakes are not uncommon. Enormous mon keys inhabit the trees which clothe the sides of the mountains, and there are a few peacocks, which two kinds of animals are said to be always in spots where the tiger is found. The mon keys, by their cries and excitement, will generally make known the where abouts of the monster. After reaching Darra there is a path beside a clear stream to another village, and thence the return may be made up Sidney Point. As the cHmber advances, the ascent grows more steep, until near the top there is a sheet of grass without any jungle, so extremely slippery, that it is almost impossible to cross it with unspiked shoes, next to which bare feet are safest. To those who are accus tomed to climb mountains, the ascent wiE be very enjoyable, commanding as it does the most magnificent scenery on either side. To persons subject to gid diness this path can hardly be recom mended, as a slip might carry them down many hundred feet into the forests below. After passing the grass, a narrow path about three feet broad is reached, which winds along under Sidney Point on the brink of a tremendous precipice, and at last leads to tbe road. So great is the height that if the visitor has nerve to look down he will see the most gigantic trees dwarfed to tiny shrubs. Indeed the forest looks almost like a carpet of moss. Makrangarh. — Another place where game is to be found is the forest near Makrangarh. A ride of about 13 miles leads through beautiful scenery to the village of Dewli, where the sportsman may halt iu an old temple, under some of the tallest trees to be found in these parts. In the early morning the jungle fowl and partridges wiE be heard crying in all directions on the road hither, from the HEls' side ; while as evening comes on, shouts may be occasionally heard from the herdsmen calling to one another to be on the look out, as some one among them has from the moun tain top descried a prowling tiger near the herds. A fine river flows through the valleys in this direction, and tbe jungles are adorned with magnificent timber. Bears and chiial, tbe spotted antelope, arc obtainable here, and occa sionally tigers; but the jungle is so thick that it is exceedingly difficult to follow up or secure a wounded animal. Besides these, there are many other places to which the experienced shikdri will conduct the sportsman, and even on the bills themselves he may shoot tigers and panthers if he is content to sit up Bombay. ROUTE 4. BOMBAY TO PANDHAEPUR. 343 in a tree with a goat tied as bait at the foot of it. The road down to Pir is not inferior, perhaps, to any other from the HiEs in beauty. {I) Par. — There isagoodbizirand tra veller's bangli at Pir, which is a -village with many temples, in a dell at the sum mit of the Ghit which bears its name. To the right, at 2 m. distance, is the fort of Pratipgarh, already described, and which the traveEer coming from Bombay may visit from this place be fore proceeding to Mahibaleshwar. The Pir Ghit is exceedingly steep, in some parts almost perpendicular. The j ourney up it from Poladpur is usuaEy made in a pilki, and the traveller will do well to recollect that he must here reverse his position' of feet foremost, and be carried up with his head in the ascend ant, unless he would wish to experience inconvenience similar to that of be ing suspended by the heels for more than an hour. Polidpur is also a good halting place, and near this is the tomb of the Rev. Donald Mitchell, the first Missionary of the Scottish Missionary Society to India, who chose Bankot for the scene of his labors. (See Oriental Christian Spectator for 1840, p. 66.) (m) Mahdr or Mdhdd is hot and un healthy, and has a most unenviable reputation for cholera. The only induce ment to stop at the spot is the circum stance of there being two caves about a mile from the town, and close to the ford of the river, on the right hand of the road which leads by Indrapur to Bom bay. They are small and very rudely executed, but contain two inscriptions, fac-similcs of which will be found in Bird's Caves of Western India. The first inscription refers to the Datha datu, or "tooth-relic," given at the funeral pile of Bhagava (Buddha). One of these caves contains a dahgopa. There are said to be caves in the adjoining Ghits also, which form the limit of what is called the Pant Sachiva's territory. These, however, have not been explored, and the traveller who would ascertain their existence and describe them would be serving the cause of archaeological research in India. Mahir is the place where the treaty, spoken of by Grant Duff, vol. iii., p. 142, was concluded in 1796 between Nini Famavis and Nizim 'Ali, by which Biji Rao was to be ele vated to the Peshwisbip on the death of Mahideo Rio. Hence to Bombay is 100 m. : by the Siwitri river 30 m., and thence 70 m. by sea, and this route is often adopted by travellers to the HiEs. The objections are the occasional stormi- ness of the passage and a dangerous bar at the mouth of the river, where some sad accidents have occurred, particularly one in which Mrs. Malet, wife of the present Member of Council of that name, was drowned with her child, and Mr. Malet was only saved by his native ser vant, who swam with him to shore. Bankot, at the mouth of tbe river, was one of Angria's strongholds, and was surrendered by that piratical chief to the English in October, 1755, as the fruit of Commodore James' successes, and Suwarnadurg (Severndroog) was at the same time given up by Angria to the Marithas. Fort Victoria is on the S. side of the entrance to the river, on a high barren hiE of red color. The bangli at Indrapur stands high, and is altogether prettily situated. At tbis place, therefore, rather than at Mahir or Nigathanah, it wiE be weE to halt. At Nigathanah there is an old bridge worth a visit; but the place is intensely hot, and the road to it is through a jungle, where tigers have several times been encountered. On one occasion Dr. Wilson beheld here an immense tiger drinking by the road side, and was almost upon it before he could check his horse. The passage down the creek of Nigathanah is gener ally accomplished by rowing, and from its mouth to the ApoEo Bandar at Bombay there is a sea voyage of two hours. ROUTE 4. From Bombay to Satara 193 m. 1 f by Punah, and Saswad (Sassoor), visiting Purandar, and thence to Pandhareur. 285 m. 4f. For particulars of this Route as far as Punah, see the preceding Route. 344 ROUTE 4. BOMBAY TO PANDHARPUR — SASWAD. Sect. 1. Military Authority. — FromPunah to Niri bridge : Officer commanding at Punah — Punah. Thence to Pahdhar- pvir : Officer Commanding at Sitiri — Sdtdrd. Civil Authority. — ¦ Collector at Punah — Piinah, to Niri bridge . Thence to Pahdharpur : Commissioner at Sa fari— Sdtdrd. PLACES. STAGES. M. F. M, F. Bombay to PU'NAH (see Route 3) 119 4 119 4 Cantonment Church at Punah to ChhotiKondwa 2 3 Ascend Bip Deo Ghat... 3 0 Summit of Ghit 1 7 Foot of Ghit .' 0 4 BHIWRI'...' 2 0 9 6 Bipgihw 1 6 Chimli 1 4 Hiwri 1 5 (a)SASWAD(SASSOOR) b. p.o. (hence visit Pu randar) 2 4 7 3 x Kari r 1 0 Siwra 3 6 {b) JlJURI', dh 5 0 9 6 x WiliKhihd 2 6 Dauhd 2 2 Wili 2 0 x Niri r. to NI'RA 7 2 14 2 Lenahd 5 4 x Salpa «.to Thambai... 2 4 SALPA 2 6 10 6 Ascend Silpa Ghit 0 2 Summit of Ghit .' 2 6 x 4 n. toDEUR 4 6 7 6 x Wasni r. to Pipuri ... 2 0 Warhl x Krishni r. by bridge 6 7 x Yeni r. by bridge at Wiri 2 7 (c) SATARA, canton ment, b 2 2 14 0 X Krishni r. at its junc tion with Koini r. to Cbbotf Mihuli 2 4 x smaE Ghit to Bari Mihuli .....' 0 5 Triputi 3 1 Lasurni 2 6 x 2 r. to Korigihw 1 0 KUMTA 2 6 12 6 Ascend Ghit 5 6 PLACES. STAGES. Ms F. M. F. Pass Wardahgarh fort, 1 mile to right 0 4 Pusagihw 3 0 Sinduwiri 3 0 NIDAL or NI'RDAL ... 3 2 15 4 Mahimin Fort, 1 mile to left 3 0 BariPihgli 4 3 BARA GUNDAULA ... 4 6 12 1 Chhoti Gundauli 2 2 x Min Gangi )• 10 6 MASWAR 10 14 0 DiilDeo 4 6 Ascend Kolwanti Ghit... 1 4 Summit of Ghit .'... 1 0 Foot of Ghit 2 0 PI'LIWA 3 2 12 4 Tahdulwiri 8 1 BHALAWNr 2 6 10 7 Kupri 5 3 Wikri 5 2 {d) PANDHARPUR, S. side 4 0 14 5 285 4 The road from Punah to Sitiri given above is one of the most beautiful in the Dakhan, and the sportsman and the tourist will find abundant gratification. The view from the top of the Bip Deo, " Father God," Ghit is very fine, and extends over the Miiti Muli plain, taking in the hiE forts of Sinhgarh and Torni. The traveEer is now 3,000 ft. above the sea, and, except in April and May, the temperature is at least so bearable as to give little inconvenience. {a) Sdswad {Sassoor). — The road to Siswad is lined with fine mango trees, planted by the Peshwis. Siswad is a large market town on the left bank of tbe Kari river. An old palace of the Peshwa's beyond the town and across the river, which, in the rainy season, is difficult to cross, is used as a kacheri or collector's office, and traveEer's bangli. The rooms are good, but low, and un furnished ; so that if there is an inten tion of halting at it to visit Purandar, it would be well to make interest with the civil officers of the district for some requisite articles, as a bed, table, and Bombay. route 4. — bombay to pandhaepur — purandar. 345 chair : and it is also necessary to ask permission to stay at the palace. There is fair quail shooting to be had in the neighbourhood of this town ; but for hog-hunting tbe sportsman must go to Pirgi'on or to Kamgi'oh, on the road from Punah to Sholipur, in the adjoin ing Bhimitadi district. In an island in the river as you cross to the bangli are some temples of black basalt. The Peshwi's palace still bears marks of English shot. As Purandar was a fa vorite residence of the Peshwis, the national spirit of the Marithas has always been strong in it, and the in habitants have not been backward in shewing their dislike to Europeans when they could do so with impunity. At this place the Amirs of Sindh were confined for some time. Though pri soners, they were permitted to amuse themselves with their favorite pursuit, shooting, and the hogs in the vicinity were much reduced in numbers by their battues. Purandar, or, according to Blacker, Punadar {Poorundhur of Thornton). — The biE-fort of Purandar is not more than 5 miles in direct distance from Siswad, and by the road it is an easy morning ride. The ascent is by a rough, steep path, but the traveller may ride up the whole way. According to Thornton, * who, however, merely tran scribes the words of Grant Duff ( vol. i. p. 207, note) the highest point of the mountain is upwards of 1,700 ft. from the plain immediately below, and 4,472 ft. above the sea. Another authority makes it 2,500 ft. above the plain, re ferring, probably, to a different part of tbe low country. It is certain, at least, that Purandar is the most elevated point of the ridge which runs from the W. Ghits and terminates at Jijuri. The climate is so fine that one may sleep even without a tent, and this fort has consequently just been made a conva lescent station for Europeans from Piinah. There are several tanks cut in the soEd rock in the forts, which are two, upper and lower, situated about 300 ft. below the summit. The view is * Gazetteer, s. v. Poorundhur. magnificent. It will be well for a stranger to get an introduction to some inhabitant of the many banglis, as there is no house for traveEcrs. Purandar was one of the first places occupied by Sivaji, having been acquired by him in 1647. The Kil'adir, dying in that year, left three sons, who chose Sivaji to be arbitrator of their disputes. That wfly chief entered the fort with a few attendants, and persuaded the two younger brothers to make the eldest a prisoner. Under the pretext of fur thering this design, he got them to admit a band of his Miwalis, and im mediately captured the fort for himseh'. In 1665 this fort was most gallantly defended for Sivaji by Biji Parbhu, who disputed every inch of ground with DEer Khin, tbe general of Aurangzib's army. At last a mine blew up one of the towers of the lower fort, and so shattered the rock, that the besiegers were enabled to effect a lodgment in the lower fort. But while the Afghans, who formed the storming party, were plundering, they were suddenly attacked by the garrison, and driven out of the fortifications, and thence headlong down the hiE. This success was stopped by the death of the Maritha leader, who was shot with an arrow by Diler Khin. After this the Mughuls succeeded in capturing Wajragarh, a small detached fort on the N.E. angle of Purandar hill, which commands a great part of the works. From this they kept up a can nonade for weeks, and at length the garrison would have evacuated the fort, but Sivaji made terms with the imperial general, and surrendered Purandar and with it 19 other forts, but only to re capture them again in 1670, when Pu randar was escaladed and reduced by the Marithas with little difficulty. In 1714, Yesu Bii, mother of the Pant Sachiva gave up Purandar to Balaji Wisbwanith, the founder of the Peshwi dynasty, as a place of refuge for his famUy, then residing in Siswad. " On the same pretence,* Balaji obtained a grant of it from Sihu (the Riji of Sitiri), by which concession, that • Grant Duff, vol. i. p. 137. 346 ROUTE 4. BOMBAY TO PANDHARPUR JIJURI. Sect. I. prince forged the first link in tbe chain which afterwards fettered his own power, and reduced his successors to empty pageants of brihman policy." On the 1st of March, 1776, a treaty of 18 ar ticles was signed here by Colonel Upton, agent for Warren Hastings, and Nini Farnavis, by which Salsette was to be retained by the English or exchanged for territory of £30,000 annual revenue, as the Governor-General might decide ; the revenue of Bharuch was ceded to the English, and £120,000 guaranteed to the Bombay Government in payment of expenses incurred, and the treaty between that Government and Raghubi Peshwi was formally annulled. On the 14th of March, 1818, Purandar was attacked by the English column under General Pritzler. The British troops had advanced by way of Jijuri, and at Siswad had bad some little trouble in capturing " a strong stone building * in which 200 Arabs, Sindbfs, and Hin dustanis had shut themselves up, with some small guns. The waEs were so substantial that six-pounders were found incapable of affecting them. Eighteen- polmders were then brought up ; but, though these also appeared to make as little impression on the walls, they had sufficient effect on the minds of the gar rison to induce their surrender at dis cretion." On the 14th a mortar bat tery opened, and on the 15th Wajra- farh f surrendered, and as it commanded 'drandar, the Kil'adir of the latter place was compelled to capitulate on the 16th. J The sportsman may occasionally find panthers and chitds in tbe bills round Purandar ; deer and sdmbar are also to be met with at no very great distance. {b) Jijuri. —This place is famous for a temple of considerable size, and built in a picturesque situation on the sum- ,mit of a hill, about 250 ft. high. The temple was built by Holkar, about , * Blackens Mardtlia War, p. 241. t This place is wrongly called Wuzeer Ghur by Blacker. ' % All the adjacent fortsl surrendered in tbe same easy way. In fact the only one which made anything like a defence was Wasota, where Cornets Hunter and Morrison were rescued, having been confined formany wteks in a dark dungeon, where they had never beheld the light of day. ¦ two centuries ago, and is dedicated to Khahdobi or Khahderiw (M. khand, a sword, and raw, king), an incarnation of Shiva, but dimly distinguished from Bhairava, a terrific form of the above- named deity. Tbe whole ascent of the hill is covered with piEars and gate ways set up by various votaries, and there are many stone images of animals, which are also the records of vows. The huge drum in the nakkdrah khdnah, or music room, at the top, is heard to a great distance round, and has a remark able effect, when, breaking the stillness of the night, it arrests the traveller's attention, and he beholds a huge mass of pillars and buildings faintly lit up by the moon or the light of torches. The revenues of the temple are apportioned thus* : — The Government has tbe offer ings of two months and 18 days, being the Saturdays, Sundays, and Mondays of Ashwin, the first six days of Mir- gashirsh, and the whole of Paush and Migh. Of the remaining months, the offerings of one half are given to certain Shudras employed in the service of the temple called Guravs, and the other half realized is apportioned equally between tbe Garshes and Virs. Ture and chure, garlands and bracelets, are also offered for tbe government throughout the year. It is estimated that there are from 125 to 150 girls attached to the temple, who lead an infamous life. Of those about 80 are present at tbe place, and the rest are scattered through the villages within 20 miles. These girls are formaEy mar ried to the god, and they, and the male servants of the temple, are continually recruited in the following way : — When a man or woman, being childless, is anxious for offspring, such a person vows that if a child be granted it shall be devoted to the god. Accordingly, whe ther male or female, it is, on its birth, made over to the care of the servants of the temple, and is brought up in habits of shameful profligacy. Among the noticeable things at this shrine is a long pole covered with red and blue cloth, and having a crown of peacock's feathers at the end ; . this is carried round on * Oriental Christian Spectator for 18S7, p. 204. Bombay, route 4. — bombay to pandharpur — satara — the port. 347 pilgrimage to other shrines, and is, as it were, the banner of Khahdobi. In the Nird Bridge the traveller will observe one of the best works of the kind, if not the best, ever constructed by tbe Marithas. {c) Sdtdrd. — The city of Sitiri has many historic recollections, and the station is one of the most salubrious and pleasant in the Dakhan. The town is situated in a hoEow between two ranges of hills, which rise above it on the E. and W., and partly overlap it on the S. also. The HiE on the W. is the termination of a spur, which runs down from the Mahibaleshwar Hills. It is called Yuteshwar, and there are some temples on the top with a colony of brahmans, aud also of the largest mon keys to be seen in these parts. These creatures run chattering up to a stranger in a menacing manner, and might, per haps, attack a single unarmed indi vidual ; but if threatened, they disappear over the face of the cliff, which is quite perpendicular and of great height. The monkeys manage, however, to scud along its brow, clinging to the underwood and bushes which grow along it. Tbe Ghit up Yuteshwar from Sitiri is very steep and paved with rugged stones, so that some care is required in riding up and down it. From tbe hEl to the city there is au aqueduct, a distance of 4 miles, and 2 fine tanks are passed be tween the palace and the foot of the hill. The Fort.— On the E. of the city is the hill on which is the fort. The fort is said to have been built by a Riji of Panala, who, as testified by a copper 'plate found at Sitiri,* reigned in a.d. 1192. By him, too, were erected the forts of Bairatgarh and Pihdugarh, near Wii, and Chandan and Wandan, near Sitiri, Long before the time of the 'Adil Shihi dynasty at Bijapur, the fort of Sitiri f was used as a state prison, and Sivaji, who captured it in 1673, after a siege of several months, unwittingly furnished for his descend ants a prison in which they were for * Grant Duff, vol. i., p. 28. Transactions of Bombay Lit. Society, vol. iii. t Grant Duff, vol. i., p. 260. years confined. In 1698, at the sug gestion of Rimchandar Pant, Sitiri was made the capital of the Maritha government. Next year Aurangzib, with a great army, arrived before the city. His own tents were pitched on the N. side of the fort, on the site of the present village of Karanji. 'Azim Shah was stationed at a village on the W. side, which has since retained the name of Shihpur, or "the Shih's town." Shirzi Khin invested the S. and Tar- biyat Khin occupied the E. quarter. Chains of posts between the different camps effectually secured the blockade. The fort occupies the summit of a hill, which is about 800 ft. high, and extends 1,100 yds. in length and 500 in breadth. The sides are very steep, and even the ascent from the city by a somewhat winding path on the W. is difficult. The defences consist of a scarp of up wards of 40 ft. in perpendicidar black rock, on the top of which is a stone wall. It was defended against Aurang zib by Pryigji Prabbvi, hawildar, who had been reared in the service of Sivajf. As soon as the Mughuls began to gaiii any part of the hiE, he withdrew his troops into the fort, and rolled down huge stones from the rock above, which did great execution, and, until cover could be thrown up, were as destructive as artfllery. The blockade, however, was complete, no communication could be held with the country, and as the small stock of grain in the garrison was soon exhausted, the besieged must have been compelled to surrender ; but Par- shurim Tiimbak, who had thrown him self into the fort of Pralf, purchased the connivance of 'Azim Shah, and con veyed stores to the besieged. The Mughul troops on the W. and S. faces erected batteries; but tbe grand attack was directed against the N.E. angle, which stands up like a tower, and is one of the strongest points, the rock being 42 ft. high, and the bastion on the top consisting of 25 ft. of masonry, making a total height of 67 ft. Tar- biyat Khin undertook to mine this angle, and at the end of 4| months had completed two mines. So confident were the Mughuls of success, that the 348 ROUTE 4. BOMBAY TO PANDHARPUR — SATARA PALACE. Sect. I. storming party was formed under the I brow of the hill. Aurangzib moved out in grand procession to view the attack, and the garrison, and among them Pryigji, attracted by the splendor of his retinue, crowded to the rampart. The first mine burst several fissures in the rock, and so violent was the con cussion, that a great part of the masonry was thrown inwards, and crushed many of the garrison to death. The storming party advanced with eagerness, and at that moment the second and larger mine burst outwards with a terrible explosion, and destroyed upwardsof 2,000 Mughuls. Pryigji was buried by the first explo sion close to a temple to Bhavini, but was dug out alive. This was regarded by the Marithas as a happy omen, and, animated by it, the garrison would have made a prolonged and desperate defence, but provisions fell short, and 'Azim Shih would""ho longer connive at their introduction. Proposals of surrender were, therefore, made through him, and the honor of the capture, which he so El-merited, was not only assigned to him, but tbe very name of the place, in com pliment to him, was changed by tbe Emperor to 'Azim Tiri. In 1705 the fort was retaken by the Marithas, through the artifice of a brihman named Anaji Pant. He in gratiated himself with the Mughuls under tbe character of a mendicant devotee, amusing them with stories and songs, and, being allowed to reside in the fort, introduced a body of Miwalis, and put every man of the garrison to tbe sword. To this place, on the sur render of TrichinipaEi (Trichinopoly) on the 26th of March, 1741, Chanda Sahib, the well-known aspirant to the Nawibship of the Karnitak, was brought a prisoner, and remained under surveil lance 7 years. In 1798 Rim Riji, son of Sivaji II., got possession of the fort, and collected troops with a view of re- faining his independence from the eshwi Biji Rio ; but his forces were surprised by Parshurim Bhiw, and driven out of the town in spite of the heroism of Yeloji Mohite and Lenaji Mohite, who charged singly into a host of enemies and were killed. After the rupture with Baji Rio, the English troops marched to Sitiri, which sur rendered, after Httle or no resistance, on the 10th of February, 1818, and Pratip Singh, eldest son of Sihu II., was instaEed as Riji. He held the principality 21 years, and was sent pri soner to Baniras in 1839, being suc ceeded by his brother, Api Sahib, on whose death, in 1848, the territory was annexed. The gate of the fort is on the W. side, and up to it, as has been said, a steep zig-zag path leads from the town. Continuing along the same side, near the further extremity is the old palace, in which are some curious and not very refined mythological pictures. On the opposite side from the palace is anotbei gate, not used. There are also 16 tem ples, of which 1 1 arc to Shiva and 5 to Bhavini, the especial patroness of Si vaji and his family. Panthers are occa- sionaEy seen, from the walls of the fort, basking on the rocks, a few score feet below the ramparts. The view from the fort is very beautiful, hiEs rising in every direction of varied form, and some of them crowned with old forts now crumbling to decay. Such are the hills of Chandan and Wandan on the W., and the lofty hiE of Amboli which, according to Hmdii legend, was a pebble that slipped from a moun tain which Hanumin was carrying to help in making a bridge from India to Lanki in Rami's war with Rivan. A wide plain extends to the N., opening out from the town and comprehending the cantonment on the W., the Resi dency with its fine garden on the E., and beyond, many gardens and groves. Through this plain runs a broad excel lent road, shaded by an avenue of trees to the Sangam, or junction of the rivers Krishni and Yeni at the beautiful vil lage of Mihuli. The Palace. — After satisfying himself with the scenery, the traveEer may pay a visit to the Palace, which lies on tbe S.W. side of the town. It is a very large, but not particularly tasteful, building. The apartment most worth seeing is the Jalmaridir, or " water pavilion," a place buEt on the model of Bombay. route 4. — bombay to pandharpur — mahuli. 349 the Residency, but surrounded by vines and cooled by numerous jets of water, being nearly encircled by a tank. The greatest curiosity to be seen here is, however, Sivaji's famous sword caEed Bhavini, which is now worshipped as a deity, and has a temple to itself. It is very long, the blade being 4 ft. and several inches, and quite straight, of good and well-poEshed steel, with two grooves running down it. According to Lady Falkland, vol. ii., p. 34, it is a genuine Andrea Ferrara. The handle is very small, too sniaE to admit the hand of a moderate-sized European; and there is a spike on the top of the handle for beating back an enemy, who might have got within the guard. It is marveEous how Sivaji, who is repre sented as a very slight small man, could have wielded so long and ponderous a weapon; yet with this sword he slew Afzal Khin, the Bijapur general (see Pratipgarh, p. 341). The wdghnakh, or "tiger's claws," which Sivaji plunged into Afzal Khin's stomach is also shown, and a smaEer sword, which once be longed to the Sihu Riji. The village of Mahuli (Mowlee). — This is the Scandal Point of the station, and is reached by a pleasant evening's drive or ride. On both sides of the river are several temples, and on the Sitiri side are some magnificent ban yan trees, inhabited by huge monkeys with grey beards. On a very high bank overlooking the stream, with a broad flight of steps to descend to it, are several temples. Of these, one is dedicated to Parshurim, the 6th incar nation of Vishnu, who is said to have performed austerities for many days at this spot. This temple is about 180 years old. Another is dedicated to the rivers, and a third to Rimeshwar. This last was built by a banker named Parshurim, who is said to have found a large cavity filled with treasure at Sitiri. There are also several hand some tombs to widows who have per formed sati here. The last sati took place on the 12th of August, 1836, the victim being an aged brihman woman. Lutfullah also, in his Autobiography, p. 221, refers to one. Not far from these tombs is one* to a black dog that saved the life of the Sihu Riji. This prince was very fond of hunting, and on one occasion a tiger was about to attack him, when a black greyhound by its barking drew his attention, and he kiEed the ferocious animal in the act to spring. There are many beautiful rides at Sitiri, and good sport to be had. Quail and floncan are plentiful in the neighboring villages, and foxes are very numerous. These are coursed with greyhounds, and afford excellent sport. Bears, panthers, and chitds may occa sionally be found. In 1836 a large bear came down to plunder the Residency garden, and slipped into the large weE there. When the gardener went to draw water he beheld the animal swim ming round and round, there being no possibility of its escape, and it was many hours before it sank. A mango tree in this garden is worth a visit, being a very fine specimen, and nearly 30 ft. in cir cumference. At a village a few miles off is a still larger tree of the same species, and nearly 40 feet round. Those who take an interest in old tra ditions will find Sitiri a good place for inquiry after such legends. There is one, and most probably founded on fact, that when the fort was erected the son and daughter of the principal Mahir in the place were buried aHve at the prin cipal entrance, which, as already noticed, is on the W., and may be known by two large fish, the ensigns of nobility, sculp tured upon it. These living sacrifices are part of the aboriginal worship of the country, and the legend tends to show that the Mahirs are no other than the aborigines, as, indeed, is beheved on many other accounts. During the Dasahri the Mahirs of Sitiri sacrifice a male buffalo at the temple of Bhavini, which stands at the N.E. angle of the fort where the mine, so fatal to the Mughul troops, was sprung. The animal is buffeted, wounded, and driven furiously about in the very way in which the Tudas (see p. 144) heat the buffalos they sacrifice at their funeral rites. In * Cltow-cfiow, vol. ii. p. 32. 350 ROUTE 5. BOMBAY TO DAMAN. Sect. I. this, then, there is an undoubted relic of most ancient aboriginal worship. The road from Sitiri to Pandharpur has been lately cleared and made. Sup plies are not very abundant, but the sportsman may always provide game for himself. {d) Pandharpur. — This is a town with a population of about 20,000 persons, situate on the very verge of the Sitiri and Sholipur Collectorates, and on the high roads from Punah to Bijapur, and from Sitiri to Sholipur. It is a place therefore of great importance owing to its situation. It is also one of the most sacred places in the W. of India in the eyes of the Hindvis, it being supposed to be tbe residence of Withoba, a sub ordinate incarnation of VUhnu, or rather Krishnah himself, who is supposed to have visited this city. The legend is told in More's Sindit Pantheon, and is briefly this -. — A brihman named Pah dali, on a pilgrimage to Baniras with his wife and parents, neglected the latter. Stopping at Pandharpur, he put up at the house of a brahman who was a pattern of filial piety. Here Pahdali was not only rebuked by the example of his host, but Gaugi, Yamuni, and Saraswati appeared to him in the shape of three beautiful ladies, who performed the household duties in this pattern family, and on his inquiring how they could so humiliate themselves, informed him that the gods delighted to honor those who honored their parents. Hereupon Pahdali abandoned all idea of bis pil grimage, and fixing himself at Pandhar pur, devoted himself so assiduously to his father and mother that Vishnu be came incarnate in him, and he took the name of Withobd, which is said to mean,* " receiver of the ignorant." The town is filled with a class of priests called Pujdris, who are bribmans, and whose business is to beat up for pilgrims, and to instruct the pilgrims in the proper mode of worship. These men reside in a street which runs round the principal temple, and which contains all the sub ordinate shrines. Their houses may be known by the number of stories, often * Molesworth's Mardlhi Dictionary. six or seven, a height very unusual in tbe Dakhan. They lodge the pilgrims without charge, but each disciple on leaving the towu is expected to make a present, which far exceeds the cost of his entertainment. His name is further recorded in a book or roll. By refer ence to their registers, which are most carefully kept, a Pujiri can tell at once whose hereditary guest a pilgrim is, and the allotment is most jealously looked to, and observed. The ceremonies are end less, but the principal one is the em bracing the image of Withobi, which is about 4 ft. high, of black basalt, and represents a man with his arms akimbo. It stands in a dark cell about 12 ft. square, and accessible by only one small doorway. Consequently, when 50,000 pilgrims are congregated, the difficulty of approaching the image is great. A Pujiri stands behind the idol to receive the offerings, and he is relieved every half hour, that being the utmost time a strong man can bear tbe heated and stifling atmosphere. Pandharpur was the scene of the infamous murder of Gangidhar Shistrl, the envoy of Fath Singh Gaekwid to the Peshwi Biji Rio . The Peshwi invited him to attend him on a pilgrimage to that place, and there, on the 14th of July, 1815, the Shastri was barbarously cut to pieces by assas sins hired by Trimbakji Dinglia, the Peshwi' s minister. An account of this affair, which was one of the principal causes of the rupture between the Peshwa and the English, will be found in Grant Duff's Sistory of the Mardthas,vo\. iii. p. 374. ROUTE 5. Bombay to Daman (Demaun). 125 Miles, 2\ Fur. (Part of the route from Bombay to Surat.) Military Authority — Officer Com manding at Bombay — Bombay, as far as Mihim Causeway. From Mihim Causeway to Diman : Officer Command ing Pvinah Division — Punah. Civil Authority. — To Nowapura, or S. suburb of Diman : Collector of Bombay. ROUTE 5. BOMBAY TO DAMAN DAMAN. 351 Thinah — Thdnah. Thence to Diman: Portuguese Governor — Daman. M. F. m. f. Bombay Cathedral to Parell 5 0 S. extremity of Mihim Causeway 3 4 N. extremity of do. and BANDORA 0 5 9 1 Kirigi'on 1 0 Pula<» 1 5 Andcri 2 6 Goragi'oh 2 1 MALLAR 16 9 2 Kishi 7 0i GHORABANDAR 17 8 74 x arm of the sea to laud ing place in Wasai (Bassein) t 5 0 WASAI (BASSEIN) city 10 6 0 x creek to SACHPA- RAH5 11 0 11 0 x several creeks to Agisi, dh 4 1 x in boat Waitarna Creek 2 3 . DANTURA 2 0 8 4 x creek to Dinda 7 4 x Dinda r. to Kilwi 0 5 x creek to Mahim, dh. ... 2 6 x creek to SI'RGAON... 4 3 15 2 Sitpatti 2 3 x Sitpatti Creek to Mu- rumb 0 5 Nandgi'on 2 2 Aliawari 1 3 Nowapiira 1 2 x Surni Miti Creek 0 5 x Dhir Creek to Papran 0 6 X Gioli Creek to Taripur 4 6 x creektoCHI'CHAN... 0 4 14 4 x creek to Bar 5 7 X SURI'r., 700 yds. wide, toDANU 3 4 9 3 x Kotamba or Wighnadi Creek to Chikli 5 3 x Badori Creek to Golwar 2 7 x.two creeks to Burdi ... 2 3 x Jai Creek and ». to Gowand 2 4 Dewarai 0 4 x n. to old Umargi'on... 2 2 UMARGA'ON 1 0 16 7 x r to Nargul 1 5 PLACES. STAGES. M. F. M. F. x Sarundi Creek 2 3 Muruli 3 3 x Creek to Fansa 3 4 x Mor Creek to Kalai ... 3 0 x Kalai r. to Jajpur 7 (a)NOWAPlTRA S. suburb of DAMAN (Demaun) 1 6 16 4 125 2| The only remarkable places on this Route, Ghori Bandar, and Wasai or Bassein, have already been described, aud this Route is here given only as a portion of that to Siirat, and as being the line over which the Bombay and Baroda Railway will be made. It is advisable to travel on this road between the springs, during which the streams fill with great rapidity, aud are dan gerous. {a) Daman. — The town of Diman (Demaun) is close to the fort, on the S.W. side, and on the S. bank of the Diman Gangi, or " Border Ganges," a deep navigable stream, never fordable, and 350 yards wide at tbe ferry. Tbe N. and W. faces of the fort are washed by the sea. The rise of the tide is 18ft. The river has a bar at its mouth, with 2 ft. at low water spring tides, and 18 or 20 ft. water inside. In common springs there is never less than 3 fathoms on the bar. Outside the bar is a road in which vessels may anchor in 8 fathoms. The town belongs to the Por tuguese, is fortified, and has a rampart with 10 bastions and 2 gateways. There are 9 churches. The fort is caEed the Castle of St. Hieronymus. The country around is fruitful, and produces good vegetables. In tbe rains it is much overflowed. This is a good harbor for the repair of smaE vessels, timber being plentiful. Diman is described as a town "great and strong," when sacked and burned by the Portuguese in 1531. It was then rebuilt, and again cap tured by the Portuguese in 1558, who changed the mosque into a church. It is the capital of a district about 10 miles in length from N. to S., and 5 in breadth. 352 ROUTE 6. —PUNAH TO AHMADNAGAR — LONI. Sect. I. ROUTE 6. From Punah to Ahmadnagar, by Loni, Koriga'on and Serur. 73. m. 5 f. Military Authority. — From Pu nah to Kohdipiir : Officer Commanding at Piinah — Piinah. Thence to Ahmad nagar : Officer Commanding at Ahmad nagar — Ahmadnagar. Civil Authority — From Piinah to Kohdipiir: Collector at Punah — Punah. Thence to Ahmadnagar : CoEector at Ah madnagar — Ahmadnagar. PLACES. STAGES. M. F. M. F. Piinah cantonmentChurch X n to Ghorpari 1 5 MundiwaonMiitiMuli r 2 2 S. bank of r 1 6 x r. to Karidhi on N. b. 0 4 Wighiili 3 3 (a) LONI' b 4 2 13 6 x Bhfmir 2 6 (A) Korigi'oh 0 3 x Yel r. by bridge 5 7 Shikripur 0 4 KONDAPI7R6 4 4 14 0 Rinjangi'on 4 1 Kirigi'oh 4 1 Saradwadi 2 3 (c) SERU'Ri.jo. o 3 1 13 6 x Ghod r 0 6 Niriyangi'oh 5 1 Aseend Ghit 2 0 Top of Ghit 0 2 x Hangi r. to Wighundi 4 4 WeEs of fresh water 0 2 SUPAi 2 1 15 0 Kimbhargi'oh 4 6 Tis 4 5 Khairgi'oh 4 3 x Sini r 1 6 {d) Ahmadnagar S. gate 0 5 N. GATE 10 17 1 73 5 («) Loni. — This place derives interest from an able paper in the Trans. Lit. Soc. Bomb., vol. iii. p. 172, by Mr. Thos. Coats, in which he describes the vE- lage system of the Dakhan, taking the Loni districts for his sample. The ioEowing extract from Mr. T. Coats' admirable paper wEl give a general | idea of Maritha country towns and country Hfe, but the whole paper de serves to be studied by aE who would gain an insight into the character and customs of the Maritha nation. The paper was written indeed, on the 29th of February, 1820, but it is an enduring picture of the manners of the cultivat ing classes of Hindustan : — " The town of Loni is situated on a dry slope, over looking its gardens and arable lands, which extend to the eastward, and afford a pleasant prospect when the crop is on the ground. The lat. is 18° 37' N., and long. 74° 8' E., and it is about 12 miles N.E. of Punah, and 70 miles in a direct line from the W. sea-coast, and about 1,470 ft. above its level. At a distance the town has the appearance of a mass of crumbling clay walls, with a few stunted trees growing out amongst them, and here and there a building like a barn or stable covered with red tiles. The whole is surrounded by a mud wall of a circular form that measures flve furlongs, and is from 10 to 14 ft, in height, and 4 or 5 ft. thick at the bottom, and in creasing {sic) towards the top. It has • two rude gates 10 or 12 ft. high, and as many wide, made of two pieces of thick planks of teak wood, united by cross beams let into an eye cut in a frame above, and resting on a hollowed stone below, on which they turn instead of hinges. On entering the town, appear ances are not more prepossessing; no thing meets the eye but filth and misery, a total neglect of aE regularity, neat ness, and comfort ; what seemed crumb ling clay walls are the dwelling-houses of a great body of the inhabitants, made of sun-dried bricks of the white calcareous earth that has been described, with ter raced tops of the same material : 3ome, however, are uninhabited ruins ; and some have pieces of straw thatch thrown up against them, to shelter some wretch ed people and their cattle who have not the means of getting better lodging. Tbe inhabited dwelling-houses amount to 107 ; and the public buildings are the chiwadi or town-hall ; three Hindu temples, one dedicated to Mahideo, one to II anii miu, and the third to Bhairava; and a Muhammadan place of worship at Bombay. eoute 6. — punah to ahmadnagar — loni. 353 present in ruins. The buildings are put down as if by chance, without any atten tion to regularity. Narrow, dirty, crook ed lanes wind through some of them. Some are in clusters of three or four, and others are entirely detached. The houses are generally constructed as if for defence, and have an impression of gloom and unsociableness. The best are surrounded by a square dead wall, which is entered by a low door. Two or three sides are occupied by sheds for cattle, husbandry implements, etc., and one only by the dwelling-bouse. If a waE does not enclose the whole, there is a walled court in front, or in the rear, or both. The houses have all square gable-ends, and a sort of open portico runs along the front of the dwelling- house ; the poorer employ this to tie their cattle in, and the richer as a store room, or keep it clean to sit in. From the centre of the portico a small door leads into the body of the house, which is divided into two, three, or four smaE rooms, without any openings to admit the air and light ; at the back of which is another open purasdar or portico corresponding with that in front, which commonly opens into a private court used by the women for bathing, etc. The purasdar is sometimes open, at other times divided into rooms more or less numerous. The rooms in the centre, or masghar, are of a good size. Some are 3 1 cubits broad and 6 cubits long ; they are generaUy used for sleeping-rooms, and the hottest and darkest are chosen for child-bed women and the sick of the family. A good terraced house, for a cultivator and 6 or 8 bullocks, will be 30 cubits long and 20 wide. The walls, built of sun-dried bricks, are 5 cubits high ; the doors are 3 cubits high and 1J wide; the roof is formed by small beams of wood, a span asunder, laid across'the room ; and across these pieces of plank are laid, and on this chips, and the whole is covered with 8 or 10 inches of terrace, made of white earth, so as to give a light slope, which effectually keeps out ordinary rain ; and, if the wood is good, wiE last 50 or 60 years. When grass grows on this terrace, it must be removed from time to time, otherwise the roots give admission to the wet, and occasion it to leak. A house of this description wiE cost 300 rupees. Two or three houses have upper stories, but they are the property of some families who formerly inherited a portion of the Government revenues of the viEage, and had a horse in the service of Govern ment ; these houses probably cost about 1000 rupees. Tbe houses of the poorest inhabitants are not more than 10 or 12 ft. long, 4 or 5 ft. wide, and covered with grass, and cost 20 or 30 rupees ; they have square gable-ends, which also is the form of all the houses. The out casts, till lately, occupied a place by themselves outside the wall, and, as usual, on the E. ; but, in consequence of their houses having been destroyed during the late campaign, they have been permitted to construct some tem porary places within the waE. The chiwadi or town-hall, where the public business of tbe township is transacted, is^s1 a building 30 ft. square, with squarost gable-ends and a roof of tiles supportiyuo on a treble row of square wooden post>«;. it cost about 250 rupees, which was paJQje. out of the Government revenues of the^ village. Travellers put up here, and the Government messengers ; a corner of it at presentis occupied Dy the koli or water- carrier. The temple of Mahideo is buEt of hewn stone and lime, with a terraced roof of the same materials. It is about 16ft. wide and lOft.long, and is divided into two parts. The front, which is to the E., is a small portico, entered by three pointed arches; and the back part, which is entered from the portico by a smaE door, is the sanctum, and contains the ling and silvanka. This temple was built about 18 years ago by Eswant Rio Sindhia, a relation of the present pitfl, in the hope probably of covering some of his sins. He was em ployed for many years as a siladir in Sindhia' s service, and made a great deal of money. The temple of Hantaan is a building 26 ft. square, with a flat roof, terraced with white earth, open in front, supported on rows of wooden posts. The figure of the idol is plaoed against the back of the wall in a little niche facing the front : it is a rude imitation 354 ROUTE 6. PUNAH TO AHMADNAGAR LONI. Sect. I. of a monkey covered with cinnabar. This temple, as well as aE the others, is used as a lodging for travellers. The temple was built at the expense of the viEage, and cost about 200 rupees. The temple of Bhairava is a tiled building, open in front, and meanly constructed. The idols are those of Bhairava and his wife Jogishwari, so disfigured by the oil and cinnabar that have been thrown over them, as to have no traces of fea tures. This idol is famed for preserving persons and cattle bitten by snakes. It is said many such patients have been brought to this temple, and have all recovered. The nim tree, which is used against snake bites, is not permitted to grow within the walls of the village by Bhairava, as he takes aE such patients under his own care. The building cost about 125 rupees. The Muhammadan place of worship is 10 cubits long and 5 wide ; but at present only the bare xTalls are standing. The township con- (}) ins 568 inhabitants, with an extent of x "iid equal to about 5J sq. m., which Shines rather more than 98f persons to jjf-e sq. m. The number of houses is j.07, in a few of which are more than one family ; and the proportion of per sons to eacb house is rather more than 5. There are 130 married men, 11 or 12 of whom have two wives ; and the total number of children is 203, which gives only 1J to each family. Tbe lands of the township embrace a cir cumference of nearly 9 m., comprising 3,669 acres, or about 5f sq. m., of which 1,955 acres, or 2,410 bigas of 3,926f sq. yds. are arable, and the rest is common, and appropriated as pastur age. The boundary is marked merely by heaps of stones, unploughed ridges, etc., and is not apparent to an indif ferent person ; but it is well known to the community, and watched with the utmost jealousy. The common land is situated to the W.N.W. and S.W. ; generally elevated, rising in some places into hillocks, showing the bare rock ; in others it is undulating, with hol lows opening to the E., which carry off the water in the rainy season ; and the whole is more or less thickly strewed with stones, from the weight of a few ounces to as many hundred-weights. The soil here is in no place more than a few inches deep, under which is gene rally a layer of soft decaying, slimy substance, covering a stratum of hard basaltic rock. It yields a scanty cover ing of grass in the hot and cold season, and is interspersed with stunted shrubs and some wild vines. The arable land lies chiefly to the E., the surface of which is more level, and slopes gently towards the Bhimi, which it approaches within a mile ; and the soil is in some places 6 or 7 cubits deep, and every where sufficiently so for all the purposes of tillage, and is rich and productive. A highway leads through the grounds from E. to W. ; and they are besides intersected by roads, or rather foot paths, which are not confined by any boundary, except where they cross fields while under cultivation. At these times a few thorns are temporarily stuck in on each side of the path ; and, as there are no regulations for making or repair ing roads, they are therefore seldom practicable for wheel-carriages, and are never straight, but wind to avoid diffi cult places, and are often only known by the uncertain track of cattle and travellers. Some smaE streams from the high grounds unite, and form a brook, which runs E. past the town and through the arable land to the Bhimi. It generally ceases to run for a month or two before the commence ment of the rains ; but water is always got by digging a foot or two in a sandy bed. There are 25 wells, said to be 3 fathoms deep, and the water within a few feet of the surface, 10 of which are at present in use, and applied to purposes of irrigation, and the others are neglected from the poverty of their owners. The water of the brook is alone used for drinking ; that from the wells is considered better and was formerly preferred, but it has been disused for some years, as it was thought to occa sion guinea- worm, a complaint formerly common and now said not to be so. A few hedges of Euphorbium, or ever green, partially enclose some garden ground a little tn tho via** v-n* i„» «f the Bombay. ROUTE 6. PUNAH TO AHMADNAGAR — LONI. 355 trees — mango, tamarind, jujube, mimosa, and India fig — that give a somewhat picturesque appearance throughout the year to those spots. Tbe rest of the lands are wholly without enclosures, so that after the crops have been reaped — that is, from February tiE the end of June — the whole has a most dreary aspect, and presents nothing to the imagination but barrenness and neglect. The prospect, however, is different during the other months. In the be ginning of July the young corn, that had been sown by the drill, appears in rows on the level and nicely cleaned fields. The brown waste suddenly gets a tinge of green, and the successive hot and cold weather crops, and the neces sary operations of husbandry, give an appearance of cheerfulness and industry, until the approach of the hot season in March, that is highly interesting." The description given of the vil lage economy by Mr. Coats, may be compared with that in the Oriental Christian Spectator, for June, 1845, p. 183, and may be condensed as follows : The head man of the village is the pdtil, who has charge of the revenue and police duties. Sometimes two per sons share the pdtil's office, in which case one takes care of the police, while the other is caEed away by revenue matters. The police pdtil or kdrbhdri, receives a warrant from the magistrate of the zil'a, empowering him to super intend the village watchmen, to prevent and trace robberies, to punish slight misdemeanors by a few hours' detention in the viEage chawadf, and to forward weightier cases to the district police officer. The revenue pdtil has no war rant, nor are his duties specified, though they are weE defined by immemorial custom. He has to aid in bringing waste land under cultivation, in esti mating the value of crops when re missions of rent are applied for, and in collecting and forwarding revenue to the mdmlatddr, or district revenue offi cer. For the discharge of the above duties, a percentage on the village revenue is aEowed, and a piece of land, rent free, as also fees in grain and straw, caEed ghugri, from every ghat- kuli field, or field to the cultivation of which no viEager has an exclusive right. Under native rule the pdtils had fees called bdbi and watwal, the first being betel, tobacco, vegetables, etc., for their personal requirements, furnished by tbe vendors in the viEage ; the second, money payments from merchants who put up in the viEage. These have been abolished by the English Government ; but the pdtil still enjoys certain hono rary distinctions. When the yearly settlement of revenue takes place, on presenting a rupiyah, he receives a tur ban and betel from the settlement offi cer. Every married couple present him with betel and invite him to dinner. At the holi he sets fire to the holi ; he leads the procession at the festival of Siral Shet, and his buEocks lead the cattle at the feast of Poli on the new moon of Shrivan or Bhidrpad, when all the cattle are exempted from labor, deco rated, and worshipped. These distinc tions are called mdnpan, and are most highly valued. Next to the pdtil, who can seldom read or write, is the kul- karni, or " accountant," who assists tbe pdtil in all his duties, writes the poHce and revenue reports, and keeps a day book and ledger of all monies received on account of rent. He is paid in the same way as the pdtil, but his emoluments are of course less. The kulkarnis are bribmans, and though nominally inferior to the pdtils, arro gate to themselves more importance, as being of a superior caste to tbe latter, who are Marithas and Shudras. The chauguld is the next village officer, and may be regarded as the pdtil's deputy. He carries the records, and sees that the pdtil's directions are carried out. He has a small payment from Government, and ghugri, in fees, from the cultivators. The balutaddrs come next, and are gene rally 12, divided into 3 oli or " classes." They are remunerated by baluten, i.e., a share of the gross produce of the viEage fields. In the 1st class are the sutdr or " carpenter," the lohdr or " blacksmith," the tsdmhdr or "cobbler," and the mahdr or " messenger." Iu the 2nd class are the mdiig or " scavenger," the parit or " washerman," the ndhdwi or " barber," 356 EOUTE 6. — PUNAH TO AHMADNAGAR — LONI. Sect. I. and the kumbhdr or " potter." To the 3rd class belong the gurav or " verger," the sonar or " goldsmith," the muldnd or ''schoolmaster," and the grdmjosi or " viEage astrologer." The mahdr is the bearer of aE reports from the pdtil to the district officer, and of all revenue collections, when the pdtil proceeds with them to the district treasury. He as sembles the cultivators when required for payment of revenue, or to hear a go vernment notice. He attends travcEers, guides them to the next village, and carries any loads for a small sum. He removes dead cattle from the staEs of the cultivators, and gives their skins to the owners if they be mirdsddrs or " hereditary proprietors." Otherwise, he keeps the skins himself; but in aE cases appropriates the flesh. He sweeps the space in front of the village chdivadi every morning, and that in front of tlie district kacheri, if there be one. In fact, he performs all the works which would prevent the cidtivators from attending to their fields. Low cunning and foul wit are the characteristics of the mahdr. He practises his cunning on every traveller, but attempts to be witty only among bis companions. He prides himself on his honesty; and though he has ample opportunities of absconding with money, when conveying the revenue coEections to the district kacheri, no attempt to rob, much less an actual theft by a mahdr, has ever been discovered. He is eager for knowledge, and is much respected by his own caste, if he acquire it. He is passionately fond of dress, and tries much to look respectable, but is sure to be detected by his speech, if not by his appearance. He is not generaEy anxious to conceal his descent, however, except when absent from his own villager" The mahdr women arc more ignorant and degraded than other females, and polygamy is indulged in by the males to an extent that would hardly be tolerated among other castes. The huts of the mahdrs are always without the village walls, and are disgustingly filthy and wretched, They may be known by the bones of animals strewn around them, and the numbers of children who swarm out on the heaps of filth to stare at a stranger. The mahdrs use a peculiar salutation, which is johdr, lit., "0 warrior!" The principal duty of the mdng is to make ropes for the cultivators, who cannot touch the raw hide of which they are sometimes made. Besides his baluten, the mdng has the sweepings of the khaleri or " threshing floor." This is a very de graded caste, and one not suffered to live within tbe village walls. Even the mahdr is above coming in contact with a mdng, and to call a person "a son of a mdng" is the grossest abuse. The salutation used by the mdng is haydt or "life," i.e., " Live long!" The duty of the gurav is to sweep the temples and wash and anoint the idols daily. For this, besides his baluten, he appropriates all the offerings made to the idols. If the vElage be large, be usuaUy attaches himself to the most popular idol, leaving the care of the rest to volunteers, who are never wanting in this service. The astrologer prepares the Hindu almanac, and gives notice of fasts, festivals, eclipses, &c, as also of the muhurlta, or " auspicious moment" for ploughing, sowing, marrying, &c. He officiates as priest at marriages and aE religious ceremonies. Besides his baluten, he gets a fee for every specific service. In the month Shrivan he makes a rich har vest, for then all persons perform the ceremony of tirth every Monday before breaking their fast. This ceremony consists in drinking a Httle of the water in which tbe great toe of the astrologer has been dipped, which is thought to purify from sin, and a paisd is the least that can be offered as a fee. The muldnd is the only Muhammadan village officer. He is the butcher, and no ani mal is eaten by the viEagers unless slaughtered by him. Besides his baluten he gets a portion of each animal slaugh tered. He keeps the village masjid or "mosque" clean, and makes the tdbut for the procession at the Muharram. The next class of village officers aro the alutaddrs, a term aHiteratively formed from balutaddr. These are the rdmosi or " watchman," the weskar or " gate keeper," the koli or " waterman," tbe korbu or Muhammadan "messenger," Bombay. EOUTE 6. PUNAH TO AHMADNAGAR — LONI. 357 and the ndikwddi or Hindil " messenger," the tdmboli or "betel-man," the mdli mhetri or " head gardener," tbe math- ^>«f('or"host of the jangams," the thdkar or "bard," and tbe holdr or "musician." Tbe caste of the ramosis has been already noticed (p. 300). As a professional thief the rdmosi is much despised, and is not suffered to live within the walls. He is responsible for all thefts com mitted at night, and must either make good the loss or trace the thief. He receives from Government a money pay ment, or land rent free, or both. Be sides his baluten he has a portion of grain from every grain-pit that is opened. From the shopkeepers he gets tobacco and betel, and watwal from merchants who halt at the village. He is also always invited to take his food at marriages, and is sometimes presented with a turban. The weskar is by caste a mahdr. He conveys the orders of the pdtil to the mahdrs, and is constantly seen at the gate of the village or of the chiwadi with a long stick in his hand, and with a coarse blanket, bis sole gar ment, wrapped around him. The koli, or "waterman," brings water when the weE or stream is at a distance from the village, and supplies traveEers with water. He keeps the chiwadi clean, and lights the lamp in it every evening. The korbu and ndikwddi attend on the pdtil and his assistants, and carry aE messages, which cannot be conveyed by mahdrs. Tbe tamboli supplies the cul tivators with betel in the fields during threshing time ; for which he gets grain and straw, according to mutual agree ment. The mdli mhetri supplies the villagers with vegetables during the nine days fast before the Dasahri, and gets food in return. He also supplies traveEers with vegetables on their paying for the same. The mathpati, lit. "lord of the hermitage," entertains all Jan gams, who visit the village, in his math, or " but." In consideration of this, he is allowed to go about begging with a yellow bag under his arm, receiving alms, in the shape of grain from every housewife. The Jihganis adore Shiva, worship thelingam, and abhor brihmans. The thdkar is a go-between for families desirous of inter-marriage. During marriages he repeats poetry, into which the names of the bride and bridegroom are introduced. The holdr is of the lowest caste of aE. He is cobbler to the mahdrs, and performs on some instru ment at marriages, and at the threshing floor during thresbing time. His salu tation is pharmdn, "commandme." The balutaddrs and alutaddrs are required to amuse tbe people at the Holi, by getting up what is called the Rddhd." The best looking of them is richly dressed as a woman, and dances and sings to another, who represents her lover. This is a representation of the loves of Krishnah and his favorite mistress Ri- dbi. They also assist at surveys. The goldsmithcarriesthe inkstand, thecobbler provides a pot of chunam, and plasters the boundary marks, the mahdrs drag the chain, the mdngs dig holes where the boundary stones are to be placed, and the rest place signals to guide the surveyor. Such is the village system in its integrity, but it is fast crumbEng to pieces, and interlopers are being ad mitted on reduced payments to do the work of the old officers. The kumbis or peasants are a frugal and patient race, just in their dealings with one another, but not scrupulous about over-reaching government or strangers. They are disposed to be hospitable, but extreme poverty pre vents them being so. No one, however, would be in want of a meal among them, and they are kind and polite to strangers whose manners are not offen sive. Only the children of the brih mans and richer kumbis attend school, so that the majority cannot read or write ; but they are minutely informed of everything that relates to their own calling, and many of them have a fair knowledge of the history of their own country. They are low m stature, lean and small, the average height being 5 ft. 4 in., and "weight 7 stone 10| lbs. Their features are often harsh, ana the expression is rather sedate and good- humored than sharp, and is quite devoid of any trace of ferocity. In a list of the oldest men and women, 5 men are stated to be upwards of 90 and one 96, 358 ROUTE 6. PUNAH TO AHMADNAGAR— KORIGA ' ON. Sect. I. and 7 females above this age, one being 99. Their ordinary food is grain, pulse, greens, pods, roots and fruits, hot spices, oil, milk, curds, and clarified butter ; but they are fond of the flesh of wild hogs and of sheep. They are not prohibited from drinking spirits, but it is thought disreputable, and when they indulge they do it by stealth. The value of a householder's whole furniture is about £2; of his wardrobe, about £1. 18s. In general they make a wretched ap pearance, wearing a scanty rag or pair of drawers, and another rag tied round the head. For their numerous superstitions and ordinary mode of life the paper above referred to must be consulted. The Bhimi, near Korigi'on, is ford- able in the dry weather, and crossed by a flying bridge in the rains. (b) Korigd'on. — This is but a small village, and would be undeserving of notice, but for the famous battle fought at it. It is situated on the N. side of the Bhimi. On the S. side, before reaching the river, on the right of the road, is an obelisk, which marks the spot where the officers who feH in the action were buried. It is of black basalt, finely polished, and about 25 ft. high, and stands in tbe midst of culti vated fields. There are inscriptions on it in Marithi and EngEsh. It was here that the Peshwi's army encamped, and they crossed the river to attack Capt. Staunton's battaEon. The cemetery is planted with cypresses and enclosed. The foEowing is tbe description of this famous battle given by Grant Duff, vol iii., p. 432 :— " But when the Peshwi commenced his flight to the southward, Colonel Burr, hearing that he meditated an attack on Punah, sent off an express for the 2nd battaHon of the 1st regiment to reinforce himself. The battalion, on the receipt of this ap plication, commenced its march from Serur on the last day of. the year, at 8 o'clock in the evening. It consisted of little more than 500 rank and file, and was supported by two 6-pounders, well manned by 24 Europeans of the Madras ArtiEery, under a sergeant and a lieu tenant. It was also accompanied by 300 of the newly raised irregular horse, and the whole were under the command of Captain Francis Staunton. Having marched all night, by 10 o'clock on the morning of New Year's Day, 1818, Capt. Staunton reached the high ground above the village of Korigi'on on the Bhimi, where he beheld the whole of the Maritha horse, consisting of about 25,000, on the opposite bank of the river. He continued his march towards the bank, and the Peshwi's troops be lieved that he intended to ford, but as soon as he had gained the neighborhood of the village, he immediately took post in it. Korigio'h is a moderately sized vElage, immediately overhanging the steep bank of the Bhimi, but, owing to the immense beds of the Indian rivers, which are never fiEed, except during the rains, the channel occupied but a smaE part of the space between the banks, so that the village was 50 or 60 yards from the water. There is a mud waE which, at one time, probably sur rounded the village, but is now fuE of large breaches on the side next the river, and on the E. it is completely open. Most of the Peshwi's infantry, in number about 5,000, had gone on in advance to the Bhor Ghit, E. of Punah ; but on first descrying the battalion, immediate orders were sent to recall them. As soon as they arrived, 3 bodies of 600 choice men each, Arabs, Gosiihs, and regular infantry mixed together, ad vanced on 3 different points, under cover of the bank of the river, supported by two guns, to storm the village. A continued shower of rockets was at the same time poured into it, and many of the houses were set on fire. Captain Staunton had selected a commanding position for the guns; but, unfortu nately, tbe interior of tbe viEage was not sufficiently reconnoitred, as there was a strong square inclosure command ing most of the streets, of which the enemy obtained possession, and whence they could not be dislodged. The viEage was immediately surrounded by horse and foot, and the storming party was supported by fresh troops. AE access to the river was speedily cut off, Captain Staunton was destitute of provisions, and this detachment Bombay. ROUTE 6. PUNAH TO AHMADNAGAR — KORIGA'ON. 359 already fatigued from want of rest and a long night march, now, under a burn ing sun, without food or water, began a struggle as trying as ever was main tained by the British in India. Every foot of ground was disputed, several streets were taken and re-taken, but more than half the European officers being wounded, the Arabs made them selves masters of a small temple towards tbe E. side of the village, generally used as a chiwadi, where three of the officers were lying wounded. Assistant-sur geon Wingate, one of their number, got up and went out, but was immedi ately stabbed by the Arabs, and his body cruelly mangled. Lieutenant Swanston, who bad two severe wounds, had the presence of mind to advise his remaining companion to Buffer the Arabs to rifle them unresistingly, which they did, but committed no further violence ; and, in the meantime, a party of the battaHon under Lieut. Jones and Assistant-surgeon WyEie, arrived to their rescue, re-took the chiwadi, avenged the death of Mr. Wingate, and can-ied their companions to a greater place of safety. The suf ferings of the wounded became extreme from thirst ; and the men who con tinued the conflict were fainting or nearly frantic, from the dreadful priva tion of water. Some of the artillery men, all of whom bore a very conspicu ous part in this glorious defence, pro posed to Captain Staunton that they should surrender if terms could be ob tained. His determined refusal did not satisfy them ; but Lieut. Chisholm, their officer,beingkiHed,theenemy,encouraged by this circumstance, rushed upon one of the guns and took it. Thomas Pat- tinson, adjutant of the battalion, lying mortally wounded, being shot through the body, no sooner heard that the gun was taken, than, getting up, be called to the grenadiers, ' once more to follow him,' and, seizing a musket by the muzzle,* rushed into the middle of the Arabs, striking them down right and * Lieut. Pattiuson was a very powerful man and of gigantic stature, being 6 ft. 7 in. high. His heroism at this battle was the sal vation of the regiment. He did not expire until the corps reached Seror, but died in left, until a second ball through his body completely disabled him. Lieut. Pattinson had been nobly seconded ; the sipihis, thus led, were irresistible ; the gun was retaken, and the dead Arabs, literally lying above each other, proved how desperately it had been defended. The body of Lieut. Chisholm was found by his gun, with the head cut off; Capt. Staunton judiciously took advan tage of the circumstance, by pointing it out to the men, and telling them ' such was the way all would be served who fell, dead or alive, into the hands of the Marithas,' on which they declared, 'they would die to a man,' and the conflict was resumed by all with the most determined valor. Capt. Staunton, Lieut. Jones, and Assist.- surg. Wyllie were the only officers who remained fit for duty, and manfuEy per severed in the defence. Their situation towards evening was very hopeless ; Capt. Staunton bad apprized Col. Burr of the difficulties he labored under, and an un- avaEing attempt from Piinah had been made for his reHef. As the night feE, however, the vigor of the attack re laxed, and the men were able to procure a supply of water. By nine o'clock at night the firing ceased, and the viEage was evacuated by tbe Peshwi's troops. Next morning the Maritha army was stiE hovering round the village, and Captain Staunton opened his guns upon them as soon as he could see. They appeared to draw off in the direction of Piinah ; they had heard of General Smith's approach, who was hasteriing forward with a very smaE force, in hopes the Peshwi might be encouraged to make a stand. Captain Staunton not knowing of General Smith's ad vance, and having reason to believe the enemy was in wait for him on the route to Piinah, gave out that it was his in tention to proceed thither. As soon as it was dark, however, taking as many of the wounded with him as he could carry, he moved out of the vElage, at first in the direction of Punah ; then changing his route, he retreated to great distress of mind, laboring under the sad impression that the regiment had been defeated. 360 ROUTE 6. — PUNAH TO AHMADNAGAR — SERUR. Sect. I. Seriir, where he arrived next morning, with the loss of 175 men in killed and wounded, of whom 20 were of the small detachment of artElery. Besides these, about one-third of the auxEiary horse were killed, wounded, and missing. The Marithas lost 500 or 600 men, and had the generosity on all occasions to do justice to the heroic defenders of Korigi'on. During the conflict the Peshwi sat on a rising ground on the opposite side of the river, about two miles distant. Gokla, Api Desii, and Trimbakji directed the attacks, and at one time Trimbakji entered the village. Biji Rio frequently ex pressed his impatience, and asked his commanders ' where were now their boasts of defeating the English when they could not overcome one bat talion?' Tbe Riji of Sitiri was with the Peshwi, and having put up an iftibgir or screen from the sun, the latter begged be would put it down, ' otherwise the English would send a cannon baE through it.'" Of the eight EngHsh officers present, Lieut, and Adjt. Pattinson died of his wounds, Lieuts. Conellan and Swanston were wounded, and Lieut. Chisholm and Assist. -surgeon Wingate were killed. Capt. Staunton, Lieut. Jones, and Assist. -surgeon WyEie ¦ escaped unhurt. (e) Seriir. — This is the name of the cantonment alone. The town is called by the natives Ghod nodi, from the river Ghod, on the r.b. of which it is situated. Here are stiE the head quarters of the Punah auxiliary horse, a most distinguished corps of irregulars, who in Sindh, Kabul, and the Panjab have done noble service. But formerly there was a large force here until the war with the Peshwi broke out in 1817, when the regiments were moved to Punah, which thenceforth became the principal station. It is remarkable that an EngHsh officer, Colonel Wallace, who took Chindwad and Jilnah in 1804, is worshipped at this place. His tomb has become a temple for burning incense, presenting offerings and making vows an! prayers. Tbe Rev. R. Nes- bit was told in December, 1840, by an intelligent native, a pilkf-bearer by profession, that "he had prayed to Colonel WaEace, and that his request had been heard and granted." {d) Ahmadnagar.— Passing through Supa, one of the earliest acquisitions of Miloji Bhohsle, Sivaji's grandfather, the traveEer arrives at Ahmadnagar, or, as it is simply styled by Europeans, Nagar. Coming from Punah, tbe fort is on the left on the N.W. The road passes along the town to it. The fort has a ditch 20ft. deep and 40ft. broad, with draw-bridges. This ditch is now dry ; but formerly it was a great source of malaria. Indeed, when Ahmadna gar first came into tbe English posses sion, when given up to them by the treaty of Piinah in 1817, it was so un healthy as not to be habitable by Euro peans. This malaria, however, was effectually removed, by draining, before 1829, when Sir J. Malcolm, then Governor, removed thither the head quarters of the artillery from Bombay. This was done expressly on account of the health of the troops. The fort is surrounded by a stone wall 30 ft. high, at one part of which is a slab with the names of Captains Mackenzie and Hum- berstone, and another officer, who were kiEed at the storming of the place in 1803. The ditch was excavated out of the rock, and the waEs were built from it. In the fort is the arsenal of the artillery. The cantonment, which is a remarkably fine one, is on the right of the road coming from Punah. The principal sights to be seen at this sta tion are the Fariha Bigh, about 1 m. W. of the cantonments. Here is an old Muhammadan palace in the centre of an artificial tank, which has copings of stone. The access is by a stone causeway. This building has gone to ruin. Some years ago there were silk worms in it; now it is in the pos session of Mr. Dickinson, a sugar grower. About 8 m. to the S. of Ahmadnagar, is the tomb of Salabat Khin, a very conspicuous object. It is a large domed structure of stone, whitewashed. Its shape is octagonal, and it has arches in the faces. It is about 80 ft. high, and stands on a hill about 500 ft. above the plain. From the top there is a magni- ROUTE 7.— PUNAH TO JUNNAR HARICHANDEAGARH. 361 ficent view. About 12 m. N. of Nagar is a most picturesque ravine, in which are several old tombs. This place is much resorted to for pic-nic parties. Nagar is a renowned station for hog hunting. The best riders in the Bom bay Presidency have all gone through an apprenticeship at Nagar-; and game is stdl abundant in the vicinity. ROUTE 7. From Punah to Junnar (JunIr or Jooneer) by Chakan and Nara- yangX'on. 56 m. 5 f. Military Authority. — Officer Com manding at Pvinah — Piinah. Civil Authority. — CoEector at Pii nah — Punah. PLACES. STAGES. M. F. M. F. From Pvinah cantonment Church to the WeEes- ley Bridge at the Sah gam 2 3| Pass cantonment at Khirki to Dipviri Bridge N. end 4 OJ BHOJAPl/R 3 2J 9 6| Musi 4 0 x Indriwani r. 230 yds. wide 0 5 Kiirli 1 6 Chikan fort and town ... 35 J. at CHAKAN 1 0 11 0 x Bim r. 40 yds. wide .. 1 5| Chindoli 4 0 X Bhimi r. to Khair ... 04 Ascend aKhihd 4 0 TopofKhihd 0 4 («) PENTH 2 1 12 6| Manchar 5 7 X Ghurr. 230 yds. broad, toKalam 2 7 X Mini r. 100 yds. wide, to NARAYANGA'ON 5 3 14 1 Arwi 2 3 (4) JUNNAR FORT, W. of town (Hence visit Sarichandragarh) 6 4 8 7 56 5 The fort of Chikan has been akeady described (p. 331). In the rains a fly ing bridge affords the means of passing the Indriwani river. The Bim and Bhimi are crossed in smaE boats at that season. Khair is a town of 1,000 houses with a good bizir. {a) Tenth. — This place is remarkable for a temple to Dharmardja or Yud- hishthira, the elder of the 5 Piiidaya princes and the leader in the great war against the Kurus in the beginning of the iron age, celebrated in the San skrit epic poem, called the Mahibhi- ratah. The other brothers were Bhima, Arjuna, Nakula, and Sakula. These heroes are said to have dwelt a long time at Wii during their exile from Delhi, and in many other parts of the Dakhan the scenes of their exploits are shown. Dharmarija is, however, also a name of Yama, the regent of Hades ; and it is possible that this temple may be sacred to the latter personage, and not to the Pahdu hero. Information regarding this place is a desideratum. (4) Junnar (Jooneer). — The road after leaving Pehth passes through a very undulating country. The Ghur and Mini are crossed by boats during tbe rains. Junnar is a large walled town and fort on the Kukri river. A grant of money was made by the Govern ment in 1841, by which many improve ments were carried out in the town, which is now in a flourishing condition. Here commence the Ahmadnagar hills, which run to Bhir in the Nizam's do minions, in lat. 19° and long. 75° 55'. The fort, which is often noticed in Maritha annals, was built by Maliku't- tujjir* in 1436. In May, 1657, Si vaji surprised and plundered the town, carrying off £100,000 in specie, besides other valuable spoil. About 1J m. to the S.W. is the hill-fort of Sewnir, which was granted in 1599 to Sivaji's grandfather, Maloji Bhohsle. It was afterwards captured by the Mughuls, and in March, 1670, Sivaji's troops were repulsed from before tbe place. Sarichandragarh. — A visit to Hari- chahdragarh wEl alone amply repay the traveEer for taking this route. This remarkable hill-fort is situated in the Ghits to the W. of Junnar, and at * Grant Duff, vol. i. p. 61. 16 362 EOUTE 7. PUNAH TO JUNNAR THE CAVES OP JUNNAR. Sect. I. about 8 m. distance. It presents the most stupendous precipice and most sublime scenery in the whole range of the W. Ghits. According to Col. Sykes, the scarp is 3,000ft. in perpendicular height ; but a high authority makes the fort 4,000 ft above tbe Konkan, which is seen stretched out at its foot like a map, with the sea glittering in the distance. The ascent is extremely steep. At every turn, the most striking views are seen, and as the climber approaches the summit, tremendous blasts of wind are often experienced, which seem as if they would sweep every moveable thing into the abyss. The edge of the precipice is rather shelving, and it requires strong nerves to stand upon its tremendous brink. At times immense volumes of cloud and mist roE up from below, and there is no little danger at such moments of taking a false step. But, to fearless climbers, tbe scenery will be an ample reward. At one time Government had it under consideration to make this place a sanitarium from Bombay ; but the diffioulty of access rendered the scheme abortive. The climate is, how ever, delightfully cool and refreshing. Witb regard to the height of the preci pice, it may be noticed that a stone takes 1 1 seconds, when pitched over, be fore it strikes for the first time. A notice of some caves and temples near Harischandra will be found in the Jour. of the Bomb. As. Soc. for Jan. 1850, p. 65. The Caves of Junnar. — These ex cavations may next be visited. Dr. Bird's notice of them is as follows* : — " The caves of Junnar, as described by Professor Orlebar, are situated in two hills, one of which is on the S., and the other on the N. or N.W. of tbe town, and distant about 1J miles. The S. hill abounds with excavations, most of which are mere cells, with a bench at the end, but to each set there is one principal temple. The westermost temple of the S. group presents a highly wrought but apparently un finished front. The circle within the inverted strip, which is generally open, is closed up by an expanded lotus ; in the central petal of which a human figure » Caves of W. India, p. 11. | is represented, accompanied by a closed lotus flower growing at his side, in tended probably to represent one of the Buddha avatars, as the next petal is represented with an elephant standing on the same. The roof of this cave is supported by octagonal piEars ; and at the further extremity there is a plain dehgop. Two principal temples occupy the centre of the excavations found in the S. and N. hills. The N. temple is very perfect, and deserving of particular attention. Its front is a closed circle, supported on two piEars and two pEas- ters, whose capitals are surmounted by pairs of lions and elephants. From a smaE portico we pass into the body of the temple, which consists of a nave and a semi-encompassing aisle. The nave is separated from the aisle by pil lars of the same kind as those in the portico, excepting that six of them be hind the dehgop are quite plain. The architecture of all is uniform." The same writer furnishes the following translations of two inscriptions at these caves. The first, No. ix. pi. 1. of his work, is — " This chaitya for the attend ants on the temple, -a pious gift of faith from Salisadata of Thakarphr, son of Kaliata." The next is — "The prayer of KaHata, son of the Saka chief, the pre-eminent golden lord, a pious act of faith." Dr. Bird takes this inscription as "undeniable evidence of the exten sion of the Sakya race, over the W. of India, soon after the destruction of the Greek empire of Bactria." Such rea soning, however, appears to be weakly founded, for Shaka may be appHed to any sovereign, and is especially applied to Shilivihana, who, from universal tradition, would appear to have been a native of India. In the Jour, of the Bomb. As. Soc. for Jan. 1850, wiE be found Dr. Wil son's remarks on these caves, which may be condensed as follows. This "most complete series" of Buddhist caves are in a hiE to the N. of Jun nar. A large plain room at the E. end is foEowed by a series of smaE caves. The chaitya resembles that at Kirli. The capitals of the piEars are grouped lions, elephants, and rhino- Bombay. ROUTE 8. BOMBAY TO MAHU (MHOW). 363 ceroses. Over the entrance is an in scription. Beyond is an apartment 60ft. square, with cells on three sides; and still further a series of plain rooms, with separate doors and good tanks. Beyond this hill to the E. is another, with hermitages and one arched chaitya, the front of the arch richly carved with figures and a wheel with foliage. Tbe third set of caves is in a hiE to the W. of the fort. They are much dRapidated, and the fronts are destroyed. The tem ple has a dome supported by octagonal piEars. On the fort-bill are many caves, but difficult of access. Among these is a large square room with a lofty roof, painted in squares of flowers or foliage, the colors stiE briEiant. A fifth set is in a hill to the S. of the town, consisting chiefly of detached cells, but with one temple with lofty piEars in front, and arched within. There is another series of caves at some distance in the same bEl, with a temple apparently unfinished. In the hiE of Sewnir are many large tanks of fine water carried under ground and pil lared, which Dr. Gibson considered coeval with the temples below. Fur ther information on these caves and also on those in the Nini Ghit, first made known by Col. Sykes, will be found in a paper by that writer in the Jour, of the Roy. As. Soc. vol. iv., pp. 281-291. ROUTE 8. Bombay to Mahu, or Mhauwa (Mhow), by Nashik, ChAndur, Maleganw (177m. If.), Dhulen (Dhoolia) and the Sindwa Ghat. 351 m. 4|f. Military Authority. — -To top of Tal Ghit: Officer Commanding at Punah — Punah. Thence to Chindiir : Officer Commanding at Ahmadnagar — Ahmadnagar. Thence to Sindwa: Officer Commanding at Dhulen — Dhu- le-n. Thence to Mahu: Officer Com manding at Mahu— Mahu. Civil Authority. — To top of Tal Ghit : CoEector at Thinah — Thdnah. Thence to Chindiir : Sub-Collector of Nishik — Nashik. Thence to Sindwa : Collector at Dhulen — Dhulen. Thence to Mahu : Resident at Indiir — Indur. stages. F. M. F. 2J 11 1J 46} 11 2| li 0 5 1J 2| 4 2| Of 0J 11 1 0 Bombay Cathedral to SionVeEard 8 KURLA 2 Descend steep hill near Vihir 6 THANAH b. t.o 4 Koler (Colsette) Bandar 4 x creek 292 yds. wide, to KOLER b 1 BHIWADI (Bhewndy) i Pass 5 viEages and x creek to Pargi, b. (bad water) 9 DOHALA 2 xSarmahy 5 x Bhringi, -,. to SHAH- PUR, b 5 0 10 0 X Aura » 3 0 Pass Puransira Ghit 2| fur. long 1 0 Pass Khirpoli, Auri, Bir- widi to KARDI', b. ... 7 0 110 X littler. Talliki, 15 yds wide 2 0 Ascend Umbrimali Khind (steep and bad for 2 fur.) 0 4 Pass 6 small vElages to KASARA, at foot of Tal Ghit 8 5f 11 1J Ascend Tal Ghit to top... 6 0 EGATPURA, 4 3 3i 8 3J WARI'WADA 14 4| 14 4§ («) NASHIK, b.p.o. ... 14 1 14 1 x Godivari r. to Ath- gi'oh or Argi'on 6 1J WAZAR ....; 5 6J 12 0 PIMPALGA'ON, b 7 1 7 1 WADALI' 10 5| 10 5f (4) CHANDUR or CHANDWAD, 4. (hence visit the Fort and (c)CavesofAnkai-Tankai)9 4£ 9 i\ Ascend Chindwad Ghit to N. side .' 5 6 x Saudina r. to SAU- DANA, 4 8 4 14 2 x 2 ». and Girni r. to (rf)MALEGANW,4..p.o 11 0 11 0 x 2 ». to Sangamsir 1 4 x Musam r. to Darra- gi'ori 1 2 AscendGhit 14 CHIKALWAL, 4 4 2 8 4 364 ROUTE 8. BOMBAY TO MAHU (MHOW) — NASHIK. SeCt. I. PLACES. STAGES. M. P. M. r. Joregi and branch rd. to Asirgarh 4 6 x Bori r 4 7 ARVr 1 5 11 2 x large re. twice and other n. to BokriBhio 6 0 Ascend Lallin Ghit to («) DHULEN (Dhoolia) 6 2 12 2 xPinjrir." 1 0 Nagio 1 0 Sarwir , 4 0 (/) SONGrR, 4 5 4 11 4 NILDANA, 4 9 4 9 4 x2«, and Tapti r. 2 f. broad to SrRPUR, 5. 11 0 11 0 x 2 n. andUmrinir. twice to {g) PALASNER, 4. 16 i% 16 4| x n. and pass large tank 3 0 Ascend Sindwa Ghit 1 0 SINDWA, 4 .' 7 6| 11 6| x small r. to Jimli Chauki 6 4 x 3 smaE re. to BALSA- MAN 5 3 10 7 v 3 n. to Jhilwina, 4. (no supplies) 5 0 X 2 re. and Dib r. to THAN 5 0 10 0 Singe 2 4 Birsarij or Jalwi 2 0 KURAMPURA, 4. (no supplies & water scarce) 5 2 9 6 x Bokrir r. to Tikri 4 4 x r. and 2 re. to Limrini 4 4 x Sitakre 2 4 (A) AKBARPUR 10 12 4 x Narmadi r. 1000 yds. wide to Dimangi'oh... 4 2 SIRSODA 7 5| 11 7J x 16 ». and Karam r. 160 yds wide, and pass 2GhitstoKILNER'S (*)GHATor GHARA (hence visit Mindu and Caves of Bigh), 4 10 3J 10 3£ Minplir 3 i\ x 13 re. and Karam r. 35 yds. wide, Chambal r. 16 yds. wide, and Gambhir r. 40 yds. wide to(ifc)MAHU(MHOW)b.p.o 13 0 16 i\ 351 4} This road is part of the great trunk road from Bombay to Agra, and is con sequently one of the most important in India, though not the most interesting to the traveller. From Bombay to Wisind, 49 m. 4 f. (See Route 3, p. 304), and but 4 m. 4 f. short of Shahpur, the tourist may travel by the N.E. extension of the Great Indian Peninsular Railway. This dis tance is traversed in 3 hours and 5 minutes. From Wisind to the Rar- tondya (Rotunda) re., at the foot of tbe Tal Ghit, a distance of 25 miles, the works have been contracted for, and are being carried on by Jamshidji Diribji, an enterprising Parsi, who has already executed " to the entire satisfaction of his employers " several important works for this Company and for the Govern ment. The next section, from the foot of the Tal Ghit to Egatpura, a distance of 9 J miles, comprises the difficult ascent of the Ghit with several important tun nels. It will probably take four years more to complete this part of the line. From Egatphra the line of the railway diverges from the Route here laid down, in an E. direction to Manmir, in N. lat. 20° 20', and thence along the Girni river to the Tapti, which it crosses be tween Saudi and Edalibid and then passes into the Nizim's territories and between Burhinphr and Asirgarh. From Kardi to Nashik the road is in general very jungly, and in some places the ndlds offer a serious impediment ; but aE this will speedily be rectified as the railway works progress. {a) Nashik (Nassuck). — This town, one of the most sacred to Hindus in the W. Presidency, is said to derive its name from the Skr. ndsikd, " a nose," as, according to the legend, Lakshman, the elder brother of Rima, here cut off the nose of the giantess Sarpnakha, the sister of Rivan. By some, the giantess Hidimba is said to have been slain here by Bhim, the second of the Pihdu brothers. But the real cause of the sanctity of Nishik, in the eyes of the Hindis, is its situation on the Godi- vari and very near the source of the river, which is called Gangi by the natives. To this it owes its numerous Bombay. route 8. — Bombay to mahu (mhow) — nashik. 365 wealthy temples, and the many families of brihmans, who aid in making up its population of 25,000. At certain sea sons there is a great concourse of pE- grims at this place, so many, indeed, as to outnumber the residents. The pil grims proceed to Trimbak, which is about 18 miles off, and to which a road has been lately cleared. At Trimbak tbe Godivari is supposed to rise. It must here be admitted that a good description of Nishik is a desideratum, which it would be weE if some traveEer would supply. The traveller's bangli is half a mile S.W. of the town, and close to the European burying-ground, which is picturesquely situated on an undulating slope, with gardens around it. The Temples. — The first thing to be done is to visit the temples, in order to reach which it is necessary to pass through the centre of the town by the high road, which leads straight through it. There are some handsome houses of brihmans with two or three stories. These mansions are caEed wddds, and in one of them the coEector used to re side. The road slopes down to the Godivari, and the temples are built along both banks of the river, and in the river, on rocks. They are of black basalt, and are all dedicated to Shiva. Nevertheless, the Godivari itself is especially sacred as the scene of Rima's first exploits in his expedition against Rivana.* Here is shown Rima's bath, and the ashes of devotees are brought from great distances to be scattered on the holy waters. The river, indeed, is said to have been the limit between the empires of Rima, King of Ayodhya or Oudh, and of Rivana, King of Lanki or Ceylon. Hanumin, the monkey who performed such prodigies for Rima, was born in this locaHty; and here Rima first beheld the beautiful ante lope, to gain whose skin for his consort Siti, he was, according to some legends, first induced to enter Rivan's territories. An inquiry into the legends of this locality, and a thorough examination of the temples, ought to be undertaken, for there is no doubt that, absurd as ' Asiatic Journal, 1827, vol. xxiii., p. S53. the traditions are, they refer to some ancient war which actually took place between the invading Arian nation and the aborigines of S. India, and which led to the introduction of the Hindu religion into the regions S. of the Godi vari. The Excavations.— Hut the principal objects to be seen at Nishik are the cave temples, which are 5 m. distant from the town. These were first de scribed by Colonel James Delamaine,* who is caEed by Ritter, vol. iv. 1st Div. p. 682, their discoverer. He visited them in May, 1823. The first thing to be remarked regarding them is the rudeness of the execution, which is thought by Ritter, Bird, and others_ to be an indication of their great antiquity. They are situated in a conical hill rather more than 100 yds. from its base, and face N.E. In a small recess t near the extreme excavations on the right, which are intended for tanks, are three figures of Buddha, of the same character as those in the Viswakarma cave at E'lura. The entrance to the next cave is by a verandah, raised on six colossi, in relief, and each bearing on his shoulder a beam. This cave is about 45 ft. square, and its flat roof is entirely unsupported. Small cells are excavated on both sides at the further end, where a dahgop pro jects from the waE. Next to this cave is another of simUar dimensions and form. The next is also simEar, but has a raised platform at the further end in the centre of which is a lingam. The next cave in the series has a vaulted roof with piEars on either side, the dahgop at the end, and a large arched window in the front face. It is 45 ft. long by 25 ft. broad. The out side is ornamented with small dahgops cut in relief. A flat-roofed excavation of 60 ft. by 40 ft. foHows, with cells to the right and left. At the further end is a verandah, the pillars of which have their capitals ornamented with various animals. Beyond this is a recess with a colossal figure of Buddh. There are also two other figures holding up in * Asiatic Journal. N.S., 1830, vol. iii. p. 275- 288. t Bird's Caves of W. India, p. 11. 366 ROUTE 8. — BOMBAY TO MAHU (MHOW) NASHIK. Sect. I. their right hands the mdld, or necklace, and in their left a flower and stem. The principal idol is called Dharma Riji, a name of Yudhishthir, the eldest Pihdu, who is much worshipped in these parts, and to whom (p. 361) there is a temple at Pehth between Nishik and Piinah. In front of this range of caves is a good platform, at the left end of which are stairs or rather notches in the rock, which lead to the Sutdr's or Carpenter's Cave. Here is a recum bent Buddha, near a group of smaller figures. Several inscriptions in a large character, rudely executed, are on the pfllars and other parts of the ex cavation. The following description is extracted from the Journal of the Bombay Asiatic Society for January, 1850, vol. iii., p. 65, and is from the pen of tbe learned Dr. John Wilson, President of the above Society. It adds to what has been given above some particulars of importance : — "Nishik is an important place in the Hindi traditions, particularly those connected with the progress of Rima, and there can be little doubt of its an tiquity, as it is mentioned by the name which it now bears in Ptolemy's Geo graphy.* The principal excavations of the place are situated on a hiE, named from them Pihdu Leni, about 5 miles to tbe S.S.W. of the town, and over hanging the Bombay road. When we first had an opportunity of seeing them — on the 15th of March, 1831 — we wrote . thus respecting them : — ' They are de cidedly Buddhist, and are very exten sive. They scarcely fall short in interest, taking them as a whole, of those of Elephanta and Kirli. The view from them in the direction of the E. and S.E. extends for many miles, and com mands the range of some very sublime mountains of the trap or basaltic forma tion. The figures in the caves are in a state of good preservation. They are those of Buddha. The principal ones have been newly painted and oiled, pre paratory to an approaching Jitri. There is nothing brahmanical about them ; but as there are no Buddhists in this part of India to come near them, the * Ptolemy's Geography, lib. vii. brihmans, for the sake of their own gain, encourage the Jitri.' When we next visited them — on the 5th of June, 1840 — we were particularly struck, without altering altogether our opinion of their Buddhist origin, with the com paratively modern character of their architectural forms, which, though of inferior execution and less ornate, re semble those which have been called the Indrasabhi group at Elora. They awakened within us a sort of mysterious feeling, which we have only got solved to a certain extent by the following notice of the Indrasabhi group* in Mr. Fergusson' s interesting paper :— - ' The sculptures to this group have hitherto proved a stumbling-block to antiquaries, and no fixed opinion seems to have been arrived at regarding them. Buddhist they certainly are not, or at all events of so degenerate a type as scarce to deserve that name. Nor are they brahmanical ; and though they certainly resemble Jaina sculpture more than any other, I do not think they can be correctly ascribed to that sect either, at least as we know it. In no place in these caves do the 24 Tirthakars appear, nor have the cross-legged figures the symbols which almost invariably accompany these wor thies, and are the only means of dis tinguishing one from another. If, however, I am correct in supposing Jainism to he a sort of compromise between the other two religions, which did not acquire its present form and consistency till after the downfaE of the Buddhists, when they were joined by most of that sect who had not embraced the dominant rehgion ; these caves are doubly interesting as showing us the religion in a state of transition from one set of tenets to another.' Of the age of tbe Jaina faith we here say nothing ; but that the Nishik caves must have originated after some revival of Buddhism following the great victory of the brihmans over that faith, and that they belong to some system of transition and compromise, we think evident, not only from their architec tural character resembling those at El lira here referred to by Mr. Fer- * See p. 95 of this book. Bombay. route 8. — bombay to mahu (mhow) — nashik. 367 gusson, but from one of those inscrip tions forwarded to us by Dr. Gibson m 1836, and also given, by Dr. Bird, from a transcript by Mr. H. W. Reeves, C.S. That inscription is in Sanskrit, though not of the purest character, and though Dr. Stevenson, who has cor rectly given the scope of it to Dr. Bird, thinks from his interpretation of its general astronomical date, it points to a construction about B.C. 453, it yet seems evident, from its contents as noticed by Dr Bird, that it indicates such a state of matters as may be sup posed to have existed when Buddhism was becoming somewhat assimEated to the rites of the Shaiva Mirgis.* It refers very distinctly to the brihmans, and several of their distant and proxi mate holy places, and to several of their customs and legends. The foEow- ing notes refer to the details of the Nishik caves, which have not yet been fully enumerated. They commence with the N. extremity, or that on the right hand as the visitor ascends the hill: — 1. Unfinished compartment, with a few steps, but without figures. Workman ship modern in appearance. 2. Cham ber with three 4 ft. figures of Buddha seated with attendants, with chawaris (fans made of the Tibet cow's tail), and giving their blessing. 3. A square hall of about 17 by 19 paces, with a dahgop of about 13 ft. projecting from the wall opposite the door, and with 18 monks' cells at the sides. At the corners of the dahgop are two figures with chawaris. In the front of this excavation are three doors and piEars, one of which is broken. They are supported by six giants (from the breast upwards) ; and on their capitals are the figures of the heads of bulls, elephants, lions, owls, eoats, and of a man and woman. There are two ceEs in the verandah. 4. A tank (?) 5. Four ceEs of monks, with two piEars, and two pilasters in front, on the capi tals of which are elephants, cows, lions, and antelopes. 6. Square haE like No. 3, with 16 cells, and a dahgop project ing from the waE opposite the entrance. In the middle of the dahgop there is a Buddha wearing a shdld, about 6J ft. * Bird's Historical Researches, p. 61. high, and two female attendants like dancing girls, frequently carved within and without Hindi temples. On the capitals of the six pillars at the entrance are figures of elephants, lions, bulls, and owls' heads. Above the three doors are large inscriptions. There are two ceEs in the verandah, with inscriptions above the doors. 7. Au apartment communicating with that last mentioned, with three figures of Buddha, one of which is on an elephant, one on a Hon with two small figures, and one squatted, with lion's head witb curious ears be low. 8. Six cells. 9. A small room, with Buddha seated in the centre, and with two attendants, one of which is destroyed. On the S. side are two small squatted Buddha figures, supported by two men bearing a lotus. Above there is a room nearly inaccessible, with three figures of Buddha, coarsely painted by the brihmans. 10. Room of about 14 paces by 9, with a dahgop near the further end. The roof is carved, as if arched. There are 17 piEars, and two of them have inscriptions. There is a chawari bearer near the door. 11. This is a room of about 16 by 9 J paces. It is reached by an ascent of a few steps, leading from No. 10 to the right. It has six cells; at the entrance of one the brihmans have constructed apocry phal images of Ganesha and Hanuman. This cell also contains a seat cut in the rock of about eight paces in length. It has two piEars, and two- pilasters, with figures, like some of those already mentioned in the front. 12. Large col legiate haE of 29 by 17 paces, with a platform, 4 in. high, for the teacher, and a seat for the pupils running along the excavation, except in front. There are 21 ceEs off this room, but without couches. One of them has a small in scription. Behind there is a compart ment, having an inscription in front, with two elegant pillars, and two pilas ters, with a Buddha seated as if lec turing his disciples, and two chobddrs with chawaris, and two pages or dwarfs. There are six pillars in the entrance to this haE ; but some of them are com pletely worn away by tbe action of water. There are two cells in the 368 ROUTE 8. — BOMBAY TO MAHU (MHOW) — CHANDWAD. Sect. I. ous kinds of food, for such cattle more than a hundred kinds of grass, and a thousand mountain roots, given by this bounteous donor. In this very Govard- hana, in the radiant mountains, this excavation was ordered to be made by the same charitable person. And these venerated by men, namely, the Sun, Sukra, and Rdhu were in their exulta tion in that year when the gift was bestowed. Lakshmi, Indra, and Yama also consecrated it (in Yaishikha), and the couch was set up on the most for tunate day of the month, Bhidrapad. Thereafter, these, Lakshmi, Indra, and Tama departed with a shout of triumph for their excellent easy car, sustained by the force of incantatory verses, on the unbroken road. When all their retinue had departed and was gone, there feE a shower of water before the army, which, being purified and having departed and having passed over with the thousand cows, approaches the vil lage." After leaving Nishik the Godivari is crossed by a flying bridge in the rains. The.road, it must be observed, has been much altered lately in the whole line from Nishik to Mahu, and as yet there is no return of the distances saved by cutting through hills, and by the aban donment of circuitous routes to avoid difficult nilis and streams, which are now bridged over. In general, the country to Chindwad is open and cul tivated near the road, but hills are not far off. The traveller is now entering on districts which have been much dis turbed during the late mutinies by hordes of Bhils and other plunderers. The first outbreak of the tribes took place in September, 1857, and in the beginning of October, the Superin tendent of the Ahmadnagar Police, Lieut. Henry, was killed in a sharp action with them near Shinar or Sinnur, 20 m. S.E. of Nishik. A desultory war ensued, which was gradually restricted to the Sitpura range, in which several severe engagements took place. (4) Chdndioadox Chdndiir (Chandore). — This flourishing town contains a po pulation of nearly 10,000. On the E. is a range of hills, on the W. a culti- verandah, and an empty chamber above to the left. 13. A large unfinished semi-circular hall, with numerous figures of Buddha, with attendants bearing cha waris. On the sides are cells with Buddbas In the front are five tanks. For bathing ? Is this a place for morning ablutions? These ex cavations may not be all of the same age. 2. There is another series of ex cavated temples near Nashik. They are on the hill caEed Rimshej, but ac cording to Dr. Gibson, they are com paratively of Httle consequence. 3. There are one or two smaE chambers in a pass on the road leading between Nishik and Chindwad." The following is a translation by Dr. Stevenson of tbe only one of the inscrip tions that has as yet been satisfactorily made out: — " To the Perfect Being. May this prove auspicious ! By the son of King Kshapirita, ruler of the Kshatriya tribe and protector of men, the Lord Dinika, resplendent as the morn, a gift of a hundred thousand cows along with the river Binisi, and also a gift of gold, even by him the constructor of this holy place for tbe gods, and for the brihmans to mortify the passions. There is not so desirable a place even at Prab- hisa, where hundreds of thousands of brihmans go on pilgrimage to repeat sacred verses, nor at the pure city of Gaya, where brihmans go, nor at the steep hill at Disapura, nor the serpents' field at Govardhana, nor at the city of Pratisraya, where there is a Buddhisti- cal monastery, nor even at the edifice built by Depanakara on the shore of the freshwater sea. This is a place which confers incomparable benefits, wholly pleasing, well fitted for the spotted decr-skm of tho ascetic. A safe boat has been provided by him, tbe maker also of a free ferry, which daily plies to the weE supported bank. By him also, the constructor of a house for travellers, and a public reservoir of water, a gilded lion (deer?) has been set up at the crowded gate of this Govardhana, another also at the forry, and another at Rimatirtha. For loan cattle within the bounds of the village there are vari- Bombay, route 8. — bombay to mahu (mhow) — ankai tankai. 369 vated plain. According to the Tatwd, a Hindii book, the country of the Ma rithas terminates with the Chindwad Hills ; and beyond, is Khandesh. One of the grandest peaks of this range is that which, overlooking the town of Chindwad, is crowned with an ancient fort, much mentioned in Muhammadan and Maritha wars. This fort was cap tured, after slight resistance, by Colonel Wallace, in 1804, who thus describes it : " The hill on which it stands, or rather which forms the fort, is naturally the strongest I ever saw, being quite in accessible everywhere but at the gate way, where alone it is fortified by art, and where it is by no means weak. There is but one entrance of any kind." It was subsequently restored to Holkar, but in 1818 surrendered to a detach ment of Sir Thomas Hislop's army. It is remarkable that Holkar is the Pitil of this place ; and there is a fine build ing in the centre of the town, called the Rang Mahal, where his family resided. (c) Ankai Tankai. — Twelve m. S.E. of Chindwad are the Hill-forts and Caves of Ankai Tankai (Unkye Tunky), which are in the Patodi Taluk, and are thus described by Major Wingate. Ankai is a smaE deserted viEage, under the HEl-fort of the same name. The for mer inhabitants were mostly on the fort establishment, and on this being broken up, had to proceed elsewhere in search of a subsistence. Behind the viEage, about 100 ft. higher on the hill, is a small series of seven or eight cave tem ples, all evidently Buddhist, and be longing to a late age, like the Indra Sabhi at Ellora. These caves all ad join each other, and beginning from the W. end of the series are as foEows. 1. A small cave, in the style of a Hin di temple, having the top supported by four square, carved columns. The shrine is empty, but the doorway is sculptured with male and female figures, most of them having something like a human head in one band, and the palm of the other hand turned outwards. The outer doorway of the cave, communi cating with the front verandah, is sculp tured over with small naked figures of Buddha in a sitting posture, like those of the Indra Sabhi at Ellora. There is an upper apartment to this cave, but without sculptures. 2. A smaE but rather elaborately carved cave. At each end of the front verandah is a colossal figure, but so covered up with rubbish as to be only partly visible. That to the W. is apparently a figure of Buddh, with a pyramidical cap, or tiara, on his head. The figure at the opposite end is a female with curly hair, and Nubian countenance. The male figure is sculp tured on a slab, which has been let into the rock, possibly in consequence of the rock itself not having been well suited for sculpture. The inner cave and shrine are very like a Hindii tem ple, but without sculpture. 3. Similar in arrangement to the two preceding caves, i.e., consisting of a front veran dah, an inner temple, and an inmost shrine. At the end of the front ve randah are a male and female figure similar to those of No. 2. Both have thick-lipped Nubian countenances, and the female has immense circular pen dants in her ears, like the wooden discs worn by some of tbe South-Sea Islanders. The inner apartments are exactly like a Hindii temple, the central ornament on the roof is formed of small figures of musicians playing on various kinds of instruments, and in another circle outside of the former, are figures mounted on various sorts of animals. On each side of the doorway to the shrine are upright naked figures with hands hanging down by their sides like those in the Indra Sabhi group at Ellora. 4. Similar in arrangement to the preced ing caves, but without sculptures. There is an inscription in the Devanigari character on one of tbe columns of the front verandah, but apparently of a later date than the cave itself. 5. Similar in arrangement to the others, but without sculptures in the temple. In the tank excavated underneath are two figures of Buddh, naked and seated in the cross- legged position, with hands on lap and soles of feet turned upwards. The features are Nubian. 6. Similar to preceding, but with doorway sculptured. 7. The same, without sculptures. Most of tbese cave temples have au 370 ROUTE 8. BOMBAY TO MAHU (MHOw) MALEGANW. Sect. I. bed, and subsides in a few hours after rain. The Girni may be forded in fine weather, and is crossed by a good ferry and flying bridge in the rains. {d) Mdlegdnw (MaEegaum). — This town is the head-quarters of a brigade, and has become large and populous. The houses are built of mud, and in general with flat roofs; though, in some instances, the European mode of building has been imitated by the richer members of the native com munity. The town itself is clean, and the principal streets are of a good width. It is situated on the left bank of the river Pirsul, which is nearly dry in the hot weather. This river joins the Gimi about a mile and a half below the town, and is now bridged over on the Bombay road. The cantonments are about a mEe and a half N.W. of the town, and are a mEe in extent. The English cemetery is half a mile from camp, on the Surat road, running in a N. direction. There is a large fort on the river close to the town, built of rubble, now in a somewhat ruinous con dition, but still very strong. A full description of it will be found in Lake's Sieges. It is occasionally used as a prison. There is a guard kept over the only entrance gate. An order from the brigade-major is necessary for the admission of visitors. As a specimen of an old native fort, it deserves inspec tion. This fort was biult by Niru Shankar, about 1740 ; it is quadran gular, having on one face, and on half of the two adjoining, the river ; which, at this place, forms a convenient curve. On the opposite side is the town, which nearly encompasses the remainder of the fort by approaching the river at its two extremities. There are two lines of works. The inner, a square of about 300 ft., is of superior masonry, and surrounded by a fausse-braye, 7 ft. high, and a dry ditch 25 ft. deep by 16 ft. wide. The outer Hne is buEt of mud and stone, having flanking towers and ap proaches within a few yards of the town on one side, and of the river on the other. It is only of moderate ele vation ; but the inner fort is 60 Ft. high with a terse-pleine 16 ft. wide, to which upper apartment, probably for the ac commodation of the officiating priest, and a tank for water excavated under neath. They are nearly aE on the same plan, and apparently belong to one period. The African type of tbe faces of the sculptured figures is very re markable; though as in the eaves of Ellora, the noses and mouths have all been more or less defaced. After visit ing the caves, the traveller may ascend to the hill-fort of Tankai. The twin fort immediately E. of it, is called Alka- Palka, and the village below Ankai. Both forts, however, are known to us as Ankai-Tankai. The top of the hiE of Tankai must be about 1000 ft. above the plain, and the ascent is very steep, great part of it being by steps cut in the rock. From the summit is a mag nificent view over a wide extent of country. Bears and panthers may be found by the sportsman. Major Win gate saw, from this hill, a large child stealing after a herd of cattle which were grazing below, but the cattle were startled, and evidently conscious of his proximity, and did not give him an op portunity of making his spring, though he foEowed them up closely for about half a mile to the very verge of the bush jungle. The watershed of the Tapti and Godivari systems of drainage occurs at the pass of Ankai-Tankai, but there is no perceptible ridge, the plain being continued through the pass to the other side of the hEls. Almost 10 m. further N. is a ridge, which divides the Dakhan from Khandesh, and four or five m. of rather rough country sloping down to the plain of Khandesh. The difference of level between the plain of Khandesh under the hiEs, and that above, is not great, and Major Wingate does not estimate it at more than 160 ft. The plain of Khandesh appears to be everywhere covered with low bush jun gle, which is not reaEy the case, how ever, as a great deal of it is cleared. The appearance is occasioned by belts of bushes lining the fields, roads, and water- courses, as weE as by the con tinuous bush-jungle of the uncultivated lands. The river at Saudana has a sandy Bombay, route 8. — bombay to mahu (mhow) — dhulen. 371 there are no means of ascent except through narrow covered staircases of difficult access. On the 16th of May, 1818, this place was attacked by Lieut.- Colonel Mac Dowell, and the Arab gar rison made a desperate defence, an ac count of which wiE be found in Blacker' s Maratha War, p. 325. The garrison numbered only 350 men, and the besiegers amounted to 2,630. In the 25 days of the siege the English " " T kill. ' officers. lost 209 killed and wounded, including After leaving Milegihw the country is open and very barren. The Musam river is now bridged, as are all the nilis and rivers to Chikalwal. This viEage lies in a vaEey someway off the road to the right ; the traveller's bangli is be tween the road and village. There is a large tank i m. S. of the town. About 4 m. from Chikalwal, at the vil lage of Jorega, is an extremely curious Jain temple, smaE but very ancient, put together without mortar. It is com posed of stones laid together, the outside being minutely carved. The inside is equally curious, and altogether it weE deserves a visit. Tbe traveEer' s bangli at Arvi is about 100 paces from the road on the left hand side. The LaEin Pass is very beautiful, commanded by a hEl fort now in ruins. This was long the resort of a gang of freebooters who came from the N. and carried on their trade with impunity, and who may have been the very gang of whom LutfuEah (p. 113) speaks. {e) Dhulen (Dhoolia.) — This little town is situated on the Pinjri river. It is the civil station of Khandesh, which should, however, be removed to Mile gihw, by which a great saving in troops would be effected and greater security ensured to Europeans. The place has been much improved of late by the resi dent officers under the instructions of Government. Two tanks have lately been constructed S. of the town. The traveEer's bangli has been recently erected on the bank of the river close to the town, which, being situated in a hollow surrounded by hiEs, is most un healthy. (f) Songir is a smaU viEage on a hill. The traveller's bangli is close to the road on the right. The fort is much dEapidated, and not worth a visit. It' was here, however, that during the in vasion of Khandesh in 1802, by Holkar, the Peshwi's Mimlatdir drove off the invading army by sending a body of troops to tbe rear and giving out that the British were at hand. Nilddna is a small hamlet. The traveEer's bangli is near the road. The Tapti, which flows between this viEage and Sirpiir, is easily crossed at a place called Simalda, except during the rains, when traveEers are ferried over in rough native boats. Sirpiir is tbe residence of a Mimlatdir. The traveEer's bangli is close to the road on the right. The Umrini or Arniwati river is easy of passage, and is dry during some months. Four m. E. of Sirpiir, and off the line of road, is the fort of Thalner (Talneir), whicb is worth a visit. This strong fort is situated on the E. bank of the Tapti river, from which one of its sides rises. The three other sides are surrounded by a hollow way varying in width from 100 to 150 yds. The waEs rise to the height of about 60 ft. above this hoEow, and the interior of the fort has the same eleva tion. There is only one entrance, which is on tbe E. side, and is secured by five successive gates, communicating by in tricate traverses, whose enclosures gra dually rise to the height of the main waE. A winding ramp, interspersed in some places with steps, ascends to the gates, to the terre-pleine of the rampart. The ground immediately surrounding the hoEow way is cut by deep ravines, which run into it. The intermediate parts are crowned with clusters of houses, which form the town of Thalner, distant from the fort about 50 yds. On the 27th of February, 1818, Sir. T. Hislop captured this place, and put the whole garrison to the sword, hanging the Kiladir to a tree on the flagstaff tower. The excuse for this severity was a sud den attack made on the storming party whEe a conversation about terms of sur render was going on. Colonel Murray, during the conference, pushed into the last gate with Major Gordon and some Grenadiers, which they certainly had no 372 ROUTE 8. BOMBAY TO MAHU (MHOW) — GHARA. Sect. I. of his followers were killed, and the horde was entirely dispersed. On the return of the Bhil corps to camp the Sipihis of the regular army received them with acclamations, and presented them with betel. From that day the Bhil corps acquired the honorable status which they have ever since maintained. Capt. Outram with admirable firmness and sagacity continued the pacification of the province, and his efforts were nobly seconded by Capt., now Col., Wil liam Morris, who succeeded to the con trol of tbe country. (A) Akbarpur. — At this place are the remains of some fine Muhammadan buildings, which deserve to be visited and described. (»') Ghdra. — The traveller will do well to make a detour from Ghira, in order to visit the magnificent ruins of the ancient city of Mindu, which is distant about 20 m. to the N.W. It is situated on part of the Vindhya range, at an elevation of 1944 ft. above the sea. This city, according to Malcolm, was built in a.d. 313, and was the capital of the Hindu rijis of Dhir. According to Firishtah, it was the seat of government of Diliwar Khin Ghuri, the first king of Milwab, who reigned from 1387 to 1405. His son, Hushang, completed the fortifications of the city. In 1526 it was taken by Bahadur Shah, king of Gujarat, and was conquered by Akbar in 1570. Akbar's name and the date of his visit, are inscribed on a marble tablet, over one of the principal gates. A good description of the ruins of this celebrated city, as they at pre sent exist, is stEl a desideratum. Ac cording to Malcolm, the circuit of its ramparts is 37 m., and in this vast space are whole streets of ruins, and the re mains of splendid edifices overgrown with creepers and brushwood, in which tigers and other wild beasts have their lair. It seems almost incredible that a city, which in 1570 was named Shadi- ibid, " the abode of happiness," and was described by the Franciscans, Adol- pho Aquaviva, Antario de Monsen-ati, and Francisco Enriques, deputed in the above year from Goa to the Mughul government on s> religious -mission, as right to do. The garrison, mistrusting their intentions, fell upon them, and the result was a loss to the British of 25, among whom were 7 officers.* There are a number of Muhammadan tombs a quarter of a mile from tbe fort, three or four of which are of a large size. One is especiaEy remarkable for the beautiful way in which its exterior is carved. It is of octagonal shape. On the front of the largest is a Persian inscription, which states that 100,000 rupees were expended on the structure. There are a great mauysmaEer tombs of Muhammadan women. {g) Pdlasner, a mere hamlet, is close to the Sitpura mountains. The traveller's bangli adjoinstheroad. Notfarfromthis the traveller crosses the British boundary, a portion of the country here having lately been made over to Sindhia. He then enters the Sindwa Pass, through which a road has been lately made. In former days this was a dangerous spot, being close under the stronghold of a robber chief named Gumaniah Niik. His fort is situated on one of the highest hiEs on the left of the Pass, and all travellers had to pay black mail. Half way through the Pass is a mud fort called Bargarh, where was formerly a post of irregulars for the protection of the road. The fort of Sindwa has been lately made over to Sindhia. It is not worthy of a visit. The description of it will be found in Sir J. Malcolm's Central India. The Bhils in this part of Khan desh have always been marauders, but after the desolating invasion of the pro vince by Holkar in 1802, and the famine which followed it next year, the excesses of this tribe rose to an intolerable height. In 1825 the British Government raised a Bhil corps, and appointed to its com mand Captain, now General, Sir James Outram, who shortly after the corps had been raised attacked a very numerous horde of robbers who had just plundered the village of Barwadi. After a severe action, Captain Outram, finding it im possible to pursue the Bhil robbers from hill to hill, feigned a retreat, and thus drew them within reach of the bayonet. The result was that tbe chief and most t Slacker's Uardtlm War, p. 229. Bombay, route 8. — bombay to mahu (mhow) — caves of bagh. 373 one of the largest cities in the world, with handsome buildings and thronged streets, should now be so utterly deso late. The greatest and least injured of the ruined buddings is the Jam'i Masjid, or Cathedral Mosque. Its area is raised several yards above the ground and is reached by a large and hand some flight of stairs : its interior is open to the heavens. The ground-plan is a square, and on each side is a low deep gallery supported by several ranges of enormous pillars. The size of this building is great, so that, notwithstand ing some degree of heaviness and inele gance, its appearance is very striking. Next in importance is the mausoleum of Hdshang Ghuri, King of Milwah, who raised this city to great splendor. It is buEt, in massive style, of white marble, and is situate in a square court from which proceeds a deep gaEery, supported by columns elaborately sculp tured ; and in a chamber roofed with vast slabs is the sarcophagus of the Sultan. The ruins of the palace of Biz Bahadur, King of Milwah, and of many other gorgeous buildings, strew the ground to a great extent. The Caves of Bdgh. — Another place of much interest is Bagh, which may be reached by a detour of about 50 m. to the E. The foEowing description of the caves is given by Capt. F. Dangerfield, in the Trans, of the Lit. Soc. of Bomb., vol. ii., p. 197 : — " The caves are 4, one only of which, the most N., can, bow- ever, be said to be in a state of pre servation. Immediately after crossing tbe river, you ascend up the sloping part of the bill to the first or most N. cave by a flight of 70 rudely-formed stone steps, and arrive at a smaE land ing-place overhung by the hiE. This bears the marks of having once been formed into a regular verandah sup ported by columns, the roof plastered and ornamented, as shown by its faEen fragments. The front of the cave still retains this plaster. At each end of this verandah is a smaE room containing small El-covered figures, evidently of modern workmanship, that on the left being a female, much mutilated ; that on the right, a bad representation of Ganesh. You enter this cave at the centre by an unornamented rectangular doorway 5§ ft. wide. There is also a similar one to the right, but much choked with the fallen fragments of the roof. The cave derives its sole light from these two entrances, consequently to examine its remoter parts the aid of torches is necessary ; and as tigers, which abound in this country, have been found in the interior of the caves, this precaution becomes the more requi site. On entering the cave you are im pressed with its gloomy grandeur : it is not, however, till you have been a few seconds in it that you perceive its great extent. The open area of this cave is a regular square measuring 84 ft. each side. Its height is 14| ft. The roof is supported by 4 ranges of massy columns ; the 2 centre ones being round, those on the right and left, square at tbe base, but at the heights of 5 and 8 ft. formed into hexagons and dodeca gons. The roof, but no other part of this cave, bears tbe marks of having been once ornamented with paintings in square compartments of about one foot. From the frequent smoke of torches, however, sufficient of the design is not at present apparent to admit of any judgment of its merits. Passing be tween the centre range of columns to the end of the cave, you enter an oblong recess or verandah, measuring 20 ft. by 12 ft., open in front towards the cave, and supported by 2 hexagonal columns. In niches on the remaining 3 sides of this apartment are carved in bold relief several figures. The centre, or female figure measures 9| ft. ; and the male ones to tbe right and left 9 ft. Those on each side the doorway measure also 9 ft. From this recess or verandah you enter in its back part, through a small doorway, an inner apartment measuring 20 ft. by 17 ft., in the centre of which, cut out of the solid rock, is what the natives term ' The Churn,' being a regular hexagon of 3 ft. 3 in. each side.* surmounted by a plain dome, reaching nearly to the roof, to which it is joined by a small square ornament. Around the large cave also, on 3 sides, are smaE apartments called the dukdns, or 374 ROUTE 8. BOMBAY TO MAHU (MHOW) — CAVES OP BAGH. Sect. I. shops,- each measuring 9 ft. in depth, with a separate entrance towards the cave. There are 7 of these to the right, 6 to the left, and 4 at the end of the cave, 2 on each side of the recess. Entering the second to the left of these small apartments you perceive, at about 4 ft. from the ground, on the opposite wall, a small oblong excavation, of about 3 ft. by 2 ft., creeping through which you enter a small apartment of about 12 ft. square, in the opposite waE of which is a similar excavation leading to a Eke apartment ; and so on succes sively for 5 small rooms, gradually as cending the hill, the floor of each inner apartment being on a level with the lower part of the entrance from the outer one. These secret apartments appear originally either to have led, or to have been intended to lead, to the top of the hill : at present, however, they receive neither light nor air from the first entrance. The largest cave, though in the best preservation by far of the whole, still bears the marks of rapid decay. The shafts of 5 columns are wanting ; and a kind of terrace has been raised with their ruins. The left hand circular column on entering has once also shared the same fate ; but has been rebuilt with rude fragments of the same stone, and afterwards plastered to resemble the other pElars. This plaster has, however, almost entirely given way, leaving the rude construction of the column apparent. Leaving this first cave, and proceeding S. 20 or 30 paces, by a narrow ledge, round a projecting part of the hiE, you enter a second cave, evidently never completed, the columns being left in a rude state, with deep marks of the chisel still remaining. This cave is nearly the 6ame in length as the first, by about half the depth. It has originaEy been open in front, but, with the exception of a small part, it is now choked up with large frag ments of the hEl from above. It con tains little worthy of notice. Leaving the second cave, and returning by the same road, you descend the stone stairs, and proceed along the bottom of the hiE S. for about 100 yds., and then re-ascend by a rugged steep footpath to the third cave. This cave, which measures 80 ft. by 60, has been nearly similar in its arrangement to the first ; but it is now in a ruinous state from the giving way of a great part of the roof, bearing down in its faE several beautiful columns. This cave, which has none of the gloomi ness of the first, has been once finished and decorated in a very superior style, and it is apparently the most ancient of the whole. It has some similar features with the others. In the inner apart ment is the octagon called the ' churn' mentioned in the first, but it wants the recess or verandah with the sculptures. The whole of the waEs, roof, and columns of this cave have been covered with a fine stucco, and ornamented with paint ings in distemper of considerable taste and elegance. Few colors have been used, the greatest part being merely in chiaro scuro ; the figures alone and the Etruscan border (for such it may be termed) being colored with Indian red. On tbe walls, near the top of the cave, has been a border, the greatest part of which is now obHterated. There is a smaE piece near the entrance, which is in tolerably good preservation. The roof, it is easy to perceive by the faEing fragments beneath, had once an elegant centre, with the remaining part divid ed into smaE square ornamented com partments, fEled up with designs of fruits, flowers, and the like. At pre sent, however, these are so much obH terated as to prevent any correct judg ment being formed of the merits of the design. By some few parts more per fect than the rest they appear to have been executed with considerable effect, and correctness of light and shade. Some fruit has tbe appearance of peaches and peach leaves grouped. Surround ing the tops of the columns are many yet brilliant traces of tbe border, which I have termed Etruscan, colored as in the design. Beneath this are repre sented two dragons, or animals some what resembling these, fighting, and the whole is finished underneath with a fes toon of smaE flowers, now too indistinct to furnish a correct sketch. On many places of the lower parts of the waE and columns have been painted male Bombay. route 9. — satara to bijapur — bijapur. 375 and female figures of a red or copper color ; tbe upper parts of the whole of which have, however, been intentionaEy erased. Such of the ^ower parts (tbe legs and feet) as remain show them to have been executed in a style of paint ing far surpassing anything in the art which the natives of India now possess. Leaving this cave by the right hand doorway, and proceeding * few paces farther along the hill you enter a fourth cave nearly similar in dimension and arrangement to the second. It has not, however, been finished, and is faEing fast to decay. There appears at the extremity of this cave the rude com mencement, or, perhaps, the ruins of a fifth. It is not sufficiently accessible on account of the large fragments of fallen rock to admit of any correct judgment of its former state." (A) Mahu, or, Mhauwa (Mhow). — The town of Mahu is situate on the Gambhir river, on an eminence 1 J m. N.W. of the cantonments, and 13 m. S.W. of Indur, tbe capital of Holkar's dominions. Mahu may be regarded as the frontier station of the Bombay Presidency, and the rest of the route to Agra therefore belongs to Bengal. By Article VII. of the treaty of Mandesar, which was con cluded in January, 1818, between the British Government and Malhir Rio Holkar, it was agreed that a British force should be stationed at Mahu, and a considerable body of troops have con sequently been ever since stationed there. The cantonments have all the appearance of a European town, having a church with a steeple weE situated on an eminence, a spacious lecture-room, an exceEent library, and a theatre. The elevation of these cantonments above the sea is 2,019ft., and the cli mate is considered salubrious, though the jungles on the road hither from Milegihw used to be accounted so un healthy as to be quite a barrier; this, however, has of late years been much remedied. To the sportsman, Mahu has ever been a favorite station. Here, on the 1st of July, 1857, the 23rd Regt., Beng. N. I., rose in mutiny and mur dered their commanding officer, Col. Piatt, and his adjutant, Capt. Fagan; and Major Harris, of the 1st Light CavaH-y, was kiEed at the same time by his own troopers. The mutineers then proceeded to Indur, and plundered the treasury of £100,000. They were then joined by the 5th Regt. of the Gwilior Contingent, moved upon Agra and took a leading part in the subsequent opera tions of the rebels. ROUTE 9. From Satara to Bijapcjr. 120 m. Military Authority. — Officer com manding at Sitiri — Sdtdrd. Civil Authority. — Commissioner at Sitiri — Sdtdrd. PLACES. stages. M. F. M. F. Sitiri to Angapur 9 0 PUSASESOLr 4 13 0 22 0 VITTA 16 0 16 0 PULSHEA 12 0 12 0 NAGAZ 10 0 10 0 JAT 30 0 30 0 KABI'Rr 15 0 15 0 («)BI'JAPUR4 15 0 15 0 120 0 All the small villages on this road are so bad, that it is difficult to choose between them, and so iE-placed, that it is impossible to divide the marches equally. At Pulshea you cross from the Sitiri territory into viEages belonging to the Patwardan In'imdirs, isolated In'im viEages, and viEages belonging to the Belgihw Collectorate. At Jat the sepa ration between the Maritha and the Kanarese languages is distinctly marked. From this point also distances are mea sured by the Sultan Kos, which is at least 3 m. At Tikota, 13 m. W. of the Makkah gate, is a large buEding, the mausoleum of Malik Sandal, a courtier of the time of the fifth and sixth kings of Bijapur.{a) Bijapur — The Suburbs. — Before entering Bijapur from the W., the tra veller passes through Torwa, a deserted suburb, in which are whole streets of ruins, without one inhabited house . The road then issues in an open space before the walls of the city, which extend 8 m., 376 ROUTE 9. SATARA TO BIJAPUR BIJAPUR. Sect. I. measuring by the counterscarp of the ditch, and though decayed in many places, there is not a complete breach in any part. The defences of Torwa were constructed by Ibrahim ' Adil Shih II. in the 24th year of his reign, a.d. 1604, when he removed the seat of government from the citadel of Bijapur to this place. This removal was made in absurd compliance with the sugges tions of the astrologers, who pretended that a longer residence in the citadel would be unlucky. As if in mockery of their predictions, the new capital was plundered by Malik Ambar in a.d. 1621, whereupon the court returned to tbe citadel, and when Aurangzib took Bijapur in a.d. 1686, Torwa was* " quite depopulated, its ruined palaces alone remaining, with a thick wall sur rounding it, whose stately gateways were faEing to decay." ,The other suburbs are the Shihpiirah on the W., the Yikutpurah adjoining it, and the Zuhri or Ibrahim Purah to the S. of the above. The impression produced by the first appearance of the city is that of a splendid and populous metropoEs, from the innumerable domes, spires, and lofty edifices, which meet the eye ; and though the road up to the walls leads through ruins, the illusion of an inhabited city is still preserved, by the state of the defences, the guns mounted on them, and the guards stationed at the gates, of which there are 6, — the Makkah, the Shahptir, the Bihmani, tbe Pidshihpur, the Allihpiir, and the Fath. By this last Aurangzib entered in triumph when he captured the city, whence its name of " Gate of Victory." There were formerly a ditch, covered way, and glacis on the E. face, but the works are now entirely obliterated. The rampart, contrary to the usual custom in native defences, is extremely broad. On entering, the Elusion of a living city is at once dissipated, and the mind is struck with the contrast of the admira ble preservation of the numerous build ings consecrated to the dead and the crumbling decay or total destruction of those once thronged by a swarming population. Jungle has shot up and * Scolt's Firishtah, vol, ii., p. 73. almost obliterated streets and market places, while tombs and mausoleums stiE stand uninjured, and show that the hand of man is even yet busy in protecting them. The Ibrahim Rozah or Mausoleum of Ibrahim Shdh II. is the first object that attracts attention on approaching the city from tbe W. by the Makkah gate. This magnificent building is said to have been erected by a Persian architect. It is enclosed by a strong wall with a handsome gateway, and stands on an elevated platform, on the W. of which there is also a small but very beautiful mosque. This mosque is 105 ft. long and 66 deep, and to the E. presents a front of seven graceful arches. In the open space between it and the Ibrihim Rozah is a ruined fountain with a reser voir. On each of the four sides of the Rozah is a tasteful colonnade, open at the side by seven arches, and forming a verandah of 15 ft. broad round the whole edifice. The pavement of this colon nade is slightly elevated, and the ceEing is exquisitely carved with sentences of the Kur'in, enclosed in compartments, and interspersed with wreaths of flowers. The letters were originally gflt, and the ground is stiE a most brilUant azure. In some places the gilding also is stiE remaining. The border of every com partment is different from that "of the one adjoining. The windows are formed of lattice work of Arabic sentences cut out of stone slabs, tbe space between each letter admitting the light. This work is so admirably executed that Col. Sykes declares there is nothing to sur pass it in India. Above tbe colonnade, and outside the building, is a magnifi cent cornice, with a graceful and lofty minaret of 4 stories at each corner, and between each 2 such minarets 6 smaller. From a second enclosure of 4 minarets on each side rises the dome, the plan of the building resembling the Gol- konda tombs (see p. 85). The ceiling of the Rozah is quite flat, being made of square slabs without apparent sup port, and it is remarkable that this tomb, and its adjoining mosque, are the only stone edifices in Bijapur of this description. The Ibrihim Rozah was Bombay. route 9. — satara to bijapur — bijapur. 377 completed in 12 years from the time when it was commenced, and is de cidedly the most chaste in design and the best executed of all tbe works left by the kings of Bijapur. From the inscriptions it appears that it was origi- naEy intended for the mausoleum of Tdj i Sultan or Tdj Jahdn Bigam, wife of Ibrihim Shih II., daughter of Saiyid 'Abdu'r-rahmin, and mother of Mu hammad Shih, the sixth king. The following is a translation of the inscrip tion over the N. door. " Heaven stood astonished at the elevation of this build ing, and it might be said that when its head rose from the earth, another heaven was produced. The garden of Paradise has borrowed its beauty from this garden, and every pElar here is graceful as the cypress tree in the gar den of purity. An angel from heaven above announced tbe date of the struc ture by saying, ' This buEding, which makes the heart glad, is the memorial of Tij i Sultin.' " The last words give tbe numerals a.h. 1036 = a.d. 1626. The incription over the S. door is as fol lows: — "In pomp like Zubaiza and in magnificence like Balkis, she was the ornament of the throne, and crown of chastity, and when she passed to the capital of Paradise from this terrestrial abode, which is but dust, when I asked an old man the date thereof, he answered me saying, ' Tij i Sultin is among the people of Paradise.'" The words give a.h. 1043 = a.d. 1633. On the same door is also inscribed, " Malik Sandal, by expending 150,000 huns,* with 900 more, caused this tomb to be finished after great exertion." It was erected according to order for Tij i Sultin, at whose purity even Eden was astonished. When Aurangzib besieged Bijapir in 1686 he took up his quarters in the Ibrihim Rozah, which received some damage from the Bijapur guns. These injuries were partiaEy repaired by the Riji of Sitiri; but it is only a few years ago that the edifice was put in its present perfect state, at the ex pense of the English Government. The only other buEding in tbe suburbs espe cially deserving of notice is the'I'dgib, * Each nun = Si rupees. which was buEt by Aurangzib. The Rozah is on the right of tbe road ; on the left the ground is covered with tombs, some half finished, and some in ruins. The country all around the walls is dotted with similar tombs. Bijapur — The City. — A description of Bijapir has been given by Captain Sydenham in the Asiatic Researches, vol. xiii., p. 432, 4to. ed., and also by Colonel Sykes in the Trans, of the Lit. Soc. of Bombay, vol. iii., p. 55. But the following account is for the most part taken from the paper by Dr. James Bird, in tbe Jour, of the Bom. As. Society, for May, 1 844, and from the notes of a much more recent visitor. The town is en tered by a small gate made by Gokla, who changed the Makkah gate into a kacheri and treasury stiE in use. The first thing deserving of notice near the Makkah gate is the celebrated gun caEed the Malik-i-Maiddn, or " Monarch of tbe plain," said to be the largest piece of ordnance in the world, ft is mounted on a round tower called the Burj-i-Sharzah, or "Lion Tower," from being ornamented with two lion's heads in stone. The following inscription on the right hand of the steps up to tbe tower gives its date: "During the reign of the victorious king 'All 'Adil Shih, to whom, by tbe favor of Murtaza ('All), God granted a distinguished victory, this bastion was in five months made firm as a mountain, through the fortu nate efforts of Majlis Shih. At which time an angel, in delight, gave the date of the year, saying that the Sbarzah bastion was without an equal." The last words make a.h. 1079 =a.d. 1668. This celebrated gun is made of gong metal, which is smooth, and admits of a high polish. On being struck it sounds like a bell. Its dimensions are as fol lows :— Diameter at breech, 4 ft. 10 in. ; at muzzle, 5 ft. 2 in. ; diameter of bore, 2 ft. 4} in. ; of touch -hole, fin ; length, 14 ft. 3 in. The foEowing are the in scriptions upon it: — "There is no God but God, and none besides Him." " Abii'l Ghizi Nigim Shih, king, ser vant of the race of the apostle (Muham mad), and of the house of God, 956." " Muliammad Bin Hasan Riimi made 378 ROUTE 9. SATARA TO BIJAPUR^-BIJAPUE. Sect. I. this." "Shih 'Alamgir Ghazf, the asylum of religion, who granted the claims of the just, took possession of a kingdom, and conquered Bijapur. For the date of tbe conquest good fortune came and said, "Be subdued the monarch of the plain." In the 30th year of his exalted reign = a.h. 1097." The last inscription commemorates the victory of Aurangzib. The muzzle is wrought into the form of a dragon's mouth. This gun was regarded with superstitious reverence by all the inhabitants of Bija pur, and tiE lately the Hindis worshiped it, smearing it with oE and cinnabar. In speaking of the magnificence of their former kings the people boast that this gun was carried before them on state oc casions. The most absurd stories of the terrible effects produced by its fire are current amongst the natives. Many buildings are said to have been thrown down by the concussion, and many ladies injured by the fright. There is a small tank just behind it, and into this, it is said, the gunner, after igniting the fusee, was obliged to plunge headlong, to escape from the destruction which would otherwise have been certain from the tremendous sound. The ridi culous character of these legends was shown on the 5th of January, 1829, when by order of the Riji of Sitiri, the gun was loaded with eighty pounds of coarse powder, and fired. Many of the inhabitants left the city in alarm at bearing what was intended to be done; but the explosion, though loud, was nothing very extraordinary, and quite disappointed their expectations. In the city a scene of ruin and desola tion meets the eye. Almost all Oriental towns, consisting chiefly of flat-roofed houses buEt of mud and perishable mate rials, have a desolate appearance, but Bijapur is peculiarly a city of ruins. The inhabitants are all collected in one row of houses extending from the old Makkah gate to the Allihpur gate. Every street beside this is more or less in ruins. The best place within the town for pitching tents is in the Nau Bigh. where there is abundance of shelter, and plenty of good water. Ac commodation can also be had in a small masjid, now converted into a traveEer's bangld. Residence in any of the other mosques and buildings is forbidden by Government. Near this traveEer'sbangli is the Mihtari Mahal or Mhetri Mahal, a most beautiful building, highly orna mented with richly carved clay-stone that looks like wood untE closely ex amined. This stone is found in the neighbourhood of Bijapiir. The build ing is a perfect gem, and nothing can exceed the execution of its ornamenture. Indeed, the carving reminds one of the best pieces of wood carving in the Netherlands, and is quite as elaborate. There is a curious story regarding the erection of this structure, which has probably sprung from a corruption of its name, Mihtari Mahal, " Prince's Palace," to Mhetri Mahal, " Sweeper's Palace." * When the Muhammadans first invaded India, and, in their camps about Delhi, came into contact with the Hindis, they, in their rough jokes, gave the Hindi workpeople various nick names, and caEed the low caste sweeper, Mihtari or " Prince," and this word in its corruption of Mhetri has lost the original meaning, and now signifies only sweeper. With this explanation the story may be related. Ibrihim Shih I. was afflicted with a dreadful malady, which no medicine could cure, and des pairing of assistance from his physicians, he applied to the astrologers. One of them craftily assured the king that he might recover if he would present a large sum to the first person he beheld next morning, intending to present himself to the king's notice the instant he should awake. The king, however, awoke much earlier than usual, and, looking out from a window of his palace, beheld a poor sweeper, on whom he conferred the prodigious sum which had been named. The Mlietri, overloaded with unexpected wealth, disposed of it by * This is the explanation given by a writer in tbe Calcutta Review, but it is not impos sible that the names may have been changed through a peculiar Oriental delicacy, which will utter no low or ill-omened word. Wheu an Oriental would signify that he has finished his repast, he does not say, " take away," but "set on more." So not to utter the word " sweeper," he would call a man of that class " a prince." ROUTE 9. BIJAPUR TOMB OP MUHAMMAD SHAH. 379 building this edifice. Whether the building was intended for a mosque seems doubtful. It is three stories high with minarets at the corners and in front. From the angles bang massy stone chains, which must have been cut out of solid blocks, as there are no joinings in the links. On the left, and almost op posite to this, are 4 large Gothic looking arches. They formed the gateway lead ing to the palaces of MilstafaKhinArdis- tini, and 'Iwiz Khin ; the former of whom was a distinguished nobleman at the Bijaptrr Court during the reign of its 4th king. The next edifice reached is the Jim'i-Masjid or Great Mosque, which was built by 'Ali 'Adil Shin I. during the life of his father Ibrihim I. ; and the foUowing chronogram, which is near the altar-piece, gives the date of the structure, a.h. 943 = a.d. 1536. " Enter the mosque of the Sultin whose end was happy." It is an extensive edifice, surrounded on the N.W. and S. side by a high wall of nearly 40ft . , which, concealing the dome, gives the whole a clumsy appearance from without. The wall has a lower story of false arches, raised on a plain base of 6 or 7ft. -in height, and an upper one or narrow arcade, opening externaEy, along which runs a passage communicating with the roof of the mosque. The entrance is by a door on the N. side to an extensive court, raised about 6 ft. high ; in the midst of which there is a fountain, and on the right a raised pavement of 2 ft. high, fronting the mosque on the E. The body of the buEding consists of a magnificent arcade 240 ft. broad by 138. The piEars are aE equi-distant, some thing more than 26 ft. from centre to centre, and elevated 25 ft. From them spring arches of the usual pointed shape common to masjids, which support a flat dome, resting between every 4 pil lars. In the centre of the floor below there is a clear space of 75 ft., over which rises the large external dome of an egg- shape, and whose span of 54 ft., is raised 80 ft. from the pavement. On the N. and S. waEs there are two hand some piazzas, that consist of 7 large arches, and run from the body of the mosque to about 186 ft. The mihrdb, or altar, on the W., is elegantly gilded, and displays above its centre the follow ing inscription : — " AEih, Muhammad, Abiibakr, ' Omr, 'Usmin, Haidar," which informs us that Muhammad the 6th king by whose orders the ornaments were made, was of the Sunni sect of Islim, though aE the others excepting Ibrihim the 1st was of the Shi'ah persuasion." There are several other inscriptions, among which are the foEowing, — "I remember, that this royal altar was or namented by orders of Muhammad 'Adil Shih." "Place not reHance on this Hfe, because it is not steadfast, and in this house of inquietude nothing is at rest for any one." " Pleasant is the stage of the world now sparkling in mine eye ; and happy is the lot of my life, but it is fleeting." " Yikuti was the servant of the mosque and the slave of Muhammad Shih, whose shadow may God continue to support ! a.h. 1045 " =a.d. 1635. An aggregate height of the dome from the ground to its apex, may be about 120 ft. The floor below, which is chunamed, is divided by black Hnes into numerous square portions made by order of Aurangzib, when he took Bijapiir and carried away the velvet carpets, along with a golden chain and other valuables, belonging to tbe mosque. The view from the flat roof of the Jdm'i Masjid is the best in Bijapur. Tomb of Muhammad Shdh. — On the opposite side of the road, to the N., is the celebrated mausoleum of Muhammad Shih, the 6th king of Bijapur. The dome is said to be larger than that of St. Paul's, and even than that of St. Peter's, but it is to be regretted that no exact measurements have been obtained to justify these statements. According to Colonel Sykes, the circumference of the dome inside is 139 paces, which would give a diameter of 116 ft., but it is obvious that a measurement so made can only be an approximation to the truth. The external view of this edifice is not fine from any point, and, apart from its gigantic dimensions, little can be said in its favor, but the enormous proportions of the interior cannot fail to impress every beholder. AE the domes at Bijaphr, large and small, are 380 ROUTE 9. SATAKA TO BIJAPUR — THE UPARI BURJ. Sect. I. buEt on the same principle ; and as, in some that are unfinished, the plan can be distinctly seen, it is very desirable thatsome architect should examine them, and explain how such vast masses of masonry and rubble are supported. This tomb is commonly called the Gitli Gum- baz, or " Rose dome." It is built on a terrace 600 ft. sq. and 2 ft. high. Each face presents three lofty false arches, springing from tbe pavement, and sup porting several feet of plain limework and plaster, above which is a cornice of grey basalt, and a row of smaE arches supporting a second Ene of plain work surmounted by a balustrade 6 ft. high, terminating in small cupolas. The base of tbe middle arch is of grey basalt, the others are of stonework and plaster. At the corners of tbe edifice are minarets of eight octagonal stories, 12 ft. broad, entered by winding staircases and ter minating in cupolas, which communicate with the terraced roof of the building. Each story has 7 small arched windows opening outwardly and looking into the court below, while the 8th admits a passage for the circular stair. From this there is also an entrance to the large dome and on to a broad ledge sur rounding its interior edge. This is so large that a carriage might pass round it, and rests on supports, inclining in wards in curves, like half arches. The cupolas and dome communicate by nume rous niches, which take away from the distinctness of the echo of the voice, though, according to Col. Sykes, the dome transmits sound like St. Paul's. Dr. Bird conjectures tbe height of the tomb to be 150 ft., but is probably within the mark. From the roof there is a commanding view of the ruined city and surrounding country. The build ing is entered by a lofty door on the S. side, where the first thing to be observed is the grave of the king, which is im mediately under the dome. It is a com mon tomb, much broken, and covered with a wretched wooden canopy. To the left, facing the spectator, are the tombs of his youngest wife and the son of 'Ali 'Adil Shih II. On the right are those of bis favorite mistress, the dancing girl Rambhi, his daughter, and his eldest wife, sister of the king of Golkonda, whose pilgrimage to Makkah is noticed by Bernier.* On the inner side of the doorway by which the build ing is entered are several inscriptions. Of these the first is " Sultin Muhammad, a dweller in Paradise." These words give the date a.h. 1067 =a.d. 1656. The second is, "The end of Muhammad was worthy of praise." This gives the same date as the above. " The third is, " King Muhammad was in the house of peace." This gives the date, a.h. 1068, a.d. 1657, which was the true date of his decease. Opposite the E. and W. sides of the mausoleum are two ruined foun tains, and at tbe end of tbe platform on the W. is a smaE but beautiful mosque in tolerable repair. The wall of the enclosure is a mass of ruins, except the gateway on the S. face. This locaEty was caEed, Pidshahpur Bizir. The Tdj Bd'ori or " Crown Well."— This superb well or tank is not far from tbe Mihtari Mahal, but nearer the Makkah gate. It is 100 yds. square and 50 ft. deep, and is surrounded by a colonnade and gallery. The entrance is through a grand arch, on either side of which is a wing for the accommoda tion of traveEers, and the descent to the water is by a magnificent flight of steps. It is said by Col. Sykes to have been built by Malik Sandal iu Sultin Mu hammad's reign, and a curious story is related by Col. Sykes regarding it, a parallel to which is, however, to be found in the Bigh o Bahar, whence probably the tale was taken. Accord ing to Dr. Bird, it was built by Sanidu'l Mulk, tbe Vazir of Sultin Muhammad. There is also another fine weE caEed the Cbind Bi'ori, said by Dr. Bird to be the work of the famous Chind Bibi (see p. lxvu.). The Xfpari Burj. — Another object that attracts notice, not far from the Makkah gate, is the Upari Burj, or " Over tower," an isolated tower SOft. high. It was built by Haidar Khin, who, being absent when the king made his chief nobles build each two towers and a connecting curtain of the outer * Brook's Translation of Bernier, vol. ii., p. 221. Bombay, route 9. — satara to bijapur — the asar i sharif. 381 fort, complained on his return that no task had been assigned to him. " You shall build a tower to overlook all," said the king ; and Haidar accordingly built this tower in front of his house. The ascent is by a winding ramp outside. On tbe top is a very curious gun made of iron bars welded together and bound with iron hoops at regular intervals. It is said by Col. Sykes to be 30ft. long. The Palace of the Asar i Sharif. — Returning in a W. direction to the fort ditch tbe traveEer will come to the Asir i Sharif, or " IEustrious relics," so called from some hairs of Muham mad's beard said to be preserved tbere. This building was a mosque formerly attached to a college and library long since decayed. It was built by Muham mad 'Adil Shih, and contains a library of Kur'ins and religious works, but no histories. A catalogue was made by Gen. Briggs' Persian secretary. It is a large heavy building of brick and lime, whose magnificent verandah, 33 ft. broad, and 120ft. long, has an elevated roof supported by four massy wooden pElars. The entrance is by a door on the S. ; and on the left a stone stair case leads to the upper part of the palace ; and to a haE of the same dimen sions as the verandah, where are two large folding doors at tbe N. and S. ends. Beyond these is a small closet on the right, where the relics of the prophet are deposited; but which are only shown once a year for the gratifi cation of the faithful. These were formerly exhibited to the multitude from a small balcony, which extends along part of the upper story. The building is supplied with a fine reser voir of water, 25 yds. long, 60 yds. broad, and 6 yds. deep, supplied from a distance by several of the square towers called (rare/. The most important part of this building is the room which con tains the reUcs. Such is the sanctity that they bestow, that strangers are not allowed to enter; but at the annual festivals a large sum is coEected from devout pilgrims. Some costumes of the former kings and beautiful carpets may be seen by visitors, who must not forget the view into the mosque from the other side of the tank, which is worth looking at. The Asir i Sharif formerly communicated with the citadel by means of a bridge, of which nothing now remains excepting the piEars, and suc ceeded to the honor of holding the precious relics of tbe Prophet, after a similar building within tbe citadel had been burned down. Following the edge of the ditch to the S.W. the traveller wiE come to a massy square tower, called the Chatra Ga/ij, which is one of 14 such, that were built by the unfortunate Afzal Khan, who met his death at the hands of Sivaji, the founder of the Maritha empire. These, which are contrivances for giving impetus to the water of an aqueduct, were built, it would appear, iu the time of Muham mad Shih for the purpose of sujiplying the city. The foEowing inscription on the one first mentioned must be read with some interest, by aE who have curiosity to know the condition of one whose history is so connected with the famous Maritha leader. The inscrip tion on the original is written in the Tughri character. "Be it known to the executors of ornamental arts, the architects of im portant works, and to celebrated living workmen, that Afzal Khin Muhammad Shihi, a nobleman of good fortune, the present commander-in-chief, the first in rank of the Dakhan lords, the religious destroyer of infidelity, on whom descends God's favor, whom beaven pronounces to be the most accomplished and excel lent, and whose name, like God's praise, is resounded from every quarter, saying, it is excellence, did, after much labor, and by order of Muhammad Shih Ghizi (the exalted in dignity, whose court is like that of Sulaimin, and whose glory is as tbe sun), render this aqueduct con spicuous (calling it by the name of Mu hammad Nidi) for the convenience of God's people, so that whosoever should have a thirsty Hp might have his heart fiEed and satisfied at this water, whilst his tongue would be moist in praying that this sovereignty of the king, the asylum of the universe, may abide for ever," a.h. 1063 = a.d. 1652. The unfinished tomb of 'Ali 'Adil 382 ROUTE 9. SATARA TO BIJAPUR THE CITADEL. Sect. I. Shih II. is to be seen W. of the Asir i Sharif, and on the N. of the citadel. It is a noble ruin of seven large Gothic looking arches, constructed on a terrace 15ft, high and more than 200ft. square. Had not the death of the Sultin put a stop to its progress and prevented the addition of an upper story, in con formity with the original design, it would have surpassed every other build ing at Bijapur, both in magnificence and beauty. There are many other tombs and buEdings in that part of the city which lies between the outer wall and the waE of the citadel, but only four need be mentioned here. Of these, two stand together on the S.W. of the citadel, being that of Sidi Rihin, a famous, fakir, and his pupil Khawis Khin, who was regent to Sikandar, the infant son of 'Ali 'Adil Shih II. His tomb is S. of the other. S.E. of these is the tomb of one of Aurangzib' s wives, and also that of Kishwar Khin, the founder of the fort of Dharir, who was taken and put to death by one of the Nizim Shihi kings, and whose father Asad Khin is prominently mentioned by the early Portuguese historians. The Citadel and Palace. — It must be particularly observed that the buildings just described are between the outer wall, or wall of the enclosed town, and the wall of the inner fort or citadel. The wall of the enclosed town, which is, ac cording to Col. Sykes, 8 m. in circum ference, is flanked by numerous semi circular towers ; and was, at one time, strengthened by a ditch and covered way, now in many parts destroyed, and admitting cultivated fields to closely approach the curtain. It is strongly buEt of stone and lime, with a parapet 9 ft. high and 3 ft. thick, and was com pleted by 'Ali 'Adil Shih I. in a.d. 1566, or two years after he and his Muham madan confederates had overturned the neighbouring Hindu principality of Vijayanagar. The Citadel, which is by far the most remarkable sight in Bija ptir, is within this enclosure, to the W. of its irregular square, and is defended by a rampart, round towers, and fausse braye, having also a wet ditch 120 ft. broad. The ditch, completely flooded in former times, is now nearly dry on the N. ; on the S. it is of considerable depth, and contains small fish ; but there are no alligators, as mentioned by Tavernier. It would appear that the water of the ditch on the N. has been at all times deficient, there being a double wall and second wet ditch at that part. The entrance to the fortification is by a road which separates from the main road at right angles, and is marked by an immense block of black marble of a columnar shape, lying flat on the ground. FoEowing this road the traveller wiE enter on the E. by two gateways ; the inner one is of black marble, apparently taken from a Hindi temple, and has a door made of wooden planks, clamped by iron plates, riveted by strong iron pegs. Close to the entrance of the citadel are four piEars of polished black basalt, three on the right and one on the left. They belonged to a Hindii temple, and, according to Sydenham, were sent by the widow of Rim Riji to Sultin 'All 'Adil Shih I. when Bija- nagar fell. But, as similar pfllars are to be met with among the brihmanical re mains near, it seems probable that if not spoils from Bijanagar they were formerly part of the Hindii temple now standing in ruins on either hand; and through which the present gateway was carried on the first foundation of the citadel by Ytisuf 'Adil Shih, who, according to Firishtah and others, built the fort. The doubt, however, would probably be cleared up by the decypherment of an inscription which will be noticed on a slab close to the pillars. Two other rows of pillars are to be seen a few paces further on to the right, and 3 to the left, which are the only remaining parts of the Hindii temple just aEuded to, and which is said to have been the place where the Hindu ladies in the harims of the kings of Bijaptir paid their devotions. Though not uniform, the pillars consist generaEy of a plain base, a rudely-carved shaft, with a square projection in the middle, and an overhanging capital. Many of them at the base commemorate grants of land given to the temple by the Rajput families of Chilukya and Yidava, who ROUTE 9. SATARA TO BIJAPUR THE CITADEL. Bombay.reigned here previous to the Muham madan invasion of tbe Dakhan. _ The oldest grant is written in Sanskrit and HaE Kanada, and announces a gift of land to this temple of the deity Nara- sihha, by Cbilukya Mhla Devara, in the Shilivihan period 1114, or a.d. 1192. There is a simEar gift, to the same deity, written in the name of Sbankrapa Danda Naik, the mEitary prime minister of Yidava Niriyana, a Chakravarti Riji, during the_ 46th year of that prince's reign, or in the 1162nd year of the Shilivihan period, a.d. 1240. The whole style of sculp ture is here very similar to that of the E'lira excavations ; and if not told by the inscriptions that this was a Vaishnava temple, we might con jecture its dedication from the subjects on the square projections of the pillars. Among the mythological devices, there is one of a cross-legged figure, sitting with the hands joined, as if employed in devotion, whilst on the right and left there are 2 standing figures in attend ance. There is a representation also of Ganesh on another pillar ; of Krishnah kiEing the serpent Kali ; and of an ele phant. Proceeding onwards from the temple we come to a yet more extensive Hindi buEding on the left. This is an Agrahir or brahmanical CoEege, which the Muhammadans converted into a mosque by placing on it a mimbar, or "pulpit," and wi-iting the confession of faith over the mibrib, or "arch," of the altar on the W. A large enclosed space in front is entered by a vestibule, the portico of which, with its wings, occupies the complete length of the Agrahir. This building consists of 2 stories, the lower presenting a front of 10 taE columns, each of a single stone, and 6 or 7 feet distant from the other, and deepening backwards at right angles in rows of 6 columns each. Like the oldest Hindii buildings in the Dakhan, this has massy pieces of quartz rock passing from one pillar to another to form the roof. The waUs are simEarly formed, without lime or any other cement. There are also one or two piEars of black basalt, which do not appear to have belonged to the original 383 building, as all tbe others are of the quartz rock, whieb must have been brought from some distance, there being no appearance of this formation in the neighbourhood. A smaller, though in other respects similar, Agrahir is on the N.E. of tbe 'Adilat Khinah ; and this proves the existence of a consider able Hindu town here previous to its being fortified by the first king of Bijapur. The local tradition is that a Hindii Riji, named Bijan Rii, whose capital was Mangalbira, 15 m. S.S.E. of Pandharpur, founded these Colleges. A round tower also, now standing, is said to have been built in this prince's time. It is said that soon after this time, Pir Mabrit Khandiyat, the leader of a body of fakirs having come here, expeEed the brihmans from the Agra- hirs, and propagated the faith of Islim, previous to any regular invasion of the Dakhan; and that when Yiisuf 'Adil Shih founded Bijapur, this town was caEed Bijan Halli. The tomb of the Pir's son is within the area of the largest Agrahir, buEt of lime and stone, and covered with Arabic sentences from the Kur'in. His own burial place is some way off to tbe E., and his descendants still reside there, and possess some rights in the viEage of Tinie HaEi, not far from Bijapir. The Muhammadan buildings in the citadel are completely in ruins, except a smaE mosque, caEed the Makkah Masjid, built by 'All 'Adil Shih I. It derives its name from a representa tion of Makkah on its K'abah, and is a chaste buEding with 1 2 arcbes sup ported by stone piEars, finely carved and disposed in a square. Behind this, to the N. stood the ' Addlat Khdnah, or "HaE of Justice," where the kings received the petitions of the poor, and shewed themselves to the people. It was of two stories, with wide verandahs raised on large wooden pillars, and was standing when Dr. Bird first visited Bijaptir, but was taken down by the Riji of Sitiri, on account of its dan gerous state. The ruined fountains and the terrace where the people assembled may stiE be seen. It was erected by 'All 'Adil Shih I. 384 ROUTE 10". BOMBAY TO SONDAGARH. Sect. I. The Sond Mahal, or Palace of Gold, stood near this on the right. It was burnt down. To the W. is the Ananda Mahal, or Harim, which points S. It has 3 stories, each having a middle haE and smaller rooms at either end, com municating by narrow arches, which were closed with curtains. It had for merly 2 wings to the N. The whole ends in a broad terrace, and a wall 10ft. high, surmounted by minarets. To the W. of this is the Dhobi Mahal, and to the S. the Sijdah Mahal, " Prayer Palace," called Sdt Khaiidi, or Soft Mahal, "Seven Stories." Time and the tropical rains have wrought sad havoc on this splendid building, but enough remains to attest its former magnificence, in one vast baE with a vaulted roof. The shell alone of the rest is left, and the inside, which was laid out in fountains and gardens, is now a tangled jungle. Just beyond this is the most picturesque view in Bijapur. From an adjoining Hindd temple, you behold the ruined walls of the palace, covered with trees and lux uriant creepers. The round towers jut out, and give variety to the scene. The Aqueducts alone remain to be mentioned, and, though in ruins, they • are worth inspection, particularly by the sportsman, as in the low brushwood which marks their position outside tbe walls, lurk innumerable hares and par tridges, which will afford abundant sport to the tourist. ROUTE 10. From Bombay to Sondagarh. 99 M. 2 F. For particulars of this Route from Bombay to Mahir see Route 3. Military Authority. — Officer com manding at Punah — Punah. Civil Authority. — Collector at Thinah— Thdnah. PLACES. STAGES. M. P. M. P. BOMBAY to MAHAR 76 2 76 2 x Siwitri r. fordable at low water 0 4 PLACES. STAGES. M. F. M. F. Sirgi'oh 1 2 Ascend Kordari HE1 0 6 x re 2 3 Karanjwidi 1 3 x re to Kiwalgi'on 3 5 Ascend Kiwal Khihd or LatwinGhit 2 1 Top of Ghit 0 2 LATWANkA 1 0 13 2 xretoVinof 2 1 Ascend Mikhan Khihd... 2 0 Top of Pass 0 5 'I'sipir 0 4 Sirkal 2 3 {a) SONDAGARH, hence visit Daphli and Su- warnadurg, (Severn- droo'g) 2 3 10 0 99 2 This Route is a section of that to Ratnigirf and Goa, places generaEy visited by sea. In the monsoon, how ever, it is impossible to travel by boat, and this Route must then be taken. {a) Soiiddgar/i. — Ddpidi, caEed by the natives Jognadi, the head-quarters of the invalids, which ought to be one of the best stations of the army, is 8 m. distant. It does not appear, however, that either climate or any other advantage was much considered in its selection. Suwarnadurg (Severndroog of Grant Duff and others), — This place has its name from Skr. suwarna, "golden," durgam, " fort." The fort stands on a small island close to the coast, and is of some antiquity, as Sivaji did but repair it in 1662. In 1713 it was ceded with 9 other forts to Kihhoji Angria. On the 2nd of April, 1755, it was attacked by Commodore Jones, who, after a bom bardment of 4 days, captured the 4 dis tinct forts of whicb it consists, without the loss of a man. It was made over to the Marithas in exchange for Bankot and Fort Victoria, and finaEy acquired by the English on the faE of the Peshwi in 1818. Bombay. S. Biv. 385 SECTION II. SOUTHERN DIVISION. Preliminary Information. 1. Boundaries and General Aspect of the Division— Sub-divisions and Chief Towns.— 2. Historical Sketch — Castes— Employments of the Natives. 1. boundaries and general aspect of the division — sub- divisions and chief town's. This division, lying between N. lat. 18° 34' and 14° 16', and E. long. 73° 40' and 76° 28', has an area of 27,615 sq. m. From its most N. to its most S. point it is 290 m. long ; but this is owing to the narrow strip of the Sholipur collectorate stretching far to the N. beyond the other parts of this division. In breadth, the S. division nowhere exceeds 195 m. It is bounded on the N. by the petty principality of Jinjirah, a corner of the Thinah collectorate, Sitiri, Ahmadnagar, and the Nizam's dominions ; on the E. by the Nizim's dominions ; and on the W. by the sea. On the S. its frontier meets those of Goi, N. Kanara, Maisir, and Balliri. The General aspect of the Division above the W. Ghits, which cut off from it the narrow slip of territory that forms the Ratnigiri collectorate, is that of an undulating plain. But from this description must be excepted the province of Kolhapur, which is a rough hilly country, gradually sloping from the Ghits towards tbe more level tract of Belginw. The climate of Sholipur is dry and tolerably healthy. The fall of rain averages no more than 22 in. In the plains of Kolhapur the average faE is 30 in. 18 cents., while in the hEly districts it varies from 46 in. to 294 in. 90 cents. This province suffers much from cholera, and though its elevation of 1 ,790 ft. above the sea ensures it a comparatively temperate climate, it cannot be considered healthy. Belginw and Dhirwid possess a far better cHmate, and may be regarded as quite as congenial to the European constitution as any part of the Bombay Presidency. Col. Sykes pronounces them to be the finest provinces in the Dakhan. Ratnigiri and Siwant Wadi are rugged, broken, interspersed with mountains and jungles, and intersected by torrents, which, as they approach the sea, become very deep and muddy. The rains on the Ghits are as heavy as in any part of the world, and approach 300 in. Tigers and other wEd beasts abound, and snakes are innu merable and very destructive to human life. The stations by the sea, such as Vengurla (Vingorla), are by no means unhealthy for Europeans. The Sub-divisions and Chief Towns of the five provinces comprised in this division are as foEows :— RATNAGIRf (RUTNAGHERRY) . Taluks or Sub-Divisions from rihipf Towns Distance of Chief Direction N.toS. l/Meriowns. Town from Ratn4gari. ^necnon. 1 Suwarnadurg Harnai 57 N.N.W. 2 Ahjanwel Chipaluh 40 N.N.E. 386 sub-divisions and chief towns. Sect. II. Bombay. Taluks or Sub-Divisions from N. to S. Chief Towns; Distance of Chief Town from Eatnagiri. Direction. 3 Ratnigiri Ratnigiri )» „ 4 Vijayadurg (V-iziadroog) Rijipur 28 S.S.E. 6 Milwan Milwan 64 s. SHOLAPIJR (SHOLAPORE). Taluks or Sub-Divisions from N. to S. Chief Towns. Distance from Sholapiir. Direction. 1 Karmile (KurmuEa) Karmile 67 N.W. 2 Birsi Birsi 40 N.N.W. 3 Marhe (Mahara) Mirhe (Mahara) 34 N.W. 4 Mohol Mohol 19 W.N.W. 5 Sholipilr Sholipur )) >) 6 Ihdi Ihdi 34 S. 7 Hirpargi (Heepurgee) Hirpargi 60 S.S.E. 8 Mangoli Mangoli 70 s. 9 Mudebihil (Moodbbal) Mudebihil KOLHAPUR. 92 S.S.E. Taluks or Sub-Divisions from N. to S. Chief Towns. Distance of Chief Town from Kolhapur. Direction. 1 Vishilgarh Malkipir 30 N.W. 2 Panhili ' Panhili 10 N.W. 3 Alte Alte 13 N.E. 4 Sherul Sherul 25 N.E.byE, 6 Kolhapur Kolhapur »J )» 6 Biori (Bowrah) Biori 25 S.W. 7 Kigal 8 Budargarh (Boodurgur) 9 Garb. Inglaj Kigal 9 S.E. Budargarh Garh Inglaj 31 s. 32 S.E. 10 Inchalkarinji Inchalkarinji 18 E. 11 Toregal Toregal 87 S.E. Of the above sub-divisions, Nos. 2, 3, 4, 5, 8, and 9 are caEed Parganahs, and the rest are Jagirs or districts belonging to feudatory chiefs. There are, besides, 14 smaEer Jagirs, viz. : — Walwd, Kdpsi, Jdgir of Jagat Guru, or Sankeshwarswdmi, Jdgir of Rdoji Mahdrdj, Jdgir of Tatia Mahdriij, Jdgir of Josi Rdo, Jdgir of Sirlashkar, Jdgir of Simmat Bahadur, Jdgir of Jabtan Mulk, Jdgir of Ndrdyan Rdo Ghdtke, Jdgir of Amiru'l ' XJmard, Jdgir of Sindii Rdo, Jdgir of Bhim Bahadur. The Jdgir of Toregal is completely separated from Kolhipur by the coEectoratc of Belgi'oh, and is situated on the confines of Dhirwid. eelgXnw or belga'on (belgaum). TalukB or Sub-Divisions from N. to S. Chief Towns. Distance of Chief . Town from Belg&'on. Directio: 1 Tisgihw (Tazgaum) Tisginw 80 N. 2 Athni (Hutnee) Athni 70 N.E. 3 Chikori Chikori 40 N. 4 Gokik' Gokik 30 N.E. 5 Bigalkot 6 Pidshihpir Bigalkot 82 E.N.E Belginw *> )> 7 Parasgad Sawdatti 40 E. 8 Badimi' Badimi 78 E. 9 Hunguhd Hunguhd 103 E. 10 Sampgihw Sampgihw 17 E.S.E. 11 Bid! Bid! 22 S.S.E. Southern Biv. historical sketch. 387 DHARWAD. Taluks or Sub-Divisions from nhlofTownn Distance of Chief in™»ti™ N.toS. Chief Towns. Town from Dharwad. Direction. 1 Nawalguhd (Nowlgoond) Nawalguhd 24 E.N.E. 2 Dhirwid Dhirwid „ ,, 3 Dambal (Dummul) Gadag (Gudduk) 40 E. 4 Hubli (Hooblee) Hubli 12 S.E. 5 Bahkipiir (Bunkapoor) Shiwgihw (Seegaon) 34 S.S.E. 6 Hingal (Hungut) Hingal 48 S. 7 Rinebehnur (Bednore) Rinebehnir 69 S.E. 8 Kod (Koda) Ratihali 77 S.S.E. 2. HISTORICAL SKETCH CASTES — EMPLOYMENTS OF THE NATIVES. The history of this Division, so far as it can be dissociated from that of the surrounding provinces, resolves itself into a history of Kolhipur, the Rijis of which country have for 1000 years, at least, been dominant over the greater por tion of territory included in this Division. In the elaborate report on the Princi- paEty of Kolhipur, compiled by Major D. C. Graham, of the 28th Bombay N. I,,* wiE be found various inscriptions and their translations, which refer to dynasties of the 12th and 13th centuries a.d. Before that date tradition is the only guide, and from it, it would seem that in the beginning of the 6th century a.d. Riji Rim ruled over aE the countries between the Narmadi and the sea. In a.d. 789 a prince of Jayanagar overran the S. provinces. His minister, Himir Pant, is said to have invented the Mor or written character of the Marithi language. A blank follows till a.d. 1028, when the light of the inscriptions is first reached. An inscription found in a Jain temple at Raibigb, dated 1202, in tbe Sanskrit language, but old Kanadi character, gives the genealogy of a conquering prince named Lakshmi Deo, which goes back about 174 years, and shows that, in 1028, a dynasty had been established which ruled over the W. part of Kolhipir. The founder was Jimutawihana ShEahar, who was a branch of the Rijis who reigned for centuries previous at Tagara. At the same time, in the 13th century, there ruled another dynasty, eight miles from Kolhipur, at Berad, which included Kolhipur itself and Panhili; and another at Vishilgarh, where tradition says that a Riji Bhoj reigned in a.d. 688; and, finally, a fourth at Sankeshwar. There are stiE remains of a palace and a very ancient temple at Berad, and it is said that the seat of government was transferred thence to Kolhipur in con sequence of a great earthquake that took place between the 13th and 14th cen turies. The Jimtitawahan dynasty appears to have been overthrown f by Shringan Deo, who was probably a Yidava Rajput. Inscriptions in tbe Sanskrit character of the Chilukya dynasty also have been dug up at the temple Ambabi at Kolhi pur, but unfortunately without date. There is reason to think, however, that they are the oldest that have been discovered. The earHest Persian inscription found at Vishilgarh shews that the Mubammadans took that fort in a.d. 1234. MaUk Rahim, who led the invaders, was canonized after death, and miracles were pre tended to be wrought at his shrine. This is all that can be ascertained at present regarding the history of the division before the Muhammadan conquest ; but the caves and other remains shew that the Buddhists were numerous and powerful here, probably, in the first centuries of the Christian ssra. It is to be anticipated that many discoveries of inscriptions wiE yet be made at Rinebehnvir, Hubli, Athni, and other ancient towns ; and, when all these are deciphered and compared, much of the annals of the early Hindi princes who reigned in this quarter may yet be recovered. * Selections from the Records of the Bombay Government, No.viii. New Series, Bombay, 1854. t Grant Duff, vol. i. p. 29. 388 historical sketch. Sect. II. Bombay. The conquest of these territories, which, for some years previous to the battle of TaEkot, in 1565, were subject to Bijanagar, was not entirely completed by the Muhammadans till the close of the 15th century a.d., and in the middle of the next the country passed into Sivaji's hands. In 1690 a.d. Kolhipilr, as a province of the kingdom of Bijapir, was reckoned the 5th Sibab of Aurangzib's conquests in the Dakhan. But the people resisted the Mughul yoke, and at Aurangzib's death the Marithas became possessed of the whole province, which remained an integral part of the Maritha empire until 1729, when it was formed into an in dependent principality, under a prince of the house of Sivaji, whose descent is as follows : — Sivaji left two sons, Shimbuji or Sambhaji and Riji Rim, by different wives. Riji Rim was, in 1689, declared Regent after Sambhaji's execution by Aurangzib, during the minority of Sambhaji's son Sihu, who was shortly after made prisoner by the Mughuls. In 1700, Riji Rim died, leaving, by dif ferent wives, two sons, Sivaji and Sambhaji, of whom Sivaji was placed on the throne by his mother, Tiri Bii, but in 1708, Sihu, being released, seized Sitiri, and became tbe acknowledged bead of the Maritha nation. On this, Sivaji, whose adherents were strong m the S., fixed himself at Panhili and Kolhipur. This prince died of smaE-pox in 1712, when Rimchandra Pant Amatya placed Tiri Bii and Sivaji's widow, Bhawini Bii,* in confinement, and raised Sambhaji to the throne of Kolbipir. Sarje Rio Ghitke,f the powerful chief of Kigal, now joined Sambhaji, and, the Mughul viceroy of the Dakhan also assisting him, the struggle for supremacy continued for 13 years with alternate success. In 1727 Sambhaji made great preparations for a final campaign, but the Peshwi, Biji Rio Balil, gained such advantages over him, that after being deserted by his aEies, Kihhoji Angria, and the Nizim, he was obUged, in 1729, to yield his claim on the Maritha sovereignty to Sihu, and content himself with Kolhapur, as a distinct principality. Its boundaries were the Wami and Krishni on the N. and E., and the Tungabhadra on the S. From this date, then, the separation between the Sitiri and Kolhipdr famEies became complete. In imitation of the elder kingdom, the Riji of KoEvipur appointed eight grand officers of State. Bhag- want Rio had Vishilgarh with the office of Pratinidhi ; Rimchandra Nil Kahth had Biori, with the office of Pant Amitya ; the office of Senipati or General, feE to Shidoji, nephew of Sahtaji Ghodpade, and other chiefs were made Pant Sachiva, Mantri, Dabir, Nyiyidhish, and Nyiyashistri. In December, 1760, Sambhaji, the last lineal descendant of Sivaji, dying without issue, tbe son of Shihji Bhohsle, of Kanbwat, a descendant of' the 10th son of Bbosaji, of the Ene of Bapa Rawal, of Chitur, who reigned in 134 a.d., was carried off and adopted, and the Queen, with 5,000 foEowers, set out with him for Baniras. Her party was met at Jijuri by the Peshwi, who, after great entreaty, agreed to the adoption, and presented the young Riji with a magnifi cent diamond ring. In October, 1762, the youth was enthroned at Panili or Panhili, under the name of Sivaji, and rich presents were sent to him by the Nizim, Haidar 'Ali, and aE the neighboring chiefs. For some years the Queen acted as Regent, and, under her rule, piracy grew to such a height that the English, in 1765, despatched an armament; which captured the fort of Milwan, and the Peshwi wrested the districts of Chikori and Manoli from Kolhipir, and gave them to the Patwardans. This latter circumstance led to a petty warfare with the Patwardans, which was rancorously can-ied on for many years. Milwan, however, was subsequently restored by the British, on their receiving payment of 382,896 rupees ; and Chikori and Manoli were given back by the Pesnwi in his last Elness, In February, 1772, the Queen JJji Bii died. She had encouraged human sacrifices to a fearful extent, and parties scom-ed the plains at night for » She was then pregnant, and, in 1750, her son, Ram Raj4, became Raja of Satara. f Tbe founder of this family, Kara Deo, acquired the name of Gbatke by suppressing a famous brigand named Ghat. See Graham's Report, p. 504, note. Southern Biv. historical sketch. 389 victims to be offered at the Black Tower of Panhili, within a few hundred yards of her palace. This tower was a temple to Durgi, the Hindii Hecate, in the inner fort, and so thickly over-canopied with trees, that not a ray of light could break the gloom. In 1773, Kuhhar Rio Trimbak, Patwardan of Kurandwir, overran the country, laid siege to Kolhipilr, and burned a famous Math or monastery in the suburbs, whence he carried off an immense treasure. The Chief Priest buried himself alive at Shengihw, invoking curses on the sacrilegious spoiler, who nevertheless returned happily to his own district. In 1777 the chiefs of Kigal, Biori, and Vishilgarh, aided by the Punah troops, attacked Kolhipur, but were signaEy defeated, as was also the Peshwi's general, Jiwaji Gopil JoshS. In revenge for this, Mahidaji Sindhia was despatched from Piinah with an over whelming force, and ravaged the whole province, nor did he withdraw till he had exacted from tbe Riji an agreement to pay 15,00,000 rupees for losses sustained by the Peshwi. In 1777, Haidar 'Ali visited Kolhipur, presented 1 ,00,000 rupees, and offered the support of his troops. In 1777 tbe Patwardan Parshurim Rimchandra, of Miraj, took Akewat, and 2 years after Sberiil, and in 1780 got possession of the strong fort of Budargarh. Ratnikar Pant Api now became prime minister, and under his guidance the Rij i made a successful expedition to Siwant Widi, and soon after transferred the seat of government from Panhili to Kolhipir. In 1786 the Riji Sivaji again invaded Siwant Widi with complete success. In 1792 the English fitted out a force at Bombay to attack Widi and Kolhipur in conse quence of the piracies of those powers, but an apology was made by the Riji, and a treaty concluded, by which permission was conceded for the establishment of British factories at Milwan and Kolhipiir. In 1793 Parshurim Rimchandra, who had just returned from aiding the British in Maisvir, invaded the Kolhipiir territories, but in 1794 his son Rimchandra was defeated before the walls of Alte by Sivaji, and made prisoner with all his principal officers. They were treated generously and released, but the elder Patwardan, unsoftened by this kindness to his son, immediately recrossed the frontier, and laid siege to Kolhipiir, from which city he exacted 3,00,000 rupees. Soon after this Nini Farnavis encouraged the Riji of Kolhipur to attack the Patwardans. Upon this Sivaji caEed out the whole force of his State, and, by a well-managed surprise, recovered the strong fort of Budar garh, whicb had been 10 years in the Patwardan's possession. Chikori and Manoli were recovered from Bhiskar Rio Trimbak, the chief of Nepini. In October, 1796, Sivaji marched from Kolhipur, and, after plundering several towns, completely sacked Tisgihw, and burnt the palace of the Patwardan. In 1798 the Kolhipur Riji aided the Riji of Sitiri in his attempt to recover his independence, and received the gallant Chatur Singh, the Riji's brother, when he escaped from Sitiri. This prince, being pursued by the Peshwi's troops, turned back upon them with the reinforcements he had received from Kolhipir, and cut them off almost to a man, and then, marching on Karad, surprised the Patwardan's troops and totally routed them. During this march an unsuccessful attempt was made to assassinate Sivaji, who returned in triumph to Panhili. Soon after, a detachment of the KolhipvVr troops was despatched on a foray, and, falling in with a band of 400 Thags, hanged or beheaded them all. After this punishment, other hordes of that fraternity of miscreants avoided the province of Kolhipir. At Savanur the Kolhipir troops were, however, totaEy defeated, and driven back by Dhondu Pant Gokl£ ; but, being reinforced by Sivaji in person, took Konfir, kEled the Desii, and laid the whole country round under contribution. In 1799 Nini Farnavis, being reconciled to Parshurim Patwardan, directed him to restrain the forays of the Kolhipir Riji. This led to a pitched battle at Chikori, where Sivaji, surrounded by a body-guard glittering in chain armour, appeared at the head of 16,000 men, and completely defeated Parshurim, killing him, and putting his whole army to flight. Rimchandra, Parshurim's son, repaired to Piinah, and obtained powerful reinforcements, among which were 5 battalions of 390 historical sketch. Sect. II. Bombay. Sindhia's regular troops, under Major Brownrig. With this army, in 1799, he besieged Kolhipur. Sivaji himself retired into the fort of Panhili, but was attacked on tbe way and suffered heavy loss. On the 4th of Jan., 1800, the enemy's batteries opened against Kolhipir ; and on the 12th of March, a wide breach having been made, the enemy's columns advanced to the assault, but were driven back with the loss of 3,000 kiEed and wounded, including several of Sindhia's European officers,* whose graves may stEl be seen near the ramparts. The next day the enemy raised the siege. A peace of some years foEowed, and during the cam paign of 1804 the Kolhipur Riji observed a strict neutrality between the English and Marithas. In 1806, Sivaji besieged the fort of Widi, whereupon the Peshwi sent assistance to the Siwant. This led to a war between the Peshwi and Sivaji, and in 1808 the Peshwi's general, the chief of Nepinf, totaEy defeated the Kolhipir army at Songihw, with the loss of 5,000 men, and all their cannon, colors, and elephants. Sivaji himself, severely wounded, with difficulty escaped. A peace foEowed, and on the 21st of June, 1809, a princess of Kolhipir was given in marriage to the Nepini chief, who, suspicious of treachery, suddenly decamped in the night with his bride, and two years after made a further irruption into Kolhapur, and defeated Sivaji's troops at Hewra, capturing 5 guns and 1,200 prisoners. In 1812, a British force assembled at Pandharpur, and peace was made between the contending parties, through the intervention of Mr. Elphinstone. The fort of Milwan was, on that occasion, ceded to the Bombay Government, which guaranteed Kolhipur from further ag gression. Tbe same year the palace and state records were partly destroyed at Kolhipiir, during a tumult, by some Pathins. Sivaji died on the 24th of April, 1812, after a reign of 53 years. He left two sons, by different mothers, Shambhu and Shihji, better known as Abi Sahib and Biwi Sahib. Abi Sahib quietly succeeded. During the war with, tbe Peshwi, in 1818, he heartily espoused the British cause ;. and, by a new treaty, Chikori and Manoli were taken from the 'Nepini chief, and restored to Kolhipiir. On the 2nd of July, 1821, Abi Sihib was murdered in bis palace by Sihaji Mohite, and Biwi Sihib succeeded. He was a prince of a daring and ferocious character, and, in 1 824, during the disturbances at Kitir, his behaviour led to grave suspicions. Next year his intrigues had pro ceeded so far, that the British resolved to interfere. A force of 6,000 men marched on KoLhiphr, and arrived there in December. The Riji had assembled 20,000 men ; but, as the British troops crowned the heights- above the city, his heart failed him, and he submitted to the terms offered to him. In October, 1826, he visited the Governor of Bombay at Piinah. He came with a splendid body guard of 1,000 hotse, 16 elephants, a battahon of Arabs, and 1,600 irregular infantry .His conduct was most irritating ; and at last, having wounded a trooper in the Pvinah horse, he made a precipitate retreat. Troops were now put in motion against him from Belginw, and he again tendered his submission ; but not keeping to his promises, a British force was, in 1827, for the third time assembled at Kolhipiir. The town, though garrisoned by 3,000 Arabs, immediately surren dered, and, on the 23rd of October, a new treaty was imposed. The Riji was compelled to reduce his troops to 400 horse, and 800 foot; to discharge his Arabs; ¦to cede Chikori and Manoli, and the forts of Panhili and Pawangarh ; and to permit a British regiment to be be quartered at Kolhipur. Biwi Sibib died on tbe 29th of November, 1837, at Yeoti, near Pandharpur, whither he had gone on a pretended pilgrimage, but reaEy with the design of plundering some of the towns on the Krishni. He left two sons and two daughters. His eldest son, Sivaji, succeeded him. A regency was formed of the young prince's mother, his aunt, and four ministers, but the aunt soon got possession of the whole power. * Jules Romen, nC 1768, un citoyen de Languedoo, commante du battn. de l'armee de Siudhia. Tug aux trenches de Kolapur, 23me Mars, 1 sun, is one of the inscriptions. )w. historical sketch. 391 As she ruled most oppressively, the English Government resolved to appoint a minister, and, in 1843, nominated Diji Krishnah to the office. This officer con scientiously endeavored to introduce reforms, but was resolutely opposed by the Regent, who encouraged a spirit of discontent, until a regular conspiracy was or ganized against the British Government. In July, the forts of Simingarh and Budargarh closed their gates, and Lieut.-Col. Wallace, of the Madras army, was sent from Belginw, with 1,200 men, 4 mortars, and 2 nine-pounders, to capture them. He arrived before Simingarh on the 19th of September, and on the 24th carried the Peta, but was obliged to turn the siege of the fort into a blockade, and to send to Belginw for battering-guns. On the 22nd of September, the garrison of Budargarh sallied out on the Kolhipir troops sent against them, and dispersed them with loss, and this success greatly encouraged the rebels. Reinforcements of EngHsh troops were now ordered up. On the 8th of October, General Dela- motte took command, and on the 11th, 4 battering guns reached Simingarh. They were immediately placed in position, and by the next evening a breach was effected. The Commissioner, Mr. Reeves, aEowed the garrison to parley, but found tbey were confident of support from Kolhipiir, where the troops had risen and confined Diji Krishnah. Affairs, therefore, took their course, and on the morning of the 13th the place was stormed and carried with little opposition, and a wing of the 5th Madras Cavalry cut up a large body of rebels, who had assembled in the neighborhood. On the day before the storm, Colonel Outram joined the camp to act with Mr. Reeves, and was the first man in at the assault, and, indeed, for several minutes, alone among the enemy. On the place being captured, tbe Joint Commissioners offered an amnesty to all who would return to their allegiance. This proclama tion, however, produced no effect. Colonel Outram then, with characteristic energy, set off for Kigal, taking with him Lieut.-Colonel Wallace and 500 of his brigade, in order that, by his near proximity, he might be the better 'able to support the Riji against his rebeEious troops, and effect the release of the minister, Diji Krishnah, who was now imprisoned in the fort of Pawangarh. On the 24th of October, after much negotiation, the Minister was released, and the young Riji of Kolhipur, with his aunt and mother, and a majority of the chiefs, left the city and joined the British camp. This movement was strongly opposed by the soldiery, of whom 500, under Bibiji Ahirekar, went off to join the malcontents at Budargarh. On the 20th of October, General Delamotte moved from Simingarh against Budargarh, the garrison of which place had, ten days previously, plundered the British Parganah of Chikori and robbed the treasury of the principal station. On arriving at Budargarh, General Delamotte admitted the garrison to surrender ; but, while he was parleying at one gate, Bibiji and his followers escaped at the other, and threw themselves into the still stronger fortress of Panhili. On the 17th of November, Colonel Ovans, the Resident at Sitiri, who had just been appointed Special Commissioner in the S. Maritha country, was seized by the rebels while incautiously travelling with a very slight escort from Sitiri, and carried prisoner into Panhili. The Joint Commissioners exerted themselves to procure his release, and succeeded, but the garrison of Panhili stiE kept their gates closed, and rejected the terms offered to them. On the 27th the Peta was captured. On the morning of the 1st of December the batteries opened ; the same afternoon, the breach, being reported practicable, was stormed in gallant style ; and a portion of the garrison, endeavoring to escape to the adjoining fort of Pawangarh, were so closely followed by the British troops, that this second fortress also fell on the same day. Bibiji Ahirekar, and about 70 other ringleaders of the malcontents, were kiEed in the storm of Panhili, and many prisoners were captured by troops judiciously posted in the surrounding plain. On the 5th of December, Colonel Wallace, with a light force, proceeded against Ringni, 70 m. distant, and reached it on the 9th. He carried the Peia the same day ; and, 392 historical sketch. Sect. II. Bombay. having got two guns and two mortars into position during the night, kept up so heavy a fire from them next day that the enemy, after dark, evacuated the fort, and fled into the jungles of the Siwant Widi country. To this quarter many of the fugitives from Vishilgarh and other forts in the Kolhipir province betook themselves. Colonel Outram was appointed to the command of a Eght field force for the reduction of these rebels. The 7th Regiment Bombay N. I., the left wing of the 2nd Queen's Royals, a company of H. M. 17th Regiment, the 3rd Regiment Madras N. I., detachments of the 10th, 21st, and 23rd Bombay N. I., and of the 8th and 16th Madras N. I., of the 5th Madras L. C, and the Piinah Horse, and a few light guns, were the troops destined for the service, and they arrived at Vengurla about the middle of December, 1845. Their first operation was the reduction of the hiE forts caEed Manohar, " Mind-ravishing," and Man- santosh, " Mind's delight," situated on two lofty rocks, about a mEe from the fort pf the Ghits, and 35 m. from Vingorla, E. by N. In the first march from Vengurla, Colonel Outram bad a narrow escape. Riding at tbe head of the column with Capt. Battye, of the 21st N. I., he was observed by a party of rebels posted in trees, and was known by his blue coat to be the bard sdhib or officer of the highest rank. A voEey was fired at him, but tbe huEets intended for him struck Capt. Battye's horse, which fell dead, shot through in three places. On arriving at the forts it was found that, though close to one another, there was no com munication between them, but that they were separated by a profound chasm. It was resolved to attack Manohar, and as it was impossible to carry up heavy- guns into that difficult fortress, the only course was to storm. The scarp was about 50 ft. bigh, and the only access was by steps cut in the rock. The height of the forts above the plain was about 2,500 ft. About noon, the company of the 17th and some Sipihis, led by Lieut. Munbee of the Engineers, advanced gaEantly up the rocky steps, but the garrison roEed down on them heaps of large stones, which swept away several of the Europeans, and struck the officer leading them on the head. Lieut. Munbee was shot through the hand, and the storm failed. It was then determined to renew the attack at night, but, under cover of the dark ness, the garrison, who did not amount to more than 30 or 40 men, let themselves down over the wall with ropes and escaped. The troops now moved through the jungles in the direction of Goa, clearing them of the rebels. They found many stockades, and there was considerable danger in straying from the column, but they did not meet with any serious resistance, and, after a harassing campaign of three months, the rebeEion was completely put down. The rebels were driven into the territories of Goa, where they received shelter. After the lapse of some years an amnesty was granted to them, but some desperate characters were ex pressly excluded from terms. These men have again raised the standard of rebeEion during the late disorders in India, and although their attempts to rouse a general spirit of revolt have failed, they stiE continue to elude pursuit in the dense jungles which surround the province. In January, 1845, a British officer was appointed Political Superintendent of tbe Kolhipur State, a brigade was stationed in the vicinity of the town, and various measures of reform were introduced into the government with the happiest results. Kolhipir, however, was one of the few places which, during the disastrous rebellion of 1857, furnished proofs that the fidelity of even the Bombay army was not altogether incorruptible. On the night of the 31st of July a sudden uproar and firing was heard in the lines of the 27th Bombay N. I., stationed at Kolhipiir. The night was dark, and heavy rain was faEing. The mutineers at first induced by threats several sipihis who were not in the plot to join them. They broke open the store guard and carried off spare arms and ammunition. They then proceeded to the quarter guard, released some prisoners, and can-ied off pubUc . treasure to the amount of 45,000 rupees. They then plundered the bizir and the house of the Jam'adir Adjutant, whose mother they shot. Then, headed bv Southern Biv. castes — employments op the natives. 393 Rimji Shershat, a Maritha of huge stature, they went to Major Holland's house, into which they poured a volley, and afterwards visited other officers' houses, but luckily without encountering any European. Capt. M'CuEoch with several junior officers now proceeded to the lines and endeavored to rally round them some of the loyal men, but was obliged to fall back on Biori (Bowrab), the civE station, where the local corps was under arms. Reinforced with some troops of the S. Maritha Horse, the party returned to the Mess house ; but, after some ineffectual efforts at restoring order, retired once more on Biori. Next morn ing a party under Col. Maugban and Capt. Schneider, proceeded to a fortified house in the suburbs of Kolhipur, where some rebels bad taken post, but, after exchanging a few shots, retired. Col. Maughan now telegraphed to Sitiri for aid, and Capt. Kerr immediately started to his assistance with 50 men of the S. Maritha Horse, and reached Kolhipur, 76 m. off, in 26 hours. Meantime tbe mutineers, having left the station, fell in with Lieut. Norris and Ensigns Stubbs and Heathfield near the Phunda Ghit, and barbarously murdered them. On the 9th of August, the rebels, being hard pressed for food, moved back on Kolhipur ; and some of them, having thrown themselves into the same square building in the suburbs from before which Col. Maughan had, on the 1st, retired, were there next day attacked by Capt. Kerr with a party of his horse and 60 volunteers of the 27th N. I., and, after a desperate defence, were aE cut to pieces. Others of the mutineers were destroyed by the vElagers, and in a short time the whole body, about 170 in all, were annihilated. It was then discovered that an extensive plot had been formed for a general rising in the S. Maritha country, and several executions took place in consequence. Among those executed was the Havaldir Major of the 29th N. I., who was blown from a gun on the 20th of August. In consequence of these disturbances, Col. Le Grand Jacob was 6ent down to take supreme command in the S. Maritha country ; and, under his vigorous control, the crisis of the rebellion was successfully met. A subsequent rising at Kolhipir was repressed instantaneously, and signal punishment was inflicted on the rebels. The great mass of the population in this division are Hindiis. There are a great number of aboriginal races, whose customs and languages deserve more^ attention than has yet been given to them. The names of 52 different wander ing tribes are given in Major Graham's Report of Kolhiphr, whose customs are very peculiar, but have not yet been satisfactorily described. Besides these, there are the Garkaris and Pataks, who are the ancient soldiers of Sivaji, and are a brave, hardy, and independent race. The Jains also are numerous in this, divi sion. Tbey worship Shiva under the form of a naked image, and abstain from animal food and intoxicating Hquors. Tbey burn their dead, and despise their Hindi brethren, with whom they will neither eat nor intermarry. 394 ROUTE 15. BOMBAY TO SAWANT WADI. Sect. II. ROUTE 15. From Bombay, by Chipalijn, to Rat- nagirf (177 m. 5\ f.), and thence TO SAWANT WADf, BY Rajapur. 283 m.' 5| f. For particulars of this Route from Bombay to Sohdigarh, see Route 10. Military Authority. — Officer com manding at Ratnigiri — Ratndgiri. Civil Authority — Collector at Rat nigiri — Ratndgiri. PLACES. STAGES. M. F. M.F. BOMBAY to SONDA GARH 99 4 KHAIR 9 0 9 0 Murid 1 7 Parshurim Pagoda 12 0 x re to Parshurim AVadi 0 4 x r to Mip, a suburb of Cbipalin 0 6 x r 0 2 («) CHIPALUN 1 2 16 5 x Kapsalwidi r 2 4 Kalaura Khihd 3 1 Kalaura 1 1 x re. to DAIWAL 2 7 9 5 Mindki 2 1 Palwi 1 3 x re. to Kokra 3 7 x Gad r. 140 yds. broad 1 3 AROLr 1 2 10 0 Ambua 2 1 x )•. to Makjiin 1 2 AsoendMahilungi Khihd 2 1 Dingni 6 1 X SHASTlirr. to FUN GUS 0 5 12 2 A well and } Rajwidi 0 5 x Kilindi r 0 3 Bhitea 0 3J A well and dh 2 3| A well and dh 1 5 A well and dh 0 4 ¦ -ftmd descent 2 1J x r. to Golap 0 5 x re 1 2\ x r 0 2 PANWAS 0 1 10 4 PLACES. STAGES. M. F. M. r. x «. and r. to Maulanga 3 0 x re 2 4| x r. toBhar 0 1J BI'NI' 5 61 11 i\- x Michindi r 0 1J Asoli 0 2| Ascend hill to a Temple . 1 3 x r. to Kotapiir 1 6 x n 0 4 Ghotni 3 3 x n 1 2 (c) x r. to RAJAPUR . 3 3 12 1 x Suknadi i.'. 0 H Satiili 3 3i Juiti 3 4 x Kinwi )- 4 0 {d) Kibirli (hence visit Vijayadurg,Viziadroog) 0 Tk x re 2 3~ PATGA'ON 0 5| 15 1 Tambbin 5 6 x Seo r. 110 yds. broad. OH Bigh 0 4J Chandosi 1 1£ Walaudi 2 If Sirg-i' oh Wadi 1 6 x Mitbbis )- 1 Z\ SALST 1 1h 15 0 x « 0 41 x Barni r 1 6 Barni 0 4£ x re 0 4| x n 2 5 x re. with steep banks ... 1 3J x n. to Warora 0 0J X Harni )• 1 2i X Gad r 1 0" SANTRU'L 0 5J 10 4J x re. rd. to Milwan 0 6 Bordwi 4 3 x Amardi r. 60 yds. broad to Amardawidi 1 3 x n 0 5 Koridawidi 0 7 Wardai 2 5 x r. 110 yds. wide 0 21 ONWALAGAON 0 5J 11 5 x re. and pass a Khihd ... 13 x Atkairi r. 80 yds. wide 2 4 x n 0 2 Torsili 1 4 Gaonili 4 5 X Sewapur r 0 4£ Bombay, route 15. — bombay to sawant wadi — ratnagiri. 395 PLACES. STAGES. M. F. M. F. Ninili 0 5| MANGAON 1 7 13 3 x Akeri re 1 1 Akeri Pehth . . .- 1 4 x Khihd and « 0 5 Kolgi'on 1 5 x re 0 1 («) SAWANT WApr S. gate, b. p. o 11 6 1 283 b\ This route is a continuation of route 10, and leads to Goa and to Belginw and Dhirwid, and whatever is worth seeing in those collectorates. It pre sents beautiful scenery, with abundant facilities for sporting of aE descriptions, if the traveEer choose to halt at any of the stages, and make inquiry of the Shikiris, who wiE always be ready to point out large game in the Ghits, which are within a few miles. On the other hand the road is very little fre quented by Europeans, and the accom modation is but indifferent. The heat, too, is at all times great in the Konkan, to which province the whole route is confined. Should the objections, how ever, appear to outweigh the advan tages of travelling by land, the tourist may go the whole way to Goa by sea, and thence cross to Kolhipir or Bel ginw by land. But, in the monsoon the sea voyage is impracticable, and the tourist must of necessity have recourse to this route, or the one more inland, from Pinah to Belginw. For visiting Goa, this will be the more direct and better route. {a) Ghipalim (Chiploon). — This is a considerable place on the S. bank of the Vasishtha river, navigable for boats of 30 khahdis. About a J m. S. of the town- is a series of excavations, first made known by a brihman antiqua rian, Vishnu Shistri of Bombay, and mentioned by Dr. Wilson in his paper on the caves.* These excavations have not yet been fully described. They consist of a large room 22 ft. long, by * Jour, of the Bomb. As. Soe. for Jan. 1S53, p. 842. 15ft. broad and 10ft. high, containing a Buddhist dahgop at the further end ; two or three smaller caves, apparently monks' cells ; and a deep tank for water, 13 ft. sq. on the surface. One of the ceEs has been filled up with earth. Another series of excavations exists near Pitan, three stages on the road from Chipalin to Karid, consisting of a room with a smaE round dahgop, 6 ft. in diameter, and of a shdld, or hall, 19ft. by 18ft., with an elevated seat at one corner, and three recesses in the inner extremity. {b) Ratndgiri {Rutnagherry*). — This place is the principal civE station in the S. Konkan. A smaE detachment of troops is usuaEy stationed at it. The town is large and open, facing the sea. There are two small bays formed by a rock on which the fort is built. There is neither shelter nor good anchorage, as the bay is completely exposed, and the bottom is hard sand with rock. With any breeze from the W. there are heavy breakers on the bar at the entrance of the river, and boats cross it only at the top of high water. The landing place for boats is on the S. of the fort, near a small tank, close to high water mark. The cantonment lies on the N. of the town. Ratnigiri has its name from a demon named Ratndsur, who was killed by an incarnation of Shiva called Ndth, or Jotibi, who is worshipped at a famous temple near Kolhipiir. There is pro bably some historical foundation for this legend, and Ratndsur may be regarded as a king of the aborigines kiEed by some Arian leader. Otherwise the word might be translated "HiE of Gems," from Skr. ratnam, " a jewel," anigirih, "hiE." This is a pretty town with a hiE fort, once a stronghold of the Marithas. The principal thing of in terest here to the tourist, however, is the Tdrli, or "Sardine" fishing, which is pretty to witness, independently of Epicurean considerations. Fleets of canoes may be seen putting out for these fish in January and February. Three men are required in each canoe, two to paddle and one to cast the net. The attitudes of the men engaged in casting * Ratnaguiry of Grant Duff. 396 ROUTE 15. — BOMBAY TO SAWANT WADI RAJAPUR. Sect. II. the nets are beautiful, and display their fine athletic figures to advantage. They stand in the bows of the canoes, leaning slightly forward, with the nets gathered up, the head turned back over the shoulders, and with eyes glancing keenly around in search of the shoal. The fish, which is most delicious, is caught in such numbers that a single net-caster wiE fiE his canoe in the course of the morning, as many as 50 fish being taken at a single cast, and quantities of the fish are used to manure tbe rice fields. At these times the deep sea fishing is entirely neglected. The fishing is within a short distance of the shore, just out side the breakers, and can be carried on only when the water is sufficiently clear to admit of the fish being readily seen. In calm weather the water is as clear as crystal ; and it is a beautiful sight at such times to watch the waves breaking on the sands, which seem HteraEy of pearls, while the fleet of canoes is shoot ing hither and thither among the bright waters, with a fisherman standing in the bow of each boat in a picturesque atti tude, like a piece of Grecian sculpture. The back-ground of this picture is formed by a fishing village, with many boats drawn up on the beach, nets drying on the sand, huts nestled among groves of cocoa nut and other trees, and the old fort of Ratnigiri frowning over them. The Kdlindd r., just beyond Ratni giri, is never fordable except at neap tides, but is crossed in boats. The r. and re. at Golap are likewise unfordable at high water. Pdnwas is a small straggUng viEage, with a few temples ; Maulangd a good sized village; Bhor and Bini mere hamlets. Not far from Bini is a pretty fishing village called Sangameshwar, where two rivers meet, with steep hiEs all round, and scenery as attractive as can be found in tbe S. Konkan. There is, also, at no great dis- ance a tirlh, or place of pilgrimage, of some celebrity, called Wdddwddi. Here is a shrine of Ganpati, which draws from Government a revenue of 1,200 rupees per annum. A spring of fine water oozes from tbe rock. («) Rdjdpur.- — This is a very flourish ing place, and a great emporium, there being good roads to Kolhipiir and Belganw, and the Suknadi river, on which the town is situated, being navig able for vessels of 450 kbahdis. The exports are cloth, ghi, and pepper,* and the imports dates, dried fruits, and iron. There are about 1000 famEies resi dent, exclusive of strangers, who are very numerous. A considerable quan tity of oil is made here from the sesa- mum and the cocoa-nut. The manner of extraction is somewhat primitive. The trunk of a large tree forms the mortar, and a branch the pestle, which is made to revolve by a buffalo, driven by a man. One such apparatus extracts 20 sirs of oil from sesamum, or 40 from cocoa-nut, daily. The town of Rijipir is some mEes up the first creek met with to the N. of Vijayadurg. StiE higher up the creek, and about 1 m. above the town, on the l.b. of the r. is a hot spring, which gushes from a cow's head carved in stone, at the base of a hiE about 100 ft. high, which joins with the general range of the Konkan. The mouth of the spring is 8 in. in diameter. Tbe color of the water is dark, and it is strongly mineral. According to the natives, its temperature never varies. Major Wingate, on the morning of the 21st of July, 1850, found it to be 109°, and Dr. Wilson states that it boils an egg easily, and that the water is too hot for bathing. It appears to be a simEar spring to those at Mahir, Di- bhul, and other places in this direction. On the hill above, about half a mEe further on, are 14 singular, intermittent springs, which are reported to flow only during a part of the year. They com mence in December and January, but not simultaneously, and continue flow ing for several months, when the water diminishes, and at last disappears. This, however, does not appear to be the in variable course, as in 1849 they did not flow at all, and at other times all or some of them have flowed at uncertain intervals. A small weE or cistern has been built around each spring, but when tbe spring is in fuE flow the water passes this ban-ier. The temperature * Oriental Christian Spectator, April, 1834. Bombay, route 15.— bombay to sa want wadi — vijayadurg. 397 of the water in one of these wells was found by Major Wingate to be 84°. {d) Vijayadurg (Viziadroog) . — From Kaburli or Rdjdpiir it is an easy journey of some 12 m. to visit the ancient fort of Vijayadurg, "fort of victory;" or Gheriah as it is caEed by some En glish writers, the word being merely a corruption of garhi, " fort." This place has some historical interest at taching to it, having been captured by the great Clive (then Colonel CHve) and Admiral Watson, on the 13th of Feb. 1756. The whole affair was extremely characteristic of those times, when the ideas of honorable procedure were al most as lax among the EngEsh as among the Marithas. A British arma ment, consisting of three ships of the line, one of 50, and another of 44 guns, with several armed vessels belonging to the Bombay marine, having on board 800 English soldiers and 1000 sipihis, sailed from Bombay, early in February, to reduce Vijayadurg, the stronghold of the piratical chief Tvilaji Angria. They were to eo-operate with the Peshwi's troops under Khahdaji Minkar, and the fruits of success were of course to be shared, But a committee of ten officers, of which Admirals Watson and Pococke, Mr. Hough and Colonel Clive were members, had, before leaving Bombay harbor, agreed to share aE the prize property taken, without any recognition of the Maritha claims to a portion. When the English fleet appeared, An gria repaired to the Maritha camp to negotiate for a surrender. The English pronounced this an infraction of the terms of alliance, though on what grounds it is difficult to see. Admiral Watson attacked the sea-face of the fort on the 12th of February, while Clive, the same night, landed with the troops, so as to cut off any communi cation between the Marithas and the garrison. The Maritha general en deavoured to bribe Mr. Hough to get the Admiral to suspend operations ; and, failing in that, he offered to Captain Andrew Buchanan, commanding the picquets, a bill on Bombay for 80,000 rupees, to permit him with a few men to pass into the fort. The bribe was rejected ; but the Bombay Government were so struck with the singular honesty of their officer, that they presented him with a gold medal in consideration of his extraordinarily good behaviour. The fort surrendered on the 13th, when the captors decided that the Marithas had no right to share, and divided the prize property, amounting to £1 00,000, among themselves. Tilaji Angria was taken, put in irons, and imprisoned in one of the Peshwi's hiE forts near Riigarh. A few months afterwards, the fort was given up to the Peshwi, and did not revert to tbe English till 1818. Vijaya durg is one of the few good harbors on the W. coast of India. The anchorage is landlocked, and sheltered from aE winds. There is no bar at tbe en trance, the depths being from 7 to 5 fathoms, and from 4 to 3 inside at low water. The rise of the tide is about 7 ft. The fort is in good preservation, and is one of the finest specimens of an Indian fortress to be seen in the W. Presidency. It has a double wall, with flanking towers, protected by ditches. There is a weE of sweet water inside, and also a large tank, tbe bottom of which is said to have been lined with lead. The English batteries were on the N. side of the creek about 1200 yds. off, too distant to have done much damage. The wall on that side has many shot marks, but there is no in dication of a breach, or other serious injury. There is a large temple within a mile of Vijayadurg, which is very picturesquely situated at the bottom of a ravine, and is worth a visit. Angria's dock is 2 m. to the E. of Vijayadurg, and is merely a wet dock with a ma sonry entrance. It has no gates. The entrance was probably built up on the admission of a vessel, and the water afterwards drained off to the level of low tide, when the remainder was pumped out, or aHowed to evaporate. Pdtgdon is a village of moderate size, with a large temple, near which is good ground for encamping. After leaving this place other temples wiE be passed at Tambhdn. Beyond this is the Seo river, which is fordable at low water. Three small boats are kept for crossing at other 398 ROUTE 15. BOMBAY TO SAWANT WADt SAWANT WADI. Sect. II. times. The bed of tbe r. is sand and mud. The places between it and Sdlsi are small hamlets. Sdlsi itself is a village of moderate size, with two tem ples so large as to be capable of ac commodating a regiment. The Mith- bds, or "sweet-smelling" river has bad, stony, and difficult banks. Beyond Barni, the country becomes very jungly. The Sarni and Gad rivers are crossed in boats, but the latter is fordable in the fair season. Santrid is a small vil lage with some temples, near which is good encamping ground. At the first re. after passing it, is a very smaE hamlet, and here a road branches off to Mdlwan, which is a large place, with a population of 10,000. Good iron ore is found here, an account of which, and of the smelting process, will be found in the Bom. As. Jour, for 1844, p. 435. The fort, called also Sindidurg, was built by Sivaji in 1662. In 1756 it was taken by Major Gordon and Commodore Watson, and called Fort Augustus,* but was next year restored to the Riji of Kolhipiir, and finally ceded to the English in 1812. It stands on an island, which is low, and at a little distance not distin guishable from the mainland. The re maining places to Siwant Widi are small viEages. At Mdngdon is a large temple ; and at Achera, not far off, is a very sacred temple to Rimeshwar, which was endowed by Angria with a yearly revenue of 3000 rupees. The rivers between Mingaoh and Siwant Widi are all unfordable in tbe rains, but boats are procurable. (e) Sdicant Wddi (Sawuntwarree). — According to tbe Bombay Route Book there were, in 1851, 4000 houses in Siwant Widi, but Mr. H. L. Ander son's census of the 30th October, 1852, makes the population 9, 1 1 8. The place, however, is of more importance than the number of its inhabitants would indi cate, being the capital of a province ¦held by a martial and turbulent people, and abounding in natural fortresses, which present great difficulties to an * Grant Duff, vol. iii. p. 99. In the Selections from the Records of Bombay, vol. x. N.S., p. 3, it is stated that it was the Port of Reri (Rairee), the name of which was so changed. invader. Its situation also is central betweenMilwan, Vengurla, and Belginw. The traveller's bangli is to the N.E. of the fort, near the lines of the Siwant Widi local corps. The fort is situated 13 m. E.N.E. of Vengurla, and 7 m. N.N.AV. from Banda. Its walls are of loose stone and mud, and are much dilapidated. It is of an irregular shape, with roofed towers and curtains loop- holed. The bastions are too much in jured to support ordnance, and there are no embrasures. The entrances are three; that on the N, which is the principal, is flanked by two towers, but it is not of any strength. There is a ditch on the N.E. and S. sides, dry in the fair season, but filled during the rains. On the W. is a tank 280 yds. wide by 650 long, which comes close to the wall. On the three other sides trees and buUdings extend to within 25 yds. of the wall. There are several guns, but only two, which are brass, mounted on carriages, and all are unserviceable. There are several wells of good water inside . All the buEdings are tiled. The local corps lines are outside on the N., and about 280 yds. from the N. entrance. The fort could make no resistance to regular troops. This place is interesting, as having been tbe residence of one of the oldest Maritha chieftains, the Sir Desiis of tbe AVidi territory, a branch of the ancient family of Bhohsle, whom the English in their papers of the last cen tury termed the Bouncello. The first chieftain of the Widi Bhohsles known to English writers is Ming Siwant, who three centuries ago rebeEed against the King of Bijapir, and repulsed every force sent to reduce him. After his death he was deified, and his math or shrine is still to be seen at tbe village of Haraud, which he made his capital. His successors, being destitute of his energy and prowess, relapsed into feuda tories of Bfjapiir. In 1627, Khem Siwant became chief, and was succeeded in 1640 by his son Som Siwant, who died in 18 months, and was succeeded by his brother, Lakem, who died in 1665 without issue. His brother Phond Siwant then became chief, Bombay, route 15. — bombay to sawant wadi — sawant wadi. 399 and was succeeded by his second son Khem Siwant in 1675. This chief made himself independent of the Mu- hammadans, and aided them in their wars with Sivaji, but was kept in check by the fort of Milwan and other strong holds built by the great Maritha leader. In his wars with Goa, Khem Siwant much enlarged his boundaries in that direction. In 1707 he obtained from the Sihu Riji of Sitiri an in'dm-patra or deed of gift of all his territories with a half-share conjointly with Angria of the Salst districts. In 1709 Phond Siwant, nephew of the preceding chief, succeeded. He repulsed the forces of Kolhipir, and made a treaty with the English, the first made by them with his family. It was ratified on the 17th of April, 1730, and concluded an offen sive and defensive alliance against the son of Kihhoji Angria. About this time, Nig Siwant, his second son, con quered the districts of Heri and Chan- dragarh above the Ghits. About 1737, Nar Siwant, the eldest son of Phond Siwant, rebelled against his father, and was shot dead in a fort near Widi, whither he had betaken himself. His widow brought his son Rimchandra to Phond Siwant, and then burned herself with her husband's corpse. Phond then abdicated in 1738infavourof his grand son Rimchandra, who was aided in his government till 1752 by his uncle Jiya Rim, a man of immense strength, and a bold leader. He conquered some 'districts from Goa, and drove back Tulaji Angria, who had invaded Widi, with great loss, foEowing him to Sinda, near Ratnigiri, and devastating the country with fire and sword. About 1753, Jaya Rim, having quarreEed with his nephew, retired to Kiidal and died there. Rimchandra was succeeded in 1755 by Khem Siwant, surnamed the Great, who reigned 48 years, and in 1763 married Lakshmi Bii, daughter of Jayajf Sindhia, and half sister of the celebrated Mahidaji Sindhia, through whose influence the Great Mughul con ferred on Khem Siwant the title of Riji Bahadur, with certain privEeges of royalty. In 1765 tbe forts of Milwan and Reri were taken from AVidi by the English on account of the piracies carried on from thence, but on the 7th of April of that year a treaty of 19 articles was concluded, by which the forts were restored to the Sir Desii on his ceding the territory between the Kirli and Silsi rivers, paying an in demnity of one likh, permitting an EngHsh factory to be built in some spot near the sea, surrendering the fort of Masiri and promising not to keep ships of war, or to molest the Company's vessels. The Sir Desii did not fulfil this treaty, and another was concluded with bim on the 24th of October, 1766, by Mr. Mostyn, in which he agreed to send two hostages to Bombay, to pay two likhs, to mortgage the fort of Ven gurla, with all its dependencies, till the payment was made, and to allow the Company to establish a factory there. On this treaty being ratified, the forts were restored ; but, soon after, tbe host ages madetheir escape, and the mortgagee of the Vengurla district was prevented from collecting the revenues. At the end of 13 years the Sir Desii demanded Vengurla back, and on its being refused, attacked and took it in 1780. Khem Siwant died in 1803, having carried on a war during the greater part of his reign with Kolhipiir, the Riji of which State in 1778 overran a large part of his territory, but restored it again at tbe request of Sindhia in 1793. Goa, after a long struggle, wrested from the Sir Desii the districts of Dipuli, Sinkli, and Pedna, and the Peshwi took from him his half share of Silsi. Khem Siwant left no heirs male, and the descendants of his grandfather contested the vacant throne. Two of these, Som Siwant and his son Jaya Rim Siwant, being shut up in the fort of Widi by Shririm Siwant, fired a train of powder and perished with all their families. Shririm then compelled Lakshmi Bii to adopt his son Rimchandra. This took place in 1805, and Lakshmi Bii continued to act as Regent. In 1807, the Kolhipir Rij i, after defeating the S iwant AVidi troops with great slaughter, laid siege to the capital, and was only induced to raise the siege by an attack from Api Desii Nepinikar, who, as soon 400 ROUTE 15. — BOMBAY TO SAWANT WADI SAWANT WADI. Sect. II. as tbe Kolhipiir force was removed, caused Lakshmi Bii to be imprisoned, and had her son Bhiii Sihib strangled in his bed. Durgi Bii IL, widow of Khem Siwant, now became Regent, for Lakshmi died of El-treatment, and Phond Siwant, the son of Som Siwant, was raised to the throne. In 1809 Phond expelled the Nepini chief, but several of the minor chiefs now became so powerful that they could not be re duced. Tbey attacked foreign powers, and, among others, the English, who, in 1812, through Captain Schuyler, the envoy at Goa, compeEed the Sir Desii to cede the fort of Vengurla. Soon after Phond Siwant died, and Durgi Bii, the Regent, set up bis son Khem Si want, who was but eight years old. In 1812 the Widi troops took the fort of Bharatgarh, but were immediately com peEed by an English force under Colonel Dowse to restore it. In 1815 the Bri tish took the districts of Warid and Miland, with all the villages to the N. of the Kirli river, and gave some revenue grants in exchange. In 1817 the Por tuguese made an inroad, in revenge for which the Widi troops plundered the fort of Tirakol. The Portuguese then laid siege to Reri, but, after a siege of 27 days, were obliged to retire. In 1819 a force under Sir W. Grant Keir took Widi and Reri, and compeEed the Sir Desii to cede the forts of Reri and Newti, the whole Ene of coast from the Kirli river to the Portuguese territory, and the Pith and Argihw districts. This treaty was signed on the 17th of February, 1819, but on the same day of the year following the English restored Pith and Argihw. This was effected through Captain Hutchinson, who con tinued to manage political relations with Siwant Widi till the end of 1820, when that duty was assigned to the Judge of Ratnigiri, and in 1822 to the CoEector of that province. In the same year Khem Siwant, under the name of Bipu Sibib, assumed the government, being than in his 19th year. In 1828 Phond Siwant raised a rebellion against him, and again in 1832 and 1838, when the English took the management of the country into their own hands, and ap pointed a PoEtical Superintendent. Two formidable invasions now followed, led by rebels harbored in the Goa State. These insurrections being put down, a local corps was raised in 1839,* and a year after aE regular British troops were withdrawn, the country being greatly tranquEHzed. The finances of the pro vince were also brought into order, and the debt to the British Government in great part paid off. This prosperous state of things continned tEl the autumn of 1844, when the disturbances in the Kolhipir country produced a corres ponding effect in Widi. On the 10th of October, the Garkaris in the fort of Manohar descended into the plains, carried off two native officials, and burned tbe pubEc papers at Gotas. Next night they attacked a detachment of the local corps at Dukin Widi, but were repulsed. On the 13th, Major Benbow, commanding tbe local corps, marched against the insurgents at Mano har and Ringni forts, belonging to Kolhipir, but on the frontier of Si want Widi. The rebels were in too great strength to be put down, and out rages and disorder now became general. In November, Phond Siwant, a chief of note, joined the insurgents with his eight sons ; and on the 16 th of that month, Anna Sihib, eldest son of the Sir Desii, a youth of 16, left Widi by night and went off to Manohar. On this Major Benbow feH back to head quarters at Widi, and the whole province broke out into open rebellion. On the night of the 19th a body of rebels marched up to the gates of AV idi, and opened a fire of matchlocks, but Major Benbow, who had been reinforced by a company of the 10th N. I. under Captain Hume, and 60 men of the 16th Madras N. I., immedi ately sallied out upon them, and they made off with aE speed. On the 22nd, Captain Skinner, with 200 of the 7th N. I., proceeding to Singli, near Phond Siwant's village, was attacked by the rebels led by the sons of that chief, and obliged to retreat with the loss of three * At first, consisting of 426 rank and file, 18 Havaldars, 6 Jam'adars, and 2 European com missioned officers: and since Increased to 520 rank and file, 32 Havaldars, 8 Jam'adars, and 3 European officers. Bombay. ROUTE 16. SAWANT WADI TO GOA. 401 kiEed and 22 wounded, including Ensign CoEier. Lieut. Bate, of the 7th N. I., with 200 men more of that corps, was then sent out to reinforce Capt. Skinner, but the united detachment were com- ?eEed to faE back on Mindkhol. In anuary, 1845, the disorder was stiE on the increase, and a smaE party of ca valry with two officers moving from Belginw to Vengurla were attacked, and Ensign Faure, of the 2nd Eur. L. I. was kiEed. On the 16th of January, 1845, Lieut.-Colonel Outram entered Widi with aE the forces he could assemble, and, as has been before shewn {Prel. Inf., p. 392), after some months of harassing operations, drove the rebels into the jungles in the Goa territory, whence the Portuguese authorities declined to remove them. In the present rebellion, although the old malcontents have endeavoured to excite disaffection in the province, Siwant Widi has created no serious alarm to the Bombay Government. The local corps and the regular troops have con tinued loyal, and the chiefs, who have tried to bring about a revolt, have been obliged to betake themselves to tbe almost impenetrable forests under the Ghits, where they still lurk. Manohar. — Before leaving Widi, a visit may be paid to tbe hiE-fort of Manohar, which is a soHd mass of rock, and perhaps one of the strongest forts in India.* It is situate about 16 m. N.N.E. of Siwant Widi, and constitutes an outwork of the Konkan against the Dakhan, to which, however, it is joined by a nanow ridge about 2 m. long. Its shape is angular. Its greatest length, which is from E. to W., is 440 yds , and its breadth 350 yds. Its height above the sea is 2,500 ft. It has two strong gates to a single entrance, which is ap proached by a flight of steps hewn in the soEd rock. To the W. is the much smaEer fort of Mansahtosh on part of the same ridge, separated by a chasm. In skilful hands it would be impregna ble. Until 1845 it belonged to Kolhi pir, but after the rebellion of that year it was annexed to Siwant Widi. » Selections from Bombay Records, No. x., N.S. p. 33. ROUTE 16. Fhow Sawant Wadi to Goa. 62 M. 6 p. Military Authority. — Officer Com manding at Siwant Widi — Sdwant Wddi, to Betse. Thence to Goa, Portu guese authorities — Goa. Civil Authority. — To Betse ; Poli tical Superintendent at Siwant Widi — Sdwant Wddi. Thence to Goa — Portu guese authorities — Goa. PLACES. STAGES. M. P. M. P. SAWANT WADf to TALAURA 8 4 8 4 Milginw 4 0 BANDA b 6 6 10 6 xKihrir 7 6 SASOLI' b 2 4 10 2 BE'TSES 6 0 6 0 ASSANWADA 12 0 12 2 («)PANJIMorNEWGOA18 0 15 0 62 6 The country round Talaurd is beauti ful and weE cultivated. After passing Banda, which is a large village with a ruined fort on the Tenakol river, it be comes jungly and rugged. The Terra- kol river is affected by the tide, navig able at high water, and fordable at low, but not during the rains. Sasoli is a mere hamlet, as is Betse. From Assanwdda to Panjim, the best way of proceeding is by boat, and here the traveEer will behold scenery which has scarce its parallel in India. It is, indeed, almost perfect, as, in addition to an exquisite disposition of land and water, it combuies the luxuriance of tropical vegetation with the architec tural embellishments of civEized Europe. Numerous viEages, embosomed in beau tified groves, and adorned with fine churches and other symmetrical build ings, meet the eye in every direction, In addition to this attraction of scenery, which aE can enjoy, there is besides for the sportsman such abundance of game as is to be found no where else, perhaps, in the world. The snipe shooting is quite unequalled, and woodcocks, par tridges, quails, and floricans are very numerous. Tbe larger game, up to the 402 ROUTE 16. SAWANT WADI TO GQA PANJIM. Sect. II. royal tiger and buffalo, are also to be bad in great plenty.* {a) Panjim, or Pangdnm, or New Goa, tbe Pangaum of Thornton, is situate near the middle of the N. side of the island of Goa, about 3 m. from Old Goa, and nearly the same distance from Cabo, which is the extreme point of land on the right at the entrance of the harbor. There is no traveEer's bangli, but an empty house is easily procurable, and everything is very cheap. The town is built upon a narrow ledge, between a hill to the S. and the Rio de Goa to the N., an arm of the sea, which stretches several miles from W. to E. A quay of hewn stone, f well built, but rather too narrow for ornament or use, lines the S. bank of the estuary, which is not half-a-mile in breadth. Panjim reminds the traveEer of Cape Town. J The houses are in general very substantial, and painted white. Many have two stories, and united conical and lofty roofs of red tile for every apartment in the upper story, and are surrounded by large court-yards overgrown with cocoa ¦ nut trees. Tbe habitations of the poor alone consist solely of a single story. The glare from the white walls, which receive a new coat regularly every year after the rains, is most painful. The streets of Panjim are fuE of swine, dusty and dirty, of a disagreeable brick color, and, where paved, the pavement is old and bad. The doors and window frames of almost all the houses are painted green, and none but those of the very richest inhabitants have glass windows. Most of them have balconies, but these present none of tbe gay scenes observable in Italy and Spain. On the eminence be hind the town is a small telegraph, and half-way down the hiE the Igreja (church) de Conceicao, a plain buEd ing, but beautifully situated. The edi fices along the creek arc the Palaces of the Viceroy, that of the Archbishop, the Contadorin or Accountant's Office, and * In Capt. Joaquim Jose Cicilia Kol's Report on Portuguese India, published by the Bom bay Government, the white bear and the cha mois are enumerated among the animals of tbe forests ! t Burton's Goa and the Blue Mountains, p. 29. X Oriental Christian Spectator, April, 1834, p. 116. the Alfandega or Custom House, all re markable rather for their vast size than for the elegance of their architecture. The Viceroy maintains little state, and his salary is but 1 8,000 rupees per annum, which, however, is worth double what it would be in Bombay. There are scarcely any carriages, and the better classes go about on a sort of litter curtained with green wax cloth, and slung on a bambi pole, which is can-ied on the shoulders of two bearers. It is called a mancheel. In such a conveyance, or on horseback, if he can bear the heat, the traveEer may visit the sights of New Goa. Among the principal of these is the Viceroy's Palace. This building was probably erected about the year 1758, when a A'iceroy named Albuquerque transferred the viceregal residence from Old Goa to Panjim. It stands near the shore of the harbor, and is a large pEe with an ex tensive library, a private chapel, and a suite of lofty and spacious saloons, with enormous windows, but without furni ture. Here is a very interesting collec tion of portraits of all tbe Governors and Viceroys. Among these the most remarkable are those of Alfonso de Albuquerque, Arasco de Gama, John de Castro, and Constantine de Braganza. This latter A'iceroy refused to accept from the King oi Pegu tbe sum of 300,000 cruzados for a monkey's tooth, which had been adored at Jafnapatanam as a relic of Buddha. At the time of Lieut. Burton's visit in 1848 these pictures had been much injured and dis - figured by the daubings of a miserable artist who had been commissioned to re store tbe coloring. Not very far from the Palace, in a small square opposite the barracks, under a white-washed dome, is a statue of Alfonso de Albu querque. It has been much damaged at different times, and on one occasion at least it has been requisite to send to Portugal to get the fractures repaired. The Barracks are a large building, in the form of an irregular square, fronting the Rio. Here the Siwant AVidi rebels, and among them Phond Siwant, with his eight stalwart sons, were for a long time confined. The Library is situated between tbe statue of Albuquerque and Bombay. route 16. — sawant wadi to goa — ribandar. 403 the Viceroy's Palace. There are about 2000 volumes, most of them ecclesias tical works. The coEection has not been satisfactorily examined by any Eng Esh visitor, and a good account of the books is a desideratum. According to Lieut. Burton there are a few old books of travel, but he gives no description of them. The Corso is at tbe W. end of the town on the shore. Seats are erected wherever there is a pretty point de vue. In 1851 Panjim had 3,600 houses, and a population of 9,500.* The garrison consists of a Regiment of Artillery, a company of Moors or Sipihis, and a Contingent. The whole military force of the Goa State is about 3,300, of whom 400 are Europeans. The Sarbor. — The geography of Goa is the opprobrium of EngHsh map- makers. Tbe position of places, names of rivers, towns and provinces, are given incorrectly, or not at all. The Report of Captain Joaquim Kol, pub- Eshed by the Bombay Government, is meagre, defective, and incorrect, and it is very desirable that some one should supply a good map of the whole terri tory, with some statistics that can be relied upon. In the Report above men tioned "tbe harbor of Goa is said to be formed by the extremities of two pen insulas, Salsette and Bardez, and to be divided by the projection from the island of Goa called Cabo (cape), which leaves space on both sides, at Agoada and Mormugao, for ships to anchor." At both these places ships may lie from September to the end of May, without any danger, and in 3| to 5 fathoms water. In the monsoon, with a N.W. wind, ships can remain at Mormugao. The harbor is, upon the whole, the best on tbe W. coast of India. The streams Sinquerim, Zuary, and Mandovi, dis cbarge themselves into it. Of these the first is but 3 J m. long, the second 38|, and the third 39. They all abound in exceEent fish, of which the pomfret is the best. There are no less than 20 islands in the Goa territory, of which Goa, Tissuvady, Chorio, Divar, and St, Esteram are the principal. All the » Selections from Bombay Records, No. *., N.S. country adjoining the harbor is most densely populated. In the Isles there are 989 persons to the sq. m. ; in Sal sette 945; in Bardez 1,331. In ex ploring the harbor a row may be taken first of all to tbe W., to the Aldeas or viEages of St. Agnes and Verim. The shore wiE be found thickly inhabited. Handsome residences appear here and thereamongthescatteredHneof churches, and cottages, half-concealed from view by the towering trees, or thrown for ward into clear relief by the green background. At St. Agnes there is a vast straggling edifice, formerly the archiepiscopal palace ; Verim is a large Hindii vElage. Ribandar and Chordo. — Ribandar is about 2 m. E. of Panjim, and is con nected with it by a long stone bridge, built by the Viceroy Don Miguel de Noronha. Many respectable Portuguese reside at Ribandar, and it seems to have grown upon the ruins of its neighbor, San Pedro or Panelly, an old viEage de populated by fever. Here is a noble palace, anciently inhabited by the arch bishops, containing a library of 2,000 volumes, which are going rapidly to decay. But very few of the works are modern. Among the MSS. is a translation of the Four Gospels into Arabic. Close by is the palace of the Viceroys, called the Casa de Polvora, from an adjoining manufactory of gun powder. On the wall of the church is a figure of a ship in distress, with the Virgin Mary coming to its aid. Two crosses are planted near the shore, which mark the aEeged length of tbe ship de picted on the wall. The story is, that during a storm off the coast of Mozam bique, the A'irgin was appealed to, and she responded to the prayer by con veying the ship in one night to Goa. In memory of this deliverance, she is usually invoked by the crews of vessels in distress as Nossa Senhora de Ribandar. Chorio is a smaE island opposite Ri bandar, which is but thinly populated, owing to its insalubrity. The paEid complexion of the residents teEs how injurious is tbe malaria of the place. It was formerly the noviciate place of the Jesuits, their other clerical insti- 404 ROUTE 16. — SAWANT WADI TO GOA — GOWA (OLD GOA). Sect. II. tution being the seminary of Rachol, which, when the Portuguese first came to India, was the capital of Salsette. The ecclesiastical college is an immense edifice, with numberless chapels, clois ters, and apartments for the professors and students. The walls are covered with very indifferent frescoes, and a few prints, illustrating the campaigns of Napoleon and Louis Quatorze. The crucifixes are wooden figures as large as life, and so colored as to excite verv different emotions from those intended. In tbe sacristy are some tolerable beads of apostles and saints, which the cicerones declare to be Raphaels and Guidos, but which are certainly good copies of works by those masters. Gowa {Goa Velha, Old Goa). — The seat of government at Goa has changed to a new seat twice. The Old Goa of the Portuguese is comparatively a new city, having been preceded by a still more ancient town about 5 m. to the S. in the same island. This is the re nowned port, which is mentioned by ¦ Firishtah and other writers of that date, and which, though governed by its own Rijis, was a dependency of Vijayanagar (Beejanuggur). In tbe 15th century it was taken by a king of the Bahmani dynasty, and before the Portuguese arrived in India the inhabi tants had begun to desert it, and to migrate to what is now called Old Goa. Of the ancient Goa of the Hindis scarce a trace is left, and only a few hordes clustering round a church mark the site of what was once a city. The Old Goa of the Portuguese was built 19 years before the arrival of Vasco de Gama, who, according to Faria, reached KoliKod (Calicut) on the 20th of May, 1498. It was taken by Albuquerque m 1510, and, under a succession of able Viceroys, rose to great power and splendor. But it sank as the Portu guese empire decayed ; and, before the second Albuquerque transferred the go vernment to Panjim in 1758, it had be come so unhealthy that tbe inhabitants had, most of them, migrated to the surrounding villages. The expulsion of the Jesuits, and the desertion of their magnificent convents and churches, gave the final stroke to the city, of which the Hfeless carcase alone is left. What it once was can now only be gathered from the accounts of old travellers, such as Lindschoten, who visited Goa about 1583, when the Viceroy of Goa was one of the most richly paid Governors in the world. Tavernier, Baron of Au- bonne, visited Goa in 1641, and again in 1648, when the magnificence of the city was already on the wane. The Viceroy of that time, Don Philip de Mascaregnas, was the richest Portu guese nobleman that ever left the East ; and, among other valuables, possessed a packet of diamonds of from between 10 and 40 carats weight. In 1673, DeEon, a French physician, came to Goa, and having faEen into tbe clutches of the Holy Inquisition, was incar cerated for three years, condemned to the galleys for five more, and hardly escaped with Efe. About 1688, he pub lished anonymously an account of his imprisonment and sufferings. Captain Hamilton, in tbe beginning of the eighteenth century, is the next traveller who has left a record of his visit to Goa. By his time indigence and meanness bad taken the place of the former sumptuousness and wealth. The city had suffered much from war. In 1660 a Dutch squadron had inflicted much damage, and in 1685 Sivaji landed in the island, and would, perhaps, have captured the town, but for one Donna Maria, who headed a sally against the besiegers, captured some of their works, and cut every man who was defending them to pieces. The Marithas retired, and the heroine was rewarded with a captain's pay for life. Lastly, in 1831, was published a Sistorical Sketch of Goa, by M. Cottineau de Kleguen. He was a French missionary, who died at Madras in 1830, and his account of the buildings is a very useful one. He also furnishes much information about eccle siastical matters. The first sight of Goa is magnificent, * though it is soon evident that nothing remains but the churches and some other * Oriental Chris. Start. April, lSM-Dr. Wil son'? Journal. Bombay, route 16. — sawantwad'i to goa — the cathedral. 405 public buEdings. The landing-place is a Httle beyond tbe arsenal, and com mands a full view of the cathedral and other conspicuous edifices. The wharf, which is a long and broad road, lined with double rows of trees, and faced with stone, opposite the harbor, leads to the palace-gate. This is a solitary gate way on the right of the wharf, which towers above a huge mass of ruins flanking the entrance to the Strada Diretta, or " straight street," so called as most of the streets in Goa were buUt in a curve. In an upper niche is a statute of St. Catherine, the patron Saint of Goa, tbe city having been taken by the Portuguese on her day. Beneath this statue is one of Vasco de Gama, which Lieut. Burton* calls "grotesque," in classic garb. Under this arch the Viceroys, on the day of their investiture, passed in pomp to the palace. The view from this point is exquisite. On the one side are the grand ruins of the deserted city, and, towards the N., the dark hills on the opposite side of the harbor, canopied with mist; at their foot a rich plain embroidered with silver streams, and close at hand the bright expanse of the harbor estuary, whose tiny waves ripple against the long stone barrier of the wharf. Beyond the gateway, a level road, once a populous thoroughfare, leads to the Terra di Sabaio, a large square fronting tbe Se Primacjial, or Cathedral of St. Catherine, and flanked by the Casa Santa or Palace of the Inquisition. Before visiting these build ings the traveEer may turn to the left, ascend a heap of ruins, and see the ex cavation which marks the site of the once splendid Viceregal Palace. It covered two acres, but even the founda tions have been razed, and in their place is a wEderness of thorns and poisonous shrubs, among which lurk the jackal and the snake. The Church of the Palace, or St. Cajetan, however, remains. It is an exact model of St. Peter's at Rome. The roof is arched, the convent and cloisters small. The principal altar is very richly decorated. It belongs to * Goa and the Blue Mountains, p. 60. the Theatins, or order of St. Cajetan,* which was instituted in Italy by St. Cajetan of Thiena and John Caraffa (Paul IV.), Bishop of Theato. They were established at Goa in the middle of tbe 17th century, and were soon joined by many natives, those of brah manical descent alone being admitted. At the time of Dr. Wilson's visit in 1834 there were no Europeans in the convent, yet, very curious to relate, the brihman friars were the most renowned confessors in the colony. They live almost entirely on the offerings of their flock, seldom exceed 15 in number, and, owing to the unhealthiness of the spot, are short-lived. The Casa Santa or Inquisition was founded in 1560, and suppressed in 1812, at the representation of the British. A heap of ruius, to the top of which the visitor may scramble, marks the spot where its three gates stood. Not even a shrub grows among the ruins, which, broken and black with age, seem to be under the influence of some special curse. Of the walls, where so many hundreds of miserable victims lan guished and died, scarce a trace is left. The Cathedral. — Claudius Buchanan remarked of the metropolitan church of Goa, — "It is worthy of one of the principal cities of Europe," and this observation has been echoed by later traveEers. There is nothing, however, in the exterior to strike the spectator ; it is not till he enters that an impression is made. The body of the church is 200 feet long, and 80 broad, exclusive of a row of chapels on either side, but Dr. Wilson makes the height to the top of the vault only 40. The principal altar is very richly adorned with gilt piEars, pilasters, and images, and along the sides of the church are 14 minor altars. The seats are few, the panes of the windows small, and made of mother of pearl. Divine service is performed twice a day. The establishment con sists of an archbishop, a dean, a pre centor, an archdeacon, ten canons, four semi-prebendaries, two quaternarians, twelve chaplains, and several treasurers * Oriental Christian Spectator, April, 1834, p. 119. 406 ROUTE 16. — SAWANT WADI TO GOA THE CHURCHES. Sect. IL and assistants. The total stipendiary revenue is 15,582 Rs. per annum. The total number of communicants at Easter is about 110. With the exception of some good carving in wood, there is nothing very striking in the decorations. The pictures of martyrs and the frescoes are in very indifferent taste, The Aljuva, or bishop's prison, may next be visited, where refractory or erring priests are incarcerated, and then the traveEer may proceed to the Nunnery of St. Monica. This is tbe only nunnery in Goa, and was founded by the cruel bigot Dom Fre Alexo de Menezes, Archbishop of Goa, about the year 1600, and dedicated to the mother of Augustine. The nuns are caEed madres (mothers) by the natives, in token of respect, and are supposed to lead a very austere life. The exterior of the building is not remarkable, and the cloisters cannot be visited. Euro pean ladies pay 1,000 Rs. entrance money, and natives double that sum, and the institution receives from Government 1,000 Rs. annuaEy. The nuns, of whom, including novices, there are about 30, occupy themselves in making rosaries, sweetmeats, and pre serves. The Augustinian Convent may next be visited. M. Cottineau says of it, — " Few cities in Europe can boast of a finer edifice of tbe kind ; the cloisters, piEars, galleries, haEs and cells, are all most beautiful." There is here a large collection of portraits of the martyr missionaries of the order, many of which are well executed, and represent the friars in the attitude of death. There are about 1,500 books in the library, but they are going fast to- decay. Many of them are very old and valuable, and among tbe collection are most of the old historians of the church referred to by Mosheim. The view from the turrets is entrancingly beautiful. The Augustinians, 12 in number, came first to Goa in 1572. They have a yearly income of 15,000 Rs., exclusive of 1,500 Rs. allowed them by the Goa Government. They are the most re spectable monks in the Catholic church, and have several missions in the East under their care. Their robes are white, but were originaEy black. The change was made on account of Luther's defection. The next building to be visited is the church of Bom Jesus. It is a noble edifice, buEt in the form of a cross. Here is the Bplendid shrine of St, Francis Xavier, which is hardly sur passed by anything of the sort in the world. It is of copper, richly gilt and ornamented, and placed within a silver enclosure. It rests upon a highly wrought altar of Italian marble, and the life and miracles of the saint are represented around in different com partments in basso relievo. The whole was executed by European artists of the highest order. There is a vera effigies of the Apostle of India on the S. of the tomb, and a statue of soHd sEver, which is not exhibited. This superb shrine and sEver ornaments were presented by a Queen of Portugal.* Xavier died in the island of Santian, in the Chinese seas, in 1552. His body was brought to Goa in 1554, and was exposed to public view tiE 1780, when it was locked up in its present receptacle. The Church of the Dominicans is also a large and handsome building, and there are many pictures, some by Italian masters. The best is the trial of our Saviour. One of the lictors is repre sented holding a pair of spectacles. The convent contains 25 monks. The Dominicans came to Goa shortly after its conquest by the Portuguese, but their convent was not established tiE 1548. The college of Thomas Aquinas belongs to them. There are several other ouEdings worthy inspection, such as the Church and Convent of the Carmelites, and the Church and Convent of the Franciscans. Goa is the cheapest of aE places. A large famEy can Eve most comfortably on £100 a year, and three times that sum is affluence. The Portuguese, who come from Europe, are called Reinols, while the native Portuguese are termed Castissos, and the mixed race, sprung from inter-marriage with natives, Mes- tici. The higher orders breakfast be- * Forbes' Oriental Memoirs, vol. i., p. 188. ROUTE 17. —GOA TO SATARA. 407 tween 7 and 9, and dine at 2. They aE smoke incessantly, both men and women. Tbe Viceregal balls, of which there are two or three a year, are pretty sights, owing to the variety of costume, and are kept up with much spirit. The bands are very tolerable. On the whole, a fortnight may be passed very plea santly at Goa. Should it be the mango season, the visitor must not forget to taste that delicious fruit. The 3 kinds which are most prized are the Alphonso, the Bernardine, and the Mazagihw, but the Alphonso is by far tbe finest. Ac cording to Forbes, " it is as superior to the others, as the nonpareE to the crab- apple." ROUTE 17. FKOM GOA TO SATARA, BY BELGANW (68M. 3 F.), DHARWAD (115m. 5 F.), KALADGf (182M. IF.), AND E.OLHA- PtJR (281 M.). 356 m. 7 p. Military Authority. — From Goa to Betse : Portuguese Authorities — Panjim. Thence to Tegir : Officer commanding at Belginw — Belganw. Thence to Hanchinal : Officer command ing at Dhirwid — Dhdrwdd. Thence to Mughulkhor : Officer commanding at Kaladgi — Kaladgi. Thence to Tihdil- wadi : Officer commanding at Kolhapur — Kolhapur. Thence to Sitiri : Offi cer commanding at Sitiri — Sdtdrd. Civil Authority.- — To Betse : Col lector of Goa — Panjim. Thence to Tegir : Collector of Belginw — Belganw. Thence to Hanchinal : CoEector of Dhirwid — Dhdrwdd. Thence to Mu- fduilkhor : CoEector' of Belginw — Bel- gdAw. Thence to Tihdilwidi : Politi cal Superintendent of Kolhipvir — Kol hipiir. Thence to Sitiri — CoEector of Sitiri — Sdtdrd. PLACES. STAGES. M. ±'. M. P. From the Custom House at PANJIM to ASSAN- WADA 15 0 15 0 BETSE, b 12 2 12 2 GOTKACHIWADI' 2 3 2 3 x Tilarr 0 7 Miilisatfootof Rim Ghit 3 1 STAGES. M. F. M. P. RAMLING PAGODA at top of RAM GHAT, b. 4 6 8 6 Descend small Ghit 6 0 Mutanwadi 2 3 x 2 re. and a r. to PATNA, dh , 0 7 9 2 A Traveller's bangld (sup plies scarce) 6 1\ Turkwidf, b 0 i\ KUDARMANI' 2 1 9 5 x Mirkand r 1 7 Sirauli 0 4 X large re 3 6J Benkanhalli 0 2J {a) BELGANAV FORT N. GATE, b.p.o 4 5 111 Shihpur 1 6 Old Belginw 0 4 x BaEari re. by bridge ... 0 5 Algavi 1 5 Bastawidi 1 0 Descend 'small GHAT to BAGHWAD1' (HI'RA) 6 0 11 4 Mutunal 2 2 A TraveEer's bangld .:.... 2 7 Mukal Khin Hubali 0 5 x Malparbi r. 90 yds. wide 1 1 Disti Kopi 0 4 Timmapur 8 0 (4)KITUR 0 5 16 0 Teghr 5 2 TraveEers' bangld 0 4 Venkatpir 1 3 YENGERA 3 6 10 7 Mominkatti 2 6 Saidipiir 5 1 {c) DHARWAD FORT, Main Gate, b.p. u 10 8 7 Haweri Peta 4 0 AMI'NBHAVI' 2 2 6 2 MURAB 7 6 7 6 Sirpoli 4 1 Hansi 0 4 HANCHINAL 4 7 9 4 Achmati 6 5 (rf)CHIKNARGUND... 3 4 10 1 Kiirwin Kopi *{ Suriban 3 " («)HAMPIHOLI' 10 9 3 x Malparbi r. 100 yards wide 0 2 Benur 0 2 Osakeri 2 7 408 ROUTE 17. — GOA TO SATARA. Sect. II. PLACES. STAGES. M. F. M. P. x steep » 0 6 Kaddigiti 0 4 Belgiindf 4 6 JANGWAD 2 4 11 7 Slpirmattf 1 5 X re 0 4 (/) KALADGI', b.p.o. ... 9 4 11 5 From Kaladgi S. gate, close to cantonment, to Gatparbi r. 210 yards wide 0 7 Ningipiir 1 4 Kitrij 0 5 x re 1 3 Kopi 0 6 Algundi 1 5 WAJRMATTI' 5 0 11 6 Edali-Ingalghi 2 2 MUDHAL 4 7 7 1 Sorgamf 2 1 xre 3 4 Belagattl 4 1 X re 0 3 MALINGAPU'R 2 3 12 4 BidalU 0 4 xre 3 5 Handigund 0 3 Sultinpur 2 2 Pilanbhinwi 1 6 MUGHULKHOR 2 1 10 5 x re. tofdgal 3 0 X re. to Alagwidi 4 3 X re. to Nirgundf 2 1 x re. to Bumnal 1 6 PassaKhihd 0 3 RAfBAGH 2 6 14 3 PassaKhihd 0 5 Erdarii 3 3 Naslipiir 2 5 YAKSHAMBA 5 6 12 3 Narwidi I 7 Sadalgi 3 2 x Vedgangi r. 150 yards wide 0 4 Janwir 1 6 BorgihwWidi 2 4 DONYACHr WADI ... 1 5 11 4 TaEandgi 6 2 HALLASWA 2 6 9 0 Nerli 1 7 Timgihw 0 7 xre 0 3 UjlechiWidi 2 0 PLACES STAGES. M. F. M. F. Mangalwir Pehth 3 6 KOLHAPUR CANTON MENT *. i?. o 0 6 9 5 N. or Shukrwir Gate of Kolhipur to Biwri ... 25 x Pinchgangir. 200 yds. broad 2 31 TOP 2 4 7 H Wattirre 4 4| Kinti 1 1 y Warni r. to Kanai- gihw 2 1 TANDUL WApr (sup- pHes scarce) 1 61 9 5 Itkar 3 2 Kameri 2 7 MasudWadi 2 3J Pehth 1 7 NERLA 2 li 12 5 Kishigihw 3 3J X Minr 3 31 Watur 0 3J Nandlapir 3 3J KARHAD 4 1 14 7 x Koini r. to Korsi 2 1 Belaura 3 71 Waridi 1 61 x Min r. 100 yds. broad 1 41 UMRUZ 0 3 9 61 x Tirli r. 180 yds. broad 0 5 ATI'T 8 2 8 7 Latna 3 01 x Urmuri r. 80 yds. wide to Borgihw 0 5 Pass the Kurul Khihd ... 6 0 SATARA RESIDENCY b.p. v 2 61 12 4 356 7 The route from Panjim to Assanwidi has been already described (p. 401). Tbe rest of the journey to Belginw presents scenery scarcely less attractive, though not so unique. For about 6 m. from Assanwidi tbe country is highly cultivated and populous. The Portu guese territory is then quitted, and the road enters a dense jungle of high trees, which continues to the foot of the Rim Ghit. The ascent of the Ghit is very steep, and the peculiar character of the escarpment, which divides the table land of the Dakhan from the Konkan, ROUTE 17. GOA TO SATARA BELGANW. Bombay. is* nowhere more remarkable than here. Viewed from tbe top of the Ghit the summits of the highest neighboring hills appear on a level with one another and the observer, and seem to have formed one tableland continuous with the plain of trap on which Belginw is situated, though now separated from one another by deep and precipitous ravines. These summits are aE ta bular, but between and in the midst of them are lower hills, whose summits are conical. The forest that clothes these hiEs abounds with game, and the sportsman wiE find ample employment for his rifle if he can afford time to halt. The viEages aE the way to Belginw are small, tbe country, after leaving the Ghits, open and undulating, with culti vation in the hollows. Immediately S. of Pitna is the hill-fort of Kdld Nidhi or Nandi Garh, 1,200 ft. above the plain, and possessing a fine climate. Thither the European Residents at Bel ginw resort in the hot weather. N. of this 15 m. is Sanmant Garh, which was the seat of the S. Maritha campaign (see p. 391). {a) Belgdnw (Belgaum). — This town, by the natives, is called Shdhpiir Bel ganw, from tbe neighbouring Jigir of Shibpvir which lies to the S. It is situate about 2,500 ft. above the sea, in a plain, with low hills in the distance. From an adjoining eminence the tra veller may see the fort, town, and can tonments in a line from E. to W., the fort being at the E. extremity, the town in the centre, and the cantonments to the W. The Fort is strong against natives, built of stone, with earthen ramparts. It is of an oval shape, about 1,000 yds. in length, by 700 in breadth, with a broad and deep wet ditch, cut in very hard ground, and surrounded by an esplanade 600 yds. wide. The wall is 30 ft. high. To the N. is a large tank, and to the S. rice fields. The entrance is to the N., just opposite the tank. AVithin the Fort is an arsenal, and the banglis of the civilians and of the staff. In every compound is a 409 * Prof. Orlebar on the "Geology of the Ram Ghat," Jour. Bomb. As. Soc. 1842, p. 199. spring of water, which percolate8 through laterite. This fort was taken by Brigadier-General, afterwards Sir T., Munro, on the 10th of April, 1818, having been besieged from the 20th of March. The English batteries were erected on tbe N.W. of the fort, and between the tank and the native town. The enemy had 1,600 men and 36 guns, besides 60 small brass guns and janjdls.* They lost 20 killed and 50 wounded, while the English loss was 11 killed and 12 wounded. The Town has nothing remarkable about it. It is clean and neat, and was greatly improved in 1848 by a patriotic subscription of the principal inhabitants, in acknowledgment of which meritorious conduct Government presented £600 for the same purpose of improvement. There is a college- here for tbe instruction of the sons of na tive gentlemen, supported by tbe chief families of the surrounding districts, with subscriptions which amount to £600 annually. Government present ed the building, and supplied other requisites; and in February, 1853, the number of pupils amounted to 50. On the N. of the town are extensive cemeteries. In the same direction from the W. is the Kacheri and Treasury, a large two-storied building. The road through the town has been much im proved lately, and the traveller can drive through it to the cantonments, which are about 11 m. from the fort. If the route now being described be followed, the traveEer arrives at the cantonments first. He then comes first to some high ground, where is the race-course and the European lines. He will next come to the lines of the Na tive Infantry. To reach the fort he need not pass through the town, but may, if he prefer it, take a road out side to the N., which passes tbe Kacheri. The Kacheri is not seen if the road by the town betaken. Iu tbe vicinity of Belginw are many places well worthy of a visit. At Snb- gati or Sutgati, 14 m. from Belginw, * Tois is a Hindustani word, and originally means " troublers." The juujdl is a swive'l gun or blunderbuss. 18 410 ROUTE 17. — GOA TO SATARA PALLS OP GOKAK. Sect. II. and the first stage from that place on the road to Punah, are two remarkable banyan trees of very great size. Tbe first is near the traveEer's bangli. Its stem, or rather stems, have grown to gether into a wall of timber for a dis tance of 40 ft. This tree rises to a great height, and the branches spread out for 100 ft. around the trunk. The other tree is about a mEe from the bangli, and, though not remarkable for height, covers a larger surface of ground. It consists of a grove of small stems, instead of one grand cen tral trunk. A wire-rope bridge was, in 1851, thrown across the Gatparbi at this place, at the expense of Sardir Gaurah AVankmunka, a native gentle man. At Soskerri, the next stage on the same road, are three fine Muham madan tombs, in one of which the tra veller usually puts up. These have never yet been described. Hoskerri was a place of note among Muhamma- dans under the Bijapir monarchs, and the town was supplied with water from several aqueducts, which have now be come choked up. A notice of the an tiquities of this place is a desideratum. But the most remarkable sight in this locality is the Falls of Gokdk, dis tant about 35 m. to the N.E. The stages are as follows : — stages. PLACES. M. F. M. P. Belginw Fort, N. or Main Gate to Kanbargi 3 2 Kalkamba 1 1 Muchundi 1 2 Astgi 1 0 ChandKera 0 6 Chik Kangimi 1 4 Chandur 0 5 .< Ballirire 1 0 TUMBARGUNDI' 2 1 12 5 Soldhil 3 0 Budihal 0 6 Kunjanhall 0 5 Kundargi 4 4 PADSHAHPUR 1 2 10 1 y Mirkand >-. to Gurk- hetr 3 7 Gotgiri 2 4 Kunur or Kaniir 1 4 FALLS OF GOKAK ... 5 0 12 7 35 5 The road is indifferent, and supplies, except at Pidshahpur, which is the principal town of the district, are hardly procurable. The Mirkand is an insignificant stream, except during the rains, when it is crossed in boats. Kanir is a small hamlet on the Gat parbi river, which, rising in lat. 15° 50', long. 74° 3', and flowing in a N.E. di rection for 160 m., faEs into the Krishni in lat. 16° 20', long. 75° 52'. The Falls have been described by Dr. Bird* and Captain Newbold. Accord ing to Dr. Bird, the FaEs are but a mEe from Kanir, but the distance given above is taken from the Route- book published by Government. They derive their name from the old fort of Gokik, 2 m. off, now in ruins. Tbe cataract passes over a perpendicular quartz rock 176 ft. high. In the dry season the body of water which forms the fall is not very considerable, and is broken by a projecting rock, and so descends in two separate columns into a semi-circular basin of still water. Though not grand at this period of the year, the FaEs of Gokik may yet bear comparison, in picturesque beauty, with other celebrated cataracts. The dazzling whiteness of the descending columns, the rainbows formed by the sunbeams on the silvery spray, the murmuring voice of the water, the large black rocks in the bed of the river, and the solemn loneliness of the surrounding jungle, combine in creating an im pression which will long be remem bered. In the rains, nowever, the river is 180 yds. broad, and tbe FaEs are then a grand and magnificent sight. " Even the apathetic Hindii," says Dr. Bird, "could not here contemplate un moved the majesty of Nature, but has recorded his admiration of her works by erecting a temple on either side of the cataract." These temples are sa cred to Mahideo, and are built where the quartz sand-stone hills ascend from the river. The roofs are formed of long flat slabs of quartz rock, resting on short thick piEars of the same. The general figure of these temples is ob- * Jour, of the Roy. As. Soc, vol. ii.p. 70, and of the Bcng. As. Soc. for 1845, vol. xiv. p. 268. Bombay. route 17. — goa to satara — palls of gokak. 411 long, and they have but one story, with several smaller buildings at the side. They, therefore, differ from modern Hindi pagodas, which are usually pyra midal, with several stories, diminishing in size to the top. The rock in tbe bed of the river, and near the edge of the cataract, has been formed, by the action of the water, into deep circular boles of from 2 to 3 ft. in diameter. The path to the water-edge lies on the right- hand side, between vertical columns of quartz rock, and the passage is too narrow for more than one person. The opening into it is so low that it is requi site to creep on hands and knees, and the loose blocks of rock wedged between the perpendicular columns hang threat eningly overhead. The cataract appears to less advantage from below, but the noise of the faE is grand. The scenery all around is very beautiful. The foEowing is the account given by Captain Newbold, which is fuller than that of Dr. Bird, and replete with scientific information : — Falls of Gokak. — "The subordinate ranges of Gokik and Kotabangi form the E. flank of the W. Ghits, and run in a paraEel direction here about S. by E. At Gokik, the upper portions of this range present mural precipices with either flat tabular summits or running in narrow crested ridges. They are enclosed from the E. by a picturesque gorge, through which the Gatparbi hurries from its mountain sources into the elevated plains of the Dakhan, near tbe town of Gokik, which is about 31 m. E. of the falls. The road lay along the bottom and side of this defile, on the r. b. of the river, which was now (July) swoEen by the monsoon freshes from the AV. Ghits. It varied in breadth from 90 to 300 yds., presenting a rapid muddy stream, Drawling and rushing from the alternate confinement and opening out of its rocky channel. It is unfordable from tbe middle of May to tbe middle of Sept. The water at the dry season ford, a little below the town, is now 15 ft. deep. The sources are said to be near Bandar or Gandar Garb, a little N. of the main Ghit. After a course of about 100 m., watering thejjhyins of Kaladgi and Bigalkot, it finds its way through the gaps in the Sitidongar hills to the Krishni, which it joins at the Kudli Sahgam. After an hour spent in wind ing up this rugged defile, the Falls, the roar of which we distinctly heard dur ing the silence of the night at the town of Gokik, at a sudden angle of the road became partly visible, presenting the magnificent spectacle of a mass of water containing upwards of 16,000 cubic ft. precipitated from the tabular surface of the sandstone into a gorge forming the head of the defile, the bottom of which is about 178 ft. below the lip of the cataract. The Gatparbi, a little above the fall, is apparently about 250 yds. across, but contracts to 80 as tbe brink of the chasm is approached ; conse quently the density and velocity of the watery mass is much increased, and it hun-ies down the shelving tables of rock with frightful rapidity to its fall. The fall over the face of the precipice seems slow and sullen from the velocity of the surface water of the rapid, and from the great denseness of the body ; and it plunges heavily down, with a deep thundering sound, which we heard dur ing the previous night at our encamp ment, 31 m. farther down the river. This ponderous descent and the heavy muddy color of the water conveys a feel ing of weight through the eye to the senses, which is relieved by the bright ness and airiness of thin clouds of white vapor and amber colored spray which ascend from the basin at the bottom of the gorge in curling wreaths, cm-taining the lower portions of the faE, and through which the basin was only seen at intervals, when its surface was swept by the fitful gusts that swept up the glen. Rising above the cliffs that con fine the falls, the watery particles vanish as they ascend ; but, again condensing, descend in gentle showers, which are felt at a short distance round the head of the faEs. Spray bows, varying in bright ness, distinctness, and extent, according to the quantity of light refracted, and the modification of the vapor, lent their prismatic tints to the ever ascending wreaths ; the largest (observed about 4 p.m.), formed an arch completely across 412 ROUTE 17. —goa to satara — falls of gokak. Sect. II. the river, rose, and, receding as the sun sank in, gradually disappeared with it. Like the rainbow, they are only pro duced on the surface of the cloud op posed to the sun's rays. The size and distance from each other of the drops composing the different portions of the spray cloud evidently influenced the brilliancy of the refracted colors, the tints being brightest in those portions where tbe drops were of medium size and density, and dullest where the watery particles were smallest and closest together The velocity of the surface water of the rapid was about 9 ft. per second, and its depth 10 ft. About 21 m. farther up the river, near the village of Kuntir, beyond the rapids, is a ford in the dry season, and a safe ferry during the monsoon. A tumbler- full of the turbid water deposited l-50th of its bulk, of a fine reddish clay, not calcareous, — a fact showing that the lime whicb exists in tbe sediment of this river at its confluence with the Krishni must have been derived from the inter mediate plains. The pebbles brought down are chiefly quartz granitic, and from the hypogene schists, with a few of chalcedony ; the sands containing grains of magnetic iron. The boiling point of water at the plateau of sand stone from which the cataract falls gives 2,817 ft. above the level of the sea. The mean temperature of the place, approximated by Boussingault's method, is 78°, which I should think rather too high, as tbe temperature of a spring close by was only 75°. The temperature of the air in the shade at the time was 78°. The mean temperature of Dhirwid, which stands much lower, is calculated by Christie at 75°. The head of the fissure, which is elliptical in form, with mural sides of sandstone, has mucb the appear ance of having been cut back, like Niagara, by the absorbing action of the water, for the space of about 100 yds. Large rocks, with angular and worn sur faces, evidently dislodged from the rocks on the spot, are seen in the bed and on the sides of the river below the deep basin, the receptacle of the faEen waters, and on its margin. The great hardness and com pact structure of the sandstone above the falls offers great obstacles to their rapid recession. The cliffs, however, flanking the right side of the river be low, are rent by nearly vertical fissures from summit to base, by one of which I descended to the bed. The direc tion of two of the largest was about E.S.E. They are crossed nearly at right angles by minor cracks, which thus insulate portions of the rock. The bases of these tottering pinnacles are often undermined by the action of the water, and the mass tumbles head long into the stream. The sandstone, in its lower portions, is interstratified with layers of shale, the softness of which facilitates this process of under mining. These shales are of a purplish- brown and yellowish-brown color, with minute spangles of mica disseminated, and between the lamina contain incrus tations of common alum (sulphate of alumina). Tbe alum is earthy and im pure, and sometimes has a mammUlated surface, resembling the alum incrusta tions in the ferruginous shales cresting the copper mountain near BaHiri. It is found in considerable quantities in a small cave near the foot of the falls. The ripple mark, so often seen on the sandstones of Europe, is observed in great distinctness on the tabular sur faces of the cliffs, and in exposed layers of the subjacent beds, at least 100 ft. below tbe surface. Its longitudinal direction is various, but generally S. 25° W., indicating the E.S.E. and W.N.W. direction of the current which caused them. The ripple marks on tbe sandstones of Kadapa and Karnfil have a general similar direction. At the bottom of the deep fissures in the sandstone cliffs already described, accu mulations have formed of fallen frag ments of rocks, sticks and leaves, etc. from above, intermingled with the dung and bones of bats, rats, and wild pigeons, with a few sheep and goat bones. Some of the latter have the appearance of having been gnawed by hyenas, jackals, or other beasts of prey ; many, bowever, are evidently the remains of animals that have faEen from above, as tbe bones are fractured. The upper portions of these fissures have sometimes Bombay ROUTE 17. — GOA TO SATARA — KITUR. 413 been choked by rock and rubbish from above, Their sides, though generally smooth, are marked with shallow po lished grooves. I made two excavations through the floor of the principal fis sure, in the hope of meeting with organic remains, but in vain. After penetrating the surface layer of loose stones and bats' dung, a fine red earth was met with, embedding angular frag ments of sandstone, and a few rounded pebbles of it and quartz. After digging for about 4 or 5 ft. through this, farther progress was prevented by great blocks of solid rock. The seeds of creepers and other plants vegetate on this soil, and shoot rapidly towards the surface, shading the fissure's with their leaves. On the cliffs near the falls, on the right bank of the river, stands a smaE group of Hindi temples dedicated to Shiva. The prin cipal shrine is a massive and elaborately carved structure of sandstone, elevated on a high, weE-built pediment above the reach of the ordinary floods. Seven years ago three of the steps of the N. flight ascending this terrace were submerged bv an extraordinary rise of the river. The Vimina of this temple contains the Phallitic emblem of Shiva, the Linga, guarded by the sacred bull. Here we passed the heat of the day. On the opposite bank of the river rises a well wooded hiE, about 100 ft. above the brink of the rapid, on which stand a few ruins of other Hindi reHgious structures. The table-land to the S. of the falls is covered with low jungle of Mimosa Euphorbia, Cassia and Bunder, the Mend Bundati with its lilac sweet pea-like blossom, the Carissa Spinarum, Webera Tetrandra and other thorny shrubs. The Euphorbia Antiqua and tortilis were in flower (July) ." (4) Kitiir. — The road from Belganw to Dhirwid is a very good one, and the principal nilas are bridged. The oovmtry is undulating, and in general fertile and well cultivated, with abundance of water. Good quail and florican* shooting is to be had. The Malparbi river, which is crossed before reaching Kitiir, may be forded from December to June. Dur- * The Otis Campestris, a small kind of bustard. ing the rest of the year it is crossed in a basket boat. This river rises on the E. slope of the W. Ghits, in lat. 15° 45', long. 74° 19' and flowing through the Collectorate of Belginw for 160 miles, falls into the Krishni in lat. 16° 12', long. 76° 9'. The town and fort of Kitiir are to the left of the road. This place was the fief of a Desii, or chief, who received investiture from the Riji of Kolhipir. AVhen Colonel Wellesley was marching on Punah in 1803 this chief was of great service* to him ; aud on many former occasions he strongly supported the English ; yet Colonel Wellesley was obliged to remonstrate to save him from being dispossessed. In September, 1824, he died without chil dren, and the British Government, then paramount, claimed the reversion of his fief. The family sent in claims to be allowed to adopt, which Mr. Thackeray, the CoEector, refused to recognise with out the sanction of the Bombay Govern ment. He assumed charge of the dis trict, and was directed to retain it pend ing inquiry. On the morning of the 23rd of October he was encamped with out the walls of the fort with a com pany of Native H. ArtiEery and one of N. I., when the gates of the fort were shut; and on his attempting to force admittance the garrison sallied out and overwhelmed his party. Mr. Thackeray, Capt. Black, and Lieut. Dighton, com manding the escort, were killed, Capt. SeweE wounded, and Messrs. Stevenson and Elliott, assistants to the collector, carried prisoners into tbe fort, where they were threatened with death in case of an assault. On this, a force, consist ing of H. M. 46th Regiment, 1 Bombay European Regiment, the 3rd, 6th, 14th, and 23rd Regiments N. I., a brigade of Madras and Bombay Artillery, and the 4th and 8th L. C, were sent to reduce the place under Lieut. -Colonel Deacon. On the evening of tbe 4th of December, a practicable breach having been made, the garrison surrendered on condition that their lives should be spared. In 1832 another formidable insurrection occurred, which was suppressed by the zeal and courage of two pitils, Linga * Wellington Despatches, vol. iii., p. 252. 414 ROUTE 17. GOA TO SATARA DHARWAD. Sect. II. Gowah and Krishn Rio, who were re warded with grants of land. The rocks in the vicinity are composed of alter nate layers of quartz and iron ore. {c) Dharwad (Dharwar or Darwar). — Tbis is a large open town, in a plain, once defended by a low mud wall and a ditch of no strength.* On the N. is the fort, which is strong, though the de fences are of mud and inegular. It has a double wall, and an outer and inner ditch from 25 to 30 ft. wide, and nearly as many feet deep. It was taken from the Marithas by Haidar 'Ali in 1778, and stood a siege in 1789 from a British force, co-operating with the Maritha army under Parshurim Bhio. It then belonged to Tfpu, and one of his ablest generals, Badru'z-zamin,with 7000 regulars and 3000 irregulars, hav ing thrown himself into it, defended it with great spirit. The first operation took place on the 30th of October, when an attack was made on a party of the garrison that had advanced outside the town. They were driven in, with the loss of three guns and many killed and wounded. The native town was then taken by storm, in which Capt. Little and Lieut. Forster, who first mounted the waE, were wounded, the latter mor tally. Besides these the British lost 62 killed and wounded. They made over . the place to tbe Marithas, and returned to camp, and had no sooner done so than the garrison sallied, and — after a severe conflict, in which 500 Marithas were killed and at least as many of their own party — re-occupied the town. After a truce, to burn and bury tbe dead, the fight was renewed, and the Marithas re took the place. The English had no battering guns, and the fort was too strong to be taken by assault, but a regiment of Europeans and a native corps were sent under Lieut -Colonel Frederick of the Bombay army to rein force the besiegers. Colonel Frederick reached Dhirwid on the 28th of Dec, and immediately took command and commenced operations. As fast as the Maritha guns, which were now manned by the EngEsh, made a breach, the enemy repaired it; and when the Bri- * Grant Dtiff, voL iii., p. 43. tish troops advanced to the assault, on the 7th of February, they were repulsed with the loss of 85 men. Col. Frederick died of chagrin at the failure, and was succeeded by Major Sartorius ; and at length, after a protracted siege of 29 weeks, the brave Badru'z-zamin sur rendered on condition of being allowed to march out with all the honors of war. The alEes took possession of the fort on the 4th of April, and the Marithas then attacked Badru'z-zamin as he was marching away, wounded him, and made him prisoner, with many others, and dispersed the rest of his forces, on pre text of bis having destroyed some of the stores after he had surrendered. In September, 1801,* Colonel Wellesley, afterwards Duke of Wellington, ex-> pressed his opinion that Dhirwid could be taken by a coup de main, and he drew up a plan of attack on the S.W. side. In 1803, Colonel AVeEesley gave a very re markable proof of his confidence in Bipuji Sindhia, who then held the fort, with very dubious intentions as regarded tbe British. He invited Col. Wellesley to an entertainment in the fort, and his invitation was accepted, to the surprise even of Bipuji himself, who, in remark ing afterwards that he had not taken advantage of it, said, " For I am stEl a Maritha." f In 1814, the same Kiladir, having come to pay his respects to Biji Rio Peshwi, was told to give up the fort to Trimbakji Dinglia. His answer was worthy a chivalrous barou of the feudal times, "If your Highness wiE send a gentleman to relieve me in the command, or if you wiE send my secre tary, in your own name, I wiE deliver the keys to him, but I wiE never give over the fort to such a person as Trim bakji DingHa." For tbis speech he was seized as soon as he left the Peshwi's tent, bound and tortured by Trimbakji until a promise of surrender was extorted. He then gave his keys to his secretary, a brihman on whom he could rely, and the latter, accompanied by a body of troops, proceeded to Dhirwid. No sooner, however, had be reached the gate than he asked leave to go a Httle * Despatches, vol. i., p. 360. t Ibid, vol.lli., p. 105. Bombay. ROUTE 17. GOA TO SATARA LAKHUNDI. 415 in advance, and, as soon ashehadentered, be caused aE the gates to be closed, and opened such a fire upon Trimbakji and his -men as compelled them to retire with precipitation. In 1837 Dhirwid was the scene of such violent feuds be tween the Brihmans and Lingiyats that Government were obliged to interfere. There are three Government Schools at Dhirwid, one for Marathi, one for Kanarese, and one for EngHsh. From this place many agreeable excursions to places of interest may be made. Of these the three most pleasant and in teresting are to Lakhundi, Ddndilli, and Rdnebenniir (Bednore). Lakhundi. — This place is about 30 m. E. of Dhirwid, on the road to Ballari, and between Gadag (Gudduk), and Dambal (Dummul). It must have been a place of great sanctity in very ancient times, when the Jains ruled the pro vince. It contains nearly 50 temples, of different sizes, erected by that sect. Many of the larger ones are of great interest, and wonderfully elaborated, the stone being carved in a way more resembHng the ivory work of the Chinese, than what is ordinarily seen. These temples, and many others of the same period in different parts of the country, are said to be the work of Jakhan Achirya, a famous Jain Guru, who flourished before the brihmans obtained complete ascendancy in tbis part of India, or, according to the Jain legends, about 3000 years ago. The temples have now been all desecrated or appropriated by the orthodox Hindus for their own deities, with the excep tion of one, which is still used as a Jain place of worship. This last is one of the finest, and is especiaEy interesting to architects, from never having been quite completed, and exhibiting the exterior carving in a half finished state, thus proving that the elaborate orna- menture was done after the buildings had been finished. A naked figure of Buddha, seated cross-legged with his hands in his lap, is sculptured in many places in this temple. In another temple is a. simEar figure, but standing, and canopied by a hooded snake, the body of which, in many windings, is seen be hind. The lower part of this figure is now imbedded in rubbish. Another figure, seated on its heels, and holding one sceptre in the right hand, and an other, of a different kind, in the left, is very conspicuous in one of the temples. There are several stones with inscrip tions, called, in Marathi, Shdsan Dagad, in Kanarese, Nipse Kallu, at this viEage. There is also a very long inscription, in tolerable preservation, on the roof of one of the temples in the inner fort. The names of the founders and other particulars connected with the temples are said to be recorded in these inscrip tions. The viEage is styled in them Lakhi Gundi, or "Stone of wealth." This title is said to be derived from a shower of gold coins which fell in ancient times on the spot. Besides the temples there are two magnificent wells, with a supply of excellent water, outside the village. They are very ancient, and are also the work of the Jains. AVhile the traveller is at Lakhundi he will do weE to visit Gadag, which is about 5 m. off. The town is large, and there is a fort ; but the principal objects of interest are two large and very ancient temples, one in the town, the other in the fort. That in the town is dedicated to Vfraniriyana, an incarnation of Vishnu, and is about 700 yds. in cir cumference, with a gateway 100 ft. .high.* It is built of solid stone, most beautifully carved. All the Vaishnava travellers halt at it. The temple in the fort is the more ancient, and is said by the natives to be 2000 years old. Tbis date is also given in the inscriptions, and in the Purinas. One of the in scriptions is dated Shalivdhana shale 900 = a.d. 987, and states that the temple having, in the course of ages, fallen into a ruinous state, it was re paired by a certain king. Tbe Jains had the supremacy here about a.d. 1000, and some of the battles fought by them are recorded in this temple in the inscriptions. The piEars are a miracle of carving. There is a figure of Trikuteshwara, the chief Linga branching into three heads. * Oriental Christian Spectator, luly, 1839. p, 306. 416 ROUTE 1 7. GOA TO SATARA RANEBENNUR. Sect. II. Close to Gadag is the village of Betwdri, where valuable cloths are manufactured, and where abundance of exceEent grapes may be got, the vine yards about 20 miles off being very cele brated. There is also here a remarkable range of hills called Kdpot, which are about 2000 ft. high, commencing three mEes off, and extending about 30. The native doctors come to these hiEs from distances of 200 or 300 mEes to collect roots, leaves, and simples. These hiEs are very rich in mineral products, and among them are iron ore containing plumbago, and sand with particles of gold. A scientific description of these hills is a desideratum. There are some remarkable caverns here, which are fabled by the natives to be inhabited by certain demigods of the Lingiyats called Siddhs. There are also three curious temples and a statue about 12 ft. high, concerning which there are strange and hateful stories. A few miles to the N. of Gadag is the town of Hambil, where is a large temple with a tank about 150 yds. long, 80 broad, and 50 deep, the water of which is salt. The whole country abounds with temples, inscrip tions, and objects of interest, which have never been properly described. Ddndilli. — Three stages on the road to Goa, and 34 m. W. of Dhirwid, are the jungles of DindEli teeming with every sort of game that can amuse and excite the sportsman. Here tigers and wild buffalos are to be found in plenty, and elephants come up from the S. after the rains. The traveEer may proceed to Goa this way, and so by sea to Bom bay. The stages to Goa are as follows : STAGES. m. r. Dhirwid Fort Gate to Kalkerra 10 11 HallihilS 11 5J DindEli (no supplies) 12 1 Jagalpehth 12 5 Chindawidi 18 1 x Kandapiir r. (no supplies)... 15 1 Pundi 10 5 St. Jago on the island of Goa 115 Panjim or New Goa, b. p. o. ... 8 4 110 5i Rdnebenniir (Bednore).— This is the S. limit of the Bombay Presidency, and borders on Madras. The stages are as foEows : — STAGES. M. F. Dhirwid Fort to Hubli (end of the town) 12 6J Betadir 8 6 Ingalji b 8 4 Sivanur (further end of town) b. 13 41 Dewgiri b 8 6 MotfBehnur* 13 2J Ranebennir b 12 6 78 3-1 This is a most interesting route, but it has never been weE described, and a notice of the many remarkable sights it presents is a great desideratum. Subli is one of the principal cotton marts of the S. Maritha country, and is also in teresting as being the seat of one of the earliest English factories, which, in 1 763, was plundered by Sivaji of goods to the value of 27,629 rupees. The popula tion of Hubli is now about 15,000.* In the old fort is a very curious well, about 80 ft. deep, of a strong mineral taste. The water from all the other weEs is delicious. The old town of Hubli was built some centuries ago, tbe new town by Chintaman Rio Pat wardan, of Singli, about 60 years ago. At the village of Adargunchi is a gigan tic statue of one of the Buddhist or Jain deities. At Ingalji are 10 temples, at Savaniir 6, at Dewgiri 6, at Moti Bennur 5, at Chair, between that place and Rdne benniir, 3, none of which have been de scribed. From Sivanur three places of considerable interest are within an easy day's journey, viz., Sigdriw, Bdnkapiir, and Sdngal. Sigdnw is famous for its betel gardens. The betel leaves are sold at 1 ini for 500, while at Bombay they cost the same for 80. There is a small but nice bangli here for traveEers close to a large betel garden. Bdnkapiir was a very nourishing place under tbe Mu hammadan kings of the Dakhan. It is now desolate, but there are beautiful temples and mosques, which have never been described. Sdngal is a large town, * According to Thornton : but Tirmal Rao, Principal Sadr Amiu of Dharwad, in the Or. Chris. Spectator, for July, 1839, p". 300, states that there were then 4,500 houses, and 21,500 inhabitants. Bombay. ROUTE 17. GOA TO SATARA CHIK NARGUND. 417 and one of the most ancient places in the Dhirwid districts. It is mentioned in the Puranas under the name of Virdtna- gara, "tbe city of King Virata." Its principal temple is large and very an cient, and is dedicated to Jarkeshwara. The carving is remarkable. Opposite the idol is a place called by tbe natives the ramal, or lotus of Hingal. It is an octagonal building, and the ceiling is formed by one immense stone, about 20 ft. in diameter, cut into the shape of a lotus flower, and resting on 8 pillars. On eight stones adjoining the pillars are sculptured the ashtadikpdlakas, or guar dians of the eight cardinal points. Thousands of other figures, some seated, some standing, are sculptured in various parts of the temple. According to Pau- rinik legend, the Rakshas, or demon, Kecbaka, was destroyed at this place. Hingal is surrounded by extensive gar dens of betel and cocoa-nut trees. The sugar cane is also very largely cultivated. The method of betel culture is as fol lows : — When the betel nuts are quite ripe tbey are gathered and planted, with the husks on, at intervals of 4 ft. from each other, and in square patches. In 6 months the stem begins to appear, and in about 12 years it reaches the height of 20 ft., when it throws out branches with nuts. In its full growth it is 60 ft. high, but never thicker than 5 or 6 inches in diameter. In February and March a thick green cover, called by the natives adkihali, forms at the top of the tree. This dries and faEs off, and is then 4 ft. long and 2\ broad, brown outside and white in. It is very strong, particularly after having been soaked in water, and is used by the natives for bags. In this cover is a shell, at first 2 or 3 inches, and, when full grown, 2 ft. long. As the nuts in the shell get ripe it gives way and falls down. Out of it bursts a large bunch of nuts divided into 3 branches. Each bunch contains from 3 to 4 sers of nuts. The tree bears fruit once a year, and shoots out two or three branches at a time. Each of the nuts is covered with a shell like that of a cocoa-nut, which is easily re moved by the gardeners. When fully ripe the nut is fit for seed, but not to eat. When three-fourths ripe it is only eaten by the poor, and is then called, in Kanarese, bettedike. When half ripe it is the chikni adki, and is then at its best flavor, and sells from 6 to 8 rupees per man. It is cut into wafers or small pieces, and is then boiled and dried, after which it is caEed the kafad adki. The trees live about 60 years. The sugar cane is of four kinds — white, black or red, the rastdli, and the huchch or mad. There are two species of the white cane, the huls and the bet.. The huls is about half an inch in dia meter, and contains little juice, but the best gul or molasses is made from it. Bet is the hardest of aE the canes, and grows 10 ft. high; its juice is superior to that of the preceding kind. The black or red sugar cane is three times as thick as the white, and gives more juice, but of a different flavor. It grows to 12 ft. The rastdli is divided into white or gubi, and striped. The white rastdli is mucb thicker than the red, and con tains more juice than any cane. Its juice is a delicious drink, but when in spissated makes the worst gul. It is so soft as to be easily eaten. The striped sort is exactly the same as the other species except in color. It grows to 15 ft. The huchch is good only for cattle, and elephants are very fond of it. The other sorts, when full grown, are cut up, and have tbe juice expressed by two rollers, and this is then inspissated by boiling it in large iron basons, when it is called gul. Reduced to power, this is the native sugar, and is sold in this district at 8 inis per man. The road from Dhirwid to Kaladgi is not good, and in the rains impractic able. After March, until the rains, there is a general scarcity of water. It may be noted here that in the Dhirwid districts there are in many places very dangerous holes, into which the rains have washed a quantity of black slime, which, on the surface, appears dry, but would instantly engulph a man. The sportsman needs to be careful of these pits. All the villages on this route are poor, and none are of considerable size. {d) Cliik Nargund or little Nargnnd. — Here the traveller may halt for a day 418 ROUTE 1 7. — GOA TO SATARA — HAMPIHOLI. Sect. II in order to see a very remarkable pass about 7 m. off, and about 3 m. from a place called Laundatli or Saundatti. Here the Malparbi rushes through a narrow precipitous gorge in the range of sandstone hiEs between the towns of Laundatti and Manauli. This gorge is about 11 m. in length, and is most wild and picturesque. The sides of the ra vine arc precipitous, and the bottom is strewed with huge blocks of sandstone, which have fallen away from the cliffs on either side, and among these the river dashes furiously forward . This singular passage was probably cut by the river working back through the hills by such a waterfaE as is now seen at Gokik. The course of the ravine is winding, or, at least, irregular, and not in a direct line, as would have been the case had it originated in a spEt in the strata occa sioned by an earthquake. The ravine is called the Navil Tirth, or " Peacock shrine," and the legend is that when first the Malparbi came rushing through the plain above the hill it turned this way, and that to look for an outlet. Suddenly a peacock from the summit of a hill called, " Come hither ! come hither ! " when the hEl split in two, and the river ran joyously down the wEd passage that had thus miraculously been made for its escape. From Chik Nargund a visit may be paid to Nargund, lately the capital of a petty Riji, and the scene of a barbarous massacre during the revolt. The chief of Nargund had long been plunged in pecuniary difficulties, and his estates were all heavily mortgaged. In this desperate state of his circumstances he 'imagined he saw a means of escape by joining tbe insurrection against the English ; and, on the 30th of May, Mr. C. Manson, the Political Agent in the S. Maritha country, having proceeded to Nargund to disarm the inhabitants with a few horsemen, was set upon by the Raja's orders, and he and aE his escort were murdered. Their deaths were soon avenged. On tbe 31st a body of the S, Maritha horse, under Colonel Malcolm,* and two companies of the * See the Homeward Mail, for J uly the 19th , 1BT.8, where a mil account of the whole affair will be found- 74th Highlanders, with a company of the 28th N. I. and two guns, under Capt. Paget, marched from Dhirwid, and on the 1st of June advanced against Nargund. The fort is on a rock about 800 ft. high, and was formerly famous for its strength, having on more than one occasion defied the armies of Tipii. The town lies at the base of the rock, and the enemy, about 1,500 in number, were encamped outside it. The advance of the English troops was very feebly opposed, and by 7 o'clock on the morn ing of the 2nd the town and fort were in their possession. They had but six wounded, while the rebels suffered very severely. On the evening of tbe same day, the chief, with six of his principal followers, were captured in the jungle ; and on the 12th he was hanged, and the neighboring Riji of Dambal was blown from a gun, and six of his accomplices hanged. On the 2nd of June the strong fort of Kop-il also was taken by Major Hughes, who had but eight of his men wounded. These operations entirely crushed the insurrection in this district. {e) Sampiholi. — The traveller may halt two days at this place in order to visit the Fort and Caves of Bidimi, which are very interesting, and not more than 18 m. distant to the E. The forti fied town of Bidimi is built in a plain, with a smaE citadel * in the body of the place. It is, however, further protected by two biE-forts, one on each flank. Of these forts one is above the caves, and is still in good order. The other fort, on the opposite side of the town, is a very remarkable place. It covers the top of a huge block of sandstone, pre cipitous on all sides, so as to be nearly inaccessible. It seems to have split off from the adjoining range. The summit of the plateau on the top of the cliff is about 300 ft. from the plain, and the whole mass is divided into several com partments by deep fissures only a few feet broad, but from 200 to 300 ft. deep. This singular fort, and the cliff on which it is built, may be compared to a huge iceberg which has cracked by its own weight from top to bottom. The road up to the fort leads through these fissures, * Grant Duff, vol. iii., p. 10. Bombay. ROUTE 17. GOA TO SATARA KALADGI. 419 and, being shut in byperpendicular walls of rock from 100 to 250 ft. in height, with only a narrow strip of blue sky visible overhead, the passage along it is very wild and pecuEar. The Bdddmi Caves are aU flat-roofed, and smaHer than those at Kirli and Junnar ; but the sculptures in tbem are in good preservation, and some of the groups in alto-relievo on the side walls of the front part of the caves are well executed. The principal figures have all caps of a truncated conical form, not unHke the Albert shako, but loftier. The shape aud capitals of the pillars are different from those in other caves. Groups of figures extend from the pElars of the principal cave to the roof at an angle of 45°. The faces of these figures are turned downwards, so as to meet the eye of a spectator looking at them from below. Not far from Bidimi are the ruins of the old shrine of Ban Shankri, 2 m. from Tolasgad. There is, at this place, a very fine tank of masonry, surrounded by a double colonnade of piEars, forming a covered way all round. The water, however, is bad. There are several ruined temples, and a large modern one, buEt about 80 years ago, by a banker of Sitiri. It is of green-stone, but the older buildings are of the sand stone of the neighborhood. Close by the ruins is a fine dam of masonry, about 50 ft. in thickness, by which the water of a smaE stream is diverted to the irrigation of some gardens near •Tolasgad, which are pretty extensive. Bidimi was taken on the 20th of May, 1786, by the confederate armies of the Peshwi and the Nizim, from Tipi, with heavy loss on both sides. In 1818 it was captured by Colonel, afterwards Sir Thomas Munro. (/) Kaladgi {Kaludghee). — This is usually the station of a small body of native troops. The town is beyond the cantonments, on the Gatparbi river. ' The traveller who has not visited Bija ptir may proceed to it from Kaladgi. The distance is 54 m. 6 f. as follows : — ¦ STAGES. m. p. Baulhatti 8 6 Bargandi 9 0 STAGES. M. F. Kolir 9 4 Mulwir 11 7 Fath or S. Gate of Bijaptir 15 5 54 6 For the description of Bijapir see Route 9, p. 375. Four stages to the W. from Bijapir, on the road to Kol hipur, is Athni (Hutnee), a very cu rious place well deserving a visit. The stages are — STAGES. M. F. From Bijapir N.W. Gate to Tikoti 12 21 Honwir 7 2 Agalli 11 31 Athni 13 51 44 51 By the Route from Kaladgi to Kol hipiir it may be reached from Riibigh, whence it is a journey of 3 stages. Athni is a thriving town of 1,000 houses and 7000 inhabitants, with 3 streets of shops called the Raviwir, Buddhwir, and Jain bazars. The streets are wide and level, with ma sonry drains at the sides, and these are covered over at the street-crossings. There is a curious hybrid temple here, built by Ibrahim Shih, Jagat Guru, of Bijapir. This place of worship is fre quented both by Muslims and by Hindis. The Hindus worship in the inner temple in the centre of the court, while the Muslims perform their rites in the court itself. A little shrine in front of the gateway contains the lin gam, and is surmounted by the crescent. Ibrahim Shih was warned, so the people of this town affirm, to destroy no more Hindii temples, and this edifice was one of the first fruits of his tolerant spirit. His policy was evidently to conciliate the Hindis, from among whom the Maritha chiefs were then rising into power ; and his name is still held in affectionate remembrance by the Hindis around Bijapur. The Hindii temple in the centre of the court has a dome like a Muhammadan tomb. Tbis Catholic edifice is frequented by people of all castes and persuasions, by the Brih man and by the outcast Mahir, by the 420 KODTE 17. — GOA TO SATAJiA— JOTIUa's IilLL. Sect. II. Muslim, and also by the Lingayat. They all worship in their respective fashions, without interfering' with each other. The temple is, in fact, an em bodiment of the principle of toleration. "W". of Athni 15 m. is tbe large village of Mangsoli, where are some fine gar dens. This is the boundary place be tween the Marathi and Kanarese lan guages. About a mile "W. of the village is a large temple, sacred to Khandoba,* * An account of this very popular deity of the Marathas will be found at p. 371 of the Oriental Christian Spectator for August, 1840. The exploits of Khande Rao.^or Khandoba, are celebrated in the Mallari Mahatmya, said to beloug to the Kshatva Khanda of the Brambanda Purana. The scene of the Mal lari M. is laid at a low range of hills near Jijuri (see p 346), called in Marathi the Khalke Pathdr. The legend avers that certain brah mans were here interrupted in their devotions by a Daitya, or Titan, called Malla, who, with his brother Mani and a great army, trod down their gardens, killed their cows, and beat them and their families. There seems to be some historical basis for this, as Malla is the place whence came a family of Bhfls, mentioned by Sir J. Malcolm in the 1st vol. of the As. Trams-, whose king murdered a brahman and carried off his daughter. Tbe oppressed brahmans vj&ited heaven in search of a protector, and utter all the other gods had rofused, Shiva as sented, and, becoming incarnate in Khande Rao, killed the Daitya. The 6th day of the first fortnight of Margashfrsh, the 9th Hindu month, is sacred to the "god" in this in carnation, otherwise called MallarS, "the foe of Malla." This, therefore, is tbe great day at Jijiiri, whi;re the present temple was built by the first Malhar Rao, who died in 1767. The ascertis by a broad flight of Btepa. After as cending a little way there is a landing-place, where is Khahdoba's shepherd with a herd of buffalos, etc., of stone, presented by devotees whose cattle have recovered, after vows to the god. At a second landing-place is his Prime Minister, who is said to havebeen of the Warn caste. Tbe third landing-place is the platform of the [rod, Outside, by Kharidoba's horse, stands the giant Malla, who is first kissed by the worshippers. Inside are the images of Khande Rao and his principal wife, Mhalsa, placed behind a lingam. The founder of this temple, Malhar Rao, built another at this part of the hill, in which he placed his own image a"d Ibat of hi* wife, Ahilya Bai, behind the lingam, so that in bowing to the lingam the worshippers bow to his image. Ahilya lidi, s-o iatuous lor lior virtues, has also a temple- at Na^Mk, where she is worshipped as approached through a pleasant glen full of sacred trees, affording good shade for encamping. These trees have all been planted at different times, by pil grims to the shrine at the annual Jdtra held in the hot season. Any pilgrim who has planted a tree enjoys the right of encamping under it, and may dis place an interloper. Kolhapur is, in many respects, a very interesting place, and deserves to be thoroughly explored and described. The great temple to Ambabai or Maha Lakshmi is very ancient. Its cloisters now lie buried many feet under the surface of the earth, owing to some terrible convulsion. Stone slabs, covered with strange figures and ancient inscriptions, are dug out from a depth of 15 ft. The old bed of the river Panchganga can be traced at an elevation of 70 ft. above its present level, and was discovered in digging for a foundation, when a stratum of po lished pebbles, evidently rounded by running water, was found. This temple is shewn, by the figures of Buddh and its style of architecture, to have been originally a Jain church. The length of the foundation from E. to "W. is 144 ft., and from 2*. to S. 157. The height of the dome is 36 ft. Jotihtfs Hill is distant 5 miles from Kolhapur, and is a truncated cone about 1000 ft. high, separated by a deep ravine from the Panhala range. This hill has been a place of great sanctity for ages, and its top is a labyrinth of temples, and pilgrims come from distances of 700 miles to visit its shrines. Jotibk is the protector of the family of Sin dhia, and his image of soft black stone is said to have been in a state of continual perspiration during the last an incarnation of Bhavani. Holkar endowed the temple with 10,000 rupees annually, and the Peshwa granted a like sum, which has been continued by the English Government. Besides the image dressers, there are 50 Vira, one of whom is required, at the annual festi val, to run a sword through his thigb, and afterwards walk through the town as though, nothing had happened. This he does under the influence of stimulants, but usually keepa his bed six weeks, and sometimes dies of his won nds. Bombay. ROUTE 17. GOA TO SATARA JOTIBa's HILL. 421 British campaign against Gwalior. Eatnagiri, Kedar Nath, and Nath are also names of this place. It is said that Jotiba, an incarnation of Shiva, here killed two demons, Batnasur and Kol- hasur. The temples are chiefly built of blue basalt, and many are highly ornamented and covered with brass or silver plates. There are many sub terranean temples in the town of Kolha pur, said to have been buried by an earth quake in the 14th century. There are also at Jotiba's Hill and other places cave-temples. The following is a notice of the most remarkable of these by Dr. F. Broughton, Civil Surgeon at Kolha pur, furnished to Dr. Wilson, and which will be found in the Journal of the Bom bay Asiatic Society for 1853, vol. iv., p. 362 :— " Since the receipt of your instructive Memoir on the Temples of "Western India, I have visited two series of Bud dhist caves which have not, I believe, been before described, and may not, 1 trust, be deemed by you devoid of in terest. The first I will mention is situated on a hill, called Mhalasa Pa- thar, a continuation of the Panhala range, and distant from thence about 6 m. Tbe nearest village is called Bada- wara; but the best mark for finding it is a white temple conspicuous on the western border of the hill, and near which some curious marks in the rock, like the foot-prints of men and animals, are described by the natives as being the impressions made in a conflict there fought between the giants and demons. These caves of Pahdu Hari are also celebrated as being the favorite retreat of the renowned robber chief {rishi ?) Jaimini, and their situation is well suited to such a purpose, as, concealed in a small ravine and- hidden by trees, none but the initiated are likely to be aware of their proximity. The excava tions are formed in a semicircular scarp of amygdaloid in a wooded ravine, the chord of the arc being 40 yds., and the aspect is due E. Near the centre, and appro.iched by a flight of rudely cut steps, is a temple 30 ft. wide and 40 ft. long by 7 ft. in height, opening into an inner chamber 10 ft. square, in the centre of which is a ruined block of uncut stone, the remains, I believe, of a dahgop. The roof is, or rather was, supported by 6 separate pillars, and 6 cut in half relief at the corners and sides ; but the soft nature of the rock has been broken up by the growth of the roots of the trees and the action of the water, and the roof- has given way, carrying with it many of the pillars, and nearly the whole of the verandah, which once evidently protected its front. To the right of this cave is another, 40 ft. long and 17 ft. wide, being 7 ft. 8 in. bigh, and supported by 6 pillars of uncut rock. In this is also an inner chamber containing a mutilated pillar, on which a portion of squaring and a cut line or edging are visible. In the area formed by the pillars in the outer apartment of this cave is a raised seat, indicating a spot from which some figure has been removed. Much wan ton mischief appears to have been com mitted in these caves, and the linga now occupies situations created by the destruction of the original design. To the right and left of these caves, cells about 6 ft. square are found: two on the right are approached by steps, and are above the level of the larger caves ; those on the left are also two in number, and contain stone seats, and are ap proached by doorways; and between the cells and the centre cave is some carving on the rock, indicating it as the posterior wall of a chamber which has fallen in. Two half relieved pillars are surmounted by a curious Buddhistic figure. To the extreme left is a natural cavern extending far into the hill, and from which a stream of remarkably pure water flows, thus completing tbe re quisites of tbe recluse." " The caves of Panhdld Dari are situated close to the village of Panhala, in a hill about 7 miles from Kolhapur, and close to Jo tiba's dongar. They are excavated near the upper part of the bill, and tbe en trance is hidden by trees. They consist of a chaitya in the shape of a horse shoe, 27 ft. long, 16 ft. wide, and 11 ft. high, containing a dahgop 8 ft. high, and 21 ft. in circumference, in the cen tre of which some slight remains of 422 route 17. — goa to satara — jotiba' s hill. Sect. II. Bombay. carving are visible, as forming a circle round the pillar. " This temple and pillar, distinctly monolithic, and attesting the design of the excavator, corresponds exactly with the description you give of the chaitya, and will, I hope, authorise me in speak ing so positively in my description. On the right of tbis cave is a spacious vihara 44 ft. by 41, but only 9 ft. in height, supported by six pillars on each side, approached by a doorway 7 ft. high and 5 wide, and lighted by two win dows 4 ft. square on either side of the doorway. From the three sides of this hall there are entrances by narrow door ways into seven cells, so that there are altogether 21 separate apartments about 7 ft. by 6J and 6 ft. high. Some of these cells contained seats, but are sadly dila pidated, as in defiance of a verandah running along the front, the caves fac ing the S. are filled with water during the monsoon. On either side of these caves are nests of cells, on the right hand leading the one into tbe other, on the left separate. There are four on the right 6 ft. by 4, and on tbe left three, and externally there are two vinhas affording an abundance of water. These caves are fast going to decay from the before-mentioned causes, and also from the rain finding its way through the roof, there being only 15 ft. of rock from the roof of the temple to the top of the scarp. There are some curious excavations also that have lately been cleared out by Capt. Graham in the fort of Panhala. I do not myself consider them as having been used for religious purposes, but will describe them for your opinion. Descending by 7 steps, and following a subterraneous passage 5 yds. long, 6 ft. high, and 2\ ft. broad, the passage turns suddenly to the left, and after another couple of yds. describes a semi-circle again to the left, and opens into a chamber about 8 ft. square, in which is an uncut seat. A doorway leads into another similar apartment on the left, in which is also a seat, and a niche in the wall for a lamp is found in both, which, from the blackened appear ance of the rock, would seem to have been used. On the right is a similar sized room, in one corner of which is a deep pit, at the mouth of which a groove is carefully cut in the rock, into which stone of a different material is fitted, so as to close the entrance. Above the centre of the middle chamber is a square well-cut aperture, in fact a trap-door, on the two sides of which places have been cut to let in a bar, by which the aperture could be closed. The impres sion on my mind is that the staircase was cut to facilitate the formation of the retreat, and afterwards filled up, and the trap-door only used as the entrance. This subterranean abode could never have been a pleasant habitation, particularly when the door- was closed above. That this door was closed is probable, by the black ened walls where lamps have been used, and which would not be necessary if tbe traps were left open. From the evident design of concealment, both of the external aperture and the pit's mouth below, I am disposed to think it was contrived for the security of property, and sometimes, probably, as a refuge for persons in times of danger. This excavation is situated on the side of the Koti, and is now surrounded by villages. Its situation does not indicate any wish for retirement, as it is in the midst of buildings of all descriptions ; but the object appears to have been conceal ment, and was most probably intended for treasure." Northern Biv. 423 NORTHERN DIVISION. Preliminary Information. 1. Boundaries and General Aspect of the Division — Sdb-divisions and Chief Towns. — 2. Historical Sketch — Castes — Employments of the Natives. 1. boundaries and general aspect of the division — SUB-DIVISIONS AND CHIEF TOWNS. This division, lying between N. lat. 24° 45' and 20° 3', and E. long. 69° and 74° 20', has an area of 41,536 sq. m. From its most N. to its most S. point it is 315 m. long, and from E. to W. it is 321 m. broad, reckoning from the E. frontiers of the Rewa Kanta to the most W. extremity of Kathiawad. It is bounded on the N. by the Gulf and Ban of Kachh, Jodhphr, Sirohi, and TJdaipiir ; on the E. by Dongarpiir, Banswada, Dohad, 'Alirajpur, Akrani, and Khandesh ; on the S. by the N. Konkan and the sea ; and on the W. by the sea. The General aspect of the Division is that of a rich plain, in many parts posses sing a deep black soil, admirably adapted for the production of cotton, and all the varieties of grain. Bice is much cultivated near the river Sabarmati, wheat in the N. parts and in Kathiawad. In Sorath and Kathiawad proper, both of them divisions of the peninsula of Kathiawad, are hill districts, called the larger and lesser Gir. To the N. of these are the famous hills of Junagarh. There are also hills at Palitana, on the E. coast of Kathiawad, and in 6ome other parts of that peninsula, and in the N. part of the Gaikwad's dominions. The climate of this division is extremely hot, the thermometer ranging from 90° to 1 05° within walls during the hot weather. Fevers are very common, and at times cholera commits great ravages. The fall of rain is moderate, but in Kathiawad it is scanty, and periodical famines are caused by the utter want of rain. The Sub-divisions and Chief Towns of the four Collectorates comprised in this division are as follows : — AHMADABAD. Taluks or Sub-Divisions from ra!.(T™n< Distance and direction from N. to S. ivniei lowns. Ahmadabad. 1 Parahtij (Purrantij) Parahtij 31 N.E. 2 Viramgam (Veerumgaum) Viramgam 34 W. by N. 3 Daskrohi Ahmadabad Ahmadabad 4 Jetalpur Jetalpur 8 S. 5 Dholkh Dholka 20 S.W. 6 Dhahduka Dhahduka 57 S.W. 7 Gogh-k (Gogo) Gogha 120 S. 424 sub-divisions and chief towns. Sect. II. Bombay. KHEIU (KAIRA). Taluks or Sub-Divisions from chief Towna. 1 Kapadwahj (Kupperwunj) Kapadwahj 2 Muhiidba (Moonda or Mhounde) Muhiidha 3 Thasra (Tasra) Thasra 4 Matar ' M&tar 5 Nadiyad (Neraid) Nadiyad 6 Napad (Nappa) Napad 7 Borsad (Boorsud) Borsad BHARUCH (BROACH). Taluks or Sub-Divisions from N. to S. 1 23 4 5C Jambusar (Jumbooseer) Ahmod (Ahmode or Abraood) Wagra Bharuch (Broach) Anklesar Hahsot (Hansoot) Chief Towns. JambusarAhmadWagraBharuchAnklesar Hahsot Distance and direction from Kheda (Kaira). 25 N.E. 12 E. by N. 20 E. 3| S. 12 S.E. 20 S.E. 24 S. Distance and direction from Bharuch (Broach). 27 N. 20 N. 13 N.W. 4 S. 13 S.W. Taluks or Sub-Divisions from N. to S. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 Kudsad Orpud (Oolpar) Kadocl (Corrode) Maiidwf (Maundwee) Chorashi Supa (Soopa) Parchol Sarbbon 9 Wiled ' 10 Chikhli (Chiklec) 11 Walsod (Bulsar) 12 ParnerS. 13 Bagwada (Bugwara) The great Peninsula of which are given in the order Chief Towns. Kudsad Orpud Kadod Maridwi Surat KaliyiWadi (Kalliawaree) 16 Distance and direction from Surat. 13 N.E. 7 N.W. 24 E. by N. 27 E. by N. Jh&lawad. Machhu Kanta. Halad. Okha Mahdal. Gohelwad Jalalpur 17 S. Sarbhon 18 S.E. Walod 29 S.E. Cbikhli 32 S. Walsod 38 S. Baldi Pardi (Baldee) 46 S. Bagwada 53 S. Kathiawad is divided into the following provinces, from N. and N.W. to S. and S.W. :— 6 Und Sarweya.^ 7 Kathi&wad. 8 Sorath. 9 Barda or Jaitwad. 10 Babriaw&d. 1. Jhdldwdd, or the country of the Jbalis, contains 54 Thluks, of which the principal arc Halwad Dran^dm, Limn', Wadw&n, Wankanir, Than, Saila, and Chura, all of them petty chiefships. In Halwad Drangdra alone there are 122 towns and villages ; and the whole province, in 1842, contained 240,325 inhabi tants. In tbis province are also the petty States of Muli and Baiana, the former occupied by Parm-ir Rajputs, the latter by Jats, who are now Muhammadans ; the Muhammadan States of Dasahra and Wanod ; tbe Koli State, Jhinjuw&da ; and part of the Kuhbi State, Patri. 2. Machhu Kdntd has but two taluks, Morvi Tankara and Mallia, the former containing 48 and the latter 6 towns and villages. The principal towns in these taluks bear the same names as the taluks, and are the capitals of the Rajas of Morvi and Mallia. Tbe present Morvi Chief is the eighth in descent from Rao Dhanji of Kachh, whose son Ravaji obtained Morvi Northern Biv. sub-divisions and chief towns. 425 in a.d. 1677, but was murdered in 1698 by the son of a younger brother. Since this event the younger branch has been seated on the throne of Kachh, the elder retaining Machhu Kanta and part of Wagar. The census of 1842 gave 28,749 inhabitants to Machhu Kanta. 3. Salad comprises 26 taluks, but of these that of Nowanagar alone contains 231 towns and villages, Drapa 199, Gondal Doraji 81, Kotra Sangani 19, and Dharol 15. The city of Nowanagar, founded by Jam Rawal in a.d. 1540, is tbe most populous city, and Halad the largest and most populous province in the whole peninsula. It contained 358,560 inhabitants according to the census quoted above, and is entirely occupied by Jadeja Rajputs, so notorious for the practice of infanticide. Their principal chiefs are the Jam of Nowanagar, whose ancestor, Jam Hala, conquered the province and bequeathed his name to it, the Rajas of Gondal, Rajkot, Dharol, and Kotra Sangani. 4. Okhd Mandal has but one taluk, also called Okha Mahdal, containing 43 villages and 12,590 inhabitants, who are Waghars, professing both Hindiiism and Muham- madanism. These people are pirates and robbers, and have several times come into sanguinary collision with British troops. 5. Gohelwdd contains 27 taluks, of which Bhaonagar and Palitana are the principal. Bhaonagar alone contains no less than 423, Palitana 33 towns and villages. It is in the hands of the Gohel Rajputs, who were driven out of Marwar in the end of the 12th century a.d. by the Rathors. Bhaonagar was founded by Bhao Singhji in 1742 ; and the Raja, who has assumed the title of Rawal for that of Gohel, is very wealthy, and a most enlightened, excellent chief. Throughout the revolt he showed himself the staunch ally of the British, and has always been earnest and zealous in promoting the spread of civilization. Palitana is famous for its Jain temples, and is a most curious and interesting place on other accounts. In 1 842 Gohelwad contained 247,980 inhabitants. 6. Und Sarweya is divided into 23 taluks, but there are but 33 villages in all, and the whole population was but 11,373 at the census of g 1842. Und signifies " low," and the word is applied to this district as the low country on the banks of the Shatrunji river. This division is chiefly interesting as belonging to tbe last remnants of tbe Rajpiit tribe, which ruled in the Peninsula before the tribes, which at present are the chief occupants, invaded it. 7. Ka thiawad is divided into five principal districts, which, naming them from N. to S., are — 1, Panchal ; 2, Wasawad ; 3, Kharapat ; 4, Alag Dhanani ; and 5, Khu- man. These again are sub-divided into 55 taluks, of which Amreli contains 120, Jaitpur Chital 58, Bbilka 8, Babra 79, Jasdhan 33, Chotila 13, and Sudamra 11 towns and villages. The whole population of this large and central province was, in 1842, only 189,840. It was conquered by its present occupants, the Kathis, towards the close of the 14th century, and their continual wars and intestine struggles have tended to keep down their numbers. 8. Sorath. This, the most interesting province in the whole Peninsula, both as respects natural scenery and architectural remains, contained, in 1842, 320,820 inhabitants. It has seven divisions — 1, Bhadar Kanta; 2, Noli Kahta; 3, the larger Gir; 4, the lesser Gir; 5, the larger Nager ; 6, the lesser Nager; 7, the Gar. The two first divi sions are so called from the rivers which flow from them. The Gir is a very remarkable tract, consisting of a succession of ridges and hills, covered so densely with forest trees and jungle that Colonel Jacob* describes himself as marching for 20 miles within it without finding room to pitch a small tent. It extends from Koriar, near Mendarra, in Sorath, on the N.W., 50 miles, to Dadan, on the Ragna river, in Babriawad, on the S.E. ; and from Sarsai on the N. to Ghantwar on the S., 30 miles. This mass of hills is divided by two main vallies running N. and S., into which pour from the adjacent heights innumerable streamlets, that form the Sino-ura and Rawal rivers, that enter the sea near Korinar and Pamkra. The main lines of communications are through these vallies. There are three other roads, but no cross communication save by difficult footpaths. Towards the N. * Selections from Bombay Records for 1856, No. 37, p, 9, 426 sub-divisions and chief towns. Sect. II. Bombay. the hills are low, but rise gradually towards the S., where they reach an elevation of 1000 ft. The Gir is full of almost inaccessible fastnesses, and has been for ages the retreat of robbers, outlaws, and the wild ascetics called Aghoris or Aghor Pants.* Among the most remarkable places in it are the Nandi Vela Hill be tween Tulsi Sham and Kahthala, which is a conspicuous landmark for vessels approaching the S. coast ; the Cbassa Hill, a famous retreat of Bhdrwatyas or outlaws; and Vejalkot, near Tulsi Sham. The only approaches to this place are by the N. and S. extremities, and these are impracticable for guns, and defended by wailed gateways, which it would cost many lives to storm. On the E. is a deep ravine, with precipitous banks, which could not be scaled ; on tbe W. tbe Rawal river, with precipitous banks. In attempting to storm a similar fastness, Ensign Robertson, of the 15th N. I., was killed in 1832, and his men were repulsed. During half the year, from June to December, it is most dangerous to stop in this tract, owing to the malaria and the poisonous quality of the water. The Sidi race is the only one which has strength of constitution to withstand the ill effects of the climate. In the very heart of the Gir is the Hindu monastery of Tulsi Sham, where is a very sacred image of Krishnah. f In front of the monastery is a thermal spring, divided into two large reservoirs of boiling water. Veins of sulphur and lime exist in the stratum, and the smell of sulphur is quite perceptible. The springs are built up with neat masonry, having flights of steps on all four sides. The heat of the water is attributed to the image, and ablution in the springs is therefore considered a means of salvation. E. of this tract and ex tending to the Shatrunji river and Palitana is another and similar tract, called sometimes the lesser Gir, but the term is little known to the natives of the sur rounding districts, who have a specific name for every ridge. The Gir must not be confounded with the singular clump of mountains to the N. of it, near Junagarh, called Girnar. The Nager is the strip of land between the Gir and the sea, commencing from the Noli Kahta, near Mangalpur (Mangrol), and ex tending to Babriaw&d. The lesser Nager is usually called una, from its chief town so named. The lands in it are chiefly held by Rajphts and Muhammadan Saiyads. There are some families of Gohels who claim to have held Diu before the Portuguese conquest in 1535 a.d. There are but 3 taluks, of which that of Junagarh is the principal, and comprises 348 towns and villages. Bantwa, the chief of which taluk is a relation of the Niiwab of Junagarh, includes 29 towns and villages, and there are two, viz., Amrapur and Paradwa, in the taluk of Amrapur. 9. Bardd contained in 1842 a population of 46,980 persons. It has but one taluk, that of Porbandar, in which are 39 towns and villages. This dis trict is all that remains to the ancient family of Jaitwa Rajputs, who claim to be aborigines, and who formerly held, besides Barda, the whole of Halad and Machhu Kahta. Porbandar is the best harbor on the W. coast, and there are 60 vessels belonging to it, with which a trade with Arabia, Sindh, and the Persian Gulf is carried on. 10. Bdbridwdd, including Jafarabad, was computed in 1842 to have a population of 18,468. The landholders are Babrias and Ahirs. Of the former there are 3 leading tribes — Kotila, Waru, and Dhankra, with 72 sub divisions. The Kotilas ascribe their origin to a mixed marriage with the daughter of a Sihor brahman. The Warus trace up to the Jaitwa family of Porbandar. The Dhankras claim descent from the Pahdus. The Ahirs trace their lineage to the ancient Solankhi Rajputs, who formerly possessed the island of Diu. These tribes formerly lived to the N. at Than, and were driven to the present locality by tbe invasion of the Kathis. Babriawad is bounded on the N. by the Gir, and extends S. to the sea. On the E. the Jhalapur river, and on the W. the Malan, are the boundaries. The port of Jafarabad is in the centre of the coast line, * A brief description of the tract and of one of these Aghoris will be found in the Autobio graphy pf Lulfullah, p. 181-186. Northern Biv. sub-divisions and chief towns. 427 and, with 11 adjoining villages, belongs to tbe family of tbe Zanjirah Sidi.* The place is said to have come into the possession of this family in a.d. 1570, by a grant of Mujsaffar Shah, of Ahmadabad, and, according to Colonel Jacob, the proper name of the port is Muzaffarabad ; but the same authority doubts the an tiquity of the grant, as the fort was built so late as a.d. 1747, when the locality was occupied by Turks f and Kolis. Every writer, from Colonel Walker down to Mr. Elphinstone, has misrepresented the character of this province, which has but few trees and fewer bills, whereas Mr. Elphinstone speaks of it as " a hilly dis trict covered with woods." There are 32 taluks in Babriawad, exclusive of Jafarabad, which constitutes one taluk. Towns of importance there are none. The Rewd Kdntd. — This province lies between N. lat. 21° 23' and 23° 33', and E. long. 73° 3' and 74° 18'. It contains the native States of Rajpipla and Chhota Udepur, tributary to the Gaikwad ; Soanth, tributary to Sindhia ; Lunawada, tributary both to Sindhia and the Gaikwad; and Deogarh Bariah, tributary to the British. Rajpipla, the most S. of the minor provinces, is bounded on the N. by the Narmada, on the E. by the petty State of Akransi, on the W. by Bharuch, and on the S. by Khandesh, the district of Wasrai belonging to tbe Gaikwad, and that of Mahdwi belonging to the Surat Collectorate. Its extreme length is 90 m. by 50 broad. The inhabitants are chiefly wild Bhils and Rajputs, but in the low lands are also large numbers of Kunbis, who are industrious agriculturists. There are in all 33 parganahs or sub-divisions, of which 20 belong to Rajpipla proper, 7 to the Gaikwad, and 6 to the British. The reigning family are Parmar Rajphts. A chief of this tribe having quarrelled with his father, the Raja, of Ujjain, fixed his residence at Pipla, a lofty hill, which was afterwards called Rajpipla. In 1548 Muzaffar, King of Gujarat, retired to this place before the victorious troops of Akbar, who imposed a tribute on the Raja of Rajpipla. This was afterwards levied by the Gaikwads. The climate is extremely unhealthy. The next State to the N.E. is Chhota Udepur, or Mohan. It is bounded on the N. by Bariah, on the E. by 'Ali Mohan, on the W. by Nariikot, and on the S. by Sankhera and several petty States under the protection of the British Government. It is 66 m. from N. to S., and 54 from E. to W. The founder of the family was Prithiraj, grandson of the lasf Rajpht Prince of Champanir. The capital, Udepur, is situated near tbe centre of the province. There are 1 1 parganahs or sub-divisions, containing in all 444 villages. Directly N. of Mohan is Bariah, bounded on the N. by Lunawada and Soanth ; on the E. by the parganahs, Thalod and Dhhod, belonging to Sindhia ; on the W. by Godda, Kalol, and Halol, also belonging to Sindhia; and on the S. by 'All Mohan and Chhota Udephr. It is about 40 m. square. The chiefs are Chowan Rajphts, driven frord their original seat by Shahabu'd-din. Tbey fixed themselves in Bariah about a.d. 1244. In 1484, Mahmud Begarha, tbe renowned king of Gujarat, conquered Champanir, and made it for a time his capital. The Chowan Chief Pratap Singh retired to the forests E. of the city, and of his two grandsons, the first, Prithiraj, founded the State of Chhota Udepur, the latter, Dungarsi, that of Bariah. Both of these States are infested by a very savage tribe of Bhil robbers called Naikras. There are 8 parganahs in this pro vince, inclusive of the now independent chiefship of Sanjeli and that of Narukot, containing in all 444 villages. N. of Bariah is Soanth, bounded on the N. by Dohgarpur, on the E. by Banswada, on the S. by Thalod, and on the W. by Lunawada. It is about 34 m. square. The family of the Chief came originally from Dhar in Malwah. The population is principally Bhil, and the States to the N. and E. are peopled by the same race. This petty State contains 7 par- eanahs, with 250 villages. Directly to the W. is Lundwddd, bounded on the N. by Dungarpur, on the E. by Soanth, on the W. by Balasmhr, and on the S. by t ^tS^^ef^lB^Afeekt^e'ioticeof a colony by this nation. In tbe south, Turk ill a generic [ name fwaU MuSims, and the word may, perhaps, be so used in this case. ' 428 historical sketch. Sect. II. Bombay. Godra. It is 54 m. from N. to S., and 34 from E. toW. The Chief is a Solankhi RSjpht, descended from the very ancient family that ruled in Anhilwada. Pattan. His ancestors founded a chiefship at Virpur in a.d. 1151, and in 1434 removed to Lunawada. There is but one parganah, of the same name as the capital Luna wada, containing 253 villages. This is the only district in all the Rewa Kanta which is level and well cultivated. Besides the above there are a number of petty chiefs or thakirs, called Mahwasi, i.e. dwellers in strongholds, who reside on the banks of the Mahi and Narmada rivers, and possess from 1 to 12 villages each. Their country is wild, jungly, and full of ravines. The Mahi Kdntd is bounded on the N. by the mountainous Bhil districts of Mewad and Sirobi, on the S. by the Gaikwad's districts of Dehgahw and the Collectorates of AhmadSbSid aud Kheda, on the E. by Dohgarpfir, and on the W. by Pahlanpur and the Gaikwad's territory. It is divided into 6 zil'as or counties — 1, Nahni (little) Marwad, including all the possessions of the Raja of I'dar and his family; 2, Rehwar, belonging to the Rehwar Rajputs; 3, Sabar Kanta; 4, W&trak Kanta ; 5, Bavisi, comprising Mehwasi villages ; 6, Katosan. Of these, Nahni Marwad contains 10 taluks, Rewar 5, Sabar Kanta 12, Watrak Kanta 11, Katosan 18, and Bavisi or Bahiyal 24. The only places of importance are I'dar and Ahmadnagar, and even these are very small towns. The country is level towards the S. and W., and to theN. and E. gradually rises into hills. It is everywhere beautifully wooded, and abounds with game and wild beasts. 2. HISTORICAL SKETCH CASTES — EMPLOYMENTS OF THE NATIVES. According to the legend, Krishnah himself reigned in Surashtra, now called Kathiawad and Gujarat, when, flying from Jurasindhu, king of Magadha, he caused the city of Dwarika to be built m the ocean, on the divine quoit Sudarshan. This tradition points to a date of extreme antiquity for the peopling of this region; and though, according to Pauranik account, Dwarika was submerged after the death of Krishnah, there is ground for thinking this a mere poetical embellish ment, and for believing that the present town occupies the site of one of India's oldest cities. It is also reasonable to suppose that the Aryan nation, which dwelt so long on the banks of the Indus, should have sent emigrants into Gujarat long before they descended by tbe Panjab into the valley of the Ganges. Accordingly we find in tbe Periplus the country spoken of as already brought under the sway of an independent monarch ; and the Girnar inscriptions show that in the 3rd century before Christ the country formed a portion of the empire of Central India. * Descending from the legendary times, the first secure stepping-stone of history is obtained in the city of Barygaza, mentioned by Ptolemy and Arrian, the Bhriguk- shetr or Bharuch of the Hindus. Next in antiquity, perhaps, is Dholka, 22 m. S.W. of Ahmadabad, founded, according to Colonel Tod, by Kanaksen, a prince of iiyodhya or Oudh, in a.d. 145. About 550 a.d. his descendants founded the city of Vidarbha, afterwards called Sinhur (Seehore), close to the modern Bhao nagar ; and much earlier after their arrival, the renowned Balabhi (Wullubhee), 10 m. to tbe N., a city which was 12 kos in circumference. According to the Jain writings, Balabhi was destroyed by a miracle, resembling that which over whelmed Sodom and tbe cities of the plains, in the year Vikram 375 = a.d. 319, while Colonel Todf makes that year the beginning of an asra, called the sera of Balabhi. Tradition, then, would give to the city an antiquity little short of 2000 years ; and this is confirmed by arguments drawn from the character of its ruins. These are now buried to a depth of from 12 to 18 ft.; J and upon this superin cumbent soil grow numerous specimens of the Salvadora Persica. From the very slow growth of this tree, and the prodigious size § it has attained, it may safely be * For the ancient dynasties of Surashtra, see Jour. Roy. As. Soc, vol. xii., art. i., and Prin- sep's Antiquities, En. Thomas, vol. ii., p. 85, etc. t Western India, p. 506, t " Notes on the ancient city of Balabhipura," by B, A. Nicholson, Jour, of the Roy. As. Sac. vol. xiii., p. H8, y Ibid, Northern Biv. historical sketch. 429 inferred that ages have passed since the city was submerged. From the ruins huge bricks, weighing 35 lbs. each, are got up in inexhaustible abundance, made of straw and clay, and forming the pavements of the submerged houses, a practice wholly at variance with all that is known of the customs of the Hindus, and pre supposing a great antiquity for the buildings. The walls of the modern and adjoining town of Walle are built of Cyclopean blocks of granite, which were taken from an ancient pier leading to the fort of Balabhi, the sea having been then much nearer to the city than it now is to its site. It would appear that the Chinese Buddhist priest Hiuan Thsang visited Balabhi between a.d. 618-627, and de scribes it as a city 30 leagues in circumference.* Previous to this, in 524 a.d., the princes of Balabhi were driven from their capital by an invasion of barbarians, whom Colonel Tod set down as Partbians, Mr. Wathen f and Mr. Elphinstone j as Persians. The Balabhi dynasty was succeeded by that of the Chaoras or Chawadas of Anhilwada, now called Pattan, which, according to Tod, became the capital of Surashtra in 746 a.d. There were 7 princes of this dynasty, and they reigned till 925 a.d. They were succeeded by the Solankhi dynasty of 11 princes, who reigned till a.d. 1172 ; and were followed by the Baghela or Chalukya dynasty, which con tinued till 1294, and comprised 5 princes. The wars between the Solankhi kings of Kalyan in the Dakhan and the Chaora princes of Gujarat are sung in tbe Ratan Mdld, or " Chaplet of Gems," an ancient Hindu poem ; and it would appear that the former were victorious, and held both Gujarat and the Konkan for some time. It is certain at least that Mulraj, the first king of the 2nd dynasty of Anhilwada was from Kalyan, and was the son-in-law and murderer of Samant, the last Chaora monarch. In fact it may safely be assumed, with Mr. Walter Elliot,§ "that the two powerful dynasties of Gujarat and the Dakhan had a common origin." The Baghela dynasty was extinguished hy Allahu'd-din, tbe Emperor of Delhi, surnamed Khiini, or tbe bloody, from his many wars and massacres. From his time commences the Muhammadan period, for which see Introduction, p. lxix. On the fall of tbe Mughul empire the Marathas conquered Gujarat. Pillaji Gaikwad, said to have been a servant || of Amabai, widow of Dhabadia Senapati, but nephew of Damaji, who, in 1720, was appointed by Sahu Raja second in command to Khande Rao Dhabadia, with the title U of Shamshir Bahadur, was the Maritha General who acquired a footing for his nation and for himself in this magnificent province. After various intrigues and successes, Pillaji joined Trimbak, the son of Khande Rao, in a contest with the Peshwa Baji Rao I. ; and on the 1st of April, 1831, was defeated with him at a great battle fought between Baroda and Dubhai. Pillaji himself was wounded, and one of his sons was slain, as were Trimbak Rao and many other leaders of note. Next year Pillaji was assassinated at Dhakfir by the emissaries of Abhi Singh, Raja of Jodhpiir. He bequeathed to his eldest son Damaji the government of Ahmadabad with the supremacy in Gujarat, and to his second son 9 parganahs, a partition which was confirmed by the Peshwa and the Raja of Satara. Some time after Damaji went to Piinah and bound himself to pay to the Peshwa 150,000 rupees a year, to aid him in which his brother ceded to Mm 4 of his 9 parganahs. In 1768 Damaji sent bis second son, Govind Rao, to aid Raghunath Rao in the contest for the Peshwaship with Mahadeo Rao. Shortly after Damaji died, and was succeeded by Govind Rao, the eldest son, Sayaji, being an idiot. But Fatih Singh, the third son, obtained from the Peshwa permission to act as deputy for his brother Sayaji, who was by a different mother from her who had given birth to Govind. The result was a constant struggle between Govind and Fatih Singh, and in 1775 the Peshwa sided with Fatih Singh, while Raghunath Rao, the ex-Pcshwa, and the Bombay Government joined * Jour As Soc. Bengal, vol. v., p. 685. t Jour, of As. Soc. of B*wal. vol. iv., p. 480, etc. * m*tm$, nfTmiin : S 210 v Jo"r. of the Rov. As. Society, vol. iv„ p. 6. I JoJ^offdXv. A, ? Society, vol. iv., p. 365. II Grant Duff, vol. i„ p.«2. 430 historical sketch. Sect. II. Bombay. Govind. On the 17th of February, 1775, Hari Pant, the Peshwa's General, de feated Raghunath at Wasad, on the Mahi river. On the 27th, Colonel Keating, with 1,500 men, arrived at Surat to join Raghunath, and after receiving rein forcements, which brought his little army up to 2,500, this officer effected a junc tion with tbe defeated force of tbe ex- Peshwa at Dharmaj, 11 m. N.E. of Kham bayat. In the meantime, Khande Rao, the uncle of the Gaikwad, had been induced to secede from bim ; but Hari Pant's army was weakened by the depar ture of Holkar and Sindhia, who left him, carrying with them 12,000 horse. The English and their ally now advanced towards Kheda, and on the 28th of April engaged Hari Pant at Asamli, and again, four days after, near the same place. From the 5th to the 8th of May two more skirmishes took place ; and on the 18th, about a mile and a half from Napad, a pitched battle took place, called the battle of Aras, in which Hari Pant was at length driven back, but not till after part of the British troops had turned their backs and great loss had been sustained. The English detachment lost* 222 men, of whom 86 were Europeans and 11 officers. Raghunath's loss was far more considerable. It is remarkable that the action took place on the plain where Raghunath had just before been defeated by the Peshwa's army. Shortly after the war was concluded by a treaty between Colonel Keating and Fatih Singh, by which the latter was left in possession of Gujarat on paying 80,000 rupees to Raghunath, and ceding to the English Bharuch and 3 parganahs in other parts of Gujarat. James Forbes, the author of the Oriental Memoirs, was present throughout the campaign, and has described it in the 15th and four following chapters of the 1st vol. of that work. Govind Rao now repaired to the Dakhan, where he remained until the death of bis rival brother, Fatih Singh, left the field again open to him. Fatih Singh died at Baroda on the 21st of December, 1789, in consequence of a fall from an upper story in his house. Manaji, a younger brother, was appointed Regent in supersession of Govind, who was then in obscurity at a village near Punah. But Manaji died on the 1st of August, 1793, and on the 19th of December in that year Govind was acknowledged Regent, and at last set out to secure his birthright. He died on tbe 19th of September, 1800,f leaving 4 legitimate and 7 illegitimate sons besides daughters. The eldest legitimate son, Anand Rao, was placed on the throne, but Kahhoji, the eldest illegitimate son, soon usurped the entire powers of the State. After a few months he was deposed by Raoji, tbe minister of the late Govind; but the cause of Kahhoji was espoused by Malhar Rao Gaikwad, first cousin of the late Govind, and son of Khande Rao, the chief to whom Pillaji had bequeathed 9 parganahs, and who is called by Grant Duff the Jagirdar of Karri. The Bombay Govern ment sent a force under Sir W. Clarke to assist Raoji, and on the 30th of April, 1801, this force stormed Malhar Rao's entrenched camp near Karri with the loss of 163 killed and wounded. This victory was followed by tbe surrender of Malhar Rao and the occupation of Karri. In 1802 fresh troubles arose, owing to the Arabs in Baroda, 7000 in number, supporting Kahhoji in another attempt to acquire power. On Dec. the 28th Col. Woodington took the town of Baroda, but not without severe loss. Some of the Arabs submitted, others went off and joined Kahhoji, who fled to Rajpipla. Here they were utterly defeated on the 6th of Feb. 1803, by Major, afterwards Sir G. Holmes. The British loss was upwards of 100, including 5 officers. The affairs of the Gaikwad's dominions were now restored to order by tbe able management of the Resident at Baroda, Colonel A. Walker. To him also belongs the honor of being the first to institute measures for the suppression of infanticide in Kathiawad. Malhar Rao, who had again endeavored to foment disturbances, was taken, and sent prisoner to Bombay, where he died. Kahhoji surrendered in 1888, and was sent to Madras. An account of the capture * Or, according to Forbes, Oriental Memoirs, vol. i., p. 884, 11 European officers, 80 European . soldiers killed and missing, a great many native officers, and 200 sipahis. The account in the text is given by Thornton, but Torbes was an eye witness. t Ras Mdld, vol. ii., p. 25, Northern Biv. castes — employments of the natites. 431 of Malhar Rao, and of affairs in the Gaikw&d's dominions during this period, was found among the MSS. of Governor Duncan, and has been published by the Royal Asiatic Society.* On the 21st of April, 1805, a treaty of alliance was concluded between the British Government and A'nand Rao Gaikwad, by which (he latter agreed to receive a permanent subsidiary force. In 1815, Gangadhar Rao Shastri, the prime minister of Anand Rao, was sent to Piinah to negotiate with the Peshwa for the settlement of certain matters pending between them, and on the 14th of July in that year was barbarously murdered at Pandharpfir by the Peshwa's order. This was one of the principal causes of the war between the British and Baji Rao, which led to the dethronement of the Peshwa. A'nand Rao died in 1819, and was succeeded by Sayaji Rao. Tbe tribes inhabiting this division are innumerable, and the habits of some of them very peculiar. It will be sufficient here to select for notice the Bhils, Jadejas, Kit his, and the religious sect of the Jains. The Bhils probably have their name from the Sanskrit bhil, which signifies " to separate." In that case, the meaning of the term would be " outcasts," a signifi cation assigned to it by Sir J. Malcolm. f The native traditions of the tribe represent them as springing from the union of the god Mahadeo with a beautiful woman met by him in a forest. From this union sprang many children, one of whom, distinguished by his ugliness and vice, killed the favorite bull of the god, and was banished to tbe wilderness of Jodhpur. Driven S., his descendants settled in the W. boundary of Malwah and Khandesh, in the lofty ranges of the Vindhya and Satpura mountains, and the woody and rugged banks of the Mahi, tbe Narmada, ana the Tapti. The history of the Rajpht princes of Jodhpur and Udepftr corroborates the account of this Bhil emigration, and the Bbats, or min strels of the Bhils still reside in Rajputana, and make yearly visits to the present haunts of the tribe to register events connected with it. Some of the Bhils have settled in the plains, and become agriculturists ; but the greater number reside in the hills, and live by plunder. Along the Vindhya range from Jam to the W. of Mandu the population is wholly Bhil, and for more than a century before the time when Sir J. Malcolm wrote, most Bf them had been the subjects of the family of Nadir Singh, a Bhilalah, i. c, one sprung from the marriage of a Rajpht with a Bhil female. Nadir had about 200 horse and 700 foot, and was very formidable until the English cantonment at Mhau was formed. Nadir was then compelled to discharge his foreign adherents and to renounce plundering ; but having relapsed into his former habits, he was banished to Allahabad, where-he died, and his son Bhim Singh succeeded bim. A remarkable account of a residence with Nadir and of some of his murderous exploits will be found in the Autobiography of Lutfullah,% who was for some time in his power. The principal Bhil chiefs are called Bbomiyahs, and are almost all of the Bhilalah tribe. They exercise the most absolute power, and tbe most atrocious crimes are committed at the bidding of the Dhani, or " lord," as each is styled. As some protection to the tribe against this absolute power, there are officers called Tarwis, or "heads," whose representations must he attended to by the chiefs. The worship of the tribe is particularly directed to Mahadeo and Devi, his consort, the goddess of small-pox, as also to some minor infernal deities. It is remarkable that the Bhil women are inclined to be merciful and chaste, while the men are brutal, cruel, drunken, and debauched. The re forms in the tribe have all been assisted by the women. r . Tbe Jddejds, according to Captain James Macmurdo,§ Resident at Aniar in Kachh, than whom no man was ever better acquainted with tbe tribes of this part of India, are a branch of the great Samma tribe, once so powerful in brndn, and assumed the title of Jadeja from a celebrated chief named Jada. He appears to * Vol iv n365 t Central India, vol.. i., p. 519. tP.lll. vol. iv., p. bto. ^ uu T&jHI 9 § 10 o> 1 o O 11 ^J .- 12 ^ 13 i WPo SHiKARPtjR (not ascertained). 2. HISTORICAL SKETCH CASTES — EMPLOYMENTS OF THE NATIVES. The Hindus of the Vaidik era, the Aryan nation, in the 6th century B.C., were located chiefly in the Panjlb and along the Indus." J In the 3rd Ashtaka and 6th Adhyaya there appears to be a distinct mention of the Indus, in the 12th verse, which runs as follows : — " Thou hast spread abroad upon the earth, by thy contrivance, the swollen Sindhu when arrested (on its course)." The Hindus * Bombay Selections, No. xvii., pt. ii., p. 545. . t The province of Kachh (Cutch) is included in the military division of Sindh. In the pre sent work no routes in Kachh have been laid down, and therefore no statistics are given respecting it. There are, nevertheless, in the province several interesting localities, which may be noticed in a future edition. ,..»«,., X Introduction to the 2nd book of the Rig-Veda, by H. H. Wilson, p. xvu. 470 historical sketch. Sect. II. Bombay. of that period appear to have been much the same as Alexander the Great found them in 326 b.c. The great change in the course of the Indus since that time prevents recognition of the places said to have been visited by the conqueror. It is probable that the Indus then flowed much to the E. of its present course, passing by tbe walls of the ancient city of Alor. According to the tradition of the country periodical floods of great height take place about twice in a century, and produce great alterations. Thus, in 1819, the year of the earthquake,* which deepened the arm of the sea so greatly between Kachh and Sindh, there was an extraordi nary flood, which effected great changes in the Sindh Delta. The depth, too, to which some ancient cities, as Brlhmanlbld for example, have been buried, shows that earthquakes have been productive of alterations which render it impossible to identify tbe cities and routes described by Arrian. In the words of a late author, f " Beyond the apparent identity of such places as Pattala with Tatta, and Crocola with Karlchi, there is in reality nothing whatever to attest that here the great conqueror was." From the time of Alexander to the 7th century, A.D., nothing is known of the history of Sindh. Arab descents on Sindh by sea are mentioned as early as the Khalifat of 'Umr. Several expeditions were also sent through Makrln to invade the countries lying on the Indus ; but all failed until, in 711, a.d., in the reign of the Khalifah Walid, Hajjaj, the Governor of Basrah, dispatched an army of 6,000 men under his nephew, Muhammad bin Kasim, a youth o'f 20, to conquer Sindh. This general took first Dewal, \ the sea port, and then marched by Brlhmanlbld and Sewan to Alor, the capital of Sindh. Here R!jlD!hir,§ who seems to have been the supreme ruler of the country, was defeated and slain, and, after one more desperate stand by the Rljpfits at Ashkandra, Muhammadan rule was firmly established on the Indus. Kasim, according to the Tarikh-i Hind wa Sindb,|| consolidated his conquests with wisdom equal to his valor ; but, being falsely accused by the daughters of Dahir, was cruelly put to death by Walid. He was succeeded by Tamim, in whose family the government of Sindh remained for 36 years. After this period, according to Elphinstone, IT " the Muslims were expelled by the Rljpfit tribe of Sfimra, and all their Indian conquests were restored to the Hindfis, who retained possession for nearly 500 years." This statement, however, is contradicted by other authorities, according to whom** the lieutenants of the 'Abbas Khalifs were deputed to Sindh for three centuries. In 1025, a.d., Mahmud of Ghazni unques tionably conquered Sindh, and it was probably not till 1054 that the Siimrds attained to power. In 1340, the Sammds, another native tribe — converts, like the Sfimrls, to Islam — acquired the government. These again were overtbrown "in 1521 by Shah Beg Arghun, who was driven from Kandahar by Babar. Shih Beg is said to have committed suicide not long after his conquest, and was succeeded by bis son Shih Husain, in whose reign, in 1540, Humayun fled to Sindh, and in his flight, the illustrious Akbar was born at'Umrkot. Mirzl 'Is! Tirkhln shortly after this rebelled against Shih Husain, who died and left the rebel without a rival. Mirzl ' Is! employed the Portuguese as mercenaries, and they, during his absence, set fire to Thatthl. In 1590, Akbar conquered Sindh, and the authority * For an account of this extraordinary event, see Bomb. Lit. Trans., vol. iii., p. 90. t Personal Observations on Sindh, by Captain Postans, p. 144. X Perhaps Thattha, so named from a vast Dewal, or idol temple, the most conspicuous building there. y According to the Chachndmah, a work of rather doubtful authority, Dahir was a Brah man and the son of Chach. Ihis Chach was prime minister of the Raja of Sindh, and ob tained the sovereignty by an intrigue similar to that which gave to Gyges the throne of his master. II Tbis history was written by Muhammad 'All bin Hamud in a.h. 61S=a.u. 1216, but pro fesses to be a translation of an Arabic work written' immediately after the conquest and found in the possession of the Kazi of Bakar, U P. 262. ** Personal Observations on Sindh, p. 153. Sindh Biv. historical sketch. 471 of the Mughul emperors continued till 1736, when the Kalhoras, a native tribe, threw off the yoke and became independent. One of this family, Ghullm Shih, founded the modern capital of Haidarlbld on the site of the ancient Nirankot. Adam Shih was the first of the Kalhoras who rose to influence in Sindh. He became the head of a religious fraternity about the middle of the 15th century, His disciples seized on the lands of the Zammdlrs, and when the Mughul governor sent troops to aid the rightful owners, the Kalhoras defeated them, but were subsequently defeated in turn, and their leader, Din Muhammad, hewn in pieces in presence of the governor. They then fled to Khil'at; but subsequently, having sub mitted to the authority of the Emperor, were allowed to return, and their leader, Ylr Muhammad, was invested with the title of Khudl Yar, " friend of God." His son, Nfir Muhammad, was made Governor of Thatth! by Muhammad Shih, and afterwards, on paying a million sterling to Nldir Shih, appointed Governor of Sindh by that conqueror with tbe title of Shih Kuli Khin. His three sons were, however, taken as hostages to Persia, whence they escaped on Nldir's death, and the youngest, Ghullm Shih, after many vicissitudes and bloody battles with his brother ' Attlr, was, in dependence indeed on the Afghan monarchy, firmly seated on the throne about 1758 a.d., in which year, on the 22nd of Sept., the E. I. Company were permitted to establish factories at Thatth! and Shih Bandar. Ghullm Shih achieved many successes over the neighboring princes, defeated the Dlfidputras of Bhlwalpfir, wrested the whole district of Kakralla from Jim Hijlji, and compelled the Rio of Kachh to give him his daughter in marriage. He died in 1771, and was succeeded byhis eldest son, Sarafrlz Khin, whose title was confirmed by the Afghan King. He made an inroad into Kachh, and on his return put to death Mir Bahrlm Khan, chief of the Tllpurs, a tribe of pastoral Bilfichis, who were becoming very powerful. Mir Bahrlm was much respected and beloved, and his cruel murder paved the way for the downfal of the Kalhoras. Sarafrlz gave such trouble to the Company's officers, that they resolved to quit Sindh, and the factories were accordingly abolished in 1775. Next year Sarafrlz was deposed for his tyranny by a general assembly of the Bilfich tribes, and his brother, Miyln Muhammad, was raised to the throne ; but being found incapable, was deposed in a few months, and a nephew of Ghullm Shih was substituted, and after him, in a brief period, Ghullm Nabi, a brother of Ghullm Shih. This took place in 1778, when Mir Bijjlr, the son of Mir Bahrlm, returned from Makkah. The Kalhora chief had treacherously en deavored to get Bijjlr assassinated while on his journey, fearing his resentment on account of his father's murder. The Arab chiefs, however, would not imbrue their hands in the blood of a guest. Bijjlr returned to be joined by thousands of adherents, and in a pitched battle he defeated and killed Ghullm Nabi. With a moderation unexampled in Asiatic history, he then declined the throne of Sindh, to which he was called by the voice of the people, and seated 'Abdu'n-nabi, brother of the slain Ghullm Nabi, on it. Two years after, when 'Izzat Yar Khin, a nephew of 'Abdu'n-nabi, entered the country with an Afghan army, Bijjlr marched with all his tribe to support 'Abdu'n-nabi, and defeated the invader in a most sanguinary battle. In spite, however, of this singular loyalty and for bearance, 'Abdu'n-nabi caused the noble Bijjlr to be assassinated, effecting his pur pose through the co-operation of the Rljl of Jodhpfir. Tbe Tllpfirs then elected Mir 'Abd'ullah, son of Bijjlr, as their chief, and expelled 'Abdu'n-nabi, and defeated the armies of Khil'at and Jodhpur, which were sent to reinstate him. It is remarkable that they put their enemies to flight by a desperate charge, sword in hand, such as their descendants tried with less success at Miyani. 'Abdu'n-nabi now obtained the aid of the Afghans, and 'Abd'ullah was obliged to retire to 'Umrkot. Lured thence by promises of forgiveness, he was cruelly put to death three days after he had taken the oath of allegiance. The Tllpfirs now elected Mir Fath 'All, son of Sfibahdlr and grandson of Bahrlm, who drove 472 historical sketch Sect. II. Bombay out 'Abdu'n-nabi, and finally obtained from Zamln Shih, the AfghAn king, a confirmation of his title as ruler of Sindh. He associated with himself, but in a subordinate position, his brothers Ghullm 'Ali, Karam 'Ali, and Murld 'Ali, and, having settled the internal affairs of the country, recovered Karlchi from Khil'at, but 'Umrkot, which had been ceded to Jodbpfir, was not recovered till 1813. Of his two nephews, Suhrlb obtained the principality of Khairpur (Khyrpore), and Mir Tar! that of Mirpfir. So amicably did the four brothers rule at Haidarlbld that they were called the Chlr Yar, or " Four friends." Fath 'All died in 1801, leaving a son, Sfibahdlr, but bequeathed two-fourths of his territory to Ghullm 'Ali, and one-fourth to each of the others. The joint government continued, and peace reigned among the brothers and their families in a manner which was the theme of astonishment to the surrounding nations. Ghullm 'Ali died in 1811, leaving a son, Mir Muhammad, but Karam* 'Ali and Murld retained the government as long as they survived. Murld left two sons, Nfir Muhammad and Nasfr Khin, of whom, in the redistribution of power and territory consequent on the death of all the elder Amirs, Nfir Muhammad was elected Rdis or chief. In the meantime the English Government had been making advances towards the occupation of Sindh. On the 21st of August, 1809, a treaty- had been concluded with the Amirs, by which they agreed not to allow the French to establish themselves in the province. On the 9th of November, 1820, a new treaty was made to exclude European and American adventurers. On the 22nd of April, 1832, and tbe 23rd of December, 1834, other treaties opened the roads in Sindh and the Indus to trade. On April the 20th, 1838, new stipulations were made for the residence of a political officer at Haidarlbld ; and next year diplo matic operations were redoubled, and on the 15th of July, 1839, a new treaty was signed by the Amirs of Haidarlbld, by which they were compelled to cede an encampment for 5,000 British troops, and to supply £30,000 a-year towards the expenses of the force, to abolish all tolls on the river, to admit the Company's rupee, and to forbear from all negotiations with foreign States, as also to furnish 3,000 auxiliary troops when required. A separate treaty witb Khairpur, signed on the 24th of December, 1838, placed that principality in subordinate alliance with the British Government, while a separate article obtained from Mir Rustam, the then Rlis, and son of Suhrlb, the fort of Bakar as a dep6t in time of war.f This fortress, in .contempt of the treaty, was at once permanently occupied, and this although Sir A. Burnes had informed tbe Governor- General that Mir Rustam considered it the key of his country, and that his honor would be compromised by its retention. Subsequently, the Governor-General imposed an enormous fine of £300,000 on the Amirs under the name of arrears of tribute to Shih Shuj'a, the Afghan prince, who was to be reinstated on the throne of Kabul. These aggressions led to discontent and distrust, on the part of the Amirs, which were strongly fomented by the conduct of Mr. Ross Bell, who supported the rebellious attempts of 'AK Murld, tbe younger brother of Mir Rustam, against his Rlis. Finally, Sir C. Napier, by a series of aggressive measures, forced the Amirs of Haidarlbld to open resistance, and having defeated them at the battle of Miylni on the 17th of February, 1843, and again on the 24th of March at Dappa, or Dabba, on the Phuleli, annexed the whole country.]: The principal tribes in Sindh are the Bilfichis, the Jap or Sindhis, who were * Karam 'All ceded the post of Rais to his brother Murad. See the Amirs' own narrative of events in their family, in Dry Leaves from Young tgypl, Appendix, p. 362, 3rd Ed. t Sindh Correspondence, 1836-1843, p. 151, "If the Governor-General in time of war should seek to occupy the fortress of Bakar as a depdtfor treasure and munitions, the Amir shall not object to it." ± Tho question of the English policy towards the Amirs may be examined in the writings of Sir W. Napier and Sir J. Outram, and in the Amirs own statement in the Appendix to Dry Leaves from Young Egypt. On the one side are the voices of Sir O. Napier and his brother, and Sir C. Napier's Secretary ; on the other, in favor of the Amirs, the unanimous voice of all the political officers of any note employed in Sindh, of General Jacob, and the majority of military men occupied iu the reduction of the country. Sindh Biv. castes — employments of the natives. 473 anciently Hindus, and were converted to Isllm during the rule of the Khalifs of the house of Ummayyah. The Jats are taller and more robust than the natives of India, and strong and muscular, but idle, apathetic, cowardly, and dishonorable,* addicted to intoxication, filthy in habits, and immoral in the extreme. They belong to the Hanifah sect of Isllm, but a few are Shi'ahs. Capt. Burton has given a list of about 250 different sub-divisions of this tribe, of which the Sammds and Sumrds were at one time the ruling classes in Sindh. The language of the Sindhis is a mixture of Arabic and Sanskrit words, the grammar being borrowed from Sanskrit for the noun, and from Persian for the verb. The Biluchis are a mountain tribe, inhabiting chiefly the Hill range and the hills which run at right angles to it to the Sulaimln range. The Tdlpiir Biluchis, however, claim to be Arabs, f who advanced to the confines of Sindh on the con quest of that country by Muhammad bin Kasim. The Bilfich is a far superior being to the Sindhi. He is fairer, more powerfully formed, incredibly hardy and vigorous, and not deficient in courage. The Biluchis are in general temperate, and live to an extreme old age. Mir Suhrlb was killed by an accident when 100 years old, and that age is not unfrequently reached by Bilfichis. The mu'azzin at one of the mosques at Shikarpur, in 1841, was 102 years old, and yet ascended the minaret and called to prayers. Bibarak, chief of the Bugtfs about that time, and Doda, chief of tbe Maris, were extremely old men, and Mir Rustam also lived to near 90. The Bilfichis will ride with little covering on their heads, and without drinking anything all day, under a sun which would destroy Europeans or even natives of India. This is in part owing to their great temperance. J Of the Amirs, Mir 'Ali Murld was the only one who had the credit of indulging in wine. The Mari Biluchis are considered the best soldiers of all the tribes, and are in general large powerful men, many of them above 6 ft. bigh, with limbs not inferior to those of the strongest Em-opeans. The Bilfich women are in general faithful and chaste, and those of the Mari clan often follow their husbands to battle, and even take part in it. The punishment for unfaithfulness has always been death ; and the English condonation of the crime, as far as law is concerned, has excited much dissatisfaction, and is quite unintelligible to the Bilfichis. Of the tribes beside the Tllpfirs the Rinds and Chlndias are the most numerous and powerful. The Bilfichis are Hanifah Muslims, but towards Persia many are Shi'ahs. There are many dialects among the tribes, all of which are unintelligible to the Sindhis. Many Sanskrit and Arabic words occur in them, but there is the substratum of an aboriginal tongue. The Sindus of Sindh have no outcast tribes among them like the Parwlris, Pasis, and Chandllas of India, There are two orders of brihmans, who do not intermarry, the Pokarna and the Sarsudh, of which the former worship Vishnu, the latter Shiva and Bhawani. The Pokarna abstain from all flesh, the Sarsudh only from that of the cow, as also from tame fowls ; but the meat is always bought, as no Hindii will kill animals. The Sarsudh wears a white turban, the Pokarna a red one. The Kshatriyas of Sindh are in fact Wlnis or Banyans, and followers of Nlnak. They will not touch meat unless the animal is killed with a single blow in the name of the Sikh Guru. The Vaishyas eat meat, drink spirits, and do not object to fish and onions. They pray but little, and some of them worship the Indus and his Minister under the names of Jenda Pir and Udhero Ldl. On the whole Hindfiism is at the lowest possible ebb.§ * Burton in Bombay Selections, No. xvii. for 1855, p. 639. t Statement of the Amirs in Dry Leaves from Young Egypt-Avvendix. X Cant Burton gives an opposite character, but he is probably speaking of the .Biluchis at the large toms in Lower Sindh. It does not appear that he had any opportunities of being acquainted with the Biluchis of the hills. S It mav be remarked here that some writers have fallen into strange errors respecting 1-ha ffindus of Sindh. Thus it has been said that sati. or widow burning, was abolished in Sindh^by the English but the practice has not existed in Sindh for oentunes, if it ever did. 474 ROUTE 25. KARACHI TO RORI KARACHI. Sect. II. ROUTE 25. FROM KARACHi (KURRACHEE OR CORRA- CHEE) TO LOHRf OR RORf BY THATTHA (TATTA) (58M. OJp.) HAIDARABAD (114M. 6jP.). VISITING THE RUINED CITY OF BRAHMAXABAD AND THE BATTLE-FIELD OP MIYANI. M. P. M. P. (a) From Karlchi Can tonment to Mallir r 6 0 JAM'ADAR KILANDI b and dh 6 04 12 0| Pfpri, b. and dh 10 2 WATTEJI', dh 5 2 15 4 {b) x 2 n. to GHARA (hence visit Bambhura) b 9 34 9 3| X r. near Gunda 6 4 GUJA Collector's Bangli and* 5 2\ 11 6J Marklr 6 0 (c) THATTHA (Tatta), E. side b.p.o 3 2 9 2 HELAH, dh 15 2 15 2 {d) JARRAK, b. and dh. p.o 15 Z\ 15 3i ANGAR, dh 9 4 9 4 MIYANI' MULTANr x Indus to entrenched camp, dh 12 7| 12 7| (e)HAIDARABAD(hence visit'UmrkotU.jo.o.... 3 4 3 4 (/) MIYANI (Meea- nee) b 6 4* 6 4| MATTARr, b and dh... 9 1 9 1 RASrb KHAIBAR, dh. 7 54 7 64 {g) HAL A, (hence visit Brlhmanlbld), b. and dh 11 0 11 0 SAIYID KA GOT, b. and dh 10 4 10 4 DuliKlDerl 16 3 KAJI' KAGOT, b.&dh. 15 2i 15 2± DAULATPU'R, b. & dh. 16 li 16 1£ MOHRA, b. and dh. ... 11 54 11 54 NAUSHAHRA, b & dh. 15 24 15 2| LAKKA, dh 13 Of 13 Of HALLANI' BILANI', b. and dh 9 1 9 1 HINGURGA 10 2 10 2 RANI'PUR 7 6 7 6 FATHPUR 10 0 10 0 PLACES. STAGES. M. P. M P. LUKMAN KA TANDA 12 7 12 7 (A)RORr 16 4f 16 4| 314 Of {a) Karachi (Kurrachee) is distant from Bombay 808 m., and the time oc cupied by a steamer in reaching it from the Presidency is in general 4 days. Pas sengers land at the Kimlri (Keamaree) Bandar, where pllkis and shigrams are easily procurable to convey the tourist to the traveller's bangli, which is 24 m. distant in an E. direction on the Bandar road. The bangli has 10 rooms and every sort of supply is procurable at Treacher and Co.'s stores, close by. Messrs. Treacher and Co. have also banglas to let, by the week or month, the rates being about 50 rupees per month for a bangli, with a garden and stables. It must be particularly re marked that the only good well is near Messrs. Treacher's store, close to the Liyari river. The municipality have undertaken to carry pipes from this well over the station; but at present the water in other places is not good, and tends to produce diarrhoea. Close to the landing place is the site of the Sindh Railway terminus. The line will run about half a mile in an E direction, and then turn to the N.E., passing from Kimlri Island across the new channel for diverting the water of tbe Chinna Creek. The line was formally com menced on the 29th of April, 1858, when the Commissioner, Mr. Frere, and the other authorities attended ; and from that date the part from Karachi to Haidarlbld, 110 m., has been under construction. From Haidarlbld to Multln, a distance of 570 m., the traffic will for the present be carried on in the steamers of the Indus Steam Flotilla Company. From Sakar to Dldar at the mouth of the Bolln, a distance of 160 m., there will be an extension of the Sindh Railway, and likewise an extension from Haidarlbld to Disa, 260 m. From Multln, lines of railway will run to Llhor, and thence to Am- ritsir and Peshlwar. N. of the Railway Terminus is the Bombay. ROUTE 25. KARACHI TO RORI KARACHI. 475 Custom House, and beyond that it is proposed to have docks and a basin for ships parallel to the Napier Mole. Other proposed works * are a breakwater pier from Manora Point, 1,500 ft. long, at an estimated cost of £110,000 ; a stone groyne upon Kimlri Sand Spit, 7,400 ft. long, at a cost of £42,000, with an E. pier, 2,600 ft. long, to cost £40,000; a bridge over a proposed tidal opening in the Napier Mole, £40,000 ; a native jetty or quay, £28,000; and a new channel from the Chinua Creek, at a cost of £18,000. Government Souse is about 5 m. from Bandar -road point, and 1 4 from the tra veller's bangli. In going to Government House from the traveller's bangla, the barracks are passed on the left, and are worth inspection, being remarkably fine buildings, extending over a vast space. S. of Government House, 3 m., is Clifton Marine Sanatarium, with good bathing and sands. Here in fact is the only bathing, for at Manora it cannot be at tempted on account of sharks, not to mention the surf. At Clifton there are private banglls to be rented. The rides on the sands are very enjoyable. Ex cellent fish can be procured, and especi ally soles and black and white pomfret. Oysters are abundant, but large ; shrimps andcrawfish and bobils, commonly called bummelos, as well as many other varie ties of fish, are obtainable. The enor mous basking shark is often caught, and specimens have been cast ashore 60 ft. long. They are quite harmless, and are killed for their fins, etc. At the Govern ment gardens is an excellent swimming bath; the water from the well that irrigates the gardens passes through the bath. A subscription of 4 rupees per month, entitles residents to vegetables, flowers, and fruit from these gardens. The cauliflowers, lettuces, peas, beans, are excellent. A band plays occa sionally at the gardens, and, on alter nate nights, at the collector's kacheri, or on the parade ground. The Bay of Karlchi is the more E. of two large bays formed by the junc tion of the Sindh and Goldar coasts, * See Mr. James Walker's second report on Karachi harbor, 1858. and is situated between Rls Mulri (Cape Monze of the old charts) and the Pilti or W. mouth of the Indus. It embraces an extent of 33 m. of sea coast, and recedes in the centre to a depth of 8 m. The shore is very low, consisting of heaps of loose sand, thinly dotted with the prickly pear, and on the E. side with the tamarisk. To tbe N. the Hill range, descending from the interior, ends at Rls Mulri in a long, narrow precipitous ridge, about 1,200 ft. high, and is washed on both sides of the Cape by the sea. Further inland the moun tains average about 3000 ft. On the E. side of the bay the Delta of the Indus commences, in which not a hill or rising ground is to be seen. Karlchi harbor is at the head of the bay. On the sum mit of the rocky cape that forms the W. point is a small fort, built to command the entrance. It is situated in N. lat. 24° 47' 17", and E. long. 67° 51". The Baghlr, or W. branch of tbe Indus, falls into the bay 15 m. below the har bor. Its mouth, the Pilti, is wide but shallow, and choked with sand banks. A few m. above it is a long irregular bay, in which is a low flat island oppo site the S. end, of which the Ghisri, a salt water river, called the Ghlrl in the upper part, reaches the sea. It is 500 yds. wide at the mouth, and leads to Bandar Ghlrl, a small seaport about 30 m. from tbe sea. It has no com munication with the Indus. About Rls Mulri there are 14 fathoms close to the rocks. In most parts of tbe bay the bottom is soft mud, and the soundings decrease towards the E. shore up to the edge of a broad sandbank lying off it. This bank commences at the mouth of the harbor, crosses the mouths of the Baghlr and Ghlrl, and has from 24 fathoms to 3 ft. water on it. , The har bor is nearly 5 m. long, and extends E. and W. 10 m., three-fourths of this area being mud flats or shoals, partially dry at low tide. The W. side is formed by a narrow ridge of loose sand with steep cliffs at the extremity about 100 ft. high. On the summit of this rocky cape, called Manora or Manura (Munhora), is a small fort, built in 1797, a mosque, and other buildings; and half-a-mile beyond them, 476 ROUTE 25. KARACHI TO RORI THE MAGAR TALAO. Sect. II. on the low land, is a round tower. On the 5th of February, 1839, Admiral Maitland, in the Wellesley, 74, battered down the S. face of Fort Manora,* and on landing to take possession of it found it occupied by four or five men, who had no means of replying to his broadsides even with a single shotted gun. The Admiral had mistaken the signal which they had fired for a hostile proceeding. The Governor-General, however, on re ceiving the report of what had occurred declared the harbor of Karlchi annexed, and pronounced " that the Amirs had forfeited all claim to the forbearance and generosity of the British Govern ment." f The tourist may satisfy him self on the spot that the fort was utterly incapable of resistance, and as certain from eye witnesses the truth of the above account. In order to reach the place he will proceed to Ban dar Point and take a boat to Manora Bandar, whence a walk of a mile will bring him to the Lighthouse. The boat fares are published bi-weekly in the local papers. The view of Cape Mulri and Makrln will repay the trouble of the visit. E. of Cape Manora, the shore, reced ing abruptly, leaves a deep bay, separated from the swamps near the town of Karlchi by a ridge of low sandhills and with a group of rocky islets in its centre. Tbe sandy ridge is isolated at bigh tide by the Chinna Creek, and ends about 2 m. above the entrance of the harbor at a low point called Kimlri (Keamaree). The harbor has been greatly improved since the occupation of Sindh by the English, and the exports and imports have risen from a nominal value to nearly two millions. The first direct voyage to it from England was made in 1852 by the Duke of Argyle, of 800 tons, and since then a very great number of vessels have sailed to it. There is little doubt J that Karlchi is that Crocola whence Nearchus sailed with his fleet to explore the coast of Makrln and Persia. The district in which Karlchi is situated is called Karkalla to this day. * Sindh Correspondence, p. 183, t Ibid, p. 198. I Personal Observations on Sindh, p. 24. While at Karlchi the traveller will do well to visit the curious pool called Magar Tallo, and, if not pressed for time, the port of Sonmiylni. The Magar Taldo or Magar Pir, "Alligator Lake," or " Alligator Saint," called also Pir Manglh, is 9 m. due N. of Karlchi. The ride may easily be accomplished on a sdndni, or riding camel, seated on which, behind the driver, the tourist may interpose a stoutly wadded umbrella between his bead and the dangerous rays of tbe sun.* The road lies over a sandy and sterile track, f varied with a few patches of jungle. This continues to the foot of the Pab Hills, the line of limestone rocks which juts out on the sea at Cape Mulri. Here a rugged path leads through boulders of rock and sheets of flint polished like glass by the feet of pilgrims, to a hollow where a green oasis of palms and tamarinds shrouds the thick pool tenanted by alligators, whence the place has its name. Here is also the domed mausoleum of one Haji Magar, "Pilgrim Alligator," an apocryphal personage, who, with three brother saints, is said to have fixed his hermitage at the spot, and caused a rill to trickle from the rock. Another of the fraternity produced the hot mineral spring; a third changed a flower into an alligator, to stock the pool; and a fourth converted his tooth-brush into a palm shoot, whence the grove. The traveller may now pitch his tent, avoid ing the shade of the tamarind trees, which, if local tradition and Captain Burton's experience be a guide, is likely to engender fever. An old Fakir, who takes care of the tomb, is the master of the ceremonies at the Alligator Tank, and for a small fee will call out his brood of scaly monsters. Accustomed to be fed by him with goat's flesh, they will obey his voice and come out of the pool. This little tank, which is not more than 100 yds. long and 50 broad, * An English jockey cap with a muslin turban twisted round it and wetted occa sionally will be the best defence against the frightful heat of Sindh. t Dry Leaves from Young Egypt, p. 218, and Burton's Sindh or the Unhappy Valley, vol i., p. 48, which may bo consulted for a descrip tion of this place. Bombay. route 25. — Karachi to rori — sonmiyani. 477 contains several scores of alligators, which lie concealed in the ooze and mud until the summons is heard. The stillness of the bluish water, and of the motionless palms, which seems more profound from the intense heat and the cloudless glittering sky above, contrasts strangely with the wild cry of the un earthly looking Fakir and the sudden rush of a crowd of unwieldy monsters plashing aud struggling to the bank. The largest of all is called Mor Sihib, which is an appellation probably de rived from a demon with five heads destroyed by Krishnah, and from which that god is called Murdri, though Cap tain Burton supposes it to mean "pea cock." Tbis alligator may be about 18 ft. long, and seldom or never leaves the concealment of the pool, and is said to be exceedingly savage and dangerous. The rest are sluggish, and the feat of running over them, and round and across the pool has been performed,* though their terrible powers of destruction are seen when a goat is given to them for food, and is in a moment torn to shreds by tbeir powerful jaws. About 10 m. to the W. is the Hab River, in which alligators are very numerous, and whence no doubt the Magar Tallo was stocked, and is replenished with these animals. The visitor will call to mind the sacred crocodiles of Egypt, and will see in the veneration for the alligator here and at some places in Malabar a curious coinci dence. It is probable that these crea tures derive their sanctity from the place, being regarded as Uerou, like tbe sparrows of the Branchian oracle.f About a quarter of a mile from the pool is another hot spring, the water of which is as hot as can be borne for complete immersion. These hot springs, like the phsenomena at Sonmiylni, 50 m. further W., are attributable pro bably to volcanic action. A kdriz, or aqueduct, from the Pab Hills will be observed on the way from the Magar Pir to Karlchi. Sonmiydni and Singldj. — This place is 50 m. 1 f. distant from Karlchi, and * For example, by the renowned tiger killer, Lieut. Rice, of the 25th Bombay N. I. t Herod, i. 159. the journey may be conveniently made in 4 marches, it being requisite to carry tents. The stages are as follows : — PLACES. STAGES. M. P. M. P. From Karlchi and x bed of Karlchi r 1 6 x shallow inlet of sea 0 6 Patali tank, dry 2 0 Pattfi tank, dry 5 1 X rocky ridge 0 6 x ditto 2 0 x muddy« l 6 Pass thin jungle to HAB r. 400 yds. wide, with sandy pebbly channel 11 15 2 Enter Gandaba Lakk, a narrow stony pass in the Pab mountains 3 0 Pass small tank and tombs 2 0 x Bhawanf r., with sandy bed, and well, 55 ft. deep 0 7 x Bhlgal ravine, steep and deep 6 1 BI'DOK 2 7 14 7 Pass well of good water, 30 ft. deep, 400 yds. to r., up Buridah ravine... 1 54 Brackish well, called Klri 1 6 2 wells, 40 ft. deep, 300 yds. to r., up Chabbeji ravine 1 5 DUDA 1 14 6 2 Pass 3 brackish wells 1 1 3 good wells, 400 yds. to I., called Ok! 6 0 x sandy bed of Indra, or Vindfir r 4 3 SONMIYANI' 2 2 13 6 50 1 The character of the country to the Hab River is the same as that described on the way to the Alligator Tank. A belt of tamarisk jungle extends a few hundred yds. on each side of the river, which, according to Captain Hart,* ceases to be a stream in February, though water is always found in pools. The tombs near the Gandlba Lakk, * Bombay Selections, p. 323. The account of this officer's journey is the one here followed. It will be found in the place referred to above, and somewhat differentlygiven in the Proceedings qf the Bomb. Geo. Soc. for 1839, under the title of " A Pilgrimage to Hinglaj." 478 ROUTE 25. KARACHI TO RORI SONMIYANI. Sect. II. called by Hindus, Angdkherd Bheram Lakk, are those of some soldiers of the Jim of Bell and of Numria plunderers, who were killed in mutual conflict about 30 years ago. The Burfdah ravine, called by Captain Hart the Bareed Luk, presents a most singular appearance and is formed by a hill having been detached by some convulsion of nature from the range, which is here about 200ft. in perpendicular height. Tbe path leads along the edge of a deep ravine, where the rush of the stream has cut a channel as even as if done by art. The sea is not far off at this spot ; but further on, the distance widens into a flat a mile in breadth, covered with low tamarisk jungle and caper bushes. On this, in February, is a crop of grass, affording excellent pasturage for the horses of the traveller. To the left of the road, be fore reaching the Vindfir river, are the ruins of a small building, called Pir Patta by Muhammadans, and Gopf- chand Raj! by Hindus. Thence the road lies over a barren plain and a range of sand-hills, from the top of which Sonmiylni is seen, "remarkable only from the absence of all verdure around it." The town is situated at the head of a large shallow bay, like a horse shoe, into which vessels of any draught cannot enter except at spring tides. The entrance is narrow, and the low sand-banks bordering tbe harbor afford little shelter. All boats but coasting craft anchor outside the bar, 2 m. from the town. The ancestors of the Jim of Bell, in whose territory the fort is, are said to have been Hindii Rajas con verted by the first Muslim invaders of Sindh. Many Hindii festivals are still observed in his family. Sonmiylni has a population of about 2,000, chiefly Numrias. Tbe water is brackish. In 1808, the place was burned by Arab pirates. There are the remains of a small fort, which, since the British army destroyed the pirates of the Persian Gulf, has never been repaired. The stages from Sonmiylni to Hingllj are, 1st, to a pool of fresh water at the edge of the sand-hills which border the mangrove swamp, called Guru chela kd Ran ; 2nd, a range of sand-hills, with a small well of brackish water beyond the Purlli river. 3rd, Dlmbo; 4th, Klttewlrl; 5th, The Tilak Puri wells. Two m. to the W. of this are 3 hills of very light colored earth rising abruptly from the plain. That in the centre is 400 ft. high, conical, with the apex flattened and dis colored. It joins one half the size by a causeway about 50 paces long. A basin of liquid mud 100 paces round occupies the centre of the highest. Jets of liquid mud rise here incessantly to about 1 ft. At times the rise is so high that the mud overflows the hill, tbe entire coat of which is slime baked hard by the sun. The mud and water of all the pools is salt. These basins are called " Rama Chandra ki kup," "Rima's wells." The legend is that Mabldeo, who had been 12 years searching for Sit! in vain, here dashed down his vibhiit, the mark of ashes on his forehead, and it split into 18 pieces, and formed as many kups, when Sit! appeared in the form of Shri Mdtd, " the divine mother," and in formed him that she had been with him in all his wanderings in the shape of a fly seated on his vibhiit, and that, in gratitude for his exertions, these klips should ever be the object of pilgrimage. Of the 18 kfips 7 are here and 11 are spread over the mainland of Makrln, near the barren island called Sit! Dwip, which is the farthest limit of Hindii worship. The Hindu ascetic, com mencing with this island and the temple of Hingllj, should proceed N. to the fire temples of Jwlla Mukhi, near Llbfir (Lahore) ; thence to Haridwlr and to Kuru Kshetr, the plain round Delhi; thence to Banlras, and to the temple at the supposed confluence of the Gang! and the Godivari in the heart of the Gond country, and close the circle at Rlmeshwaram, at the extreme S. of India. He will then have completed the entire round of Hindii pilgrimage ; and having begun with Siti and Bha vini at Sit! Dwip and Hingllj, will end with Rimah and Bhavini at Rlmesh waram and Cape Kumlrin (Comorin). The Hindfi pilgrim to Hingllj secures first an Agwl, or spiritual guide, to instruct him where and how to worship on the journey. The office of the Agwl Bombay. ROUTE 25. — KARACHI TO RORI — HINGLAJ. 479 is hereditary, and even brihmans must follow their directions. The Agwls alone officiate in the temple, and divide the offerings at Hingllj ; but they are subject to a chief, who is called the Pir, or saint of the Hindus in Sindh, and who furnishes each with a chhari, or " wand of office," which he gives back on his return. It is 2 ft. long, forked at one end, and painted with red ochre. The Agwl carries it in his waistband, fixes it in the ground as a signal for a halt, and lights a fire round it, with the ashes of which each pilgrim smears his forehead. The pilgrims, as soon as they have placed themselves under an Agwl, put on clothes of a brickdust color. They then start from the Rim Bigh, or the temple of Kalikot, on the r. b. of the r. beyond it. the Agwl on all occa sions going first. The first halt is made at tbe Imli or Gorakh Tank, where Rimah and Siti, having started from the Rim Bigh with their Agwl, Lallu Jasraj, a hermit of the hot springs at Magar Pir, first halted. Tongl Bheru is the next halt, marked by a few pointed stones, the site of a ruined temple, and here offerings are made and prayers re cited. The fourth halt is at a place where Rimah is said to have been de feated when attempting to reach Hing llj with an army. He then turned back and set out a second time, in the humble guise of a pilgrim, as above mentioned. Near this is a range of mountains called Mor. The next place for special cere monies is the Kfips, where a cake of fine flour, almonds and raisins, sugar, spices, etc., called a rot, is offered to Rimah, and cocoa nuts are thrown into the heav ing mud. Some fanatics have here drowned themselves, and the body of one of them is said to have been found floating in the sea, which is supposed to communicate with the Kfips. Twelve miles from the Kfips is a hill called " the Sulphur Mountain," abounding in that mineral, and the hills between Ly Iri and Bel! are reported to be a mass of copper ore. W. of the Kfips is a low quad rangular range of hills called the Slth Darwlzah, or " 60 doors," leading to the sanctuaries of Shri Mat!, esteemed very holy ground. Here is a rock called the Ghurdb-i sang, or " stone ship," where the vessel of an impious merchant was turned into stone. After leaving the Kfips the road lies through a tract called the Sfingal, in which are many ndlds, their beds lined with tamarisk and babul jungle. Here tbe pilgrims are paired off, and told to regard each other as brothers and sisters. They eat from each others' hands, and then roll down a sandbank together. The road then runs nearly parallel to the Har! or Hal! mountains, and a range towering far above them is now seen, in which is the far-famed temple of Hingllj. Be fore reaching this the Aghor river is crossed, to drink of which is esteemed a blessing. The view here is magnificent. The river flows through a gorge 200 yds. in width, overhung by broken crags. Beyond is a range of light colored sand hills, and towering over them the blue mountains of Hingllj precipitous and wild. A square peak like a pillar among them is pointed out as the Asan, or seat of the goddess, where she dries her hair after her ablutions ; and two other hills are called Jay and Vijay, fabled to be the janitors of Indra's heaven, meta morphosed for neglect of their duties. Under the hill of Vijay is the usual place of encampment, and here the Aghor river is about 60 yds. broad, and 6 m. from this it enters the sea. At this halt the pilgrims shave off every hair on the body except a single tuft on the crown of the head. The road then lies along the I. b. of the Aghor, which, after leaving the hill of Vijay, is called the Singul, "vermilion," for a mile, and then turns off to a range of sandhills called Dewalgarh (Dowlagarh). These are 400 ft. high, and are covered with numberless conical, ribbed, light brown peaks. Before reaching them worship is performed to Ganesh, the infant. The path then leads up a ravine and over several hills, where offerings of needles and thread are made in front of a stone called "Bhera's needle," and of betel before other two called Manshd and Mamgd Devi. A plain to the N.E. is then crossed, about a mile in length, when the river is again reached and crossed at a spot where it flows on each 480 ROUTE 25. — KARACHI TO RORI — HINGLAJ. Sect. II. side of a small island. Here is a moun tain whose face towards the stream rises 1000 ft. in one sheer precipice. To its right the path turns up a ndld, in which is a rock split in two, beyond which Ganesh, the adult, is worshipped ; and 2 m. further a stone marks the cell of the goddess here called Ashdpura, "wish fulfiller," through which flows a stream. Not far from this, along the course of the stream, is a gorge only 20 ft. broad and half a mile long. On each side huge perpendicular cliffs almost exclude the light of day. A short dis tance from its entrance is a low natural cave 30 ft. in width and 10 deep where male goats, without blemish, are offered to Kali, and the blood and ardent spirits are dashed upon the rock. Beyond this, a quarter of a mile, is the cave of Sing- Idj. It is larger but of similar shape to that of Klli. At its W. end a mud temple 20 ft. long and 12 deep, under a projecting rock, contains the effigy of Hingllj. On the E. side, a few steps lead to two rooms, where singing and music go on. Between them and the rock is a doorway leading to the effigy, an oblong stone within a railed space, in size and shape like a small Muham madan tombstone, raised and hollowed at each end to hold the sacred fire. At its foot a conical stone 12 in. high is called Sadlshiva. Both are colored with red ochre, as is the arch of the rock above. From tbis, perhaps, the place has its name from the Skr. hingul, "vermilion," and laksh, "to paint." The whole stands on an earthen plat form, between which and the rock is a narrow arched passage, through which a man can scarcely crawl. This is called the Shara, and every pilgrim must pass it on his hands and knees. In front of the cave the stream forms a pool, oppo site which is a large rock called the Chhoti Ohaurdsi. Near the summit of tbe opposite mountain in a small cave, circular patches of red ochre represent the sun, moon, and stars, said to have been painted by Rimah. No one is permitted to remain at the temple more than one night. At midnight all the women and children are made to bathe in the pool, and with scarce any clothes on go into the building, from which all men but the Agwls are excluded. All their ornaments are then taken off, and they are sent two by two, the right hand of one sister being placed on the leg of the other, on their hands and knees into the narrow opening of the rock under tbe platform. On coming out on the opposite side they again bathe and then resume their clothes. The men in pairs then follow. This is called the Shara Sing- Idj, and is a sort of baptism. At day light the pilgrims crowd into the temple and repeat certain prayers, after which necklaces of Tumr! beads, made of a small white stone, found at the bill of Makalla, near Thatthl, are hung round their necks. An ascent into the moun tains to the Great Chaurdsi concludes the pilgrimage. A narrow path leads up a defile to the right, and ascends the difficult bed of a torrent. It passes a cave called Gorakh kd Guphd, where a famous ascetic resided, and in it every pilgrim leaves a stick. About 2 m. from this is a low building called the Dharam- sll! of Nlnak, and half a mile from this is " the pilgrim's well," 15 yds. in dia meter, formed by a cascade, and divided by a wall of rock, in which is a natural archway. The sides are perpendicular, and the level of the water about 20 ft. below the edge of the fall. The well is very cold, and said to be unfathomable, and into tbis all -pilgrims must jump. A small plant growing in the crevices of the rock, called the Rdj Sans, is much sought for here. Its leaves must be gathered with the lips, or, if possible, with the eyelids. A bed of rushes hides the stream after it leaves the basin, and a short distance beyond a perpendicular wall of sandstone marks the limit of the pilgrimage. The journey to Haidarlbld and Rori may be made in the steamer starting from Gisri Creek, and if celerity be the great object, this mode of travelling will be best ; but if the tourist would really see Sindh, let him go by land, and descend by the steamer. He will have to en counter, except from the 1st of December to the 1st of March, intense heat, and the risk of fever is not slight. Karlchi is a healthy place in general, though it Bombay. ROUTE 25. KARACHI TO RORI THATTHA. 481 suffers periodically from fearful visita tions of cholera ; but the climate up the river cannot be called salubrious, except to the Bilfich . Dust, or ratber fine sand, with which the air is loaded, and intense glare are also evils that must be encountered, and spectacles of a neutral tint and a gauze veil may here be brought into requisition. Jam'addr ki Ldndi is so called from a native official, who built a mud tower on the spot many years ago. A pole on the summit of a hill in this first stage used to mark the spot where a Sindhi was executed for the murder of an English officer. (4) Ghdrd. — Between Karlchi and Thatth! the only object of interest is the ruined city of Bambhfira, or Bham- bora, supposed by the natives to be the site of the most ancient seaport in Sindh. It may be visited from this stage. Nothing remains but the founda tions of houses, bastions, and walls ; but the antiquarian excavator would proba bly meet with many relics to reward his search. {c) Thatthd (Tatta), called by the na tives, Nagar Thatthl. Travellers by steamer, landing at Thatthl, will find no conveyance unless it be previously ordered through the Deputy-Collector of Jarrak. There is a good traveller's ban- fl! at Thatthl, and well situated for the [arlchi Route, N. of the town, but if coming from the steamer, the traveller will have to go right through the town to it. The city is situated 3 m. W. of the right, or W. bank of the Indus, and 4 m. above tbe point where the Bagbar or W. and the Sat! or E. branch of the great river diverge, and is therefore at the very apex of the Delta. Thatth! has been thought by some to be the anoient Pat- tala; but there is little to prove the identity, except a fancied similarity of name, owing to its being misspelt Tatta. The three gutturals which really exist in the word could hardly be softened as in Pattala, and the name is probably not very ancient, and comes from Thath, " the shore," the city having been originally on the bank of the Indus. Thatthl is said to have contained some centuries ago nearly 300,000 inhabi tants, and Lieut. Burnes affirms that it had once a circuit of 30 m. ; but Lieut. Wood, with more probability, supposes that tbe ruins which surround the pre sent town, and extend from Pir Fatta, 10 m. S. of it, to Slmi Nagar, 3 m. N. W., are the remains of successive cities built and deserted as the river changed its course. The city was built, according to Macmurdo, in 1522, andnow contains a population of about 10,000. The most remarkable sights at That th! are the Jum'aah Masjid, or Grand Mosque ; the manufactures of silk lungis and stamped cottons ; the Residency where Mr. John Crowe resided, and his tomb ; the tombs at the Makklli Hill ; Pir Pattan and Kalyin Kof. The Grand Mosque is situnted near the centre of the town. It was begun by Shih Jabln, in 1057 a.h., = 1647 a.d., and was finished by Aurangzib, in 1072 a.h. = 1661 a.d.* It has been a magnificent edifice, but is now much decayed ; is about 200 yds. long by 100 yds. broad, and is built of baked bricks and mortar. Tbe inner plaster is glazed in blue and white, which has a beautiful appearance when fresh. The roof is surmounted by 100 domes, each painted in a different way. The inscriptions carved round the great stone arch, and those upon the two stones on which the date of the edifice is given, are admirably executed in large letters. Not far from tbis is the old house inhabited by Mr. Crowe, the first Resident in Sindh deputed by the British Government. His tomb may also be seen outside the walls. The J&akdlli Sill is situate about a mile and a half to the W. of the town. The range runs from W, to N., being 8 m. long and under a mile broad. Its average height is 55 ft. According to Lutfullah, the name is derived from a fishwoman, whose shop was there in days of yore ; but Captain Burton sup poses it to mean Makkah-like, and to be so termed to denote its peculiar sanctity. The area of this vast cemetery is said to be 6 sq. m., and to contain a million graves, the custom of Muhammadans requiring that all tombs shall be single, and that none be re-opened to receive * Autobiography of Lutfullah, p. 283. 21 482 ROUTE 25. KARACHI TO RORI — THATTHA. Seet. II. more than one body. Tbis place began to be used for interment about 1500 a.d., when Jim Tamlchi, of the Samm! tribe, built a mosque upon the hills, and directed that Pir Panjah, which was, up to that time, the great burial ground of the city should be forsaken. The summit of the rocky ridge looking to wards Thatthl is crowned by an im mense 'Idgdh, or place where public prayers are recited on the two great Muhammadan festivals called 'Id or Easter. The building consists of a long wall, with a low flight of steps leading to the central niche, where the preacher stands, and tall slender minarets of elegant form springing from either ex tremity. Here all true believers gather twice a-year. This 'Idgdh was built by Yfisuf Khin, Governor of Sindh. The inscription is in beautiful large Naskh- t'alik characters, and is as follows : — "Yfisuf Khin, the powerful lord, erected this place of worship as high as his fortune. The year of its completion is found by Cherubim the temple of Makkah for the virtuous, 1043 a.h." (= 1633 a.d). Behind this building, vaulted domes, arches and towers, porticoes, gateways, and vast colonnades rise in apparently endless succession above shapeless mounds of ruins. Many of the edifices must have been tbe protracted labor of years. In some the cupola is surrounded by a ring of smaller domes, with a single or double colonnade, enclosing a gallery and platform, broken by pointed arches in each of the 4 fronts. Others are girt by lofty stone walls, forming square court yards, with entrance gates leading to the different doorways. Some consist of heavy marble canopies, on fantastic columns. Many are built of colored and glazed tiles and bricks, the work probably of Persian brick layers, who are renowned for their skill. So skilfully and carefully made are these bricks, that each rings like metal, and breaks as clear as glass. Nothing can be richer than the appearance of the inscriptions on the bricks, in large white letters, upon a dark purple ground. The most remarkable of these tombs are the following: — 1. The tombs of the two Vazirs — Mirzl Jlnl and Mirzl Ghlzi— 1095 a.h/= 1683 a.d. 2. A Jum'aah Masjid, built by Tughral — 1090 a.h. = 1679 a.d. 3. Tomb of Mfrz! Ts! and Mirzl Inlyatu'lllh, Governors of the place. These are magnificent edifices of yellow marble, beautifully carved with nowers in bas- relief, and surpassing all the buildings of tbe place. The inscription gives the date 1058 a.h. = 1648 a.d. 4. The tomb of a Minister— 1048 a.h = 1638 a.d. 5. The tomb of a Nfiwlb— 966 a.h. = 1558 a.d. 6. The tomb of Pir Asad, the Klzi, 9 feet long, date illegi ble. 7. The tomb of Saiyid 'Abd'ullah, son of Saiyid 'Abd'ul Kadir Glllni, the great saint of Baghdad. 8. The tomb of Mirak Muhammad, 1059 a.h. = 1649 a.d. 9.' The tomb of Shaikh Ziya— 1129 a.h. = 1619 a.d. 10. The tomb of a King, name illegible — 1109 a.h. = 1697 a.d. 11. The tombs of J!m Ninda and Tamlchi, the governors of the Samm! tribe, of yellow marble. The building contains three tombs — 925 a.h. = 1519 a.d. 12. The tomb of Bib! Tsl Langotiband — 920 a.h. = 1514 a.d. 13. The tomb of Saiyid 'Ali Shirlzi, the saint of the Jokhia Sindhf tribe— 1190 a.h. = 1776 a.d. The manufacture of Lungis or scarves, though it has declined much at Thatthl, and has been superseded by the looms of Bhlwalpfir and Multln, yet deserves a visit. The fabric is in general half silk, half cotton. The brightest dyes are preferred. The manufacture of stamped cottons (Madrapollams) may be inspected. Stamps of different colors are used, and each is stamped separately, as in illuminating books. Kalyan Kot, " Fort Prosperous," — not as Sir A. Burnes and Lieut. Wood write it, Kaldn Kot, " Great Fort," — is called by tbe Muslims Tughlaklbld. It is a ruin, somewhat less than 2 m. S. of Thattbl, and according to some it was erected by Alexander the Great. However that may be, its antiquity cannot be doubted. The name is Sans krit, and from its plan it may be fairly inferred that it was built before the use of cannon. Tbe round towers* of mud, * Burton's Sindh, vol. i„ p. 106. Bombay. route 25. — Karachi to rori — haidarabad. 483 reveled with kiln-burnt brick, which break the line of the outer curtain, are within easy bow -shot of one another. The enceinte contains a vast terrepleine, in tbe form of a parallelogram, in obtaining earth for which the large tank below the ruins was probably excavated. Within are masses of masonry shaken by time or earthquakes into fantastic shapes, resembling at a distance huge red rocks ; mounds of clay and chopped straw used in this country as plaster ; a few ruined walls and a domed tomb, in which many pigeons make their nests. The old cemetery near Thatthl, called Pir Panjah, has never been worthily described. Some account of the repre sentatives of the ancient familes at Thatthl is also a desideratum. Thus §!bir 'Ali Shih is the hereditary Saiyid of the Grand Mosque, and holds a grant from Akbar for the support of this building, which grant has been confirmed by Mr. Frere. {d) Jarrak. — Those who steam up the river from Thatth! to Jarrak when the Indus is in flood, behold a magnifi cent sight. The monarch of Indian rivers then pours down with a strength and velocity which it is truly grand to witness. The large native barges which are tracked up against the current some times break adrift, and are whirled like feathers down the stream, perhaps to be wrecked on some shoal, or dashed on the opposite bank. In some places vio lent e'ddies are formed, in others lahars or rapids, with which nothing but steam can contend. The banks are lined with the dense woods, which were once the Shikdrgdhs, or hunting preserves of the Amirs, and which, being a barrier to the encroachments of the desert sand, and productive and retentive of mois ture, were of infinite service to the country. The land route presents nothing remarkable. Jarrak itself is the first town the traveller in Sindh encounters not built on the alluvial flat formed by tbe Indus. It occupies the summit of an irregular height, which projects into the river and forms a barrier to it against its encroachments westward. This was the station of the Camel corps raised by Sir C. Napier, and subsequently disbanded by Govern ment, on account of its enormous ex pense. Here A'gh! Khin, a Persian nobleman and lineal descendant of the Ism'ailiyah chiefs, was placed as com mandant after the battle of Miylni by the conqueror, and after giving exces sive umbrage to the surrounding popu lation, was attacked by the Bilfichis and driven out of the place.* At Jarrak, Lower Sindh terminates, and Wichelo, or Middle Sindh, commences. Some ruins may be seen here, and have not been as yet properly described. {e) Haidarabad (Hydrabad), formerly called Nirankot, "Water-fort," or "the fort of Niran," is the capital of Sindh, and has a population of about 25,000 inhabitants. It is situated 4 m. E. of the E. bank of the Indus, on a high part of the rocky ridge, called the Ganj ah Hills, in an island formed by the Indus and the Phuleli, a branch which, leaving the main stream 12 m. above the town, rejoins it 15 m. below. On the opposite side of the river to Haidarlbld is Kotru, where there is a good traveller's bangli with a messman and supplies. Here too are the head quarters of the Indus flotilla, com manded by a captain of tbe I. Navy, and an extensive arsenal. Kotru is a very pretty station with several roads planted with trees leading from it. A church has been built by voluntary sub scriptions, and the clergyman is paid partly by the additional Clergy Fund, partly by the subscriptions of the con gregation. The routes from Kotru to Haidarlbld are two. The more direct is to cross to Giddu Bandar, where there is a jetty, and then proceed to Haidarlbld, 3 m., by the Bellasis road. The other is to drop down the river to the Entrenched Camp, where, on the 15th of February, 1843, Major Outram, with the Light Company of H. M. 22nd Regt., commanded by Capt. Con way, gallantly defended himself for 4 hours against the attacks of a large body of Bilfichis, and, on his ammunition failing, retired in good order to the Planet and Satellite steamers, which « Burton's Sindh, vol. i., p. 196. 484 ROUTE 25. — KARACHI TO RORI — HAIDARABAD. Sect. II. covered the retreat by the fire of some small cannon. The entrenchment, which is still visible, though much overgrown with jungle, was so weak as to afford little cover, and the trifling loss with which a single company maintained so long a struggle against a strong division of the Amirs' army, convincingly shows how utterly unable that army was to resist disciplined troops. The En trenched Camp contains "a humble building, somewhat in the form of a six-dozen claret chest, magnified and whitewashed,"-* which was once the Agency, where the Resident in Sindh, before the appearance of Sir C. Napier, resided. From this to the fort of Hai darlbld is about 3 m. by one of the most beautiful park-like avenues in India, and the distant appearance of the town is very picturesque. On the left is a hill crowned by a native forti fication, with the gaudy shrine of Shih Makkai, and a cluster of houses at its foot. On the right is the burial ground, a square enclosure, above the walls of which appear the tops of many tombs. In front, the road that separates the town from its protecting fort, winds up a steep and stony hill. The tomb of Shih Makkli, so called from his having madef several pilgrimages to Makkah, is one of the most celebrated Ziydrat- gdhs, or objects of pilgrimage, in Sindh. One-third of the plateau on which Haidarlbld stands, which is half a mile long and 700 yds. broad, is occupied by the fort, one-third by the native town, and the rest is waste. The houses in the native town are built of mud, with flat roofs, which have a very mean appearance, but are at least cooler than stone. There are about 2,500 houses outside the fortress, and a like number within the walls. The Fort of Haidarabad is of a very irregular form, corresponding with the natural shape of the rock, on which a wall of burnt brick from 15 to 30 ft. high, thick at the base, but tapering upwards, has been built. It supports a quantity of earth which has been piled * Burton's Sindh, p. 210. t Capt. Burton famishes a ludicrous and apocryphal legend about this worthy. against it inside, and is pierced with numerous damdghah, " loop - holes," many of which serve as drams. Em brasures for large guns there are scarce any, and though the bastions at the salient angles give the fortress an ap pearance of strength, a few well-di rected shots would demolish any part ; and a most competent judge has pro nounced that it is " one of the weakest of the strong-seeming fortresses of this part of Asia."* In appearance, how ever, tbis castle is very picturesque.-)- The spear-head battlement of Persia runs along the crest, to shelter match lock-men, and the ornamental star of stone above each loop-hole is highly decorative. The whole enceinte is about three-quarters of a mile in circumfer ence, and is towards the S. of the pla teau ; and at the S. extremity of all is the huge round tower, erroneously sup posed to have been the treasury of the Amirs. On the N. side, a trench sepa rates the citadel from tbe town. It is crossed by a bridge leading to one of these intricate gateways which have so often yielded to a coup de main. Every where else is level ground. Where the walls do not rise immediately from the edge of the declivity, the defence is strengthened by a ditch 10ft. wide and 8 ft. deep. The rock is too soft to ad mit of being scarped, and slopes so gently, that if the wall were breached, the rubbish would rest on the face of the hill and afford footing for a storm ing party. Within the walls of tbe fort were formerly the residencies of the principal Amirs, with those of their families and numerous dependants. The area, which is considerable, had its streets, its mosques, and public build ings, and was quite a town with .a dense population. These buildings have now almost disappeared, and the Com missary of Ordnance and the Executive Engineer divide the fort between them, as an arsenal and store-house. Mir Nasfr Khin's palace alone is kept up, and is occupied by the Commissioner in Sindh, on his annual torn-, and by other * Burton's Sindh, p. 213. t A very accurate view of the Sindliiau capital will be found in Burnes' Bukhdrd. Bombay. route 25. — Karachi to rori — haidarabad. 485 officers of rank, when visiting Haidar lbld. Sir C. Napier frequently resided in this palace, and in it he held his Grand Darblr on May the 24th and 25th, 1844, when every chief in Sindh came from far and near to submit himself to the conqueror. Most of the buildings in the fort were painted within and with out in fresco. The mosques were faced with Hal! tiles of the gayest colors, so that the whole had a most gorgeous appearance. Time and neglect have made sad changes; but there is one room in Mir Nasir Khin's palace, styled the Painted Chamber, which is still tolerably perfect, and gives some idea of what the effect must have been when all was uninjured. There is not a square inch in this chamber that is not illuminated in the richest coloring, and yet so well are the colors harmon ized, that the general effect is excellent. In the recesses, various historical sub jects connected with the Tllpfir family are delineated. In one recess is a very indifferently executed picture of an English lady and gentleman sipping claret out of tumblers, the work of a native artist, who obliterated one of the least popular subjects, and introduced these figures, which are intended for Colonel Outram and his wife. Round the chamber is a balcony commanding a fine panoramic view, and on the wooden balustrade are two sockets, cut by order of Sir C. Napier. A telescope placed in one points to the battle-field of Miylni, and if moved to the other shows the place where the victory of Dabba or Haidarlbld was gained. Above the gateway of the fort is a room which looks down on the principal blzlr. From this room, in the afternoon, it is worth while to watch the motley crowds of all nations, in various costumes, which throng the mart below. The visit to the fort should conclude with a walk round the ramparts and an ascent to the top of the circular tower, whence a fine view of the surrounding country with the Phuleli, on one side, winding through the dusty plain, and on the other side, of the rapid Indus, with its buttress of rock in the back ground, will be obtained. Leaving tbe fort, tbe traveller should pass through the blzlr to the market place, around which new Haidarlbld is fast rising up. As the old town was crowded and difficult to improve, tbe municipality laid out new streets, and erected a market-place, a school, and other public buildings, and a new town has sprung up and is rapidly increasing in this locality. Beyond the market place are the tombs of the Tllpfirs; beyond these, the jail ; and further still, the tombs of the Kalhoras. The - tombs of the Tllpfirs are very beautiful, but are not in such exquisite taste as that of Ghuldm Shah Kalhora, the description of which may serve for all. On entering the enclosure by a small but richly carved door, the visitor is impressed by the beautiful symmetry of the mausoleum, and the religious feeling breathed in the decorations. Latticed windows in the lofty dome sparingly admit the light, and shed a subdued lustre over an exquisitely carved marble tomb, at the same time revealing the rich fresco paintings on the walls, with out giving them too much prominence. The walls have in many places cracked, and bulge out; but Government has granted a sum of money to arrest fur ther decay, and to repair if possible the injury already done to this noble work of art. The building is quadrangular, with a dome in tbe centre resembling in miniature that which has already been described in the account of the Muslim tombs of Bijapfir and Golkonda. In decoration it is not inferior to any edifice of the sort in India, the Tij alone excepted. Two other tombs of the Kalhoras are already in ruins and beyond all hope of restoration. The Jail is worth a visit to those who are curious in prison discipline, It can oontain about 400 prisoners. The Persian carpets and rugs made by the convicts are very handsome and good. Mats, also, capital table cloths, towels, napkins, and a great variety of cotton cloths are manufactured in the prison, the discipline of which is much to be commended. Manufactures. — Haidarlbldisfamous for its embroideries in silk and gold and 486 ROUTE 25. KARACHI TO RORI MIRPUR. Sect. II. its silver tissues. The fabric of Khair Muhammad is the most celebrated. He gained a medal at the London Exhibi tion of 1851, and another at the Paris Exhibition of 1856. There are four or five other famous fabricants, each work ing with a different stitch. A table- cover costs from 50 to 100 rupees, according to size; chair-covers from 25 to 40 rupees. Book-covers, slippers, etc., are made of endless varieties. All these are worked on a simple wood frame, similar to that used by ladies for worsted work. Enameling. — In tbe Amirs' time there was a great demand for this manufacture, tbe principal Sardlrs vieing with each other in the beauty and costliness of their swords, matchlocks, and horse-trappings, which were profusely decorated with enameled ornaments. In enameling on gold, the colors red and crimson are chiefly used, and blue and green are the favorite colors with silver. This trade is now on the decline, as is also that of manu facturing arms. Haidarlbld was re nowned for its sword blades and match lock barrels, but there are now only one or two families who work in this line. Seal Engraving is a business of great importance in the East, where the Per sians and the artizans of Delhi are cele brated for their skill in this craft. At Haidarlbld, Fazl 'AU Vingiir is the best engraver. He works on carnelian, silver and other metals, generally in the Persian or Arabic character. He obtained a medal for bis seals at the Exhibition of 1851. A small seal, with the purchaser's name in Persian, mounted on a handle of enamel-work, is a good memento of Haidarlbld, as combining two of its most noted manu factures. Lacquered-work is admirably executed at Haidarlbld, but will be described under Hill, where it is even better done, A visit to Haidarlbld will not be complete without inspecting the Barracks, which are, perhaps, the finest in India, and cost nearly £100,000. They are built entirely of burnt bricks, with a tiled roof, the worst materials to use in a climate like that of Sindh. Intolerably hot in the hot season, they are very cold in the winter. The hospital is a palace in appearance and size, but so ill adapted to tbe climate, that the medical officer in charge, with pankhds and every appli ance for reducing the heat, is unable to keep the temperature below 100° for the greater part of the hot season. In short this magnificent and costly struc ture is worse than useless, and is justly entitled to the name of Sir C. Napier's Folly. A Church is now being built. Hitherto Divine Service has been per formed in one of the rooms in the fort. The Roman Catholics have had a church at Haidarlbld from the time of the conquest; but 12 years elapsed without the foundation-stone of a place of Pro- testant worship being laid by the Government of Sindh. If the traveller has time, he should drive or ride down the Bellasis Road, along the bank of the river, and up by the entrenched camp to the Bandar Road Avenue, which is one of the most beautiful avenues in India. The Bellasis Road was made and planted by Mr. A. F, Bellasis, late Collector and Magistrate of Haidar lbld. Route from Haidarlbld to 'Umrkot, — Haidarlbld to Alllhylr k! Tlndl b., 24 m. The town is large, with a good blzlr, and the merchants of this place carry on a considerable trade direct with Bombay. Alllhylr k! Tlndl to Mirpfir, 18 m. Here there is a large mud fort, formerly the residence of Mir Shir Muhammad and his brothers. It is now converted into the Klrdlr's Kacheri, treasury, police lines, and district jail, Mirpfir is the head quarters of the Deputy- Collector, who has a good bangli and garden here. Mir Shir Muhammad, whom Sir C. Napier styled the Lion of Sindh, still lives at Mirpfir, He was the last of the Amirs who fought in defence of his country, and the first to return to it from exile. It was he who fought with, and was defeated by Colonel Jacob, C.B., at Shlhdldpfir in 1843, and directly the Governor- General's permis sion was given to the Amirs of Sindh to return to their country, he was the first to avail himself of that act of grace. Bombay. ROUTE 25. KARACHI TO RORI MIYANI. 487 He draws a considerable pension, as do bis two brothers, Mfr Shih Muhammad and Khin Muhammad, who live at Alllhylr k! Tlndl ; and each of the brothers was allowed a liberal grant of money to build a house and to make him self comfortable. Mir Shir Muham mad has, however, no reliance on Eng lish faith, and prefers to live in a wretched hut and tent; he is, however, greatly respected, and looks completely what he is, a patriot and a hero. From Mirpfir to 'Umrkot is a long march of nearly 40 m. ' Umrkot or Amirkot (Omercote, Oomercote, Amercot of Elphinstone) . — At this town in the desert there is a large mud fort, which, like that of Mir pfir, has been converted into public offices. The fort is 500 ft. square, with a mud wall 40 ft. high, a strong round tower at each corner, and 6 square towers on each side. It contains a massive circular tower in the centre, similar to tbe one in the Haidarlbld fort. There is a bangli, and from hence there are routes to Jaysalmir, to Bllmir, to Isllmkot, and Virawlo ; but these are all desert routes, without any banglas or other conveniences for tra vellers, and are consequently little fre quented. 'Umrkot is renowned as the birth-place of the Emperor Akbar, the greatest monarch that India ever pro duced. His father, Humlyfin, flying from the successful rebel, Shu-, found at 'Umrkot a friend and protector in Rani Prasad, the Rajpfit chief. And here, on the 14th of October, 1542, the Empress Hamidah, a native of Jim in Khurasan, gave birth to Akbar. It is usual on such occasions for the father to give presents to his friends ; Humlyfin bad nought to give but one pod of musk, which he distributed with the prayer that his son's fame might be diffused like the odor of the musk, a prayer which was granted a thousand fold. The Tllpfirs won back 'Umrkot from the Rljl of Jodhpfir in 1813, and in April tbe 3rd, 1843, it surrendered to Captain Edmund Brown, of the Bengal Engineers, deputed by Six C. Napier to obtain possession of it. (/) Miydni {Meanee or Meeanee). — A plan of this celebrated battle-field, and the only correct account of the battle itself, carefully written by General Waddington, C.B., the engineer officer so justly praised by Sir C. Napier, will be found in the Appendix to " Dry Leaves from Young Egypt."* The events which preceded the engagement, may also be learned from that book, shorn of the ridiculous exaggerations and misrepresentations in which they have been involved. The aged and helpless Mir Rustam having been driven from his dominions by the intrigues and violence of his younger brother and feudal subject, Mir 'Ali Murld, en couraged and aided first by Mr. Ross Bell, and subsequently by Sir C. Napier, took refuge with the Amirs of Haidar lbld, on whom an unjust treaty was being forced by the English Government. In consequence of this aggressive atti tude on the part of the General, the Biluchi Chiefs assembled their retainers at Haidarlbld, and Sir C. Napier moved down upon the city from Khair- pfir with all the forces he could collect. Sending Captain Jacob with the Sindh Horse along the skirts of the desert, on the E., he himself, with about 3,000 men, marched on Haidarlbld by tbe main road. The Amirs, however, signed the treaty imposed upon them, on the 11th of February, and Major Outram, the political officer deputed to them, energetically protested against tbe injustice of further aggressive move ments on the part of Sir C. Napier. In spite of these remonstrances, that officer continued his march, and on the after noon of the 16th of February, 1843, encamped at Mattlri, 17 m. N. of Haidarlbld, after a fatiguing march of 21 m. from Hall. Here- he was joined by Major Outram, who, in consequence of the advance of Sir C. Napier after the treaty had been signed, was attacked by the Bilfichis under Mir Shlhdld, eldest son of the late Mir Nfir Muham mad, and compeBed to quit the Resi dency. Major Outram brought the intelligence that the Biluchis had occu pied the shikdrgdhs, between Mattlri and Haidarlbld, in great force. An * p. 346, 488 ROUTE 25. KARACHI TO RORI MIYANI. Sect. II. attempt to expel them by setting fire to the woods, failed, and at 4 a.m. on the 17th of February, the army marched again, and after proceeding about 10 m. came to the village of Zlhir Blhirchi k! Got, from which the battle ought to have been named, rather than from Miyani, which is the name of the whole district between the Phuleli and the Indus, and not of any village or place in particular. With this village directly in front, Sir C. Napier had the dry bed of the Phuleli on his right, and a shallow water-course on his left, which ran about 2 m. in a S.E. direction, till it joined a canal impassable for cavalry, and the two issued in the Phuleli, which, after running 2 m. S., turned sbarp to the E., behind a dense shiklrglh, and after meeting the canal and water-course, again turned S. About 400 yds. S. of Zlhir KI Got, a mud wall, 8 ft. bigh, ran from the Phuleli on the right of the English, till it joined that river in its curve on tbe left. This wall was studded with Bilfichis, who were posted in great strength in the dense shiklr glh behind it, and where the wall joined the Phuleli on the left was the Bilfichi artillery, and beyond was drawn up a dense mass of infantry, supported by large bodies of cavalry, if that word be applicable to riders without the slightest discipline or knowledge of military movements, mounted upon wretched ponies. The right of the enemy rested on thick woods, which concealed a village, and the whole of this ground was occupied by them in strength. From the General's station, which was still about a mile from the scene of action, about 8,000 infantry and 3,000 cavalry of the enemy were seen, but their total strength was perhaps double that number of infantry, and half as many more cavalry ; in round numbers, 20,000 men with 15 guns. Three squadrons of the Sindh Horse, under Captain Jacob and Lieutenant Russell, now moved obliquely to the left, till they got within half a mile or less of tbe enemy's guns, when they halted and remained exposed, to the enemy's fire, till the final advance. After waiting a considerable time for the arrival of the artillery, Sir C. Napier advanced to within 300 yards of the wall of the shiklrglh in his front, which was deserted by the Bilfichis on his approach. The head of the column, which arrived left in front, was then directed on the first distant tree to the left flank, nearly at right angles with the road, and as soon as it had taken up sufficient ground was baited and wheeled into line. The guns, 10 in number, were placed on the right of the infantry, and behind them, in reserve, was the 9th Bengal Light Cavalry, 350 strong. Of the infantry corps H. M. 22nd Regiment were on the right, next to them the 25th and 12th Bombay N. I., and last the 2nd Grenadiers, in all 1,350 bayonets. The Punah Horse, under Captain Tait, with 200 of the Grenadiers and two small field pieces, were left as a rear guard, and did not come into action. Before the British line, to the Phuleli, a distance of 1,100 yds. in length, lay a narrow plain, dotted with low hillocks and camel bushes, but the front was contracted to 700 yds. on the right by the wall of the shiklrglh, which the Bilfichis had deserted, and on the left by the village hid in the woods to the E. After the English line had been carefully dressed, and skirmishers thrown out, the artillery moved up 200 yds., and opened fire a little before 11 a.m., and after a short time, the guns again advanced 250 yds., when the enemy's fire slacked under their rapid discharges. An opening was now seen in the shik lrglh wall on the right, and the Grenadier company of the 22nd were detached to clear it. On entering the shiklrglh, Captain Tew, commanding the company, was almost instantly shot dead, and other casualties took place, but the skirt of the shiklrglh was cleared for the time. The English infantry were now within 300 yds. of the Phuleli, and, still formed in close ichelon of regiments, were now halted for the third time and dressed. After this, the final order for the advance was given, and the 22nd led on in the most perfect order. The enemy now aban doned their guns, which were at once taken possession of by the English; Bombay. ROUTE 25. KARACHI TO RORI MIYANI. 489 but the Bilfichis maintained a heavy fire of matchlocks, and as the 22nd neared the steep bank of the Phuleli, the Bilfichis threw aside their fire-arms and rushed furiously on them, sword in hand. In its turn, the 25th N. I. became similarly engaged, and then the 12th and tbe Grenadiers. The 1 2th were three times driven back, and as often nobly rallied by their officers. Brigadier-Major Jackson of that corps, dismounting, cheered on the men, and rushed, supported by two havaldars, into the thick of the enemy, where all three were cut to pieces. Major Teas- dale, commanding the 25th, was killed while animating his men, who gave ground in an alarming manner. The Grenadiers, driven back with the 25th, fell into confusion, and on their com manding officer giving the word to re tire, went to the right-about and took no further share in the action. Lieut.- Colonel Pennefather, commanding the 22nd, was shot through the body, and Major Poole succeeded to that com mand. It was at this critical moment that an advance of the English cavalry decided the day. The Grenadiers, as has been said, had been put into confu sion on the English left flank, had gone to the right-about, and retired some dis tance before tbey could be halted by their officers. At the same time the Bilfichis showed themselves in numbers from the concealed village and the ra vines in that direction ; and had they been suffered to take the regiments which still maintained their ground in flank, the day would probably have ended doubtfully for both parties. But at tbe urgent representation of Captain Tucker, of the 9th Cavalry, Lieut.- Colonel Pattle of that regiment per mitted the cavalry to act. Captain Tucker then, with the 3rd squadron, passing between the infantry and the village, charged the Bilfichis, and drove them into and along the bed of the Phuleli. Then that gallant officer re ceived six wounds and fell, but Captain Bazett succeeding him, completed the dispersion of the enemy in that direction. The 2nd squadron, under Captain Gar- ratt, assisted Colonel Pattle in an attack on the village, and the 1st, filing be tween the 12th N. I. and the Grenadiers, crossed the Phuleli and dispersed the enemy on the opposite bank. Here Captain Cookson, the Adjutant, was killed and three officers were wounded. The Sindh Horse, after vainly attempt ing to get round the outside of the village, being stopped by a deep canal, crossed the Phuleli and captured the enemy's camp, from which they drove a heavy body of the enemy's cavalry ; and here Captain Jacob had his horse killed under him, and some loss was experienced. Sir C. Napier meantime had, with great gallantry, cheered on the infantry, and at half-past one, a.m., tbe line crossed the Phuleli, when the battle may be said to have been won, though the firing did not cease for some hours afterwards. The General formed his camp on the field, with the baggage in the centre of a hollow square, and the troops slept on their arms. Tbe total loss of the English was 62 killed and 194 wounded, of whom 6 officers were killed and 13 wounded. The enemy lost all their guns, 15 in number, and 800 killed, with about as many wounded. This proportion is explained by the fact that the Bilfichis neither asked nor received quarter. Such was the memorable battle of Miylnl, which transferred Sindh to the British. The Bilfichis fought more courageously than could have been expected, seeing that they had almost always shown them selves inferior even to the Afghans ; but they had no discipline, and bands of 20 men rushed out at a time with no order or method, only to impale them selves on the bayonet or to be swept away by grape. Their guns were wretched six-pounders, and were served so inefficiently as to occasion no loss, and the Amirs themselves took little or no part in a struggle which they knew to be hopeless. It must be remarked too that even Shih Shuj'a's rabble had defeated the Amirs of Upper Sindh at Sakar ten years before, with little diffi culty, and with still greater slaughter, than was inflicted on the Bilfichis at Miylni ; so that it will rather be matter of surprise that so large a force of disci- 490 ROUTE 25. KARACHI TO RORI — HALA. Sect. II. pliued troops should have suffered so much in dispersing what was little better than a vast mob. On the two following mornings six of the principal Amirs surrendered, and on the 21st Haidarlbld was taken possession of, and the property of all the Amirs and chiefs seized, even that of Mirs Sobdlr and Husain 'Ali, whom Sir C. Napier himself designates as allies, and who had nothing whatever to do with the battle.* The whole Tllpfir family, with the one exception of 'All Murld, were stripped of everything, and either sent prisoners to India or left to starve where they had reigned as princes. The battle of Dabba, a place 6 m. N. E. of Hai darlbld, fought on the 24th of March of the same year, concluded the war. The Bilfichis on tbis occasion were pro bably almost as numerous as at Miylni, but their loss was much heavier. The English lost 267 killed and wounded, including two officers killed and 10 wounded. There is a lofty stone obe lisk at Miylni on the spot where all the officers and men who fell were interred in one common grave, but it is without an inscription. Sir C. Napier is supposed to have written one, but it has never been found, and no one else has taken upon himself to pen one. Mattdri is a very old, but miserable town. The Saiyids of Mattlri, who cul tivate the lands in this district on a very favorable tenure, are litigious and trou blesome, and often uncivil to travellers. {g) Said is a large town, and the head quarters of a Deputy-Collector. The bangli is good, but off the high road. The Jum'aah Masjid here is well worth a visit. It is faced with glazed tiles of various colors and patterns, and when seen at a little distance has a most gorgeous effect. Hall is famous for the manufacture of glazed tiles, and the mud or clay of the locality is of a fine quality, almost of the consistency of plaster of Paris. The manufacture of these tiles was formerly very extensive, as most of the mosques and tombs through Sindh testify ; but the trade is now, from want of a demand, decaying. Besides tiles, they make latticed win- * Life of Sir C. Napier, vol. iL, p. 318. dows, vases, dishes, covers, and orna ments in great variety. The process of the manufacture is worth examination. Hill is also noted for its lacquered work, of which they make work-boxes, cigar cases, tables, rulers, pen* cases, map cases, vases, flower stands, etc. The wood used is the bahu, which turns very readily in the lathe. The process of lacquering is by applying different colored sealing-wax or lac on the surface, while the box is turning round rapidly on the lathe. First yellow is laid on, then red, then green, and so on. After wards, tbe man, holding the box between his toes, with thegreatest nicety of touch cuts through with a sharp knife the different depths or layers of color, and thus produces all sorts of patterns. Two miles off the road from Hall is old Hill, and the ruins of Khudlbld, which are worth visiting, iftherebetime. If the traveller is desirous to visit the ancient and ruined city of Brlhmanl bld, Hill is the best place whence to diverge to see it. From Hill to Shlbdldpur is 20 m. Here there is a Bangli, with a most quaint fireplace, of native construction. Here, also, in the low ground, just. behind the bangli, Col. J. Jacob, C.B., fought and defeated Mir Shir Muham mad, in 1843, since which date a hostile shot has not been fired in Sindh. From Shlhdadpfir to Brlhmanlbld is between nine miles. A tent should be taken. .3raVjm««d5<»Z,*calledinmodernSindhi Bambhra ke Till, "the ruined tower," was undoubtedly one of the most ancient cities in Sindh, and, according to Saiyid Slbir 'Ali Shih, a learned Saiyid of Thatthl, and the lineal descendant of the author of a history of Sindh, called the Tuhfatu'l Kirdm,f was founded be fore the Brihman dynasty that reigned at Alor, and consequently before a.d. 622. In the Tuhfatu'l Kirdm, Chach, the first Brihman King of Sindh is said to have subdued the Chief of Brlhmanlbld. According to the same authority, the * Account qf the ruined city of Brdhmand- bdd, by A. F. Bellasis, Esq., Bombay, 1856. t A translation of this work will be found in the Jour, qf the As. Soc of Beng., vol. xiv„ Part i., p. 75. Bombay. ROUTE 25. KARACHI TO RORI — RORI. 491 city was ruined before a.d. 1020. The Chachndmah, which was written in Arabic about a.d. 700, mentions Brlh manlbld as the capital city of Lower Sindh. The place was first visited by Mr. Frere and Mr. A. F. Bellasis, in 1854. It is at present a labyrinth of ruins, forming irregular mounds, vary ing according to the size of the houses, and in circumference it is 4 m. At If m. distance is the distinct and ruined city of Dolora, the residence of the king, and 5 m. in another direction is Dipfir, also in ruins, where the Vazir resided. Between these cities are the ruins of suburbs, extending for miles far and wide. There is the stereotyped legend as to the destruction of the city, that it was overthrown for the wickedness and debauchery of its king.* Several reasons are given for believing the destruction of the city to have been caused by an earthquake. The skele tons of the inhabitants are found in crouching attitudes, crushed under the walls and doorways, as though in the attempt to fly. These skeletons are not of bodies that have been buried, for they are in every kind of attitude, and few in a recumbent posture. Coins and valuables are found in great numbers, in the houses, which would not have been left by an invading army. The furniture of the houses is all intact, and it is evident that the inhabitants were engaged in their usual avocations when some sudden calamity overwhelmed them. The city was well and strongly built, the walls of the common bouses even being from 18 in. to 3 ft. thick, and nothing but an earthquake could have caused so complete an overthrow. The Indus is shown by tradition, and the dry bed still visible, to have washed the walls of the city, and it is reasonable to believe that the same shock which overthrew the city diverted the stream to its present course. For a full account of this most singular place the reader is referred to the pamphlet of Mr. A. F, * It is remarkable that the same legend, which is not very different from what we are told of tbe overthrow of the Cities of the Plain in Scripture, is narrated of the destruc tion of Alor, Brahmanabad, and the ruined city between Karachi and Thattha. Bellasis. It will be sufficient here to mention a few of the relics discovered. The most curious of them is, perhaps, a hexagonal cylinder, with an inscrip tion in Kufik characters on three sides. An almost complete set of ivory chess men was also disinterred, together with many figures beautifully carved in ivory, numerous coins, engraved seals of agate and carnelian, and drinking vessels. From Brabmanabad the adventurous traveller can proceed, vid Sanjora and Jakkrau, to I'mangai-h, the desert fort of Mir 'Ali Murad, and thence on to Rori or Sabzalkot ; but this is a very unfrequented route. For the general traveller, it would be best, after visiting the ruins of Brlhmanlbld, to return to Shlhdldpfir, and then strike the high road again at Saiyidabad. From Saiyidabad the nearest road is on to Sakkrand, where there is good duck and snipe shooting ; but parts of this road are so low that, during the inundation and some months afterwards, it is impassable, and therefore it is necessary to go round by Dereh Dalil, where there is a large circular mud fort built by Mir Nfir Muhammad. The road then passes by Klji kl Got andDaulatpfirtoNawsbahra.Nawshahra is a good-sized native town, where they manufacture the coarse kinds of paper, upon which the native correspondence is usually written. Ten miles off the road from Nawshahra is Tlru Shah, the head quarters of a Deputy Collector. At Hlllani is the last Government bangli ; a few miles further the tra veller crosses the British boundary at a village called Kotri, and enters the territories of Mir 'Ali Murld. The road is without much interest on to Rori. The sportsman should endeavor to obtain his Highness' permission to shoot in his shiklrglhs, which are full of hog and small deer ; in fact, many villages have been laid waste to gratify his Highness' love of the chase. {h) Rori or Lohri (Roree). — This town, built on a rocky eminence over looking the Indus, is interesting from its situation, for here the river rushes with a rapid sweep round the island of Bakar, which has therefore been re- 492 ROUTE 25. KARACHI TO RORI — EORI. Sect. II. garded by Asiatics as an impregnable position. The great depth of the stream, too, and the thick date groves that clothe the banks, the hills and ancient buildings render this one of the most remarkable localities on the Indus. It has been the general thoroughfare for invading armies, whether Afghan de scending upon India, or Indian, such as the expeditions of Shih Shuj'a, ad vancing into Afghanistan. The rock on which Rori is built terminates abruptly on the W. side, in a precipice of 40 ft., and up tbis the Indus rises in the inundation 16 ft. above its ordinary level. It then runs with a rapidity exceeding 7 m. an hour, and forms vio lent eddies, in which large boats are sometimes overturned and sunk. The breadth of the stream opposite Rori is about 1200 yds. There are 4 rocky islets in it, — 1, the island of Bakar, " dawn," so called by a Saiyid of note shortly after the Muhammadan con quests of Sindh ; 2, Sati, between Bakar and Rori, a very small islet in which are some very old tombs ; * 3, the isle of Khwljah Khizr, or " Saint Elias," a little N. of Bakar ; and 4, Navy-wood Island, a few hundred yards S. of Bakar. In the island of Khwljah'f Khizr is a masjid, whose appearance bespeaks an tiquity. In this building is the follow ing incription : — " When this Court was raised, be it known, That the waters of Khizr surrounded it." '- Khizr wrote this in pleasing verse. Its date is found from the Court of God. Sfl A.ir. If this date 341 a.h. be correct, the masjid was erected in the year 952 a.d., about 250 years after the Muhammadan invasion of India. The most curious fact, however, con nected with this locality is, tbat a building is still visible in the centre of the stream, a little below Navy-wood * The inscriptions at Rori and Bakar and an account of the ancient city of Alor will be found in Dry Leaves from Young Egypt, pp. 37—16. t Dry Leaves, p. 39. Island ; and this, coupled with old tra dition and the inscription in the isle of Khwljah Khizr, shows that tbe Indus has within historical times deserted a former channel and taken its present course. In the Chachndmah this change is said to have taken place in conse quence of the wickedness of the Raj! of Alor, and a story is told similar to that recounted of the overthrow of Brlhman lbld. The ride to Alor will repay the traveller. The distance is but 5 m. N.E. and the ruins are curious, if only for the historical renown of the place. After crossing an ancient bridge you come upon a small village containing about 60 inhabitants, of whom two- thirds are Mfislimln and tbe rest Hindis. They find a sale for the pro duce of their farms among the votaries of Shakar Ganj Shih, a renowned saint who is buried here. From this village- an extensive ridge of ruins is to be traced in a N.E. direction. In this huge congeries there is no inscription to be found, or anything worthy of notice, except a picturesque ruin which bears the name of 'Alamgir's Masjid, and two tombs of Saiyids, — Shakar Ganj Shih and Khalifah Kutbu'd-din Shih, The tomb of the former is a celebrated Ziylrat, and the people of the neighboring villages make a pil grimage to it twice a month. It has no dome or edifice over it; but is a plain white sepulchre, with a neat bor der of carved flowers resembling the fleur-de-lys." The principal mosque at Rori was built in the time of Akbar, as were most of the buildings of note, by Muhammad M'asfim, a Saiyid of rank, who is buried at Sakar under a tower 90 ft. high, which commands a fine panoramic view, and is the most con spicuous edifice in the place. His de scendants still reside in the town, and will supply to the traveller all the in formation he can require on the an tiquities of the three localities Sakar, Bakar, and Rori. VOCABULAEIES AND HIALOGUES. The Languages of India may philologically be divided into two groups,— the Northern and Southern. In the former there is a vast admixture of Sanskrit,- on a slender aboriginal basis; in the latter, and especially in *T tvt™^' 8 s' 1S ^P1? an infusion, and the aboriginal dialect is independent, full, and copious. In the Northern group the principal languages are Panjabi, Sindhi, Gujaratf, Hindi, Urdu, Bangali, Mara'hi, and Unya; in the Southern, Telugu, Kanadf or Kanarese, Malayalam, and Tamil. In the present volume the lollowmg languages are given a.s being those spoken in the localities of the Eoutes :— English, One TwoThreeFourFive SixSeven EightNine Ten Eleven Twelve ThirteenFourteenFifteen SixteenSeventeen EighteenNineteenTwentyTwenty-oneTwenty-twoTwenty-threeTwenty-four Kanarese. OnduEraduMfiru NllkuAidu Aru E'lu Entu OnbattuHattuHannonduHanneradu HadimfiruHadinllku Hadinaidu HadinlruHadineluHadinentuHattombattuIppattu Ippattondu Ippatteradu IppattumfiruIppattunllku Telu-gu. WokatiRenduMfidu Nalugu Aidu Aru Yedu YenimidiTommidiPadiPadakonduPannendu . PadamfiduPadhnlluguPadihenu PadahlruPadiheduPaddhenimidiPandommidiIruvaiIruvaiwokati Iruvairendu Iruvaimfidu Iruvainllugu Tamil. Onru IranduMfindru NanguEinduAruYezhu Yettu Onpadu PattuPadinonruPanniranduPadinmfinruPadinlngu Padinaindu PadinlruPadinezhuPadinettuPattonpaduIrupadaIrupattondruIrupattiranduIrupattumfinru Irupattinlngu MARATHf. EkDon Tin Chlr Pinch Slhl Sit Ath Naw, nau Dahl Akrl BlrlTer!Chawad! Pahdbara Sol!Satr! Atbr!EkunisVfs ' EkvisBlwis, bewis Tewis Chowis GUJARATI. EkBeTran Chlr PinchChhaSit Ath NawDasAgiylrBarTer Chaud Pahdar SolSattar Harld or Arid Ogam's Wis' Ekwis Blwis Tewis or Trewia Chowis t o (?w M M i telrtStd English. Twenty-five Twenty-six Twenty-sevenTwenty-eightTwenty-nine ThirtyThirty-oneThirty-twoThirty-three Thirty-fourThirty-five Thirty-sixThirty-seven Thirty-eightThirty-nine FortyForty-one Forty-twoForty-three Forty-four Forty-fiveForty-six Forty-seven Forty-eightForty-nineFiftyFifty-oneFifty-two Fifty-three Fifty-fourFiftv-fiveFifty-sixFifty-sevenFit'tv -eight Kanarese. IppattaiduIppattlru IppatteluIppattentu IppattombattuMfivattu MfivattonduMfivatteraduMfivattumfiru Mfivattunllku Mfivattaidu Mfivattlru MfivatteluMfivattentuMfivattombattuNllvattuNllvattondu NllvatteraduNalvattamiiruNalvattanllkuNllvattaiduNllvattlruNalvatteluNalvattentu Nllvattombattu Aivattu Aivattondu Aivatteradu Aivattumuru Aivattunalku AivattaiduAivattlruAiviittelu Aivattentu Telugu, Iruvaiaidu IruvailruIruvaiyedu IruvaiyenimidiIruvaitommidi MupphaiMupphaiwokati Mupphairendu MupphaimuduMupphainlluguMupphaiaiduMupphailruMupphaiyedttMupphaiyenimidi Mupphaitommidi NalubhaiNalubhaiwokati NalubhairenduNalubbaimuduNalubhainllugu Nalubhaiaidu NalubhailruNalubhaiy^duNalubhaiyenimidi Nalubhaitommidi Ylbhai YlbhaiwokatiYlbhairenduYlbhaimfidu Yubhainllugu Ylbhaiaidu Ylbhailru YlbhaiyeduYlbhaiyeuimidi Tamil. IrupattainduIrupattlruIrupattezhuIrupattettu IrupattonpaduMuppaduMuppattonruMuppattiranduMuppattumfindru Muppattinlngu MuppattainduMuppattlru MuppattezhuMuppattettuMuppattonpaduNlrppaduNlrppattonru NlrppattiranduNlrppattumundru Nlrppattinlngu NlrppattainduN£rpatt!ruNlrpattezbuNarpattettu Nlrpattonpadu EimpaduEimpattonruEimpattiranduEimpattumfinruEimpattunlnguEimpattainduEimpattlru EimpattezhuEimpatteftu MARATHf. Gujarat!. CD Pahchwis Pachchfs tt» Sawis Chhawwis Sattlvis Sattlwis Aththlvis Aththlwis Ekuntis Ogantris Tis ' Trfs" Ektls Ektris Battis Batris Tehtis Tetris Chautis Chotrfs Pastls Plntris Chhattis Chhatris o Sadtis Sldtris Athtis Adtris £ Ekfinchllis Oganchlhs Chilis Chilis Ektilis Ekatlh's a Betlh's Behetllis 03 Tretilis TehetUis 1 Chawetllis Chumnllis orChaualfs k Pahchetljis Pistllis el Shetllis Chhentalis Sattetllis Sudtilfs or Sadtllis PIpi Aththetalis AdtUis or Udtllis CA Ekunpahnls Oganpachls Pahnls Pachls Eklwan Eklwan Blwan Blwan Trepan Trepan Cbaupan Chopan Pahchlwan Pahchlwan Chhappan Chhappan Sattlwan Sattlwan Aththlwan Aththlwan VOCABULAEIES. — NtTMBEES. 495 & ¦a.p-S'S-'S.l'&.d"! h S 6 ii o S3 a -8 8-3 „. -s^,---^ S'j s«5 S » g-gStj g S3 -s 2 2 •§ ¦« ^ SoflS S-.3 -a 3 .§ 12 ¦§ -3 -a "g, is i3. to m S © -q ,B rrt..^ ra -4J o .b ,B p o -B «B -*» -£ -9. * P t-.sc3 £L O -B .B -fe*_5^ Oo2HME- o Iff|«e«l'l 1111 lltl i IPiiHiJ ? s 33^ c«« 8 §.-, s.i 2 3 .S^^t* -** -P. "P *3 *P •§ -B -p -s -p *p .-h t- P H h 3 J3 £. S S 3 B B B B B -B -B B ..-rartcsrartespscarara 'B H-'5333BBBB33'0'ri'-Q'n'0 ^=)^3^)^3 r^BBBBBBdBHB B t*«J<|«j^<3«i-gM >H j* (H H >H (M H ^ H 5 P PS ^ =3 -3 3P 5 ^sb-s-Spp-B-b -S "S- 3 3 ^ -^ _. P. -q -BmB^-SPP •§•¦§ B p § S3 3J-33C3-S! 3 g I I 3 3 5S.S | b § S3 1 HISS'S 1 D+j+3+j^J*j-tJ+3-»-4J-P'*J+''*J*'4J ¦+- +J +j +j ^j 53 ia ^^-P4J-1J4J-P-P .^Hf-(f-iHHHHHH,-,P-|P-|P->>!> fe>"^*>- t>bObObObObObObObObObO .g PH 02 0Q 02 CO OQ CQ OQ GQ 0Q QQ GO OQ 00 02 CQ CQ 03 02 CQ OQ^^SSKKHSWS ^ 496 TOCABTJXAEIES. NTTMBEHS FEACTIONS. a a- >>,a 2 3"§ 3 _ -5- B GOB 8 « a-j SB, o.a §.g 3, a +> *3 *J B 4J 4j -3 flflflO b- a- a- a- a- a- a- a- a- a- a- a- o o o o o o HHHHHB 3« H S'5a iP^ - © H 3 3 'B P 5 .5 .p J .g :§ .•§ 5 to to TO « rt ?i ^ o o o o o o CJ Q tj W "— > W WWW,-— HHchS-hEHEH E-iHE-iizi B. a 1 is ,p ^ >- a "R *s P 9 Krf3^f to ".iu h ^^ 03 o 03 to TO £ H ^ H H H !> P< i-q ( 3 B g 2. 2 b g g a g g g g. A-g.^ -s I £SiZiH^^ £ P s d S. a -3 a Bel P -j f-< aS-P HIP-0 I- OOOOOtJ '-' *•' w i^_ P i— I |.g 3 S.-S-0 5S jz; -5 v<| fn fn o oo W P © O £ P © .. •- OiStMfd En S Vs 4J -*. +J -&> +J " © V © © © © H b a a b a b d *> *b 8 ^ 'S _' 2 i-rsi||l||| J.IJ-S||ii.SaIfcJzi^-sJEHcHfMSHaioo PgSS H!zi3 *3 'B 'p 'H ^ ^ rf' 03 ' os' ^JrppBt-j*!-, m th i ^ i f- H £ a w -2 2 ^iLgS^P, „|ii7,35s=fSS-8S E/3 e 3 a a ¦§ i 1 - igooB & &¦& OHEHH B--B-B T B B aj oj a © ¦ i ~ o i' /BBB Three-and-a-quarter Three-ahd-a-half Three-and-tbree- quarters Four-and-a-quarferFour-and-a-half Four-and-thrCe-quar-A third [ters Two-thirds A fifth A sixth A seventh An eighth A tenth Months. January FebruaryMarch April May JuneJulyAugust September October NovemberDecember Sunday Days. Miirtikllu MurfivareMurhmukkaluNllbiklluNllkhvareNllkumukklluMuraralliondu MurarallieraduAidaralHonduA'rarallionduE'laralliondu Entaralliondu Hattaralliondu Tingalugalu. Pushyamlsa Chaitramlsa VaishlkhamlsaJeshtamlsaAshldhamlsa Shrlwanamlsa AshvijamlsaKlrtikamlsa MudumpltikaMiiduirnara MudummuppltikaNllugumpltikaNllugunnaraNllugummuppltikaMiidintl6wokaplluMudintlorendupallu Aidintlowokapllu ArintlowokaplluYedintlowokapllu Yenimidintl6woka- pUu Padintlowokapilu PushyamuMlghamu Chaitramu VaislkhamuJesbthamuAshldhamu Shrlvanamu BbldrapadamuAswayujamu Klrtikamu hiramu Dinagalu or Varagalu. Adityavlra Dinamulu. Adivlramu MiinrekllMiinrar'aiMunremukkllNllekll NllaraiNalemukkllMiinri loru blgam Miinri lirandu blgam Eindi loru plgam A'ri loru pagam Yezhu loru blgam Yetti loru blgam Patti loru blgam Mdsangal. JenavariPibarvariMlrchiYeppiralMeJunJulai Septembar Aktobar KavambarDisembar Ndlgal. Gnlyiru Sawl tin Sade tfn Pawne chlr Sawl chlr Side chlr Pawne pinch Ek tritiylhs Don tritiylhs Ek panchumlhsh Ek shashthamlhsh Ek saptamlhsh Ek ashtamlhsh Ek dashlhsh Mahinc. PaushMlghPhllgun ChaitrVaishlkhJyeshth. Ashldh Shrlwan BhldrapadAshwin Klrtik Mlrgashirsh Wdr. Raviwlr, Iditwlr Sawl trap Sldl tran Ponl chlr Sawl chlr Sldl chlr Ponlh pinch Ek tritiylnsh Be tritiylnsh Ek panchamlhsh. Ek sashtlhsh Ek saptamlhsh EkashtamlnshEk daslhsh Mahihnd. PoshMlgh or Mlhl Flgan Chaitr Vaishlkh or Vaislkh Jeth Ashld or Asld Shrlwan BhldarwoAshwan, or Asho, or Ashwin Klrtak or Kli-tik Mlgashar or Mli-ga-. shirsh Wdr. Bawiwlr or Aditwlr, [in writing'] ltaweu a bM ruu*r West (y^T-ft^ North Liyte^rej South StW*'r Spring SummerAutumn WinterAbyssAirAtom Ashes Bank of river. .udyBeach Bridge BubbleBurning Kanarese. S6mavlraMangalavlra Budhavlra Guruvlra ghukravlra Shanivlra Tellgu. Somavlramu Mangalawlramu Budhawlramu Brihaspativlramu Sukravlramu Sanivlramu Mhda or Purva Ttirpu Padava or Paschima Padamara Badaga or Uttara Uttaramu Tenka or Dakshina Dakshinamu Vasantarutu Grishmarutu Sharadrutu Varsharutu Vasantarutuvu Grishmarutuvu Saradrutuvu Varsharutuvu Pltlla Pltllamu Glli ' Aklsamu Aniivu Anuvu Budi Biidide Holedada or Naditira Yetiwoddu Sarave ' Aghltamu Eevu Bevu Setuve Vantena Nfrugulje Nirubugga XJrita ' Klltsadamu Tamil. Tingal SewlyBudanViylzham Velli Sani Kizhakku Merku Vadakku Terku Vasandakllam KodaikllamKarkllamPanikkllamPltllam AglyaveliAnuSlmbalAttangkaraiKudlkkadal Kadal6ramVlrlvadi NirkkumizhiYeridal Maratui. GujarAtJ. Somwlr Somwlr, [in writing'] Some Mahgalwlr Mahgalwar, [in writ ing"] Bhome Budhwlr Budhwlr, [in writ ing] Budhe Guruwlr, bribaspat- BrihaspatwlrorGuru- [wlr wlr, [in writing] Gareu Shukrwlr Shukarwar, [in writ ing^ Sukre Shaniwlr, mandwlr Shaniwlr, [in writ ing] Saneu Purv Pashchim TJttar _ Dakshin Purv, Dgaman Paschim, Athaman Uttar, Ottar Dakshan, Dakhkhan —CO00 Vasaht ritd Vasaht rith UnhlllJ grishm ritii Unllo, Hunllo Sharail ritd Sard ritu Hihwlll, hemaht ritli Shillo Doh, agldh jal Doh, Dahro, Pltll Hawl, vlyu Hawl, "Wlyu Parmlnh, kan Parmlnuh, Kan, Raj. Rlkh ' [chehtir Rlkh Nadftsl klhth, nadi- Nadino Klhtho or Tfr Akhlt Akhlt Samudr kinlrl Samudr kinlro Pul, blhdh Phi Budbudl Parpoto Jalne Balwuh Chalk Sime sunna Simasunnamu Simaichunnlmbu Khadii Channel Sanna klluve Klluva KUvly Khldi Clay Jfdfmannu Regatimannu Kaliman Cbikana mlti Cloud Moda Mabbu Megam Abhr, dhag Charcoal Iddali Boggu Kari Kolsl Cold Chali TsaG Kulir Thahdi, thahd Continent Khanda Khandamu Kandam Mahi dwip Darkness Kattale Chikati Iruttu Ahdher, ahdhakar, Deluge Jalapralaya JalapralayamuL6tu Jalappiralayam Jal pralay [kllokh Depth Ala Azham Ohdi Dew Manju Mantsu Pani Dahw Drop Bottu Bottu Tuli Thipkl, thehb Dust Diilu Duvva Tflsi_ Dhiil Earth "dyr^-k f triv™> Bhumi Bhumi Buroi Prithwi Earthquake jtvy^^ Bhfikampa Bhiikampamu Bilmi ya dirchi Bhiikamp Ebb-tide Aleya yilita Pltuvela Nirvattam Ot, ohoti Ferry Hole dltuva stala Yeru date tsbtu Turai _ Tar Flame Jwlle Manta Suvalai Jwlll Flash Jy6ti Merupu J6ti Tsamak, jhalak Fire Benki Mppu Neruppu Agnf, Ig Flood-tide Ubbale P6tuvela Nirettam Bharti Fog Manju Klviri Miidu pani Dhukeh Ford Tjade data bahudlda Revu Tannirilnadakunturai Utlr Fountain Chalume [stala Chelama Vuttu Haud, jharl Frost Hima Himamu Vurainda puni Him Fuel Saude Kattepullalu ViraguParukklngkal Sarpan, phlhtih Gravel Garusu Morumu Rehw, kahkar HaU Kallumale Vadigandlu Kalmazhai Gli-1 Heat TTshna or Shake Vedimi or yenda Siidu Garmi, ushnatl Highway Doddadlri Rljamlrgamu Plttai Mothl rasti Hillock Dibbe Dibba Kundru Tekadt Ice (no word) Mantsugadda Pani katyi Barph, thidzalelen Island Dwipa DM Tivu Bet, tipii [plni Chlk, Khadi Khldf, Samudrdhunf Chiknuh mahtoduh Wldal Koelo Tlhid, Tlhiduh Khand, Mahldwip Ahdhlrun Jal pralay Uhdli Jhlkal Chhlhto Dbul [Prithwi Mahtoduh, Jamin, Dharti kamp, Kam- plro, Bhti kamp, Dharni kamp Ot Tar [Jot Jhil, Baltun, Bhadko, Chamklro, Ajwilun Dewtl, Ag, Agni Bharti Dhuwar PirJharo Hihm [p^n Ihdhan, Baltan, Sar- Klkil, Rett Karlh Garmi [Mhoto rlhl Rljmlrg,Dhori rasto, Duhgri, Tekri Baraf, Thfjelun plnf Tlpu, Bet English. Inundation LakeLightning MarshMountainOceanPathPlainPondPromontory QuicksandRainRiver SandSeaShowerSmoke SnowSpark SootStone Stream Tempest Thunder Valley WaterWellWhirlpoolWhirlwind Wave. Kanarese. Telugu. Tamil. Pravlha Varada Vellam Maduvu Madugu Yen Minchu Merupu Minnal Kesarunela Bldavanela Saduppu nilam Be^ta Konda Malai Samudra Mahi samudramu Samuttiram Hldi Dlri Pldai Maidlna Bayalu Maidlnam Kola Gunta Kulam K6na Bhumyagramu Taraimunai Kallusubu Dongaisuka Tali Male Vina Mazhai Hole Yeru Aru TJsubu Isuka Manal Samudra Samudramu Kadal Male Sone Tura Perumazhai Hoge Poga Pugai (no word) Mantsu Vuraindamazhai Kidi MinuguruKaradupamu Tippori Kldige Ottadai Kallu Rlyi Kallu Pravlha or Orate Pravlhamu Nir6ttam Gilimale Galivlna Klttumazhai Gudugu Urumu Kumaral Kamari Kondalasandu Malaichandu Nfru Nillu Tannir Blvi Nuyyi Kinaru Sulinfru Sudi Nircbuzhi Suiiglli SudigUi Sushar k-ittu Ale Ala Alai Marathi. Pur ' Sarowar Plnthal dzigl Parvat, dohgar Slgar, samudr Mlrg, wit MaidlnTaleh Bhiishir Rutan, blrfk wUd Pius'NadiRett, wllii Samudr Gujarati. Rel, Pur Sarowar BijliAnjariParwat, duhgar Mahi samudr, slgar Rasto, wit, mlrg MedinTallwBhushir Garkijiy tewi reti Warslt Nadi Rett Dariyo, dario Warsitnuh jhlptim Dhhr Dhuhmido or Dhuh- wl^o Barph, him Baraf Thingli,thingi,thingi Cbangi, kijli Kljal, mas Dhohs, mes Dhohdi, dagad Patbtbar Odbi, jhari , Jharo Wldal, tuphin Tofan Gadgadit, megh garj- Gadgadlt, megh garj- ni ni nedln Khoreh, dari Oriih, duhgroni wach- chenuh medln, khihn Piui Plni, jll Vihir Kuwo Bhohwri, jala bhram Wamal Wawatal, tsakra wit Watoliyo wl Lahar, lit. Moje, darilni leher oo i >¦H bwO Kinship. AncestorsAunt BoyBrideBridegroom Brother - BachelorChildhood Children Cousin DaughterDower Dwarf Father Father-in-law Female Girl Grand-father Grand-motherHeirHusband Infant Inheritance Kinsman Nentuiana. Hiriyaru Bandhutwamu, Peddalu S6daratte or Dodda- Pinatalli or Menatta tiyi Munn6rgal Siriyatiyir (mother' i side), Attai (father' i side) Huduga _ Pillakiya Paiyan Madavanigitti Pendlikiituru Kaliyinappen Madavaniga Pendlikomlrudu Kaliylna Mlppillai. a,Sah6dara Sahodarudu Sagotaran Maduve illadava Bramhachiri Biramslri Bllya Bllyamu Kuzhandaiparuvam Makkalu Biddalu Kuzhandaikal Diyldi' Gnyiti Panglli Magalu Kuturu Magal Strfdhana O'li Sidaanam Gujja Maruguzzu Kullan Tande Tandri Tagappan Mlva Mima Mimanlr Hengusu Adudi Pen Hudugi Ajja Padutsu Tlta Sirupen Plttan f Ajji Awa Pitti Vlrasu Vlrasudarudu Patti yastan Ganda Penimiti Purushan Ktisu Shishuvu Sisu Dlya Diyamu Sudandiram Nentanu Bandhuvu Suttultin Sohirik, Sambandh. Purvaj i Klki (paternal), mlmi ; (wife of maternal uncle), It (pater nal), mlwashi Mulgi Nawari [war! War, nawaradev, na- Bhlii, bahdhu Kumar, brahmachiri, lagna na jhilell Bllakpan, porpan Miileh, lekreh Tsulat bhlii (son of paternal uncle), mi me bhlii, ite bhlii, miiis bhil Mulgi, lek, kannyi Ahdan, stri dhan Thehgni, khujl ma- Bip [nushya SisriStri, blyako minus Mulgi AdzlA^i Wlras Nawari, gharkari,pati Tinheh mul WirasiBbiuband Sagpan, Sambandh. Purwaj, wadiwa, wa- dilo, blpdldl K iki, mlmi, mlsi, kui Cbhokro Kanyl, wahu War riji BhiiKuhmlro, kuhwlro Bilpan § Chhokrlh [bhii £ Pitrii, molli, kuili V palluh w Dikri g Stri dhan, padluh, g Wlmanji, thihgnun M Bip, pit! [manas p Sasaro [nas Stri, biyadi, blf ml- Chhoki-iDido, bapiwo, ma- mlwo, Ijo Dldf, bapii, mamif, Wlras [iji War, pati, dhim, mlhti Dhiwanuh chhokaruh Wiraso Kutuiiibi, gotr! g Englisu. MaleManManhood MarriageMother Mother-in-lawMortalNephew NieceNurse Old Age Old Man Old Woman Orphan Posterity SisterSonStep-motherTwins„ , (Elder Uncle { Younger WidowWife Woman Young Man Kanarese. GanduManushyanuKaumiradesheMaduveTlyi AtteAnityanuAnnanamaga or Soda ¦ raliya Annanamagalu or DiyiMuppu Mudukanu MudukiTandetlyi illada mogu SantatiSahodari Maganu MalatiyiAvaliDoddappa \ Chikkappa J Vitantu HendatiStri or Hengusu Hareyadavanu Telugu. MogadiMogaviduManushyatwamu PendliTalli AttaManushyudu ¦ Annakomlrudu or menalludu Annakuturu or mena- godalu Didi'Musahtanamu Musalivldu MusalidiTalidandri ieni bidda SantuSah6dariKoduku MirutalliAmadalu Pinatandri or mena mlma Vitanturilu PendlimuAdudi Chinnavldu Tamil. An ManushanPurushaparuvam Kaliylnam TlyMlmiylrNaranVudan pirandlr ku- mlran ¦ Vudln pirandlr ku- mlxti TldiMudumaip paruvam KizhavanKizhavi Tly Tagappanatta pillai Vamisa param parai Magan Mittin tly Irattaip pillai Sittappan (father'! side), Amman (mo ther's side) VidavaiPensldi Stiri Viliban GujARATf. Pm-ush ManasManasli LagnMi, mlti, mito shrl Slsu Mrityu tulya Bhatrijo, bhlhnjo Bhatriji, bhihnji, bhlneji Dhiw' Ghadpan, wridhiws- Doso [thi DosiWagay ml blpnu, na bipuh na miyuh or na mlelun chhokruh Wahsh, santati BehenDikro Slwaki ml Bheliya, bhel Klko, mlmo, mlso, kuo Widhwi, rind Widhwl, rlhdirahd Biyako, stri ' Bliri, wahu, dhani- ylhni, blyadi Stri, biyako mlniis Stri, bii mannas Taranl manushya, Jawin,juwlnmlhnas jawin manushya Marathi. Purush Manushya, mlniis Mlnuspan, praudh- Lagn, wiwlh [pani At, mlti, mito shri Sasii Martya, maranidhin Putanyi (brother's son), bhichl (sis ter's son) Putani, bhlchi, dhudi pan DU Mhltlrpan, vridhdh- Mhltirl, vridhdhma- nushya Mhitlri Porkl Wahsh, santati BahinMulgi, putr, lek Slvatr li Julfh Klki, mlmi 3 aS Youth Parts of the Body. AnkleArmBackBack-boneBileBloodBeardBodyBoneBrain BreastBreath CheekChin Ear ElbowEyeEye-brow Eye-lash Face rrt-ci /cot- Fat Finger Lo 1 -I Fist <* Flesh Foot KtorCtrjho^tx Forehead GlandGum HairHandHead k&jjh&ct* Heart Avayavagalu. Avayavamulu Girige Chilamanda Rette Bhujamu Bennu Vipu Bennelubu Vennemuka Pitta Paityamu Rakta Netturu Gadda Dldi Mai Shariramu Elubu Yemuka Medhe Medadu Ede Rommu IJsuru l/piri GaUa Davada Davade Gaddamu Kivi Chevi Monakai M6cheyyi Kannu Kannu Hubbu Kanuboma ReppekiidaluMukha ReppaventrukaluMukhamu Kobbu Kowu Bettu Velu Mushti PidikUi Mlmsa Mlhsamu Plda Pldamu Hane Nosalu Gantalmani Kaniti Vasadi Iguru Kiidalu Ventrukalu Kai Cheyyi Tale Tala Hrudaya Gunde Vilibam Kanuk kil PujamMuduguMudugelumbuPittamIrattam Tidi VudalYelumbuMtilaiMlipuMflchuKannam M6vlyk kattai KiduMuzhangaiKinPuravam KanmayirMukamKozhuppuViralMus^ Sadai Pidam NettiVisainarambu Iru Mayir KaiTalai Irudayam Jwinf, tirunya Juwlni, joban Sharirdche blidg. Sliarirnd awayav. Ghoti Bihu, bhuj PithKani, pithitsi klhtl PittRakt Dlrhi Sharfr, Ing HidMehdiiChhiti, ur Dam, shwis GilHanawatiKinKoparDoll, netr BhihwaiPipanftsi kesh Chehrl Lathth, tsarbi BotMiithMis' Ply Kapll Pihd, mlhs grahtbi Hiradi Kesh' HitDokehHrid, hridya Ghuhti Bihu, bhuj, plhkha- Wihso, pith [dun Wihsani wachchenuh Pitt [hidkun Lohi, rakt Dihidi Sharir, dil Hidkun BhejuhChhitiDam, swls Gil Hldpachi Kin, karn Kopriyuh, kohhonni Ahkh, netr [wun Ahkhnuh topun, bha- Ahkhni pihpen or Chehero [pimpan Jldo (adj.), charbi Angli [(subs.) Muth, dhihk MlhsPag Kapll, lellt Pihd, mlsgrahthf Awalii [wlla, kes Nimili, bll, wii, mo- IlitbMitliuh Hrid, haiyui'i, dfl 504 VOCABTJIAEIES. — PAETS OF THE BODY. 2 a -B 5 6op -> -a _© Oa5S HhsHs ,a 60 .^ £ -iJ- -a" 3 2 1 *-! r^ TO TO p TO iS." ^idrfl 03 TO 4J-"» »a © -b »a a 3 3 BJ. © 3. . ^¦2f. -a i -.p 5 ™ 53 « •>-• .a ^_a ^ - -_p«^3r « p rs S vCti ¦ o3 OJ «J ij5 J2 i* TO'fdvTO'^ MliKlSS^USH^ iffl *p iffl *p 33 J3._a -9 P £/§ -S fe -S -P a- top g •||§ 5-f|;§|^;| SsBM 3 ,'a & a rP r*3 -B 3 3 -a i3 2 s £3 *5« HMi a ,« C.B.B ¦a P"g ,d af„ os — ^ -a- . . .r-. -H -a. -S-L-a -n; to '. -a ©•P a a J 32 3'©"Sr3-3" ¦a tT P Pj EG ,_, a an-B 3 -3 JB B. a r9 « .a ^ t-, -3 -§, €p^' ¦& «S_-*-9 -a 2 .§ j^g 3 'g 3 "^ :,V - 13 1 9 i\§;g.£ ' s s ,g;g; MS: | r3 ¦§' S,| 3 -a .a .© .a .os a is 0 o o P3|xoMWWEh "a- a '3 P 3 P a „, © 3 M „ ,2. 3 "3 .3.2 -1 P . a3'S£5 s. .3 ^g-S" I'3pHfeg|sptl<1o.|.gB011lrB'©S"SS»©B Igllli *f"S,l' \!2 55^,5,5 © .=r.s o p ,3 .a ,3 ,™ © o c3 P 5-5 a g on 02 02 00 oq H En H -Eh H Toe Tongue Tooth Waist _ WindpipeWrist Vein Diseases. Ague Bald BeautyBlindBruise Cholera ColdCoughConsumption Deaf Death DigestionDream Drowsiness Dumb Fainting FeverFractureGout HungerIndigestionInflammationJaundice Lame Madness KlluberaluNlligeHalluTonkaKanthavllaManikattuRaktanara Rogagalu. Chali jwara B61u Cbeluvike KuruduVintibhediNagadiKemmuKshayaroga KivuduSlvuJirnaKanasu ThkadikeMiiguMurcheJwaraMuruku Vita bidita HashivuAjirnaDriKim ale Kuntu Huchchutana KUivfluNUukaPallu MolaGontupikaManikattuNettuti naramu Vyddhulu. Chali jwaramu BodiAndamu Guddi D6gudu MaradiPadisemuDagguKskayarogamu Cbevudu Tsivu JirnamuKalaNidramabbuMiigaMiirchhaJwaramu Bitika Vitar6gamu Akali AjirtiMantaKimerlu "Kuuti Verri Kilvii-al NikuPal IduppuKuralvulai Kanukai Iratta narambu Kulirk kiychal Mottai talai KuruduVuriytal Vlndi bedi Saluppu IrumalKshayam Sevudu Slvu'Siranai Kanavu VurakkamViimaiMurchaiSuram Vedippu Silai Pasi Asiranam Yerivandam Kimilai MudamPaittiyam Piylcheh hot Jibh DintKamar, kati Naradeh MangatShir Rog. Aiitaryl tip Talckal [pan! Sauiidarya, sundar- A'hdhli Thetsneh [wlkhi Dzari mari, patki, Hiiiw, thahdi, sardi KhokllKsbay BahiriMrityu, maran Jirne, plchan SwapnGuhgi, susti Mukl MurchchhlTip Asthi bhang Wlta roga Bhuk, kshudhi Apacban, ajfrn Rakta dosha KiwilLungTi Wed,'khul Pagnuh ihgluh JibhDintKed Galini nali, nardi Pohhocho, klhdun Shuri, nes Rog. Tihldiyo tiw Til Swarup, run Ahdhlo [rawawuh Chhuhdiwuh, kach- Aghok, wlkho, kogli- Sardi [yuh Khls, kohso Kshay, khai BeheroMot, maran Picban, jarwuh Swapn, samanuh, sap- Ghen, sustf [nun Guhgo, mungo Murcbhl, behohs Tiw, jwar Hasti bbahg, hidkun bbige chhe te NajloBlnikh, kshudi Ajirn, apacho Labi wikir KamaloLmigdo Gaiidapamih o Ul English. Kanarese. Telugu. Tamil. MARATHf. Measles Dadlra Tattammaviru Seruvaisiiri Gowar Numbness Timaru Timmiri Timir Mehrf, sunpanl Ophthalmia Karmunovu Kandla kalaka Kannoy Dole yene Pain Bene Noppi Novu Shfil, kai, tidik Rash Isabu Cheldi Kappln Ghimolyi Rheumatism Vltaroga Vlyuvu Viyvu Sandhi wlyu Sickness Vyidhi Vyidhi Viyldi Dukbne, malmal Sleep tldor Nidde Nidra Nittirai Nfj, nidrl Smallpox Shidubu Masuehikamu Vaisurf Devi Spasm Shelevu Tdpu Kurandavali Goli, petkl, val Sore Hunnu Pundu Pun Khat, kshat Squint-eyed Meratugannulla Mellakannugala O'rak kannulla Tirpl, tsaknl Stammering Natti' Netti Tettuvly ' Totareh bolne Swelling Bivu Wipu Vikkam Suj Symptoms Thirst R6galakshanagalu Lakshanamulu Kurigal Chinh, lakshan Blylrike Dlhamu Tlgam Tlhin Voice Swara Kanthadhwani Tonf Swar, iwij Watching Echcherike Nidrapattaka p6va damu ¦¦ Thkam pidiylmai Plhiri kai-ne, jiga> ran Weakness Nistrlne Balahinata Turp palam Ashaktatl Wound Ghiya' Glyamu Klyam Ghly, dzakhm Wrinkle Madatebidda Mndata. Tiraivu Surakuti, chiramyl Quadrupeds. Chalushpdda jantu- galu. Ghatushpdjjantuvulu. Chatushpad. Alligator Mosale Mosali Mudalai Magar, susar Animal Jantu Jantuvu Jentu Jiw, prini, janlwar Antelope Chigari Jinka Min Haran, mrig Ass Katte Gldide Kazhudai Gidhav Bat Kunnu kapiti Gabbilamu Turunjil Wl'gul Gujarati. Gowruh Behermlri jawun, ka- kadii jawuh Ahkh dukhwl iwawi Shul, tadak, bhill AIM Sandhi wlyu Mahdwli, jiw chuh thly chhe te, chuh- tbido Uhdh, nidrl Sell, sitli, devi Tihn, want, Ihkdi, khehch [wldo Chldu, ojhdo, ogh Undhi pultino Bobduh or totaduh Sojo [bolwuh Chinh, lakshan Taras Swar, iwlj Pohoro bharwo, jlg- wuh, (protecting) rlkhwuh Nabalii Ghl, jakhm [luh Kachli,karchli, kach- Chopagdn jandwar. Magar, suswlt Janawar, jiw, prlni HaranGadheduh Wigluh o 02 Bear Karadi Yeluggoddu Beast Miuga Mrigamu Boar Kidhandi Mogapandi Brute Mruga Mrigamu, goddu Buck Buffalo fc W"* Ganduhulle Emme MogaduppiGede Bull Vrishabha Yeddu Calf Karu Duda Camel Ohte Lotipita Chameleon Hahtegudda Tonda' Cat Bekk'u Pilli' Cattle Danagalu Pashuvulu Colt Gandu kuduremari Gurrapu pilla Cow Akalu Avu Deer Hulle Jinka Doe Irri Adajinka Dog Niyi Kiikka Elephant Ane Yenugu Elk Kadavi Kanuju Ermine (no word) Tellani adavi pilli Ewe Henguri Pentimeka - penti- [temari gorre Foal Kudureinari or Kat - Gurrapu pilla Flock Hindu Manda Fox Chendike nari Guntanakka Frog Kappe Kappa Goat Adu Meka Hare Mola Chevula potu Horse Ku-d-tt Kudure Gurramu Hound Bete nlyi Vetakukka Hyena Kattekiraba Gorabotu Jackal Kappalu nari Nakka Kid Adumar Meka pilla Lamb Kurimari Gorre pilla Leopard Sbivahge Chirutapuli Karadi Ashwal, bhllii Ricbh Mirukam Shwipad, pashu Pashii Kiittupanri Ran dukar Suhar, rlni dukar Mirugam Haiwin, pashu Hewln Kalaimin Kilwit Harno Yerumai Mhais' Bhehs, pldo Rizhabam Pol, sand Godho, slid Kanruk kutti Winsruh Wichhardui Otta gam Unt Unt Pachonln Saradi Sarado Phnai Mahjir Bilidi Adu mldukal Guriih Dhor Kudiraik kutti Shihgarun Wachheruh Pasu Gly Gly, gai Min Haran Haran Penman Harni Harani Niy Kutrl, shwln Kutro Yinai Hatti, gaj Hlthi Kldamln Simbar Sibar (wo word) Sihjyib, klkum Sinjyib, kakumii Pennldu Mehdhi Mehdhi, gheti Kutti Shihgarun Wachberuri Mandai Kalap Tolun Kullanari Khonkad, kohkad Koiho Tavalai Bedlik Derko Velli'du Bokad Bakruh Musal Sasl Saso, saslo Kudirai Ghodi, wiru Ghodo Vettai nly Paradbitsi kutrl Shikari kutro Kazhudaip puli Taras Dipdun Nari Kolhi Shiyil Velllttuk kutti Karadun Bakrinuh bachchun Attuk kutti Kohkrhh Ghetinuh bachchun Siruttai Chittl Chitto o o tddf p- bIt Wb O-a 508 YOCABTJLABIES. — QT/ADET/PEDS — 3IEDS. ¦p°II-| r±4 |JP «rf f-« Cj TO 1 ' r-t oa J9 " J5 J9 «r .-a jB s 3 3 g' a ^* 3 .a .a. 2P<0 a „ n >a A *<5 a £ 2 -vTO PMMPnPPpqPoacogOOooSMPp 3;a 02 1^ a « a^ ^ S>P3^ I -3|'2 s^s-c-S.-s S E 1 gjg. °-3 a 6-M 1to B 'p- 3 -j 6o^= -b e © > -£ - p -p a-p:: a. a .- K ^ ^ t,..M 'B- °3^^-^U iiS-&§5-§s?l SB-'S-gl' ! Ph S W 02 M M Hoi5Bmp;>-M^.e>pp^H ! 13 - M S3 6o «j- :-.r.-i © a fflPn a B a"-3 ¦S-5*-a^3 P 3 £ g, MPhMMPh^P^P ri* R £ TO ^|a Mil! 11^ J I fh'S'SA If Iflslll -S & 'j3 ¦ :. B © •§ 60-S. 60 « g 43 6o £ a. -a a •° p " -fa a a ra ti 1 a © ^ ' 03 J 03 ""a J '« T3^ „ i co 03 C3 .g 03 53 8«.B fe^y "¦ ni a i &d o C; tj P H r-i M 03 ^i W Ti ? l-< I— ( W >r-J QJ ^_( ;• g 5 o^ 3 -S M p bJ:j-'n S-^'S^ 2 a sb o -b-Ji^i-jujklj-*^ M TO .^ O TO TO TO rP ea J3 rj^-HKi. ^HHSHSOOP^PiPlPlPHp1Pl02a!02EHp -3Ph ¦ijrf B ^ ©^43 1 •a © a o fc 2 6oii Florican FowlGame Goose Hawk Hen Heron Hoopoe Jungle Fowl Kite Nightingale Ostrich Owl ParrotPartridgePeacockPeahenPheasant Pigeon QuailSparrow Spur-fowl Wagtail Fishes. BombeloCrab Eel Hilsa Mahasir Mango-fish Oyster Pomfret Porpoise (no word) K61i BetegaluBltu Dege Pette Heggokkare Konde hakki Adavik61iHaddu (no word) (no word) Gube Gini Kaujuga NaviluHennu navilu {no word) Plrivlla LlvugeGubbi Klduk6Ii Kumbira gubbi Klmiledipitta Pakshi Veta mrigamu Peddabitu {no word) NalliHlvuminu no word) no word) [no word) Chippuminu {no word) Kai minu Petta Kohga Kiikuduguwa Adavikodi Gadda !no word) no word) GudlagUba Chiluka KauhzupittaNemaliPentinemali Pedda nela nemali Pavuramu Kolankipitta I/rapitsuka Chimatakodi Dlsaripitta {no word) PitaPlmu chepa !no word) no word) Yerra miga chepalu Gulla chepa Tsanduviyi chepa {no word) Varagu k6zhi K6zhi Vettaip paravai Periya vlttu Dekai Pettai KuruguKuk kuruvana Klttuk kozhi Parundu • Sag6rap patchi Tikkuruvi Andai Kilip pillai Kavdiri Mayil Penmayil Kittu cheval PurlKldaiViirk kuruvi Mullang k6zhi Vilittuk kuruvi Machangal. Karuvidu Nandu Villngu {no word) (no word) (no word) Matti Vawil min Kadar panri (no word) KombadehPiradb, shiklr Hans Bahiri sasinl Koiubadi i Hud'hudRin kombadeh Ghlr BulbiilSbihl mrig Ghubad ' PopatTitar, kawadi Mor LlhdorKukkut kombadi, kukkut kumbbi Kabutar Llwl Chimani, chidi Rln kombadi Khahjan, khanjrit Mdse. Bobil Khehkadeh NiwataHilsl' MahlsirTapshiKllav Gidi (no word) Marghlh, kukdln" Shiklr Hans Bij, shakro Marghi Baglo HudhudRini kukdo Samdi BulbulShihimrigGhuwed PopatTitar' Mor Dhel Kakkut kumbdo Khabutar LlwriChaUi Rini kukdo Dhobi chario, mamol6 Mdchhldn. BobfloKarchalo Bim, lewato Hilsl Mahlsir Tapshi Kilu Chhamanun Dariii dukar, gldo ip el o to 510 TOCABTJLAE1ES. FISHEC INSECTS. 3 ._, OP *a "i as ~*_p to ^|=^3.-aa 3 OTO O 3 w'ri TO £/3 S' 2 2 3 ^ -a a •~ « 60-a ^pis^-g a ©\2.P, MM :n TO 'O' as bo^a- to o Jg.s oa a- : e *a Ej P o -b _ -a p, a .03 g r-- P O*© -M &' o ^_, 3'r° 0'33r°S © © »a .°? S -P ^. Eh )-» -< W H-p Ph C5 02 M 1§ O IfS-B. g ja 5,3 a s a Ja3^3.a© E-1 fe-3 2-S s,a a> § © S ^ S -a .3 •£-02 M E*S H Eh § P - ,n 2 360 3 a sipM 'P. a -o S-^2 bo i-S iplff 5»bb2 s m' p & os 5 "H- S^-S a h^.§^ O Eh m fc 02 M « SC S uTP S h? Ph Ph p< pi. o H IT? I tq a- © — . • g-5 ¦4 p ¦31, 1 3-b • s 6o =, o b 6 a p "§ 60-a •§ j* 0 -p g"-g •s-.s-'S- p •fr'S ;_o ooa,H *to as rH riis||.||.©|.g. TO "a' jp a S^a op^mW 3 a © ¦5n ^ a ©i-3 i*-,— 1 -B a tp.-p © © t» ¦3 ISiirM"? 1| 6ot3 a a "3 S s-,— VOCABtTLAEIES. INSECTS PEECIOTJS STONES, ETC. 511 a ¦a- 3 •fj-B. a .a §•1 £ MPP art - s g-a -"3il•S © ¦55.^2 60 j'pH3- TO Ph W co .-Si «i 93: a J--.S I 1 Ja a'- v-< a ja -™ -s || jl^io ro m 'a 9 •* ^ « ^ _h es -^ ^ l2 *« ra S o TO fe ^« ^a o '-^^ .,— 03 ?3 a S ^ d ,_ M S J< 3 -a *P ¦a- a •B B a hPPh Sp .p a a, ^ . ©

-po2!z;P4PfH02PH .£.>- 02 Pi 02 P p M P 'a 1 1. 1 — i a 3 ai a . a a a 3 3 3,3 603-3 -g : ^^ 3 *o 3 -a .2 >CM 02 p M Eh H 'B--5. a aa p ajs:"^ bos d.a^ 6O60& &-.t3i3 © era t§ 3 ciosf Jr. 5 a 3 3 ja 3 3 m>-oq.P5.PMPhOPOPhm fgg.jaa 3 § .3 a » ,p ja -q a ^-s.p3>-02 02OPCS i 1MO CQ £{M .JJ.h'S «.SrP h cs-aUa: top to xi & . =5 ^5 n3\rf ra •¦ (> JZ5 fm © o tf M O J> 02 c I ¦a .a a o OP 1 IS W, ffl S ¦- a p. (h - ¦ 3 P JS © 1-3^3 S.3flS«iiSftsa«?S-a'So-'f SSS!».a.3 •H^^WOOOOOflflShOHbHiHHliHSHaS I 3 a English. QuicksilverRuby SapphireSilver , • t*+>fc- Steel Sulphur TalcTin !•.»,*.< Touchstone Turquoise Apparel. Boot Bracelets BrocadeButtonCap ChainCloakClothingCoatCotton k^r-^ DrawersEar-ringsEmbroideryFanGirdleGloveGownHandkerchief Kanarese. Pidarasa Kerhpu Nila BelliUk'kuGandhakaAbhrakaTagara Pushyariga Ore kallu Nilada kaUu Vdupu. Sarige butti pattu GundiKulliyi Doddacbatte Chatte AUe Challana HattakadukuNirlji BisanigeDatti usanige NiluvangiKaivastra Telugu. PldarasamuKempuNilamuVendiUkkiiGandhakamuAbhrakamuTagaramu Pushyarigamu AVoragallu Firqjirlyi Dustulu. MojiKadiyamulu Atarash GundiKull'lyiGolusuKuhcheBattaluK6t'uDudi Shariyi TammetluButtapaniVisanakarra NadikattuCheyijoduNiluvutangiRumilu Rasam Kembu NflamVelliYegu Tamil. Marath£. PirlMlnfk, 111 Shani, nil Rupeh Tikheh Gahdhak Abarekku Abhrak Tagaram Kathil Pushparlgam Pushkarij Vurai kai Kasoti Nila rattinak kai Phirojl Poshdk. Bute j'6du Bfit Kudagam Chudl, kar bhflshan Sittirap pattidai Kinkhlb Pottln Gundi, buhtiw Kulll Topi Sangili Slnkhli [dagll Porvai chattai Ghohgadi, mothi [nen Vuduppu Wastren, pahgharu- Nedunjattai Dagleh, Ihgarakhl Panju Klpus Nisir Ijir, piyjlmi Mattik klg Bali Puttaiyal Kashidl Visiri Pahkhl, vijhani Araik kattu Kamar, kamarbahd Kaimer sodu Hit moji Gavun Gaun,dzhaga,peshwij Kaik kuttai Rumil Gujarati. Plro Mlhnek, 111 Shani, nilam Rupu, chlhdi Tikhuh, khaduh,polld Gahdhak AbarakKalhai Pushkrlj, pokhrij Kasoti Piroje Poshdk. But [dun, kalli Pohhonchi, chudi, ka- KmkhibBorlyuhTopi Slhkli, sihkal Ghughadi, ' mhoto daglo LugdahjWastr Ahgrakbo, daglo RuIjir, lehgo, piyjimo Chokdlh, kuhdal, kadi, wiUyuh Resamuh, or jarinuh bharat, chikan Pahkho, wihjhno Kamarbahdh [tanl Hithmui mojuh, das- Gawan, j Ihm o, jhago, Rumil [peshwijh Linen LiningLoop NecklaceNeedlePocketPinRibbonRingScamShirtShoeSilk A iCfcr-fr, Skirt • SleeveStocking ThimbleThread Turban Veil Velvet'Woollen Food. Asparagus Appetite Barley BoiledBeefBean Bread tabu BreakfastBrinjalBottleBrocoli BatteAstaruKunikeKanthasara Suji' JebuGundusujiNaviraDhgura Dunduholige Chikka soge J&duPattu Sharagu Sogetolu Mejodu Angustin DlraPigi Musuku MukamalTupataddu Ahdra. (no word) Hasivu JavegodiKudisbiddu HiremimsaChapparadavareRottiBelaggina uta: Badane klyi Sbise{tio word) NiilubattaAstiri Utsu Kanthasari Siidi Jebu Gundushdi Nidi Chgaramu Nadimikuttu Chinna tsokkl MuchchePattuKohguTsokkl cheyyi Mej6duAngustinuDiramu Pagi MusukuMobamaluBanitu Ahdramu. {no word) Akali Birlibiyyamu Wandina Pedda miriisamu Chikkudugiya RotteTsaddi Vankiya Bucldi {no word) Narchilai Vullurait tuni KanniKan dasaram Vusi SikkuKundusiRibinModiramTaiyalKamisu S6du Pattu Mun tlnai Sattaik kai Kil mej6du AngustinNul_Talaip pigai Muk kidu Mugamal pattu KambiliAsparegas Pasi Vir k6dumai VevittaMittirachi Pihsu RottiTeme'sai Katturik kiy PuttiBrocoli Tlglchcn klpad Sennun kapduh A star Astar . ; Bii-iiden, phlsi Flnso, fansto, galiyun Mil, h!r, gala pati Kahthi, hlr, eop,mili Sui, su Soy ' Khisi Gajwuh, khissuh Tintsni Tlnk, tlhkni Reshmi pbit ResamS fit $ Ahgathf,mudrl,mudi "Winti Sbiwan, dun Siwan 0 Khamis Khamis Jodi, piypos, motsi Jodo, pagrakhuh IH Reshim Resam 5 Gher, ghol Gher M Blhi, astani Blhhe Oi Plymodzl Pagnun mojuh ) Angustin Ahgusthni, ahgothi, ahgothadi p- Sut, dori Doro w Plgoteh, muhdlseh Plgdi [ghumto H Burkhi, ghuhgat,orh - Burkho, ghuhgat, | Makhmal ' [ni Makhm'aT «^ a7. ' "'I £ i.a a p © Eg H a 3 i- M fi'-o.-B S 3 § o'J gpqMM£«Mg£i gp J 1 3-3 3 S .& 3 vs* WsWBO © _a •WO- a .a-a is B-S lll^j. 8'S ©3 ^S-SSWfcH I s ,p ^a 03 "d a r 3 ,o a "^ ¦ it E P3 3 .a o g 3 a © JJ .g-c pp si g.^s Ph P* ^ Ph O S 2 ,5,2 I =©523-9 3 s gv. Pickle PepperPlate RoastRice SaltSauce, Spoon StewedSugar Supper Sweetmeats Tablecloth TrayVeal Vinegar Wheat Wine Souse, Furniture, ArchBag Basket BarberBearer Bath Bed-room BeamBench Uppina klyi Menasu Pihglni SuttaAkk'iUppu ChatniSautu Besida Sakkare Ritri hta MithayigaluMejebatteTlmblla'Karuvina mlmsa Kldi G6di Drlkshimadya Mane muttugalu Muntdddu, KaminuChilaGude Kshaurakanu HoruvavanuBachchalu mane Malaguva k6ne Tole Kllu mane ITrugiya MiriyliuTatta Vurugiy MilaguPihgln Sega dzupina vastuvu Annamu Uppu Vyanjanamu Garite [mu Vetsachesina ihira- TsakkeraRltribhojanamu MithlyiMeji duppati Tatta Duda mamsamu Kldi G&dhumalu Drlksha-sirlyi Illu s-dmdnulu , modalayinavi. Kaminu G&timu Gampa Mangalavldu B6yiSnlnamu Anal kittinadu Soru Vuppu Kuzhambu KarandiSunda vaitta Saruk karai Irip p6sanam Mittly Mesai duppatti Tir6 KanriraichiKldiKodumaiDirlksha slriyam ValaivuPai KhdaiAmbattan B6vi Snina totti Loncheh Klleh miri Rupylcheh slmln, blsan,bashi BhijneTliidu!, bhit Mith, ion, lavan Sis'ChamchiMind agnitsi pik Sikar Ritricheh bhojan MithiiDastar khin Tabak"Wlhsrlcbi slguti Shirkl Gahhh Drikshlchi dlrli Ghar, ghardntalen sdmdn. waaaire. Padakatillu DdlamuBalla pita Padukai arai Vuttiram Visuppalakai sumun, wagaire. Kamln, mehrlb Pishwf, thaili Topli, plti Hajim, nbiwi Annlrl; (of pilki) bhoi Hamlm, nhlni [rang mahil Nidzlwylchi kholi, Bii, bahil, tulai Bihk AthlhnunMari (silver) Ruperi Bin- man ; (a plate) ri- kibi, thili Sekwuh, bhhjwuh Bhlt, cbokhi Mithlih, lhhn Sis' Chamcho [rindhelu Dhime dhime tipe Khihd [nun bhojan Wiluh, sandhyl kll- MithiiDastarkhln Tabak, khumcbo Wichhardinnun Sarko [mlhs GhahuhDarikhno diru Ghar ane gharno sdnman ityddi. Kamln, meherib Kothli, theli, witwo Topli, toplo [glhjho Hajlm, wilahd, Bhoi, ahnnlr, llwnlr Nlhlwini or snan- karwlni jlgi, nin- hlhni, hamlm Suwlno ordo Pehed Bank English. Bell . BedsteadBeddingBlanketBoxBoardBolt Brick Bucket Building CandleCarriageCarpetCasket Cellar Chink ChamberChimneyChair fc un u. fcri.*i. ChestCistern CookCornerCounting-house CombCoverCoverlet CupCupolaCradleCurtains Kanarese. Gante Maucha Kambali Pettige HaligeAgaliIttige Bini Kattada Menada bitti BahdiRatnakambaliBaraniNelamilige Shilu KothadiHoge gudil KurchiDodda pettige Totti AdigeyavanuMhle Daftara khlni Bichanige MuchchalaHoddikeBatlu Kalasa TotluTeregalu Telugu. Ghanta MantsamuParupuGongadi Pette or dabbi Palaka Gadiya Itikerlyi Nillu tode pltra KattadamuVatti ' BandiRatna kambali Samputamu NelamiligaBitika Gadi . PogaguduKm-chfBoshinamuNillatotti Vantavidu Mfila KothiDuwenaGavisena or muta Palahgu p6sbu Ginne G6rigummatamu Totla Domatera Tamil Mani KattilKattil mettai Marath£. GhohtKhit, palahg Bichhlni Simai kambili Burnlis, klmbli, dhl- bal Petti Peti,'dabi Palakai Phali, takhtl Tazhppil Khil, adkan Sengal Tt, wit Kaittbtti Pohryi, blladi Kattadam Imirat Mezhuku vartti Men batti Vandi Wihln, gldi Samukkilam Satrahji, gllitsi Simizh Dabbi Nilavarai Tal ghar Vedippa Phat, chir Arai Kholi Pugai kundu Dhurihdeh Narkali Khurchi Periya petti Peti, hadpl Nirtotti Tlnki, kund Samaiyar klran Atslri, swayampiki, babarchi Mfilai Kon, koprl Panachllai Pedhi Sippu Phani Midi Dzhihkan Duppatti Palahg posh, plsodi, Pylll [chldar Kinnam Stlbi mandapam Ghumat Tottil Pilni, dzboli Tirai chilai Pardi GujARATHf. Ghant [palangdi Khltlo, palahg, toliyo, Godduh, pathari, bichhlhnlin Kahmel, burnus, ' dhibli Peti, dibdi Pitiyun Agio, bili, atkan IhtDol, bildi ImiratMin batti Gldi, wihan Setrahji, setrahgi, Dlbdo [gllecho BhohehruhTad, fit, chir, chiro Ordo DhuhwldiyuhKhursbi Peti Tihki, kund, tlhkuh RasoiyoKhuhno Pehedi, dukln Klhski [puthuh Dhahknuh, padbiilun, Chldar ' ' Pyiluh Ghuhmat [jhoU Pllnuh, ghodiyuh, Pardl ' 3 Discharge Bidugadi Door /-' ¦¦ r Kada Drain Bacbchalu Expenses Vechchagalu Floor Nela Footman Kllilu Foundation Astibhlra Furniture Slminu Gardener Tltagira Groom Klstira Hall Padasile Handle Hidi Hire Kuli Hole Thru Jar Jldi Kettle Key t'i'i'K fOM'wt* {no word) Bigadakai Kitchen Adigeinane Laborer Kuliilu Lamp Dipa Library Postlkagala Lime Sunna Lock Biga Looking-glass Kannadi Mat Chlpe Oven Rotti ole Pilki Pliki Pillar Kambha Pillow Dimbu n, Porch Tala bigalu » Porter Kulivanu Plaster Gachchu Nikki vidudal KadavuSalad arai Selavu Tarai Velaik kiran Asti vlram Mesai nirkalikal T6tta kiran Kudirai kiran KiidamKai pidi KmiTulai SidiKopparai Slvi T6siveyadamu, or kl- Talupil [radamu Tumu KhartsuluNelaPanivlduPunidi Slminu Totavldu Gurra puvldu KhtlmuPidiAdde or khli Bokka Zidi Nillu kiehe pitra Tllapu chevi Vahtaillu [che vidu Pani chesukoni jivin- Velai yil [thala Dipamu Vilakku iduvas- Pustaka shlla ¦ Pu6taka sllai Sunnamu Sunnlmbu Bigamu Puttu Addamu Mugak kannidi Tsipa Ply Rottelu kalche poyyi Aduppu Pllaki Pallakku Guhdza Tun Dindu Talai yanai Mogasila P6rchu Khlivldu Sumai yedukiravan Gatsu ' Phchu RajiDarwidzi NalKhartsDzamin, bbui Pihytsl manushya, Piyl. [pyidi Simin, sarahjylm Mali Ghodewili, motiddir Diwln khinl Dasti, muth, dihdi Hel, bhireh Bhohk, bii BaraniKitli'Tsiwi, killi Swayampik ghar, ba- barchikhlna,mud-plk khinl Madziir Samai, diwl Pustakilaya, pustak Tsunl [khinl Tileh, kulfip Arsi, darpan AhthriBhattiPilki, myinl KhimbUshi, lod, takyl, girdi DewrhiHelkari Kaphlir, giliwl Birnuh, kamld Mori, nal Kharach Jamfn, bhoy Piydal, pyido Plyo Slman saranjlm Mali [wldlr Ghodawilo, char- Diwin khinuh Hitho, dasto, muth Bhiduh, hel, majuri Klhnuh, chhidr Barni Kitl'i Kunchi Rasoduh, rihdhni, rlhdhniyuh, ba- barchi khinuh Majur Diwo, sahmai Pustak khinuh Chuhno Tiluh, kll Darpan, arsi, takto, chltluh Sldri'Bhatbthi, tahdur Pilk'hi Thimbhluh, sthambh Takiyo, osfsuh, gll Dewdi [masuriyuu "Wahitaro, helkari Giliwo, kafllt Exolisii. PotRoof Scissors Servant SheetSlaveSnuffers Soot Stair Step StoreySweeper Table ikA* -< Tailor 6 TerraceTileTopTongsTorchTorch-bearer Wages a;.c^ WallWasherman Water-carrier Window WoodBitBridle Curry-combGirth Martingale Kanarese. Telugu. Tamil. Mauatiii GujAKATf. Oi Gadige Kuhda Tinai Bhiiideh Wasan i—»CO Sum Paipuri Km-ai Chhappar Chhlprun Kattari Kattera kola Kattari kol Kltar Kltar Sevakanu Naukaru Velai kiran Tsikar, sewak, dls Chikar Hachchada Duppati Duppatti Chldar, pisodl Chldar, pichhodi, (of o paper) tiw Gulima l/digapuviduorkhisa Adimai Gullm, dls Gulim, dis Kudikattari Dipapu kattera Vilakka kattari Diwyichi kltar Gul kltarni Abbhji Karadupamu Ottadai Mas [nisan Dhohs S6pina Mettu Marappadi Jini, shidi, didar , Didar, nisarni [yun !P Mettu Adugu Karpadi Piyri Pagthiyuh, binhlh- M Ahtastu Meda Mel mettai Majli, mill Mll, medo, majlo CO Gudisuvava Udchevldu Perukku kiraval Dzhlruwlii Jhidu karnlr '1 Meje Mejiballa Mesai Mej Mej' Chippiga Darjividu Taiyar kiran Slnmpi Darji, sui Mllige Tlrusu Talam Gachchi, iglshi Agisi Hehchu Pehku O'du Kaul, wit Naliyuh, irit " Tudi Midde or koua Merpuram Shehdi, shikhar Toch, shikhar Ikkala Patakiru Kuradu Chimtl Chipiyo ta Divatige Diviti Pandam Mashll, diwati Masil, klkdo ^ Mashilji Mashilji Masllji Diwatyi, mashilchi Masilchi i-: Sambala Ji'tamu Sambalam Rozmurl, paglr, mu - Pagar, majm-ini G6de G6da Suvar shihari Bhrt pais! Bhit, karho, diwil w Agasanu Tsikalavidu Vannin Dhobi, parit Dhobi li-ta Niru horuvava Nillu-techchevidu Tarmir k kiran Piuakyi Bhisti, pihni bharnlr orllwnar, panilri Hrn Kitiki Kitiki Janal Khidki, biri Biri y Kattige or mara Minu Maram Lakid Likduh w Kadivlla Kallepumukka Kadivllatti nirumbu Lagim Kadinf lagim HQ Lagimu Kallemu Kadivilam Lagim LagimKharelo Karlru Gorapamu Kurappam Kharlri Thadi Tanguvlru Tanguvlr Tnrig Tang Jer bai'idh Jerbandu Mukbapatta Martmgul Jei-barid SaddleSpur ' Spectacles Jinu Pallamu [mullu Jini Jin, khogir Jin, khogir MojemulluMukkahnadi Gurramunu podiche Kudimul Piyihche klnte Pagno klhto SubSchanamu Mukku k kannldi Chashmi, Irashi Chashmlh Stable Llya Tabell Liyam Tabell, ghodshill, Tabelo, ghodshill, or Stirrup Riklbu Ahke Angapadi plgl Piwadyl, rikebi plgl Plwduh, rikib A Garden. Tola. Tola. Tottam. Bdg. Wddi, bdg. Fruit Hannu Pahdu Pazham Phal Mewo, fal Husk Hottu Pott'u T61 SiT Chhoduh, chhilun < Kernel Bitta Pappu Parippu Gar, gir Gar [chuh oo Stone or Seed Kotte or Bija Tenka or vittu Kottai Bithi, bi, ihthi Gotlo, gotli, bi, bi- Almond Bidimi Bidlmu Vidumai k kottai Badlm Badim 3 Apple Elichihannu Shima regu pandu Simai ilandai p paz ham • Sheb, saphardal Sheb, safari al, safar- dal tHWB CQ Apricot {no word) (no word) (no word) Apricot pazham Dzhardilu Radllu Cherry {no word) Cherry pazham Chen' Cherf "l Betel nut Adike Vakka Pikku Suplri, phonbal Shoplri, fofal Cocoa nut Tenginalkiyi Kobbari kiya Tengiy [ham Niral Niriel, shri fal Citron Hirale klyi Dabba kiya Sitiphalamu Kodi midulam paz- • Id, mihlluhg Chakotari, chakotri w Custard -apple Sitiphala Sittip pazham Siti phal Anus, sitifal fa Date Kharjura Kharjura pandu Pericham pazham Khajiir, khirak Khirek, khajur f Fig Attihahnu Shima medi pandu Attip pazham Ahjir Ahjir 1 Grapes Chappara drlkshi Anguru pandlu Diritcha p pazham Driksheh Driksh, darikh fa Guava Sibihahnu Jima pandu Koyyip pazham Pert' Jhammkh a Lemon Nhhbe Nimma pandu Perelumicham paz Nimbu Limbu H Lime Gajanimbe Nimma pandu ham Yelumicham pazham Ambat nimbd Klgadi limbu Mango Mlvinahannu Mlmidi pandu Mim pazham Ambi Keri Mangostein {no word) {no word) Mangostein pazham Kokaihb Kokam Melon Karbuja Karabiiji pandu Mollm pazham Kharbrij, kllihgad Tarbuch, tarbuchun, khadbucb, kaling- Mulberry Hippale hahnu Kambali pandu Musuk kattaip paz. - Tutiii, ambor duh Setur Olive Ippe (no word) Olive param [ham Aliv Jalpii, jetun OxCO English. OrangePeach Pear Pine-apple y^oJ^-oA Plantain Plum Pomegranate QuinceRaisins Sugar-cane TamarindWalnut Kanarese. Kitlihanpu {no worif) {no word) Anisu Bile (no word) BUambi BedlniDrikshi hahnu Kahbu Hunishe Akrota BambfiBlackwood BoxwoodCoffee /Ci-nwk, FigtreeMallows MyrtlePineTamariskTeakVineAnise Beet-root CapsicumCaraway Cardamum Carrot BiduruKemmara ,Pettigemara /ci-Buhdu bija ' Suru AttimaraKhanguni Pannirugida Anisu (no word) Tegu Drikshi gida Soihpu {no word) (no word) K6visapalyaMenashina klyi (no word) E'lakkiPitakahda Telugu. Kichchili pandu (no word) (no word) Anlsa pandu Ariti pandu Driksha pandu Didiraa pandu (no word) [du Yendina driksha pan- ChemkuChinta pandu (no word) Chetht. VeduruNalla mlnu (no word) Klfi vittulu Chikati mlnu Shima meiii chettu Bella plkuchettu (no word) Devadlruvrikshamu (no word) Teku mlhu Driksha tiga S6pu (no word) (no word) K6sukura Mirapakiya (no word) Yelakulu Glzaragadda Tamil. Kichili p pazham Peach pazham Pear pazham Annisip pazham Vlzhaip pazham Plum pazham Madulam pazham Quince pazham Klynda mundirikai Karumbu [pazham Puliyam pazham Walnut kottai MungilKaruppu maram Punnai maram KippichediPungamaramAttimaram TattichediMyrtle maram Sadikkly maram (no word) Tekka maram Tirltcha kodi Sombu chedi AsparagusBeet-rootK6vik kirai Simai mulakiy S6mbu Yelak kiy Carrot Marathi. NirihgShaphtlM, pich NishpltiAnanasKelehAlii bukhlr, Imbes DilimbBedlniManuki Uhs Chinch Akhol, akhrod Dzhdden. Bimbu Sisav DevadlrBund Sarii [dzhir Ahjir, ahjirlcheh Shakarteti, dilpasaht Matll SaralTlmarisk SigDrikshltsl wel Shepu NigdaunIhghsh bit Kobf MirchiWary 111 Weldorl, welchi Gidzar Gujarati. Nlrangi SaftiluPerAnenis Keluh, keluh Alu bokhlr Didem BedlhniKili darlkh SeradiAhmli Akhrot o Drakslml well AnisiiNlgdon ChakundarKobi MarchuhWariyili Elchi Gljar Jhddo, wriksho. a\ Wans SisamDewadirBund Sarwu Ahiirnu jhld Gole-kheru, sakarteti, Matll [dilpasahd Shanobar Chiimi Chamomile Shivantige (no word) i Kotimira Slmandi Coriander Kottumbari biji Kottamalli Cresses Turuka sisive Adelukui-a Cress Anemone (no word) (no word) (no word) Jasmine Mallige Halle Jldimalli kai Lily (water) Naidale Tellakaluva Tlmarai Nosegay Huvinaturlyi Turlyi Puchendu Poppy P6stugida Gasagasl Kasa kasl Rose Gullbi ' Gullbi Roji Tulip-tree Basari (no word) (no word) Piivurasu Violet (no word) Violet pu Wreath Mile Danda Puniilai Bark Patte Baradu Marappattai Berry Klyi Kiya or pandu Sirukiy Blossom Moggu Mogga Phngottu Branch Kale Mahda Kilai Fibre Kusuma Nlra or iida Nlr Flower Huwu Puvvu Pfl Gum Mena Banka Pisiu Leaf Ele' Aku Ilai Plant Gida or sosi Chettu Nattu Root Beru Veru Kizhangu Trunk Buda M6du Adimaram Cucumber Saute klyi Dosa kiya Vellarik kiy Fennel S6pu Pedda jilakara Sadak uppi Flax Sanabu Dzanumu Sanal Garlic Bellulli [klyi Tellagadda Vellaip phndu Gourd Sore klyi or kumbala Pottigummadi kiya Suraik kly Hemp Niru Dzanapa nlra Sanambu IndigoIvy Nili Nilimandu Aviri (no word) TJllegedde (no word) Ivik kodi Leek (no word) Nila venklyam Lentil Alasahdi (no word) Payaru BabuniDhane HiUra, ihlihw Gulellll Jii Slisan, bhm' kamal TuriAphUcheh dzhlr Gullb Llli Mill, gajrl, weni Sal' Lihln phal Mohor Dihili, khihdi TahttiPhul 'Gohd, dik Pin RopiMul, pll Khod, kahd KihkdiShewapl, shepu Dzawas, tig LasunBhompll, dlhgar Tig, san Nil, kiliguli AiviKihdl Masfir BabhnlDhihnlh, Kothmir Hllem Gulllll Champeli, jii Kamal Fulno daro, or toro, or goto Khaskhasnuh or afin- Gulll [nun jhlr Llli, gulllll BanafsFulni mill or hlr ChhilDinidir fal Mohor, mor Dili, dlhkhlf Reshi, chbishthuh Ful, pusbp Guhdar Pitruh, pin Ropo, chhod, cbhodwo Mul, muliyuh, jad, jadiyuh Jhldnuh thad Klkadi Suwi, sul Sen Lasan Koholuh SenGailAshak pecho KihdoMasur, mashrni dil 10 522 TOCABULAEIES. VEGETABLES, HEEBS, GEAIN, ETC. 3* ^ -s s S e ~-s B § ^a ^ B . a _a -a .s j. .,— , p la ST ^ S -S J „ 3. -- ^-^a & o .— •£, ,P .a -3 a, ,g -a- 60 -9 .a, 2 -a P » P. © ;9 S "AS •a 3 3J a0 -a ^ t, - 6x^, © ¦© :g © _- •§" w ©- "--a- o a 1 1 | 3~i§ -a '-a sb§ >Las- . _, r-l ^ a Vn •a'2- © Ph S -b o a — -a 3'S a 4w8laau-JJif«! I*-. ill ' ¦a llal^lPllllf If " 1 J.l^^||^1|.|||-| 3 J^ ra S 03 rr - 1- -ii "S- ^ *? la I IS-J a'ft" e„ I 3§l-a&§<|^J,|3-g ^ .s^ &3-|-§-s.l|^ap1| £ < 3, a a -p\a •« "3 ~- S -p%S 3 S3:«^-S. =a .* a-s § a-p 3 -P_3 5 a B< J — M02HM!>!>PP ^3 on M -5-3 Eh £ >- P>MEho2PEho2PPPP-3 » t |-3 1 a. § _a \TO tH ¦— I rri P,™-. l^a^ ¦Sa^B^'S^^ 5, £.0 '-3- 5 fe_SS 3 o-e-s so-g-s-Ts 3 « ga« a "? "S £¦&¦&.« S 1 2^3 •* © a i. J.^, d s-fl-i-B d S-dP e. *- fc a &> ,© a p ca « P .b a „ © iniii.foi|-f|||-giii| iarr^iiMlsa -h a CO -B a © 3-fi PpSH^iQPPPoQ0302asE-(H>^¦a d% 0 H Mil milkat IOCO 524 VOCABTJXAEIES. BANKING COMMEECE, ETC. M ¦ I p. « ° ja 3 ra „- -. -a ^r a a -" " 3 'b:„ ¦? I a 3 3 1 1'3 3 a 5 1 1 -fa C-i 1 -&3 .M TS"-\3 fS-fflJ'^3 lJ.'B3P©aja3-ajarp^)h?3- «a 3 © H a 3 o-3 a 3-p-b p a3 a -° -M -a- a ^Mt»RWMRMMPM?--aJ WPP mEhPPMMR-P ^PP ^R 33 3 a 3 a-. "g -«i Hd© ^S g a 'B ^¦|,„'|3'i3-13a H-aS'lfe £-3^ f-S-^3^ 3* a- " a ,a ,g .5 P .B rtrf^ajB^a |>,^. a -g ,p J55SS .g-g ~a i.sjr s a ^BnRHMfiMMnMM ^PR gHPPMPP^ H-fcS OR a-j 3 g^ -a .p © -a 3 b- 31 -P P M ""-t.^* .a" illtll imitya 11 dus win! S Sd TO TO :£ B. |1 a.3'S 4 ... 3 to +±- ..-f S. »• TO _, « _. O TO ~" TO t ¦¦a B -•".¦sis uss, ir a " s H •*• §' « &a_ p a sa >h £; M R 02 Ph Eh t> M 3 02 f> t^ Mf^M =aJEHMo2MMH£H Pccf* [>M g '•s'3- — 3 3" a p a S-a c 3 >•¦ .5 .K. 3 _, p, £1 .n, -a? «. ,-^. *© 3 - a -ap h 2 a ,B ^ * -Pi .2 I i,a. : -S p •» " -pa 3 n g,-p % "3-p ¦ ,a a B_3 p-B'-o ft3 ¦§ P3 ^ ¦¦ fl >^io2POPHPMSo2>-iZi Ofih MM S P. | 1 1 a a-,5P JS ^3l|iliJ^||£ ill 1s||ij|-i SH 11 HM02RPPRMMSMt>P OP0Q 02 EH P M 02 02 ^ EH O fc P SM J5--S S^^ 1.1 Sal1 .©I^fnll 1.1 1 1 B.I J §15 ^.3 •§ S PP ^¦S^3-bm3^-1 S.-S.S a 3 -g-g-g -g^^ss^^a §©§. -s a "3aaa.rpot,3Papo© ©SS ^aa©©©©© > v< t< aa nM 528 TOCABULAEIES. LAW AND JUSTICE. ja © v< a 3 g g a •P H . a3 3 60-B a p.ia c3 i — i ?! ni^i ¦a -3 fc'e-ia b -TO M3 "H m TO ^TO h?MRPPM c- -a s* -a ,b P= --a H- ,3 MP -3 " ri •S3.B._ RPRmpa, _a +J -^ -*=> Mrf *a t-3 3 S,a -a 3 p, 6og MM-Sf O-a I •* 5:., a^o 3 3 3 ° y>g 3 3.5 3. S 52 .1*1 a POM ¦§ | P - 3 1 " s g I -3 a- nBagsa tn -a a 5.3-3 RKlt>OP TO > 3 3-Otj.a** 3 p-3- I&I*5 O I* M^S 3 a ¦Br* h la ¦-3.0 5HII,, M a §3 2-5 ¦a ^2 ol a Mp«d,02M ip 53 1-8-1 111 ?§ *C a vffl & « -a ¦gl'Sl ||| I SMSJziOpW -© ©^P £ £ "-a-g - "a .--IS 3 3. -a -2 a -a ©J3a'|ia»3o, g ©'¦g R-"o©^a3« .n 3 os 2 -2 -a 2 -p -3 "" H -P 2 PMMJzioppSPRRM H a "3 -H S P r3 ™-a ¦§ a ^ -p .§ £* 3 " a 3 tj ,B M !z;Moeh .g g p a g " a 5 a ca -B- 3 Iz; fcfcREH $S. 3; ^ P.3 a p. © tt§M ol'S _. © .a ^a- 3 p _, a P^S. ** p- a m « S3,H, MHPEh . -a 3 -sa ^ ¦ .3 -a P 3 "a- 3 © ^a ,^r » *TO r-^ *TO EhPPP -5-3 a •a- p'SB 'O ^O l— J 3 I 3 jb33 P-i- a 3 _, III 3.5 -a 1^^ -^^^ p,a a+= 4J4J pmM^pp^Sprrp -B 6p "S--S3 ?-g *•¦ sp '° a =¦ §3^'5 EhPPH ¦ r. ra , -a 3 &3 a f § « a . "p<8 -^ ^a ^5 -s ^a -a m s « p, ©" p02at>02EHPOM<1P 3 3 • a !¦ •* p p pa to U f-l c* a•^,-, © S a to °s ,a *- ,1 .J iM id fl 111 vTO € •^l|.^-«§flll|ga^g S*3T3 L.>d.P *h-^ 3 p. S^E ja >l -a a >¦¦ P4Mpp0Qp^JHpWW VOCABULAEIES. LAW AND JUSTICE. 529 a p<3 3 3 M a 3 3 -B ,a ¦a ¦3 -a- *- o» pa§ >a -a s I -P-a g MM£- a a J a -s bi 9 ¦^ I a g -^l ?- " I s.^s © ^T ?3 +^Trt -B .-. ,b a -b 2 3 -a -b i-5 02MMi>PM 1§p. p. |-3 3£ III •3 -i fi- IP. 3 TO to ra •I •2 s -P -a h Ja -a «jp p. M" a ,a 5 ,3 p, p.-P'-B -B -B ££gMP*MM g go o »-r» a oq _ JEL _a o -+5 , « 5*^ to to fe^SP^MM ¦S 3 a I b allJ~, « O TO P- ro 4 3 p 3 13 3 3' a -a n > ,a *© ^CB "a*S llagp3 ^ ^ TO a « r* p^ a* rS - ~-*pJ *3 *a a to -o?-© -algS3©g.ia ,- 6O60P-. fcl a a>a > o o k. RRlz; I- 02 |3 *¦§ &a ©°3 .w .5* a s 3 I > TO ,11 g a 8 3- >. a a ° a 5 I'll a w O MM 3 '3 i. a 2 ° 3 S' g a 3« ¦3-5 §a|^ I •S5 a vd a 2 ph"- n3 ^ a 'S- 'to' M'pMHkMPPR^ P 2 £*! 3 | 3 TO 3 . OH _, s « 1,1 a =:=:-a a a >-. MMIz; >-» ° 8 S3 111sail n $ 1 1 S3 .3 3llrl-s-al§§©s £;OPPPPPPP<3PP ¦§>s © P0202 §¦5 P 3© 02 02 EH ^s1© a © .s -2 jb -b-e: HEhEh English. Trial Will Witness Of Governments. AllyAmbassador AuthorityAlliance Boundary CanopyCapital City Coin Courier Crown Dynasty DeputyDuty Edict Emperor Empress Excellency Exchequer Foreigner Faction Gentleman Granary Kanabese. Vichirane SlkshiDhoretanada vishaya, Samikhyedira nan Adhiklra SamikhyeSarahaddu Bijadhini Patna Ninya HaraklranuKirita BljyabhiraNlyabu Kelasa or terige Nirupa Chakravarti Sirva bhaumini GhanateKhajine Telugu. Vichlrana Maranashisanamu Slkshi Boratanamulanu gurinchi. KattublturidzuBlyabhiri AdhiklramuVihitamu Polimera Pandili Eijadhini PattanamuNlnyamu HarkirlKiritamu DoratanamuNlyabu Pani Shisanamu ChakravartiChakravartiyokka bhirya ShreshthtaBokkasamu Tamil. VicblranaiMaranasidanam Sitchik kiran Ikkiyamlna riji Stanldi padi AdikiramVudandai Vellai Mera katti Elja dlni PattanamNlijiyam Tiidan KiridamElja vamisam Irandln durai Aluval Sattam Sak kravarti Irani Sirappu Pokkisha sllai Paradeshadavanu Paradeshasthudu Anniya desattln Bahdukattu Kakshi Kitchi Doddamanushyanu Peddamamshi £uFal.. Kanaja Dhinyapukottu Kalannyam MabathI. Inslph, tsaukashi Mrityupatr Slkshi Rdjya prakarni. DostWakil Sattl, adhikir Sahgan mat, ek mat, dosti Siml, badd ChhatElj dhlni Shahar Naneh Jlsiid MukutWansh [yam Wakil, kirbhiri, du- Dharm KijlgylPidshihi Pldshihichi stri Elja shri, iliji Dzamibandichi ka cheri Pardesh! manushya Tat, phali, paksh GribasthKothir Gwakati. Tajwij, inslf, tapis Wasiet nlmuh Slbedi, slkshi Raj prakarni. Dost Wakil, elchi [kari Sattl, adhikir, adhi- Dosti, ek mat Hadd, sim Chahdrawo, chhat Eijdhlni Sheher, Nagar Shikko, Nlhnuh Jisud, jisus Mugat, tij Wahsh [nlyab Wakil, kirbhiri, Kim, kimgiri, jakit dharm Eljlgyi, rijino hukm, farmln Bidshlhl [rihni Bidshlhini stri, Alijl, rije shri Jaml bahdhini ka cheri Pardeshi, pirakih rijnu mannas Toll Gribasth [pllun Kothir, dlhnihnu

a Ropemaker Haggl miduvavanu TiUuvesiammevidu Kayiru tirik kiravan Dor karnlri Doradln wannir Saddler Jinuglranu Jinuluknttihchiam- Jim taik kiravan Jingar Jingar H Sculptor Kettigeglranu Shilpi [mevldv i Padumai sedukku ki- rivan ¦ Mm-tiklr Patthar upar naksi athwl akshar khod- nlr, murti karnlr W'r-Ul£t Shepherd Kurubanu Gollavldu Atti daiyan Dhangar Bharwldo Shopkeeper Angadiglranu Ahgadividu Kadaik kiran Duklndlr Duklndlr Sawyer Garagasadavanu Rampagldu Vii velaik kiran Kirli Kurai Shoemaker Muchchiganu Muchchelukuttevldu Sodu taik kiravan Mochi Mochi Singer Hlduvavanu Pltakudu Pidagan Gawayi Gawaiyo Surgeon Shastra vaidyanu Vrana vaidyudu Rana vaittiyan Shastra waidya Shastrawaid, wlhid kipiyo waid Tailor Chippiganuordarjiyu Darjivldu Taiyar kiran Shimpi Darji, sui COCO 534 VOCABULAEIES. TEADES— TOOLS, ETC. p § ° 3 '(*• "S ,2 >a A 3-g -g ra3'© fe-a 3 I .a ,3 -a „, a -g a -b- fe -.:g. C *fi Jiifi i Jifliff Hlil jiyil ^^ S £p W^MMFWSMS PP o2 .2 3 fa 5 f w 'I 2 *=¦ S P' a a © t, ca-a a g M^ ^ .a va a _j^ S a =03 1 I" 3.3 nfl-sli-ig sli if II -S6o|U S^3 P- i-a gj-lfl'S-SW S"S -33 -gl Sg-ga g£ P MR ^^kMSMa wcg- £w PR R^hS .a "^ '«* ^ ? ^S a 9 1 .& ^.r dlaoli b» 3P |S S ^3 3 3 3 rs-'& «^ .s -s .a- P --3 .3- 3S P -ja a a g a 3d © S — ' 3- &¦ ! HI^| Ieh |-|S||Im4eh ?| ££ MP, M*PM »SrP -p- 3 P I a a ee 3 n &p ,-s 60 . g V ,a "S* g *3 b ST OJU a ~a H^ & MP R^OPPM-S-OO MS t>OQ 00 pHe-M 1 — i,B a 3 a 6 3'. 333 | a-f 3£-aS - fa g f-^|- g, «& 3£ I ££ ^WmMO^O MS >£ m^ IsSm 3 g M S "o * ^"O* a a © w 2 © ..„ ©S-*j u 2tjp t. .a <2 -p 2 ©60 gp^ a, Sugg ©-s h^-Sb-? sg a j,k p3© 2 © a s t- ,53 .-P -^ © P* a J, P'-P ©P rt& ©P+3^a TOCABULAEIES. TOOLS SCHOOL TEEMS, ETC. 535 -2 P-P •g 3* -£ 3-3 .-p .a -a -a ,§" S-a E ,3 i« a a S ^-P a M R p p Eh *j M ^a.-B\o a HP '-a ©. -s? ™ o -&*B. fe 53 3 3 pWpp 6 3 g 3 -a' Phl—j 3 •3 ¦£ J 3 03^3 £¦3 g^-* 3-60 3- _ .. •a -3/ -^3 1 .i.-c.ja - 3 -a js. S a a -a ,a -a © ORPRo-qM .B -3 S" S i » « a B-a -¦$% ..TO ~_r-| to to 02PM p *h 3 3 -g- -* -g f3 ,3 -B , t>> £ £. - -« -a P n, 02 *< — aB -§¦ S *>> tgpqizi^feM ^1 s ll'-s-l .- S.-2 a ^a a -3M 6LE bo a a .S 3 fe» 3- Ph §3-3-3 3°^ a-3-2 2 a a s-wBSb a ca ;P 3 3 a snB a-P.P 6p M p< Ph M P < P fe P «S M3 a Is a a3 3 3 a p. a j& 3 3 33S o>koSlzi B 'I ¦a S R TO TOa £. 3 ^P So "a'p &.--©- gSB p|L ^1 is .&"¦§ 1 9"S«3«3 «j g m P W f+ * •* & PO a p 3 :S a 3 -3 3" a jsa 3 3. J3-a 3 3 3 P.-P ,a 03 b3H?> 5 fe1 3-3 © 3 -3 -a 5 -a .3 3 -a-.ts. -S p 3-3 -^ 3 op S-B a£a^ R O p <5 P S S -^ >-, ¦"3*118&!z;ppp 3* 3 a P02 _, © 1 "7 © © ©S_ ©-B 60s, 1||133 | -a 020202EHPP P? *. ©. p 3 a o -^- S iP © 3 _ «jg-a1 fc>-d ^^5+so o a^5 3 p,u 3aaPo,B©oo-B. << (Q m P P O O O O R English. Kanarese. Telugu. Tamil. Marathi. GUJARATI. Education Viddeyu Tsaduvu Padippu Shikshi Kelawani, widyl, shiksbi Exercise Sidhaka Sidhakamu Appiyisam Abhyis Abhyis Fable Kattu kathe Katha Kattukkadai Gosht, kathi Wit [rikh History Wvaynl* Charitra Charitra Sarittiram Itihis, bakhar Itihis, bakhar, tawi- Index Siichi Suehi Attavanai Anukramanikl Anukramaniki, sahk- liyuh Ink Shlyi Shiri Mai Shli Shahi, rushnli Leaf Bahdu (of a tree), iku; (of Yedu Patr, pin Pamin, pltruh a book), patramu Lecture Upanylsa Prasahgamu Vupaniyisam Vylkhyln Vyikhyln, bhishan Lesson Pltha Pithamu Pidam Dharl, pith Dharo, pith Line Pahkti Pahkti Vari Regb, ol Liti, ol, pahkti, hlr Margin Ahehu Pakka O'ram Raklni, klnth Hihsio Maxim Paddhati Nitivlkyamu Pazhamozhi Mhan, wachan Kehewat, wachan •Pase Puta Puta, porata Pakkam Prish'th Prishth, safo Paper fC o-r"rs-.*> Klgada Klkitamu Kadudlsi Klgad Kigal Pen Pen! Pen! Pen! Lekhni Kalam Pencil Shisada kaddi Pensalu Pensil Pensil Pensil Pen-knife Churi Tsiku Penlkatti Tslkl Chakhu Pasteboard Kigadada atte Atta Attai Jidi kigad Jido kigal Play Ata Ata Vilaiyittu Kh'el Ram at, khel Play-fellow Jotegira Adukonevidu Viiaiyliiu tozhan Khelgadi Bhilu Play-ground Atadasthala Adukonetsltu Vilai yidagira idam Khelnylchi dzlgi Ramawini jagl Poet Kavishvara Kavi Kaviriyan Kaw'i Kawi Preface Pithike Pitbika Mugavurai Prastiwani Prastiwani, dibicho Professor Shikshakanu Panditudu Asiriyan Widyi guru Widyi guru Prose Vachanaklvya Vacbanamu Vlsagam Gadya githi Gadya, glthl Proverb Gide Slmita Nidimozhi Mhan, Ini Kehewat Rule Shtra Siitramu Slttiram Riti, kinu Riti, kanun Rhyme Prlsa Ahtaniyamamu Yedukai Yamak Thnmak Rod K61u Bettamu Tendippuk kol Chhadi, kithi Chhari, likri Scholar Vidvirthi or pahdita Vidylrthi Pallik kvidattup pillai Shishya Nishiliya, shishya School Sail Badi Pajlik kudo in Shall Nishll CO School-hours Sileya vejegaju Upidhyiyanu Badikilamu Pallik khdattu velai Shijetsa wel Nishilni wakhat School-master Upidhyiyulu Vattiylr Pahtoji Mehetljf Section Prakarana Sanchika Pirivu Kalam Kalam Student Vidylrthi Vidylrthi Minak kan Widylrthi Widylrthi Teaching Kalisona Nerpada'mu Karpittal Shikawine, parhawini 3 Shikhawawuh,bhani- £ Tutor Pahtoji Cpldhylyudu Karpik kirivan Shikawinlri, shik- shak naw mi Shikshak, shikhawa- nir Verse Shlbka or pada Padyamu Pittu Padya, kawitl, charan Kawiti, padya, charan Writing Baraha Vrlta Yezhuttu Lihme, hastlkshar Lekh, akshar, daskat, dastiwej M Word Mltu Mlta Vlrttai Shabd Shabd, boi, sukhan '| Colors. Bannagalu. Rarigulu. Rang. Rang. 1 W Black Kari varna Nalupu Karuppu K1J1 Kilo, kiluh, kill Blue Nila varna Nilavarnamu Nila niram Asmini Asmini ? Brown Shyimala varna Pandutlkuvarnamu Pazhuppu niram Udi, badimi, tapkiri Badimi, tapkhiriyl HH Dun Blda varna Kapila Mangal niram Dzardi Jardo S Green Hasaru varna Akupatstsa Pachai Hirwi Lilo, jahglri | Indigo Nila varna Nilivarnamu [mu Nilam Nili_ Galino, nilo a Lilac Klgu varna Disinipuwu varna - Ven sevappu Dzimbji Jambuo M Orange Nihibe hahnina varna Tsotikichchilipandu Ponniram Nlrangi Nlrangi O{aCO Purple U*di varna , .11 I.1.1UIL1 Udivarnamu Indira nilam Baihgani Wehgani J, Red Kehcha varna Yerupu Sevappu Timbadl, 111 LU, rito w Scarlet Sihdhvira varna Sinduravarnamu Irat timbaram Rakt Rakt a Spotted Machcheyulla Tsukkalugala Karai Bibatl, tipkedlr Butidlr Striped Gerehlkida Gitaluveyabadda Kiru Pattedir Patedir Si Vermilion Ihgalika Ihgilikapuvarnamu Sidi linga niram Hihglyi slrikhl Hinglokno 01 White Bili varna Telupu Venmai Pihdhri Dholo, sapet, safet !fl Yellow Haladi varna Pasupu Manjal niram Piwali Pilo The Senses. Indriyagalu. Indriyamulu. Indriyei,. Indriyo. Hearing Seeing Shr&trehdriya Chakshurihdriya Vinadamu O'sai Shrotra Shrotra Tsudadamu OJi Chakshu Chakshu OlCO English. Smelling TastingTouching Element FigureFragranceHardness Reflection Relish Kanabese. Telugu. Ghrlnehdriya Vlsana tsiidadamu Rasanehdriya Ruehitsfldadamu Sparshehdriya Tikadamu Silence ShadeSizeSoftness Sound View Admiration AngerAweBelief Choice CuriosityDislike DoubtEmulation Bhiita Bhntamu Rupa, pratime Akiramu Visane Vlsana Kithinya Eitbinyamu (thought) yochane ; Y6chana ; (image) (image) lana Rucbi pratipha- pratipbalanamu Rucbi Vikku Vikku Mauna Maunamu Neralu Nida Akira Pramlnamu Mirdavya Mettana Shabda Dhwani Drisbti Tsiipu Ashcharya Ashcharyamu K6pa Hedarike Kopamu Bhayamu Nambike Nammika Pasahdu Ishtamu Karune Kanikaramu Kutuhala Telusuk6valenane ichchha Asammati Asammati Sahdeha Sandehamn Spardhe Pott Tamil. Nittam Suvai Vhru PudamRubam VasanaiKadinam Piradi vimbam Viruppam P6sudal Mavunam NizhulPiraminamMeduvu SattamParvai Adisuyam K6bamPayang karam Nambikkai IshatamIrakkam Vin6damVeruppu Sandegam Vellu muyarchi Marathi. Ghrln Rasnl Twak Tatwa AkritiSuwis, sugahdh Kathinpani Pariwartan Swid, ruchi Sambhlshan, wlni Maun ChhiyiAkarmln Mridutwa, maupani Awij, shabd Darshan, dekhiw SlnandlshcharyaR^g DhikWishwis PasantiDay!JijnlsiNlwad, apriti Sahshay, sahdeh Pratispardhl Gujarati. Ghrln Rasnl SparshTatwaAkriti, ikir Sugahdh, suwis Kathanpanu Pariwartan Swld [bhlshau Sambhlshan, wlhni, Maun, chup [do Chhiyi, selo, chhiya- Aklrmln, kad Narmpanu, maiipanu, mridutwa AwijDarshan, dekhiw ; (purpose) matlab Wakhin,stuti, slnan dlshcharya Ris, krodh, gusso Dhik, bhay, bihik WishwisPasahdati Day! JijnisoApriti, anagamatuh Shak, sahshay Pratispardhl, bari- bari, irshi § t-i o ftn c Envy Hottekichchu Asuya Porlmai Hewi Enjoyment Bhoga Anubhavamu Anubavam Upabhog Error Tappu Tappu Pizhai Tsuk Fear Anjike Bhayamu Payam Bhay Friendship Sneha Snehamu Smegidam Maitri, dosti Guilt _ Tappita Sukha Neramu Kuttam Aparldh, ahnyiya Happiness Saukhyamu Pakkiyam Sukh Hatred Hage Vir6dhamu Pakai Dwesh Hope K6rike K6rika Korikkai Ashi Honor Maryide , Gauraramu Perumai Pratishtl Ignominy Avamlna Avamiuamu Izhuvu Apratishtl Ignorance Agyina Avivekamu Miidattanam Agyln Jealousy Asuye Wortsalenitanamu Kurodam Matsar Joy Santosha Sahtbsbamu Sandozham Anahd Knowledge Gylna or vidde Gnylnamu Arivu Gyin Love Sneha or moha Mohamu, isha Anbu Priti Mercy Daye Kanikaramu Kirupai Kshaml buddhi Misery Daurbhlgya Daurbhigyamu Tunbam Dainya, garibi Memory Gylpaka Gnyapti, gyipakamu Gnipagam Yid, itbawan Opinion Abhipriya Abhipriyamu Abippirayam Mat, abhipriya Pain Bene Noppi N6vu Duhkh, vyathi Pleasure Ullisa Santoshamu Vedikkai Sukh Reason Klrana Hetuvu Putti (intellect) buddhi ; (cause) kiran Refusal Nirikarane Vaddanadamu Maruttal Naklr Shame Nichike Siggu Vetkam Llj, lajji, sharam Sorrow Vyasana Vyasanamu Visanam Dilgiri, dubkh Temper Guna Gunamu Kunam Swabhlw Understanding Buddhi Telivi Telivu Samaz, buddhi Vanity Ahahkira Ahahklramu Serukku Pokalpanl Wisdom Viveka Vivekamu Vivegam ShlhlnpanAsthi ' Zeal Sbraddhe Shraddha Sirattai Adekhli, shatrubhlw, balwuh UpabhogBhlii, chiik, khot Bhay, bho [maitri Dosti, sneh, mitrii, Aparldh Sukh DweshAshi, umed [ijat Abru,pratishthl,mln, Gerlbru, apratishthi, apamin, geriat, fajeti Agyln, ajinpanuh Matsar, adekhli Anahd, khushi Gyin Priti, het Kshaml buddhi Garibi, dukh, ipadi, Yid, iid [dinati Mat, anumat Dukh,wedani, vyathi Sukh, moj Buddhi, kiran Nl, naklr, inkir Sharam, lij Dalgiri, dukh SwabhlwSamjan, buddhi Dambhpanuh [pah Dihipan, shlhhann- Asthl, dilsojf -ao > aR o.COto 540 DIALO0EES I English. Of landing and going to an Sotel. I want to go ashore. Is this your boat ? Will you take me ashore ? What will you charge ? These boxes are all mine ? Put them in the boat. Is the surf high to-day ? Kanarese. Jahajinda ilidu satrakke hoguvada kuritu. Ninu dadakke h6gabeku. Idu ninna doniye ? Nahna dadakke voyyut- tiyi? Ninu yesbtu kfluttiye ? X pettigegalelli nannavu. Ivugajannu d6niyalli idd. Indu ale balave ? Is there much current ? Indu pravlha hechche ? How long will it take to land? I want a palanquin. Take me to the hotel. Which is the best hotel ? How far is it off ? In what street is it ? Go quickly, but don't shake the palanquin. Take up the palki. Set it down. Put it in the shade. Where are the Khaskhas tattis ? Throw water on them. Torch-bearer, run a little before me. Keep to the lee-side. Don't let the torch flare in Nahna mokhadahatra df- my face. vatigeyahnu urisa beda. Dadakke ijiyalikke yeshtu- hottu hididitu r Nanage ohdu pilki beTni. Nahna satrakke voyyi. Yivadu ojle satra ? Adu yeshtu diira ? Adu yiva bidiyellidhe ? Begah6gu pllkiyahnu ka- dalisabeda. Pllkiyahnu melakkeyettu. Adahnu kejage yidu. Adahnu nerajalli yidu. Limichehada tattigalu yelli ? Avugajamele niru chellu. Mashilji, nanage swalpa mundigi v6du. Gijige kejagadeyigiru. I want to stop at Mr. 's house. Call there on your way to the hotel. I will pay no more than the regular tariff. Here Khidmatgir, pay these men. If you overcharge I will complain to the Magis trate. Ninu dhoremaneli yijiyab£ku. Ninu satrakke h6guvadl- rili allige bi. Katlegiuta hechchu kiili ninu koduvadilla. Khijamattuglri, villi bi, yivarige kiili kodu. Ninu jlsti kharchu haki- dare ninu mejastretina bajili phiryldu midut- tene. Telugu. Vdda digadamu piitakidla intiki povadamu vitini gurinchi. Memu gattuku p6valenu. Idi ni padaveni ? Mammuna gattuku tisu- koni p6tlvl ? Nivu yeini adugutlvu ? f pettelahni mivi. Vitini padaval6 uiitsu. Nedu karajlu balamugi kottutunnavl ? Nedu nindi pravlhamu unnadi ? Gattuku poyi cheradanaku yeuta sepu pattunu ? Miku woka pilaki kiva- lenu. Mammuna phtakullaihtiki tisukoni p6. Piitakujla ihdlal6 yedi nindi manchidi ? Adi yehta diiramu ? Adi ye vidhil6 unnadi ? Twaragl p6, pilaki kudi- lihtsa vaddu ? Pilaki yettu. Pilaki taggu. Dinni nidal6 uhtsu. Vattiveru tadikelu yek- kada ? Vlti mida nijlu tsallu. Mashilchf koiichemum4ku muhdugi parugettu. Giliki tsitugl vellu. A diviti segami mukhi- niki tagalaniyyaku. doraglri iiitlo mdmu nilavavalenu. Nivu putakiijla intiki poy- yetappudu akkadiki p6. Ny iyamaina nirakhunimi kahte adhikamu memu iwamu. Khidmatgir idiyo vihd- laku kuli ippihtsu Nivu adhikamugl putsu kohte mejastretu viri vadda' phiryldu ch6s- timu. OE LANDING AND GOING TO AN HOTEL. 541 Tamil. Karai irangi sattirattukku pogiradai kurittu. [gavenum. Nln karaikku irangi po- Idu vunnudaiyap padagl ? Yennai karaikku ittukon- du p6vlyi ? Ni yennak ketp ply ? Inda pottigaleulm yennu- daiyadu. Avagalai padagi lettu. Inreya dinam alai balama iruk kiradl ? Ni r6tta madigami iruk kiradl ? Karaik kittuk kondu poga yenneram sellenu. Yenak koru sawlri venum Yennai sattirattukku ittu- kondup6. Yedu nettiylna sattiram ? Adu yevvalavu diiram ? Adu enda teruviliruk kiradu ? Sikkiramlyp6, pallakkai kulukkldev Pallakkai yedu. Adai irakku Adai nizhalilevaiyi. Tattigalenge irukkinrana? Avagalin peril tannir teji. Ti vattik klri, yenak ku- man mile 6du. Yennayin azhukkai oru- pakkattilvai. Ti vattiyin sudarai yen mukattil pad! diruk- kattum. Nln pallna durai vittil yiluruk kavenum. Ni sattirattukku p6yaiyil khppidu. Niylyaminaliuliyai tavira adigamly kodukka mit ten, Kidmatglre, indamanida- rukku seluttip p6du. Ni yadigam ketppiyinil miyidipadikku pinyidu seyven. Marath£. Utarun pontskhdnydnt dzdnydvishyin. [Ihe. Mall kinlrin dzlvyicheh Hi tujhf hot ihe ? Tiln mall kinirih nesil ? Tun kiy gheshil ? Yi sarv petyl mljhyi ihet. Tyi botiht ghil. Adz lit! mothyl ihet. Plnyls phir orh Ihe. Klhthih dzlnyls kiti wel ligel ? Mali pllkhi pihije. GujABATf. Wdnhdnmdnthi utarine pochkhdne jawd bdbat. Mhlre kinire jawuh chhe. A tamlro hodi chhe ? Tun mane kinire lei jashe ? Tun shun leshe ? A saghli peti mhiri chhe. Teone hodimlh muk. Aje plhnini ghani chhol mire chhe ? Aje plhnini ghani tin chhe ? Kihthe utarwlne ketli wir ligshe ? Mhlre pllkhi joie. Mall potskhinylnt ne. Mbane pochkhlne lei ji. Sarvlhtin tsihgli pots- khini konti? To kiti diir ihe ? To kothle rastylwar Ihe ? Lawkar tsall, parahtu pil- khis hiske deiih naki. Pllkhi utsll. Utari.Till cbhlyeht thewl. Wilyiche pirde kothe ihet ? Tylhwar pini sbihipi. Mashllchi mijhe purheh dzarl tsal. Wirylche samorche dishe- kade tiih rihi. Mashll mijhe tohdapurheh inlh nako. Mali che gharihutara- wyicbeh ihe. Potskhanylht dzltlnl te- theh tsall. Nirkhahunmi dzlsti denlr nihi. Khidmatgir ! yi manush- ylhche paise tsukiv. Tuhmi adhik migll tar mi mijistretlkade phiryid karin. Sarva kartlh siruh poch- kblnuh kayuh chhe ? Te ketluh aghuh chhe ? Te kay 1 rasti upar chhe ? Jaldi chilo, pan pllkhi hallwo man, Pllkhi uhchako. Utlro.Tene sele rakbo. Wijini pardl kinhiii chhe? Teoni upar plnni chhihto. Masilchi, jari miri igaj chil. Je tarafthi pawan Iwato nathi te taraf rehe. Masllni jhll mhiri mho- din upar iwawinahi de. Mhire falihnihne tlhhiii utarwun chhe. Pochkhlne jatlh tlhhlh thaine jajo. Huh nirakh kartlh wad- hire ipish nahi. Khidmatgir, 1 mlhnasonl pais! chukwi Ip. Tame wattun mlgsho to hun mlgistretne tyiii- han phanyad karish. 24 542 DIALOGUES : English. Hold your tongue. Go about your business. Let one speak at a time. Don't say another word. Of Siring Servants. What is your name ? Of what caste are you ? I am in want of a servant. What wages do you re quire ? I will not give so much. With whom did you live last? How long were you with that gentleman ? Have you a character from him ? Have you any objection to travel ? Have you any friends who will be surety for you ? You must keep exact ac counts. Write down all that is. ex pended. Don't omit the smallest item. I agree to take you. I will give you a trial. Kanarese. Ninnabiyi muchchiko. Ninna kelasakke hogu. Sartige obba mltidali. Mattohdu mitu hejabeda. Naukarara kulige ittukol- luvada kuritu. Ninna hesarenu ? Ninu yivajiti? Nanage obba chlkarabeku Nineshtu sambali kejut- tiye ? Ninu ashtu kodenu. . Ninu yidakke muhche yl- rahatra yiddi ? Nfnu 1 slhebarabajfli esh- tuklla iddi ? Ninu ivarihda y&giyati- patriketegadu kondiyl ? Payanakke ninage yeni- dard addivuhtu ? Ninage j iminu koduva sne- hitaru yaridaru vuhte ? Ninusariyigilekhkhiyida beku. Kharchlddahnelli ban. Atyahta chillare blbahnu saha bida beda. Ninna ittukojjuvadu na nage sammati. Ninu ninage kelasi kottu n6duttene. Of Dressing and Washing. TIdbna va sndnd mddbna. Call me early. Call me at five, or a quar ter-past. , Have water ready for a bath. Have some warm water ready. Let the water be as cold as possible. Nahna nasikke yebbisu. Nahna aidugantege ya aidukilu gantege yeb bisu. Snlnakke niru siddha pa- disu. Swalpa bishi niru taylru midu. A niru kudidashtu tannage yirali. Telugu. N6rumuyyi. Ni pani tsatsukoni. nivu po, or idi ni z61i kidu. Wokarokarugl mltlidan- di. Badulu mlta mltlidaku. Naukarlanu kudurtsu ko- vadamunu gurinchi. Ni peremi ? Nivu yekulasthudavu ? Mlku woka naukaru klva- lenu. Nivu yehta jitamu adugu- tlvu? Nenu ahta iwanu. Intaku mundu nivu yevari vadda koluvu uhtivi ? Adoravadda nivu yennillu untivi? Ayana vadda nivu yogya- tlpatrika tisukoni un- nivl ? Deshamulu tiragadinaku nfku yemaini aksbe- pana kaddl ? Ni snehitulal6 yevarainl niku z iminu istiri ? Nivu lekkalu sariggl pet- tavalenu. Khirtsu ainadahta vrlsi pettu. Yenta chinna padduuayinl vadili petta vaddu. Ninnu uhtsuk6vadamuna- ku mlku samma tame. Ninnu konnilla dikl uh- tsukoni tsustlmu. Batfaluve'sukovadamu snd- namu chdyadamu, vdfini gurinclii. Mammuna pehdalide lepu . Aidu aidumkilu ghahtaku lepu. Snininiki nillu siddhamu cheyi. Konchemu Vennillu sidd hamu cheyyi. Nillu yehta tsallagl uhte ahta mahcbidi. HIEING SEETANTS DBESSLNG, ETC. 543 Tamil. Vun viyai miidu. Vun velaiyaip pir. Ov oruttaniy pesattum. Veronrum peslde. Kulik kdrarai yamatlu kiradai kurittu. Vunadu peyar yenna ? Ni yenna jldi? Yenak koru velai yll tevaii Vunakku yevvalavu sam- balam venum. Ni nawajavu sambalam kodukka mitten. Kadaisiyil ni ylridattili- rundiy ? Ni anda duraiyidattil yev- valavukllam irundly ? Ni avaridattil nichatcbi kadudlsi vangmiyl ? Ni ylttirai seygiradarku yidoru tadaivundl ? Vunakku jlmin galuku tagunda sine gidargal vundi ? Ni sariyana kanakku vaik- kavendum. Sila vazhinda delllm ez- hudu. Arppavastuvaikhdavidide Nln vunnai vaittuk kolla sammadi. Nln vunnai s6dippen. Kulittu vuditti kottu- giradai kurittu. [pu. Yennai sikkiramly ezhup- Anju alladu anjekll ma- nikki ezhuppu. Kulikka tannir lyittama iruk kirada. Konjam sudu tannir tayiri iruk kirada. Kddiya varaiyil jalam kulindiru kattum. MarAtHI. Tsup rlhi. Tuhmi iple kimis dzl. Ek ekls boluh dyi. Atlh bolln nako. Tsdkar thewanyd vishaym. Tujheh nlw kiy ? Tujhi dzit kon? Mall ek tslkar pibije. GujARATi. Chhinl raho. Chil ji; tun tiruh klm kar. Ek ek janane wlrl pharti bolwl deo. Hawe bolsho nahin. Chdkaro rdkhwd bdbat. Tiruh nlm shun ? Tun kai ganyltno chhe ? Mhlre ek chikar joie. Tun kiy paglr gheshil ? Tun ketlo paglr leshe ? Mi yewbarhi denlr nihl. Tun shewatin konlche ye- theh hotis ? Tyi grihasthl dzawal tin kiti diwas hotis ? Tyichen ibripatr tujhyl dzawal Ihe ? Mushiphari karnyis tuli klhih harakat ihe ? Tuli dzlmin rlhi asl koni tujhi dost ihe ? Tuli bishob barobar the- wali pibije. Kharts hoil tewhrhi sarv lihi. Kiti hi lahln rakam asli tarih gilhh nako. Tuli thewanyls mi rlzih ihe. Mi tujheh klm pihin. Poshdk ghdlne wa dngdhune ' hayin. Mall Iaukar hihk mir. Mall pinch widztih kin- wi saw! pinch wijtin hihk mir. Sninis pinl taylr thew. Klhih ushn plni taylr thew. Plni thand asel titkeh Huh etlo badho nahih ipish. Tun chhel wehelo kone tlhhlh hato ? Tun te grihasthani pise ketlidihidlsudhihato ? Tiri pise tenun ibru patr chhe ? Musifari karwlne tamne kaih harakat chhe ? Tiro jimin thle ewo koi tiro mitr chhe ? Tiro baribarhislb rikhwo joie. Knarach thie te saghalo lakhi muk. Juj rakam hoy to pan muki deto na. Tane rikhwine huh riji chhuh. Huh tiruh klm joish pachhi wit. Lugddn peherwdn, tathd ndhdwd bdbat. Mane vehelo uthldije. Mane pinch sawl pinch wige hlk mlrje. Nihiwinuh pihnf taiylr rlkh. Thoduh ek uhnhuh plnni taiylr rikh. Plnni tlrhuh hoy tetluh slruh. 514 DIALOGUES : English. Kanabese. Pour it over me from the Ada mogeyinda nanna- masak. meli sun. Where are my bathing Nahna snana chellanavelli. trowsers ? Bring two clean towels one hard, one soft. Bring a bason and soap. Pour the water over my bands. Tell the barber to come. Ogeda tuvilegalu yeradu tatti. Ohdu mutta, ohdu uchu. Tiriibilavannu sabukira- vahnii tatti. Nahna kaigajamele niru hiku. Kshaurakahna barahelu. I would rather shave my- Nanage nin6 kshaurlmi- self. dikottene. Teluou. lonuhchi nimida poyyi. Memu sninamu cheset- appudu todukkone idziru yekkada ? Tsalava chesina woka mu- taka tuvlllnunnu woka sanna tuvlllnunnu tisu- koni ri. Nijla pallemunnu sabbuu- nu tisukoni rl. Mi chetula mida nijlu poyyi. Mangalavlnni rammanu. Meme kshauvaramu che- sukohtlmu. Where are the razors and strop ? Look for my brushes. Brush my coat. Give me a clean shirt and stockings. Find my slippers. Tbis is not clean. This is very dirty. Tell the washerman to call. Give these clothes to him. Count the number of pieces If he does not take more pains I will discharge him. Put out a white jacket and clean shoes. Before you close the mos quito curtains, beat all tbe musquitos out with a towel. Let the feet of the bed stand in water, to keep the ants off. The bearers must pull the paukhah all night. Kshaurakattiyutildyelii? Mahgala kattulunnu pa- dunu pette t61unnu yek kada? Nahna varihakurchagala Ml burusulu yekkada un- huduku. nav6 tsudu. Nahna angiyahnu voresu. Ml k6tu burusut6 tuduvu. Nanage ogeda kamshy ahhii mejodugajahmi kodu. Nahna keragajahnu nddu. Idu chokatavigi yilla. Idu bahala mishi yidhe. Agasahna bara heju. I battegalahnu avanige hlku. Vastragala sahkheyahnu yenishiko. Avanu ihrni dudiyade id- dare avanna tegadu hl- kuttene. Bilisogeyannii chokatavi- daj6dugalahnd horage yidu. Ninu tereyahnu madisuva- dakke muhche sojjega- lannelll tuvile yihda hodedu bidu. Iragajubaradahte mancha- dakilugalahnu niralli yidu. Ritriyelli bestaru panki yeleya beku. Utikinashartunnumedz6J- lunnu te. Ml dzojlu yekkada unnavo tsudu. Idi murikigl unnadi. Idi nindi dummugi un nadi. Tslkalavirmi rammani cheppu. I battaju vlniki veyyi. Ivi yenni batta!6 yehtsu. Ihtakante blgl tsalava cheyakunte vlnni tosi- vestimu. Woka tella tsokklnunnu tudichina dz6Jlunnu baita pettu. Doma teralu ch&chi kat- tadlnaku munduglne woka tuvilat6 domala- nannitini toliveyi. Chimalu yekkakundaman- tsapu k611anu nijlal6 untsu. B6yilu ritri ahta panki llga valasinadi. dressing, washing, etc. 5-15 Tamil. Makathi. GujabatI. MaskiHrundutannirvuttu. Masketun ten mijhyiwar Masakmlhthi mhiri upar ot. red. Kulikkaiyi ludutti kollu- Mijhi snln karnylchi ijir Mhiri nihiwini ijir kiii- giru kil sattai yenge ? kothe ihe ? hah chhe ? Onru gevtiyum, onru me Ek dzari, ini ek mail ase Ek jldo ane ek naram duvuminu irandu tuva- don swachha tuwil In. ewi be siph rumil liw. laigalai konduvl. Orupittiramum savukkl- Tast wa siban in. Gihdi ane sibu liw. ramum konduvl. Yenkainperil tannir vidu. Mijhe hitiwar pani ot. Mhiri hlth upar plnni red. Savaragahai varachollu. Nihvyili yenyls sing. Haj imne iwawine kehe. Nindine savuram seydu Mali witateh kin mi iple Huh mhiri melej haji- kolven. hltih hajimat karin tar mat karish to siruh. bareh. Kattigajum tffctugira varu Wastre wa palitane kothe Astrl ane tapasi'yuh (strip) menge ? ahe ? klhhih chhe ? Yen mayir karuvigalai Mijhe baris kothe ihet Mhirih baris kinbih tedu. te plhi. chhe te jo. Yen sattaiyai tudai. Mijhe dagalyas baris Mhiri dagline baris mar. mir. Yenak koru kamisaiyum Mali swachha khamis wa Mhane siph khamis ane kil mejottayum kodu. pie moje de. pagnih moj in ip. Yen sapplttai tedi yedu Mijhih sapiteh shodhiin Mhiri sapltshodhikihid. kirh. Idu velja yalla. Hen siph nihi. A to siph natbi. Idu migavum azhukki- Hen phlr majkat ihe. A bahu meluh chhe. yiruk kiradu. Vannlne kuppudu. Dhobyis yenyls sing. Dhqbine iwawine kaho. Inda vuduppugalai avani- Hih wastreh tyis de, A lugadih tene ip. dattil p6du. Vuduppugalai yennu. Tin kitih ihet tin moz. Te ketlih chhe te gan. Adiga jakkir adaiyiyiruk- To idhik mehnat na gheil Te watti mehenet nahi kamalponil tallip po- tarmitylsklrhhntlkin. karshe to huh tene ki- duven. hldi mukish. Oruveljaisattayayumven- Plhdhreh dagleh ini siph Dholuh wiskut ane slph maiylna sappltteyum dzodeh klrhun thew. jodi blhir kihidi muk. veliyilvai. Nikosa valaiyai podugira Machhardini band kamy- Machhardinibandhkartih munnale tuvalai nile Iche purvlh tuhwillne pehelih tuwile karine kosukkalai yelllm ottu. sarv machhr hihkun badhi machhar hihki kirh. kirh. Mamjattih kilgajil ye- Muhgyi tsarhhhnyet mha- Palahgna paiyi pihnimlh rumbu varldap padikki nhn palahgiche ply mukoetlekidinacharhe. tannirin peril vai. pinyiht thew. P6yigal irl muzhuvadum Hamillne sarv rltr pah- Bhoioe ikhi rit pahkho pangavai izhukkaven- khl orhall pihijet. khehchwo joie. dum, 546 DIALOGUES ; English. Of Meals, and Dining Out. Bring a cup of tea after my ride. I like it strong. This is not sweet enough. I like it weaker. Put plenty of milk. Don't bring cow's milk, but buffalo's milk. Do you call this milk ? There is more water than milk. Take care the water boils before you make the tea. Put a teaspoonful of bran dy, or a little ginger in it. I don't like green tea. Let it be all black. Bring breakfast quickly. Bring tbe eggs, some hard boiled and some not. These eggs are not fresh. What are the best sorts of fish? Let me have mango fish and hilsa. Get some black pomfret, (Unknown) and some white. Kanarese. Aha'ravannu horage iitd mdduvadannu kuritu. Nanna kuduresaviri yi- danahtara nanageohdu batlu teniru tatti. Adu nanage yirabeku. Idu shi siludu Adu mattigi kammage yirona nanage pasahdu. Bahala bilubidu. Emme hllehortu ikala hilu tarabeda. Ninu yidahnu hllehta heluttiyl? Idaralli hlligihta niru hechcblgi yidhe. Ninu teniru miduvadakke muhche nirannu kudisu. Adaralli vondu teniru sautu tumba brindiyannadaru tusa shuhthiyannidaro. hlku. HashiyelcS teniru nanage sheradu. Adu yelli karrage yirali. Bejagina iltavahnu bega tatti. Koji mottegajahnu kelava channlgi beyisi kelava beyisade tatti. I kolimottegaju hostalla. Modalu tarada minugaju ylvavu. (Unknown). Telugu. Let me have two or three sorts of curries. Toast some bread, and butter it well. I have several friends coming. Get breakfast for four. Nanage yeradu mu.ru bage palyagaju ti. Tusa rottiyahnu suttu adakke chandlgi behne savaru. Nahna balige aneka snchi- taru baruttire. Nilku mahdige belaguru- tavahnu siddhl midu. Ahdramulu, baita bhoja- namu chiyadamu vitini gurinchi. Memu gurrapu savlri vojli rlgine ginnedu tenijlu tisukoni rl. Ahdul6 teyiku tslli vesi ghitugi cheyyavalenu. Ihdul6 tipi tsiladu. Ihtakante takkuva Iku veyyavalenu. Nindi plln p6yi. Avu pilu vaddu, gede pilu te. Idi pileni ? Ihdul6 pilu koddinni,niJlu yekkuvinunnu unnavi. Nijlu blgl kigina sahgati kanukkoni tarvita ah- dul6 teyiku padaveyi. Ahdul6 chinua garitedu brlntiaini kohchemu allamu ainl veyyi. Patstsani t6yiku mlku sa- ripadadu. Ahti nallatide veyyi. Tsaddi twaragl te. Big! udikina gudlu konni udakanivi konni tisukoni ri. X gudlu kottavi kivu. Chepalalo yevi nindiman- chivi ? Yerramlga chepalu hilsl ane chepalu te. Konni nalla tsanduviyi chepalu konni tella tsan- duvayi chepalu te. Mlku rendu midu vid- hamula kuralu klvale- nu. Kohchemu rotte nippu scganu kilchi dlniki tsakkagi venna ratso. Mi snehitulu sbinimahdi vastunnlru. Nalngurikitsaldi siddhamu cheyyi. MEALS AND DINING OUT. 547 Tamil. Poganam posittalai k» riltu. Marath£. GujarAti. i- Jewanya vishayin wa dusre Jamwd bdbat ane bdhdr thikdnin jewdyd vishayin. jamwajawd bdhat. Nln savvlri seydu vanda Mi ghodylwarfin phiriin Huh ghodi upar pharine pirppidu oru k6ppai llylwar mall cbyihltsl Iwuh tyir pachhi mhane pyili de. Mala kadak chyihi iwadto. Hi tsihgli gor dzhila nihi. Mali phikkl iwadto. tetanni konduvu. Adu klraml irukkaven- dum. Idukku tilippu pattidu. chlhlnuh pyiluh ip. Mhane kadak chlhe bhiwe chhe. A joie tewi mithi nathi. Idukku tittippu pattidu. Adigu pilvlr. Pasuvam pilvendam yeru- maipll konduvl. Inda pile venuml. Palai vida tanni yadigam. Ni ti pannugir darkku munnudiga tanniyai semmayly kichu. Adil orn te karandi pirin- deyai vidu alladu in- jiyai podu. Pasamai ylna ti yenakku vudavidu. Karuppu ti yiy yirukkat- tum. ¦ Siggiramiy kala cbapidu konduvl. Vevikkapattadum vevikk- ap padidadumina sila muttaigal konduvl. Inda muttaigaj pudidalla. Nettiyana minga le du. Manga minum ilasi milium yenakko kodu. Sila karu vavllunj sila vellai vavllung kodu. Irandu alladu minru vi- damlna kari vagaiga ligattinu. Konj am rottiyai suttu nan- rly vennai tadavu. Vegu sinegidargal varu- virgal. Nilu perukku klla chlp- pldu taylr pannu. Pushkal diidh ghil, Glycheh diidh inunako, mhashicheh in. Hen diidh kiy ? or hyili diidh mhantit kiy ? Ylht dhdhihun pini jlst ihe. Tsihi karnyi piirvih pan- yls karh yeiih de. Ek tsamtsi brlhdf, kiwi thorke sen lien tyiht ghil. Mall hirwi tsihi iwadat nihi. Sarv kiji asiin de. Nlshti laukar in. Ukiran kathin dzhilelih kihin ihdihin Ini kl hih tashl nadzhlleb'h in. Hih ihdih tijih nihiht. Tsihgle tslhgle dzltichi mlsji konti ? Mali tapshi wa hilsl de Kihin halwa, sarahge in. wa kihin Mhane phiki bhiwti. Ghanu diidh redo. Gaenuh dudh nahi liw, bhesnuh liw. A diidh ke ? or ine dudh shun kaho chho ? Emlh dldh kartlh plnni wattun chhe. Chahl karyih pehelih pihnine ubharo iwawi dejehoh. Temlh chlhl piwlno chamcho bbarine brlhdi athwl jarl ek ihdun nikh. Mhane lili chahl bhiwti nathi. Badhi kill rehewl de. Nasto jaldi liw. Thodlh ek bifelin ane thodih ek adbakacharih ihdih liw. A indlh tiji nathi. Kai kai jitni mlchhli baras chhe ? Mhane tapshi ane hilsl ip. Thodih ek halwi ane tho- din ek chhamnih liw. Dontindzltichihkllavane Mhlre slru be tran jitni mijhe sithih kar. karhi kar. Pinwitsi tsatyi shek, Ini Plhuhni kitli sekine te tyins loni tsihgleh liw. upar siripathe mihkhan chopad. Mijhe kityek maitr yenir Mhiri ketli ek dostdir Ihet. iwawinl chhe. Tsaughih purti nishtl Chlr janne slru nlsto taylr kar. taiylr kar. 548 DIALOGUES : English. Hand that gentleman a. knife, fork, and spoon. Give him a clean cup and saucer. Take care there is good cream, honey, and fruit. Don't smoke the milk. Take care the coffee is not burned, and that it is well ground. Kanarese. A sihibarige vohdu katti- yannii mnjlannh sau- tannii kodu. Atanige chokatavlda voh du batlahnu tatteyanmi kodu. Alii vojje keneyahnil jenu tuppavahnu hannannii jlgrate mldu. Hllige hoge hlkabeda. Kifiyahnu suttu hogadah- teyu chennigi hudi yl- guvanteyujagratemidu. I should like some game. Nanage kelavu bete beku. Tell me the name of each thing as I eat it. Say — This is an ortolan, snipe, quail, partridge, or florican. Where is the cold meat and the ham ? Put the tea-pot here, the coffee-pot at the other end, and the salt-cellars at the sides. The bread is bad and gritty. I am going to dine out. Direct the bearers where to go. Let one man carry a torch or a lanthorn. Mind you stand behind my chair and attend to my wants. Give me a glass of wine. Telugu. Woka katti, mullu, garite i doragiri cht-tiki tisi iyyi. Woka kadigina gmne tatti lyanaku iyyi, Mahchi migada venna pah- dlu unnavem6 tsudu. A pilu poga tshra niyyaku. Kiphi vittulu mldi poniy- yakundi jlgratagi tsii- chi vitini tsakkagi podi cheihtsu. Yevainl veta pakshulu klvalenani mikishta- mugi unnadi. Memu tinetappudu prati vastuvu peru chepputii rl. Idi parige pitta, idi ullahki pitta, idi piiridi pitta, idi kaudzu, leka kimi ledi pitta ani cheppu. Tahgalu mlmsavu hahdi- Tsaddi mimsamu pahdi todeyh yelli ? toda yekkada ? Teniru pltravahnu yillii Te nijla pitra ikkada ki- klfi pltravahnu iche phi pitra 1 konanu up- konell uppu pltraga- puginnelu pakkalanu Jaiinu maggalallti yidu. untsu. Ninu litimldutti iruviga prati padirthada hesa- rahnu nanage heju. (Unknown). Is there red wine as well as white ? Don't fill the glass so full, I" rotti kettaddigiyh kallu mayavagiyu yidhe. Ninu horage bhojanakke h6guttene. H6gabeklda sthalavahnu bestarige heju. Obbanu divatige yanni- gali llndarannigali hi- dikohdu h6gali. Nahna kurchiyahihde nin- tu nanage beklddahnu mldu jatana. Nanage vohdu gljf batlu drikshi sariyavahnu kodu. Drlkshislrlya kemplddu bilidd idhey6 ? Glji batlahnu ashtu purl tuniba beda. I' rotte mahchidi kldu ih- dul6 rijlu unnavi. Memu bhojaniniki baita p6b6timu. P6valasina ts6tu boyilato cheppu. Wokadu diviti aini linda- ru aini pattuka povala- sinadi. Nivu ml kurichi venaka nilutsundi mlku kivala- sinadantl iwavalasinadi Mlku ginnedu woyinu , slrlyi te. Yerrayi woyinu slrlyinni tellati woyinu slrlyinni unnavi ? Ahta nindi 1 glasul6 p6ya- vaddu. MEALS AND DINING OUT. 543 Tamil. Anda turaikku oru katti- yum mujjum karandi- yum kodu. Avarukku oru tattungk6p- payung kodu. Ange nalla piledum tenum pazhamum irukkiradu pattiram. Pilai mugaride. Klppik "kottai nallay va- ruppadavidu millai idip- padavu millai .pattiram. Sfidida yenakku mana- dirukkiradu. Nln sippidugira p6du an- danda vastuvin per chollu. Idu ortolan, snipe, kuyi- lenrum kavudiri yen- rum, florican yenrum, chollu. Irattiri mamisamura panni todayu menge ? Te tinni pittirattai itta- laiy ilung kippi pitti rattai attalaiy ilung vuppu sisak kalai pak- kang kalilum vai. Rotti kettadum tavudu miga irukkudu. Nln vejiyile pagal sappidu sippida pogiren. Ini nln p6ga vendiya yidattai povigalukku chollu. Oru p6gi oru tivattiyai ylgilumllndalai yavadu kondu pogattum. Yenakku pinnile irundu yenakku vendiyadu galai kodakkaplr. Oru gilisu vuyin yenakku kodu. Marath£. Tyi grihasthls suri, wa kahti wa tsamtsi de. GujarAt£. Te grihasthne chhari, klhto ane chamcho ip. Tyls ek swachh pylll wa Tene ek sojuh pylluh ane bashi de. rikibi Ip. Tsihgli malai, wa madh, wa phaleh taylr thew. Dudhis dhurakatawun nako. Kiphis karapawuh delin nako, ini ti tsihgli daliw. Shiklr inaleli tar tsihgli. Mi ek ek padlrth khit dzlin taseh tyichen mail nlw sing. Hi ortolan ihe, kihwi sniip ihe, kihwl liwi ihe, kihwl tittir ihe, kihwl florican ihe, aseh singat dzi. Thahde mlhs, wa ham kothe ihe ? Tsihidini yetheh thew wa kiwidini palikadle shewatis thew, wa ni- makdini bldzfis thew. Sirimalli,madh, anemewo taiylr rikhje hoh. Dfidhne dhumldo ligwi detoni. Kifine baji jawa detono ; ane te siri jhihni dali ¦ wje. Kain innelo siklr male to slruh. Huh khlto j iuh tem mhane dar ek janasnuh nini keheto ji. A ortolan chhe, athwi snaip chhe, athwi liwarf chhe, athwi titar chhe, athwi florikan chhe, em keheto ji. Thahdo gost ane him kih- hih chhe ? Chihidini ahiylh muk, kiwidini pele chhede, ane nimakdihni bijue muk. Pihw wait, wa katsakachit Pihun nathirah ane kas- ihe. tarwlluh chhe. Mi biher jewiwyls dzit Huh blhir jamwl jlun iheh. chhauh. Kothe dzlwyicheh ihe ten Kihhlh jawuh te hamilne hamilihs sing. kehe. Mashil kihwi kandy 1 ekis Ek janne masll agar flnas ghenyls sing, lewinuh kehe. Aikalehs ? tun mijhe khur- chlche pithimlgeh ubhl rlhhn mall jehllgel ty- ichi tajwij thew. Mall wain dirhcheh ek glis de. Slmbhajyuh alyi, tun khurshini pichhal ubbo rihine mhane je joie teni tajwij rlkh. Mhane wain dirunuh ek glis Ip ? Ange vellai chlriyamum Tlmbadi wa plhdhri yl Dholo ane rito ehen jitno segappu charayamum donhi dzltitsi wlin wain chhe ? irukkirada ? Kilasil avvalavu niraiya vidide. donhi Ihet? Glis itkeh agdih bharun Glis etlun badhuh bhar- nako. tona. 550 DIALOGUES : English. That is enough. Kanarese. Adu siku. Telugu. Adi tsllunu. Bring me a tumbler of Nanage vondu dodda giji Woka tamblaru nillu tfeu- water. batlu niru tegadu kohdu koni ri. hk. Got me some chicken. Nanage tusa k6Jimari ti. Mlku k6dipillala kura kohchemu te. No more, I thank you. Hand me the vegetables. Give me pepper, mustard, vinegar, and salt. Give me a glass of beer after the curry. Give me the rice. Give me a small plate for the cheese. Where is the butter-knife ? Cool the wine with salt petre. Ihnu beda, ninage vahdani mlduttene. Nanage klyi palyagalahnu kodu. Nanage menasfi sisuveyu kldiyu uppfi kodu. Palyl vunda meli nanage vohdu giji batlu bir sariyi kodu. Nanage anni kodu. Juhnu geddege nanage vohdu chikka tatteyahnu kodu. Behneya chhri yelli ? Kadduppinihda drikshi sirayavahnu tampiyisu. Ice the water and the soda (Unknown). water. Of a Journey. Praydnavakuritu, I am going to Allahabad Ninu nlje AUahlbldige to-morrow. hoguttene. I shall go by dlk. Ninu tapllinaUi h6gut- tene. Where is the post-office ? Ahchgkachen yeUi? I want bearers to . Phallni sthalakku nanage Phallni ts6tiki mlku b6- bestaru b6ku. yelu kivalenu. What must I pay ? Ninu yenu kodabeku ? Mememi ivvavalasinadi ? Ihta tsilun6i. A kiya kuralu itli te, Miriyilu, ivllu, kldi, uppu iyyi- Kfira tinna tarwita woka gllsu biru slrlyi te. Anuamu te. Dzunnugadda pettadinaku woka chinna paUemu , iyyi- Venna tise katti yekkada ? Sureklrapu nijlalo woyenu sariyi buddi petti tsal lagl undetattu cheyyi. I nijlanunnu sfidlvltaru- nunnumahtsugaddunil-lal6 uhchi tsallagl un detattu cheyyi. Praydnamunu guririchi. Memu repu Alahibiduku p6timu. Memu ahchela mida p6- tlmu. Taplliphisu yekkada ? Must I give largesse ? Ninu yinlm kodabek6 ? What is the custom ? Give me a receipt. Tell the bearers their re ward depends on their conduct. Paddhatihyige? [kodu. Nanage vohdu rashidu Inlmu avara nadavadike- yannu hididu yidhe yehta bestarige heju. If they go quick they shall Avaru churuklgi hodare be weU paid. avarige chandigi ko- duve. Memu bahuminamu iwa- valenl ? Mlmnlu yetll ? Mikoka rasidu iyyi. B6yilato viru nadutsu k6- vadamunaku taginattu vlrikfrbahuminamuivvabadunani cheppu. Viru twaragi p6te viriki manchi bahuminamu ippintsabadunu. MEALS JOUENEYING. 551 Tamil. Adu p6dum. MabAtiii. Titkeh pure. Yenakku orutamilar tan- Plnyichehektamblarmali nir konduvl. in. Yenakku konjam kozhi Kombadiche pilicheh thor- kunjagalai konduva. kehseh mis mall in. Periya vupagaram p6dum. Nako nako, pure. Yenakku marakkarigal Bhiji mazkare kar. konduvl. Yenakku mujagum kldu- Kljeh mirih, wa mohryi, gum kidiyum vuppung wa shirki, wa mith mall kodu. de. Karikkup piragu yenak- Karhi kbillyi nahtar mail ku oru kUlsu bir kodu. ek glis bharun bir de. Yenakku chor konduvl. Mall bhit de. Sinnu kattikku oru chinna Panerl karitin mail ek k6ppai kodu. dhlkti bashi de. Vennai katti yengG > Lonyltsi tsiku kothe ihe ? Vedi vuppaik kondu wine Soryine wlin thahd kar. kulirpanna. Tanniraiyum s6dl tanni- Plni wa sodi witar bar- rayum kattiylkku. ' phlne gir kar. Gujarati. Tetluh has chhe (or) tet- luh ghanuh thayuh. Mhlre slru plhninuh ek tamblar liw. Marghi'nih bachylhnuh thodun ek mlhs mane muk. Nahi, nahi, ghanuh tha yuh. Sik bhiji mhiri taraf liw. Mhane mari, rii, sarko, ane mithuh Ip. Karhi khidhi pachbi mhane ek galls bharine biar ip. Mhane bhit ip. Panirne slru mhane ek uhini riklbi ip. Mihkhanni piji klhhih chhe ? Surlkhlr wate wain tldho kar. Plnni ane sodi witar bara- fati tldhuh pld. Orupiraiydnattaik kurittu, Prawdsd wishayin. NaJaikkuninAUahabadku Udyi mi Allhlbldes pogiren. dzinir ihe. TapalU p6ven. Mi dliket dziin. Musdfari bdbat. Huh kile Alahibld (Pra- ylg) janir chhuh. Huh Dlkmlh jaish. Tapilapfsu yenge ? Paliua idattukku poga po- vigal venum. Nln yenna kodukka v^num ? Nln inim kodukka venuma ? Vazhakka menna ? Yenakkoru irasidu kodu. Povigajukku avargal sem- maiyiy nadandu kojlu- vlrgajinil inim koduk- kappadu menru choUu. Avargal siggiram p6vir- gajinll avargajukka kiUi nanrly iodukkap- padum. Dihkechi kacheri kothe Dlkni kacharl kinhih ihe ? chhe ? Mall paryaht hamil Mhlre falinnlh thekinih pihijet. sudhi bhoio joie chhe. Mall kiy dyiweh ligel ? Shun ipuh ? Mali inim dyiweh ligel ? Shirastl kasi kiy Ihe ? Mall plwati de. Hamllihs sang kin war- tanuk plhun tumhls inim mijlwyicheh ten milej. Dzar te laukar tsiltil tar tyihs tsihgli mazviri milel. Mhlre inim ipwuh pad- she? Shirasto sho chhe ? Mhane pohhonch ip. Bhoione kehe chal chalgat joyi pachhl inim mal- wlnun hashe te malsbe. Jaldi chllshe to teone thik majuri malshe. 5.52. DIALOGUES .' English. Kanabese. If they put the palki down Avaru talirishi kojjuva- to rest one or two must dakke pllkiyahnu kejage -remain with it. ittare obbanu yi ibbaru adara hatra irabeku. Telugu. Badalika tirtsuk6vadamu- naku pilaki tagginat- taitewokadu iddaru dini vadda undavalasinadi. Have done with your smok ing and go on. As you value your place see that there is a torch- bearer with each set. See that he has abundance of oil for each stage. How far is it to ? Ninu hogebattiyahnu nil- Pogatsuttalu tigadam tsi- lisi mundakke nadi. lihebi nadavandi. What sort of road is it ? Are there any rivers or water-courses ? Can they be crossed, and if so, how ? Are there plenty of sup plies at each station ? What kinds of food are there ? Is there good and whole some water ? Is this water from a tank, river, or weU ? Shew me where you got it. What is the name of that village, fort, or moun tain? AVhat temple or mosque is that ? Is there a European bangli or a native inn for tra vellers ? Is this bed clean ? Are there any bugs, fleas, or other insects ? Is there any epidemic in the vUlage ? Ninna udyogadalli ninage ishe yiddare jote von- dakke vobba masblljiya yirisu. Prati majUigd avanaUi tuthba yenne yiruva hinge mldu. adu yeshtu dhra yidhe ? Adu yenthi diri ? AUi nadigaju klluvegaju yivadldarfi unte ? Avugalahnu dita kiidite, hihgidare hylhge ? Prati majilinalll padlr- thagaju bahajavigi aveye ? AUi ylva bage ihlragaju iruttave ? AUi ojje ir6gyavlda niru idheye ? X niru kered6, holed6, yl bblvid6 ? Adu ninage shikkida stha- lavannu nanage t6risu. Agrimada, k6teya, yl par- vatada hesarenu ? Aduylvagudi,yimashidi ? A1U bhitesirigajige in- garijara bahgaje yigali hindii satra vlgah irut- tadeyS ? f hashige chokatavlgid- hey6? Alii tigane kure yi here bujagalu enadarti avey6 ? T grimadalli antu vyidhi Inidaru untd ? Niku udy6gamu mida lak- shyamu unte^iyi dzata b6yilat6wokamishilehi uhdeligu j igrata cheyyi . Prati majih'ki klvalasiii- ahta teamuru vinivadda finnadl tsiidu. adi yehta diramu f A bhita yetuvantidi ? Akkada yc5Jlu klluvalu ye- maini unnavi ? Vitini diti pfivatsunl atll aite yetli dita vala- sinadi ? Prati majib'lonunnu kiva- lasinahta simagri doru- kunl ? Ye tarahl ihlra vastuvulu dorukunu ? Akkada manchi irogya- maina nillu unnavi ? Idi guhta nilli, yeti nilli, blvi nijll ? Adi yekkadi nuhchi tech- chinlv6 tsijpu. A vdri p^ru, k6ta p&u,, konda peru yemi ? Adi yemi gudi, leka yemi masidu ? Akkada bhltasirlugi uhde' dqralu digadinaku ban- gill gini naUavlhdlu digadinaku satramu- glni unnadi ? f parupu duUpinadenl ? Ahduld naUulu glni miri-r naUulu glni puruguju gini yemainl unnavi ? X v6116 jidyllu yemaini kaiavi ? JOURNEYING. 553 Tamil. IJaippirumbadiku paUikai avargal kizhe vaittll adode oruvan alladu irandu per tarittu irukki vendum. Suruttuk kudittlchuda nudattu. Ni pallna vidattukku p6ga vendiya diruppadil pi- ridi settfikam masilchi irukkrlnl venru pir. Owaru piridi majulukkum tevaiyana yenne iruk- kiradl pir. Pallna idattukku yevva- ' lavu dtiram ? Anda r6ttu yeppadi iruk- kiradu ? Ange yedivadu yengal vi- ylkkllga! irukkiradi ? Ar tindi pogaliml appa- diylnil yeppadi pogi- raau? Owaru muklmilum podu- mlni surappori iruk kiradi ? Ange yevvida pojana miru- kiradu ? Angenalladum rusigaramu mina tannir irukkiradi ? Inda tannir .kujattu tan nir! ittu tanniri alladu kinattu tanniri ? Yenge irundu adai kondu vandl yenru klttu. AndakiramaUinudaiyavum k6ttainudaiyavum pe- renna ? Anda k6vU aUadu gorikku perenna ? Ange yittiraik klrarukku veUai klrarukku panga- lavlvadutamizharrukkusattiramavadu vundu ? MarAthi, Wisihwi ghenyis te pal- khf khlh'h utartil tar eki doghlni pllkhi dzawal rihiweh. G u jarati . Wislmo khlwine pllkhi utlre to ek be jane pllkhi pise rehewuh joie. Tambikhti orhnyacheh Tamblku piwinuh patlwo pureh hohh dzl, Itih ane hawe chilo. tsall. Tuli tslkaricbi garaj asel Tane tiri chikarini garaj tar darek dzodi barobar hoe to dar ek jodi slthe mashllchi thew. masilchi rlkh. SlmbhiJ tapyl tapyl pur- Majle majal sudhi poh- teh tel tyidzawaj asuh hohche tetluh tel rikh- de. wlni tajwij rlkh. yethun kitih limb Te ahihihthi ketluh idhuh Ihe ? chhe ? East! kasl kiy ihe ? Rasto kewo chhe ? Nadyi nile klhih Ihet ? Kain nadi nllih chhe ? Tyi pir utarwel ; utarwel tar kasheh ? Dar muklmls pibije titki sidhi sarahjim mijej ? Tetheh klykiy khlnyiche padlrth miltlt ? Tetheh tslhgleh plni Ihe ? Hen plni talyicheh, kihwi nadicheh, kinwl wihiri- cheh ihe ? Hen kothfiu Inales ten mall dikhiw. Tyi gihwlcheh, kihwi dohgarlcheh niw kiy ? Teh konten defil, kihwi konti mashid ? Tetheh utiru loklh kari- tih European loklhtsi bangli ihe, kihwl dharmshljl Ihe ? Too pir utarisbe ? ane utarie tern hoe to shi rite ? Dar ek mukinme joie tet luh sidhuh siman mal- 6be ? Tlhhlh khlwini janas shu shu male chhe ? Tihhihuh plnni siruh ane nirogi chhe ? A plnni taliwnun chhe ke nadinuh ke kuwinun ? Tun klhhihthi llwyo te mane dekhld. Te gimnuh, athwi kUll- nuh, athwi parwatnu nlm shu ? Te kayun deheruh, athwi kai masid ? Muslfar lokone waste tlh hlh yuropiyan lokono bahglo chhe, ke dharam- shili ? Inda mettai suttami irak- Hi bichhlnl swachh ihe ? A bichhinuh slf chhe ? kiradl ? Ange" yedlvudu miittaiga- phenkun, pisl, wagaire Mlnkan, chlhchad wagere lum ikkajum alladu klhhih ihet ? kain chhe ? matta pfichigalumunda? Anda kirimattil yedivadu Gihwlt klhhin roglchi Gimmih kain rog chhe ? slstira pajlik kudami- slhth Ihe ? rukkiradl ? 554 DIALOGUES : English. Kanarese. Telugu. Is there small-pox, cholera, llli shidubu, vihtibhedi, Mashfiehakamu, maradi, or fever? ya, jwara untl ? leka jwarilu unnavi ? Is tbis a healthy place ? Idu Irogyavida sthalave ? Idi saukhyamaina sthala- meni? Is it so now ? Adu yiga hige idheye ? Ippudu saukhyamugl un nadi ? Has any sick person slept Muncbe yi hishigemele Itivala r6gishtbi yeva- on this bed lately ? yiva vyidhista nidari daini i-padakamida malagi kondu iddane ? pahdukonnidl ? What was his ailment ? Avana jidyavenu ? Vidiki yemi vyidhi ? CaU the sweeper and let Jhadmiliyannukari, avanu Jhidumilini puichi i him clean the place. i sthalavahnu gudisali. sthalamu fidtsamanu. Take care where you pitch Takka sthall n6di gudlrl Deri yekkada kottistlvo the tent. hodisu. bhadram. Let it be in a dry place. Adu onagida stbaladaUi Podi nelanu kottihtsu. irali. Are there any snakes, scor- IUi yenidarii hivugaju Ikkada yemaini plmulu pions, or other reptUes chejugalu ya yitara jan- tellu, leka, itaramaina here ? tugaju vuht6 ? pike jantuvulu unnavi ? I shaU ride this stage in Ninu yi majUige vishe- X majUil6 gurrapu savlri preference. shavigi kudure savlri cheya g6rutunnlnu. mlduttene. Of Sickness and consulting Vyddhiyannii vaidya non- Vyddhi, vaidyudiki tsiipa- a Doctor. dige mdtddbnavannu damu vitini gurinehi. kuritu. What is the matter with Ninage mai yenu ? Niku wojlu yemi ? you? I have got a fever. Nanage jwara. Nlku jwaramu tagilinadi. When were you taken Ul ? Ninage yiviga kiyUe ki- Niku yeppudu jwaramu nishitu ? tagUinadi ? Last night at bed-time. Ninne ritri malaguvlga. Ritn paduk6 boyyetap- pudu. What do you complain of? Ninage yiga yenlgiyidhe? Niku unde bhidha yemi ? I have great pain and Nanage bahaja talen6vfi Nltalatirugutiinihdlnop- giddiness in the head. mayakavfi igi yidhe. pigl unnadi. My skin is very hot, and I Nanage deha bahaja tipa- Ni wojlu nindi klgutfi have great thirst. vigiyd bahu biyirike niku vidihamugl un- yagiyti yidhe. nadi. Let me feel your pulse ? Ninna dbltu nodalisu ? Ni dhituvu tsiidani ? Shew me your tongue ? Ninna niligeyahnu nanage Ni niluka tshpu ? t6risu ? Have you a bad taste in Ninnabayikaiylgiidhey6 ? Ni niru chSdugl unnadi ? your mouth ? Yes; I have great clam- Havudu, nanage beliggye Avunu tellavlri pita ni miness and a very bitter blyi bahaja antlgiyu n6ru nindi jigatagi- taste in the morning. kailgiyu idhe. nunnu katika chedugl- nunnu untunnadi. J0UBNEYTN3 — SICKNESS. 555 Tamil. MarAthi. Gujarati. Angesiruammaiyumvlndi Dewi,kihwlwlkhi, kihwi, Shitll chhe, ke wikho, ke pediyum kichalu tip Ihe ? tiw ? munda ? Idu savukkiya mina vi- Hi nirogi dzlgl ihe ? A jagi nirogi chhe ? dama ? Ippoda appadiye irukki- HaUih ti nirogi Ihe ? Hamnlh nirogi chhe ? radl ? Indap padukkayil irivadu K6ni idzlri manushya yi Hllmih 1 pathlri upar munnile paduttirundlr- bicbhlnyiwar alikade koi mlhduh mlnnas gaji ? nizll hotl ? sutuh hatuh ? Avan yenna viyidi yaga Tyls kiy hot ase P Tene shun tha tun hatuh ? irunain ? Perukkiravanai kfippittu Dziduwilyis boliw, ini Jhidu karnlme bollwine anda idattai suttanjey tyis hi dzaga dzldanyis tene jagl bihirwlnuh yattum. sing, kahe. Anda kudlrattai yenge SimbhiJ dzlgl plhfin Jagl joine tambu mlrje. adikki ray pattiram. tambii mir. Adai kiynda yidattil adik- Suke dzlgewar mix. Sukiejagie tlhnje. kattum ? Ange yedivadu pambuga- Yetheh klhih sip, bitsfi, Ahihylh kai sip athwi JumtelgaJumaUadumat- kihwl itar kidih Ihet ? wichhu athwi bijah jahn ta puchigalumundi ? janiwar chhe ? Hi mazal ghodyi wardn A majal ghadi upar jawl- kariwi aseh mall Iwadten. nun mhane game chhe. Viyddiyaikurittumvaiyid- Adzdripand wishayin, wa Mandwdd bdbat ane waidni diya naik kurittum. waidydchen anumat sald'h lewd bdbat. ghenyd wishayin. Vunak kenna? yenna vi- Tuli kiy hoteh ? Tane shun thle chhe ? yidi ? Yenakku churam. Mall tip ill ihe. Mane tiw iwyo chhe. Yeppodu viyidil vizhun- Kewhlh 111 ? Kyire iwyo ? day ? Nettu rlttiri padukkfra Kil rltrih niznyaohewelih. Gai rltre suti wakhte. tarunattil. Vunakkenna viyidi? Tuli kiy hoten ? Tamne shun darad thle chhe ? Yenakku remba varatta- Mijheh dokeh dukhteh wa Mhlruh mithuh bahu mum talaiyil mayak- bhohwaj yete. dukhe chhe ane bhoi kamumirakkiradu. iwe chhe. Yen melu migavunsfidl Mijheh Ing phir tlplen Mhlruh sharir gbanun irukkiraduyenakkurem- ihe, wa mall phir tapyuh chhe, ane mane bavum tigamiga iruk- shosh pari! Ihe. bahu shosh pade chhe. kiradu. Nln vun narambin tidul Tujhi niri pihiin de ? Nidi jowl de ? pidittu park kattum ? Vuunikkaikittuplrpom? Jibh dikhiw. Jibhdekhid? Vun vayil ketta rusiyi Tumcben tond wait dzhl- Tiruh mhoduh nathirn yirukkirada ? leh ihe ? (niswldu) thai gayuh chhe ? Am yennivu pisin p&lotti Hoy, sakllche praharih Hi ; suwlrne pahar mhl- kojjugira duntavira ki- mijhen tond chikat, wa run mhoduh chiknun lameyil vay kasappl phir kadi hoteh. ane kapwuh karwuh thae irukkiradu. jie chhe. 558 DIALOGUES : English. Have you any sickness at stomach ? Yes ; and last night I vomited once. Have you any appetite ? Very Uttle, and nausea after meals. Are your bowels regular? I am rather costive. When were your bowels moved ? This morning. Have you any pain in your limbs ? No pain except in my head. You must take an emetic. Dissolve this powder in a cupful of cold water. Drink one-half now, and the other fifteen minutes after, if the first dose does not make you sick. As soon as you feel sick drink two or three cup- fuls of warm water to promote the vomiting. Kanabese. Ninage yenidarii hotte tolesuttad6 ? Havuduninn6 rltri nanage ohdu sala vihtiylyitu. Ninage hasbivlguttadeye ? Bahaja swalpa, mattu iitl- mididamele asahhya- vigi idhe. Ninagekilapravrutti chan- dlgi iguttadeye ? Nanage mala katti yidhe. Ninage kilapravrutti yi- vlga iyitu ? Ihdu beligge. Ninna avayavagaJaUi no- venldaru unte ? Nanna taleli hortu mat- tellfi n6vUla. Ninu vintige tegadu koj- Jabeku. f churnavannu ohdu batlu tanniralU kalasu. Iga ardhavahnu kudi, adu hotte tolasade yiddare hadinaidu nimasha tiji, mattardhavahnu kudi. Ninage hotte tojasida kudle vlntiylguva dak- klgi yeradu miru batlu bishi niru kudi. Telugu. Niku kadupulo vikira- mugi yemaini unnadi ? Avunu ninnati rltri woka siri vanti ainidi. Niku ikali yemaina un nadi ? Kohchemugl unnadi bh6- janamu chesinapimmata vlnti vachebetattu uh- tunnadi. Niku klla pravrutti kra- mamugi avutunnadl ? Niku tsakkagl kivadam ledu. Niku kilapravrutti yep- pudu ainadi ? Nedu tellavlri. Niku wohtl6 yekkadanaini noppi unnadi ? Talanutappanikuyekkadi noppi ledu. Nivu vlhtiki mandu tisu- k6valenu. I chiirnamu ginnedu tsan- nillalo kalupu. Ippudu sagamtlgu ahdu- valla niku vlhti klnat- taite padihenu nimisha- nmlaku tarwita kadama sagamunnu tigu. Vlhti vachche tattu niku t6tsagine tsakkagl vlhti kivadlnaku rendu miidu ginnela vennijlu tigu. What must I eat ? Ninu yenu vfitimidali : You must eat nothing to day but gruel and Klnji. Do not cover yourself with too many clothes. Keep as cool as you can. I shall see you again to night. Give the patient these two pills at bedtime, and the draught to-morrow morning. Nfnu ihdu ambaliyiS gah- jiyu hortu berend uhna kiidadu. Ninu aneka battegajahnu hoddukobeda. Ninna kailldashtu tainpu midik6. Nihnahnu frltri tirigi n6- duttene. Vyldhisthanige malaguvl- ga i yeradu mitregajan- nh nlje bejigge kashl- yavahnti kodu. Nlkemi pathyamu, or ne- nemi bhojanamu chey- avalasinadi. Dzlva, ganji tappa nivu ned^mmni putstsukokii dadu. Nihdl gudclalu wohtimfda kappukoka. Ni sharframunaku yeiita tsalavagaligite aiita manchidi, Tirugl rltri vachchi ninnu tsustinu. Rogiki i rendu mltralu paduk6 boyy6 tappudu ichchi-lkalipina mandu repu udaylDa iyyi. SICKNESS. 557 Tamil. Vayattil yedavudu novu vunda ? Am irittiri oru diram vln- dip panninen. Vunakkup pasi yirukki- radl ? Inetta konj am sappitta pir- guvindi ylgip p6gudu. MabAth£. Gujahat£. Tumche potiht dawajteh ? Taniirl petmih dohojie ohhe ? Hoy, kil ritrih mi ekadih Hi ; klle rltre huh ek okaloh. war okyo. Tumhls bhuk llgte ? Tamne bhukh lige chhe ? Thorki llgte ini jehwalyi- Thodi thodi lige chhe, ane war potiht dhawajteh. jamyl- pachhi jiwarchu thle chhe. Vayattil koji riUa diruk- kiradl ? Yenakku mala banda mi- rukkiradl. Ni yeppldu salavldaik- kirundly ? Inrukilame.Vunadu avayavangajil n6virukkiradi ? Talai vali tavira vere n6- vUlai. Ni vindikki yeduttuk kol-. lavenum. Inda tulai oru k6ppai ja- lattU karai. Ipp6 orupangum kilmani poruttu inda avizh dat- tinil vunakku vupattira mill! dirundal matta- pangeyum sappidu. Vunakku vupattiram kanda mittirattil adigamay vindi yigumbadikku irandu alladu munru k6ppai sudu tannir kudi. Ninyennasippida venam ? Tumhls parsikades slph hoteh ? Midzhi kothi thorkisi kabaz Ihe. Tumhls parsikade kew- hlh dzhileh hoteh ? Adz sakijih. Tumche hit pie dukhtit ? Dokeh mitr dukhten. Tumhls ulticheh aushadh ghetleh pihije. Hi bhuki pyili bhar thahd pinyiht milwi. Ardbeh itin pyi ini pah- dhri miniti nahtar tum che potiht kalmajaleh nlhitarbikichehardhehpyi. Tumche potiht kajmajlu llgleh mhanje wihti tsihgli honyi karitih don tin pylle ushn plni pyi. Mi kiy khiiih ? Tamne jhldo saru thle chhe ? Mhiro kotho jari kabaj chhe. Tamne jhldo kylre thayo hato ? A'j sawlre. Tamlri hath pag dukhe chhe ? Eklun mithuh dukhe chhe. Tamire ultinuh osad khi- wuh joie. A bhuki pyilah bhar tid- hih pihnimih melaw. Ai-dhuh bamnih pio ane pahdarminitmin tamiri petmih kalmale nabih to bikinuh pi le. Tamirih petmih kalmal- wi miiide etle sli-i pethe oklri tbawi slru be tran pyilin bharine un- huh plnni pijo. Huh shun khiuh ? Anamung kanjiyuntavira Adz tumhih klhih khilh Aj tame kain khiso nalu, veronrusappidavendim. naki,"pej wa kihji pyi. pej ane kihje pije. Adiga vastirangal p6ttu pottuk kojjidi. Yunnar kudiya mattu sa- lavaiya yirukkappir. Rattirikku marupadiyum .yunnai van dupir kiren. Yiyidikkiranukku inda rendu mittirai yaipa- dukkain podum nila kllamaikku inda avizh datteyuna kodu. Pushkal pinghrvme ghehh naki. Tumtsine ipanis jitkeh thahd rikhwel titkeh rlkhi. Ritris tumchl mi punah khabar ghein. Adziri manushyis nijte welih don gojyi dyl Ini udylh sakijih pinyacheh aushadh pijl. Ghanih lugadlh orbso nahih. Jetli thahdak rakhly tetli rikho. Rltre pichhi huh tamiri khabar leish. Mihdih mlhnasne rltre suti wakhte 1 be goli ipjo, ane pfwinun osad kale sawire pijo. 558 DIALOGUES I English. Kanarese. Telugu. Tell him to put his feet in Avanu malaguvadakke Padakaku poyyetappudu hot water before going muhche avanu klluga- kljlu vennijlalo uritsu- to bed. lahnu bishiniraUida kommani atanitd helu. cheppu. Is there any medical man IUi ylrldarii vaidyaruhte ? Ikkadayevadainl vaidyudu in this place ? unnadi ? Is he a native or European ? Atadu naUavidi, j itividl ? Send for him whoever he may be. Tell him I have been at tacked with cholera, and to bring medicine with him. Have you any cholera me dicine in the house ? Have you any mustard ? If so, make plasters to put on my stomach and feet. Fill these stone bottles with boiling water and apply them to the feet. TeU my servant not to leave me for a moment. Of Riding and Buying a Sorse. Is the horse ready ? Put the saddle well on. Hold the bridle tiU I be fairly mounted. Take up the stirrup one hole. Let the stirrup down two holes. Tighten the girth. Put a cloth over the horse's eyes. Coax him that he be not restive. Is that a riding or a car riage horse ? Keep out of the way, per haps he may kick, bite, or rear. Avanu ylridaru sari avah- na kareyisu. Nanage vinti bhedi kah- diruvadigiyd sahgita avusti taruvahteyu ava- nohdige heju. Ninna maneyeUi vinti bhe- dige avusti idbeye ? Ninna hatra sisivepudi idheye-, iddare nahna hottemelh kilugaja melii hikuvadakke mu- limu midu. X kallu buddigajojagebisb- inirahnu tnmbi avuga lahnu kllugajige hiku. Nahnannu nimishavii bit- tiradahte nahna navu- klranige helu. Kudure sawdri mddona- vdnnii kollonavannu ku- ritu. Kudure tayirlgi yidheye ? Chandlgi jfnu hiku. Ninu chandlgi adaramele hattuvatanaka kadi- vlnl hidi. Riklbahnu ohdu kannu melakke yettu. Riklbahnu yeradu kahnu- gaju kejage bidu. Tahguvirahnu bigisu. Kudureya kannugaju mele ohdu batteyannu hiku. Chandi midadahte adahnu tattu. A kudure battuvade, bah- dige kattuvade ? Yevarainl sare pilipihtsu. Mlku maradi sankatamu kanipinchinadani chep- pi atanni aushadhamu pattuka rammanu. Ihtlo nivadda maradiki ye- mainl aushadhamu un- nada ? Ni vadda ivllu yemaina unnavi, uhte kadupuku killaku pattuveyyadi- naku nhri guddalaku tsarumu. I' riti budlal6 nduku nillu p6si vitini kiUaku wottu. Nimishamu kfidl mam muna vadilipetti uhda vaddani ml naukarut6 cheppu. Gurrapu savdri povddamu, gurramu konadamu vitini gurinchi. Gurramu siddhamugi un nadi? Jini tsakkagl kattu. Memu yekki big! kurt- sundedikl kajlemu pattuk6. Ankevanne woka randhra- munaku paigi dzarupu. Ankevanne rendu randhra- mulaku kihdugi dihtsu. Tahguviru bigintsu. Gurramu kahdlaku adda- mugl woka gudda veyyi. Mondi ch^yakuhdl unde llguna dinni tattu. Adi yekkudu gurraml bahdi gurrami ? Hidibittu yiru, vohdu veje Diri tolagi p6, adiwokave- adu vodditu, kachchitu latannunukarutsunuW- yl muhgllugala yettitu. ka muhdari klllu pai- kettunu, SICKNESS ELDING AND BUYING A HOUSE. 559 Tamil. Avan padukka pigu mun- ne avan kil kajai ven- niril toyikka ch&Uu. Ividattil vayittiya liruk- kiriri ? Avan yivvurlnl aUadu irlppiylni ? Avan y irl irundilum kvip- pidu. Yenkkup pedi ylgu denru avanukku cholli marindu konduvara choUu. Vun vittil vlndi pedi ma rindu irukkudi ? Vun vittU kadugu iruk kudi ? irundil arachi kllukku pattupidu. Inda kil puttiyU sudutan- niyai nirappi kllukku ottadam p6du. Eonjanera migilum yenna vitta p&gimalirukkum- badi yen velaik klra- nukkudi. Kudirai vdngi savdri sey- giradai kurittu. Kudirai taylrl yirukkuda ? Siniyai nanriy kattu. Nln yerugira varaikkum kadi vijattaip pidi. Angu padiyil orutuvlrattai yeduttividu. Angu padiyai kizh tuvu- rattU mlttu. Angu padiyai piguvu sey. Kudirai kangatai tuniyinil mhdu. Adu murandlda padikku tisi sey. Adu vundi kudiraiya yeru kudiraiya ? Odingi yiru, oruvejai ka- dikkum vudaikkum, ye- riyum aUadu pinnukku yedayum. Marath£. Nizlwyls dzlnylche plr- vih iple ply ushn plny- Iht ghlli mhanun tyis slhgi. Yl tbikihih koni waidya ihe ? To etaddeshiya ihe kihwl European Ihe ? To koni tarih aso tyis bollwi. Tyls sing kin mall wikhi dzhlll ihe ylstav au shadh ghetin ye. Tumche gharlht wikhyi- cben kihin aushadh Ihe? Tumhldzawal riyl ihet? astil tar mijhe potlwar wa piyihwar ghllnyi sitbih tyi witun tylht- si patyl kari. Hylchinii mltichesishlht ukajten plni bharfin mijhe ply sbeki. Mijhe tslkaris sing! kin tun mijhe dzawajiin dzari hi! ini nako. GujabAtJ. Tene kaho ke sutlh pehe- llh potini pag uhhlh pihnimih rikhe, Ahiyln koi waid chhe ? Te et deshiya chhe ke Yu- ropian ? Te game te hoe pan tene bollw. Tene kaho ke mhane wikho thayo chhe waste osad leine chilo. Tamiri gharmln kain wikhlnuh osad chhe ? Tamiri gharmln kain rii chhe? hoe to mhlrih pet ane pag upar mu- kwl slru witine lepri karo. A chinii mltinl sislomlh khajkhajtuh pihni bha- rine mhiri pag sheko. Mhiri chikarne kaho ke tun sahebne ek kshan bhar wihilo mukine ja- tono. oar beswd ane kharid karwd Ghodydwar basnyd visha- Ghodd yin wa ghodd kharid, ghodo karnyd vishayin. bdbat. Ghodi taylr Ihe ? Ghodo taiylr chhe ? Khogir nit ghil. Mi barobar baseh ton par- yahtlagimdharunthew, Rikibitsi ek burlkh tsar- hiw. Rikib don burlkh khalih utar. Tang tlnhn blhdh. Ghodyiche dolyiwar pharki ghil. Tyls tsutsklr mhanje to tsalwaj karnlr nihf. To basnyltsi ghodi ihe kihwi giditsl ghodi ihe? Dur ubhi rlhi, kadlchit to lit miril, kihwfi tsl- wel, kinwl uplih yell. Jin thik mind. Huh barabar besuh tyift- hih sudhi lagam lhili rlkh. Rikib ek chhed upar char- hlw. Rikib be chhed niche utir. Tang khenchine blhdh. Ghodlni inkh upar lug- dun nlkh. Tene buchklr etle te chal- wal k-are nahih. Te beswino ghodo chhe ke gidino ? Bijue ubho rehe wakhte te lit marshe, athwi karadshe, athwi jhlr thashe, 560 DIALOGUES : English. Where is the saddle-cloth and crupper ? See that the reins are strong, and kept in con stant repair. Kanarese. Astaru batteyu duiichiyu yelli? Lagimahnu gattipadishi igigye marlmattu mi- disu. What frets the horse ? Yitarihdakuduregeshittu? Drive the flies away. Do you give the horse his grain regularly ? Never use the heel-ropes, they destroy a horse ; the fore-ropes may bo useful, the others seldom or never can. TeU that person to get out of the way. Call out to those people in good time — the horse may gallop over them. Remove that bag ; other wise the horse may start and run off. Bid these people give over their noise till I get past. Don't let them come near me. Groom ! hold the horse, I must dismount for a little. Put aU his furniture to rights. He does not go easy. Take care, he wiU get out of your hands. See, is that ground proper for the horse to go over ? I fear it is swampy. Is tbe bottom firm ? Does the water reach your middle ? Anonagajahnu vodisbibidu Ninu kudurege huruliyah- nukramavigihikuttiyl? Pichldi haggagajaunu upayoga padisale beda ; avu kudureyahnu kedi- suttave ; agidi haggi upay6gisa bahudu, itara haggagalahnu yeshvu mitravu yavlgalii kudadu. A manushyanahnu hidi- bida heju. A manushyarige kelisuva- hige bega kugu, yilla- diddare kudure avara mele daudiisitu. A chilavahnu tegedu bidu illadiddare kudure adari oditu. Ninu h6guvavarige i ja- nara kiigadira helm Nanna hatra avarahnu ba- ralisa beda. Kastiri ! kudureyahnu hidi, ninu swalpa kejage iliya beku. Adara simanugajannelll sariyigi hiku. Adu sarigavigi higuva- dilla. Joke, adu ninna kaiyannu bidishikonditu. Kudurehoguvadakkeinela chandlgi idheye nodu ? Adu kesarlgidhe yehta ninu anjuttene. Adfli ghattiylgi yidheye ? Niru ninna tonkakke ba- ruttsideyi ? ' Telugu Jini kihda \iae tsaukapu guddayunnu dumichiuni yekkada ? Kajlepu vlrlu ghattigl un- nav^mo tsiitsukontu vi tini appudappudu bigu cheistu uhdu. Gurramu yehducheta ma- hltala visurutunnadi ? A igalanu t6Uveyyi. Gurrlniki ulavalu krama- mugl pettutunnivi ? Pichldi kattavaddu, ahdu- vaUa gurramu chedip6- tunnadi, agidi katta- damu mahchidi, pichi- divaUa yehtamitramu prayojanamu lehele'du. Vinni diri tolagi pom- manu. Vihdlu duramugl uhda- gine arichi cheppu, gur ramu viri midiki paru- gettunu. A sanchini avataliki tiyi, l^kuhte gurramu bediri parugettiponu. Memu diti poyyedikisan - dadi cheyakimdl uhdu- mani vindlato cheppu. Vlhdlanu midaggiriki ri ni waku. Gurrapuvldl, gurrinni pattu, m^mukonchemu digavalenu. Gurrapu simlnahti sarigi veyyi. Adi alikugi povadamu ledu. Adi ni cheyi vadUihtsukoni p6boyyini bhadram. Gurramu povadamunaku 1 d6va mancbidenl tefldu? Adi rompigi unnadani t6s- tunnadi. Aduguna ghattigl unnadi ? A nillu nadumula mattuku vastunnavi ? BIDING AND BUYING A HORSE-. 5G1 Tamil. Maeathi. Gujarat!. Sini tuniyum crupperum Tsauki wa dumchi kothe Chanko ane dumchi kin- yenge ? ihe ? hih chhe ? Reins palamlyum adik- kadi repair seyya ven- diyadiga viruk kinradl pir. Kudirai yen bay appuddu ginradu ? I'gajai 6ttividu. Kudiraikku kojlu kirama- miga koduttuk kondu varugirargaji ? Asidi kattide kudiraiyai kiyappaduttum pisldi vubayoga mlnadu matta kayargal vubayoga millai. Avanai vazhivittu apparam pogu chol. Ange nirkkiravar gajai ap- puram poga chol iUi- vittal kudirai avargalin peril 6dum. Andapodiy ai appuram izhu illl vittal anda kudirai tindi 6dum. Nln kadandup p6gira va- raikkum wargalai pe- sama lirukka chol. Avagajai yenkitta vara- vittide. Kudiraikklrl kudiraiyai pidi nan konjam neram yeranga venum. AdugaJ simanga JeUlm kirama mivai. Adu tondaravu seyylmar p6ga mattldu. Pattiram, adu vunkai vidi- vittuk kondu p6gappo- gudu. Anda nUam kudirai p6vu- darkku nanrl irukkudi- pir. Adu sidi sadappa irukku menru payap padugiren. Kizhe nanriy yirukkudl ? Tanni iduppu avvalavu varum! ? Anin majbut ini durast Big majbfit ane durast Ihe kihwl nihih hen chhe ke nahih te jotoji. pihat dzl. Ghodi kin tsajwajto ? Mlshi hik. Tfin ghodyis dlni wakt shir detos ? Pichhldi bihdhfinako, tene kariin ghodi khrlb hoto ; agidi upayogi padte parahtu pichhldi kwachitats upayogi padte kim bahuni kad- hihts ti upayogi padat nihi. Tyi manushyis bidzfis honyls sing. Tyi lok ins igodar hihk mir nlhitar ghoda tylh warfin dziil. Ti piswi kirh ; nihihtar ghodi bharkfin pajel. Hyi lokihs sing kin mi nighun dzii to paryaht gohglt kartlh nako. Tyihs mijhe dzawaj yehh defih nako. Ghodewlli ; ghodi dhar mall dzarl utariwyl- cheh ihe. Tyichen sagleh slmln barobar kar. To nit tsllat JiihI. Ghodokem chalwale chhe ? Makhone udidi muk. Tun ghodine wakhat sar- chahdi charhiwe chhe ke nahih ? Pachbldi blhdhtono, tethi ghodo bagdi jie chhe ; agidi bihdbi to fiedo thashe ane pachhidithi to koij wakhte fiedo thle chhe pan glianuii karine to thatoj nathi. Te mlhnasne bijue tha- winuii kehe. Pellh mihnasone igalthi hik mir nahin to ghodo teoni upar chhalahgu mirine jato reheshe. Peli kothli khased, nahih to ghodo chamkiue ni- hisi jashe. Te lokone kaho ke huh nikli j iuh tihhah chhln! raho. Teone mhiri pise Iwawi na deo. Ghodawill! ghodo jhil, mhlre jar! utarwun chhe. Tenuh saghluh slhman baribar kar. Te tbik chilto nathi. Simbhil, to tujhe hitlthn Joje, te tiri hithmlnthi sutel. chhuti jashe. Plhi, ghodi dzinyis tf Jo, ghodine jawlne te dzamin tsingli ihe ? jamin baribar chhe ? Mali witaten ti plhthal Mhane lige chhe ke te ahe. khlhjan chhe. Tajlchi dzamin kathin Tajiylnf ' jamin kathan Ihe ? chhe ? Plni tujhe kambre itkeh Pihni kedasmih chhe s Ihe? 562 DIALOGUES : English. Go to the other side and see if the bank be steep or sloping. Are there any rocks or stones in the bed of tbe river ? You must not give the horse any water while he is so warm. Walk bim about. Rub him well down, and take care that he does not catch cold in your hands. What makes the horse trip and stumble so ? Examine his hoofs — per haps some gravel or stones are sticking there. Kanabese. A ch6 kadege h6gi idada fandintravagi idheye' Isanigi idheye nodu. Nadiya kelage kaUu pire- gajlgali kallugajigah yenidaru idheye' ? Kudure ishtu bechchage iruviga adakke nfnu niru torisa kudadu. Adahnu tirigisu. Adahnu chandlgi tikki adakke chaji yigada hinge mldu. A kudure yitarihda hlngo yedari biluttade ? Adaragorasugalahnu chah- nigi n6du. Ohdu veje kelavu garusugajigali shikki Take them all out, or the horse will assuredly be lamed. Why does he limp in the right fore leg ? He seems to have something the matter also with his hind-leg. Is this a quiet horse for the road ? Does he ever rear, run backwards, or stand still on the road ? Is he hard-mouthed ? Does he bite his rider, ever. Is he perfectly sound in wind and limb ? This horse trots and can ters well. Can he leap ? and how does he gallop ? Does he stand fire .' kondu iddhitu. AvugaJahneUl horage tegi, iUadiddare kudure nis- chayavlgi kuhtlditu. Adu yitarihda bala muh- galaUi kuntuttade ? Adara hirigllukfidl swalpa ai bigi klnuttade. Dirige idu sidhuvlda ku- dureye" ? Idu yivigalldard. dirfli muhgllugaja_ melakke yettuvadigali hihdakke voduvadigali summane nilluvadigali unt6 ? Adara biyi jaddiddd ? Adu saviranahnu ylviga- lidarfi kacbchuva duritfi ? Adu chahnigi usuru bidttt- talfi ahga balavlgiyu, yidheye' ? I kudure chahnigi dipu- gilittu hidu hOguttade. Adu negeya ballade, mattfi adu hyihge dhaudu h6- guttadc ? Adu behkis-e ahiade nih- tire-? Telugu. Addhariki p6yi 1 gattu yet- taramugi unnad6 l&a ye'tavalugi unnad6 tsfidu. A yetl6 aduguna bandalu rijlu y^maini unnavi ? Gurriniki anta klkagi uh- dagi diniki niUeminni pettarldu. Dinni atli tippu. Bhadram, nivalla dzalubu diniki yekkakuhdl tsak kagl milisu cheyyi. Gurramu yenduvalla atli tadabadi padutunnadi. Dini goriselu tshdu, woka v^la gulaka rijlu glni rijlu gini gutstsukoni uiidunu. Vltinahti tisi veyyi, leka- plte adi avashyam kuh- tunu. Adi muhdari kudikilu yen duvalla kuhtutunnadi. Dini venakati kililo kudi kohchemu y^do tohdara uhd^tattugi unnadi. T gurramu rastUo kudu- rugl p6tunnadl ? T gurramu yeppudaini muhdari kijlu yetta damu venakku paruget- tadamu d6valo nihchi p6vadamu kaddi ? T gurramu kajlemunaku aniginadehl ? Idi yeppudaini ravutunu karustunnadl ? Idi rommullnunnutakkina avayavamulal6nunnu noppi n&vi 16kuhdl drudhamugi unnadi? T gurramu dltlu vestfi blgl parugettutunnadi. Adi ditagaladi adi yetli parugettutunnadi ? Idi thplki vetlaku bedara- kundl nilustunnadi ? BIDING AND BUYING A HOESE. 563 Tamil. Marathi. GujarAti. Innoru pakkattirkku poy Pali karle bidzhs dzi ini Pele tfre jaine jo karldo karai senguttiy yiruk- kinth ubhi Ihe kihwi sohsarone sohsro chhe ke kuda alladu sayappa utarti Ihe to pihi. utarto. irukkuda pir. AttUe yedivadu malaikaj Nadiche tails kharak kin- Nadinlnbhlthlhmlhkha- alladu karkaj irukkudi ? wl dhonde Ihet ? dak chhe ke patbrlh ? Kudirai tlgami irukkum pozhudu yenda tanni- yum kodukkadi. Kondupl. Nanriy todai vunkaiyinil kudir varlmal irukka ni pattirap paduttu. Kudirai yen iradi tondi- ravu pattadu ? Adin kujambukalai parik- shai seydu pir, kalll- gilum, parikklng kaUi- gilum adaindu kondi- rukkum. Adugajellim yeduttividu illlvittil mey yigave kudiraigaj ttondiyiy p6yvidum. Valadu nninuangil yen nondudu. Pinnangll nondugir adaga klnappadu ginradu. Pittaikku slduvlna kudi- raiyi ? PlttaiyUe pin (Sdudlalladu mun <5dudi ? Ghodi itkl garam astah- tyls agdih plni defih nako. Tyls phiriw. Tyichi tsihglf tslkari kar Ini tyis sardi hohh defih nako. Ghodi itkl adkhajto kin ? Tylche khur pihi, kadl chit tylht khada kihwi dhohdi shirli isel. Te sarv kirbun tik nihil tar ghodi khacbit lah- gadi hoil. To purhll udzwi ply kin kirhto ? Tyiche mlgle plyls hi klhih dzhileh ihe asen watate. Hi ghpdi swlriht garlb Ihe? ' To kadhih upiin yeto, kih wi migheh hatto, kih wi rastyint adto ? Ghodo etlo garam hoy tylhhih sudhi tene kain plnni plshono. Tene ferav. Teni slripathe chlkari kar, ane tene sardi tha- wl detono. Ghodo kem etlo thokarle chhe? Teni kharf jo — wakhte temlh klkaro, athwi pathro bharlyo hashe. Te sarv klhldi nihkh, nahf to ghodo nishche lahgdo thashe. Te Igale jamne page kem lahgadae chhe ? Tene plchble page pan kain thaeluh milam pade chhe. A ghodo swlrimih garib chhe ? Te kadi jhid thle chhe, athwi plchho hate chhe, athwi rastlmln adi rahe chhe ? Adu pazhagina vay yudai To tohditsl kathin ihe ? Tekathanmhodlnno chhe? rda? epp6dlgilum savlri Basanlrlwar to kadhih Te kadi besnirne dikfin seykiruvanai kadik- tond tikto ? bhare chhe ? kudi? Avayavam mudalin adu To chhitiht wa hitih pi- Te chhltie ane hlthe page nanriy yirukkudl ? yih tsokh ihe ? majbiit chhe ? Inda kudirai kil nudaiyil HI ghod! dudklts tsauwad A ghodo dudki ane Idasho poguda. Adu tlndumi adu yep padi tlnddum? Adu rozhamlga yiruk- kumi ? tsll tsihgli tsilto. thik chile chhe. Tyltslne udawateh ? wa to Tene kuhdto Iwade chhe ? bhar dhlhw kasi pajto ? ane te kewi rapltf mire chhe? To birls tsamakto ? Te blrthi chamke chhe ? 564 DIALOGUES : English. Bring the horse I bought yesterday. He is quite a colt yet. AVhat is his age ? He carries his head re markably weU, and is elegantly formed, par ticularly before. Measure him exactly, and tell us his height. He can carry your weight over any ground. His paces are very good, — • make bim trot round that circle ; now gaUop him. But he appears to greater advantage when mounted Kanabese. Nihne ninu kohda kudure yahnu tatti. Adu ihnfi shuddha mari. Telugu. Memu ninna konna gur ramu tisukoniri. Adi ink! chinna pUle". One of the horses appears to be lame. He is sprained in that joint. Send for a farrier to- look at him. The horse's leg has sweUed greatly during the night. What shaU we apply to reduce it ? Tell the groom to cut the horse's mane and taU properly. Tell the coachman to bring the harness which came home last night. One of the wheels is broken by the driving of these unruly horses. They have never been tho roughly broken in. This bedding is extremely dirty, why don't you clean them every day ? Adara vayasenu ? Diniki yennehdlu ? Adu tanna taleyannu bahu Adi talanu bahu tsakkagl chandlgi voyyuttade pettukoni potunnadi visheshavigi adara rfipa mari muhdari tattu so- muhgadeli cheluvadu. gusuga unnadi. Sariyigi adara ajate n6di 1 alateyahnu namage he>.' Yiva bhfimi melu nin- nashtu bhiravahnu adu horallpadu. Adara nadegalu bahu chan dlgi yidhe, adahnu 1 guhdu sutti dipugiligi vodisu,yiga dhaudu bidu. Adare adarameli hattidlga adu inn! adhika guna- vlgi iruvadigi kinut- tade. KuduregaJaUi ohdu kuh- tlgiruvadigi kinuttade. A kilinalli adakke ujuki yidhe. Adahnu n6duvadakke ash- wa vaidyanahnu kareyisu. A kudureya kilu rltri ba haja bituh6yitu. A bivu tegeyuvadakke nl- vehu hlk6ija ? Kudureya jfigahnfi blla- vahnfi chahnigi katta- risa heji kudurevanige heju. Nihne ritri manege baiida kudure slminahnu tara- heli bandivanige heju. I adagada kuduregalahnu katti savlri madidda- rinda bahdi chakra- galalli ohdu muriyitu. Avu shuddhavlgi bahdige abhyisapattaddalla. T hullu hlshige bahaja mahnigi idhe yitakke adahnu dini chokkati miduvadilla. Sarigi kolichi adi yehta yettu unnado cheppu. Adi yekkadi kahte akka- diki mimmuna mosuka p6galadu. Dini nada bahu bigi un nadi, !giril6 trlttu mida p6niyyi; ikanu nilugu kijlato parugettihtsu. A gurramunu yekkinap- pudu vattappati kanni sogasugi agupadutun- nadi. I gurramulalo wokati kuh- tetattu unnadi. Diniki kilul6 iruku patti- nadi. Sllistrini pUipihchi dlnni tsupihtsu. A gurrapu kilu rltri 16gl nihdl vichinadi. A vlputiyadamunakuyemi veya vatstsunu. f gurrapu meda mfdi veh- trukalunnu t6ka ventru- kalunnu tsakkagl kat- tirihtsumani gurrapu vl- nit6 cheppu. Ninnati ritri intiki tech- china gurrapu samlnu- temmani bandivlnit6 cheppu. T pikiri gui-rilanu ban- dil6 vesmahduna woka chakramu virigi plyi- nadi. A*i(ini tsakkagl marapane ledu. I padakagaddi nihdl asa- hyamugi unnadi dlnni yehduku nityamu nijlu p6si kadagavu ? BIDING AJTD BUYING A HOESE. 565 Tamil. Nettiyadinam ninvlngina kudiraiyai konduva. Adu innam kuttidin. Adin vaya denna ? Adin talaiyai nanriy ye- duttuk kondu pogudu adu mun parvliyil anga maUa diga viruk kin- radu. Adai sariyly ajandu oya- rattachol, Yenda vidattilum vunnai simarudu poguml. MabAthL Mf kil ghodi wikat ghetll to in. To adzhun kewal bach- harl Ihe. To kiti warshlhtsi Ihe ? To min phlrats tsihgli dharto, ini wisheshen karun to purhun subak blhdhyltsi ihe. GujARATf. Men klle ghodo wechito lidho te liw. E to haju wachhero chhe. Te ketlln warasno chhe ? Te gardan ghani sari rlkhe chhe, ane temlh igalthi rupllo chhe. Tyls barobar mlp, ini tyichi uhchi imhis Tene baribar bharine te ketlo uhcho chhe te hamne kehe. To tumhls plhije tetheii Te tamne joie tlhhlh lei gheun dziU. Adin nadai naUl irukkudu Tyitsi pagli phir tsihgli vuttatai sutti 6dachy. ihe, tyi wltoje dzige Ipp6du ottattU vidu, sabbohwati tiyis dudke tsiline tslliw; itlhtyis bhar dhinw tslliw. Yeri irukkumpodu adiga Parantu tyiwar swiri keli sitturriyamlirukkiradi. mhanje to adhik tslngll disto. ' Kudiragalil onru nondi- yiga tomigiradu. Muttugajil suUk kondir- ukkirudu. Adaip irkka kudiraipari- glriyai kuppidu. Irlkkalangajilkudiralyin- kll adigamay vingik koUudu. Adai karaikku yenna sey- yalam ? Kudiraiyin pidari mayirai- yum vllaiyum semayly kattiruk kumbadi kudi- raik kiranukku choUu. Nettu rlttirivittukku kon- duvanda irnis kalai ' kondu varumbadi ruda saradikka chollu.- Mui-att'u kudirai kalai katti izhuppu vittattU sakkaram onru vuda- . indu poy vittadu. Adumuzhnmaiyumodindu p6ga villai. ' Adin padukkai nugavum asuddaml yirukkudu, yen dinam dorum sud- dam seykira diUai. Tyi paikih ek ghodi lah- gadl disto. Tyi sahdhylt to latsakall Ihe. Tyls pihinyl sithfh nll- bahdis boliwane pithiw. Ritriht ghodyitsi ply phir sudzali. To utarnyi sithih kiy la- wiweh ? Ghodewilyis sing kin ghodyiche iyil wa shepht barobar kip. Gldiwllyis sing kin kil ritrihharnis gbarih lien ten ghefin ye. He dihdge ghode hlhkun yek tslk modleh. Tyihs barobar shikawi- lehts nihih. Hi sej agdih ghiijeradi ihe, ti tun roj slph kin karit nahihs. Te paglln ghanah slrih nikhe chhe, tene dudki chile te gol jagini ispas ferav, hawe tene raplti lewld. Pan teni upar swirl kari etle te wadhlre siro dekhie chhe, , Temlhno ek ghodo lah- gdo dise chhe. Te te slhdhimlhtbi lach- kii gayo chhe. Tene jowl slru nilbandh- ne boliw. Ratmihne rltmih gho- dino pag ghano soji glyo chhe. Te utarwine slru shun chopadie ? Ghodiwijine kehe kegho- dini yll ane dhm bari bar kltar. Ghodiwijine kehe ke klle rltre harnes ghare awy- uh te lef Iw. A masti khor ghodaone jodyithf ek paihduh bhigi gayuh. Teo baribar palote bhlj nathi. A sej bahuj gaidi thai gai chhe, tenuh roj kem slf karto nathi ? 25 566 dialogues : English. Put a light bridle into her mouth. Is your pony sure-footed ? How many mUes can you go in an hour ? Did he bleed or physic the horse ? Kanarese. Telugu. Adarablyigelesukadivljl Dini notiki allkugl uhdg hiku. kallemu wokati veyyi. Ninna tlkani safu nade- Ni gurraputattu klllu ta- yuttade ? dabada kuiida nadustun- nadi ? Ninu tlsige yeshtumailu Adi gahtaku yenni mailla dlra higabalii ? dfiramu nadava galadu ? Avanu kudurege rakti te- gedane yi bhedige kot- tane ? Kondu kollona va mdrona. X padirthada bele yenu ? Adu aggavlgiddare ninu tegeyuttene, ilia diddare adu nanage kelasa villa. Adu ishtehta vohde mlti- nalli sariyige helu. IUa, ninu ashtu kodenu. Ninu muvattu rfipiyi ko- duttene. [nu. Hechchlgi ninu kodalire- I blnki n6tige nana kodu. (Unintelligible). Buying and Selling. What is the price of this article ? If cheap I'll buy it, other wise I can do without it. Say at one word — exactly how much. No ; I'll not give so much. I'll give thirty rupees. I can't afford to pay more. Give me change of this bank note. Give me silver and fifteen annas pice discount. I only demand tbe custom Ninna deshaka marylde of your own country. praklrave kejuttene. I want some shot and gun- Nanage swalpa raveyfi tu- powder. plki maddfi beku. AVhat is that per ser ? Adu sherige yesbtu ? I bought it at one rupee Ninu ada vohdu, kilu rfi- four annas. P&yige tegade. AVTiat I have paid to others Ninu itararige kottahte I will pay you, ninage koduttene. How many yards are there X tlnu yesbtu gaja ? in this piece of cloth ? How much a yard ? Gajakke yeshtu ? It is too coarse. Idu bahala mattatara. Vidu 1 gurrlniki netturu tisinlda leka virochana- muku ichchinldi. Konadamu, ammadamu, vitini gurinehi. X, vastuvu kharidu yemi ? Nayamugl uhte konu- kohtimu lekuhte dinito mlku ahta dzarfiruledu. Yeiitaku istivl sarigi woka mitaga cheppu. Saripadadu, memu ahta iwamu. Memu muppbai ruplyalu istlmu. [lemu... Ahtakahte adhikama ivva- I' blnki n6tuku paikamu iyyi. Mi swadeshamul6 dzarige- vldu kanubatte mema- dugutlmu. Mlku konni ravalunnu kohchemu tuplki mah- dunnu klvalenu. Adi sheru yetll istlvu ? Adi sheru woka ruplyini- lugu anila tsoppuna konnimu. Itarulaku ichchina kha ridu niku istlmu. X dhlnu yenni gajllu ? ' Woka gajamu yehta ? Idi nihdl mutakagi unnadi I want the best articles. ' Nanage olle padlrthagaju Mlku mahchi sarukug! beku. klvalenu. Measure out five yards of Nihna modalutara shaUl- Nidaggira unde mahchi your finest muslin, yaUi ayidu gaja ajate nlnyamaina ravasellill mldu. aidu gajamulu kolichi iyyi. BUYING AND SEELING. 567 Tamil. Marathi. GujarAtI. Adin viyUe lesina kadivi- Tiche tohdiht halki lagim Te ghodine halki lagim- lam podu. de. ghil. Vunnudaiya mattaUukku Tumcheh tattu thokarat Tamirs tattfi thokrlto to kalU punnl ? nlhinl ? nathi ? Oru, mani nerattil yetta- Ek! kallkiht tumtslne nai naligai vazhip po- kiti mail dziwawel ? gark kfidam ? Avan kudiraikku irattang Tylne ghodyichi shir kutti vlnginlni pedik- klrhli kihwl tyis ku koduttini. dzulib dill ? Kollu _gwadaik kurittum virkkiradai kurittum. Inda slminin kiraiya menna ? Malivlnal nln vlnquven, Ulavittal vlnga mitten. Ore virtteyay soUu, sari- yly yevvalavu. IUai awajavu kodukka mitten. Muppada rfipaykoduppen. [mitten., Nln adigamiy kodukka Inda bangi nlttukku pa- nang kodu. Oru paisa kuraiyly, padi- nanju ani kodu. Arunnudaiya sonda desattin vazhu kuppadi k6tkiren. Yenakku konjam ravaiyum marundum venum. Wikat ghenydwishayin wa wiknyd vishayin. Tyi jinasechi kinimat kiy ? Sasti asli tar ti mf ghein nihi tar tichi mall garaj nlhf. Kiy. gheshil ? ten ekadih nakki sing. Nihi; miitkehdenirnlbi. Mi tis rupaye dein. [nihi. Mijhyine adhik dewawat Hi byihk not mall wati- wfin de. Batti waji karfin mall rupyeh wa pahdhrl inylche paise de. Tumchets gihwche tslli pramlne mi mlgtoh. Mali klhih chhare wa bahdukichi dirli pihije. Oru ser yenna vUai ? Tyiche sherlchen kiy ? Oru rtipl nilu anavukku Mi ten saw! rupiyi shi vangmen. rlne ghetlen. Ek klike mlh tamlrithi ketli mail jawlshe ? Tene ghodine sahghrimu- klwi ke julib ipyo ? WechdtuA dpwuA ane wechdtun lewun. A janasni ketli kihmat chhe? Sasti hashe to leisb, nahih to te wagar chaliwish. Je lewuh hoe te nakki kehe. Nahi ; huh etluh ipi Ji nahih. Huh tris rupiyi ipish. [nahih. Mhlrithi wattun apiyi Mhane 1 byihk not watiwi ip. Watiw kipi leine mhane rupiyi ane pahdar in ini paisl ip. Tamiri jagihmn! shi- rasti praminehuh migu chhauh. Mhlre kain chbarl ane daru joie. Tenuh sernuh shun ? Men ten saw! rupie ser lidhun. Nan mattavargajukkuyep- padi koduteno appadi koduppen. Inda tundilyettani kejanga Jirukkiraau ? OrukejamyewaJavuvUai ? Adu rembavum perumbl- diyly yiruk kudu. Yenakku migavum ualla sarak kugal venum. Vunnudaiya vusanda sal- lavU anju kejam alavidu. Mi jeh dusryls dUen ten Men bijlne ipyun te tane tuli dein. Ipish, HI klpaditsl tiki kitfh wlr ihe ? Kasi war ? To phlrats dzlrl Ihe. A thinmih ketli whir chhe? Kem whir ? A to ghanuhj jlduii chhe. Mall uttam pratitsl jinasi Mhlre sakkii jinso (mli) plhijet. joie chhe. Tumche dzawal blriklht Tamiri pise jhininmlh birik majhlin asel ti jhini majlin hoe temln- pihcb wlr phidl, . thi pinch whir phido. 568 DIALOGUES : English. I wiU pay you by a draft on the Bank, pay able thirty days after Send the things to Mr. A Lady and Maid. Ayah, caU me always at half -past five in the morning. It is now very late. Bring water to wash my bands and face. Make haste. I wish to go out before the sun becomes hot. Give me the blue warm dress. Where are my leather shoes ? Lay my handkerchief and gloves on the table. TeU the sweeper-woman to clean everything, and to sweep the room. Is the carriage at the door ? Pull off this door. It is too heavy. Get me a light dress from my wardrobe ? I shall wear the new gown the taUor finished yes terday, in the evening ; have it ready, as I go out early. Tell the taUor to sew this fringe on quickly. Kanarese. Ninage mfivattu dinada vlyide inda hana kodu vahte bankiya- vara hesarinaUi huhdi koduttene. — Dhoreya manege 1 vastugajahnu kaju- hisu. Dhoresdniyu kelasadavalii. Didi, nahna yivigalu be- ligge ayidfivare gantege yebbisu. Iga bahaja hottlyitu. Nahna kaigajahnfi mokha- vahnu tojeynvadakke niru ti, tware padisu. Ninu hotteruvadakke muhche horage hoga beku. Bechchage yiruva nili dustu kodu. Nahna tllu jldu yelli ? Nahna kai rumilahnfi kai gausanigegajahnfi meje meli yidu. Prati vastuvahnd chokkata padishi 1 k6neyahnfi gu- disaheji gudisuvavajige heju. BigalaUi bahdi yidheye ? Yi vudupu tegedu bidu, idu bahaja bhlra. Nahna batti pettige yihda lesida udupu tatti. Nihne darji tirishida hosa angiyahnu ninu sahjege hlkikojjuttene. Ninu hottinuhte horage h6gu- vadarihda adahnu sidd- havlgi ittukohdiru. I jilarahnu b<5ga holiya heji darjige heju. Telugu. Neladinamula gaduvuku rfikalu ichche llguna bihkiki hundi istlmu. I, vastuvulu - ¦ dora- giri intiki pampu. Woka dorasdnikinni, pani- kattekunnu suinbshdhana. Ayi mammuna nityamu udayina aidunnara gah taku lepu. Ippudu shani proddekki- nadi. Chetulu mnkhamu kaduk- kovacjinaku nillu te, twaragi ra. Yehda yekkaka mumrpe memu baita p6valenu. Vetstsagl unde (idi udupu iyyi. Ml tllu muchchelu yek kada ? Mi rumlli cheti dzijlu mej! balla mida untsu. l/dche dinit6 siminula- nannitini tudiche gadi fidvamani cheppu. Bahdi vikita vachchi un- I udupu tisiveyyi, idi nindi baruvugl unnadi. Mi battalapette 16 nuhchi allkugi unde udupu wokati tfsukoni rl ? Ninna kutrapu vidu kutti ayi unde kotta gaunu siyantramu vesukohtl- mu, siyantramu pehda- llde baita pltlmu ga- naka dlnni siddhamugl uhtsu. Kutrapu vinit6i dzllarunu twaragi kuttamanu. Have the children had Makkaju maddinada fitl Biddalakuinkimadhyinha dinner yet? mldilyite? bh6janamu pettaledl? CaU the nurse and let her Dldiyahnu kfigi kfisahnu Dldini pilichj chinna bid- bring the baby with her. sahglta tara helu. danu yettuka rammanu. BUYING AND SELLING — LADY AND MAID. 569, Tamil. MabAthI. GujabAti. Pallna vfir baugiyil, mup- Tis diwasiche mudatichi Tris diwasni muddatni huh padunll keduvil oru mi tuli bylhkewar tane fallhni byihk upar draft anuppuven. chithi defn. chiththi lakhi ipish. Pallna durai vittukku sl- mingajai anuppu, Turaisdniyaiyum velaik kdriyaiyung kurittu. Ayij ! kalaiyil yeppbdum anjarai manikku yennai yezhuppu. Ipp6du vegu nera ml- chudu. Yennudaiya kaigajeyum mugatteyum kazhuva tannir konduvl sikki- ram. Slriyan klndi adigu sfidfi- gumun nln vejiye plga virumbu giren. Nilaminasudana vuduppai yenakku kodu. Yennudaiya t6J sappittuga lenge ? Mesaiyin mel yennudaiya kaikkuttaiyaiyum, kai niechottayum vai. Perukku giravajakku ov- varu vastu vaiyum sut- tani pannavum arayai perukkavun choUu, A'audi vandu vittada ? Inda vuduppai kazhattip p6du ; idu migavum pa- . ramaga irukkiradu. Yennudaiya vudittik koj- lugira uraiyUi.rundu le sina vuduppai konduvl ? Nettlu siyangllam taiyal kiran muditta vuduppai vudutti koljuven, nin adikllame plgavendi iruppadil taylr sey. che gharf jinsi thfw. Bdi wa ddi, Ayi! darroj pritah kijfh pinch wldztah mall hihk mir. Atih phir usbir dzbill. Mijhe hit Ini tond dhfi- nyls plni In, twari kar. Un phir dzhilyi phrvih mall biher dziwyicheh ihe. Malilsminirahgltslushn poshik de. Mijhe tslmbarylche dzora kothe Ihet ? Mldzhirumilwahltmoje meziwar thew. Dzhiduwilis sing kin tfih sarw siph kar, wa kholi dzhld. kai. ¦ ne gher jinso mo- Bdi ane chdkardi. Ayi ! roj sawire sidi pinch wage mhane hik mir. Hamnih ghanuh moduh thayuh chhe. Mhiri hith ane mhoduh dhowine pihnf liw. jaldi kar. Tadko thayih pehelih mhlre blhir jawun chhe. Mhane Ismlni rahgno garam poshik ip. Mh irl chihmadlnni jodi kinbih chhe ? Mhlro rumil ane hithnlh mojih mej upar muk. Jhlduwlline kehe ke sagh- lun slf karine ordo wii. Gidf darwijyiwar Ihe ? Blrnlh Igal gldi chhe ? HI poshik utar, hi phir A poshik utir, e ghano bhiri Ihe. bhlre chhe. Mijhe poshik khinyitun mall ek halki poshik in? Shimpylne kil sahdhyl kljin gown naweh taylr keleh ten mi ghilin ; taylr thew, mi laukar blher dzlnir iheh. Mhiri kablt mihthi mhlre slru halko poshik liw? Darjie klle slhje nawo gawan puro kidho te peherish; taiylr rlkh, nun weheli blhlr ja- wini chhauh. Inda tongal galai sikki- ramiy takkumbadikku tayyalkiranukku chollu. PiJJaigaJinnam pagal sap- pldu sippidu villaiyi? Shimpy is sihgkihhf dzhi- lar laukar thihts. Darjine kehe ke wehelo tank. jhllar Muleh adzbfin jewalih kin Chhokarln haju jamyln nihih ? ke nahih ? Tidiyaik kuppittu piljayai Dlis hihk mir ini tis sang Dline hik mir ane tene kondu vara choUu. kin tihlnyls ghehn ye. kehe ke chhokarlhna lei Iw. 570 DIALOGUES : English. AVeU, nurse, has the chUd slept this forenoon ? You must always put it to sleep at noon. What makes the chUd cry so ? I fear that you are not kind to baby. Bathe the chUdren regu larly every morning. If the children wish to run about aUow them. Take care that they go into no danger. Bring those playthings I bought for the chUdren. Order my palki, I am go ing to make some visits. Ayah, have the bed made, and flap away aU the mosquitoes. Kanarese. Telugu. Didf ! i madhyinha kfisu Yemi didi ! nedu tellavlri nidde madite ? bidda nidra poyinadl ? Ninu yivlgalu klsahnu madyinhadaUi malagisa beku. Kfisu hinge y ike ajuttade? Ninage kfisinaUi Idaraije Ulaveno. Makkajige dini bejigge kramavlgi snini ml- dlusu. Makkaju vidiyida bekeh- dare hlge mldalisu. Avarige apiya blradahte nldiko. nanu itada simlnugajahna tatti. Nahna pilakiyahnu sidd- ha padisu ninu kelavara nlija h6guttene. Didi hlshige hiki sojje- gajannu badidu bidu. Nivu nityam biddanu mad- hylnbamu nidrabutstsa valenu. Bidda yehduku atll ye- dustunnadi ? A chinna bidda mida niku vishwasamu uhdetattu mlku totsa ledu. Prati dinamu udaylna hid- dalaku kramamugl snlnamu cheihtsu. Biddalu atll itliparugetta valenahte parugettani. Vlndlaku apiyamu lekuh- di mltramu tshtsuk6. Memu biddalaku glnu konna itlide vastuvulu tisukoni ri. Memu kohdarini tstichi rib6tlmu,' pilaki tem- manu. Ayi, padaka veihchidlma- lanahtl toli veyyi. A Lady and Tailor. Tailor, can you makeladies' dresses ? I want a gown made of this pattern, out of this muslin ; cut it out before me, and don't waste the cloth. Dhoresdniyu darjiyu. Darji, ninu dhoresinigaja vudupu hoUya baUiyi ? I sheUeyalli yi mldriylgi nanage vohdu ahgi mida beku, adahnu nahna ye- durige kattarisu, batte- yahnu p61u mida beda. Measure this child for a Vondu jote vudupu mi- suit of clothes. duva bagye i mogu- vahnu aje. The same as that of the Iga hikiruvahthl dusti- suit now in wear, but to be larger. na hinge ira beku, idare swalpa doddadu. The legs and sleeves are Kilugaju tojugaln bahaja too short, and the arm- giddigiyu kahkuju sah- holes are too tight. » uugaju bahaja higiyl- giyl idhe. Give tucks in the legs and Uddl mldi kojluva hinge arms to admit of length- kllugalallu tdjugalallu ening. madidu holi. D6rasdnikinni kutrapu vdnikinni sambhdshana. Kutrapuvldi dorasanula dustulu kuttagalavl ? T ravaseUltd i tarahi gaunu mlku wokati kuttlvalenu, miyeda- tane kattirihtsu gudda adhikamugl khartsu cheya vaddu. X biddaku woka dustu bat- talu kuttadinaku kolta pattu. Ippudu vesukohtfi unde dustu mldire kuttava- lasinadi, aite dinikahte peddadigl undavalenu. Kallu chetulu nindi pot- tigl unnavi tsankalu nihdl bigutugi unnavi. Podigihtsukone llguna kijlalimunnu chetulalo- nunnu madupulu petti kuttu. LADY AND MAID LADY AND TAILOB. 571 Tamil. Nalladu tldi kuzhandai mattiyanam nittirai sey- dadl ? Adai ni mattiylnam yep- podum tlnga vaikka ve num. Kuzhandai yen appadi az- hugiradu ? Ni kuzhaindaiyidattil pat- cham vaik kideruk kira yenru tlnru kiradu, Piridi kaleyilung kuzhain- dagalai niratti vai. Pillaigal 6di vilaiyada vi- rumbi nal idangodu. Avargalukku m6sam neri- dlda padipirttukkoj. Nln pijjaigalukklga vln- gina vilaiyattu pandan- galai konduvl. Nln silarai sandikkap po- giren savlri konduvara chollu. AyiJ! padukai p6ttu ko- sukku lai yeUinattayum torattiniya. Oru luraisdniyum taiyal karanaiyum kurittu. Taiyal kiri ! duraisini vu- duppu seyvaiya ? Inda sallivil inda mldiri- ' yana nedungavunukku vendiyirukkudu yenak- keairedin vettu tuniyai pazhukkade. Inda pUlaikki oru disttu vuduppu ajave duUukoJ. Ipplduvuduttirukkira vu duppu mldiriye anil koujam perida irukka venum. Kai ajavum kai ajavum metta kuttaiyiyirukku- du ukkul migavum pi- dikkiradu. Kllum kaikkum ajaviruk kumbadiyiy madippu MABATHf. GujarAtI. Dii ! mnlgeh Idz sakijih Dii ! chhokaruh ije nizlen hoteh ? pore sutuh hatuh ? ba- Tiiri tyls nehmi don pra- harin nijwit dzi. Mulgeh itkeh kin radten ? Mali wltaten kin tin tihinyiwar mamti . karit nlhis. Mullhsdarroj pritahkljin nemine nlhfih ghil. Muleh ikade tikade dbiwuh liglih tar dhlwtih de. Slmbhll, ijl hof ise thik- inih tylns dzlfih detin nako. Mulih karitih mi khejni wikat ghetlin tin in. Mijhi pilkhf Iniw, mi bhetlwyis dzinir iheh. Tun ene roj bapore suwldti Chhokaruh etluh kem rade chhe ? Mhane lige chhe ke tun bachyih upar het rikhti nathi. Chhokarihone roj sawlre wakhte ne wakhte na- wadiw. Chhokarlh ahiyih tahiyln dore to dorwi de. Sambbll, iji thle tewe tbekihne teone jaw! de- tino. Chhokarihone slru men ramkarin wechitih lid- hih te liw. Mhiri pllkhi mahglw, huh malwi jawini chhauh. Ayi! bichhinitayirkarfw Ayi! pathlri taiylr karlw, Ini sarv maehhar had- ane saghll machhar jha- pln kirh. padl kirh. Bdi wa shimpi. Shimpi ! tuli blyaklhcbe poshik shiwti yetlt ? Yi majhlinicheh yitarhe- chef, mall gown kara- wylcbeh ihe ; mijhyi samaksh kip, klpad nl- suri nako. Bdi ane darji. Darjl* tamne bledionl po shik siwtin Iwade chhe ? A majlinno 1 tarheno mhlre gawan karlwawo chhe, mhlrl mhodi igal wetar, ane lugduh ba- gldto min. Y! mulache kapade kari- A cbbokarfihnih kaprlh wyiche ihet, ylcheh kariwawino chhe, enuh mip ghe. parmihnuh le. Hilli to kapade ghilto tyi Hamnih pebere chhe te- slrikhets pihijet, pa- wihj karwih, pan tethi rahtu mothe pihijet. jar! mhotih. Piyche wa astanyl phir Piyachi ane bihhe ghani, Ikhfid ihet, ini muhdhe tunki chhe; ane muhdhl phir tang ihet. ghanihj tang chhe. Plychyihs wa astanylhs Plyachine ane binhene duni thev mhanje pur- ghadiwiline doro bhar hen lirhb karitih yetil. etle llmbf kartlii iwade. 572 DIALOGUES : English. Kanarese. Telugu. This gown does not fit me I" ahgi shuddhavlgi nanage X gaunu mlku bottigl sa- at all. sariylgilla. See how wide it is in the Adu toiikadaUi yesbtu aga- waist and how shapeless lavigiyfi yi t6Jugalu this sleeve is. yeshtu vikiravigiyu yidhe nfidu. The sleeves besides are much too long ; . they should only reach the elbow ; make them sit smooth and becomingly on the arms ; make the train large ; take in the waist. Do so by opening the seam you formerly made. Let me put the gown on again, and you wiU see what alterations it re quires. The shoulder piece is very tight, and below too wide. Can you let it out without making an extra seam ? It sets very well upon the breast, but make>- the plaits smaUer. Have you hemmed the bot tom all round yet ? How many yards of muslin wiU it require to make two such gowns ? Bring three or four pieces of fine musUn and silk to-morrow, to look at, something like this pat tern. Make me another bed gown like this, but rather wider. Go to Miss Moore's taUor, and make me a cap ex actly like that he is now making for his mistress. Idallade yi tojugaju ba haja vudda, yivu moja kaiyannu mltra slka beku, ivahnu tojugaja meU kavidu amari lru- va hinge mldu, paradi- gajahnu doddadigi ml du, tohkavahnusoragisu. Ninu muhche midida duh- du holigeyahnu bichchi binge mldu. Yi ahgiyahnu punaba hi- kikojjalisu, adakke be- kida tiddupadigalu ni nage tiliditu. f bhujada tundu bahu higuvigiyfi kejage ba haja agalavigiyfiidhe. Jlsti dundu holige yiUade adahnu doddadu mida- lipiyl ? Adu yedeyamele chandlgi adagi idhe, Idarfi hene- gegajahnu ihnfi chik- kadu midu. Kelage suttalu ahchu katti ayite •? Anthl angigaju yeradahnu miduvadakke yeshtu gaja shalllyi beku. I taraha shaUiyi tinugaju vojjevu mfiru nllkahnu rishimi yahmi naje n6- duvabaggye tatti. Tusa agalavlgi idarahlhge nanage ihnondu shayana angiyahnu mldu. Muru dhoresiniya chippi- gana balige h6gi avanu tanna yejamihtige ml- . du va kujliyiya hinge sariylge nanagohdu kuj- layi mldu. ripada ledu. Idi nadumu yenta peddadi- glnunna cheyi yenta viklramuglnunnu un nadi tsfidu. Paigi chetulu nihdl po- dugugi unnavi, avi mo- ch£ti mattuke uhda va- lasinadi, vitini bhuja- mula mida mudatalu le- kuhdi imidi undetattu cheyyi, chehgulu ped- davigl uhdavalenu, na dumu sannamu cheyyi. Nivu mundu ahtsulu cher- chi kuttina nadimi kuttu vippi atli cheyyi. Memu tirugi 1 gaunu ve- sukontimu, appatlo ye- dedi mirtsavalen6 nivu telusuk6 vatstsunu. Bhuj amu midi gudda nihdl bigutugi unnadi kindi gudda nindi vadulugi unnadi. Mari woka kutta lekundl dlnni baita viduvaga- lavl ? Rommuna adi big! kudi- rinadi, madatalu mltra- mu chinnavi cheyyi. Ihkl tsuttfi aduguna raa- dichi kutta led! ? Ituvahti gaunulu rendu kuttadlnaku yenni ga- jila ravaseUi pattunu ? T tarahlgi unde mfidu nllugu ravaseUilunnu pattu tlnulunnu repu techchi tsupiiitsu. Padukl boyyetappudu ve- sukone gaunu ituvan- tidi wokati mlku kuttu, aite adi kohchemu vadu lugi uhdavalenu. Mfiru dorasini kutrapu vlni vaddiki plyi vidu tana dorasiniki kuttutli unde kulllyi vahtide wokati miku kuttu. LADY AND TAILOR. 573 Tamil. Inda kavun yenakku pi- dikka ve illai. Iduppandaiyil yewalavu agala ml irukkira den- rum kaigal yevvajavu andappazhada irukkira denrum pir. Iduvuh tavira sattai kai migavumnulan irukki- radu avaigal muzhang kai mattu mirukka ven- dum kaikku yiduplj sa- mama yirukkattum ton- fal konjam alavi iruk- attum lduppajavel ; ye- duttuk ko], Ni munseydadupfil laiyal k onj amliruppayirak kat tum. Kavunai nln maruppadi- yiim pottu parkkattum appodu yenna koraiya- denrum pirttu kolvay. Buja tundu metta vimmala iruk kinradu tongal metta adigaml iruk kiradu. Adiga taiyaliUida padikki tajarttividuvlya ? Mirbandaiyil nanriyirak- kinrada madippugal konjam kurai. Adiyil oram suttUum in- nam madittlgavUlai yi ? Inda midiri irandu kavun sey giradarkku saUavU yettani yard pidikkum ? Inda midiriyln diy nln pari tu kojjumbadikki mllaiya dinam mlnu alladunalu saUlvugalum paltu konduvl. Ide madiriyay padukkai kavun onra sey inil konjam agalaml iruk- kattum. MARATHf. GUJARATI. Hen gown mijhe ihgls A gawan mhane inuddal barobar basat nihi. besto iwato nathi. Hen kambreht kitin dhil Jo kahmarmlh 1 ketlo Ihe pihi, ini hi astani dhilo chhe, ane 1 bihhe kiti be daul ihe. kewi bedol chhe. Astanyiphlratsllmb ihet; tyikopari paryaht ylvyl; hltis shobhat asi hasty a klr; tsij mothi kar; kambreht dibuii ghe. Tun pahUyine shiwan keif ihes ti uswhn yi pra- mlne kar. Mali gown ghllfih de mhanje tyiht kiy pher phir kele pihijet te tuli samaztil, Khihdi phir tang ihe ini khilih phir dhil ihe. Ankhi dzod liwaly 1 wltsfin ten tujhylne dhil kar- wel? Teh chhltili barobar has ten parahtu duni lihan kar. Khllfin saghli got adzhhn gbltll ihes kihwi nihi ? Ashih don gowne karnyas kiti war majhlin ligel ? Ashi tarheche blrik majh- liniche tin chir tike ini reshmi tike pihinyi- slthih udylh ghehn ye. Yl slrikhen dusren ek ni- dzlylche gown mijhe ~ slthih kar parahtu ten yihun thodke dhil thew. Mur turaislni taiyyaklran Mis Murche shimpayi dza- andekkl p6y anan and wai dzi, initoipledha- toraisinikki seygira top- nani karitih topi karit pimldiri sariyay yena- Ihe tashits mijhe slthih konru sey. * ek kar, A blhbeghanij Iambi chhe ; te kopriylm sudhf iwa- wi joie ; hithne shobhe tewi besti kar; chil mhoti kar ; ane kah- mar mlh dlbine le. Teh pehelln siwan bhari chhe, te ukeline 1 pra- mlne kar. Mhane farithi gawan pe- herwi de, etle temlh sho ferflr karwo joie te tane mllam padshe. Khihdho ghanotahg chhe, ane hethajtbi ghano dhflo chhe. Slhdho karyl wagar te tirlthi dhilo karishe ke nahih ? Te chhitie baribar besto Iwe chhe, pan pltli nhini kar. Haju hethalthi saghji otan bhari chhe ? Ewi be gawan karwine ketli whlrmajUnjoishe ? Ewi tarheni jhihni maj- linnl tran chir tiki ane resmi tiki jowine klle lei Iw. Ann! jewo bijo ek suwlno gawan mhlre slru kar, pan te 1 kartlh jari dhilo rikhje. Mis Murni darji pise jl. ane te potlni sethlh- nine slru topi siwe chhe tewij ek mbire slru kar. 574 DIALOGUES : English. How many such handker chiefs can you hem in a day? I want them directly. Take a very fine needle and darn this so that it can not be observed. AVhere is the lace for my tucker ? sew it on care fully. Slightly stitch this wreath of flowers round that cap in this manner. You have not copied the pattern in making this petticoat ; it is by much too wide, below particu larly. You must have this done by dressing time this evening. Alter these sleeves. Darn these socks and stock- Hem the cotton handker chiefs. Lengthen this dress. Mend these clothes. Telugu. Dininiki ituvahti rumila guddalu yenni ahtsu madichi kutta galavu ? Avi maku takshanam ki- valasinadi. Woka sanna sidi tisukoni idi agupada kuhdl uh- delaguna rappu cheyyi. Ml takkaruku lalli gudda yekkada? dlnni jigra- tagl kuttu. X pfila milikanu i praki- rain kujliyi tsutt.fi patti ktirpu pfiyi. Nivu i pivada madiri ich- china praklram kutta ledu, idi aduguna mari nihdl vedalpugi unnadi. Slyanikilamu battalu to- dugukone vejaku dinni nivu kutti uhtsavalasina di. I tsokkl chetulu vippi bigi kuttu. T cbmna medzfijlu pedda medzfillu rappu cheyi. I ajje kai vastragajige A nfila rumljla antsulu ahchu k at Iii. madichi kuttu. X dustahnu uddl mldu. X udupunu podigihtsu. Kanarese. Dina ohdakke ahthi kai vastragaju yesbtakke ninu ahchu kattalipi ? Avu nanage igale beku. Vojle sanna shji tekkondu yidahnu kinisadahte rappu mldu. ( Unknown.) X hfivina saravarinu i kuj- liyiya sutti- hinge mej- Jige holi. I pivadeyahnu ninu mi- dariya hliige midaliUa, idu visheshavigi kejage I sahje dustu hlki kojluva velcge idahnu siddhapa- disabeku. I soge tojugalahnu durastd mldu. raramej6dugalahnfimej6- dugajahnu rappu mldu. T vastragalahnu nettage mldu. Run these two pieces of (Unknown.) cloth together and then feU them. Seam (or sew) this sheet. Shorten Mr. Fulcher's trowsers. Tack a button to tbis. Unpick the seams of that coat. Widen the waist of Miss Anna's frock, f haebchadavahnu dun- dlgi holi. Fulcher doreya challana- vahnu chikkadu mldu. Idakke vohdu gundi taga- lisu. A aiiga rekhivina dundu holigegajannu bichchu. Ana dhoresiniya chikka sogeya tohkavahnu aga- 11 mldu. I guddalu chinigi pfiyina tsota ahtl kuttu. X rendu guddalanu woka- tigi cherchi pfigu plsi vitini kattirihtsu. T duppati antsulu cherchi nadama kuttu. Phulcharu dora idzirula podugu taggihtsu. Diniki woka bottinu tagi- liiitsu. A kltuyokka kutlu vida disi veyyi. Ann! ane doraslni pivada hadumu vadulu cheyyi. LADY AND TAILOE. 575 Tamil. Inda midiriylna kai kut- taigaj orunilaikki yet- tani seyvay ? AvaigaJ ippfide yenakku vendiyadu. Nalla vusiyai yeduttukon- du teriyadu padikku inai idu. Yen mirpivldaikki nlda yenge, vegu sa yiy tai. Inda madiriyly toppi chut- tilum inda pfimilaiyai lesiy tai. Inda plvldai koduttami- diriyly seyyavillai idu- metta agulana irukki- radu visezhamay adiyil agalam. Siyindiram nlnudittikoj- Jum vejai munnu diga idugalai tayir seyyave- num. Sattaigal pazhudu pir. Mesottugalaiyum mesai- sottukalaiyum inai idu. Parutti vurumllaiyai aru- guttai. Inda vuduppai konjam uluvayvidu. Inda vastirangajai pazhu- dupir. Inda irandu tundu gajai- yum maittu pinbu vittu. Inda duppattiyai tai. Flucher duraiyin kalchat- tayai kurikki tai. Idukku oru pottin vai. Anda sattayilirukkira tai- yalai piri. An turaislniyi nudaiya pirakkin araiyil agala mirukkattum. MarAthi. Eke diwasiht ase kitin rumllihs tfijhyine got ghllwel ? Mall te itints pihijet. Birik sfii ghe wa disenlsl yis raphh kar. Mijhe takarichiphit kothe ihe ? ti dzapfin tints. Ase ritine hi phulichi wenf tyi topiche sabhohwati sarahsari tints. Namungipramine hlghi- gari keli nihis to wishe- sheh karlin khilih phir dhil ihe. GujarAtI. Ek dihldi man Iwi ketli rumil tamlrathi otishc ? Mhlre te humnlhj joie. Birfk (jhlnni) soe leine dekhle nabi tewun ene raffi kar. Mhiri takarni fit kinhih chhe ? te sambhaline tank. E rite 1 fulni weni te topi upar farti sarlsari tinki muk. Namunlpramine ighlgh- ro kidho nathi, temih hethalthi to bahuj dhilo chhe. Adz sandhyikijih poshik Aj sihje lugdiu peherti karnyiche welih to tuli wakhat sudhimih i tire taylr keli pihije. taiylr karwuh joie. Hyi astanyl durast kar. A blhhe thik kar. Hyl dhikte wa mote ply modzlhs raphfi kar. Suti rfimilihs got ghil. HI poshik limb kar. Hyi kapadylht phitle tutle astil te nit kar. Kipadicbe hyi don tuka- dylhs dori bhar Ini mag tylhs turap. Hi fsidar shiw. Phaltsar sihebitsi ply- zimi Ikhlcl kar. Hyihs gundi liw. Hyl dagalyichi sbiwan usav. Mis Anlche dzhagylchf kambar dhU kar. A nhinih ane mhotin pagnih mojine raffi kar. Sutarlu rumilone ot. A poshik limbo kar. A lugdihmih fityun tut- yuh hoe te slhdhine thik kar. Lugdlhnlh 1 beu kad- kine doro bhar pachhi tene ot. A chldar siw. Ealchar sihebno plejlmo tuhko kar. Ene ek boriyuh tlhk. Pell daglini siwan ukel. Mis Annl jhaglni kah- mar dhili kar. INDEX. Aeercromby. Abercromby, Gen., capture of Kananfir (Cannanore) by, 234. Abington, Major, repulse of Haidar 'Ali by, 233. Abu Husain, 82. Abu, Mount, 261, 263, 435, 462. Aboo, 462. Acheraplkam, 44, Adalij, 435. 'AdU Shih, 82, 381. Addinki, 15. Adhwani (Adoni), 117, 120. Afzal Khin, 261, 340, 349, 381. AgaUi, 419. Agasteshwar, 136. Ahmadlbld, 241,263,423, 435, 455. Ahmadnagar (Ahmednug- gur), 241, 250, 262, 295, 352, 360. Ahmad Sultin, 457. Ahmedabad, 455. Abmednuggur, 360. Ahtfir, 135. Ajayanti (Ajunta), 103, 104. Adjunta,Cavesof,103,104.Akalkot, 73. Akbar, 471 ; birthplace of, 487- Akbarpar, 364, 372. Aknfir, 73. Akolah Fort, 112. Akoli, 112. Akrini, description of, 294. Alamanda, 61, 63. Alamparva, 51. Alankolam, 163. AlapaUi (Aleppy), 195, 198. Aleppi, or Aleppy (see the preceding word). Alikhina, 436. 'Ali Murld, 473. Allihu'd-din Blhmani, 75 ; Emperor of Delhi, 94 429. AUangud,137.. Allaplkam, 214. Allatur, 204. Allawali, 219. AUekairi, 218. Allikolam, 214. Allfir, 15, 47. Alor, 492 Alte, 386. Alur, 117. Alyl Tambahalli, 212. Amalner, 296. Amarapur, 112. Ambajidrug, 202. Amballapalli (Aleppy), 136. Amblripet, 80. Ambasamudram, 135. Ambngl'on, 63. Amburpet, 38. Aminapalli, 123. Aminbhlvi, 407. Amlipur, 58. Ammayanykan&r, 147. Amriwati, 112, 113. Anldra, 435. Anagod, 215, 218. Anamkonda, 73. Anantapur, 117- Andiapatti Fort, 147. Andiflr, 134. Andrangi, 58. Angadipuram, 204. Anglr, 475. Angula (Ongole), 47, 51, 80. Animalle Hills, 177. Ahjanwel, 385. Anjengo, 197- Aniutenga, 197. Ankai Tankai, 369. Anklesar, 424. Ankola, 204. Ankole (Ankola), 295. Ahmod, 424. Antersanti, 216. Anwa, 103. Appa Sibib, 110. Arambik, 47. Arcot, 12, 16, 33, 38; description of, 39, 45. Arcot N., 1, 2, 15 ; when acquired by Company, 17. Arcot S., 1, 2, 16, 17- Ariakod, 171. Ari Vari Deva, 137. Arkalgod, 203. Arnee, 37. Ami (Arnee), 12, 13, 34 ; description of, 37. Aroli, 394. Arriadu, 136. Arrisur, 44. Arvi, 364. Aryilur, 135. Aseerghur, 294. Asrl, 436. Asirgarh (Aseerghur),294. Assanfir, 44. Assanwlda, 401, 407. Assye, 103. 26 578 ASTAGRAM. Astagram, 203. Athni (Hutnee), 386, 419. Atkur, 118. Attangadi or Attangal, 194; description of, 196, Attikuppa, 203. Aunaikal, 203. Aungier, G., 265. Aurangibld, 73, 89, 92. Aurangzib takes Golkonda, 59 ; 76 ; anecdote of, 82 ; buried at Rauzah, 94 ; confers Karnfil on Khizr Khin. 119; negotiations with, 266 ; recovers Sinhgarh, 332 ; besieges Sitiri, 347. A-fir, 145, 158. Avadi, 33. Avalanche, 171; descrip tion of, 172. Avinishi, 148, 183. Ayakota, 195. Ayamangalam, 215, 218, Ayenkolam, 34, 37. B. Babington, Mr., 278. Babriiwid, 424. Badimi, 386; caves of, 419. df, 15. Baddagadi, 204. Badlipfir, 304. Badnapur, 88. Bidrun, 434. Badwel, 118. Bigaipalli, 133, Bigalkot, 386. Bagasri, 437. Baglina, 73, 296. Bigh, Caves of, 261, 373. Blghwldi, 407. Bagwldl, 424. Bahlr, 434. Baikal, 228. Baillie, Col., 36, 124,221. Eailur, 203. Baird, Sir D., 211. Bairdkanni, 219. Bairi, 57, 103. Bairipalli, 45, 132, 211. Baitilbiri, 73. INDEX. Baitmanglam, 202, 214. Baitul, 1. Baizwida or -wira, 48, 58, 62. Biji Rio, 276, 304, 325, 327, 429. Bikerapeta, 122. Bill Sihib Ristia, 333. Biliji Biji Rio, 267. Balipalli, 122. Balipanvir, 130. Balasinheshwar (Balasi- nore), 244. Balchetti Chattram, 38, 45, 132. Balliri, 1, 117, 120, 122, 127, 131, 133. Bllsiman, 364. Bambura, 330. Banavaram, 33. Banawlr, 203. Bangalore, properly Ben- galhr, 209. Banyan, Bar, or Bur tree described, 447, Baubier, 248. Banda, 401. Bandora, 351. Bahklpfir, 387. Bantwal, 205. Binsda, 244. Bipetla, 14. Biori, 386. Barl Gundaull, 344. Barl Satona, 88. Birimati, 294. Bardi, 424. Bargandi, 419. Blrkur, 13, 205. Baroda, 244, 246, 263, 434, 439. Barrljl, 436. Birsi, 386. Bassein, 295, 311, 351. Bathing, xiii. Batkal, 229. Battea, 436. Baulhatti, 419. Bawalli, 216. Blzlrglon, 113. Beckwith, Sir T. S., 254 ; tomb of, 339. Bednur, 228, 239. Beeder, 89. Beejapore, 375. bIdok. Bekal, 205. Belgl'onorBelglhw, (Bel- gaum), 216, 241, 243, 263, 386, 407, 409. BeUakupa, 133. Bellary, properly Balliri, 127. BeUasis, Gen., 278. Bellasis, A. E., 486, 490. Bellfir, 212. Belu-uli, 219. Bengalfir, 13, 202, 209, 212, 214, 217. Bentinck, Lord, 234. Benbow, Major, 400. Bepur, 13, 229. Berhampore, 70. Berir, 73. Bernadotte, 55. Best, Captain, 264. Best, John, 227. " Betadur, 416. Betalnid, 204. Betatpudiangadi, 204. Betse, 401, 407. Beypore, 229. Bhadglhw, 296. Bhaliwni, 344. Bhauda, 246. Bhandup, 304. Bhandura, 108. Bharuch (Broach), 241, 243, 263, 424, 434; described, 446. Bhavanigudal, 134. Bhawangadi, 16. Bhewndee, 295. Bhils (Bheels), 431. Bhimadol, 62. Bhimathadi, 294. Bhir, 73. Bhiwadi (Bhewndy), 295, 363. Bhiwri, 344. Bhojlpur, 361. Bhor or Bor Ghit, 317. Bhorglon, 112. Bhurglon, 63. BhuliKhln'sTlndra,470, Bialam, 112. Bidar (Beeder), 73, 87; description of, 89. Biddadi, 217. Bidi, 386. Bidok, 478. BIJAPUR. Bijapfir, 262, 295; de scription of, 375; 419. Bikkaval, 58, Bilgi, 204. Bini, 394. Binny and Co., 27. Bird, Dr., 309, 322, 367. Bobilli, Chief of, 61. Bollram, 87. Bolarum, 87. Bombay, 148, 219, 241, 270. Bombay, town of, 270 ; harbour of, 271 ; hotels, 272 ; principal sights, and fort of, 273 ; town hall at, 274, 275 ; mint of, 276; cathedral of, 277; docks at, 278; cotton-screws at, 279 ; manufactory of inlaid work at, 280; govern ment house at, 280 ; temples at, 281, 282 ; bizirs of, 282, 283; country-house of gov ernor at, 284 ; Grant college at, 285 ; popu lation of, 285; places of worship at, 285; places of amusement at, 285 ; environs of, 286— 293. Bondaldinni, 123. Bongarh, 73. Bonanghi, 61. Books, list of, for travel lers, xxi. Boscawen, Admiral, 53. Barsad, 424. Bota, 112. Bourchier, Mr. R., 267. Brahmadisam, 135. Brahmanlbid, 490. Brahmasigaram, 215, 218. Brahmiwar, 205. Brahmiwira, 228. Briggs, General, 337, 381. Broach (see Bharuch), 446. Budawel, 50. Budargarh, 386. Budihll, 204. Budihilu, 133. Buist, Dr., 285. Burnes, Sir A., picture of, 276; 473. Burr, General, 326, 327. Bussy, Marquis de, de fends Gudalur (Cudda- lore),55 ; proceedings in N. Sarklrs, 59 ; de feated by Haidar, 118; besieges Seringapatam, 220. Bycullah, 272, club at, 304. Calcutta, 71. Calicut (see Kolikod), 230. Calimere Point, 194. CaUian, 295. Calliaud, Capt., 43 ; first Envoy to 'Haidarlbld, 78 ; relieves Trichini- palU, 156. Cambay, 452. Campbell, Colonel, 278. CampbeU, Mr., 226. Campoolee, or Kampfili, 313. Candaula, or CandaUa, 320. Candeish, 241, 242 ; cli mate of, 294; subdivi sions, 295 ; Bbeels of, 431. Carnac, Brig.-Gen., 236; tomb of, 278. Carnac, Sir J., 276,281,459. Carangooly, 44. Carnelian Mines, 448. Caroor, 169. Carr, Dr., 446, 459. Cary, Captain, 265. Catherina, Infanta, 265. Cauvery river, properly Klveri, 11, 150; Col. Cotton's Anicutt at, 157 ; FaUs of, 222. Ceded Districts, 1, 117. Chigalmarri, 118. Chaitpet, 16. Chaitwi, 195. Chikan, 331, 361. Chakragari, 134. Chiliam, 227. 579 child. Chilisgihw, 296. Chllukya dynasty, 429. Champaneer, 451. Chimplnir, 451. Chimrljnagar, 203. Chinakya, 313. Chanda, 108. Chanda Sihib besieges Tanjur,'l52; 155, 169, Chindawidf, 416. Chandore, 368. Chindsumml, 436. Chandwadi, 263. Chahdwid, 295, 363, 368. Changimah, 182. Changanacheri, 136. ChanglpaUi, 148, 183. Chaukid, 195. Channur, 118. Chanyir, 436. Chirkat, 248. Chattenhalli, 217. Chaughit, 204. Chedulwida, 47. Chelambram, 12, 16, 145; description of, 148. Chellumbrum, 148. Chendalfir, 15. Chenganvir, 136. Chengalpatt, 1, 15, 43 ; description of, 44. Chengolatapatti, 147. Chennapatnam, 203. Chennagadi, 204. Chenriipatnam, 203. Cherakal, 204. Cherpalcheri, 204. Chetpatt, 15. Cheyfir, 134. Chicacole, 69. Chichan, 351. Cbikalthlna, 89. Chikalwal, 363. Chikanakuppam, 51. Chikli Peta, 112. Chikli, 314. Chikhli, 424. Chik Deo Rlj, 206, 210. Chik Nargund, 407, 417. Chikkabalapur, 202. Chikkaholla r., 38. ChikkmagUr, 204. ChikknaikenhaUi, 203. Chikori, 386. Child, Sir J., 266. 580 CHLLLAMKUB. ChUlamkur, 123. Chimnaji Appa, 311. Chimathan, 296. Chinch'orej 326. Chinchwad, 326. Chingleput, 44. Chinnamipet, 33. Chinnapatanam, 217. Chintidripet, 15. Chintomanipet, 132. Chinnfi., 73. Chipajuh, 385, 394, 395. Chiploon, 395. ChipumpaUi, 61. Chitradurg, 203, 215,218; described, 224. Chittoor, properly Chittfir, 212. Chittledroog, 224. Chittfir, 15, 45, 132, 211 ; described, 212. Chitwel, 118. Chodirinen, 61. Chombe Peramba, 228, 232 Chorlshi, 424. Chorvira, 436. Chotl Nalni, 103. Chronological Tables, liii. -lxxxi. Clive, 17; attempts sui cide, 22; takes Kovilam, 29; 37; takes Arcot, 40; 44, 59 ; leads storming party atDevikota, 151 ; 155, 236, 260, 267. Closepet, 203, 217. Cochin, 2, 13, 195; de scribed, 199, 204. Coimbatore, 187. Combaconum, 150. Conjeveram, 12, and see Klnchiveram. Cook, Capt., 265, 273. Cookson, Capt., 489. Coorg, 2. Coote, Sir Eyre, 37, 40 52, 123, 149. Cope, Capt., 169. Cornwallis, Lord, 78, 220 275. Corteliar r., 124. Cotton cultivationin Coim batore, 188; at Broach 448. Corygaum, 368. Covelong, 29. Cowper, Col., 275, 279. Crowe, Mr., 481. Cuddalore, 16; described, 54; 216. Cuddapah, 1, 2, 50, 118, 122; described, 125. Cutch, 241-470. Cuttack, 71. D. DichapaUi, 80. Dlchepalli, 14. Dahisar, 295. Dahiwidi, 295. Dahiwel'i, 295. Dailwlri, 462. Daiwigadi, 215. Daiwal, 394. Damal, 39. Damaji Giikwld, 429. Diman (Demaun), 351. DambaJ, 387. Danaikenkote, 134. Dandilli, 263, 416. Ding Riji, 246. Dinglia, 305. Dantura, 351. Dinu, 351. Dapoorie, 325. Dapfiri (Dapoorie), 325. Darra, 342. Dastikopal, 216. Daulatlbld, 73, 92; de scribed, 93. Daulatpur, 475. Davagudur, 15. Davanhalli,. 202. Davengadi, 203, 215, 218. Dawarkonda, 72. Dawson, Lieut., 277. Deccan, kings of, lv. Deesa, 462. Delamotte, Gen., 391. Demaun, 351. Denkenklta, 135. Deodir, 248. Deogarh, 108. Deur, 344. Devarayapatti, 15. DUPAD. Devikotta, 151. Dewgiri, 416. Dhahduka, 423. Dharampur, 246. Dharampuri, 135. Dharapuram, 134. Dharanglhw, 296. Dharmavaram, 62, 117- Dhirwid (Darwar), 215, 241,243,263,387,407;described, 414. Dharwar, 414. Dholki, 423. Dhone, 118. Dhoolia, 296, 364; de scribed, 371. Dhorawari or Naidu Chat- tram, 47. Dhujeh, 296, 364; de scribed,, 371. Dialogues, 540-575. Diamond mines, 65, 126. Dickinson, W. R., Lieut., 459. Dindigal, 2, 12, 134, 147, 169. Dillwar Khin Ghfiri, 372. Dfngi, 436. Dirom, Captain, 234. Disa, 263, 435 ; described, 462. Divi, 58. Diwan Kupra, 87. Doiba, 470. Dobbs Peta, 214, 217. Doddabalapur, 203. Dodderi, 203. Dohili, 363. Dom, 333. Donpfira, 435. Dost 'Ali, 109,138,206. Dow, Colonel, 278. Dowlutabad, 93. Downton, Captain, 264. Dress, directions for, xi. ; of natives, xcvii. Dubhii, 450. Dubhoy, 450. Dudi, 478. Dudukfir, 47. Dumoh, 1. Duncan, Jonathan, 254; tomb of. 277. Dupld, 118. DUBGARAZ AP ATANAM . Durgarlzlpatanam, 32, 33 Duvfir, 118. Dwarkl, 436. E. Eastwick, Lieut., 267. Egatpfira, 363. Elachpfir, 434. Elambur, 15. Elephanta Cave, 261, 286, Elgandal, 73. EUavansur, 16. Ellora, Caves of, 95. Elphinstone, Mountstuart, 254; statue of, 275; 284. Eliir, 58, 62. E 'hira (Ellora), 89, 93, 95. Ennfir, 27. Erandol, 296. Ernld, 204. Erungundam, 15. Examinations, civ. Exercise, rules for, xiii. Exposure to sun, how to bear, xi. Falkland, Lady, 328, 333. Farish, Mr., 284. Fatih Singh, 429. Fathlbid or Dhirfir, 73. Fath 'Ali Khin, 452. Fathpfir, 475. Fergusson, Mr., 306, 307, 323, 366. Fitzgerald, Captain, 115. Food, hints regarding, xii., xvi. Forbes and Co., 275. Forbes, Sir Charles, 275, 280, 283. Ford, Colonel, 325, 327. Forde, Colonel, repulsed at Nellur, 49 ; defeats Conflans at Peddapur, 59; 78. French Territory, 2, 13. Frere, Mr., 491. Fullarton, Colonel, 191. Funds and pensions, cvi. Fungas, 394. Furlough regulations, cv. G. Gadag (Gudduk), 387. Gadkl, 436. Gaddakal, 123. Gajapatinagaram, 61. Ganapaddiwattam, 216. Gandivi, 434. Gangikhair, 88. Ganjlm, 1, 2, 57, 64 ; de scription of, 70. Ganjikote, 183. Garh Inglaj, 386. GarmaUf, 437. Garrah, 63. Gannavaram, 62. Giviravisam, 61. Gerseppa, 219 ; FaUs of, 225. Ghira, 364 ; described, 372; 475, 481. Ghoribandar, 351. Ghullm Shih, 472. GiU, Capt., 107. GiUespie, Colonel, 41. Giriadhar, 437. Goa, lvii., 263 ; described, 402, 404. Godavery river, 66, 67, 72. Goddard, Gen., takes Bas sein, 305 ; 312 ; takes Ahmadlbld, 456. Godolphin, Lord, 266. Goghl, 423, 437. Gohelwid, 424. Gokik, 263, 386; FaUs of, described, 410. Gokauk, 410. Golah, 133. Golalgudfir, 130. Golconda, Kings of, lx. ; tombs of, 85. Golkonda, 57, 73 ; de scribed, 85. Gondal, 436. Gopllpuram, 63. Gopawaram, 50. Goriblri, 470. Gordon, 221 ; General, re duces Thinah, 305. 581 HALA. Goribednfir, 203. Gotkachfwidi, 407. Govind Rio, 429. Gowindavldah, 133. Grant Duff, 331. Grant, Sir R., 285. Gii'algarh (Gawelghur), 73. Gudalfir (Cuddalore), 16, 54, 216. Gfidulfir, 148. Gudibanda, 202. Gudivida, 61. Gudur, 15, 47, 49, 118. Guduvancheri, 43. Ghja, 475. Gujarlt, 241, 244, 250, 428. GfiUiam, 117. Gumnaikenpilliam, 202. Gumsfir, 57, 60. Gundalpet, 203. Gundasira, 436. Gundavolu, 15. Gundlfir, 130; described, 131. Gundfikal, 123. Gundalur, 123. Gunjatti, 87- GundrampaUi, 80. Guntanelpir, 50. Guntalgurki, 132. Guntur, 1, 2, 14, 17, 48, 50; described, 51. Guramkonda, 1181 Gurram Konda, 131. Guriattam, 16, 214. Gurudinni, 127. Gutti (Ghooty), 117, 122; described, 126. Hab r., 478. Haidarlbld (Nizim' s), 72; described, 81 ; in Sindh, 241,470,475; described, 483. Haidar 'Ali, 16, 36, 40, 46, 113, 123, 149, 170, 187,191,206,220,224,227, 231, 239. Haitipimla, 80. Hill, 475, 490. 582 HALAD, Halid, 424. Halbarga, 87. HaUlni Bilani, 475. Halli, 88. Hallihil, 416. Hampiholi, 407, 415. Hanchinal, 407. Hingal (Hungut), 387. Hanoi Anantapur, 127. Hanguhd, 386. Hahsot, 424. Hardinge, Captain, 277- Hariehahdragarh, 361. Harihar, 204, 215, 218, 224. Hari Pant, 430. Hariur, 215, 218, 224. ' Hamai, 385. HarnhaUi, 203. Harpanhalli, 117. Harfir, 181, 182. Harsul, 248, 250. Hasan, 1st King of Dak- ' han, 74. Hassan, 203. Haweli, 294. Hawkins, Captain, 264. Health, hints regarding, xi. Heath, Mr., 56. Heber, Bishop, grave of, 155; 446, 449, 454. Helah, 475. Hindvipur, 117. Hingurga, 475. Hira Baghwiri, 216. Hiriur, 203. Hirpargi, 386. Holawikonda, 218. Honiwar (Honore), 13, 148, 204, 219 ; described, 226; 229. Honhalli, 204. Honore, 226. Honwalli, 204. Honwlr, 419. Hooblee, properly Hubli, 416. Hornby, Governor, 284. Hdsdrug, 203. Hoskfitu, 202, 212, 214 Hosur or Hossfir (Ossoor), 13, 209. Hosfir, 135. Hoven Hadgalli, 117- INDEX. Hubli (Hooblee), 215, 387. Hunsur, 13. Hushangibid, 1. Hyderabad, in the Deccan, 81 ; in Sindh, 483. Ibrihim Rozah, 376. Ichchhlpur, 57, 63. I'dgarh, 72. Illipur, 146. Inimanamellur, 15. Inchalkanji, 246. Inchalkannje, 386. Ihdipur, 294. Ihdi, 386. India, season to visit, ix. ; climate of, x. ; geo graphical description of, Ii. ; chronology and his tory of, liii. ; manners of natives of, lxxxi. Indrapfir, 314, 343. Indus, 469. Ingalji, 416. Inkula, 47. Innakonda, 14. Iska DewapaUi, 50. IMS, 434. IyampaUi, 134. Jabalpur, 1. Jacob, Col., 486. Jacob, Col. Le Grand, 393. Jldi, 431. J'afaribid, 112. Jagalpenth, 416. Jagammapet, 62. Jagannlth or Puri, 71, Jaggiapeta, 58. Jamkondasholapuram,135 Jaitpur, 436. Jakalcheru, 123. Jilnah, 73, 88 ; described, 89; 112. Jalilpur, 424. JamidarkiLandi,475,481. James, Commodore, 267- Jimkhed, 295. KALADGf. Jammalmadugu, 118. Jimner, 296. Jamshidji Jijibhli, Sir, statue of, 275; 282; water- works constructed by, 328. Jangwid, 408." Jarrak, 475, 483. Jlti, 470. Jatt, 262, 375. Jaulna, 89. Jaulipeta, 133. JaunkondanahaUi, 215, 218. Javenie Hills, 183. Jiwali, 295. Jaypur, 2. Jejooree, 346. Jhillwid, 424. Jetalpur, 423. Jijhri, 262, 344 ; de scribed, 346. Johf, 470. Jooneer, Caves of, 362. Junigarh, 436. Junir or Junnar (Jooneer), 294, 361. K. Kabiri, 375. Kachh (Cutch), 241, 242, 246, 470. Kachhi, 199. Kadambatfir, 33. Kadapa (Cuddapah), 1, 2, 50, 118, 122; described, 125. Kadapanattam, 16. Kaddagusbandi, 146. Kaddur, 204. Kadiri, 118. Kadod, 424. Kadub, 203. Kigal, 386. KaUis, 101. Kaikalfir, 58, Kaira, 454. Kairi, 113. Kaitar Peta, 147. Kiji Ki Got, 475. Klkalur, 122. Kakkolum, 136. Kaladgf, 408, 419. KALAM. Kalam (Kullum), 73. Kulbarga (Calberga), 73. Klligadi, 15. KaUyini, 73. Kalkerra, 416. Kallakurcbi, 16. KaUimetu, 194. KaUimodu, 192. Klliyl Widi, 424, 434. Kllri, 436. Kalfir, 118. Kalyin (CaUian), 262 295, 304, 312. Kalyin Kot, 482. Kamalpld, 14. Kamalapur, 118. Kambaliyi, 436. Kambam, 118. Kammamet, 73. Kammam Fort, 50, Kamptee, 116. Kampti, 113, 116. Kamphlf, 262, 304, 313. Kanara, 1, 2, 204, 207. Kanapur, 87. Kanchiveram (Conjeve- ram), 15, 35. Khandesh, 241, 242. Kandi, 87. Kandukfir, 15. Kangalamkolam, 163. Klngiam, 134. Kinhari Caves (Kennery), 306, 313. KankanhaUi, 203. Kankrej, 248. Kankuppa, 203. Kannamangalam, 146. Kannanur (Cannanore), 13, 135, 228, 233. Kantllavalsa, 57. Kip, 228. Kapadwahj, 424. Kappalmadagu, 212. Kaplveram, 58. Karlchi (Kurrachee), 241, 242, 470. Karnampeta, 214. Karanguli, 43. Karde, 295. Kardi, 363. Kargola, 217. Karhad (Kurar), 295. Kariambranid, 204. Karikal, .13, 192. INDEX. Karimanal (Coromandel), 32, 33. Karkambadi, 122, 124. Klrla, 88. Kirli Caves, 261, 262, 314, 320. Karmije, 386. Kirmottanpatti, 148, 183. KarnaglpaUe, 136, 194. Karnfil, 1, 2, 118, 119. Karmuneshwar, 228. Karri, 263. Kartanid, 204. Kartigapalli, 136. Karumid, 88. Karungali, 15. Kirfir, 12, 134, 148, 169. Kaslri, 363. Kasergod, 228. Klsibuga, 63. Kisimkot, 63. Kastambadi, 182. Kastigapilli, 194. Katak (Cuttack), 71." Klthiawid (Kattywar) , 241, 242, 248, 424. Katbrur, 204. Katkacheri, 228. KattapiUi, 58. Kaulis, 73. KaulilrkovU, 146. Kaulidrug, 204. Kaurapatti, 135. Kauwai, 228. KavaUi, 15. Kiveripik, 15, 39. Kawai, 204. Klwnai (Kownaee), 295. Kayan Kulam (QuUon), 194, 198. Klzipet, 50. Keigwin, Captain, 265. Kennaway, Sir J., 83. Khadklle, 294. Khigal,'246.Khair, 394 Khairpur, 241, 242, 250. Khamblyat(Cambay) ,244, 263, 435; described, 452. Khandlla, 262, 314 ; de scribed, 320. Khandlpur r., 263. Khlnipfir, 295. Khandesh, 295. 583 XONDALI. Khatiw, 295. Kbed, 294. Khedl (Kaira), 241, 242, 263, 435 ; described, 454. Kheir, 294. Khelnl r., 103. Khirki, 327. Khundapur, 228, 239. Khurkaleh, 294. Kikairi, 203. Kikwi, 314. Kilapalfir, 135. Kilhantir, 45. Kingiri, 217. Kirkee, or Khirkee, 327. Kistnah, or Krishna river, 64 ; Great Anicutt at, 64, 65 ; source of, 335. Kittfir, 215. Kitiir, 407, 413. Kirkpatrick, Colonel, 84. Kivalfir, 136. Kod (Koda), 387. Kodavasel, 136. Kodavelur, 47. Kodegonda, 117. Kodey Kulls, 229. Kodur, 57, 122, 133. Kogirra, 133. Koilandi (Quilandy), 204. 227. Koilgunta, 118. ' Koilkonda, 73. Koilpatti, 147. Koimbatfir, 1, 13, 134, 148, 183 ; described, 187. Koliba, 242. Kolagotla, 50. Kolam (QuUon), 136, 194, 198. Koler, 363. Kollr, 202, 212, 214. Kolhipiir, 241, 242, 246, 386. Kolikod (Calicut), 171, 204, 227, 230. KoUigil, 134. Kompli, 117. Komaleshwaramkovil, 115 Konld, 135. Konlda, 63. Konarikuppam, 44, Kondali, 113. 584 K0NJDAPl5E. Kohdipiir, 13, 352. Kondavfd or Kondfir, 14. Konkan, 241, 242, 252. Koperabad, 80. Koppa, 204. Kora, 214, 218. Korad, 112. Koratthr, 122, 214. Korigi'on, 358. Korti, 295. Kfita, 15, 228. Kotallam, 136. Kltapid, 50. K6tapalliam, 63. K6taperamba — Angadi, 195. Kotapeta, 214. Kotarakare, 136. Kotawalsa, 63. Kotiam, 204. Kotru, 470, 483. Kottiam, 61, 136. Kovalidi, 12. Kovilam, 29. Krishnagadi, 38, 42, 135. Krishnarajipuram, 212, 214. Krosvir, 14. Kudalur, 12. Kudarmani, 407. Kudligi, 117. Kudsad, 424. Kukatlapalli, 87. Kulatale, 135." Kulatore, 136, Kumiram, 61. Kumbhakonam (Comba. conum), 12, 136, 145. Kumblah, 228. Kumti, 344. Kfinam, 34. Kundigal, 215. Kundapur, 204. Kunatfir, 136. Kunatnid, 137. Kunjetti Andarhalli, 195. Kunimode, 51. Kupanfir, 182. Kuramplira, 364. Kurankair, 112. Kurambapatti, 38, 42. Kurg (Coorg), 2. Kuril, 304, 363. Kurrachee, 475. Kutallam, 163. Kutangal, 204. Kutnld, 204. Kutwoi, 227. Kydifir, 44. L. Lagtar, 436. Lakavarapukola, 61. Llkhenwlri, 112. Likka, 475. Lakwalli, 204. Lllapet, 214. Lllgudi, 135. LaUy, M., 22, 40, 43, 53, 55, 78, 152. Llngnij, 435, Latairi, 214. Latwin, 384. Laulam, 136. Lawrence, Major, 151,155, 207. Lindsay, 221. Lingampuru, 58. Lingapuram, 132. Liktreddipalli, 130. Little Conjeveram, 34, 35. Lodwick, Gen., 328, 337. Lohar, 296. Loniri, 314. Long, Colonel, 170. Lonf, 352. Lowji Naushirwinji, 278, 282. Lucas, Sir G., 265. Lukmin ki Tlndl, 475. Lutfullah, 445. M. Macdonald's Chiwadi, 148 Machhu Kanta, 424. Machlipatanam (Masuli- patam), 1, 2, 58. Mackintosh, Sir J., 276. Macmurdo, Capt. 432. Macnaghten, Sir W., 254 Madagasiva, 117. Madlr, 435. Madakolam, 135. MadanpaUi, 118. Midaveram, 214. Madhi, 436. MALHAR BAO. Maddukarre, 183. Maddfir, 203. Madgadi, '203. Madras, 1, 27. Madras, City of, 19 ; land ing at 19 ; hotels at, 20; club, 21; plan of, 21 ; sights of, 22, 23 ; Black Town, 24; go vernment house, 24 ; Nuwib's palace, 25 j university, 25 ; cathe dral, 26 ; cantonments, 26. Madrantikam, 15. Madura, 1, 12, 134, 138, 147; described, 166. Magaltfir, 58. Magar Talio, 477. Maghrabin, 470. Mahibalesbwar Hills, — hotels, 334 ; geology and topography of, 335 ; flora and climate of, 336; discovery of, 337; principal Ghits to, 338; station at, 339 ; environs of, 340 ; sport at, 342. Mahar, 314, 343, 384. Mahlrljdrug, 203. Mlhe Kanta, 250. Mahim, 295, 304. Mabmtid Shih, 75, 94. Mahu (Mhow), 364, 375. Mihuli (Mowlee), 349. Mahvar (Mahore), 73. Maidak, 73. Mafkar, 73. Mailakid, 194. MaUfir, 135. Maislna; 263, 435. Maisfir (Mysore), 1, 2, 13, 201, 203, 219. Maitland, Adm., 278, 477. Majandah, 470. Makrangarh, 342. Malabar, 2, 104, 207. MaUapaddi, 38, 42. Malangarh, 73. Malcolm, Sir J., 254, 276, 337. Malcolm Penth, 314, 337. Mlleglhw (MaUiganm), 296, 363, 370. Malhar Rao, 430. MALKAPUR. Malklpur, 80, 386. Malklr, 73. Malllr, 351. MaUiankolam, 137. Malligaum(seeMileglhw) MaUfir, 148. MalwaUi, 203. Milwan, 386. Mimbikam, 34. Manalkunam, 195. Manantlwadi (Manan- toddy), 204, 216, 219. Manlrgadi, 16. Manlrgudi, 136. MandakaUi, 88. Mandiam, 203. Mlhdwi, 424. Mangalagadi, 14, 48. Mangalampeta, 130. Mangalur, (Mangalore), 13, 205, 228; described, 234. Mlngion, 395. Mangiari, 204. Mangoji, 386. Manikwldi, 436. Manjeshwaram, 228. Manji Kuppam, 16, 51. Mansurklta, 64. Minwat, 88. Manzuribid, 203, Maritha Jagirs, 252. Marrawakld, 195. MarimakulapiUi, 212. Markapur, 118. MarlagaudenplUiam, 215, 218. Marlborough, Earl of, 265. Mlrhe (Mahara), 386. Mlrutfir, 14. Masulipatam, 1, 2, 58. Masur (Mussoora), 295. Maswar, 344. Mitar, 424. Mattari, 475, 490. Mitheran, 315. Matthews, Gen., 227, 240 Maugri, 203. Maughan, Col,, 393. Maulur, 202. Mivalikare, 136. MavUadoruvu, 47. Mlwal, 294. Medhe, 295. INDEX. Meeanee, 475, 487. Mel (West), Chakragudi, 165. Mel Thattapaura, 165. Merialgudiam, 80. Merklri, 13. Merwira, 248. Metl, 435. Mettupilliam, 148. Mhow, 364 ; described, 375. Miagihw, 434. Middleton, Sir H., 264. Midnapur, 71. Mfnachel, 136. Mir 'Ali Murld, 241, 491. Mirpfir Battora, 470. Mirpur Sikrl, 470. Mfr Rustam, 473. Miylni Multini, 475. Moherri, 57. Moganfir, 147. MohoJ, 386. Mohra, 475. Money, c. Monimangalam, 15. Monke, 229. Monsoons, 3, 271, 337. Montreddi, 63. Morris, T., Major, 456. Mostyn, Mr. T., 267. Moti Tungi, 436. Mote Bennur, 215, 416. MuattupaUi, 136. Mudebihil (Moodbhal), 386. Mugubala, 212, 214. Muhammad' Ali, 135, 207. Muhammad Kuli, 81. Muhammad Shah's tomb, 379 Muhfidhl, 424. Muli, 436. Mulkalmuru, 203. Mulki, 228. Mulwlgal, 202. Mulwlr, 419. Munawali, 217. Munu Chiwadi, 148. Munro, Sir T., statue of, 24 ; Gen., 36 ; Sir H., 54 ; Sir T., 119 ; Col., 138 ; Sir H., 193, 232. MunupaUi, 87. Murab, 407. 585 NANJENGOD. Murbld, (Morbar), 295. Murdeshwar, 229. Murghpet, 88. Murtazapur, 112. Museri, 135. Mutakurfir, 73. Muttial Pet, 15. Myaveram, 136. Mysore (see Maisfir). N. Nadiyid, 424. Nadir Singh, 431. Nadpur, 61. Nadumbare, 15. Nigalapuram, 16. Nigamangalam, 203. Nigapatanam, 136, 192. Nagar, 204, 295. Nagaram, 58. Nigari (Nuggery), 122. Nagar Thatthl, 470. Nigaz, 375. Nigathina (Nagotna), 315. Nagpore, 114. Nigpur, 1, 2, 108, 113, 114. Niguniri, 135. Nigfir, 193. Naikanairi, 214. NairnaUi, 217. Nakhi Tallo, 435, 462. NakkapaUi, 62. Nakrikal, 80. Nakkakalva r., 47. Naladurga (Naldrug), 73. Nalgunda, 73. NaUacherla, 62. Namkal, 12, 135, 147. Nini Dhundu Pant, 276. Nini Farnavis, 276, 313, 330, 343. Nanchfra, 73. Nandalfir, 122. Nandiil, 118. Nandialampet, 50. Nandigima, 58. Nandikotkli, 118. Nandipid, 47. Nahdurbir, 296. Nangamblkam, 15. Nanjengod, 203. 586 NAPAD. Nipld, 424. Napier, 280, 473, 484, 485, 487. Nlriyangi'oh, 361. Nirel, 304, 315. Narharipeta, 45, 132, 211. NarkailpaUi, 80. Narmadi, or Nerbuddah river, 434, 447. Narsapatanam, 57. Narsapuram, 214. Narsaravupet, 14. Narsinghpur, 1. Narsipur, 203. Nartampundi, 182. Nisik, 241, 261, 262, 295, 363 ; described, 365, Nasirabad, 296. Nasrlpur, 295. Nassick, or Nassuck, 364 ; Caves at, 365, 368. Native Army, cvii., cvin. Native States, 2, 60, 61, 73, 138, 139, 201, 242, 244, 253. Naugi'on, 57. Naukolam, 194. Naushahra, 475. Nawalguhd, 387. Nawapfira, 434. Nlyar, 15. Nedinganid, 204. Nedduvenkid, 136. Neilgherry Hills, tribes of, 142,143, 144; route to, 145 ; description of, 170; passes to, 170, 171, 172, 173; chief town of, and hotels at, 173 ; climate of, 174 ; sights at, 175 ; natural products, 176. Nelhll, 214, 218. NeUakote, 134. NeUatfir, 122. NeUavanglam, 203. Nellialam, 216. Nelliambalam, 135. Nellimuku, 61. NeMr, 1,2, 15, 17,47, 50. Nelson, Lord, 282. Nepean, Sir E., 281. Neranjakudi, 146. Nerbuddah river, 434, 447. Nernala, 73. Newii3e, 295. Neyattenkare, 136. Nidal or Nfrdal, 344. Nildina, 364. NUgiris, 142, 170. Nipatur, 182. Niri, 344. Niri Bridge, 262. Niralfir, 217. Nizim "AU, 78, 82, 83, 110. Nizim' s Territory, 1, 2. Nizamu '1-Mulk, 77. Norris, Mr., 275. Norris, Sir W., 266. O. Odoricus, 264. Okhi Mandal, 424. Omercote, 487. Ometi, 434. Ongale, 47, 51. Onwalagi'on, 394. Ootacamund, 173. Orme, 197. Orpid, 424 ; defence of entrenched camp, 483. Ossoor, 209. Outfit and Expenses, xvii. Outram, Col., 391, 401, 487. Ovans, Col., 391. Overland Journey, xxiii, steamers, xxiv., xxv. baggage, xxvi. ; transit through Egypt, xxvii. ; rates of passage money, xxviii. ; what to observe on, xxviii. ; Torres Ve- dras and Lisbon, xxix. ; Gibraltar, xxx. ; Algiers, xxxi. ; Malta, xxxii. ; Egypt, xxxiv. ; Alex andria, xxxiv. ; Lake Mareotis, xxxvi. ; the catacombs, xxxvi. ; At- feh, xxxviii. ; pyramids, xxxix:, xliii. ; Cairo, xl. ; Nile, xlii. ; petri fied forest, xlv ; the de sert, xlvii. ; Suez, xlix. ; Aden, li. PARBATTf HILL. Pibal, 294. Pidagidi, 61. Padana, 58. Pidalrir, 44. Pidshipur, 263, 386, 410. Pihlanpur, 248. Pahtari, 73. Pairfir, 133. Palichi, 134. Palidam, 134. Pilasner, 364, 372. Pilatalagam, 57. Pllghit, 204. Pilghltcheri, 181, 183. Palla Angadi, 228. Palikat, 33. Piliam Kotta, 146, 163. Pilitina, 437. PaUapadi, 182. Pilkonda, 57. PaUiapiUiam, 148, 182. Pallikonda, 38, 41. Pallipat, 130, 131, 182. PaUikunu, 204. Pallipeta, 182. Palmaner,16, 45, 132, 212. Palnad, 2. Paine, 134. Palpanapurani, 136. Pllsamudram, 133. Palwai Chattram, 46. Pimrf, 127. Panamurta K6ta, 216. Pancbamil, 135. Panchapilem, 1, 117. Pihdharpfir, 295, 344,350. Pingil, 72. Pingri, 88, 103, 112. Panhlji, 386. Plniam, 118. Panjim or New Goa, 401,' 407, 416. Panshar, 435. Panwas, 394. Panwel, 295. Pinta Tekelli, 63. Pipanlsham, 136, 145, 151 ; falls at, 164. Pir, 314, 343. Paraguttam, 146. Parlntij, 423. Pirbatti Hill, 330. Parchfir, 47. ParamadavenhaUi, 123. Parchol, 424. Parembalfir, 135. Parinda Fort, 262. Parmatti, 135. Pirner, 295. Parnera, 424. Parrakld, 194. Parrafir, 137. Parsek, 304. Parsawikam, 15. Partur, 88. Patan, 263. Patanchera, 87. Patna, 407. Patgi'oh, 394, 397. Pathinapuram, 136. Pltode, 295. Pattikonda, 117. Pattinson, Lieut., 359. Pitapldu, 50. Pattfiklta, 136. Patwardan Parshurim, 389. Paugad, 204. Paulipet, 136. Pay and allowances, cix — cxv; civU pay at Madras, 4, 5 ; at Bom bay, 254—259. Pedda Manjewidi, 182. Peddapalliam, 15. Peddapangedi, 62. Peddapur, 58. Peddigural, 80. Peddu Naiks Pet, 15. Pegu, 1. Pennagonda, 117. Pennamur, 130. Pennefather, Col., 489. Penmarri, 16. Penth, 250, 261. Perainda, 73. Peralem, 136. Perandure, 134, 148, 183. Perambaulfir, 137. Peria Agrahiram, 63. Periapatanam, 203. Peringatfir, 34. Perumbfir, 15, 33, 145. Phulshai, 262. Pichipikam, 214. Pietro della VaUe, 264. INDEX. Piliwa, 344. Pillaji Glikwid, 429. Pilli Chattram, 38. Pfmpalglhw, 294, 363. Pimpajner, 296. Pinjibikam, 214. Pipaljirah, 112. Pirivam, 136. Poddatfir, 118. Point Kallimetu (Cala- mere), 192, 194. Polldpfir, 314. Polfir, 16. Ponini, 195, 200, 204, 227. Pondicheri, 12, 46. Pondigal, 80. Ponnalfir, 15. Ponniri, 15. Ponnfir, 14. Poona or Poonah, first mention and history of, 328 ; description of, 329; Pirbati hill at, 330 ; cantonment, 330, 331. Porto Novo, 52; described, 56, 145. Prashutpur, 57. Pratapgarh. 340. Prattepid, 14, 48. Pubakonda, 57. Public works, 11, 64, 66, 86, 116, 150, 157, 262, 318, 319. Puducheri, 51, 192. Pudugrlmam, 135. Pudukota, 2. Pudupandi, 136. PuduwoU, 46. Pugl'oh, 315. PuUcat, 33. PuUvendala, 118. Pulshea, 375. Pfinah (Poona), 241, 262, 294, 314, 328, 344. Punalatalpur, 15. PunamaUi, 15, 34, 37, 45, 122, 129, 132, 214. Pundi, 263. Punganfir, 132. Purandar (Poorundhar), 294, 344. Puslsauli, 262. Pusasesoli, 376. 587 RASID KHA1BAR. Putambfir Chattram, 147. Pfitfir, 122. Pyrard de Laval, 264. Q. Quilindy, 227. Quilon, 194; described, 198. R. Ricboti, 118, 130. Ridhanpur, 248. Ragbuji, 109. Raghunith Rio, 267, 429. Rihuri, 295. Riidrug, 117. Raipur, 108. Riji Chattram, 12, 38,45, 132. Rajahmundry, 66 ; God- avery river at, 66, 67 ; notice of in "Letters from Madras," 69. _ Rijlmahendri (Rajah mundry), 1, .2, 58, 62 ; described, 66. Rijanaglram, 62. Rljlpfir, 386, 394, 396. Rajawiripalli, 130. Rljkot, 436. Rijura, 88. Ramalakdta, 118. Rlmanjeri, 122. RiminujanChattram,148, 183. Rimgadi, 135. Rimgarh, 1, 73. Ram Ghit, 407. RimachandraApparaopet, 62. Rimchandrapuram, 58. Rlmeshwaram, 12, 160. Rlmyipatanam, 47. RimLil, 281. Rimnid, 12, 146, 158. Rlmpuram, 133. Rahebehnfir, 387. Rini Bennfir, 215, 416. Rinlpfir, 475. Rapur, 15. Rasfd Khaibar, 475. 588 RATANPUR MINES. Ratanpur Mines, 448. Ratihali, 387. Ratnagadi, Ratnigiri (Rutnagherry), 241, 385, 394. Rauzah, 94. Ravfir, 15. Rlzipur, 135. Red Hills, 33, 48. Reodar, 435. Repalli, 14. Rewa Kinta, 250, 427. Ribandar, 403. Roe, Sir Thomas, 264. Rompechirla, 80. Rori (Roree), 475, 491. Ross, Cant., 276. Rustam Khin. 440. S. Slbar, 437. Sachplrah, 351. Sadlshivap£ta, 87. SldiUi, 133. Sadi-as, 12, 28, 51. Slgar, 1, 204, Sago palm, 202. Saidapet, 15. Saidapur, 15. Saidpur, 435. Sailu, 88. Sairkld, 45, 132, 211. Saiyid KI Got, 475. Salem, 2, 12, 135, 148, 181, 182 ; described, 183. Silpa, 344. Salsette, 261, 295; caves of, 304, 306. Silsf, 394. Samiaveram, 44. Sampgihw, 386. Sangam, 15, 87. Sahgamner, 295. Sankeridrug, 148, 182. Sannagallagndur, 131. Slntalpur, 248. Santrfil, 394. Sarbarl, 437. Sarbhon, 424. Sarkhej, 461. Sarkfir, 217. Sarvapalli, 15. INDEX. Sarvasiddhi, 57. Sarwlri, 113. Sasoli, 401. Siswad (Sasoor), 294,344. Siswar Palace, 262. Satine, 296. Sitiri, 241, 262, 262, 295, 344, 347. Sltenur, 145. Sitgad, 16. Sattinapalli, 14. Sitfir, 135, 147. Satwaid, 16. Satyamangalam, 134. Saudina, 363. Slvanfir, 215, 416. Siwant Widi, 252, 395, 398, 401. Sawaden (Sowda), 295. Sawdatti, 386. Siwargaon, 88. Scott, Col. Hopeton, 115. Seoni, 1. Secunderabad, 86. Seringapatam, 220. Serfir, 352, 360. Sevemdroog, 384. Servants, xcix. Sewan, 434, 470. Shadi Khan's Chattram, 471. Shlbideh (Shlda), 296. Shih Bandar, 470. Shih Shujl, 487, 492. Shih Jahin, 264, 461. ShamrapaUi, 214. Shankaridrug, 135. Shankarnakoil, 135. Shlpfir, 363. Sharmadevi, 135. Shistri r., 394. ShawerrS, 194. Shealli, 136, 145. Shekal, 146. Shenkotta, 137. Sherankfl, 136. Shernld, 204. ShertaUe, 136. Sherul, 386. Shesanal, 215. Shevelperi, 165. Shewganw, 295. Shikarpur, 204, 241, 242. Shinar (Sinnur), 295. Shipman, Sir A., 265. SONMIYANf. Shirpur, 296. Shimogha, 204. Shiva Samudram, 13, 217, 222. Shivarli HUls, 186. Shivilperri, 146. Shiwglhw (Seegaon),387. Shfwner (Sewnere) 294. Sholagadi (Sholagherry), 209. Sholanganelfir, 28, 192. Shollpfir, 241, 262, 386. Sholekal, 171. Sholavandan, 147. Sholingad, 15. Shriklkolam, 63. Shrikurmam, 61. Shri-Perumbudfir, 15, 34, 37, 45, 132. ShrivaUiputur, 135. Shushindram, 136. Siddhapur, 204. Sidhpfir, 435. Sidhlwat, 50. Sidhivat, 118. Sikandarlbid, 50, 81 ; described, 86.] SUlagutta, 202. Sindhwlra, 108. Sindwa, 364. Sindh, 241, 250, 252, 469. Sindfir, 262. Singapatti, 145, Singharaikonda, 47. Sinhgarh, 331. Sfra, 2i8, 224. Sirah, 204. Siralkupa, 218. Sirgloh, 351. Sirki, 204. Sirpfir, 364. Sirsoda, 364. Sfrumuga, 134. Siruvyel, 146. Sirwel, 118. Sispirl, 171. Sitlbaldi, 114. Sivajf, 261, 332, 341, 390. Soeglhw, 248. Sohljpur, 1. Somiadulapalli, 132. Sohdlgarh, 384, 394. Songl'on, 73. Songir, 364, 371. Sonmiylni, 478. Soselli, 217. Sorath, 424. Sorwba, 218. Staunton, Captain, 359. Stephens, Thomas, 264. Stevenson, Dr., 309, 313. St. Jago, 416. St. Thomas' Mount, 43. St. Thome. 15. Strivaiguntam, 135. Strinivlspur, 202. Subdivisions and Chief Towns of Collectorates, 14, 15, 16, 57, 58, 72, 73, 117, 118, 134, 135, 136, 137, 202, 203, 204, 205, 294, 295, 296, 385, 386, 423, 424, 470. Subharam, 63. Suchin, 252. Sukalfir, 123, 131, Sultin 'Abdu'Uih, 82. Sultinpur, 296. Sulfirpet, 32, 47. Sunisri, 436. Sfinda, 204. Sfipa, 204, 352, 424. Surab, 204. Surada, 57. Surat, 241, 263, 124, 434; described, 437. Suratkal, 228. Suri c, 351. Surupu Agrahuram, 130. Suwarnadurg, 385. Sykes, ' Colonel, 326, 328, 379. TldimaUe, 58. TaikupaUi, 132. Talamanchi, 15. Talauri, 401. Tal Ghit, 317. Taligl'on, 112. Tallangambadi, 145, 150. TaUi chenkldu, 145. Talli paramba, 204. Taloje, 295. Tiipfirs, The, 485. Tangamapuram, 146. Tangatfir, 47. Tanjore, 151. Tanjfir, 1, 2, 136, 145; described, 151. Tankera, 434. Tannaku, 58. Tanfir, 227. Tipeta, 123, 126. Tappad Baigfir, '214, 217. Taptee, or Tapti, r , 364, 371, 442, 446. Tiragihw, 295. Taragri, 436. Tisgihw, 386. Tatta, 475, 481. Tifidputri, 117- Tauhn, 436. Teasdale, Major, 489. Tegh Beg Khin, 440. Tellicheri, 228, 232. Temalpuram, 204. Tengarak6ta, 135. Tenkarre, 135. Tenkishi, 135. Terrikerre, 204. Tew, Capt., 488. Thalkid, 203. Thilner, 296. Thin, 364. Thinagi'on, 113. Thinah (Tanna),241, 262. 264, 295 ; described, 304, 363, 437. Tharra, 248. Tharrad, 248. Thisrl, 424. Thattha, 470, 475; de scribed, 481. Therwida, 248. , Tikodi, 228. ' Timmarakota, 14. Tindevinam, 16, 44. I Tinnanfir, 33. ! TinneveUi, 1, 2, 135, 140, 163. Tippalfir, 123. Tiparti, 80. Tipfi Sihib, 36, 41, 127, 149, 169,187,207,211, 219, 227, 231. Tiruklkshikonam, 15. TirukaUfir, 16. Tirumangalam, 135, 147. Tiruparvir, 15. Timpati, 15. Tirapatifir, 12, 135. .389 TURUVUKEBRE, Tiruvadi, 16, 136. Tiruvadiir, 12. Tiruvallfir, 15, 33, 136. TiruvaUa, 136. Tiruvangadi, 204. Tiruvatfir, 16. Tiruvclam, 15, 33. Tirvur, 58. Titrapundi, 136. Titwili, 304. Tobacco cultivation at Coimbatore, 189. Todaru, 15. Toduwali, 136. Tondikombu, 134. Tondiarpet, 15. Torattiyendal Mudalfir, 146. Toregal, 386. Toriur, 135. Totalam, 38,. 42. Tours, architectural and picturesque, iu Madras, 12, 13 ; in Bombay, 262, 263. Tovanla, 136. Tranquebar, 136 ; de scribed, 150. Travancore, 1, 2, 136; history of, 138 ; tribes of, 139. Trichinipalli, 1, 2, 44, 135, 145 ; described, 154. Trichendur, 135. Trichengod, 135. Trichinopoly, 154. Trimaplr, 214. Trimbakji; 305. Trinomalli, 16. Tripalur, 28. Tripatur, 123, 146, 181. Triplicaue, 15. Trivanderam, 227. Trivandram, 136. Trivatfir, 27. Trivellam, 214. Tucker, Capt., 489. Tuesa, 112. Tuliji Angria, 267. Tulu-fir, 44. Tumbargundi, 410. Tumkfir, 203, 214, 218. Turaimangalam, 44. Turuvukerre, 203. 27 .390 TUTICORIN. Tuticorin, 165. Tuttukudi, 165. Tuwagudi, 145. Tyfir, 130. U. Ucb-cheri Chattram, 38. Udapi, 228, 238. Udgir, 88. Udipi, 205. Udkfir, 122. Udulmalk6ta, 134. Ulandfirpet, 44. Umargi'oh, 351. Umarslri, 434. Umarwldi, 434. 'Umrkot,' 487. Undis, 434. Undf, 58. Unji, 435. Upal, 81. Upalpld, 50. Upplda, 58. Unsin, 436. Utakamand, 13, 134, 148 ; described, 173, 216. Utangadi, 135. Utarakoshamangai, 146. Uttapandaram, 135. Uttaramallur, 15. Uttimarragu, 50. V. Vadarniam, 192. Vadasandfir, 147. Vaidanattam, 146. Vaidiniden Kovil, 164. Vailangudi, 146. Vailpid, 118. Araimalpidu, 123. Vaimpalli, 130. Vaiplr, 146. Vaisarpidf, 15. Valengamin, 136. Aralifir, 135. Valkondapuram, 135. Valkundapuram, 44. Vangaolu (Ongole), 15, 47, 51. Vangal, 147. Vaniambaddi, 38, 42, 181. INDEX. Vasco de Gama, 230. Vaux, Mr., 442. Vedugrimam, 135. Vellam, 145. VeUavenkod, 136. Arelleehfir, 80. Vellore, 40. Velfir (VeUore), 12, 16, 31, 33, 38; described, 40. Venkatachelams Chat tram, 47. Venkatagadi, 16, 45, 132, 211, 214. Venkatapur, 61. Vepery, 15. Verdachelam, 16. Vihir, 310. Arijipfir, 295. Vijayadurg (Viziadroog), 394,397. Vijayanagaram, 61, 63. Vijavapur, 215, 218. \rik£ar, 470. Vikravandi, 44. Village Officers, 355. Villapuram(Bclpur), 16,44 A'ingorla, 263. Alnukonda, 14. Virlindar, 436. Viramglm, 423. Viramglhw, 436. Virdupatti, 147.' Vishakpatanam (Vizaga- patam), 1, 2, 57. Vishilgarh, 246, 386. Vitta, 375. Vizagapatam, described, 57, 61. Ariziadroog, 397. Arocabularies and Dia logues, 493-575. AV. Wadada, 57. Wadlli, 363. AAraddington, Gen., 276. 450. . Waddakarre, 228. Wadwln, 436. AVigri, 424. AVagrol, 436. AVagiir )-., 103. \VITE. AVli (AVye),' 295, 314, 333. Wainld, 204. Waipalpatti, 147. AVaite, Sir N., 266. Wllaiylr, 183. Wllijibid, 34, 35. Walker, Col, 430. WaUangambaddi, 44. Wallapid, 195. Walliitur, 146. AVilod, 424. AValsod, 424. Walukar, 437. AValuvanid, 204. AViJwe (Walwa), 295. AVandiiidori, 295. Wandiwash, 16. Wandfir, 171. Wintl, 436. Waraglon, 112. WaramaUipet, 122. Warangol, 73. WarapaUi, 80. Wargiiiw, 262, 314, 323. Win, 248. AVlriwidi, 363. AVarrltinur, 181. AVarud, 112. Wasai (Wussyee), 295, 311, 351. Wlsim, 73. Wasind, 304. Wastira, 204. Watidra, 435. Wattejf, 475. Waw, 248. Wazar, 363. Wedderburne, Gen., 447. Weights and measures, c.-civ. Wellesley, Col., 78 ; wins battle of Assye, 103; Marquis, statue of, 280, 284. WeUington, Duke of, his first brigade, 78 ; resi dence of, at Seringapa- tam, 222 ; bust of, 284. Wenn, Watkins, 443. West, Mr., 279. WiUougbby, Mr., sup presses infanticide, 432. Wilson, Dr., 432. Wite, 295. WOOHERI CHATTRAM, Wocberi Chattram, 45, 132. Womalfir, 135. Womanfir, 181. Wontimetta, 122, 125. Wood, Col., 170, 187. Woodington, Col., 430. Worampldu, 122. Wosid, 219. Wosadurgam Pudukote, 228. Wottapadaram, 146. Wudalwlllpalli, 130. Wudiargadi, 15. Wudiarpilliam, 135. WujeUi, 47. Wynaad, 219. Yadaki, 117. Yadathori, 203. Yagadavenkotta, 203. YaichampaUi, 132. Yaimaweram, 123. Yaiplkam, 45. Ylkfit Khin, 266. Yaithmanfir, 136. Yarrashaiwal, 147. Yawal, 295. Yebbagode, 209. Yedamana, 171. Yellamanchilli, 62. Yellampalli, 80. Yellanur, 130. 591 zamIndar's chattram. Yellapur, 204. Yellltfir, 227. Yellu, 314. Yengera, 215, 407. Yepperal, 50. Yeranil, 136. Yernagudiam, 62. Yewle, 295. Yirod, 148, 182, 187. Yirfip, 134. Yfisuf Khin, 482. Z. Zamindir's Chattram, 163. the end. STEPHEN- AUSTIN, PRINTER, TIERTFORP. WORKS RELATING TO INDIA. A HISTORY of INDIA— the Hindoo and Mahommedan Periods. By the Hon. Mountstuart Elphinstone. Fourth Edition. With Index and Map. 8vo. 18s. MODERN" INDIA. A sketch of the System of Civil Government; with some Account of tbe Natives and Native Institutions. By George Campbell. Second Edition. Maps. 8vo. 16*. INDIA as it may be. An Outline of a proposed Govern ment and Policy. By George Campbell. Maps. 8vo. 12s. A BIRD'S-EYE VIEW of INDIA. By Sir Erskine Perry, M.P. Fcp. 8vo. 5s. A NARRATIVE of a JOURNEY through the UPPER PROVINCES of INDIA. From Calcutta to Bombay (with Notes on Ceylon), and an Account of a Journey to Madras and the Southern Provinces. By Bishop Heber. 2 vols. Post 8vo. 1 2s. A HISTORY of the SIKHS, from the Origin of the Nation to the BATTLES of the SUTLEJ. By Capt. J. D. Cunningham. Second Edition. Maps. 8vo. 15s. LIFE and OPINIONS of GENERAL SIR CHAS. JAS. NAPIER, G.C.B. ; chiefly derived from his Journals and Letters. By Sir Wm. Napier, K.C.B. Second Edition. Portraits. 4 vols. Post 8vo. 48s. LIFE of LORD CLIVE. By Rev. G. R. Gleig. Post 8yo. 6s. LIFE and LETTERS of SIR THOMAS MUNRO, By Rev, G. R. Gleig. Post 8vo. 6s. A POPULAR ACCOUNT of the MANNERS and CUSTOMS of INDIA. By Rev. C. Acland. Post 8vo. 2s. 6d. A WINTER'S TOUR in INDIA ; with a Visit to Nepaul. By Hon. Capt. Francis Egerton, R.N. Woodcuts. 2 vols. Post 8vo. 18s. LETTERS from MADRAS. By a Lady. Post 8vo. 2s. 6d. CARAVAN JOURNEYS and WANDERINGS through PARTS of CENTRAL ASIA, Herat, Afghanistan, Beloochistan, the Ha yarah Country, &c. By J. P. Ferrier. Second Edition. Map. 8vo. 21s. A HISTORY of the AFGHANS, By J. P. Ferrier. Map. 8vo. 21s. JOHN MURRAY, Albemarle Street. MURRAY'S HANDBOOK ADVERTISER, 1858. Tub great advantage of this medium of Advertising over all others for those who are desirous of communicating information to Travellers can scarcely be questioned, as it enables Steam, Railway, and other Public Companies, Landlords of Inns, Tradesmen, and others, to bring under the immediate notice of the great mass of English and American Tourists who resort to France, Belgium, Germany, Switzerland, Italy, Spain and Portugal, Sweden, Norway, Denmark, Russia, the East, and other parts of the world every Season, in the most direct way, the various merits of their Railways, Steamers, Hotels, Taverns, Articles of Merchandise, Works of Art, and such other information as they may desire to make known. Instead of being limited to the casual publicity of a Daily, Weekly, or Monthly Periodical, The Handbook Advertiser has the additional merit of being displayed, for the entire year, in a permanent work of interest and of perpetual reference by the very class of persons for whom it is specially intended. Annual Circulation, 12,000. Advertisements must be paid in advance and 6ent to the Publisher's by20tk of April in each year. The Charges are— A Page, ti. Half-page, 21. 2s. AColumn, 2l.2s. Haifa Column, 11. 2s. INDEX TO ADVERTISEMENTS. GERMANY. Berlin. — Harsch's Glass Warehouse . 13 Bonn.— Golden Star Hotel . . .19 Carlsbad. — Wolf's Glass Manufactory 11 Cologne. — Farina's Eau de Cologne . 10 Dresden.' — Magazine of Fine Arts .11 Frankfort. — Bing's Manufactory . 8 Tacchi's Glass Warehouse 9 Roman Emperor Hotel . 1 2 Bohler's Manufactory of Staghorn . . .16, 17 Munich. — Wimmer's Magazine . . 7 Prague and Vienna. — Hofmann's Glass Manufactory 11 Vienna. — Lobmeyr's Glass Manufactory 1 2 FRANCE, SWITZERLAND, & ITALY. Brienz. — Grossmaun's Wood Sculpture 6 Florence. — Bianchini's Mosaic . . 6 Leghorn. — Micali's Marble Works . 11 Lucerne. — English Hotel . . . .21 Nice. — How's English Warehouse . 7 Lattes, General Agent . . 7 Pisa. — Huguet and Van Lint, Sculptors 6 Veytaux. — Pension Masson ... 31 Zurich. — Hfitel Belle Vue .... 24 Kerez, Chemist . . - .24 ENGLAND. Custom House Agents — McCracken . 2 Cary's Telescope ¦> 12 May, 1858. Mechi's Dressing Cases Argus Life Assurance . National Bank of Scotland Thimm, Foreign Bookseller Spiers' Ornamental Manufactures Black's Guide Books . Passport Agency Office Royal Insurance Office . Pelican Life Insurance London and Westminster Bank Locock's Pulmonic Wafers Athenaeum .... Blackwood's Maps . Lavin's Cornish Museum Sir Walter Scott's Works . Southgate's Portmanteaus . South-Eastern Railway Society of Swiss Couriers . Tennant, Geologist Heal's Bedsteads . Stanford, Mapseller Rowland's Perfumery Galignani's Paris Guide Von Wegnern, German Teacher Works on the Fine Arts . Sunset any Hour . Mudie's Library Passport Agency Office Steam to California, &c. , Railway Guide-books . Lee and Carter's Guide Dep6t . 12 . 13 . 14 . 14 . 14 . 15 . 18 . 20 . 21 . 21 . 22 . 22 . 23 . 24 . 25 . 26 . 27 . 28 . 28 . 29 . 30 . 31 . 31 . 31 . 32 . 33 ." 33 ."33 . 33 34, 35 . 36 MURRAY'S HANDBOOK ADVERTISER. BRITISH CUSTOMS DUTIES. MESSRS. J. & R. London, January 1, 1858. MCCRACKEN, 7, OLD JEWRY, LONDON, IMPORTERS OF FOREIGN WINES, And Agents to Messrs. A. DELGADO and SON, of Cadiz, AGENTS, BY APPOINTMENT, TO THE ROYAL ACADEMY, NATIONAL GALLERY, AND GOVERNMENT DEPARTMENT OP SCIENCE AND ART, Sole Agents of Mr. J. M. FARINA, vis-a-vis la Place Juliers, Cologne, And Agents generally for the Reception and Shipment of Works of Art, Baggage, &c.t FROM AND TO ALL PARTS OF THE WORLD, Return their sincere acknowledgments to the Nobility and Gentry for the liberal pa tronage hitherto conferred on them. They hope, by THE MODERATION OF THEIR CHARGES, and their unremitting care in passing through the CUSTOM-HOUSE Pro perty confided to them, to merit a conti nuance of the favours they have heretofore enjoyed. Their establishment comprises DRY AND SPACIOUS WAREHOUSES, where Works of Art and all descriptions of Property can be kept during the Owner's absence, at most moderate rates of rent. J. &R.M'C. undertake to execute Commis sions for the purchase of Pictures, Statuary in Marble and Alabaster, Bronzes, &c, being in direct correspondence with Artists, Agents, and Bankers throughout the Continent. British Artists resident abroad, having occasion to send home their works for Ex hibition, or to he passed by the Academy, will find it advantageous to address them to the care of Messrs. J. & R. M'C, whose appointment enables them to offer every facility. Parties favouring J. & R. M'C. with Con signments are requested to be particular in having the Bill s of Lading sent to them DIRECT by post, and also to forward their Keys with the Packages, as all Goods MUST BE EXAMINED immediately on arrival. J. & R. M'C. keep Marsala Wines of first quality, also Port, and Messrs. A. Delgado and Son's Sherry and Amontillado Wines; and are general Importers of French and other Foreign Wines. Packages sent, by Steamers or otherwise, to Southampton and Liverpool, also attended to ; but all Letters of Adoice and Bills of Lading to be addressed to 1, Old Jewry, London. LIST OF DUTIES NOW PAYABLE IN LONDON UPON THE IMPORTATION OF WORKS OK ART, CURIOSITIES, ETC., FROM THE CONTINENT. The following Articles are ALL FREE OF DUTY. Casts of Busts, Statues, or Figures. Coral, whole, polished, unpolished, and fragments. Cotton, Manufactures of, nofbeing articles wholly or in part made up. Diamonds, Emeralds, Pearls, and other Precious Stones, not set. Flower Roots. Frames for Pictures, Prints, Drawings, and Mirrors. Furs and Skins, and Articles thereof. Glass, all Plate, Cast or Rolled Glass. Paintings on Glass. Beads and Bugles. Alabaster and Marble. Amber, Manufactures of. Anchovies. Agates and Cornelians, unset. Books, of editions printed prior to 1801. Bronze Works of Art (antiques and ori ginal works only). Bullion, Coins and Medals of all kinds, and battered Plate. Cambrics, Lawns, Damask and Diapers of Linen, or Linen and Cotton. Cameos, not set. Carriages of all sorts. Catlings, and Harp Strings, silvered or not. MURRAY'S HANDBOOK ADVERTISER, OF BITTIES- continued. Painters* Colours, Brushes, Pencils, and Crayons. Pictures,Plants- and Trees, alive. McCBACKElT'S LIST Glass Bottles, Wine Glasses, and Tumblers, and all white flint and common green- glass goods, not being cut or orna mented. Linen Manufactures, not being articles wholly or in part made up. Lay Figures, imported by British Artists for their own use. Magna Grecia Ware, and Antique Earthen Vases. Manuscripts.Maps and Charts, and parts thereof. Mineral Waters. Models of Cork and Wood. Olives and Olive Oil. On the following- Articles the Duty is 5 per cent, ad valorem. Sausages. Specimens of Natural -History, Minerals, Fossils, and Ores. Stone, all Sculpture and Articles of Stone, Alabaster, and Marble. Sulphur Impressions, or Casts. Telescopes.Tiles. Vases, Ancient, not of Stone or Marble. Cashmere Shawls, and all Articles of Goats' Hair or Wool. Cotton Articles, wholly or in partmade up. Linen Articles, wholly or in partmade up. Woollen Articles, wholly or in part made up. On the following Articles the Duty is 10 per cent, ad valorem. Boxes of all sorts. Egyptian, and all other Antiquities. Embroidery and Needlework, Furniture of all kinds. Jewellery, and all Jewels set. Lace made by hand. Arquebusade Water . Beads of Coral - Crystal, Jet, and Mock Pearl Mosaic, small Ornaments for Jewellery. Musical Instruments, excepting Musical Boxes, Brass Instruments, PianoB, and Accordions. Scagliola Tables. the gallon £ 1 the lb. 0 ditto 0 the cwt. 1 ditto 0 Books, of editions printed in and since 1801 . imported under International Treaties of Copyright (Pirated Editions of English "Works, of which the Copyright exists in England, totally prohibited.) English, reimported (unless declared that no Drawback was claimed on Export) , , . . the lb. Brocade of Gold and Silver, , , . ditto Bronze, ] Brass, and > all Manufactures of , Copper, J Carpets and Rugs (woollen) Coral Negligees . . China, Porcelain, and Earthenware, all Clocks, not exceeding the value of 5s. each 0 0 1 6 0 2 10 0 15 0 0 1§ 5 0 the cwt. 0 10 0 • the square yard ihe lb. the cwt. . the dozen exceeding 5s., and not exceeding the value of 125. Gd. each ditto ¦ exceeding 12s. Gd., and not exceeding the value of Zl. each each exceeding 3/., and not exceeding the value of 10/. . ditto exceeding 10/. value .... ditto Cigars and Tobacco, manufactured (3 lbs. only allowed in a passenger's baggage, and 5 per cent, additional) . . the lb. Tobacco, unmanufactured (with 5 per cent, additional on the Duty) ditto (N.B.— Unmanufactured Tobacco cannot be imported in less quantity than 300 lbs., or Cigars 80 lbs. in a Package ; but small quantities are allowed for Private Use- on declaration, and paymenl of a Fine of Is. 6d. per lb. in addition to the Duty.) Coffee .....»• Confectionery, Sweetmeats and Succades Cordials and Liqueurs ..... Curtains, embroidered on Muslin or Net, called Swiss Curtains Eau de Cologne, in long flasks . . . . ¦ . in any other description of bottles . 0 6 the lb. ditto the gallon the lb. the flask the gallon 9 0 3 0 MURRAY'S HANDBOOK ADVERTISER. MCCRACKEN'S XiIST OF DUTIES continued. Flowers, Artificial, the cubic foot as packed . . . . £0 12 Glass, Flint, Cut, Coloured, and Fancy Ornamental Glass, of whatever kind .... the cwt. 0 Gloves, of Leather (and 5 per cent, additional) . the dozen pair 0 Lacquered and Japanned Wares . . . m the cwt. 1 Maccaroni and Vermicelli . . • ditto 0 Naples Soap ...... ditto 0 Perfumery ...... the lb. 0 Perfumed Spirits . . . . . . the gallon 1 Paper hangings, Flock Paper, and Paper printed, painted, or stained the lb. 0 Pianofortes, horizontal grand .... each 3 ¦ upright and square , . , ditto the oz. troy ditto the lb. each ditto , ditto 1 0 00 3 0 7 1 10 the 1001. value 15 0 the lb. ditto the cubic foot cent, add.) the gal. ditto Plate, of Gold of Silver, gilt or ungilt Prints and Drawings, single or bound, plain or colou Silk, Millinery, Turbans or Caps . . Hats or Bonnets . Dresses Hangings, and other Manufactures of Silk Velvets, plain or figured Tea ..... Toys and Turnery .... Wine in Casks or Bottles (in bottles 6 to the gal., & 5 per Spirits in Cask or Bottle ..... ditto 0 15 0 No Cask can be imported of less contents than 24 Gallons. THEIR PRINCIPAL CORRESPONDENTS ARE AT CALAIS Messrs. Chartier, Mory, & Vogue. Messrs. Isaac Vital & Fils. BOULOGNE S. M... Messrs.CHARTiER,MoRY,&VoGUE. Mr. H. Sire. Mr.C.QuETTiER. ,Mr. M. Chenue, Packer, Rue Croix Petits Champs, No. 24. PARIS J Mr. J. Kleinfelder, 38, Rue Lafayette. lM. M. Hofmann, 53, Rue Hauteville. HAVRE Messrs. P. Devot & Co. HONFLEUR Mr. J. Wagner. ,, . oc^TT T1?a f Messrs. Horace Bouchet & Co. Messrs. Claude Clerc & Co. MAKbMLLlib | Mr> Philigret> 8j Rue Suffren. BAGNERES DE BI-, GORRE (Hautes I Mr. Leon Geruzet, Marble Works. Pyrenees) ) PAU Mr. Merillon Aine. t>adtyc a ttv $ Mr. Leon Geruzet, 44, Alle*es de Tourny. BOKDH.au A £ Mn Lg0N SakS0Ti f[LSi H6tel des Princes et de la Paix. GIBRALTAR Messrs. Archbold, Johnston, & Powers. Messrs. Turner & Co. LISBON Mr. Arthur Van Zeller, Penin. & Orient. St. Nav. Co.'s Offices. „_.rTT T „ f Mr. Jultan B. Williams, British Vice-Consulate. bUiVlLLb | Don JuAN Akt0_ BAILLY. MALAGA Mr. W. P. Marks, British Consul. f Messrs. A. Lacroix & Co., British Consulate. Mr. T. W. How. ' ( Messrs. Avigdor Aine & Fils. Mr. Ch. Giordan. C Messrs. Gibbs & Co. Sig. G. Loleo, Croce di Malta. ' \ Mr. Buown, Jun., British Vice-Consul. Gio. Vignolo & Fig0. .rrr . „ C Messrs. Buffet & Beruto, Piazzale di S. Sepolcro, No. 3176. MILAN { Messrs. Brambilla. . Sig. F. Bienaimb, Sculptor. Mr. Vincenzo Livy, Sculptor. /-Messrs. W. Macbean & Co. Messrs. Henderson Brothers. Messrs. Thomas Pate & Sons. Messrs. Maquat, Pakenham, , J & Smyth. Messrs. Giaco. Mhjali & Figo. Sculptors in Alabaster j and Marble. Mr. M. Ristori. Mr. Joseph Guano. Messrs. \ G. Galliani & Co. Mr. LTlisse Cotreman. PISA Messrs. Huguet & Van Lint, Sculptors in Alabaster and Marble. ) Messrs. EmmIb. Fenzi & Co. Messrs. Plowden & French. Messrs. Maquay & Pakenham. Mr. E. Goodban. Mr. J. Tough. Messrs. Nestt, Ciardi, & Co. Mr. Ant° di Luigi Piacenti. Mr. S. Lowe. Mr. Gaet°. Bianchini, Mosaic Worker, opposite the Capella de' Medici. P. Bazzanti & Fig., Sculptors, Lungo TArno. Heirs of F. L. Ptsani, Sculptor. No. 1. 6ul Prato. Messrs. Fiii. Pacetti, Picture-frame Makers, Via del Palagio. Sig. Carlo Noccioll, Sig. Luigi Rauacci. NICE . . . GENOA . CARRARA. . LEGHORN . FLORENCE . MURRAY'S HANDBOOK ADVERTISER. UESSBS. J. & B. MCCRACKEN'S CORRESPONDENTS - continued. VOLTERRA Sig. Orn>. Callaj, and Messrs. G. Cheeici & Fioi. BOLOGNA Mr. G. B. Renoli. Sig. L. Galli. ANCONA Messrs. Moore, Merellet, & Co. . Messrs. Torlonia & Co. Messrs. Freeborn & Co. Messrs. Mac. pnMF J bean & (Jo. Messrs. Plowden, Cholmeley, & Co. Messrs. Pa- j kenhah, Hooker, & Co. Mr. Edward Trebbi. Mr. Ldigi I Branchini, at the English College. CTVTTA VECCHIA . Messrs. Lowe Brothers, British Vice-Consulate. Mr. T. Arata. NAPLES Messrs. Iggdxden & Co, Messrs. W. J. Turner & Co. PALEEMO Messrs. Prior, Turner, & Thomas. M ESSINA Messrs. Cailler & Co. CORFU Mr. J. W. Taylor. ALEXANDRIA Messrs. Briggs & Co. CONSTANTINOPLE Messrs. C. & E. Grace. Mr. Edward Lafontaine. i Mr. Emanuel Zammit. Messrs. Josh. Darmanin & Sons, 45, Strada MALTA < Levante, Mosaic Workers. Mr. Fortunato Testa, 92, Strdda St« ' Lucia. Messrs. L. Ved. De Cesare & Figli. Mr. L. Francalanza. SMYENA Messrs. Hanson & Co. BEYROUT Mr. Henry Heald. ATHENS, PLEXUS Mr. J. J. Bucherer. SYEA Mr. Wilkinson, British Consul. , Messrs. Freues Schielin. VENICE ¦! Messrs. S. & A. Blumenthal Sc Co. I Mr. L. Bovardi, Campo S. Fantino, No. 2000, rosso, TEIESTE Messrs. Moore & Co. OSTEND Messrs. Bach & Co. Mr. E. St. Amour. GHENT Mr. J. De Butser, Dealer in Antiquities, Marche au Beurre, 21. BEUSSELS iktwpbp J Messrs. F. Mack & Co., Kipdorp, No. 1748. JJJX i w Jittr \ Mr. P. Van Zbebroeck, Picture Dealer, Sic, Rue des Eecollets, 20V6. ¦uriTTiranATW ( Messrs. Preston & Co. Messrs. S. A. Levino Si Co. BO 1 1B.KDAM j Messrs. Boutmy & Co. Messrs. C. Hemmann & Co. mT ^yr t Mr. J. M. Farina, vis-a-vis la Place Juliers. Messrs. G«". Tilmes l/UL,uu.ffli!, ^ ^ Co Mr Albekt Heimann, 29, Bishofsgartenstrasse. MAYENCE Mr. G. L. Kayser, Expediteur. Mr. W. Knussmann, Cabinet Maker, (Mr. P. A. Taochi's Successor, Glass Manufacturer, Zeil. Messrs. Bing, Jim., & Co. Mr. F. Bohler, Zeil D, IV. Mr, G. A. Zipf, Eoss Markt. HEIDELBERG Mr. Ph. Zimmermann. Mr. M. Lieber. MANNHEIM Mr. Dinkelspeil. Messrs. Eyssen & Claus. I Mr. Hy. Wimmer, Printseller, Promenade St. No. 12. Messrs. May MUNICH < He Widmayer, Printsellers. Messrs. L. Negrioli & Co. Heirs [ of Seb. Pichler. VTTPT™rrei?pr i Mr* Paolo Galimberti, at the Red Horse, Dealer in Antiquities. " Messrs. Zollikoffer & Hoz. WALDSHUT I HAMBURG Messrs.SOKAAR&CLAUss. Mr.G.F.RoDE. rrrv i Mr- w- Hofmann, Glass Manufacturer, Blauern Stern. PBAGUli | Mr. P. Czermak, ditto. Mr. A. V. Lebeda, Gun Maker. ...,.„.„ (Mr. Thomas Wolf, Glass Manufacturer. CAKLiBAU \ Mr. Carl Knoll, au Lion Blanc. MARIENBAD Mr. J. T. Adler, Glass Manufacturer. c Mr. W. Hofmann, Glass Manufacturer, am Lugeck, No. V68. VIENNA ¦£ Mr_ j0s_ Ijobmeyk, Glass Manufacturer, 940, Kara iner Strasse. i Messrs. Schickler, Brothers. Mr. Lion M. Cohn, Comm™. Expediteur. Messrs. C. Harsch & Co., Ulass Manufacturers, 6V,Unter den Linden. , Messrs. H. W. Bassenge & Co. Mr. C. Teichert, Royal Porce- DRESDEN I lain Manufactory Depot. Mr. J. Kreiss, Glass Manufacturer. I Madame Helena Wolfsohn, Schossergasse, No. 5. NEW YORK Messrs. Wilbur 8s Price. MURRAY'S HANDBOOK ADVERTISER. FLORENCE. G. BIANCHINI, MANUFACTURER OP TABLES AND LADIES' ORNAMENTS OF FLORENTINE MOSAIC, Ho. 4-84:4:, VIA B>E' HMJLTLI, Opposite the Royal Cliapel of the Medici, TNVITES the English Nobility and Gentry to visit his Establishment, where may always be seen numerous specimens of this celebrated and beautiful Manufacture, in every description of Rare and Precious Stones. Orders for Tables and other Ornaments executed to any Design. G. Bianohini's Agents in England are Messrs. J. & R. M'Cracken, 7, Old Jewry, London. BRiENZ — 1NTERLACKEN. J. GROSSMANN, SCULPTOR IN WOOD, AND MANUFACTURER OF SWISS WOOD MODELS AND ORNAMENTS, TJIS WAREHOUSE is situated between the Belvedere Hotel and Schweizerhof, ^ where he keeps the largest and best assortment of the above objects to be ound in Switzerland. He undertakes to forward Goods to England and elsewhere. Correspondents in England, Messrs. J. & R. MeCRACKEN, 7, Old Jewry. PISA. HUGTJET AND VAN LINT, SCULPTORS IN MARBLE AND ALABASTER, lung:' Arno, near the Xre Donzelle. rriHE oldest established house in Pisa, where may be found tie best assortment -*¦ of Models of the Duomo, Baptistry, and Tower. Also Figures and other local objects illustrative of the Agriculture and Customs of the country, executed in the highest style of art. Their extensive Show Rooms are always open to Visitors. Correspondents in England, Messrs. J. & R. MeCRACKEN, 7, Old Jewry, London. MURRAY'S HANDBOOK ADVERTISER. NICE. ENGLISH WAREHOUSE. T. W. HOW, WINE MERCHANT, GROCER, &c, Quai du Jardin des Plantes, (Two doors from the HStel de France). Wines and Teas of the choicest qualities. Bass's and Allsopp's Pale and Burton Ales, Stout, Porter, &c. Lemann's Biscuits, Eng lish. Cheese, York Hams, Pickles, Sauces, and a variety of other condiments and articles too numerous to mention. Correspondents in London, Messrs. J. and R. M'Cbacken, 1, Old Jewry. NICE. F. LATTES, Wear tbe Pont 3ffeuf, GENERAL AGENT, ANT. AGENT FOR LETTING FURNISHED APARTMENTS. Letters addressed as above from parties requiring any information respecting Apart ments, &c., will meet with immediate at tention. MUNICH HENRY WIMMEE, SUCCESSOR TO J. M. DE HERMANN, PRINT AND PICTURE SELLER TO HIS MAJESTY THE KING OF BAVARIA, ROYAL FHOJHENADE 8TBAS8S, So. 12, MAGAZINE OF OBJECTS OF FINE ARTS, PICTURES, PRINTS, DRAWINGS, AND LITHOGRAPHS, Invites the Nobility and Gentry to visit his Establishment, where he has always on Sale an extensive collection of Pictures by Modern Artists, Paintings on Glass and Porcelain, Miniatures, Drawings, En gravings, and Lithographs, the latter comprising the Complete Collec tions of the various Galleries, of which Single Copies may be selected. He has also on Sale all that relates to the Fine Arts. H. WIMMER undertakes to forward to England all purchases made at his Establishment, through his Correspondents, Messrs. J. & R. M^Cracken, 7. Old Jewry, London. MURRAY'S HANDBOOK ADVERTISER. FRANKFORT O. M. BING JUNR. AND CO. ZEIL, No. 31, (OPPOSITE THE HOTEL DE RCSSIE,) MANUFACTORY OF ARTICLES IN STAG'S HORN. DEPOT OF DRESDEN CHINA. COPT OP THE STATUE OF ARIADNE. *t* All kinds of Parisian Fancy Articles. Messrs. BING JuN. and Co. beg respectfully to invite the Public to visit their Establishment, where they have always on show, and for sale, a most extensive Assortment of Articles in Stag's Horn, of their own manufacture ; consisting of Brooches, Ear-rings, Bracelets, Pen and Pencil Holders, Seals, Inkstands, Watch- stands, Snuff-boxes, Cigar-boxes, Whips, Walking-sticks, Knives, Card-cases, and every description of article for the Writing and Work Table, besides Vases and other ornamental objects too various to be here enumerated. Messrs. Bing have also the finest Copies, both in Biscuit-China and Bronze, of the Statue of Ariadne, the chef-d'reuvre of the Sculptor Dannecker, of which the original is in Bethman's Museum at Frankfort 0. M. Messrs. Bing have likewise the Sole Depot in Frankfort of the Porcelain of the Royal Manufactory of Dresden ; and at their Establishment may be seen the most splendid assortment of Figures after the Ancient Models, ornamented with Lace-work of the most extraordinary fineness ; likewise Dinner, Dessert, and Tea Services; Plates, Vases, Candelabras, Baskets, &c. &c, in the Antique Style, ornamented with flowers in relief, and the finest paintings. Besides the above-named objects, they have a superb assortment of Clocks, Bronzes, Porcelain, and other Fancy Objects, the productions of Germany, France, and England. DEPOT OF THE VERITABLE EATJ DE COLOGNE OF JEAN MARIA FARINA, OF COLOGNE. (JSP Their Correspondents in London are J. and R. M'Cracken, 7, Old Jewry. MURRAY'S HANDBOOK ADVERTISER. FRANKFORT O. M. • P. A. TACCHI'S SUCCESSOR, (LATE FRANCIS STEIGERWALD,) ZEIL D, Wo. 1S% 1RMEMIEAH FATOY (EIA§§ AMB (D1YCTAL WAREHOUSE, P. A. TACCHI'S SUCCESSOR begs to acquaint the Public that he has become the Purchaser of Mr. F. Steigerwald'b Establish ment in this Town, for the Sale of Bohemian Fancy Cut Glass "and Crystals. He has always an extensive and choice Assortment of the Newest and most Elegant Patterns of ORNAMENTAL CUT, ENGRAVED, GILT, & PAINTED GLASS, BOTH WHITE AND COLOURED, In Dessert Services, Chandeliers, Articles for the Table and Toilet, and every possible variety of objects in this beautiful branch of manu facture. He solicits, and will endeavour to merit, a continuance of the favours of the Public, which the late well-known House enjoyed in an eminent degree during a considerable number of years. P. A. Tacchi's Successor has Branch Establishments during the Season at WIESBADEN AND EMS, Where will always be found Selections of the newest Articles from his principal Establishment. His Agents in England, to whom he undertakes to forward Pur chases made of him, are Messrs. J. & R. M'Cracken, 7, Old Jewry, London, 10 MURRAY'S HANDBOOK ADVERTISER. COLOGNE O. RHINE. JOHN MARIA FARINA (OPPOSITE THE JULICH'S PLACE), PURVEYOB TO H. M. QUEEN VICTORIA; TO H. M. F. W. III., KING OF PRUSSIA; THE EMPEROR OF RUSSIA; THE KING OF HANOVER, ETC. ETC., OF THE ONLY GENUINE EAU DE COLOGNE. rri-IE frequency of mistakes, which are sometimes accidental, but for the most J- part the result of deception practised by interested individuals, induces me to request the attention of English travellers to the following statement : — Since the first establishment of my house in 1709, there has never been any partner in the business who did not bear the name of Farina, nor has the manufacture of a second and cheaper quality of Eatj de Cologne ever been attempted. Since 1828, however, several inhabitants of Cologne have entered into engagements with Italians of the name of Farina, and, by employing that name, have succeeded to a very great extent in foisting an inferior and spurious article upon the Public. But they have in this rivalry in trade not been satisfied with the mere usurpation of my name ; the concluding phrase, " opposite the Julich's Place," which had so long existed my special property, was not allowed to remain in it3 integrity. To deceive and lead astray again those of the public who are not fully conversant with the locality and circumstances, the competition seized hold of the word *' opposite," and more than once settled in my immediate neighbourhood, that they might avail themselves to the full extent of the phrase "opposite the Julich's Place" "When tried hefore the courts, the use only of the word " opposite " was forbidden, which, however, has been supplied by the word " at" or " near," with the addition of the number of their houses. It is true, another less flagrant, -but not less deceitful invention was, that several of my imitators established the sites of their manufactories in other public places of the town, to enable them to make use of the phrase " opposite Place, or Market," on their address cards or labels, speculating, with respect to the proper name "Julich," on the carelessness or forgetfulness of the consumer. I there fore beg to inform all strangers visiting Cologne that my establishment, which has existed since 1709, is exactly opposite the Julich's Place, forming the corner of the two streets, IXnter Goldschmidt and Oben Marspforten, No. 23; and that it may be the more easily recognised, I have put up the arms of England, Russia, &c. &c, in the front of my house. By calling the attention of the public to this notice, I hope to check that system of imposi tion which has been so long practised towards foreigners by coachmen, valets-de-place, and others, who receive bribes from the vendors of the many spurious compounds sold under my name. A new proof of the excellence of my manufacture has been put beyond all doubt by the fact of the Jury of the Great Exhibition in London having awarded me the Prize Medal. — See the Official Statement in No. 20,934, page 6, of the ' Times ' of this month. Cologne, October, 1851. J. M. FARINA, Opposite the Julich's Place. %* My Agents in London are Messrs. J. & R. M'Cracken, 7, Old Jewry, by whom orders are received for me. MURRAY'S HANDBOOK ADVERTISER. 11 DRESDEN. MAGAZINE OF ANTIQUITIES AND FINE ARTS. HELENA WOLFSOO, nee MEYER, (SUCCESSOR OF L. MEYER AND SONS,) 5, 8CHJLOSSEB&ASSE, Begs respectfully to solicit the inspection of her Establishment, where she has always on show and for sale a most extensive assortment of Old Saxon China, Old Sevres and Japan, Antique Furniture, Bronzes, Old Lace, such as Points de Bruxelles and d'AIen<;on, Points de Venise, Guipure, &c. &c. Venetian., Ruby, and Painted Glass, Rock Crystal, Ivory Work, Enamels, Mosaic Work, Armour, Gobelins Tapestry, Fans, and many other remarkable and curious articles. HER CORRESPONDENTS IN ENGLAND ARE Messrs. J. & E. M'CRACKEN', 7, Old Jewry, London. WILLIAM HOFMANN, BOHEMIAN GLASS MANUFACTURER, TO HIS MAJESTY/ THE EMPEROR OF AUSTRIA, Recommends his great assortment of Glass Ware, from his own Manufactories in Bohemia. The choicest Articles in every Colour, Shape, and Description, are sold, at the same moderate prices, at both his Establishments — At Prague, Hotel Blue Star; at Vienna, 768, lugeck. Agents in London, Messrs. J. and R. M'CRACKEN, 7, Old Jewry. Goads forwarded direct to England, America, $c. LEG-HOBN. flIACINTH MICALI AND SON, Via Ferdinanda, No. 1230. Manufactory of Marble, Alabaster, and Scagliola Tables, and Dep6t of objects of Fine Arts. Their extensive Show-rooms are always open to Visitors. THEIR AGEHTS IN ENGLAND ARE MESSES. J, AND E. M'CBACKEH, 7, Old Jewry, London. CARLSBAD. THOMAS WOLF, MANUFACTURER of ORNAMENTAL GLASS WARES. Thomas Wolf begs to inform the 'Visitors to Carlsbad that at his Establishment will be found the finest and richest Assortment of the Crystal and Glass Wares of Bohemia — especially Table and Dessert Services— all at reasonable and fixed prices. CORRESPONDENTS IN ENGLAND: Messrs. J. & R. M'CRACKEN, 7, Old Jewry. 12 MURRAY'S HANDBOOK ADVERTISER. VI EN NA. Bohemian While and Coloured Crystal Glass Warehouse. JOSEPH LOBMEYR, GLASS MANUFACTURER, No. 940, KARNTHNERSTRASSE, Begs to inform Visitors to Vienna that he has considerably enlarged his Esta blishment. The most complete assortment of all kinds of Bohemian White and Coloured Crystal Glass, and of all articles in this branch of industry, in the newest and most elegant style, is always on hand. The rich collections of all Articles of Luxury, viz. Table, Dessert, and other Services, Vases, Candelabras, Lustres, Looking-glasses, &c. &c, will, he feels assured, satisfy every visitor. The prices are fixed at very moderate and reasonable charges. — The English language is spoken. His Correspondents in England, Messrs. J. and R. M'CRACKEN, No. 7, Old Jewry, London, will execute all orders with the greatest care and attention. Everything for the Tourist. DRESSING-CASES.-At Mr. MECHI'S Establishments, 112, Regent Street, 4, Lead- enhall Street, and Crystal Palace, are EX HIBITED the FINEST SPECIMENS of BRITISH MANUFACTURES, in Dressing Cases, Work Boxes, Writing Cases, Dressing BagB, and other articles of utility or luxury, suitable for presentation. A separate De partment for Papier Mache Manufactures and Bagatelle Tables. Table Cutlery, Razors.Scis- sora, Pen-knives, Strops, Paste, &c. Shipping orders executed. An extensive assortment of superior Hair and other Toilet Brushes. CART'S IMPROVED POCKET TOURIST'S TELESCOPE. (See ' Murray's Handbook.') Just published,- 16th Edition, GOULD'S COMPANION TO THE MICROSCOPE. Revised and Improved. Cary, Mathematical and Optical Instru ment Maker to the Admiralty and Royal Military College, &c. &c, 181, Strand. FRANKFORT O. M. MESSRS LOHR & ALTEN, PROPRIETORS OP THE ROMAN EMPEROR HOTEL, Beg to recommend their House to English Travellers. This large and well-situated Establishment is conducted under the immediate superintendence of the Proprietors, and newly furnished with every comfort, and a new splendid Dining-room. The " Roman Emperor" is often honoured by Royal Families and other high personages. The following have lately honoured this Hotel — H.M. THE KING AND QUEEN OF WURTEMBERO. H.M. THE QUEEN OF HOLLAND. H.R.H. THE CROWN PRINCE AND PRINCESS OLGA OF WURTEMBERG. H.I.H. THE ARCHDUKE OF AUSTRIA. &c. &c. &c. Table-d'hdte at 1, Ifl. 30kr. Breakfast, 42kr. „ „ 5, 2fl. Tea, 42kr. Bed Rooms, from lfl. to 3fl. MURRAY'S HANDBOOK ADVERTISER. 13 BERLIN. C. HARSCH & CO., 67, Unter den Linden, FAH(CY (&LA§§ WAEMOUSE, Beg to call the attention of Visitors to their Extensive Assortment of BOHEMIAN, BAVARIAN, AND SILESIAN GLASS, consisting of ARTICLES OF EVERY DESCRIPTION, op the newest and most elegant patterns. Their Correspondents in London are Messrs. J. & R. M'Cracken, 7, Old Jewry. ARGUS LIFE ASSURANCE COMPANY, 39, THROGMORTON STREET, BANK. Chairman— THOMAS FARNCOMB, Esq., Alderman. Deputy-Chairman— WILLIAM LEAF, Esq. Eich. E. Arden, Esq. I Professor Hall, M.A. j Rupert Ingleby.Esq. I Jeremiah Pilcher, Esq. Edward Bates, Esq. | J.Humphery,Esq.Ald. | S. W. Johnson, Esq. | Lewis Pocock, Esq. Physician— Dr. Jeaffreson, 2, Finsbury Square. Surgeon — W. Coulson, Esq., 2, Frederick's Place, Old Jewry. Actuary— George Clark, Esq. ADVANTAGES OF ASSURING IN THIS COMPANY. The Premiums are on the lowest scale con sistent with security. The Assured are protected by a subscribed Capital of 300,0001., an Assurance Fund of 450,000?., invested on mortgage and in the Government Stocks, and an income of 85,0001. a-year. Premiums to assure 1002. Whole Term. < One Year. Seven Years. With Profits. Without Profits. SO ao40 50 eo £0 17 8 1, 1 3 15 0 1 14 1 s a 4 £0 19 9 12 7 16 9 1 19 10 3 17 0 £1 15 10 2 5 5 8 0 7 4 6 8 6 12 9 £1 U 10 2 0 7 2 14 10 4 0 11 6 0 10 MUTUAL BRANCH. Assurers on the Bonus System are entitled at the end of five years to participate in nine- tenths, or 90 per cent., of the profits. The profit assigned to each policy can be added to the sum assured, applied in reduction of che annual premium, or be received in cash. At the first division a return of 20 per cent. in cash on the premiums paid was declared ; this will allow a reversionary increase vary ing, according to age, from 66 to 28 per cent. on the premiums, otfrom 5 to 15 percent, on i the sum assured. One-half of the ** Whole Term " Premium I may remain on credit for seven years, or one- | third of the Premium may remain for life as a debt upon the Policy at 5 per cent, or may be paid off at any time without notice. Claims paid in one month after proofs have been approved. Loans upon approved security. No charge for Policy stamps. Medical attendants paid for their reports. Persons may, in time of peace, proceed to or reside in any part of Europe or British North America without extra charge. The medical officers attend every day at a quarter before two o'clock. E. BATES, Resident Director. 14 MURRAY'S HANDBOOK ADVERTISER. FOREIGN CREDITS AND CIRCULAR NOTES. T1HE NATIONAL BANK OF SCOTLAND GRANT CREDITS of £10 -*- and upwards, available for Travellers, Foreign Residents, Military and Naval Officers on Foreign Service, Emigrants, &c, and also for Business purposes, in all the principal places on the CONTINENT, MEDITERRANEAN, MADEIRA, EAST and "WEST INDIES, CAPE. OF GOOD HOPE, AUSTRALIA and NEW ZEALAND, UNITED STATES, CANADA, &c. &c. These Credits may be obtained at the Head Office, and at the Glasgow and Dundee Branches, or through any of the other Branches of the Bank. National Bank of Scotland, Edinburgh, April, 1858. SORRENTO. GRAND HOTEL VILLA HARM, BY WILLIAM TRAMONTANE — ? — THIS Hotel, which has recently been greatly altered and enlarged, is beautifully situated on the borders of the Sea, and commands an uninterrupted and extensive view of the Bay of Naples aud Mount Vesuvius. The Landlady is English, and gives her particular attention to Cleanliness and Cooking. and the general comfort of Visitors. Large and small Apartments looking on to the Bay. An excellent Table d'H6te daily Baths, and Barques for Capri. French, English, and German spoken. Charges moderate. FOREIGN LANGUAGES. ORIGINAL AND COMPLETE EDITIONS OP AHN'S FOREIGN GRAMMARS, Ahn's Remodelled German Grammar and Key, 1857, cloth, 4s. 6rt.; French Grammar and Key, 3rd edition, 1858, cloth, 4s. 6<£. ; Italian Grammar and Key, 2nd edition, 1857, cloth, 5s. ; Spanish Grammar and Key, cloth, 5s. ; Portuguese Grammar, 1857, cloth, 4s. ; Swedish Grammar, 1858, cloth, As,; Danish Grammar, 1858, cloth, 4s.; Dutch Grammar, cloth, 4s. ; Latin Grammar, cloth, 3s. The method of Ahn, now of European cele brity, is most simple and rational, aud is emi nently adapted for Self-tuition, for School use, and for a comparative study of European FOREIGN DIALOGUES, On an entirely new and practical plan, calcu lated to insure a rapid acquisition of Foreign Languages, l2mo. cloth, German and English Dialogues, by Meissner, 2s. 6d.; French and English ditto, by Dudevant, 2s. 6(2. ; Italian and English ditto, by Marchezzi, 2s. 6d. ; Spanish and English ditto, by Salvo, 2s. 6d. ; Swedish by Lenstrom, Danish by Lund, each 2s. Gd, ; Dutch by Harlen, Portuguese by Mon- teiro, each 2s. Qd. ; TurJdsh, Russian, English, and French Vocabulary, for Travellers in the East, 25. 6(2. Published by Mr. Franz Thimm, Publisher and Foreign Bookseller, 3, Brook Street, Gros- venor Square, London ; and at 32, Princess Street, Manchester. P.S.— Travellers can order these Grammars and Dialogues through any Continental Book seller. QXF0RD Hes on the road to Bath, Bristol, Clifton, and the West of Eng land; to Leamington, Warwick, Kenilworth, Stratford-on-Avon, Birmingham, Worcester, Wolverhampton, Chester, Manchester, Liver pool, and the North; to Cheltenham, Glou cester, and South Wales, In itB neighbour hood are Blenheim, Nuneham, and other places of interest. VISITORS TO OXFORD (a central point for Railway Travellers) are invited to inspect SPIERS AND SON'S ESTABLISHMENTS, 102 & 103, High St., 45 & 46 Cornmarket St, and 24, NewinnhaU St., Where will be found one of the largest and most varied Stocks in the kingdom of USEFUL AND ORNAMENTAL MANUFACTURES, Suitable for Presents, or for Remembrances of Oxford. At the Great Exhibition in London, of 1851, and in Paris, of 1855, "Honourable Mention " was awarded to their Papier Mache* Manufactures ; and at the New York Exhi bition of 1853, the " Prize Medal." MURRAY'S HANDBOOK ADVERTISER. 15 BLACK'S GUIDE-BOOKS &. TRAVELLING MAPS. To Tourists in Britain { In neat Portable Volumes, profusely illustrated by Maps, Charts, and Views of the Scenery, and containing full particulars regarding Hotels, Distances, and whatever is likely to prove useful or instructive to the Tourist. England, 10/6. English Lake District, 5/. Bo. Illustrated Edition, 7/6. Wales, North and South, 5/. Worth Wales, separately, 3/6. Derby and Warwick shires, each 1/6 &. 2/. Devon and Cornwall, 1/6 &. 2/. Hampshire (Isle of Wight) 1/6 &. 2/. Yorkshire, 1/6 &. 2/. Scotland, 8/6. Highlands (Anderson's), 10/6. Trosachs, 1/6. Staffa and lona, 1/6. Edinburgh and Environs, 2/6. Glasgow and Environs, 2/6. Ireland, 5/. Dublin, Xillarney, each 1/6. ROAD AND RAILWAY TRAVELLING MAPS. Carefully constructed from the Maps of the Ordnance Survey and other Authorities, and containing all the Roads, Railroads, Villages, Country Seats, Fishing Streams, Rivers, Lakes, and Mountains, and every Topographical Information required by the Tourist on pleasure or business. Mounted or printed on cloth, and neatly hound in portable cases. England, 32 x 22*. 4/6. English Xiakes, 19 X 14. 2/6. Wales, W. &. S. u X n -j . each 1/6. Scotland, 32 x 221. ft/6. Ireland, 20 x ui. 2/6. Germany, IT X 24. 4/6. Europe, 3 feet by 4. 18/. Scotch Counties, each 1/. Smaller Maps at 2s. 6d. and Is. each. PROFESSOR FORBES'S WORKS ON SWITZERLAND AND NORWAY. THE TOUR OF MONT RLANC AND OF MONTE ROSA: Being a Personal Narrative, abridged from the Author's * Travels in the Alps of Savoy.' With a Map of the Mer de Glace of Chamouni and neighbouring district ; containing im portant additions and corrections from the Author's more recent observations. In Fcap. Cloth, Price 5s. " An admirable edition, and the Map of the Mer de Glace most correct and valuable." — Albert Smith. NORWAY AND ITS GLACIERS VISITED IN 1851. Followed by Journals of Excursions in the High Alps of Dauphine", Berne, and Savoy With Two Maps and numerous Illustrations. Royal 8vo. Cloth, Price 21s., Recently Published, MADEIRA, ITS CLIMATE AND SCENERY: A Handbook for Invalid and other Visitors. By Robert White. Second Edition. Edited by James Yate Johnson. With Map, Crown 8vo. Is. %d. " Tlie most complete and trustwm-thy Guide Book to Madeira yet published."— Litebabt Gazette. Edinburgh : A. & C. BLACK. London : LONGMAN & CO. ; & SMITH & SON, Strand ; and all Booksellers. 16 MURRAY'S HANDBOOK ADVERTISER. FRANKFORT O. M. SIIBERIVE STEMPEL, bewilligt MEMILIE SENAT der freien Stadt, FRANKFURT. FRIEDMCH BOHLEE, MANUFACTORY OF STAGOORN, Zeil No. 54 (next door to the Post-Office). Furniture op evert description, as Sofas, Chairs, Tables, &c. &c. Chan deliers, Table and Hand Candlesticks, Shooting-tackle, Inkstands Paper- knives, Penholders, Seals, &c. Knives, Riding-whips, Cigar-cases and Holders, Pipes, Match-boxes, Porte-monnaies, Card-cases, Thermometers Goblets, Candle-screens, Figures and Groups of Animals executed after Riedinger and others. Brooches, Bracelets, Earrings, Shirt-pins, Studs, and Buttons. Stag and Deer Heads with Antlers attached to the Skull. Sofa- rugs or Foot-cloths of Skins of Wild Animals with Head preserved. Orders for a Complete Set or for any quantity of Fubnitube will be promptly executed. The Agents in London are Messrs. J. and E. McCracken, 7, Old Jewry. MURRAY'S HANDBOOK ADVERTISER. 17 FRANKFORT O. M. FRIEDEICH BOHLEE Zeil, dicht neben Stempel, bewilligt vom Senat No. 54, d e r Post, der freien Stadt, Frankfurt. Pbndules (Ornamental Clocks) of every description, Vases, Goblets, Antique and Modern Statuettes and Groups, Groups of Animals, Inkstands, Paper-weights, &c. &c, in Bronze, Cast Iron, Galvano-plastic, &c. Crown-chandeliers ; Branch, Table, and Hand Candlesticks, in Bronze, &c. ; Lamps of every description. Porcelain and Britannia-metal Goods, Liqueur-chests. Travelling Dressing-cases, Railroad Companions, Picnic-baskets, Tra velling Bags, Brushes, Combs. Work-tables and Boxes, Tapestries, Fans, Ball-books, Smelling-bottles, Opera-Glasses, &c. &c. Superior Copies of the Ariadne by Dannecker, and the Amazon by Kiss. Genuine Eau de Cologne of Jean Maria Farina, opposite the Jiilichsplatz. The Agents in London are Messrs. J. and R. McCracken, 7, Old Jewry. 18 MURRAY'S HANDBOOK ADVERTISER. PASSPORT AGENCY OFFICE, LONDON, 59, FLEET STREET, E. C. PARTIES residing in any part of the K - United Kingdom or London, who desire lly-i-,' g-> to avoid delay, trouble, or expense, can I V\ Jil^^T *V" have their PASSPORTS obtained and fL/*^-^ -„ gr/li%,a=ri duly vised, with the utmost expedition [Rs£w- V_u»*yr ^^ and despatch upon application by Letter, ]]|j 1 I or otherwise, to Mr. W, J. ADAMS nuy / \ * Ml (Bradshaw's British and Continental ||Xr'? 1,^ ¦ ^* Guide Office), 59, Fleet Street, as above. teaa'"1"1 ' ''" '•'"' ' ':S!B Country Residents, by this arrangement, are saved the trouble of comi to London about their Passport, as it can be forwarded to them by P (en Regie). For full particulars, sec Bradshaw'-s Continental Guide, pages xxix to xxxiv. The countersignature of the American Minister in London obtained to United States Passports. Passports carefully mounted, and Karnes lettered thereon in Gold. Passport Cases, from Is. 6d. to 6s. each. Travelling Desks. Travelling Bags (Leather). Travelling and Pocket Inkstands. Travelling Soaps. Shaving do. Door 8c Window Fasteners & Alarms. Travelling roll -up Writing Cases. Travelling Pocket Memorandum and Writing Cases. Travelling Luggage Labels, adhesive. Do. do. Parchment. Courier Bags. Carpet do. Cash Belts, Straps, &c. Cash Bags and Purses. Students' & Portable Travelling Cases. Pocket and Memorandum Books. Polyglot Washing Books for Ladies or Gentlemen — English and French ¦ — Italian — German — Spanish — Portuguese, Is. each ; per Post, Is. Id. Family do., Is. 6d. each ; per Post, Is. Id. Foreign Post Note Paper, Envelopes, &c. &c. And every description of Stationery, British and Foreign. THE LATEST EDITIONS OF MURRAY'S HANDBOOKS. Phrase Books, French and German Dictionaries. Bradshaw's BniTiSH and Continental Guides. Bradshaw's Special Continental Guide and Handbook. Bradshaw's Descriptive Guide and Illustrated Handbook of Great Britain and Ireland, with Map, &c. Ditto of France, Belgium, Switzerland, Paris, India, London, &c. Dr. Lee's Continental Books on Climates, Scenery, and Remedial Resources; Notes on Spain, its Climate, &c. ; Nice and its Climate. Adams's Guides to the Watering-places of England; boards, 2s. Adams's English Lakes, &c, Is. Addresses of experienced Couriers may be had on application to W. J. ADAMS (Bradshaw's British and Continental Guide Office), LONDON, 59, FLEET STREET, E.C. MURRAY'S HANDBOOK ADVERTISER. 19 BONN ON THE RHINE. MR. SCHMITZ, PROPRIETOR OF THE GOLDEN STAR HOTEL, Begs leave to recommend his Hotel to English Travellers. The apartments are furnished throughout in the English style ; the rooms are carpeted ; and the attendance, as well as the kitchen and the wine- cellar, is well provided. Mr. SCHMITZ begs to add that at no first- rate Hotel on the Rhine will be found more moderate charges and more cleanliness. The STAR HOTEL has been honoured by the visits of the following Members of the English Royal Family : — {H.E.H. the Prioce of Wales, accompanied by General Sir W. Codrington , Colonel Ponsonbt, Sir Frederic Stanley, Dr. Armstrong, Rev. F. C. Tarver, Mr. Gjbbs, etc. isst A™ on S II- R- H* tDe Prince .of Wales and his Suite paying a visit at the Golden 100 1. Aug. m ^ star Uoia t() Hig Majesty the Kjng of the Belojaks. 1857. Aug. 8 H. R. H. the Prince of Wales and his Suite. iakt T l iq i T. R. H. the Duchess of Cambridge and Princess Mart of Cambridge, iboi. juiy^a^ accompanied by the Baron Knesebeok and Suite. i fl clean Establishment is one of the first-ranked hotels ir. SZtanddeser™dlyDpatro^isedhy the English. The <*<«*•£*»» <* «» Hole! is furnished with English and American Papers, The Times and Galigrmm. T 22 MURRAY'S HANDBOOK ADVERTISER. Give perfect freedom from Coughs in Ten Minutes, and instant relief and a rapid cure of Asthma and Consumption, Coughs, Colds, and all Disorders of the Breath and Lungs. Cure of 29 Years' Asthmatic Cough. Middleton, near Manchester. Sir, — I am now 44 years of age, and I have been afflicted with an asthmatic cough siuce I was a boy of fifteen years of age ; during that time I have resorted to eveiy means in my power to remove it, but in vain, until last Sunday, when I sent for a small box of Dr. Locock's Wafers. I have taken two boxes since, and from the effects they bave had upon me I feel no doubt of a speedy recovery. G. STRINGER. Witness, M. Lynch. Chemist, Market-street. The particulars of many hundreds of Cures maybe had from every Agent throughout the Kingdom. To Singers and Public Speakers they are invaluable, as in a few hours they remove all hoarseness, and wonderfully increase the power and flexibility of the voice. TlIEY HAVE A PLEASANT Taste. Price Is. ltd., 2s. 9rd/ Thousand. With 850 Illus trations. 2 vols. 8vo. 36s. A BIOGEAPHICAL DIOTIONAEY OF ITALIAN PAINTERS. Edited by R. N. Wornum. With a Chart. Post 8vo. 6s. Sd. LIFE OF THOMAS STOTHAED, E.A. By Mrs. Bray. With 70 Illustrations. Small 4to. MEDIEVAL AND MODEEN POTTEEY. By Joseph Marryat. With Coloured Plates and 240 Woodcuts. Medium 8vo. 31s. 6d. ANCIENT POTTEEY : Egyptian, Assyrian, Greek, Etrus can, and Roman. By Samuel Birch, F.S.A. With Coloured Plates and 200 Woodcuts. 2 vols. Medium 8vo. 42s. AN ILLUSTEATED HANDBOOK OF THE AETS OF THE MIDDLE AGES AND RENAISSANCE. By M. J. Labarte. With 200 Woodcuts. 8vo. 18s. ANCIENT SPANISH BALLADS, Historical and Eomantic. Translated by J. G. Logkhart. With Coloured Borders, Woodcuts, &c. 4to. HOEACE ; HIS LIFE AND WOEKS By Dean Milman. With 300 Illustrations from the Antique. 8vo. 30s. THE ILLUSTEATED PEAYEE-BOOK. With Borders, Initial Letters, and Illustrations from the Old Masters. 8vo. 21s. THE ANCIENT EGYPTIANS; their Private Life, Man ners and Customs. By Sir J. G._Wilkinson. With 500 Woodcuts. 2 vols. Post 8vo. 12s. JOHN MURRAY, ALBEMARLE STREET. MURRAY'S HANDBOOK ADVERTISER. 33 SUNSET AMY HOUR. SCENERY, however extensive, viewed through the IMITATION SUNSET GLASSES, appears as if glowing in a beautiful Sunset. Invaluable little boons for viewing Scenery. It is better to use two Glasses— one to each eye. Poet-free by return : the Fair, 36 stamps ; in best black or white ivory, 60 stamps. Single Glass, 18 and 30 stamps. G. F. MORTON, ISLINGTON GREEN, LONDON, N. These Glasses have a motf beautiful effect at the Crystal Palace, inside and outside the Palace. MUDIE'S SELECT LIBRARY. NOTICE. r\ E. MUDIE has the pleasure to announce that the altera- tions in progress at his Library are now sufficiently advanced to provide increased accommodation for the Subscribers and greater facilities for the rapid exchange of books. The supplies of the higher class of works, for the circulation of which the Library was originally established, are also largely increased, and will be further augmented by the addition of more than One Hundred Thousand Volumes iu the Course of the present and ensuing season. 509, 510, & 511, New Oxford Street, and 20 & 21, Museum Street, London. May, 1858. MESSRS. TURNER, AND ADAMS, Foreign Office Passport Agents, 63, King Street, Downing Street, London, TjlROM their thorough knowledge of the business and close proximity to the "Foreign Office, J are enabled to transact all business connected with obtaining Passports and Visas with great despatch and entire satisfaction to their employers. Visas One Shilling each. Passports mounted in the best manner. Murray's-Handbooks, Bradshaw's Guides, Maps, &c, supplied to order. California, Mexico, Central America, Peru, Chili, Australia, and New Zealand. The shortest route to all Ports on the West Coast of North and South America, as also to Australia and New Zealand, is that via the. PANAMA RAILWAY. In Two Hours and a Half from the Atlantic to the Pacific ! Through fare, 25 dollars; children under twelve, half-price— under six, quarter price. Passengers allowed 601bs. of luggage ; all above that weight 10 cents per lb. Express freight for Passenger trains 1 dollar 80 cents per cubic foot. Firet-class freight, comprising Merchandise, in boxes and bales, 50 centB per cubic foot; second-class, H cent per lb.; third-class, 1 cent per lb.; fourth-class, t cent per lb.; fifth-class, i cent per lb.; sixth, i cent per lb. The Steamers of the Royal Mail Company leave Southampton fortnightly for Aspinwall, and steam communication is maintained by the Pacific Mail Company between Panama and California, Mexico, Peru, and Chili, and by the Railway Company between Panama and Central America. The SALADIN Steamer also sails regularly from Liverpool— apply to Mr. Holt; and sailing VesseU from London— apply to Messrs. Oswald, Fitze, and Co. For further particulars apply to the London Agent of the Company t- 9. NEW PALACE YARD, LONDON. 34 MURRAY'S HANDBOOK ADVERTISER. OFFICIAL BY GEOEGB MEASOM. UNIFORM PRICES. In Wrapper, Is. ; or, in Cloth, Elegantly Bound, with Maps, 2s. aOUTH-EASTEKN EAILWAY AND ITS BEANCHES. *J 200 Engravings. "This, without exception, is the cheapest work ever Issued. How a book with 200 Engravings, all original, over 400 pages of letterpress, and a splendid Map, can be issued for a shilling will ever remain to us a mystery. Of course all our readers will, if possible, obtain a copy."— Herald. W. H. Smith and Son, London Bridge and all Stations. THE STOETHEEN KAIL WAT OF FEANCE, including A SIX DATS IN PARIS. 100 Engravings and magnificent Map. W. H. Smith and Son, London Bridge and all Stations ; A. Hall, Virtue, & Co., 25, Paternoster Row, London. The Two Books together, bound and gilt, 2s. 6d. THE GKEAT NOETHEEN EAILWAY & its BRANCHES, J- KING'S CROSS TO YORK. 90 Engravings. " The Official Guide-book to the Great Northern Railway (Smith and Son, Strand), compiled and illustrated with 90 engravings by the fertile pencil of George Measom, Is one of those amusing aud indispensable companions for a long journey which beguiles its tedium, satisfies the curiosity, instructs, amuses, and delights in so eminent a degree, that in itself, and apart from its obvious uses, it cannot fail to be a really inter esting book." — Despatch, Dec. 1857. " We have found profit and pleasure in It." — Athenomm. W. H. Smith and Son, King's Cross and all Stations. THE SOUTH-WESTEEN EAILWAY and its BEANCHES, J- Including A TOPOGRAPHICAL ACCOUNT OF THE ISLE OF WIGHT. 80 Engravings. "The Official Illustrated Guide to the London and South- Western Railway, by G. Measom, Is quite a marvel In its way, on the score of cheapness, and will no doubt be most acceptable, not only to people travelling on the line, but to those who take an interest in the localities through which it passes. Considering that a tourist without a guide-book is somewhat in the predicament of a sportsman in search of game without his gun, the writer has explored every nook and corner of the London and South-Western Line, and- given the public the result of his labours In the capital shilling volume before us. It is •well printed on excellent paper, and illustrated with -wood engravings of more than average merit'' — Illustrated Times, July 5th, 1856. W. H. Smith and Son, Waterloo and all Stations. Mr. George Measom will feel obliged for any local information of public general interest for embodiment in future editions of the above works. 74, Charrington Street, St. Pancrat. London, N.W. June, 1868. MURRAY'S HANDBOOK ADVERTISER. 35 OFFICIAL Illustrate Jailbrajr (feritot-^aahs." BY GEOKGE MEASOM. UNIFORM PRICES. In Wrapper, Is. ; or, in Cloth, Elegantly Bound, with Maps, 2s. TtfOETH-WESTEEN EAILWAY AND ITS BEANCHES. -^ to Engravings. " It is certainly the most perfect Railway Guide that has yet appeared. As ap * official " work it has authority when speaking of the history and statistics of the line. The other information conveyed in it will be found not merely interesting, but suggestive. The pages afford abundant matter for thought and conversation ; and though all is done briefly, yet all is done well. Few books descriptive of tours contrive to tell so much. The plan here followed is to take the main trunk line from London to Birmingham, Liverpool, Manchester, and other great towns, as a basis ; describing all that is worthy of description by the way, and conducting the traveller along each branch as the points are arrived at where each branch diverges from the trunk."— Athencewn. " The Official Guide to the London and North-Western Railway is richly illustrated, and will be found a very useful Handbook." — The Builder. W. H. Smith and Son, Etjston and all Stations on the Line. A New and Enlarged Edition in Progress. Great westeen eailway and its beanches. 50 Engravings. "The illustrations are numerous, correct, and well executed, and the information Is ample, accurate, and carefully conveyed. It it worthy of patronage." — Sunday Times. " This is a little book which every traveller on the Great Western Railway should obtain. We feel great pleasure in saying a capital idea has been most ably carried out."— Morning Advertiser. Marshall and Sons, Paddington Station. THIRD EDITION OF THE BEIGHTON AND SOUTH-COAST EAILWAY, J- including a DESCRIPTIVE GUIDE TO THE CRYSTAL PALACE AT SYDENHAM, and A TOPOGRAPHICAL ACCOUNT OF THE ISLE OF WIGHT. 60 Engravings, " The fact that this is the third edition of this Guide needs only to be recorded to show the appreciation, on the part of the public, of the author's labours. The manual deserved no less. It contains a great amount of interesting matter within small and convenient compass, and Is illustrated by some excellent woodcuts." — Atken&um. Connelly, Brighton Terminus, London Bridge ; Waterlow and Sons, London Wall ; and all Stations on the Line. V Shortly will be issued an entirely New Edition of this work, uniform with the South- Eastern RaUway Guide. Mr. George Measom will feel obliged for any local information of public general Interest for embodiment in future editions of the above works, 74, Charrington Street, St. Pancras, London, N. W. June, 1868. 36 MURRAY'S HANDBOOK ADVERTISER. LEE'S PolyglotWashing Books, (To save Travellers the trouble olf trans lating their Washiug Billsj For Ladies. DITTO ForGentlemen. English de French. English de Italian. English de German. . English de Spanish. EngUsh de PortvgmM. Is. each. Metallic Soap Boxes. Obtained through the medium of Bankers' Letters, carefully mounted and inserted in morocco cases, with name lettered in gold. Ambassadors' Signatures obtained to British Secretary of State's and American Passports, at One Shilling each. The latest editions of all Murray's Hahd-Books. COURIERS, 6r TrAVELLTNGSeRVAMS, can be obtained at Foreign Letter Paper, Extra Large Size, VERY THIK, Is. per Quire. BOOKS FOB JOUBNAL8, &a LUGGAGE LABELS. Doos Fasteners. BERRY'S PATENT INKSTANDS. Leather Money-Bags. LEE & CARTER'S GUIDE DEPOT, 440, WEST STEAND, W.C. TWO DOORS WEST Off LOWTHER AROADB, Where an extensive Collection of Gdidcs, Hand-Books, Maps, Dictionaries, Dia logues, Grammars,. Interpreters, &c., useful for Travellers upon the Continent and elsewhere, and much useful information eohcei'niug Passports, can be obtained. MURRAY'S BAND-libOKS, rendered convenient Pocket-Books by J. Lie's limp leather binding, at 2s. additional charge. MOEOCCO and BUSSIA POBTABLB BOLL-UP CASES, containing every essential for Writing. JStoore'tf ffierntan Interpreter. With the exaot Pronunciation i n English on a separate column, m-i ce 5s. cloth, 6 A in leather. LONDON: W. CLOWES AND SONS, STAMFORD STREET, AND QUAKING CROSS. YALE UNIVERSITY LIBRARY YALE UNIVERSITY LIBRARY 3 9002 01479 1389